Skip to main content

Full text of "The Ohio journal of science"

See other formats


Ibe 

Ohio  Naturalist 


Official  Organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University, 
and  of  The  Ohio  Academy  of  vScience. 


Volumes  X,  XI,  and  XII,  1909-1912. 


EDITORIAL  STAFF. 

Editor-in-Chief    John    H.    Schaffner 

Business  Manager   James  S.  Hine 

Assistant  Business  Manager Geo.  D.  Hubbard 

associate  editors: 

Zoology —  A  rcheology — 

Emily  Hollister,  Vol.  X.  W.  C.  Mills. 

F.  L.  Landacre,  Vol.  XL 
Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Vol.  XII. 

Botany —  Ornilhology — 

R.  F.  Griggs,  Vol.  X,  XII.  J.  C.  Hambleton. 

Freda  Detmers,  Vol.  XL 

Geology — ■  Geography — 

W.  C.  Morse.  Geo.  D.  Hubbard,  Vol.  X,  XL 

Physiography — 
T.  M.  Hills. 

advisory  board: 

Herbert  Osborn Department  of  Zoology 

John  H.  Schaffner Department  of  Botany 

Charles  S.  Prosser Department  of  Geology 


Ohio  vState  University, 
Columbus,  Ohio. 


INDEX  TO  AUTHORS. 


Bembower,  Wm.,  :]tf>. 

Blair,  Kate  R.,  24. 

Brockett,  Ruth  E.,  14. 

Claassen,  Edo,  471,  475,  543. 

Cook,  Mel.,  T.,  13. 

Dachnowski,  Alfred,  137,  193,  312. 

Davie s,  Clara,  A.,  61. 

Detmers,  Freda,  55,  73,  200,  305. 

Dickey,  Malcolm  G.,  17,  190,  347,  63,  64,  152,  192,  216,  24S,  272. 

FixK,  Bruce,  267,  385. 

Foerste,  Aug.  F.,  429. 

Fox,  Charles  P.,  146,  271,  427,  469. 

Fulton,  Bentley  B.,  299. 

Fullmer,  E.  L.,  472,  473. 

Gary,  L.  B.,  1S3. 

Gloyer,  W.  0.,  334. 

Goetz,  C.  H.,  406. 

Griggs,  Robert  F.,  44,  232,  261,  287,  303,  304. 

Hambleton,  J.  C,  41. 

Henninger,  W.  F.,  233. 

Hine,  James  vS.,  65,  149,  301,  307,  494. 

Hood,  G.  W.,  214. 

Hopkins,  L.  S.,  179. 

Jennings,  Otto  E.,  13,  13(). 

Lamb,  G.  F.,  89. 

Lantis,  Vernon,  385. 

Laughlin,  Emma  E.,  160. 

Linnell,  Mary  B.,  465. 

MacCoughey,  Vaughan,  420. 

Matheny,  W.  a.,  1. 

Metcalf,  C.  L.,  137,  397,  477,  458,  459,  533,  549. 

Nichols,  R.  H.,  210. 

Niswonger,  H.  R.,  374. 

O'Kane,  W.  C.,'166. 

OsBORN,  Herbert,  249,  261,  263,  266. 

OsBORN,  H.  T.,  15,  16. 


Index  to  Authors. 

overholts,  l.  o.,  oo."). 

Parker,  T-  B.,  16o. 

SCHAFFNER,  JoHN  H.,  8,  9,  39,  40,  Gl,   1S4,   IS.-),  243,  24G,  2S9. 

409,  457,  474,  490. 
Selby,  a.  D.,  285. 
Staufer,  C.  R.,  273. 
Sterki,  v.,  181, -331. 
Stickney,  Malcolm  M.,  01. 
Stover,  Wilmer  G.,  177,  247,  349.  350,  351. 
ViCKERS,  Earnest  W.,  80. 
Walton,  L.  B.,  401. 

Wells,  Bertram  W.,  217,  287,  288,  352,  384,  458. 
Williamson,  E.  B.,  153. 
Zimmer,  James  F.,  30. 


7 


The  Ohio  V^aturalu 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity. 


LIBRARY 


Volume  X. 


NOVEMBER.   1909. 


No.   1. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Matheny— The  Twig  Girdler 1 

SCHAFFNER— An  Interesting  Botrychiiim  Hsibitat 8 

SCHAFFNER— The  Gymnosperms  of  Ohio 9 

Jennings— The  Labrador  Tea  in  Ohio  13 

Cook— Potato  Agar 13 

News  and  Notes 14 

OsBORN—:Meetings  of  the  Biological  Clnli 15 


THE  TWIG  GIRDLER.* 

W.   A.   :\Iathkxv. 

Oncideres  cingulatus  (Say) ,  Order  Coleoptera ;  family  Cerambycidae. 

"A  thick-bodied  longicorn,  dark  gray  beetle  about  .5  inch  long,  with 
its  wing-covers  sprinkled  over  with  faint  tawny  yellow  dots." 

In  making  a  study  of  the  galls  of  this  community  during  the 
fall  of  1907,  I  came  across  the  work  of  the  "Twig  Girdlers." 
These  singular  beetles  appear  in  Ohio  from  the  middle  of  Augtist 
until  the  middle  of  September.  Figure  1  represents  the  beetle 
and  the  incision  it  makes.  According  to  Slingerland,  this  beetle 
alwavs  works  head  downward.  This  would  discredit  the  draw- 
ing bv  Rilev.  Prof.  Glenn  W.  Herrick  says,  in  his  paper  on  "The 
Pecan  Pruner"  (O.  texana  Horn.)  that  the  beetle  works  head 
downward. 

Professor  Haldeman  states  that  "both  sexes  are  rather  rare, 
particularh-  the  male,  which  is  rather  smaller  than  the  female, 
but  with  longer  antennae."  The  female  does  all  the  work. 
She  makes  perforations  (Fig.  1,  b)  in  the  branches  in  which  she 
deposits  her  eggs  (one  of  which  is  represented  of  the  natural  size 
at  Fig.  1,  e.)  She  then  proceeds  to  gnaw  a  groove,  of  about  a 
tenth  of  an  inch  wide  and  deep,  around  the  branch  and  below 
the  place  where  the  eggs  are  deposited  so  the  exterior  portion  dies 
and  the  larva  feeds  upon  the  dead  wood. 

Mr.  James  Brodie  describes  the  manner  of  cutting  of  the 

0.  texana  as  follows: 

"In  starting  work,  a  patch  the  desired  width  of  cut  is  cleaned  and 
the  bark  eaten.  Then  the  powerful  mandibles  are  brought  to  work  on 
the  wood.     A  cut  is  first  inade  at  the  top,  then  the  head  moves  down  to 


*  Contribution   from   Biological   Laboratory,   Ohio   University. 


2  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  1, 

the  bottom,  where  a  corresponding  cut  is  made;  then  working  from  the 
bottom  cut,  the  wood  fiber  is  raised  and  as  the  piece  was  cut  free  to  start 
with  at  the  top,  it  is  already  detached  when  the  piece  is  torn  loose  to  the 
top  cut.  Then  another  cut  is  made  at  the  top;  then  at  the  bottom,  and 
so  on  till  the  insect  reaches  in  as  far  as  it  can  conveniently.  It  then 
moves  to  either  side  of  this  cut,  eats  off  another  strip  of  bark  and  goes  to 
work  on  the  wood  as  before." 

In  this  study  my  observations  are  confined  to  the  following; 
trees:     Elm,   Hickory,   Linden,   Honey  Locust  and  Persimmon. 

Manner  of  Girdling:  The  Elm  branches  were  girdled  as 
shown  in  Figure  2.  The  diameter  of  the  girdled  branches  varies 
from  one-fourth  to  one-half  inch,  and  the  depth  of  the  grooves 
varies  from  one-tenth  to  one-eighth  inch.  These  measurements 
hold  good  for  the  Hickory,  the  Persimmon,  and  the  Honey 
Locust  also.  In  all  instances  observed  on  the  elm  the  branches 
were  completely  girdled  and  all  in  the  same  manner.  Attacks 
on  this  tree  were  not  numerous. 

Figure  3  shows  the  manner  of  girdling  the  Hickory.  The 
grooves  were  cut  in  the  same  way  as  on  the  Elm  tree  branches. 
Attacks  on  this  tree  were  a  little  more  numerous  than  on  the 
Elm.  Eight  months  after  they  were  girdled  these  branches 
(Fig.  3)  had  not  broken  off  the  tree.  I  found  a  few  branches 
in  their  natural  position  on  the  tree  twenty  months  after  they 
had  been  girdled. 

The  Linden  suffered  more  than  either  of  the  above  trees. 
Figure  4  shows  that  these  branches  are  not  girdled,  they  are  cut 
off.  For  a  short  time  in  the  fall  they  can  be  seen  hanging  by  the 
small  thread  of  bark  which  is  left  (Fig.  5).  They  soon  break  off 
and  fall  to  the  ground,  almost  with  the  first  wind.  On  a  small 
tree  about  twenty-five  feet  high  I  counted  twenty-four  branches 
cut  off  as  shown  in  Figure  5.  In  every  instance  observed  the 
Linden  branches  were  cut  off  and  not  girdled. 

The  Honey  Locust  was  gridled  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
Elm  and  the  Hickory,  and  suffered  more  than  all  the  other  trees 
combined.  On  one  field  trip  the  girdled  branches  on  the  first 
twenty  Honey  Locust  trees  were  counted.  The  trees  were  taken 
as  they  were  found.  No  sorting  was  done.  The  result  of  the 
count  is  given  below: 


Number  of 

Number  of 

Number  of 

Number  of 

Tree. 

branches  girdled. 

Tree. 

Branches  girdled. 

1 

18 

11 

18 

2 

5 

12 

24 

3 

10 

13 

8 

4 

10 

14 

4 

5 

45 

15 

6 

6 

19 

16 

15 

7 

10 

17 

18 

8 

12 

18 

5 

9 . 

6 

19 

21 

10 

3 

20 

11 

Nov.,  1909.]  The  Twig  Girdler.  3 

The  Persimmon  tree  branches  were  girdled  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  the  Honey  Locust.  A  grove  of  Persimmon  trees  near 
New  Plymouth,  Vinton  County,  was  found  in  which  all  of  the 
trees  had  been  attacked.  Figure  9  shows  the  method  of  the 
workman.  This  branch  was  one  of  the  largest  girdled  branches 
found.  A  great  many  of  the  branches  were  in  their  natural  posi- 
tion on  the  tree,  and  from  the  strength  required  to  break  them  off 
I  judge  that  under  ordinary  circumstances  they  would  remain 
there  a  vear  longer. 

On  this  trip  to  Vinton  County  it  was  observed  that  the 
Hickorv  and  the  Honey  Locust  and  the  Linden  were  girdled 
and  cut  to  about  the  same  extent  as  they  were  in  this  com- 
munity. This  would  indicate  that  the  beetle  is  widelv  distri- 
buted in  this  part  of  the  State. 

Eggs:  The  eggs  were  imbedded  between  the  bark  and 
wood.  The  female  makes  the  perforations  generally  under  each 
successive  side-shoot,  but  this  is  by  no  means  the  rule,  for  eggs 
are  found  imbedded  in  all  parts  of  the  branch.  After  the  egg  is 
deposited,  the  female  closes  the  hole  with  a  gummy  secretion. 
The  eggs  are  about  two  millimeters  in  length,  (Fig.  1,  e),  of  a 
whitish  color,  and  long  oval  in  shape.  Those  under  observa- 
tion were  probably  laid  in  October  and  hatched  about  December. 

I  have  examined  more  than  a  thousand  girdled  branches, 
and  in  every  case  a  peculiar  scarring  of  the  bark  both  above 
and  below  the  notch  extending  about  one  inch  in  each  direction 
was  observed  (Fig.  11  and  Fig.  12).  These  scars  were  made 
by  the  female.  After  laying  her  eggs  she  digs  with  her  powerful 
mandibles,  transverse  shallow  grooves  one-sixteenth  to  one- 
tenth  of  an  inch  long  in  the  bark.  There  can  be  no  doubt  as  to 
her  purpose  in  doing  this.  It  is  a  precaution  taken  to  make 
doubly  sure  that  the  girdled  branch  will  die,  and  do  away  with 
any  possibility  of  the  bark  growing  together  and  healing  the 
wound.  Just  as  far  as  these  grooves  extend  up  and  down  the 
stem,  the  bark  dies.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  in  addition  to 
girdling  the  branch  two  inches  of  the  bark  is  deadened. 
Opi  some  specimens  these  transverse  grooves  were  observed  both 
above  and  below  the  egg.  This  was  especially  true  of  the 
Hickory.  The  grooves  extended  along  the  probable  course 
which  the  burrowing  larva  would  take.  This  was  not  true  for  all 
eggs  laid  in  the  same  branch.  Several  instances  were  noted 
where  these  grooves  were  made  above  and  below  the  eggs  which 
were  laid  away  from  buds  and  branches.  It  is  done  to  deaden 
the  bark  and  prevent  growth  from  crushing  the  egg.  Prof. 
Herrick  mentions  this  in  regard  to  O.  texana,  but  he  does  not 
naention  the  grooves  made  both  above  and  below  the  incision. 
We  conclude  that  the  species  differ  in  this  particular. 


4  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  1, 

Larvae :  The  larvae  are  white  in  color  and  from  one-half 
CO  three-fourths  of  an  inch  long.  They  vary  very  much  in  size. 
One  would  judge  that  those  destined  to  produce  females  are 
larger  than  the  others.  The  larvae  found  in  the  deadened  Elm 
branches  were  smaller  than  those  found  in  the  girdled  Honev 
Locust  branches.  Probably  the  difference  in  the  kind  of  nutri- 
ment obtained  determines  the  size  of  the  larvae. 

When  examined  with  a  lens,  the  body  is  found  to  be  sparselv 
covered  with  short,  dark  hairs.  These  hairs  are  more  numerous 
on  the  anterior  end  than  on  the  posterior  end.  The  mouth  parts 
are  brown.  x\fter  hatching  they  burrow  in  the  wood  and  remain 
there  until  late  in  the  following  summer.  Beginning  earlv  in 
the  spring  they  excavate  galleries  in  the  dead  branch  just 
beneath  the  bark.  Frequently  they  are  found  burrowing  in  the 
solid  wood,  and  still  more  frequently  in  the  pith.  Their  growth 
is  verv  slow  and  it  takes  very  little  wood  to  satisfy  them. 

In  one  instance  a  larva  came  to  maturity  and  changed  to  a 
pupa  in  a  gallery  two  inches  long.  This  gallery  was  about  one- 
eighth  of  an  inch  in  diaineter.  Two  pupae  were  found  side  by 
side  in  separate  galleries  in  a  branch  one-half  inch  in  diameter. 
At  present  I  am  unable  to  state  definitely  how  long  the  larvae 
exist  in  these  cut-off  bi-anches.  Some  at  least  spend  two  winters 
in  the  wood,  but  this  can  not  be  said  of  all.  This  point  is  now 
under  observation. 

Before  the  larva  changes  to  a  pupa,  it  cuts  a  pinhole  in  the 
bark  near  the  end  of  the  gallery,  and  closes  the  opening  of  the 
burrow  with  fine  shavings.  This  gives  the  pupal  cell  an  opening 
to  the  outside  for  air  and  egress  when  the  proper  time  comes. 

In  a  girdled  Hickory  branch  now  before  me  the  larvae  aver- 
age one-fifth  inch  in  length.  They  are  at  work  in  galleries  one- 
fourth  inch  in  length,  and  none  of  them  have  burrowed  deep 
into  the  wood.  These  larvae  were  hatched  more  than  five  months 
ago.  This  shows  plainly  how  slow  their  growth  is.  Owing  to  the 
scarcitv  of  full  grown  larvae  we  can  logically  conclude  that  these 
small  larvae  will  be  our  girdlers  this  coming  Fall.  Some  of  the 
smaller  and  poorly  nourished  larvae  will  certainly  pass  another 
winter  in  the  branches.  In  every  instance  observed  the  two- 
winter  larvae  were  found  only  in  the  Honey  Locust  branches. 
The  extreme  hardness  of  this  wood  might  account  for  this  de- 
layed development. 

The  number  of  eggs  laid  in  girdled  branches  varies  from  three 
to  twentv.  Below  is  given  a  record  of  the  number  of  eggs  laid 
in  twentv  branches.  The  count  was  made  at  random,  and 
includes  branches  from  different  trees. 


Nov.,  1909.] 


The  Twig  Girdler. 


No.  of 
Branch. 

1.  .  . 

2.  .  . 
3..  . 

4.  .  . 

5.  .  . 

6.  .  . 
7..  . 

8.  .. 

9.  .  . 
10.  .  . 


No.  of 
Eggs. 
.  .  .12 


6 

11 

9 

18 
14 


,20 


No.  of 
Branch. 

11.. 
12.  . 
13.. 

14.  . 

15.  . 

16.  . 
17  . 

18.  . 

19.  . 

20.  . 


No.  of 
Eggs. 

11 

13 

.  .  .  .  7 

4 

8 

3 

16 

12 

6 

17 


Pupae:  The  eggs  laid  in  October,  1907,  have  not  gone  into 
the  pupa  state  yet,  May  30,  1908.  Those  laid  in  October,  1906, 
passed  into  the  pupa  state  sometime  between  March  and  May 
of  this  vear.  The  pupae  are  white.  They  vary  in  length  from 
five-sixteenths  to  five-eighths  of  an  inch.  They  lie  in  the  gal- 
leries which  were  described  above. 

Adults:  About  the  first  of  June  adults  were  found  nicely 
hidden  away  in  the  galleries.  On  being  removed  to  the  open, 
they  flew  awav  with  perfect  ease.  Further  observations  are 
now  being  made  with  the  hopes  that  more  light  may  be  thrown 
on  the  daily  activities  of  the  adult  form. 

In  this  work  I  received  many  valuable  suggestions  from  Dr. 
W.  F.  Copeland  and  Dr.  W.  F.  Mercer,  to  both  of  whom  I  feel 
deeply  indebted. 


LITERATURE. 


texana     Horn.      Mississippi 


Ehn  Twig-Girdler,  Kansas 


1.  Glexx     W.     Herrick.      Oncideres 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station  Bull.  86. 

2.  E.  E.  F.iiViLLE  and  P.  J.  P.\rrott. 
State  Agricultural  College  Bull.  77. 

3.  A.    S.    Packard,    ]r.      Insects   Injurious   to    Forest   and    Shade 
Trees.      U.  S.  Entomological  Com.  Bull.  7. 

EXPLAN.\TION    OF    FIGURES    OF    PLATES    I    AND    II. 


Fig.  1 
Fig.  2 
Fig.  3 
Fig.  4 
Fig.  4a 
Fig 


After  Riley. 


Oncideres  cingulatus. 

Elm  twig. 

Hickory  twigs. 

Showing  the  manner  of  cutting  off  the  Linden  branches. 

Large  view  showing  details  of  ctit. 

5.  Three    Linden    branches    hanging    ready    to    drop    at    the    first 
wind. 

6.  Honev-locust  twig. 

7.  A  Honey-locust    shrub   on    North   Hill,    Athens,    O.      Forty-five 
branches  girdled. 

A  Honey-locust  shrub  on    North   Hill,    Athens,   O.        Thirteen 

branches  girdled. 
Girdled  twig  of  Persimmon. 

Girdled    Persimmon    branches.      Photographed   near  New  Ply- 
mouth, Vinton  County,  O. 
Fig.  11.   Girdled  Persimmon  branch  showing  transverse  scars. 
Fig.  12.   Girdled  Elm  branch  showing  transverse  scars. 


Fig 
Fig 


Fig.    8. 

Fig.     9. 
Fig.  10. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  X,  No.  1, 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


P/ale  I. 


MaTHENY  on  "The  Twig  Girdler." 


Nov.,  1909.] 


The  Twig  Girdler. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  IT. 


MaTheny  on  "The  Twig  Girdler, 


8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  1, 

AN  INTERESTING  BOTRYCHIUM  HABITAT. 

John   H.  Schaffner. 

A  common  experience  for  a  botanist  is  to  go  collecting  in  a 
well-worked  locality  and  find  some  interesting  plant  that  was 
not  known  there  before.  Such  an  experience  came  to  me  the 
past  summer  on  Cedar  Point,  Erie  County,  Ohio.  The  Point  has 
been  worked  botanically  for  many  years  by  various  collectors, 
including  myself. 

One  day  in  the  last  week  of  June,  I  visited  the  north  bank  of 
the  large  lagoon  in  the  woods  north  of  the  summer  resort.  I 
gathered  a  number  of  plants  of  no  special  importance  and  took 
them  to  the  Laboratory  in  my  vacsulum  for  study.  The  fol- 
lowing morning  while  throwing  out  tlfe  material,  I  noticed  a 
broken  specimen  of  Botrychium  simplex  Hitch,  clinging  to  one 
of  the  plants.  I  was  naturally  delighted,  for  no  specimens  of  this 
plant  were  known  from  Ohio  although  the  name  was  on  the  State 
list.  I  returned  to  the  place  and  soon  found  the  plants  in  abun- 
dance. A  little  farther  on  I  found  Botrychium  neglectum  Wood, 
also  in  abundance.  This  was  another  rare  Ohio  plant,  being 
known  onlv  from  a  few  localities  in  the  north-eastern  part  of 
the  state.  Then  I  concluded  that  there  certainly  must  be  others. 
So  a  little  search  brought  to  light  Botrychium  obliquum  Spreng. 
besides  Botrychium  virginianum,  which  was  on  the  Cedar  Point 
list,  being  quite  common.  No  more  Botrychiums  were  found 
although  I  thought  there  should  be  others,  but  the  search,  made 
partly  on  hands  and 'knees,  ended  with  adding  Ophioglossum 
vulgatum  L.  to  the  collection.  This  made  six  of  the  Ophio- 
glossaceae  growing  in  an  area  not  over  two  rods  in  diameter. 

Not  only  were  the  sporophytes  found  but  gametophvtes  of 
all  the  species  were  dug  up.  These  were  mostly  located  by  the 
tiny  juvenile  sporophytes  projecting  above  the  surface  of  the 
soil.  Botrychium  dissectum  has  the  first  tiny  leaf  of  the  typical 
shape.  A  whole  series  of  juvenile  stages  was  seen  without  the 
slightest  indication  of  a  generalized  tvpe  of  leaf.  I  naturallv 
supposed  that  the  first  leaf  would  have  some  of  the  characters 
of  Botrychium  obliquum  of  which  species  it  is  by  soine  thought 
to  be  a  variety  or  form.  The  plants  could,  however,  not  be  more 
clearly  defined.  They  show  the  specific  character  from  the 
beginning.  This  seemed  especiallv  interesting  since  so  commonly 
there  is  a  very  decided  similaritv  of  juvenile  forms  in  closely 
related  species. 

The  place  is  an  open  thicket  of  Rhus  hirta  and  other  small 
trees  and  shrubs.  The  scil  is  sandv  and  rich  in  humus,  parti v 
dry  and  partly  swampy.  It  is  hoped  that  notwithstanding  its 
nearness  to  the  summer  resort,  this  habitat  will  be  undisturbed  for 


Nov.,  1909.]  The  Gymnosperms  of  Ohio.  9 

some  time  to  come.  The  two  rare  species,  Botrychium  simplex 
and  Botrychium  neglectum,  were  past  their  prime.  They  prob- 
ably begin  to  ripen  their  spores  about  the  15th  of  June.  Time 
prevented  making  a  thorough  study  of  the  surroundings  and 
there  may  be  other  surprises  in  the  future  for  the  careful  observer. 


THE  GYMNOSPERMS  OF  OHIO. 

John   H.   Schaffner. 

Ohio  lies  south  of  the  great  northern  conifer  belt  of  North 
America  and  since  there  are  no  mountains  in  the  state,  the 
Gymnosperms  do  not  constitute  an  important  part  of  the  flora. 
There  are  but  11  speeies,  one  of  which  is  probably  accidental 
and  has  been  reported  from  but  one  county.  The  only  species 
of  general  distribution  is  the  Red  Juniper,  but  species  of  Pinus, 
Picea,  Abies,  and  other  genera  are  quite  commonly  cultivated 
in  all  parts  of  the  state. 

Subkingdom,      GYMNOSPERMAE.      Gymnosperms.      500 

living  species. 

Plants  in  which  the  sporophytes  are  woody  perennials  with 
open  carpels  (megasporophylls)  without  a  stigma,  and  hence 
with  naked  ovules  and  seeds,  the  pollen  (male  gametophyte) 
falling  directly  on  the  micropyle  of  the  ovule  (megasporangium) ; 
flowers  monosporangiate,  usually  developing  as  cones  but  some- 
times very  simple;  female  gametophyte  with  numerous  cells 
but  without  polar  cells  and  thus  without  true  endosperm  as  in 
the  Angiosperms ;  male  cells  usually  two,  either  nonmotile  sperms 
or  developed  as  spirally  coiled  multiciliate  spermatozoids. 

KEY  TO  THE  NATIVE  AND  CULTIVATED  GENERA. 

1.  Foliage  leaves  needle-shaped,  narrowly  linear,  subulate,  or  scale-like; 
conifers,  or  in  one  case  a  dicotyl  with  delicate  twigs  and  minxite 
leaves 2 

1.  Foliage  leaves  fan-shaped    with  dichotoniotis  venation,  a  number  on 

thick,  wart-like,  persistent  dwarf  branches Ginkgo. 

2.  Without  dwarf  branches 4 

2.   With  typical  dwarf  branches,  persistent  for  more  than  1  year 3 

2.    With   feather-like   dwarf   branches,    deciduous   each   year,   the   linear 

leaves  spreading  into  2  ranks Taxodium. 

2.  With    deHcate    spray-like    twigs    decidtxous    each    year;    leaves    scale- 

like,   minute;   a    dicotyl Tamarix. 

3.  Dwarf  branches  small,  self-pruned,  with  2-5  foliage  leaves.  .  .    Pinus. 

3.  Dwarf  branches  thick,  wart-like,  persistent,  with  numerous  deciduous 

leaves      Larix. 

4.  Leaf  buds  scal}^  leaves  scattered 5 

4.  Leaf  buds  not  scaly,  naked ;  leaves  opposite  or  whorled 7 

5.  Leaf  scar  on  a  sterigma,  the  twigs  covered  with  scales  representing 

the   leaf   bases 6 

5.  Leaf  scar  on  the  bark;  twigs  without  scales;  leaves  flat. Abies. 

6.  Leaves  flat,  those  on  the  upper  side  of  the  twig  much  shorter  than 

the  lateral  ones;  trees Tsuga. 


lo  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  1, 

6.   Leaves  flat  all  of  about  the  same  length;  ours  a  shrub Taxus. 

6.  Leaves  more  or  less  4-sided,  spreading  in  all  directions Picea. 

7.  Twigs  decidedly  flattened  and  fan-like,  the  leaves  small,   scale-like, 

and  appressed,  of  two  types,  the  dorsal  and  ventral  broader  and 
more  abrupt  at  the  apex ;  scales  of  the  carpellate  cone  not  peltate. 

Thuja. 
7.  Twigs  little  or  not  at  all  flattened,  the  leaves  either  scale-like,   ap- 
pressed, and  nearly  or  ciuite  similar,  or  subulate  and  spreading; 
fruit  berry-like  when  ripe  or  the  scales  of    the  carpellate  cone 
peltate 8 

8.  Leaves  all  subulate  and  spreading;  or  partly  scale-like,  4- ranked  and 

appressed;  carpellate  cone  developing  into  a  bluish-black  berry- 
like fruit.  (Retinispora  forms  of  Thuja  might  be  sought  for 
here  also) Juniperus. 

8.  Leaves  all  small,  scale-like,  appressed,  nearly  or  quite  similar;  irait  a 

dry  cone 9 

9.  Scales  of  the  carpellate  cone  several-seeded Cupressus 

9.  Scales  of  the  carpellate  cone  2-seeded Chamaecyparis. 

Class,  CONIFERAE.     Conifers.     350  species. 

Sporophytes  developing  as  shrubs  or  large  trees,  much 
branched,  with  or  without  dwarf  branches;  stems  with  a  normal 
cambium,  no  vessels  in  the  secondary  wood,  resin  nearly  always 
present;  leaves  mostly  small,  entire,  linear,  lanceolate,  subulate, 
or  scale-like;  flowers  monosporangiate,  monoecious  or  dioecious; 
seeds  and  female  gametophyte  rather  small,  ovules  without  pol- 
len-chamber, cotyledons  2-15,  always  free;  sperm  cells  2,  not 
motile,  no  cilia  being  present. 

Order,  FINALES. 

Conifers  with  both  the  stamens  (microsporophylls)  and  car- 
pels (megasporophylls)  in  cones,  usually  numerous. 

Pinaceae,  Pine  Family. 

Leaf-buds  scaly;  carpels  of  the  cone  numerous,  with  two 
inverted  ovules  on  the  ovuliferous  scale ;  stamens  with  two  micro- 
sporangia. 

Pinus  L.  Pine. 
Resinous  evergreen  trees  with  small  dwarf  branches  bearing 
2-5,  narrow  foliage  leaves;  dwarf  branches  and  ordinary  twigs 
covered  with  scale  leaves.  Dwarf  branches  self-pruned  after  a 
number  of  years.  Carpellate  cones  woodv,  with  numerous  car- 
pels.     Important  lumber  and  turpentine  trees. 

1.   Dwarf  branches  with  5  foliage  leaves;  ovuliferotxs  scales  little  thickened 
at    the    tip P.    strobus. 

1 .  Dwarf  branches  with  2-;3  foliage  leaves ;  ovuliferous  scales  much  thick- 

ened at  the  tip 2 

2.  Dwarf  branches  with  3  foliage  leaves,  rarely  2  or  4,  the  leaves  3-5  in. 

long;  carpellate  cones  ovoid P.  rigida 

2.  Dwarf  branches  nonnally  with  2  foliage  leaves 3 

3.  Twigs  glaucous;  leaves  slender,  23^-5  in.  long;  buds  not  very  resinous; 

prickles  of  the  ovuliferous  scales  short  and  small. .  .  .P.  echinata. 

3.   Twigs  glaucous;  leaves  stout,   lJ^-23^   in.  long;  buds  very  resinous; 

prickles  of  the  ovuliferous  scales  long  and  stout.  .  .  .P.  virginiana. 


Nov.,  1909.]  The  Gymnosperms  of  Ohio.  n 

1.  Pinus  strobus  L.  White  Pine.  A  large  tree  with  nearly 
smooth  bark,  except  when  old;  branches  horizontal,  in  whorls. 
Often  forming  dense  forests.  Wood  soft  and  straight-grained. 
One  of  the  most  valuable  timber  trees  in  the  world.  Northeast- 
ern part  of  Ohio  to  Erie  County. 

2.  Pinus  virginiana  Mill.  Scrub  Pine.  A  slender,  usually 
small  tree  with  spreading  or  drooping  branches;  the  old  bark 
flaky  and  dark-colored.  Wood  very  resinous,  soft  and  durable, 
but  of  poor  quality.  In  sandy  soil.  From  Fairfield  County 
southward. 

3.  Pinus  echinata  Mill.  Yellow  Pine.  A  large  tree  with 
spreading  branches;  leaves  sometimes  in  3's.  Wood  rather 
hard  and  very  valuable ;  much  used  as  lumber.  Produces  shoots 
from  stumps.  In  sandy  soil.  Probably  accidental  in  Ohio; 
Auglaize  County. 

4.  Pinus  rigida  Mill.  Pitch  Pine.  A  tree  with  spreading 
branches,  the  old  bark  rough  and  furrowed,  flaky  in  strips. 
Sprouts  readily  from  the  stump  if  cut  down  or  burned.  Wood 
rather  hard  and  brittle  and  full  of  resin;  used  for  fuel,  charcoal 
and  coarse  lumber.  A  source  of  turpentine  to  a  limited  extent. 
In  dry  sandy  or  rocky  soil.  Scioto,  Jackson  and  Fairfield 
Counties. 

Larix  Adans.     Larch. 

Tall  pyramidal  trees  with  horizontal  or  ascending  branches 
and  with  clusters  of  narrowly  linear,  deciduous  leaves  on  thick 
wart-like  dwarf  branches.  Carpellate  cones  woody,  with  numer- 
ous carpels, 

1.  Larix  laricina  (DuR.)  Koch.  Tamarack.  A  slender  tree 
with  close  or  at  length  scaly  bark.  Wood  hard,  durable  and  very 
strong.  Carpellate  cones  reddish  purple  when  young.  In  bogs, 
swamps,  and  about  the  margins  of  lakes.  Northern  third  of 
the  state. 

Tsuga  Carr.     Hemlock. 

Evergreen  trees  with  slender  horizontal  or  drooping  branches. 
Leaves  flat,  narrowly  linear,  spreading  more  or  less  into  2  ranks. 
Leaf  scars   on   short   sterigmata.     Carpellate   cones   pendulous. 

1.  Tsuga  canadensis  (L.)  Carr.  Hemlock.  A  tall  tree  with 
slender,  horizontal  or  drooping  branches,  the  old  bark  flaky  in 
scales.  Wood  very  coarse.  Self-prunes  twigs.  Eastern  half  of 
Ohio,  and  occasional  toward  the  west. 

Juniperaceae.     Juniper  Family. 
Leaf-buds  naked;  carpels  of  the  cone  few,  opposite;  stamens 
with  3-8  microsporangia. 

Thuja  L.  Arborvitae. 
Evergreen  trees  or  shrubs  with  flattened  fan-like  twigs.     Car- 
pellate cones  ovoid  or  oblong  with  dry  coriaceous  scales,  not 
peltate. 


12 


The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  1, 


1.  Thuja  occidentalis  L.  Arborvitae.  Usually  a  small, 
conical  tree  with  fan-like  branches.  Self-prunes  twigs.  Wood 
light  and  durable.  Usually  in  wet  soil  and  along  the  banks  of 
streams.  Champaign,  Franklin,  Greene,  Highland  and  Adams 
Counties. 

Juniperus  L.   Juniper. 

Evergreen  trees  or  shrubs  with  small  globose,  berrv-like 
bluish  or  blackish  cones. 

1.   Leaves  all  subulate,  prickly  pointed,  verticillate ;  cones  axillary.  ...    2 

1.  Leaves  of  2  kinds,   scale-like  and   subulate,   opposite  or  verticillate; 

cones  terminal J.  virginiana. 

2.  Erect  trees  or  shrubs;  leaves  slender,  mostly  straight J.  communis. 

2.   Low  depressed  shrubs;  leaves  stouter,  mostly  curved J.  nana. 

1.  Juniperus  communis  L.  Common  Juniper.  A  low  tree 
with  spreading  or  drooping  branches  and  shreddy  bark.  Goats 
are  poisoned  from  eating  the  leaves.  On  dry  hills.  In  the 
northern  part  of  Ohio,  as  far  south  as  Fairfield  County. 

2.  Juniperus  nana  Willd.  Low  Juniper.  A  depressed 
rigid  shrub  usualh'  with  creeping  radiating  iDranches,  the  ends 
erect  or  ascending,  thus  forming  circular  patches.  In  dry  open 
places.     Cedar  Point,  Erie  County. 

3.  Juniperus  virginiana  L.  Red  Juniper.  A  tree  with 
spreading,  ofter  irregular  branches,  when  old,  but  conic  in  shape 
when  young.  Self-prunes  twigs.  Wood  very  valuable,  light, 
straight-grained,  durable  and  fragrant;  used  almost  exclusively 
in  the  manufacture  of  lead  pencils.  Often  infested  with  the 
"cedar-apple"  fungus.  Poisonous  to  goats.  Common  on  hills 
and  bluffs;  general  in  Ohio. 

Order,  TAXALES. 

Conifers  with  the  stamens  (microsporophvUs)  in  cones,  but 
the  carpels  (megasporophylls)  mostly  single ;  ours  with  a  red 
fleshy  disk  surrounding  the  ripe  seed. 

Taxaceae,   Yew  Family. 

Staminate  (microsporangiate)  cone  with  3-5  stamens ;  carpels 
solitarv  with  one  or  two  erect  ovules. 

Taxus  L.  Yew. 

Evergreen  trees  or  shrubs  without  resin,  with  spirally  ar- 
ranged, short  petioled,  linear,  flat  leaves  spreading  into  2  ranks. 
Fruit  with  a  bony  seed  surrounded  by  a  fleshy  red  disk. 

1.  Taxus  canadensis  Marsh.  American  Yew.  A  low,  usual- 
ly straggling  shrub  with  linear  leaves  green  on  both  sides.  The 
leaves  are  supposed  to  be  poisonous  to  stock.  On  rocky  banks 
and  in  woods.  Northern  Ohio,  as  far  south  as  Fairfield  and 
Greene  Counties. 


Nov.,  1909.]  Potato  Agar.  13 

THE  LABRADOR  TEA  IN  OHIO. 

Otto  E.  Jennings. 

In  the  Ohio  Naturalist  for  December,  1908,  Professor  J.  H. 
Schaffner  presents  a  list  of  "Plants  on  the  Ohio  State  List  not 
Represented  in  the  State  Herbarium"  and  proposes  to  strike 
off  these  names  if  no  proper  evidence  of  the  occurrence  of  the 
plants  in  question  in  Ohio  is  forthcoming. 

Yesterday  there  came  to  my  hands  from  my  friend,  Mr.  Ros- 
coe  J.  Webb,  of  Garrettsville,  Portage  County,  Ohio,  specimens 
of  three  plants  which  he  and  Mr.  A.  D.  Robinson,  of  Ravenna 
had  collected  in  a  tamarac  bog  near  Shalersville,  Portage  County, 
May  24  of  this  year.  The  plants  were  Wolfitia  columbiana  Karst., 
Ilicioides  mucronata  (L.)  Britt.,  and  Ledum  groenlandicumOeder. 

Mr.  Webb  says  the  Ledum  is  abundant  at  this  place  and  that 
he  has  known  of  this  locality  for  about  ten  years.  The  specimens 
sent  me  were  in  good  flower  and  were  evidently  taken  from 
plants  in  vigorous  condition.  This  record  is  noteworthy  in  that 
Mr.  Webb's  station  evidently  constitutes  the  only  authentic 
occurrence  of  the  plant  in  Ohio.  However,  the  writer  has  dis- 
covered a  patch  of  Ledum,  about  one-half  acre  altogether,  in 
the  great  Pymatuning  Swamp,  near  Linesville,  Pennsvlvania, 
and  only  about  six  miles  from  the  Pennsylvania-Ohio  state  line, 
and  it  would  not  be  surprising  if  other  stations  should  be  found 
for  this  species  in  other  bogs  in  northeastern  Ohio  and  north- 
western Pennsylvania. 

Carnegie  Museum,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  May  27,  1909. 


POTATO  AGAR. 

Mel.  T.  Cook. 

The  making  of  potato  agar  probably  presents  greater  annoy- 
ances than  the  making  of  any  other  medium  used  in  bacterio- 
logical and  mycological  laboratories.  The  difficulty  is  due  to 
the  starch  of  the  potato  becoming  gelatinous  and  difficult  to 
filter.  For  sometime  the  writer  has  been  using  a  method  which 
has  proved  very  satisfactory.  This  method  is  a  modification  of 
the  method  in  general  use  and  it  is  probable  that  other  workers 
may  be  making  agar  in  practically  the  same  manner.  However, 
it  has  been  considered  advisable  to  publish  it  at  this  time  for  the 
benefit  of  any  who  may  be  experiencing  difficulties  in  the  making 
of  this  very  valuable  medium.     The  method  is  as  follows: 

A. — Melt  the  desired  amount  of  agar  (10,  12,  or  15  grams)  in 
500  cc.  of  distilled  water. 


14  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.X,  No.  1, 

B. — Peel  and  slice  very  thin,  500  grams  of  potatoes  and  add 
500  cc.  of  distilled  water.  Heat  at  about  60  degrees  C.  for  one 
hour.     Strain  through  cloth. 

Mix  A.  and  B.  Add  the  white  of  two  eggs  which  have  been 
mixed  in  100  cc.  of  distilled  water.  Put  in  autoclave  and  heat 
until  clear,  usually  about  two  hours.  If  the  total  volume  is  now 
less  than  1000  cc.  enough  hot  distilled  water  should  be  added 
to  equal  that  amount.  Filter  through  cotton,  titrate  if  desired, 
tube  and  sterilize. 

Agri.  Exp.  Station,  Newark,  Del. 


NEWS  AND  NOTES. 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science  will  be 
held  at  Delaware,  Ohio,  on  the  26th  and  27th  of  November. 


The  Mocking  Bird  in  G.\lli.\  County. 
Four  years  ago,  the  first  Mocking  Bird,  Mimus  polyglottus, 
was  seen  at  Rio  Grande.  Its  nest  was  not  found.  This  year  at 
least  five  nests  were  found  within  the  village  and  the  birds  seem 
quite  numerous  through  the  country.  Heavy  winds  overturned 
three  nests  and  the  young  ones  perished  in  spite  of  human  efforts 
to  replace  and  strengthen  the  nests. 

Ruth  E.  Brockett. 


Nov.,  1909.]  Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club.  15 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 

Orton  Hall,  April  12,  1909. 

The  Club  being  called  to  order  by  the  President,  the  minutes 
of  the  two  previous  meetings  were  read  and  approved.  Letters 
were  read  from  the  following  men  acknowledging  invitations 
to  the  Darwin  Centenary  meeting. — Robert  A.  Dudington,  of 
Oberlin  College;  President  Dabney,  of  the  University  of  Cincin- 
nati, and  Maynard  M.  Metcalf,  of  Oberlin  College. 

The  resignation  of  Arthur  H.  McCray,  as  secretary  of  the 
Club  was  accepted. 

The  program  for  the  evening  was  a  discussion  of  the  "Place 
of  Biology  in  the  High  School  and  University  Course."  The 
first  paper  was  presented  by  Miss  Maud  Flynn,  on  the  "Place 
of  Biology  in  the  High  vSchool."  An  outline  of  the  present  course 
in  the  Columbus  High  Schools  was  given  together  with  suggestions 
for  improvement.  The  independent  treatment  of  the  subjects 
Botany,  Zoology  and  Physiology  was  favored.  The  second  paper 
of  the  evening  was  by  Prof.  Landacre  on  the  "Place  of  Biology  in 
the  University."  He  stated  that  there  seemed  to  be  no  place 
at  present  for  a  department  of  Biology  in  the  State  Universitites 
giving  technical  courses  since  the  foundation  for  advanced  work 
either  in  Physiology,  Botany  or  Zoology  could  best  be  given 
by  those  departments  independently.  In  the  smaller  colleges  a 
course  in  general  Biology  can  be  given  profitably.  Profs.  Os- 
born,  Griggs,  Hambleton,  Schaffner,  Durant,  Boyd  and  Ostend 
and  Miss  Blair  took  part  in  the  discussion  which  followed.  The 
Club  then  adjourned. 


Orton  H.\ll,  May  2,   1909. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  Miss 
Freda  Detmers.  The  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were 
read  and  corrected. 

The  paper  for  the  evening  was  presented  by  Prof.  McCampbell, 
the  subject  for  the  evening  being  "Tumours  in  Animals."  Tu- 
mours were  classified  as  harmless  and  harmful.  The  harmful 
tumours  or  malignant  tumours  are  difficult  to  eradicate  and  pro- 
duce toxins.  Tumours  were  further  divided  in  regard  to  organs 
affected.  The  subject  was  further  discussed  largely  from  a  study 
of  domestic  animals,  especially  the  guinea  pig.  As  to  the  cause 
of  tumours  nothing  has  as  yet  been  determined  definitely  though 
there  are  a  large  number  of  theories  to  account  for  these  growths. 

In  the"  discussion  which  followed  Prof.  Dachnowski  and 
Schaffner,  Miss  Detmers  and  Miss  Wilson  took  part. 


1 6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  1, 

Miss  Detmers  reported  on  a  Fungus  probably  due  to  an  As- 
comycete  following  the  work  of  Sapsuckers  on  Ironwood.  Prof. 
Hambleton  recalled  seeing  stumps  of  the  Ironwood  covered  with 
the  fungus. 

W.  C.  Morse,  Miss  Hollister  and  Prof.  Hambleton  were 
appointed  as  a  committee  to  nominate  a  staff  for  the  Ohio 
Naturalist. 


Orton  Hall,  June  7,   1909. 

The  last  meeting  of  the  year  was  called  to  order  by  the  Presi- 
dent, Miss  Freda  Detmers.  W.  C.  O'Kane  was  unable  to  present 
his  paper  on  the  Coccidae.  J.  F.  Zimmer  presented  an  inter- 
esting paper  on  "Maple  Tree  Insects."  The  discussion  was 
largely  confined  to  the  commoner  forms  of  economic  importance. 
Prof.  J.  C.  Hambleton  and  Miss  Stella  S.  Wilson  took  part  in  the 
discussion  which  followed.  Chalmers  De  Puc  then  presented 
an  outline  of  his  year's  work  on  the  "Viability  of  Forest  Tree 
Seeds." 

The  Nominating  Committee  reported  the  following  nomina- 
tions for  the  staff  of  "The  Ohio  Naturalist": 

Editor-in-Chief    John    H.   Schaffner 

Business    Manager James     S.     Hine 

Assistant  Business  Manager G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editors. 

Emily   Hollister Zoology 

R.  F.  Griggs Botany 

W.   C.    Morse Geology 

W.  C.  Mills Archaeology 

J.  C.  Hambleton Ornithology 

G.    D.    Hubbard Geography 

Advisory   Board. 

Herbert  Osborn  Charles  S.  Prosser  John  H.  Schaffner 

The  report  was  accepted  and  the  staff  elected. 
Miss  Ruth  A.  "Wardall  and  Marie  F.  McLellan  were    elected 
to  membership. 

H.  T.  OsBORN,  Secretary. 


IlxjIlibrar  Y 


The  Ohio  ^aturaliM^r^ 


PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  Stale  Uni'versity. 
Volume  X.  DECEMBER,    1909.  No.  2. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Dickey— Evaporation  in  a  Bog  Habitat 17 

Blair— 1  he  Orcliids  of  Ohio 24 

ZiMMER— List  of  Insects  AttVeting  the  Maple 3i> 

ScHAFFNER— New  and  Rare  Ohio  Plants 39 

A  Xew  Laboratory  Guide  for  High  School  Botany 40 


EVAPORATION  IN  A  BOG  HABITAT.* 
Malcolm  G.  Dickey. 

Within  the  past  two  years,  investigations  have  been  carried 
on  at  a  bog  island  in  the  Licking  Reservoir  near  Columbus,  Ohio, 
disclosing  the  toxicity  of  bog  water,  and  bog  soils.  The  physi- 
ological aridity  of  this  bog  habitat  has  been  discussed  in  two 
papers,  (1  and  2).  In  connection  with  experiments,  which  are  to 
be  made  upon  the  transpiration  of  bog  plants,  it  was  thought 
desirable  to  obtain  direct  evidence  concerning  the  evaporating 
power  of  the  air  of  this  region.  With  this  object  in  view,  the 
data  given  below  were  collected  during  the  past  summer. 

The  problem  of  evaporation,  though  manifestly  an  important 
one,  has  received  relativelv  little  attention.  Recent  investiga- 
tions  at  Salton  Sea  in  Southern  California,  have  brought  to  the 
attention  of  meteorologists,  the  vital  importance  of  evaporation 
in  the  storage  of  water  in  reservoirs,  for  irrigation  purposes  in  the 
arid  regions  of  the  west.  Salton  Sea,  which  is  cut  ofif  from  the 
Colorado  River,  must,  in  the  course  of  ten  or  twelve  years,  it  is 
estimated,  be  reduced  by  evaporation,  and  it  is  planned,  there- 
fore, to  make  a  complete  study  of  the  phenomenon  in  that 
region.  Readings  are  taken  from  floating  tanks  and  pans  upon 
water  surfaces  at  different  points  on  the  sea,  and  likewise  at 
auxiliary  stations  in  different  climates  and  under  different 
conditions. 

Considered  purely  from  a  physical  standpoint,  evaporation 
depends  upon  humidity,  temperature,  and  wind  velocity.  The 
sun's  rays  influence  it  only  as  they  increase  the  temperature  of 
the  air  and  of  the  evaporating  surface.  Secondary  factors  influ- 
encing evaporation  are,  however,  so  numerous,  and  difflcult  to 
separate,  since  they  all  may  operate  at  the  same  time,  that  it  is 

*  Contributions  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, L. 


1 8  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  X,  No.  2, 

not  an  easy  task  to  find  a  uniform  and  constant  relationship  for 
each  one  of  the  primary  factors.  It  must  be  remembered,  there- 
fore, that  the  following  statements  from  a  summary  of  the  sub- 
ject in  the  "Monthly  Weather  Review"  of  1907  and  1908,  (8) 
hold  true  only  when  all  other  things  are  considered  equal. 

If  the  rainfall  is  uniformly  distributed  throughout  the  year, 
the  evaporation  will  increase  proportionately. 

A  heavy  winter,  and  a  light  summer  rainfall  will,  together 
show  a  small  annual  evaporation,  and  converseh'. 

Evaporation  varies  nearly  inversely  as  the  atmospheric 
pressure,  or  nearly  directly  as  the  altitude. 

The  rate  of  evaporation  is  nearly  proportionate  to  the  differ- 
ence of  tempei^ature  as  indicated  by  the  wet,  and  dry  bulb 
thermometers. 

As  to  temperature,  it  is  found  that  the  capacity  of  atmos- 
pheric air  for  moisture  is  approximately  doubled  with  everv 
increase  in  atmospheric  temperature  of  20°  F. 

Wind  velocity  has  a  marked  influence  upon  evaporation 
being  nearly  in  a  direct  ratio  with  it. 

In  the  light  of  these  observations,  meteorologists  have 
attempted  to  find  the  relationship  existing  between  the  various 
modifying  factors  and  evaporation,  and  have  succeeded  in 
working  out  formulas  by  means  of  which  the  evaporation  from 
watersheds  and  water  surfaces  can  be  approximated. 

It  should  be  stated  that  there  are  many  obstacles  to  contend 
with  in  devising  proper  methods  for  measuring  evaporation.  It 
is  almost  impossible,  in  field  work,  to  place  the  instrument  under 
normal  standard  conditions,  and  also  to  eliminate  the  error 
caused  by  ijfiinfall.  It  has  been  pointed  out,  moreover,  that  the 
evaporation  from  a  large  water  surface  cannot  be  calculated 
correctly  from  the  evaporation  of  a  small  tank  for  the  reason  that 
air,  moving  over  a  water  surface,  absorbs  moisture,  and  its 
capacity  to  hold  water  becomes  gradually  less. 

This  difficulty  may  be  partially  overcome  by  measuring  the 
evaporation  at  numerous  points  on  the  water  surface,  plotting  the 
results  and  drawing  isothymes.  By  a  summation  of  the  evapo- 
ration over  the  areas  between  the  isothymes,  the  evaporation 
of  the  whole  area  can  be  calculated  with  comparative  accuracy. 

New  and  more  improved  instruments  have  been  devised,  and 
are  now  being  employed  by  the  Weather  Bureau  (10)  in  connec- 
tion with  the  work  upon  evaporation  from  lakes  and  reservoirs. 

In  physiological  work,  it  has  been  considered  preferable  to 
obtain  the  evaporation  readings  directly  by  such  instruments  as 
are  available,  rather  than  to  depend  upon  formulas,  which  are 
necessarily  somewhat  inaccurate,  The  German  Forest  Service 
(9)  has  used  a  small  zinc  receptacle  with  a  wooden  roof,  which 
allows  the  free  access  of  air,  but  excludes  rainfall.  •  Within 
recent  years  the  porous  cup  atmometer,  which  will  be  described 
later,  has  come  into  use. 


Dec,  1909.]  Evaporation  in  a  Bog  Habitat.  19 

Livingston's  experiments  (3)  with  the  atmometer  at  Tucson 
have  shown  that  the  evaporating  power  of  the  air,  aside  from  its 
indirect  effect  upon  soil  moisture,  is  an  important  factor  in  plant 
development.  Several  species  of  plants  were  grown  in  soil  which 
was  kept  as  nearly  as  possible  at  its  optimum  moisture  content, 
and  their  behavior  in  relation  to  the  rate  of  evaporation  was 
studied.  Two  species  which  were  able  to  transmit  water  to  the 
leaves  faster  than  it  was  lost  b}^  transpiration,  grew  vigorouslv, 
even  during  a  period  of  drought.  Several  other  varieties  were 
unable  to  provide  the  excess  water  for  growth  during  the  period 
of  drought,  but  remained  quiescent,  and  resumed  their  growth 
upon  the  return  of  the  season  of  lower  evaporation.  Other 
plants  not  only  failed  to  provide  the  excess  water  for  growth 
during  the  drought,  but  did  not  respond  even  on  the  coming  of 
the  season  of  lower  evaporation  and  soon  died.  It  is  concluded, 
from  these  experiments,  that  the  evaporating  power  of  the  air 
controls  desert  vegetation  to  a  great  extent,  for  it  inhibits  the 
growth  of  plants  which  are  not  able  to  adjust  themselves  to  the 
low  evaporation  rate,  and  thus  plays  an  important  part  in  the 
determination  of  centers  of  plant  distribtition. 

Further  work  (4,  0,)  has  brought  out  the  value  of  the  atmom- 
eter in  the  differentiation  of  habitats.  While  the  amount  of 
rainfall,  through  its  eft'ect  upon  soil  moisture,  is  effective  upon 
vegetation  over  large  areas,  the  evaporating  power  of  the  air 
may  vary  greatly  within  these  areas,  and  within  neighboring 
habitats.  Data  taken  in  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden  showed 
that  the  average  ratio  of  the  evaporating  power  of  the  air  in  the 
open  field,  and  in  the  shade  of  a  coppice  was  approximately  as 
2.5  to  1.  About  the  same  ratio  was  apparent  in  an  open  straw- 
berry patch,  and  beneath  a  shade  tent. 

Atmometer  readings  taken  at  Tucson,  and  at  different  alti- 
tudes in  the  Santa  Catalina  Mountains  indicate  a  gradual  decrease 
in  the  rate  of  evaporation  with  altitude.  Considering  as  unity 
the  standard  Tucson  atmometer  at  2412  feet,  the  relative  loss  of 
the  instruments  at  6000,  7500,  and  8000  feet,  was  .8,  .5  and  .4 
respectively.  These  conclusions  with  reference  to  the  decreasing 
rate  of  evaporation  at  higher  altitudes  have  been  corroborated  by 
similar  experiments  conducted  by  Shaw  in  the  Selkirks  (6). 

Transeau  (7)  continued  the  study  of  the  relation  of  plant 
societies  to  evaporation.  He  placed  instruments  in  different 
plant  habitats  about  Cold  Springs  Harbor,  Long  Island,  com- 
paring all  readings  with  that  of  a  standard  instrument  in  the 
Carnegie  Garden.  He  reported  an  evaporation  of  100%  on  an 
open  gravel  slide,  and  showed  that  the  partial  invasion  of  the 
slide  by  vegetation  produced  a  decrease  of  40%  in  evaporation. 
The  rate  in  a  forest  habitat  varied  from  50%  in  the  open  wood  to 
10%  in  the  swamp  forest.  In  the  light  of  these  data,  it  is  easy  to 
see  why  plants,  accustomed  to  the  swarap  environment,  cannot 
succeed  in  an  open  woods  with  a  rate  of  evaporation  five  times  as. 


20  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  2, 

great.     The  importance  of  pioneer  shade  plants  as  reducers  of 
transpiration  is  also  pointed  out. 

The  instruments  used  at  Buckeye  Lake  were  a  slight  mod- 
ification of  those  used  by  the  writers  just  mentioned.  The 
evaporation  takes  place  from  the  surface  of  an  exposed  porous 
clay  cup,  about  thirteen  centimeters  in  length,  two  and  one-half 
cm.  in  diameter,  and  with  a  wall  of  four  millimeters  thickness. 
The  upper  end  is  closed,  and  rotmded,  the  lower  end  is  closed 
tightly  by  a  perforated  rubber  stopper,  through  which  passes  a 
glass  tube.  This  tube  extends  down  to  the  bottle  below,  which 
serves  as  the  reservoir  of  water.  Since  the  instruments  were  to 
be  left  for  rather  long  periods  of  time,  a  larger  and  more  stable 
form  of  reservoir  was  required.  In  place  of  the  "Mason "  jar  and 
cork  stopper,  a  bottle  of  5U0U  cc.  capacity  was  used,  with  a  neck 
of  sufficient  slope  so  that  the  water  level  could  readily  be  seen 
from  above.  x\t  the  mouth  of  the  bottle,  the  glass  tube  passed 
through  two  rubber  stoppers,  the  one  a  two-holed  stopper 
inserted  in  the  bottle,  and  the  other  with  its  large  end  down,  cov- 
ering the  hole,  and  preventing  the  entrance  of  water,  but  allow- 
ing free  access  of  air.  A  file  mark  near  the  top  of  the  bottle 
indicated  the  point  to  which  the  water  level  was  raised  on  refilling. 
Throughout  the  experiment  only  distilled  water,  containing  a 
small  per  cent  of  formaldehyde,  was  used. 

The  interior  of  the  cup  remains  free  from  air  because  of  the 
surface  tension  of  the  water  films  closing  the  pores.  The  cup 
thus  remains  filled  with  water,  and  as  evaporation  takes  place  at 
the  surface,  more  water  is  forced  up  from  below  into  the  vacuum 
by  the  air  pressure  upon  the  water  surface  in  the  reservoir. 

The  porous  cups  used  in  this  work  were  obtained  through 
Dr.  Dachnowski  from  the  Carnegie  Institute  and  were  standard- 
ized at  the  Desert  Laboratory  at  Tucson. 

When  used  during  the  growing  period  of  plants,  the  principal 
defect  of  this  instrument  is  that  rain  may  enter  the  reservoir 
through  the  porous  cup,  and  thus  cause  an  error  in  the  results. 
If  daily  readings  are  taken,  the  length  of  time  of  precipitation 
can  be  recorded,  and  corrections  made  for  the  error.  But  in 
taking  readings  at  intervals  longer  than  a  day,  this  error  must  be 
neglected. 

One  instrument  was  placed  in  a  station  of  the  Maple-Alder 
zone  near  the  border  of  the  island  and  was  shaded  by  x\cer 
rubrum,  Alnus  rugosa,  and  Rhus  vernix.  Osmunda  cinna- 
momia,  O.  regalis,  and  Dryopteris  cristata  were  growing  nearby. 
The  other  station  was  in  the  central  zone,  where  the  principal 
plants  were  Sphagnum,  Oxycoccus  oxycoccus,  Drosera  rotundi- 
folia,  Eriophorum  virginicum,  and  Dulichium  arundinaceum. 

Readings  were  begun  May  14,  and  taken  weekly  until  June  11. 
No  data  were  taken  then  tuitil  July  17,  when  the  evaporation  for 
five  weeks  was  recorded.  Weekly  readings  were  then  resumed 
and  taken  until  August  21,  when  after  another  break  of  three 


Dec,  1909.] 


Evaporation  in  a  Bog  Habitat. 


21 


weeks,  they  were  continued  until  Oct.  2.  Unfortunately,  the 
instrument  in  the  central  zone  was  disturbed  on  August  21,  and 
on  September  11,  had  disappeared  entirely.  Temperature 
readings  were  also  taken  in  the  two  zones. 


Fig.  1.     Central  Zone  Station. 


Fig.  2.      Station  in  Maple- Alder  Zone. 


It  was  thought  that  an  average  of  the  precipitation  and  tem- 
perature records  taken  at  the  stations  of  the  Weather  Bureau  at 
Pataskala,  Gratiot,  and  Granville,  would  represent,  approx- 
imately, the  meteorology  of  our  station  at  the  bog.  The  records 
of  wind  velocity  which  are  necessary  to  make  the  observations 
complete  were  not  obtainable. 

The  climatology  and  evaporation  data  for  the  bog  station  are 
given  in  the  table  below: 


2  a 


""The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  X,  No.  2, 


TABLE  I.     CLIMATOLOGICAL  AND  EVAPORATION  DATA  FOR  THE 
BOG  ISLAND  AT  BUCKEYE  LAKE,  OHIO. 


03 

Q 


Precip. 

tH 

O 

T-H 

O 

, 

o 

ys  o 
in  fa 

o3 

03   ,03 

+J 

13    " 

n 

^_,    0) 

"" 

°S 

2i  ■  o-  e  1 

Pu 

^         1 

Temperature  in  F. 


c 

03 


o3 


n 
o 

u 

5:5 

Oj      I 


C 

o 


Svui  shine 


V. 


13 
03 

Q 


13 

_o 

+3 

u 

o3 

a. 

>^ 

03 

Q 


Evaporation 


o 

u 

CO 

5 


o 


O 


<u 

a 

9 
o 

•t-\ 

Q 


1909 
May    14 

May    21 

1.07 

2 

61.5 

82. 

41.5 

May   28 

1.84 

3 

59.5 

75 . 5 

45 . 5 

June     4 

2.04 

5 

67.5 

84.5 

50.5 

June  11 

.87 

6 

70.5 

84. 

52.5 

June  19 

.25 

2 

66. 

80. 

47. 

June  26 

2.30 

4 

70.5 

87.5 

43. 

July      3 

1  .  00 

2 

77. 

90. 

59. 

July    10 

.02 

2 

66.6 

85.5 

46.5 

July    17 

1.91 

4 

74. 

87. 

60. 

July   24 

.46 

2 

67. 

87. 

46. 

July   31 

1.31 

3 

71.5 

88. 

51. 

Aug.     7 

.()7 

2 

71.1 

85. 

55. 

Aug.  14 

.01 

1 

71.5 

90. 

53. 

Aug.  21 

3.27 

2 

70. 

85. 

50.    i 

Aug.  28 

.10 

1 

.69 . 5 

89. 

46.5 

Sept.    4 

1.23 

3 

63. 

86. 

37.5 

Sept.  11 

.57 

1 

64. 

79.5 

42. 

Sept.  18 

.46 

1 

68.5 

86. 

46. 

Sept.  25 

.33 

2 

66.5 

83. 

46. 

Oct       2 

.23 

2 

53. 

71. 

33. 

77. 
59. 
69.8 


76.1 
74.3 

82.4 


75.2! 

60. 

69.8 

78 . 8 
78.8 


75.2 

77. 
82.4 


82.4^84.2 
80 .  6  82  . 4 
72.5  72.5 


( i 


80.6 


73.4  75. 2i 
67.1  68. 

63.5  63. 5i 


98.9 

4 

1 

2 

80.8' 

1 

2 

4 

78.1 

97. 

2 

2 

3 

60.5 

92.1 

1 

2 

4 

27 . 5 

53.3 

4 

1 

3- 

2 

1 

4 
4   ■ 

3 

290.4 

349.2 

3 

2 

2 

1 

2 

4J 

4 

1 

2 

77. 

120.2 

3 

2 

2 

50.6 

69.8 

4 

1 

2 

36.3 

69.8 

5 

1 

1 

70.4 

82.4 

2 

1 

4 

38.5 

5 

2  ■ 

4 

1 

2   • 

192.5 

3 

4. 

5 

2 

38.5 

3 

4 

82.5 

4 

1 

2 

88. 

18.1 
18.9 
31.6 
25.8 


58.8 


43.2 
19.2 
33.5 
12. 


Dec,  1909.]  Evaporation  in  a  Bog  Habitat.  23 

An  inspection  of  this  table  shows  that  rainfall  has  had  the 
most  marked  effect  upon  the  evaporation  rate  in  the  Maple- 
Alder  zone,  but  it  is  very  evident  also  that  this  was  not  the  only 
factor.  The  influence  of  temperature  in  either  station  is  not  so 
apparent  for  so  limited  a  number  of  readings.  It  is  quite  prob- 
able that  the  missing  data  for  wind  velocity  would  account  for 
some  of  the  results  which  do  not  seem  to  agree  with  the  data  at 
hand. 

The  effect  of  the  growth  of  the  leaves  in  the  early  part  of  the 
season,  and  their  fall  at  the  end  of  the  period  of  observation  is 
quite  apparent  in  the  readings  of  the  Maple- Alder  zone.  The 
readings  of  the  first  and  last  two  weeks  in  this  zone  are  relatively 
high.  If  we  consider  the  time  from  May  to  August  as  the  critical 
period  for  growth  and  reproduction  in  plants,  then  the  greatest 
evaporation  observed  is  that  of  May  21  in  the  Maple-Alder  zone, 
while  the  greatest  loss  in  the  Central  zone  occurred  during  the 
week  ending  July  24.  However,  the  bearing  of  these  data  to 
plant  growth  in  bogs  will  be  discussed  elsewhere. 

To  Prof.  A.  Dachnowski,  under  whose  direction  this  work 
was  planned  and  carried  out,  I  wish  to  express  here,  my  sincere 
appreciation  for  many  helpful  suggestions.  I  also  wish  to 
acknowledge  the  aid  of  a  grant  from  the  McMillin  Research 
Fund,  to  cover  the  expenses  of  the  field  work. 

LITERATURE. 

1.  Dachxowski,   a..   The  Toxic   Property  of  Bog  Water  and  Bog  Soil. 

Hot.  Gazette  46  :  130.     1908. 

2.  Bog  Toxins  and  Their  Effect  Upon  Soils.     Bot.  Gazette 

47  :  389.      1909. 

3.  Livingston,    B.    E.,    Evaporation    and    Plant    Development.     Plant 

World  10  :  2G9.      1907. 

4.   ,   Evaporation  and   Plant  Habitats.      Plant   World    11:1. 

1908. 

5.  ,   Evaporation  and  Centers  of  Plant  Distribution.      Plant 

World  11  :  106.     1908. 

6.  Shaw,  C.  H.,  Vegetation  and  Altitude.    Plant  World  13  ;  63.      1909. 

7.  Transeau,  E.   N.,  The  Relation  of  Plant  Societies  to  Evaporation. 

Bot.  Gazette  45  :  217.     1908. 

8.  The  Monthly  Weather  Review  35  :  11-4,  311.      1907. 

9.  Forest  Influences.    Bull.  No.  7  ;  39.  Forestry  Div.,  U.  S.  Dept.  Ag. 

10.  Marvin,  C.  F.  ,  Methods  and  Apparatus  for  the  Observation  and  Study 

of  Evaporation.        Monthly  Weather  Review  37: 141,  182.       1909. 


24  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  2, 

THE  ORCHIDS  OF  OHIO. 

Kate  R.  Blair. 

People  in  general  know  little  of  orchids  because  they  do  not 
come  in  one's  way  as  plants  ordinarily  do  but  must  be  sought  for. 
They  are  most  widely  distributed  in  the  damp  and  wooded 
regions  of  the  world,  reaching  their  greatest  development  in  the 
tropics  where  many  of  them  are  brilliantly  flowered  epiphytes. 
In  temperate  regions  they  are  terrestrial  plants  drawing  their 
nourishment  directly  or  indirectly  from  the  soil.  They  are 
perennial  herbs,  many  with  root  mvcorrhizas,  and  on  this 
account  some  of  them  are  without  green  foliage  leaves,  depending 
entirely  for  their  food  supply  on  the  fungus  growing  on  their 
roots.  Most  of  them  are  rare  plants  and  grow  only  in  special 
habitats,  and  because  of  their  mutualistic  habits  thcA'  can  not 
easily  be  raised  in  gardens  since  it  is  difficult  to  produce  a 
suitable  substratum  in  which  the  fungus  can  develop. 

Twenty-one  genera  and  thirty-seven  species  of  orchids  are 
reported  from  Ohio  with  two  or  three  others  that  are  doubtful. 
The  species  most  widely  distributed  are:  Galeorchis  specta- 
bilis,  Aplectrum  spicatum,  Blephariglottis  ps^xodes,  Gyros- 
tachys  cernua,  Limodorum  tuberosum,  Perularia  flava,  Pogonia 
ophioglossoides,  Triphora  trianthophora,  and  Blephariglottis 
lacera. 

Orchids  are  valued  chiefly  because  they  are  beautiful  though 
a  few  are  also  useful.  Vanilla  is  extracted  from  the  fruit  of  a 
climbing  orchid  in  Mexico;  and  the  leaves  of  some  species  in 
Madagascar  are  used  for  making  tea.  Their  flowers  are  among 
the  most  unique  in  the  plant  kingdom,  and  the  parts  are  highly 
specialized,  with  peculiar  adaptations  for  insect  pollination. 
Among  the  Ohio  genera  having  some  species  with  showy  flowers 
the  following  deserve  mention:  Cypripedium,  Galeorchis,  Ble- 
phariglottis, Arethusa,  Pogonia  and  Leptorchis.  Some  of  the 
Cypripediums  are  known  to  be  poisonous  to  the  touch.  C. 
reginae  is  poisonous  to  the  skin  much  like  poison  ivy.  At  least 
fifty  per  cent  of  people  are  susceptible.  C.  parviflorum  is  also 
poisonous  but  less  so  than  the  former,  while  the  variety,  hir- 
sutum,  is  said  to  be  as  poisonous  as  C.  reginae. 

Orchidaceae.     Orchid  Family. 

Perennial  plants,  commonly  succulent,  arising  from  bulbs  or 
corms,  or  from  fibrous  or  tuberous  roots,  with  entire,  often 
grass-like  or  bract-like  leaves. 

Flowers  perfect,  solitary,  or  in  spikes  or  racemes,  epigvnous, 
zygomorphic,  pentacylic,  of  a  modified  trimerous  type,  with  a 
unilocular  ovulary,  specialized  pollen  masses,  and  numerous 
ovules  on  three  parietal  placentae;  one  of  the  petals  usually 


Dec,  1909.]  The  Orchids  of  Ohio.  25 

larger  and  of  different  form  than  the  others,  often  spurred,  and 

called  the  lip;  fertile  stamens  one  or  two,  variously  united  with 

the  style  into  an  unsymmetrical  column;  seeds  numerous  and 

minute. 

KEY  TO  THE  OHIO  GENERA. 

1.   Anthers  2,  one  on  each  side  of  the  style,  with  a  trowel-shaped  body 
on  the  upper  side ;  lip  a  large  inflated  sac Cypripedium 

1 .  Anthers  1 ,  lip  not  a  large  inflated  sac 2 

2.  Leaves  5,   whorled,   on  a  long  stalk,   flowers  terminal;  lip   spurless; 

pollen    mass    powdery-granular Isotria 

2.  Leaves  not  whorled  though  they  may  be  opposite 3 

3.  Leaves  broad  in  a  basal  rosette  white  reticulated,  the  flowering  stems 

with  bracts,  the  flowers  in  bracted  spikes Peramium 

3.   Flowering  stem  with  one  well  developed  leaf  (not  grass-like)  at  about 
the  middle 4 

3.  Stems  with  several  leaves,  or  leafless;  if  with  basal  leaves,  then  not 

in  a  rosette 5 

4.  Flowers  large,   1  or  2 Pogonia 

4.  Flowers  small,  numerous,  in  a  terminal  raceme Achroanthes 

5.  Flowers  single,  rose-purple,  the  lip  crested  with  hairs;  leaves  linear 

or   reduced    to    bracts Arethusa 

5.  Flowers  several  or  numerous 6 

6.  With    1    or   2   prominent   basal   leaves,   the   stem   leaves  reduced   to 

bracts,  or  with  all  the  leaves  bract-like 7 

6.  With  normal  leaves  on  the  stem 12 

7.  With  1   or  2  basal  foliage  leaves 8 

7.  Leaves  all  reduced  to  bracts 11 

8.  With   2   basal   leaves 9 

8.  With  1  basal  leaf 10 

9.  Flowers  in  a  short  loose  spike  with  large  leaf-like  bracts  surpassing 

them,    violet-purple    mixed    with    lighter   purple    and    white;    lip 

entire,   produced  below  into  a   spur Galeorchis 

9.   Flowers  in  a  long  loose  spike,  greenish  or  white,  bracts  large,  nearly 

equalling  the  flower;  lip  linear,  or  nearly  so,  spur  long  and  slender 

Lysias 

9.   Flowers  in  terminal  racemes,  brownish-purple  or  yellowish-green,  the 

subtending  bracts  minute  and  scale-like;  lip  flat,  entire,  not  spurred. 

Leptorchis 

10.   Flowers  in  a  terminal  raceme,  the  pedicels  subtended  by  small  bracts; 

flowers  not   spurred Aplectrum 

10.  Flowers   in   a   long   loose   raceme,   nodding,   bractless;   flowers   long- 

spurred   Tipularia 

11.  Flowers    in    a    spike,    without    spurs,  white,  greenish,    or   yellowish. 

Gyrostachys 

1 1 .  Flowers  in  a  raceme,  with  short  spurs,  dull  ptirplish,  or  whitish  mottled 

with    crimson Corallorhiza 

12.  Flowering  stem  with  a  single  large  grass-like  leaf;  flowers  large,  4-10. 

Limodorum 

12.  Flowering  stem  with  several  prominent  leaves 13 

13.  Leaves  not  much  longer  than  broad;  flowers  few,  axillary,  pale  purple, 

the   lip   spurless Triphora 

13.  Leaves  all  much  longer  than  broad 14 

14.  Flowers  spiked,  small,  greenish,  without  a  spur,  leaves  mostly  narrow 

or  bract-like     Gyrostachys 

1 4.  Flowers  with  a  spur 1  o 

15.  Lip  of  the  corolla    fringed  or    parted  and    cut-toothed;    spike  with 

foliaceous  bracts , Blephariglottis 


26  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  2, 

15.  Lip  not  fringed  nor  cut-toothed,  flowers  greenish  or  whitish 10 

16.  With  one  large  and  a  much  smaller  leaf  besides  smaller  bracts  on  the 

stem;  beak  of  the  stigma  with  3  oblong  or  clavate  appendages. 
Gymnandeniopsis 

16.  With  several  large  leaves  on  the  stem 17' 

17.  Spur  slender,  straight,  longer  than  the  lip;  lip  hastate,  with  a  tubercle 

at  the  base Perularia 

17.   Spur  much  shorter  than  the  lip,  blunt,  sac-like;  lip  3-toothed  at  apex. 

Coeloglossum 

17.   Spur  seldom   equalling  the  lip,   blunt,    slightly   incurved,   decidedly 

clavate;  lip  lanceolate,  entire Limnorchis 

Cypripedium  L. 

Glandular  pubescent  herbs,  with  leafy  steins  or  scapes,  and 
thick  tufted  roots.  Leaves  large,  broad,  many-nerved.  Flowers 
large,  showy,  solitary  or  several.  Sepals  spreading,  separate,  or 
two  of  thera  united.  Lip  a  large  inflated  sac.  Column  declined, 
bearing  a  sessile  or  stalked  anther  on  each  side,  and  a  dilated 
sterile  stamen  above,  which  covers  the  summit  of  the  style. 
Pollen  masses  granular,  without  a  caudicle  or  gland.  Stigma 
terminal,  broad,  somewhat  3-lobed. 

1.   Plant  2-leaved,  scape  1-flowered,  lip  fissured  in  front C.  acaule 

1.  Stem  leafy  to  the  top,  1 -several  flowered,  lip  not  fissured  in  .front,  but 

with  a  rounded,  open  orifice 2 

2.  Sepals  and  linear  twisted  petals  acute,  longer  than  the  lip 3 

2.  Sepals  and  petals  not  twisted,  shorter  than  the  lip  or  nearly  equalling  it. 

*. C.  reginae 

3.  Lip  white,  sterile  stamen  lanceolate C.   caniidum 

3.   Lip  yellow,  sterile  stamen  triangular C.  parvifiorum 

1.  Cypripedium  acaule  Ait.     Stemless  Lady's-slipper.     Stem  16 

in.  high,  very  pubescent;  leaves  2,  basal,  10-20  in.  long,  4-8 
in.  wide,  sparsely  pubescent;  sepals  greenish-purple;  petals 
pink  with  darker  veins,  or  sometimes  white.  A  low  plant 
with  2  large  leaves  and  a  showy,  fragrant  flower,  growing  in 
sandy  or  rocky  woods.  Medina,  Portage,  Hocking,  Fairfield, 
Stark  and  Cuyahoga  Counties. 

2.  Cypripedium  reginae  Walt.     Show}^  Lady's-slipper.    Stem  2  ft. 

high,  very  pubescent,  leafy  to  the  top;  leaves  elliptic,  acute, 
5-7  in.  long,  2-5  in.  wide;  flowers  1-3;  lip  much  inflated, 
over  1  in.  long,  variegated  with  purple  and  white  stripes. 
A  tall  leafy  plant  with  show}^  flowers  growing  in  swamps  and 
woods.  Fulton,  Champaign,  Lucas.  Geauga,  Portage,  and 
Muskingum  Counties. 

3.  Cypripedium  candidum  Willd.     Small  White  Lady's-slipper. 

Stem  4—12  in.  high,  slightly  pubescent,  leaf}";  leaves  3  or  4, 
elliptic  or  lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate,  3-5  in.  long; 
bracts  1—2  in.  long,  lanceolate;  flowers  solitary;  lip  white, 
striped  with  purple  inside,  about  1  in.  long.  A  small  plant 
with  showy  flower,  growing  in  bogs  and  meadows.  Wyandot 
and  Erie  Counties. 


Dec,  1909.]  The  Orchids  of  Ohio.  27 

4.  Cypripedium  parviflorum  Salisb.  Small  Yellow  Lady's-slipper. 
Stem  1-2  ft.  high,  pubescent,  leafy;  leaves  5,  oval,  elliptic, 
or  lanceolate,  -2-6  in.  long;  flower  solitary ;  lip  golden  yellow, 
M-l/i  in.  long,  purple  spotted.  Grows  in  woods  and 
thickets.  Lorain,  Cuyahoga,  Geauga,  Stark,  Montgomery, 
Clarke,  Franklin  and  Gallia  Counties. 

The  variety  known  as  Cypripedium  hirsutum  Mill.,  Large 
Yellow  Lad3"'s-slipper,  is  a  tall  showy  plant  with  leafy  stem 
and  larger  flower  than  C.  parviflorum,  with  pale  yellow  lip 
13^—2  in.  long.  In  woods  and  thickets.  Fulton,  Lucas, 
Wyandot,  Medina,  Portage,  Auglaize,  Champaign,  Licking, 
and  Gallia  Counties. 

Galeorchis  Rydb. 

Rhizome  very  short  with  numerous  flesh}^  roots;  stem 
scape-like  with  2  large  round  leaves  at  the  base;  flowers  in  a 
short  loose  spike  with  large  leaf-like  bracts  surpassing  them;  lip 
entire,  wavy,  produced  below  into  a  spur. 

1.  Galeorchis  spectabilis  (L.)  Rydb.  Showy^  Orchis.  Stem  4-12 
in.  high,  fleshy,  5-angled;  leaves  with  1  or  2  scales  below 
them,  sometimes  8  in.  long  and  4  in.  wide,  but  usually 
smaller,  clammy  to  the  touch;  flowers  in  a  short  loose  spike 
with  large  leaf-like  bracts  surpassing  them,  violet-purple 
mixed  with  lighter  purple  and  white;  lip  whitish,  divergent, 
entire,  about  as  long  as  the  petals.  A  plant  with  2  large 
leaves  surpassing  the  stem  and  a  spike  of  showy  flowers. 
Grows  in  rich  woods.  Defiance,  Sandusky,  Cuyahoga, 
Medina,  Portage,  Wyandot,  Stark,  Columbiana,  Miami, 
Clarke,  Franklin,  Licking,  Greene,  Fairfield,  Clinton,  Ross, 
Vinton,  Hamilton,  Clermont,  and  Gallia  Counties. 

Perularia  Lindl. 

Plant  leafy -stemmed   with  a  cluster  of  thick  fibrous  roots; 

flowers  small,  greenish,  in  a  long  open  spike  with  long  bracts; 

lip  lanceolate  with  a  tooth  on  each  side  at  the  base  and  a  central 

tubercle  at  the  middle  of  the  base;  spur  slender,  straight,  longer 

than  the  lip,  but  shorter  than  the  ovulary. 

1.  Perularia  fl a va  (L.)  Rydb.  Tubercled  Orchis.  Stem  smooth, 
bracted,  12-24  in.  high,  stout,  leafy;  leaves  lanceolate  or 
elhptic,  acute  or  obtuse,  4-12  long;  flowers  greenish,  in  a 
long  open  spike  with  long  bracts;  lip  lanceolate,  with  a  tooth 
on  each  side  at  the  base,  and  a  central  tubercle  at  the  middle 
of  the  base.  A  sturd}"  plant  with  a  leafy  stem  and  small 
pale  green  flowers,  growing  in  moist  soil.  Erie,  Cuyahoga, 
Huron,  Lake,  Crawford,  Knox,  Franklin,  and  Gallia  Counties 

Coeloglossum  Hartman. 

Leafy  plants  with  biennial  2-cleft  tubers;  flowers  greenish,  in 
a  long,  leafy -bracted  spike;  lip  oblong,fobtuse,_2-3  toothed  at 
the  apex;  spur  much  shorter  than  the  lip.  blunt,  sac-like. 


2  8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  2, 

1.  Coeloglossum  bracteatum  (Willd.)  Pari.    Long-bracted  Orchis. 

Stem  leafy,  G-24  in.  high ;  leaves  lanceolate,  ovate  or  oval,  or 
the  lowest  sometimes  obovate,  2-7  in.  long,  the  upper  much 
smaller;  bracts  longer  than  the  ovularies;  flowers  green  or 
greenish;  lip  3^-M  in.  long,  2-3  toothed  or  lobed  at  the  apex. 
A  tall  sturdy  plant  with  leafy  stem  and  a  spike  of  greenish 
flowers.  Growing  in  woods  and  meadows.  Lucas,  Lorain, 
Medina,  Portage,  Franklin,  Butler,  and  Auglaize  Counties. 

Gymnandeniopsis  Rydb. 
Leafy  plants  with  fleshy,  fibrous,  or  somewhat  tuberous  roots, 
and  a  short  spike  of  small  flowers;  lip  entire  or  3-toothed  at  the 
apex,  much  exceeded  by  the  long  filiform  or  clavate  spur. 
L  Gymnandeniopsis  clavellata  (Mx.)  Rydb.    Small  Green  Wood 
Orchis.     Stem  8-20  in.  high,  angled,  1-leaved  near  the  base, 
with  several  small  bract-like  leaves  above,  one  of  which  is 
larger;  basal  leaf  oblanceolate,  -i-G  in.  long;  flowers  in  a  spike 
3/2-1  in.  long,  small,  greenish  or  whitish;  lip  dilated  and 
3-toothed  at  the  apex.     A  tall  slender  plant  with  one  leaf, 
growing    in     moist     shady     places.        Geauga,     Trumbull, 
Portage,  Summit,  Licking,  and  Champaign  Counties. 

Limnorchis  Rydb. 

Leafy  plants  with  thick  fleshy  roots  and  small  greenish  or 
whitish  flowers  in  a  long  spike;  lip  entire;  beak  of  the  stigma 
without  appendages. 

L  Limnorchis  hyperborea  (L.)  Rydb.  Tall  Bog-orchis.  A 
stout  stem,  S-24  in.  high;  lanceolate  leaves  2-12  in,  long; 
greenish  yellow  flowers  in  a  narrow  spike;  lip  lanceolate, 
entire,  obtuse.  A  tall  plant  with  thick  fleshy  roots,  grow- 
ing in  bogs  and  wet  woods.     Stark  County. 

Lysias  Salisb. 

Plants  with  scapose  stems,  tuberous  or  fleshy  roots,  and  2 

basal   leaves;   flowers   greenish   or   white;   lip   entire,    linear   or 

nearly   so;   spur   long   and   slender,    generally   longer   than   the 

elongated  straight  ovulary. 

1.   Scape  with  1  or  :nore  bracts;  flowers  in  a  loose  raceme.  .  L.  orbicula'a 
1.   Scape  bractless;  flowers  in  a  strict,  rather  dense  raceme. .L.  hookeriana 

1.  Lysias  orbiculata  (Pursh.)  Rydb.  Large  Round-leaf  Orchis. 
Stems  12-24  in.  high,  bracted;  leaves  orbicular,  spreading 
flat  on  the  ground,  4-7  in.  long;  flowers  in  a  loosely  many- 
flowered  raceme,  greenish  white;  lip  }/2  in.  long.  A  tall 
slender  plant  with  a  raceme  of  greenish  white  flowers  on  a 
scape,  much  surpassing  the  leaves.  Growing  in  rich  woods. 
Cuyahoga  and  Geauga  Counties. 


Dec,  1909.]  The  Orchids  of  Ohio.  29 

2.  Lysias  hookeriana  (Gr.  )Rydb.  Hooker's  Orchis.  Stem  8-16 
in.  high,  not  bracted;  leaves  orbicular,  oval,  or  obovate, 
fleshy,  shiny,  spreading  or  ascending,  4-7  in.  long;  flowers 
in  a  rather  loosely  many-flowered  raceme,  yellowish  green; 
lip  linear-lanceolate,  3-4  in.  long;  flowers  in  a  spike  3-6  in. 
long,  greenish;  lip  2-3  in.  long,  2-3  toothed  or  lobed  at  the 
apex.  A  stvirdier  plant  than  the  preceding  with  a  closer 
raceme  and  thicker  leaves.    Medina  County. 

Blephariglottis  Raf. 

Plants  with  tall  leafy  stems  and  fleshy  or  tuberous  roots; 
flowers  several  or  numerous,  in  an  open  spike  with  foliaceous 
bracts;  corolla  white,  yellow,  or  purplish;  hp  variously  fringed 
or  3-parted  and  cut  toothed;  spur  longer  than  the  Hp. 

1 .   Lip  not  divided  or  3-parted,  fringed 2 

1 .  Lip  3~parted,  the  divisions  toothed  or  fringed 3 

2.  Flowers  orange  or  yellow,  lip  oblong B.  ciliaris 

2.  Flowers  white,   lip  narrowly  ovate-lanceolate B.   blephariglottis 

3.  Flowers  greenish  yellow  or  white 4 

3.  Flowers  violet  or  purplish 5 

4.  Flowers  greenish  yellow;  petals  entire,  fringe  of  a  few  threads. .B.  lacera 

4.  Flowers    white;    petals    minutely    cut-toothed,    fringe    copious 

B.  leucophaea 

5.  Segments  of  the  lip  deeply  fringed B.  psycodes 

5.   Segments  of  the  lip  cut -toothed B.   peramoena 

1.  Blephariglottis    ciliaris    (L.)    Rydb.     Yellow    Fringed-orchis. 

Stem  16-28  in.  high,  slender,  smooth,  bracted;  leaves 
lanceolate,  acute,  4-8  in.  long,  the  tapper  smaller;  flowers 
orange  or  yellow,  large,  showy,  in  a  close  many-flowered 
spike;  lip  5-7  lines  long,  copiousty  fringed  more  than  half 
way  to  the  middle.  A  tall  slender  plant  with  showy  yellow- 
fringed  flowers,  growing  in  meadows.     Fulton  County. 

2.  Blephariglottis  blephariglottis  (Willd.)  Rydb.    White  Fringed- 

orchis.  Leaves  more  slender  than  in  the  preceding  species; 
flowers  pure  white,  somewhat  smaller  than  those  of  preced- 
ing species,  in  a  densely  or  rather  loosely  many-flowered 
spike;  lip  narrow,  oblong,  copiously  or  sparsely  fringed.  A 
tall  plant  with  white  fringed  flowers,  growing  in  bogs  or 
swamps.     Geauga  and  Portage  Counties. 

3.  Blephariglottis  lacera    (Mx.)    Rydb.      Ragged   Orchis.     Stem 

rather  slender,  bracted,  leafy,  12-24  in.  high;  leaves  firm, 
lanceolate,  43/^-8  in.  long,  the  upper  gradually  smafler; 
flower^  greenish  yellow  in  a  long  loose  spike ;  segments  of  the 
lip  narrow,  deeply  fringed,  the  fringe  of  a  few  threads  about 
}4  in .  long.  A  tall  slender  plant  with  a  ragged  looking  spike  of 
greenish  yellow  flowers,  growing  in  swamps  and  wet  woods. 
Cuyahoga,  Portage,  Crawford,  Wayne,  Stark,  Licking,  and 
Fairfield  Counties. 


30  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  2, 

4.  Blephariglottis    leucophaea    (Nutt.)    Rydb.       Prairie    White 

Fringed-orchis.  Stem  stout,  angled,  20-32  in.  high;  leaves 
lanceolate,  4-8  in.  long;  flowers  large,  white,  fragrant, 
sometimes  tinged  with  green,  in  a  very  thick  loosely-flowered 
spike,  3-4 J^  in.  long;  lip  6-7  lines  long,  the  segments 
broadly  wedge-shaped  and  copiously  fringed.  A  tall  plant 
with  white  fragrant  flowers  growing  on  moist  prairies. 
Auglaize  County. 

5.  Blephariglottis  psycodes  (L.)  Rydb.    Smaller  Purple  Fringed- 

orchis.  Stem  rather  slender,  12-4U  in.  high;  leaves  oval, 
elliptic,  or  lanceolate,  2-10  in.  long;  flowers  lilac,  rarely 
white,  fragrant,  in  a  loosely  or  densely  many-flowered 
raceme;  lip,  3^-4^  in.  broad,  the  segments  fan-shaped 
and  copiously  fringed.  A  tall  showy  plant  growing  in  mead- 
ows and  wet  woods.  Medina,  Erie,  Cuyahoga,  Ashtabula, 
Miami,  Columbiana,  Richland,  Auglaize,  Franklin,  and 
Hocking  Counties. 

6.  Blephariglottis    peramoena    (Gr.)    Rydb.      Fringeless    Purple 

Orchis.  Stem  12-2.S  in.  high;  leaves  elliptic  or  lanceolate, 
4-8  in.  long,  the  upper  gradually  smaller;  flowers  large, 
showy,  violet-purple,  in  a  densely  or  rather  loosely  many- 
flowered  spike;  lip  7-9  lines  long,  the  segments  fan-shaped, 
cut-toothed,  not  fringed,  the  middle  one  2-lobed.  A  tall 
showy  plant  growing  in  moist  meadows.  Perry,  Gallia, 
and  Clermont  Counties. 

Pogonia  Juss. 
Mostly  low  herbs  with  slender  rhizomes,  fibrous  roots,  alter- 
nate leaves,  and  solitary  terminal  flowers;  lip  erect  from  the 
base  of  the  column,  spurless,  crested. 

1.  Pogonia  ophioglossoides  (L.)  Ker.  Rose  Pogonia.  Stem 
12-1 5 3.4  in.  high,  1-3  leaved,  not  rarely  with  a  long-petioled 
basal  leaf;  leaves  1—10  in.  long,  lanceolate  or  ovate,  erect, 
bluntly  acute;  flowers  pale  rose-color,  fragrant,  slightly 
nodding,  solitary  or  occasionally  in  pairs,  subtended  by  a 
foliaceous  bract;  lip  2-3  lines  wide,  fringed.  A  striking 
■  looking  plant  with  rose-colored  flowers,  growing  in  meadows 
and  swamps.  Lucas,  Cuyahoga,  Geauga,  Ashland,  Portage, 
Licking  and  Lorain  Counties. 

Isotria  Raf. 

Low  herbs,  with  a  rhizome,  fibrous  roots,  terminal  flowers, 

and  5  leaves  in  a  whorl  near  the  top  of  the  plant ;  lip  erect  from 

the  base  of  the  column,  crested,  spurless,  sessile. 

1.  Isotria    verticellata    (Willd.)    Raf.      Whorled    Isotria.     Stem 

10-12  in.  high,  from  long  fleshy  roots;  leaves  33^-23^  in. 

long,  obovate,  abruptly  pointed  at  apex,  sessile;  flower  sol- 


Dec,  1909.]  The  Orchids  of  Ohio.  31 

itary,  erect  or  declined,  peduncled;  lip  3-lobed,  crested  along 
a  narrow  band,  undulate.  A  tall  plant  with  a  conspicuous 
whorl  of  leaves  near  the  top,  growing  in  moist  woods. 
Defiance,  Cuyahoga,  Geauga,  Medina,  Coshocton,  and  Fair- 
field Counties. 

Triphora  Nutt. 

Low  herbs  with  fleshy  tubers  and  axillary  flowers;  lip  erect, 
slightly  clawed,  and  more  or  less  3-lobed,  not  crested,  spurless; 
capsule  oval,  drooping. 

1.  Triphora  trianthophora  (Sw.)  Rydb.  Nodding  Triphora.  Stem 
glabrous,  3-12  in.  high,  from  a  tuberous  root;  leaves  2-8, 
alternate,  ovate,  3-9  lines  long,  clasping;  flowers  1-7, 
axillary,  peduncled,  pale  purple,  at  first  nearly  erect,  soon 
drooping;  lip  clawed,  somewhat  3-lobed,  crisped  above, 
about  as  long  as  the  petals.  A  slender,  delicate  plant,  with 
nodding  flower,  growing  in  rich  woods.  Huron,  Cuyahoga, 
Summit,  Stark,  Licking,  Franklin  and  Ross  Counties. 

Arethusa  L. 

Low  herbs  with  small  bulbs  and  mostlv  solitarv  flowers  on 
slender  scapes,  the  solitary  leaf  linear,  hidden  at  first  in  the  upper 
scale,  protruding  after  flowering;  lip  dilated,  recurved  and 
spreading  at  the  apex,  crested  on  the  face  with  straight  somewhat 
fleshy  hairs,  slightly  gibbous  at  the  base. 

1.  Arethusa  bulbosa  L.  Arethusa.  Stem,  scapose,  4-12in.  high, 
bearing  1-3  loose  sheathing  bracts;  leaf  linear,  many- 
nerved,  4-6  in.  long;  flower  rose-purple,  solitary  (rarely  2), 
%-2  in.  long;  lip  usually  drooping  beneath  the  sepals  and 
petals,  the  apex  broad,  rounded,  variegated  with  purple 
blotches.  A  low  plant  with  a  conspicuous  flower,  and  1 
leaf,  growing  in  bogs.    Licking  and  Portage  Counties. 

Limodorum  L. 

Scapose  herbs  with  solid  round  bulbs  which  arise  from  the 
bulb  of  the  previous  year,  a  leaf  appearing  the  first  season  suc- 
ceeded in  the  following  year  by  the  scape;  flowers  several,  in  a 
loose  terminal  spike  or  raceme ;  lip  spreading,  raised  on  a  narrow 
stalk,  dilated  at  the  apex;  bearded  on  the  upper  side  with  long 
club-shaped  hairs. 

1.  Limodorum  tuberosum  L.  Calopogon.  Scape  slender,  naked, 
12-331/2  in.  high;  leaf  linear-lanceolate,  8-12  in.  long,  3-12 
lines  wide,  sheathing,  with  several  scales  below  it ;  spike 
4—16  in.  long,  3-15  flowered;  lip  as  long  as  the  column, 
broadly  triangular  at  the  apex.  A  tall  plant  with  showy, 
purplish-pink  flowers,  and  one  grass-like  leaf,  growing  in 
bogs  and.  meadows.  Fulton,  Lucas,  Erie,  Geauga,  Portage, 
Summit,  Ashland,  Stark,  Clarke,  Fairfield  and  Licking 
Counties. 


3^2-  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  2, 

Gyrostachys  Pers. 

Erect  herbs  with  fleshy  fibrous  or  tuberous  roots  and  slender 
stems  or  scapes,  leafy  below  or  at  the  base;  flowers  small,  spur- 
less,  spiked,  1-3  rowed,  the  spikes  more  or  less  twisted;  the  lip 
sessile  or  clawed,  concave,  erect,  embracing  the  column  and  often 
adhering  to  it,  bearing  minute  callosities  at  the  base. 

1.  Flowers  apparently  in  several  ranks,  stems  not  twisted,  or  but  slightly 
so ' 2 

Flowers  merely  alternate,  often  secund  from  the  spiral  twisting  of 
the  stem 4 

Sepals  and  petals  more  or  less  connivent  into  a  hood,  leaves  linear  or 
linear-lanceolate G.    stricta 

Lateral   sepals  separate,   free o 

Spike  short,  about  2  in.  or  less;  leaves  rather  broad,  oblong-lanceolate; 
callosities  none,  or  mere  thickenings  of  the  basal  margins  of  the 
lip  G.  plantaginea 

3.  Spike  long,  3-6  in.;  leaves  linear  to  linear-oblanceolate;  callosities  of 

the   lip   nipple-shaped G.    cernua 

4.  Stem  leafy   lower  leaves  elongated,  outer  sepals  lanceolate.  .G.  praecox 

4.  Stem  with  scaly  bracts,  leaves  if  present  basal o 

5.  Root  a  single  tuber;  spike  aliout  1-1 J/^  in.  long G.  simplex 

0.  Root  usually  a  cluster  of  tubers;  sj)ike  1-3  in.  long G.  gracilis 

1.  Gyrostachys    stricta    Rydb.     Hooded    Lady's-tresses.       Stem 

6-14  in.  high,  leafy  below,  bracted  above;  leaves  2^4-8  in. 
long,  linear;  flowers  in  a  spike  2-4  in.  long,  spreading  hori- 
zontally; lip  oblong,  crisped  at  apex,  thin  and  transparent. 
A  bare  looking  plant,  with  a  loose  spike  of  fragrant  flowers, 
growing  in  bogs.     Ashtabula  County. 

2.  Gyrostachys    plantaginea     (Raf.)     Britt.    Wide-leaf    Lady's- 

tresses.  vStem  4-10  in.  high,  glabrous  or  pubescent, 
bearing  4  or  5  lanceolate  or  oblanceolate  leaves  below; 
leaves  1—5  in.  long;  flowers  in  a  thick,  dense  spike,  1—2  in. 
long,  4-6  lines  thick;  flowers  spreading,  white;  lip,  pale 
yellow  on  the  face,  oblong,  the  wavy  apex  rounded,  crispate 
or  fringed, 'the  base  short-clawed.  A  small  plant  with  basal 
leaves,  growing  on  moist  banks  and  in  woods,  Medina  and 
Portage  Counties. 

3.  Gyrostachys  cernua  (L.)  Ktz.     Nodding  Lady's-tresses.    Stem 

8-24  in.  high  (rarely  higher),  usually  pubescent  above, 
bearing  2-6  bract-like  stem  leaves ;  basal  leaves  from  linear- 
oblanceolate  to  linear,  2^4-12)^  in.  long,  the  blade  narrow; 
flowers  in  a  thick  spike,  4-43^  in.  long,  5-6  lines  thick; 
flowers  white,  nodding  or  spreading,  about  5  lines  long;  lip 
oblong  or  ovate,  the  apex  rounded  and  crisped.  A  tall 
showy  plant  w4th  nodding,  fragrant  flowers,  growing  in 
meadows  and  swamps.  Erie,  Lorain,  Cuyahoga,  Medina, 
Portage,  Stark,  Lake,  Licking,  Fulton,  Clermont  and 
Gallia  Counties. 

4.  Gyrostachys  praecox  (Walt.)  Ktz.     Grass-leaf  Lady's-tresses. 

Stem,  lU-24  in.  high,  leafy;  leaves  linear,  4-12  in.  long,  with 
narrow  grass-like  blades  and  long  sheathing  petioles,  per- 


Dec,  1909.]  The  Orchids  of  Ohio.  33 

sistent  through  flowering  season,  the  upper  smaller;  flowers 
in  a  twisted  spike  2-8  in.  long,  4-lU  lines  thick;  lip  about 
3  Hnes  long,  crenulate,  short-clawed,  dark-striped  in  the 
middle.  A  tall  show}-  plant  growing  in  grassy  places. 
Wayne  County. 

5.  Gyrostachys  simplex  (Gr.)  Ktz.  Little  Lady's-tresses.  Stem 
very  slender  5-8  in.  high,  rising  from  a  solitary  spindle- 
shaped  tuber,  with  small  deciduous  bracts  above;  leaves 
basal,  oblong,  petiolate,  mostly  disappearing  at  or  before 
flowering  time;  flowers  white,  in  a  slender  spike,  slightly 
twisted,  9-14  lines  long;  lip  thin,  short  clawed,  crisped  at 
summit.  A  bare,  delicate  plant,  growing  in  sandy  soil. 
Fairfield  County. 

().  Gyrostachys  gracilis  (Bigel)  Ktz.  Slender  Lady's-tresses. 
Stem  8-24  in.  high,  slender,  rising  from  a  cluster  of  spindle- 
shaped,  tuberous  roots,  bearing  small  deciduous  bracts; 
leaves  basal,  obovate,  or  ovate-lanceolate,  disappearing 
mostly  before  the  flowering  season;  flowers  white,  in  a  spike 
1-5  in.  long,  much  twisted;  lip  2  lines  long,  wavy,  thick  and 
green  in  the  middle.  A  tall  bare  plant  in  dry  fields  and 
open  woods.  Erie,  Cuyahoga,  Lake,  Licking,  Muskingum, 
Fairfield,  Adams,  Gallia,  and  Morgan  Counties. 

Peramium  Sahsb. 
•   Herbs    with    bracted,    erect    scapes;    thick,    fleshy,   fibrous 
roots,  and  basal  tufted  leaves  often  blotched  with  white ;  flowers 
in  bracted  spikes;  lip  sessile,  entire,  roundish  ovate,  concave  or 
saccate,  without  callosities,  its  apex  reflexed. 
1.  Peramium   pubescens    (Willd.)    MacM.       Downy    Rattlesnake 
Plantain.    Stem  densely  glandular-pubescent,  bearing  5-10 
lanceolate  scales,  6-24  in.  high;  leaves  basal,  'Ji-1  in.  long, 
strongly  white-reticulated,  oval  or  ovate;  flowers  in  a  dense 
spike,  not  1-sided;  lip  strongly  saccate  with  a  short  broad 
recurved  or  spreading  tip.     A  sturdy  plant  with  conspic- 
uous  flowers    and    showy    leaves,    growing   in    dry    woods. 
Adams,    Hocking,   Lake,    Portage,    Fairfield   and   Highland 
Counties. 

Achroanthes  Raf. 
Low  herbs  from  a  sohd  bulb,  our  species  with  1  leaf  and  with 
1-several  scales  at  the  base  of  the  stem;  flowers  small,  white  or 
green,  in  a  terminal  raceme;  lip  cordate  or  eared  at  the  base, 
embracing  the  column. 
1.   Pedicels  nearly  equal  to  the  ovularies  in  length;  lip  terminating  in  a 

long  point.   (Doubtful  for  the  state) A.  monophylla 

1.   Pedicels  much  longer  than  the  ovularies,  lip-trtmcate,  ;3-lobed  at  the 
summit    A.    unifolia 

1.  Achroanthes  unifolia  (Mx.)  Raf.  Green  Adder's-mouth. 
Stem  4-10  in.  high,  striate;  leaf  clasping  the  stem  near  the 
middle,  oval   or  nearly  orbicular;  raceme   ;^4-3  in.   long  of 


34  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  2, 

spreading  flowers  with  slender  pedicels ;  lip  broad,  2-lobed  at 
the  apex,  with  a  small  tooth  in  the  sinus.  A  slender  plant 
with  raceme  of  delicate  flowers  growing  in  woods  and 
thickets.     Fairfield  County. 

Leptorchis  Thouars. 

Low  herbs  with  solid  bulbs,  the  base  of  the  stem  sheathed  bv 
several  scales  and  2  broad,  shining  leaves,  flowers  in  a  terminal 
raceme;  lip  nearly  flat,  often  bearing  2  tubercles  above  the  base. 

1.   Lip   brownish-purple,    |-3^    in.   long;   raceme   loose-flowered,    1-2   in. 

wide     L.    liliifolia 

1.    Lip  yellowish-green,  -J -34  in.  long:  raceme  compact,  aijout  3^  in.  wide. 

L.  loeselii 

1.  Leptorchis   liliifolia    (L.)    Ktz.      Large   Twayblade.     Stem   a 

scape,  striate,  -i-lO  in.  high;  leaves  2-4^  in.  long,  oval  or 
ovate,  keeled  below;  numerous  showv'  flowers,  in  a  raceme 
sometimes  6  in.  long;  lip  conspicuous,  erect,  5-6  lines  long, 
wedge-obovate.  A  delicate  show}"  plant,  growing  in  moist 
woods  and  thickets.  Portage,  Franklin,  Fairfield  and 
Clarke  Counties. 

2.  Leptorchis  loeselii  (L.)  MacM.    Fen  Twayblade.    Scape  2-8  in. 

high,  strongly  ribbed;  leaves  elliptic  or  elliptic-lanceolate, 
2-6  in.  long;  flowers  few,  greenish,  smaller  than  the  preced- 
ing, in  a  raceme;  lip  obovate,  pointed,  its  tip  incurved.  A 
tall  plant,  with  greenish  inconspicuous  flowers,  in  wet 
thickets  and  on  spring}^  banks.  Champaign,  Cuyahoga, 
Summit,  and  Stark  Counties. 

Tipularia  Nutt. 

Slender  scapose  herbs  with  solid  bulbs,  several  generations 
connected  by  offsets;  the  flowers  in  a  long,  loose,  terminal 
raceme;  leaf  solitary,  basal,  unfolding  long  after  the  flowering 
season,  usually  after  the  scape  has  perished;  scape  with  several 
thin  sheathing  scales  at  the  base;  flowers  green,  nodding,  bract- 
less;  lip  3-lobed  with  a  long  slender  spur. 

1.  Tipularia  unifolia  (Muhl.)  B.  S.  P.  Crane-fly  Orchis.  Scape 
glabrous  16-2U  in.  high,  from  a  hard,  often  irregular  corm; 
leaf  arising  in  Avitumn  from  a  fresh  lateral  corm,  ovate, 
2-2%  in.  long,  dark  green;  raceme  5-9  in.  long,  very  loose, 
flowers  green  tinged  with  purple;  lip  inostly  shorter  than 
the  petals,  the  middle  lobes  narrow,  prolonged,  dilated  at 
the  apex,  the  lateral  lobes  short,  triangular;  spur  often 
twice  as  long  as  the  flower.  A  tall  slender  plant  with  a 
loose  raceme  of  nodding  flowers,  growing  in  woods.  Lorain, 
and  Cuyahoga  Counties  (Oberlin  College.) 

Aplectrum  Nutt. 

Scapose  herbs  from  a  corm,  produced  from  the  one  of  the 
previous  season  by  an  offset  and  sometimes  with  coralloid  fibres, 
the  scape  clothed  with  several  sheathing"  scales;  leaf  solitary, 


Dec,  1909.]  The  Orchids  of  Ohio.  35 

basal,  broad  petiolecl,  developed  in  autumn  or  late  summer; 
flowers  in  a  terminal  raceme,  the  pedicels  subtended  by  small 
bracts;  lip  clawed,  somewhat  3-ridged,  spur  none. 

1.  Aplectrum  spicatum  (AValt.)  B.  S.  P.  Putty-root.  Scape 
glabrous,  12-24  in.  high,  bearing  about  3  sheathing  scales; 
leaf  arising  from  the  corm,  at  the  side  of  the  scape,  4-63^  in. 
long,  1-2 3^  in.  wide,  usually  lasting  over  winter;  raceme 
2-4  in.  long,  loosely  several-flowered;  lip  shorter  than  the 
petals,  obtuse,  somewhat  3-lobed  and  undulate.  A  tall 
plant  with  vellowish  brown  or  green  flowers,  with  1  broad 
leaf  that  usually  lasts  over  winter,  growing  in  woods  and 
swamps.  Hamilton,  Green,  Montgomery,  Preble,  Stark, 
Adams,  Warren,  Portage,  Auglaize,  Sandusky,  Franklin, 
Lake,  Clermont,  Gallia,  Erie  and  Clarke  Counties. 

Corallorhiza  R.  Br. 

Scapose  herbs,  with  mycorrhiza  or  root  parasites,  with  large 

masses  of  coralloid  branching  roots,  the  leaves  all  reduced  to 

sheathing  scales;  flowers  in  terminal  racemes;  lip   1-3  ridged; 

sepals  nearty  equal,  the  lateral  ones  united  at  the  base  with  the 

foot  of  the  column  forming  a  short  spur  or  gibbous  protuberance 

adnate  to  the  summit  of  the  ovulary. 

1.   Lip  deeply  3-lobed,  white,  spotted  with  red C.  multiflora 

1.    Lip   2-too'thed  or  2-lobed  above  the  base,  white,   not   spotted.      (No 
locality  known)     C.    corallorhiza 

1 .  Lip  entire  or  merelj-  denticulate 2 

2.  Flowers  about  }4  in.  long,  lip  whitish C.  odontorhiza 

2.   Flowers  about  3^  in.  long,  lip  white,  spotted  with  red.  ..C.  wisteriana 

1.  Corallorhiza  odontorhiza  (Willd.)  Nutt.    Small-flowered  Coral- 

root.  A  purplish  slender  scape  6-14  in.  high,  bearing  3-5 
sheathing  scales;  raceme  2-4  in.  long,  of  6—20  purplish 
flowers;  lip,  broadly  oval  or  obovate,  entire  or  denticulate, 
narrowed  at  the  base,  not  notched.  A  bare  looking  plant 
growing  under  trees.  Erie,  Cuyahoga,  Stark  and  Madison 
Counties. 

2.  Corallorhiza  wisteriana  Conrad.     Wister's  Coral-root.     Stem 

8-16  in.  high,  bearing  several  sheathing  scales;  raceme  2—4 
in.  long,  loose,  6-15  flowered;  lip  broadly  oval  or  obovate, 
4-5  lines  long  and  wide,  abruptly  clawed,  white  with  crim- 
son spots,  crenulate,  notched  at  the  apex,  spur  a  somewhat 
conspicuous  protuberance  adnate  to  the  top  of  the  ovulary. 
A  tall  stout  plant  with  scaly  stem  growing  in  shady  woods. 
Hamilton  Covmty  (New  York  Botanical  Gardens). 

3.  Corallorhiza  muitiflora  Nutt.     Large  Coral-root.     Stem  8—20 

in.  high,  bearing  several  appressed  scales,  purplish;  a 
raceme  of  brownish  purple  flowers  w^ith  short  pedicels;  lip 
oval  or  ovate,  deeply  3-lobed,  the  middle  lobe  broader 
than  the  lateral  ones,  its  apex  curved.  A  tall  bare  looking 
plant  growing  in  woods.  Erie,  Huron,  Fairfleld  and 
Franklin  Counties. 


36  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  2, 

LIST  OF  INSECTS  AFFECTING  THE  MAPLE. 

James   F.   Zimmer. 

DIPTERA. 

Cecidomyidae.  Cecidomyia  erubescens  (O.  S.),  Cecidomyia. 
ocellaris  (Osten  wSacken). 

HYMENOPTERA. 

Oryssidae.     Cryssus  terminalis  (Newman),  Oryssus  Sayi.  (West- 
wood. 
Siricidae.     Tremex    columba.      (Linn.). 
Tenthredinoidea.     Cinilex  americana  (Leach.). 
Uroceridae.      Xijjhidria  albicornis  (Harris). 

COLEOPTERA. 

Calandridae.     Stenoscelis  brevis  (Boh.). 

Brcnthidac.     EupsaHs  minuta  (Drury). 

Buprcstidae.  Dicerca  divaricata  (Say),  Chrysobothris  for- 
morata  (Fab.) 

Cerambycidae.  Graphisurus  fasciatus  (De  Geer),  Glycobinus 
speciosus  (Say),  Bellamira  scalaris  (Say),  Monohamnius 
marnioratus  (Rand.),  Purpuricenus  hunieralis  (Fabr.),  Ela- 
phidion  villosum  (Fab.),  Molorchus  himaculatus  (Say.), 
Urographis  fasciatus  (De  Geer),  Liopus  variegatus  (Hald), 
Hyperplatys  maculatus  (Hald),  Dryobius  sexfasciatus  (Say),. 
Leptostylus  ocuhfenis  (Say.). 

Chrysomelidae.     Chrysomela  bigsbyana    (Kirby.). 

Cleridae.     Thaneroclerus  sanguineus   (Say.). 

Coccinellidae.     Anatis  ocellata  (Linn.). 

Cuctijidae.  vSilvanus  inibelHs  (Lee),  Laemophloeus  biguttatus- 
(Say.). 

Elateridae.     Elater  humerahs  (Lee). 

Histeridae.      Hister  lecontei  (Say). 

Hydro philidae.     Cerylon  caslaneum  (Say.). 

Lucanidae.     Ptalycerus  cjuercus    (Weber). 

Melandryidae.  Melandrya  vStriata  (Say),  Euchodes  sericea, 
(Hald.),  Phloetrya  liturata  (Lee),  Synchroa  punctata 
(Newm.). 

Mordellidae.     Mordella  borealis. 

Nitidididac.  Cryptarcha  concinna  (Melsh),  Colastus  truncatus 
(Rand.) 

Ptinidae.     Ptilinus  ruficornis  (Say.),  Xeslobium  affine  (Lee). 

Scolytidae.  Xyloterus  politus  (Say.),  Corthylus  punctatissimus 
(Linn.). 

Tenebrionidae.     Boletotherus  bifurcus  (Fab.). 


Dec,  1909.]         List  of  Insects  Affecting  the  M(q)le.  _  37 


HEMIPTERA. 

Aphidae.      Drepanosiphum  acerfolii  (Thos.),  Chaitophorus  aceris 

(Linn.). 
Coccidae.     Pulvinaria    innumerabilus    (Rathvon.),    Eulecanium 

nigrofasciatuni  (Perg.),  Aspidiotus  abietis  (Schr.),  Asphidio- 

tu.s     Ancyhis     (Putnam),    Aspidiotus    Perniciosus     (Com.), 

Phenacoccus  acericola  (King.). 
Cicadidae.     Tibicen  pruniosa  (Linn.), 
Membracidae.     Ceresa  bubalus  (Fabr.). 

LEPIDOPTERA. 

Aegeriadae.     Aegeria  acerni  (Clemens.). 

Anthrihidae.  Gonotropis  gibbosus  (Lee),  Cratoparis  lunatus 
(Fabr.,). 

Bombycidae.  Dryocampa  rubicunda  (Fabr.),  Hyperchiria  rubi- 
cunda  (Fabr.),  Telea  polyphemus  (Hiibner),  Lichocodes 
fasciola  (H.  Sch.),  Chisocampa  sylvatica  (Harris.). 

Ceratocampidae.  Anisota  rubicunda  (Fabr.),  (Eacles)  Basilona 
imperialis  (Drury). 

Cossidae.  Zeuzera  pyrina  (Linn. ) ,  Prionoxystus  robiniae  (Peck.) , 
Sesia  acerni  (Clemens). 

Cochlidiidae.  Sisyrosea  textula  (Herrich-Schaeffer),  Sisyrosea 
inornata  (Grote  and  Rob.). 

Cuculionidae.     Cryplorhynchus  obtentus  (Hbst.). 

Ennomidae.     Ennomos  magnarius  (Guenee.). 

Eudeidae.     Prolimacodes  scapha  (Harris.). 

Geometridae.     Ania  limbata   (Haw.),   Selenia  kentaria   (Grote.). 

Hepialidae.     Hepialus  argenteomaculatus   (Harris). 

Lasiocampidae.     Clisiocampa  disstria  (Hubn.). 

Lymantriidae.     Notolophus  leucostigma  (Abbot  &  Smith). 

•Notodontidae.  Heterocampa  subrotata  (Haw.),  Edema  albi- 
frons  (Abbot  &  Smith),  Lochmaeus  olivatus  (Packard), 
Nadata  gibbosa  (Abbot  and  Smith),  Symmerista  albifrons 
(Abbot  &  Smith),  Lochmaeus  cinereus  (Packard). 

Nocteudae.     Apatela  americana   (Harris). 

Nocttiidae.  Apatela  americana  (Harris),  Gortyna  nitela  (Har- 
ris), Porthetria  dispar  (Guen.),  Euproctis  chrysorrhoea 
(Linn.),  Slegania  pustularia  (Guen.),  Amphydasys  cogna- 
taria  (Guen.),  Eutrapela  transversata  (Pack.),  Xylina  anten- 
nata  (Walker.),  Demas  propinquilinea  (Grote.),  Papaipema 
nitela  (Guen.),  Ophinsa  bistriaris  (Hiibner),  Homoptera 
lunata  (Drury.). 

Orneodidae.  Eulia  velutinana  (Walker),  Tortricidia  pallida 
(Herrick  and  Schaeffer). 

Phalaenidae.  Ennomos  subsignarius  (Hiibner),  Ectropis  cre- 
puscularia  (Tr.). 


38  '     .    The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  2, 

Pyrochroidae.     Dcnclroides  canadensis    (Latr.). 

Psychidae.     Thyridopleryx  ephenieraeforniis  (Haw.). 

Pyralidae.     Hypena  baltimoralis   (Guen.). 

Scolytidae.     Monarthruni  mali.      (Fitch.). 

Satttrniidae.  (Semia),  Platysania  cecropia  (Linn.),  Callosamia 
promethea  (Drury). 

Tenebrionidae.     Hoplocephala  bicornis.      (Oliv.). 

Tineidac.     Gracilaria  alchimiella.     (Clem.). 

Tortricidac.  Proteoteras  aesculanum  (Riley),  Cenopis  reticu- 
latana  (Fitch.),  Epinotia  claypoleana  (Riley),  Thiodia  sig- 
natana  (Clem),  Cacoecia  rosaceana  (Harris.). 

ISOPTERA. 

Termitidae.     Termes  flavipes  (Roller.) 

ARACHNIDA. 

Erioplyes  quadripes  (Shinier.) 
A  Trichina  parasite. 


Dec,  1909.]  New  and  Bare  Ohio  Plants.  2,9 

NEW  AND  RARE  OHIO  PLANTS.* 

John  H.  Schaffxer.  ^ 

The  following  new  and  rare  plants  have  been  added  to  the 
state  herbarium  during  the  past  year.     Their  position  in  the 
state  catalog  is  indicated  by  the  number  preceding  the  species 
name. 
2.  Botrychium  simplex  Hitch.     Little  Grape-fern.    Cedar  Point, 

Erie  Co.,  John  H.  Schaffner. 
61.  Lycopodium  inundatum  L.     Bog  Club-moss.     Portage  Co., 

L.  S.  Hopkins. 
234a.  Cynosurus  cristatus  L.    Dogtail  Grass.    Ellsworth  Station, 

Mahoning  Co.,  Ernest  W.  Vickers. 
254.  Festuca  ovina  L.     Sheep  Fescue-grass.     Cedar  Point,  Erie 

Co.,  John  H.  Schaffner. 
781c.  Alsine   aquatica    (L.)    Britt.      AYater  Chickweed.      Eldon, 

Guernsey  Co.,  Emma  E.  Laughlin. 
901a.  Barbarea  praecox  (J.  E.  Sm.)  R.  Br.    Early  Winter-cress. 

Barnesville,  Belmont  Co.,  Emma  E.  Laughlin. 
939.  Koniga  maritima  (L.)  R.  Br.    Sweet  Alyssum.   Cedar  Point, 

Erie  Co.,  John  H.  Schaffner.     A  waif. 
1143a.   Oxalis  brittoniae  Small.    Britton's  Wood-sorrel.      Colum- 
bus, Franklin  Co.,  John  H.  Schaffner. 
1143b.  Oxalis  rufa  Small.   Red  Wood-sorrel.  Columbus,  Franklin 

Co.,  John  H.  Schaffner. 
1379.  Ledum  groenlandicum  Oeder.    Labrador  Tea.    Shalersville, 

Portage  Co.,  R.  J.  Webb  and  A.  D.  Robinson. 


*  Presented  at  the  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of  Sci. 


40  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  2, 

A  NEW  LABORATORY  GUIDE  FOR  HIGH  SCHOOL  BOTANY. 


Under  the  title,  "Laboratory  Botany  for  the  High  School," 
Prof.  Willard  N.  Clute  has  published,  through  Ginn  &  Company, 
a  little  volume  that  will  be  an  important  addition  to  the  text- 
books intended  for  secondar}^  schools.  The  author  is  a  high 
school  teacher  as  well  as  a  practical  botanist  and  the  book  before. 
us  shows  that  it  is  the  outcome  of  a  course  adapted  to  the  age 
c-nd  capacity  of  the  students  for  which  it  is  intended. 

The  one  essential  to  a  good  high  school  course  is  that  it  should 
not  ape  the  general  course  given  to  more  mature  students  in  the 
college.     The  high  school  has  a  field  of  its  own. 

"Laboratory  Botany"  can  be  used  for  a  half  year  or  a  year 
course.  The  work  is  so  arranged  that  a  greater  or  less  amount  of 
an  exercise  can  be  taken  without  difficulty.  The  language  is 
simple,  which  makes  it  easy  for  the  student  to  concentrate  atten- 
tion on  the  necessary  scientific  terms.  There  are  review  ques- 
tions and  suggestions  to  the  teacher  that  are  very  opportune. 
The  definitions  at  the  end  of  each  chapter  are  perhaps  one  of  the 
best  features  of  the  book.  It  is  just  such  convenient  lists  that  the 
beginner  needs  to  consult. 

The  work  begins  with  simple  exercises  on  the  living  cell  and  is 
followed  in  order  by  chapters  on  seeds,  roots,  buds,  steins, 
leaves,  flowers,  and  fruits  and  seeds.  The  first  part  ends  with  a 
study  of  trees  and  the  ecology  of  the  flower.  The  first  part  will 
make  a  good  half  year  course  for  the  spring  semester,  although 
the  author  shows  that  it  can  easily  be  given  in  the  fall  if  one  has 
access  to  a  greenhouse. 

The  second  part  deals  with  the  spore  plants,  beginning  with 
the  blue-green  algae  and  ending  with  the  angiosperms.  The 
more  important  structures  are  considered  and  emphasis  is  laid 
on  the  relationship  and  classification  of  the  various  groups. 
This  work  can  be  given  either  in  the  fall  or  spring  but  to  the 
mind  of  the  reviewer  it  would  appropriately  follow  work  in  the 
spring. 

Finally  the  book  closes  with  thirty-six  experiments  in  phsyiol- 
ogy.  These  can  be  scattered  through  the  general  work,  given 
successively  or  used  for  general  demonstrations  as  the  teacher 
may  desire. 

The  course  thus  outlined  is  practicable  and  workable  and 
fitted  to  the  mental  capacity  of  the  average  high  school  student 
and  will  give  a  substantial  botanical  training  both  for  practical 
life  and  as  a  stepping  stone  to  further  botanical  studies. 

John  H. Schaffner. 

Date  of  Publication,  December  17,  1909. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  Slate  Uni'versity, 


Volume  X. 


JANUARY,   1910. 


No.   '. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Hambleton— A  List  of  the  Lichens  of  Ohio 41 

Griggs— Moiiochytrium,  a  New  Genus  of  the  Chytridiales,  Its  Life  Histoiy  and 

CytoloLiV 44 

Detmers— Medicinal  Plants  of  Ohio 55 

STICKNEV,  SCHAFFXER,  AND  Davies— Additions  to  the  Flora  of  Cedar  Point,  III lil 

Dickey— Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club Cig 


A  LIST  OF  THE  LICHENS  OF  OHIO. 

J.  C.  Hambletox. 

The  following  list  of  lichens  is  made  up  principally  from  the 
collection  in  the  State  Herbarium  at  the  Ohio  State  University. 
It,  of  course,  is  not  complete.  No  serious  collecting  has  been 
done  for  many  years,  and  undoubtedly  a  large  number  will  yet 
be  found.  This  list  has  been  approved  by  Prof.  A.  Zahlbruchner, 
of  Vienna,  and  is  in  accord  with  his  classification  in  the  Engler- 
Prantl  Pfianzenfamilien. 


Verrucariaceae. 

Verrucaria  rupestris  Schrad. 
V.  miiralis  Ach. 
V.  nigrescens  Pers. 

Dermatocarpaceae. 

Dermatocarpon     miniattim     (L.) 
Mann. 
Endocarpoii   niiniatnrn   (L.) 
Schaer) . 
D.  aquaticum   (Weiss.)   A.   Zahlbr. 
{Endocarpon  miniaium, 
aqiiaticiim  Schaer.) 
D.  pusillum  (Ach.)  A.  Zahlbr. 
{Endocarpon  pusillinn  Hedw.) 

Pyrenulaceae. 

Lepthoraphis     epiderniidis     (Ach.) 
Th.  Fr. 
{Sagedia  oxyspora  {Xyl.)  Tuck.) 
Pyrenula  nitida  (Weig.)  Ach. 
P.  glabrata  (Ach.)  Mass. 
P.  gemmata  (Ach.)  Naeg. 

Trypetheliaceae. 

Trypethelium  virens  Titck. 


Caliciaceae. 

Chaenotheca  chrvsocephala  (Turn) 
Th.  Fr. 
{Caliciiim  chrysocephalum 
{Turn.)   Ach.) 
Stenocybe  byssaca  (Fr.)  Nyl. 
(Caliciiim  byssaceiini  Fr.) 

Cypheliaceae. 

Cyphelium  tigillare  (Pers.)   Th.  Fr. 
(Acoliiim  tigillare  (Ach.)  DeXoi) 

Arthoniaceae. 

Arthonia  dispersa  (Schrad.)  Nyl. 
A.  radiata  (Pers.)  Th.  Fr. 

(Arthonia  astroidca  Ach.) 
A.  punctiforinis  Ach. 
A.  pyrhuliza  Nyl. 
A.  lecideella  Nyl. 
A.  polymorpha  Tuck. 
Arthothelium  spectabile  (Fl.)  Mass. 

(Arthonia  spectabile  Fl.) 

Graphidaceae. 

Opegrapha  varia  Pers. 

O.  vulgata  Ach. 

Graphis  scripta  (L.)  Ach. 


42 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  X,  No.  3, 


Lecanactidaceae. 

Lecanactis  premnea,  chloroconia 
Tuck. 

Lecidiaceae. 

Lecidia  coerulescens  (Wulf.) 

Schaer. 
L.  russLila  Ach. 

(Biatora  rtissiila   (Ach.)   Mont.) 
L.  russellii  Tuck. 

(Biatora  russellii  Tuck.) 
L.  cinnabarina  Smf. 

{Biatora  cinnabarina.  {Fr.) 
L.  varians  Ach. 

{Biatora  varians  Ach.) 
Bacidia  rubella  (Ehrh.)  Mass. 

(Biatora  rubella  I^aboih.) 
B.  fuscorubella  (Hoffni.)  Arn. 

(Biatora  fuscorubella  Tuck.) 
B.  suffusa  (Fr.)  A.  Zahll:)r. 

(Biatora  suffusa  Fr.) 
B.  schweinitzii  (Fr.)  A.  Zahlbr. 

(Biatora  schu'einitzii  Fr.) 

B.  chlorantha  (Tuck.)  A.  Zahlbr. 

(Biatora  chlorantha  Tuck.) 
Toninia  granosa  (Tuck.)  A.  Zahlbr. 

(Lecidea  granosa  Tuck.) 
Lopadiuni    leucoxanthuin    (Sprgl.) 
A.  Zahlbr. 
(Heterothecium    leuco.ranthuni 
Mass.) 
Rhizocarpon  petraeum  (Xvl.)  A. 
Zahlbr. 
(Bttellia    petraca    (Flat.    Koerb.) 
Tuck.) 
R.  applanatum  (Fr.)  Th.  Fr. 
(Lecidea  colludens  Xyl.) 

Cladoniaceae. 

Cladonia  cariosa  (Ach.)  Sjjreng. 

C.  caespiticia  Pers. 

C.  coccifera  (L.)  Willd. 

{Cladonia  cornucopioides  (L.)Fr.) 
C.  cornuta  (L.)  Schaer. 
C.  cristatella  Tuck. 
C.  degenerans  Floerk. 
C.  delicata  (Ehrh.)  Floerk. 
C.  fiinbriata  (L.)  E.  Fr. 
C.  limbriata,  adspersa  Tuck. 
C.  fimbriata,  simplex  (Weis.)  Fl. 

(C.   fimbriata,    tubaeformis   Fr.) 
C.  furcata  Huds.)  Schrad. 
C.  furcata,  racemosa  (Hoffni.) 

Floerk. 
C.  furcata,  subulata  (Ach.)  Floerk. 
C.  crispata  (Ach.)  Fw. 

(C.  furcata,  crispata  Floerk.) 
C.  gracilis  (L.)  Willd. 
C.  gracilis,  hybrida  Schaer. 
C  verticillata  Hoffni. 

(C.  gracilis  verticillata  Fr.) 


C.  macilenta  (Hoft'm.)  Nyl. 

C.  mitral  a  Tuck. 

C.  papillaria.   molariformis   Hoffm. 

C.  pyxidata  (L.)  E.  Fr. 

C.  rangiferina  (L.)  Hoft'm. 

C.  alpestris  (L.)  Rabh. 

(C.  rangiferina,  alpestris  L.) 
C.  sylvatica  (L.)  Hoffni. 

(C.  rangiferina,  sylvatica  L.) 
C.  squamosa  (Scop.)  Hoft'm. 
C.  squamosa,  ventricosa,  Fr. 
C.  symphicarpa,    epiphylla    (Ach.) 

Nvl. 
C.  uncialis  (L.)  Web. 

Gyrophoraceae. 

Gyrophora  dillenii  (Tuck.)  Mull. 
( Utnbilicaria  Dillenii  Tuck.) 
Umbilicaria  pustulata  (L.)  Hoft'm. 

Acarosporaceae. 

Biatorella  simplex   (Dav.)   Th.   Fr. 

(Lecanora  privigna  (Ach.)  Xyl.) 
Acarospora  squamulosa  (Schrad.) 
Th.  Fr. 

(Lecanora  cervina  (Pers.)  Nyl.) 

Collemaceae. 

Collema  pycnocarpum  Xyl. 

C.  cyrtaspis  Tuck. 

C.  nigrescens  (Leers)  Wainio. 

C.  ryssoleum  Tuck. 

C.  tenax  (Sw.)  Ach. 

C.  crispum  Borr. 

C.  flaccidum  Ach. 

Leptogium  lacerum  (Sw.)  S.  Gray. 

L.  tremelloides  (L.  ft].)  Wainio. 

L.  pulchellum  (Acli.)  Nyl. 

L.  chloromelum  (Sw.)  Nyl. 

L.  hildebrandii  (Garvogl.)  Nyl. 

(L.  myochroum,  saturninum 
Schaer.) 
L.  saturninum  (Dicks.)  Nyl. 

(L.    myochroum    (Fhrh.)    Tuck.) 

Heppiaceae. 

Heppia  virescens  (Despr.)  Nvl. 
(Heppia  despreau.xii    (Montai;.) 
Nyl. 

Pannariaceae. 

Pannaria  rutiiginosa  (Thunb.)  Del. 
P.  leucosticta  Tuck. 

Stictaceae. 

Lobaria  amplissima  (Scop.)  Arn. 

(Sticta   amplissima    (Scop.) 
Mass.) 
L.  quercizans  ]\Iichx. 

(Sticta  quercizans  (?,Jich.\-.)  Ach) 
L.  pulmonaria  (L.)  Hoft'm. 

(Sticta  pulmonaria  (/..)  .4c//.) 
Sticta  aurata  Ach. 


Jan.,  1910.] 


A  List  of  the  Lichens  of  Ohio. 


43 


Peltigeraceae. 

Nephromium  helveticum   (Ach.) 

Peltigera  aphthosa  (L.)  Hoffm. 
P.  horizontalis  (L.)  Hoffm. 
P.  canina  (L.)  Hoffm. 
P.  .spuria  (Ach.)  DC. 

(P.  canina,  spuria  Ach.) 
P.  rufescens  (Sm.)  Hoffm. 
P.  scutata  (Dicks.)  Leight. 

Pertusariaceae. 

Pertu-saria  velata   (Turn.)   Nyl. 
P.  multipuncta  (Turn.)  Nyl.' 
P.  communis  DC. 
P.  leioplaca  (Ach.)  Schaer. 

Lecanoraceae. 

Lecanora  subfusca  (L.)  xA.ch. 

L.  miculata  Ach. 

L.  palhda  (Schreb.)  Schaer. 

L.  hageni  Ach. 

L.  varia  Ach. 

Ocrolechia  tartarea  (L.)  Mass. 

{Lecanora  tartarea  (L.)  Ach. 
O.  pallescens  (L.)  Mass. 

{Lecanora  pallescens  (L.)  Schaer. 
O.  pallescens,  rosella  (Tuck.) 

Parmeliaceae. 

Candelaria    concolor     (Dicks.) 
Wainio. 

( Theloschistes  chrysophthalamus 
(L.)  Th.  Fr.) 
Parmeliapertusa  (Schrank.)  Schaer. 
P.  iurfuracea  (L.)  Ach. 

{Everniafurfuracea  (L.)  Mann.) 
P.  ohvacea  (L.)  Nyl. 
P.  tiliacae  (Hoffm.)  Ach. 
P.  rudecta  Ach. 

(Parmelia    horreri,    rudecta 
Tuck.) 
P.  saxatilis  (L.)  Ach. 
P.  cetrata  Ach. 
P.  cvlisphora  (Ach.)  Wainio. 

{Parmelia  caperata  (L.)  Ach.) 
P.  perforata  (Wulf.)  Ach. 
P.  perlata  Ach. 
P.  crinita  Ach. 
Anzia  colpodes   (Michx.)    Stizbg. 

{Parmelia  colpodes  {Ach.)  Xyl.) 
Cetraria  aleurites  (Ach.)  Th.  Fr. 
C.  aurcscens  Tuck. 
Nephromopsis  ciliaris  (Ach.)   Hue. 

{Cetraria  ciliaris  .Ach.) 

Usneaceae. 

Ramalina  calicaris  (L.)  E.  Fr. 
R.  calicaris,  canaliculata  Fr. 
R.  fraxinea  Ach. 
R.  populina  (Ehrh.)  Wainio. 
{Ramalina  fastigiata  Ach.) 


R.  pollinaria  Ach. 

Usnea  florida  (L.)  Hoftni. 
{U .  barbata,  florida  Fr.) 
(U.  barbata,  florida,  hirta,  Fr.) 
{U.    barbata,    florida,    rubieinea 
Michx.) 

U.  angulata  Ach. 

U.  ceratina  Ach. 

{U.  barbata  (L.)  Fr.) 

Caloplacaceae. 

Blastenia  ferruginea   (Huds.)   Arn. 
{Placodium  ferrugineum  {Huds.) 
Hep  p.) 

B.  camptidia    (Tuck.)    A.    Zahlbr. 
{F'lacodium  camptidumi    Tuck.) 

Caloplaca  aurantiaca  (Lightf.)  Th 
Fr. 
{Placodium   aurantiacum 
{Lightf.  Xacg.  cr  Hepp.) 

C.  cerina  (Ehrh.)  A.  Zahlbr. 

{Placodium     cerinum      {Hedw.) 
Xaeg.  &  Hepp.) 
C.  cinnabarina  (Ach.)  A.  Zahll.)r. 
{Placodium     cinnabarinnm 
{Ach.)  Anz.) 

Theloschistaceae. 

Xanthoria  parietina  (L.)  Th.  Fr. 

{Theloschistes  parietinus  (L.) 
A'orm.) 
X.  polycarpa  Th.  Fr 

{Theloschistes  polycarpus  Ehrh.) 

Buelliaceae. 

Buellia  para.sema  (Ach.)  Th.  Fr. 
B.  myriocarpa  (DC.)  Mudd. 
Rinodina  atrocinerea  (Dicks.) 

Korb. 
{Rinodina  sophodes,   atrocinerea 

Xyl.) 

Physciaceae. 

Pyxine  sorediata  Fr. 
Piivscia  stellaris  (L.)  Nyl. 
P.  obscura  (Ehrh.)  Th.^Fr. 
P.  pulverulenta  (Hoffm.)  Nvl. 
P.  adglutinata  (Flk.)  Nvl. 
P.  astroidea  (Fr.)  Nyl.  " 
P.  leana  Tuck. 
P.  tribacea  (Ach.)  Nyl. 
Anaptychia  hypoleuca    (^luhl.) 
Wainio. 

{Physcia  speciosa,  hypoleuca 
[Muhl.)  Tuck.) 
A.  speciosa  (Wulf.)  Wainio. 

{Physcia  speciosa  {Wulf.)  Xyl.) 
A.  comosa  (Eschw.)  Trevis. 

{Physcia   comosa    {Schw.)   Xyl.) 
A.  leucomela  (L.) 

{Physcia  leucomela  (L.)  Mich.x.) 


44  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  3, 


MONOCHYTRIUM,  A  NEW  GENUS  OF  THE  CHYTRIDIALES, 
ITS  LIFE  HISTORY  AND  CYTOLOGY.* 

Robert  F.  Griggs. 

In  working  over  sections  of  leaves  and  stems  of  the  common 
Raeweed,  Ambrosia  artemisifolia,  infested  with  Rhodochvtrium 
spilanthis  the  cvtology  of  which  had  interested  the  writer  in 
connection  with  his  work  on  vSynchytrium,  he  found  that  there 
was  present  along  with  the  Rhodochvtrium  another  parasite.  It 
was  at  first  supposed  that  the  new  plant  was  an  early  stage  of 
Rhodochvtrium  but  it  was  soon  found  that  it  had  nothing  in 
common  with  Rhodochytrium  except  its  ho'st  plant,  being  dis- 
tinct in  all  of  the  details  of  its  cytology  as  well  as  in  its  method  of 
parasitism  and  its  life  history.  AVhereas  Rhodochytrium  is  an 
intercellular  parasite  infesting  the  fibrovascular  bundles  of  its 
host  into  which  it  sends  numerous  haustoria  to  gather  its  nutri- 
tion, the  new  plant  which  I  shall  term  Monochytrium  leads  an 
intracellular  existence  within  the  epidermal,  hypodermal  or 
more  rarelv  the  chlorenchvma  cells  of  its  host  thus  resembling  in 
its  mode  of  life  such  species  of  Synchytrium  as  S.  taraxici,  a 
resemblance  which  is  further  increased  by  the  absence  of  haus- 
toria. From  these  plants,  however,  Monochytrium  differs  mark- 
edly in  the  binucleate  sexual  resting  spores  and  in  the  solitary 
zoosporangia  in  allusion  to  which  the  generic  name  has  been 
chosen. 

After  Monochytrium  was  discovered  a  considerable  amount 
of  the  Ragweed  infested  with  Rhodochytrium  was  examined  in 
the  hope  of  detecting  the  new  parasite  in  the  living  state  and  of 
observing  its  grosser  characters  and  its  zoospores.  This  search 
was,  how^ever,  fruitless,  which,  is  not  surprising  in  view  of  the 
habits  of  the  fungus.  For  while  the  parasite  is  extraordinarih' 
abundant  in  certain  small  areas  of  the  sections  (Fig.  1),  such 
areas  are  seldom  found.  Out  of  200  slides  Monochytrium  was 
observed  in  only  10.  Furthermore,  the  parasite  deforms  its  host 
only  very  slightly  so  that  infested  areas  would  not  be  easy  to  find 
unless  thev  were  abundant.  The  Rhodochytrium  material  from 
which  the  slides  were  made  was  supplied  me  by  the  kindness  of 
mv  good  friend.  Professor  F.  L.  Stevens,  and  his  colleague,  Mr. 
J.  G.  Hall  of  the  North  Carolina  Agricultural  Experiment  Sta- 
tion. It  was  collected  at  Raleigh  on  July  3,  11,  and  18,  1908, 
and  was  a  portion  of  the  material  sent  by  E)r.  Stevens  to  Professor 
Atkinson  from  which  he  published  his  two  notes  on  Rhodochy- 
trium.     It  was  killed  in  Chromacetic  acid,  imbedded  in  paraffine 


*  Contributions  from   the    Botanical    Laboratory'  of   the   Ohio   State 
University  No.  51. 


Jan.,  1910,]  Monochytrium,  a  New  Genus.  45 

in  the  usual  way,  sectioned  0-  lO/i  thick,  and  stained  on  the  shde 
with  Heidenhein's  Iron  Alum  Haematoxylon  and  with  Analin 
vSafranin  and  Gentian  Violet.  Either  stain  is  satisfactory  but 
most  of  the  drawings  have  been  made  from  material  stained  with 
the  Safranin- Violet  combination. 

The  youngest  stages  of  the  parasite  fotmd  were  imbedded  in 
the  cytoplasm  of  the  host  cell  (Fig.  2).  They  were  minute 
amoeboid  cells  whose  size  (3//)  corresponds  rather  closely  with 
that  of  the  segments  of  the  zoosporangium.  Not  infrequently 
the  perforations  bv  which  the  voung  parasite  had  entered  the 
host  cell  may  be  seen  in  section  as  thickenings  on  the  inside  of 
the  wall  of  the  host  (Figs.  8,  10).  In  rare  instances  slight  thick- 
enings mav  also  be  observed  on  the  outside  surface  of  the  wall 
(Fig.  13).  In  other  cells  cut  tangentially  so  as  to  allow  one  to 
look  through  the  perforations  (Fig.  3)  one  sees  that  the  holes  are 
surrounded  bv  irregular  cellulose  thickenings.  In  appearance 
these  collars  resemble  somewhat  the  irregular  growths  of  bark 
around  a  healing  wound  on  a  tree  trunk  and  suggest  that  they 
were  secreted  b}^  the  cytoplasm  of  the  host  cell  in  an  attempt  to 
repair  the  damage;  in  many  instances  there  are  indications  that 
such  repair  is  completed  for.  in  most  of  the  infected  cells  the 
points  of  entrance  appear  to  be  simplv  thickened  places  on  the 
walls  and  no  perforation  can  be  observed  bv  focusing  up  and 
down. 

In  favorable  locations  the  young  amoebulae  imbedded  in  the 
host  cvtoplasm  are  extremelv  abundant,  hardly  a  cell  being  free 
from  parasites  (Fig.  1).  Moreover,  there  are  frec^uently  nearly  a 
dozen  in  a  single  cell  (Fig.  2).  Their  minute  size  precludes  ver\' 
exact  observations  as  to  their  structure  but  as  compared  with 
the  segments  of  the  zoosporangia  from  which  they  are  supposed 
to  have  come  their  cvtoplasm  is  less  dense,  containing,  appar- 
ently almost  from  the  beginning,  several  relativelv  large  vacuoles 
(Fig.  5),  between  the  meshes  of  the  reticulate  cytoplasm.  Of 
the  nucleus  little  can  be  seen  beyond  the  deeply  staining  nucleolus 
and  the  nuclear  membrane,  though  bv  analog}'  with  the  larger 
nuclei  of  later  stages  it  may  be  supposed  to  have  more  or  less  of  a 
chromatin  reticulum  in  addition.  Lying  in  the  cytoplasm  close 
beside  the  nucleus  there  is  frequentlv  a  deeply  staining  body 
(Figs.  5,  6)  whose  general  appearance  at  once  suggests  a  centro- 
some.  No  such  structure  was  observed  at  any  other  stage  of  the 
life  history  but  it  is  not  impossible  that  one  mav  be  associated 
with  the  flagella  of  the  zoospores.  But  as  long  as  the  zoospores 
themselves  remain  unknown  it  is  idle  to  speculate  on  the  matter. 
The  deeply  staining  bodies  in  question  occur,  however,  with  suf- 
ficient frequency  to  make  it  very  desirable  to  be  able  to  offer  some 
interpretation  of  their  presence. 


46  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  3, 

In  almost  every  cell  in  which  there  are  several  of  these 
amoebulae  they  may  be  seen  to  become  associated  in  pairs, 
(Fig.  4),  coming  into  closer  and  closer  contact  until  the  plasma 
membrane  between  them  breaks  down  and  the  cytoplasm 
of  the  two  fuses  (Figs.  5,  6).  All  stages  in  this  conjugation 
except  the  disappearance  of  the  plasma  membrane  are  verv 
easy  to  observe,  many  dozen  of  them  being  found  in  mv 
slides.  The  nuclei,  however,  do  not  fuse  though  they  may  in 
the  early  stages  lie  close  together.  Immediately  after  conjuga- 
tion which  seems  to  take  place  soon  after  the  amoebulae  have 
entered  their  host,  growth  begins  and  seems  to  proceed  rather 
rapidly  judging  from  the  fact  that  conjugating  forms  are  much 
more  abundant  than  such  stages  as  are  shown  in  Figs.  S  and  9,  which 
immediately  follow.  Without  any  further  change  in  structure 
the  zygote  continues  to  grow  until  it  has  completed  its  active  life 
when  it  encysts  and  becomes  a  binucleate  resting  spore. 

Though  there  are  frequently  two  or  even  more  than  two 
zygotes  in  a  single  cell  all  of  the  amoebulae  do  not  succeed  in 
conjugating.  Such  as  fail  become  large  coenocytes  which  ulti- 
mately segment  into  zoosporangia.  The  very  early  stages  in  the 
division  of  the  nuclei  of  these  zoosporangia  are  so  minute  and 
difficult  to  follow  that  one  can  hardlv  be  certain  of  the  correctness 
of  his  conclusions.  But  apparently  the  nucleus  fragments  by 
constriction  into  about  four  daughter  nuclei  while  the  parasite  is 
yet  very  small  (Fig.  13,  a).  These  do  not  further  subdivide  until 
a  considerable  enlargement  both  in  nuclei  and  cytoplasm  of  the 
parasite  has  taken  place.  (Fig.  13,  b).  Such  quadrinucleate 
parasites  arc  fairly  abundant  and  from  this  stage  on  the  course 
of  development  is  easy  to  follow.  The  parasite  increases  from 
10—15//,  usually  to  about  7()/{  and  the  nuclei  multiplv  until  thev 
become  oceedingly  numerous  and  very  minute  (Figs.  14-17). 
No  spindles  were  observed  at  any  time  in  this  process  of  multi- 
plication, while  some  clear  cases  of  amitosis  were  seen  (Fig.  14). 
The  nuclei  are  so  minute  however,  that  it  cannot  be  stated  pos- 
itively that  amitosis  is  the  sole  method  of  nuclear  division.  At 
the  end  of  this  vegetative  period  the  C3'st  segments  into  a  zoo- 
sporangium  (Fig.  18),  with  an  immense  number  of  spores  so 
minute  ("2.5//)  that  their  finer  structure  cannot  be  made  out. 

In  the  intermediate  stages  of  the  active  cycle  both  of  the 
resting  spores  and  the  zoosporangia  there  is  a  strong  tendency  for 
the  vacuoles  of  the  cytoplasm  to  coalesce  to  form  one  large  cen- 
tral vacuole  (Figs.  14-17),  traversed  only  by  very  fine  strands  of 
cytoplasm.  This  central  vacuole  may  appear  very  early  (Fig.  14) 
or  it  may  not  appear  at  all  (Figs.  9-13).  During  these  stages  also 
refringement  deeply  staining  granules  frequently  appear  on  the 
strands  of  cytoplasm  (Figs.  11,  16).     These  resemble  closely  the 


Jan.,  1910.]  Monochytrium,  a  New  Genus.  47 

similar  granules  found  in   the   cytoplasm   of   many   species   of 
S^mchytrium. 

Resting  spores  and  zoosporangia  are  likewise  entirely  similar 
in  their  relations  to  the  host  cell.  As  already  indicated  the 
parasites  in  their  first  stages  lie  imbedded  in  the  cytoplasm  of  the 
host  cell.  As  they  grow  older  they  continue  to  be  surrounded 
by  a  more  or  less  definite  layer  of  host  cytoplasm  but  soon  estab- 
lish definite  relations  with  the  host  nucleus  also  which  becomes  so 
appressed  against  the  parasite  as  to  be  markedly  deformed 
(Figs.  8,  11,  15).  There  is  no  indication,  however,  that  the 
immediate  injur}^  to  the  nucleus  is  very  great.  Though  death  is 
the  ultimate  result  to  the  host  cell  the  relations  of  parasite  and 
host  appear  to  be  to  a  certain  extent  mutualistic.  The  host 
nucleus  maintains  its  finer  structure  and  staining  reaction 
unchanged  to  the  end  and  gives  no  indication  of  such  abnormal 
behavior  as  Von  Gutenberg,  Kusano  and  others  have  reported  in 
the  nuclei  of  the  host  cells  surrounding  the  galls  of  Synchytrium. 
The  presence  of  the  parasite  causes  some  hypertrophy  of  the  host 
cell  which  graduallv  enlarges  to  dimensions  considerably  in 
excess  of  its  original  size  (Cf.  Figs.  8,  13,  with  Figs.  12,  18). 
The  enlargement  is  however  very  seldom  sufficiently  great  to  cause 
galls  such  as  occur  in  Synchytrium.  For  the  most  part  the 
hvpertrophied  cells  find  room  not  by  swelling  out  from  the  surface 
of  the  host  but  by  pushing  aside  the  adjacent  cells  (Figs.  1,  16). 
These  compressed  cells  are  however,  only  slightly  injured  con- 
sidering the  degree  to  which  they  are  distorted  (cf.  Fig.  2  which 
shows  a  cell  lying  adjacent  to  a  large  zoosporangium  and  dis- 
torted bv  it.)  There  is  surprisingly  little  of  the  disorganization 
of  the  tissues  which  is  usualty  met  w^ith  in  such  cases  but  the 
nuclei  and  chloroplasts  of  the  affected  cells  retain  their  char- 
acteristic form  and  staining  reaction  even  when  the  cell  walls  are 
so  crowded  that  the  outlines  of  the_  individual  cells  are  no  longer 
discernible  as  in  cases  like  Fig.  16. 

The  size  -which  is  attained  before  the  active  life  is  completed 
and  encystment  takes  place  varies  from  30  to  50/(  depending 
probably  on  the  amount  of  nutriment  available  for  the  parasite. 
When  it  first  appears  (Fig.  11)  the  wall  of  the  resting  spore  is  a 
thin  transparent  membrane  secreted  around  the  peripherv  of  the 
parasite.  AVhen  older  it  becomes  a  thick  yellow  wall  (Fig.  12) 
which  is  homogeneous,  one  lavered  and  smooth  on  the  outer 
surface  except  for  irregular  roughenings  due  apparently  to  the 
adherent  debris  from  the  contents  of  the  host  cell.  The  spore 
wall  is  certainly  not  composed  of  cellulose;  at  no  stage  in  its 
formation  does  it  take  the  stain  as  do  the  walls  of  the  host  or  the 
three  layered  cellulose  walls  of  the  resting  spores  of  Rhodochyt- 
rium  which  are  found  together  with  it  in  the  same  slides.     Its 


48  •        The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  3, 

general  appearance  is  identical  with  that  of  the  resting  spores  of 
S3''nchytrium  which  Von  Gutenberg  has  recently  determined  to 
be  chitinous.  On  account  of  the  scarcity  of  material,  how^ever, 
michrochemical  tests  to  determine  its  composition  were  not 
undertaken. 

General  Considerations. 

The  relationships  of  Monochytrium  are  in  the  present  state  of 
our  knowledge  regarcUng  the  Chytrids  somewhat  obscure.  Its 
method  of  parasitism  and  general  structure  are  similar  to  those 
of  Synchytrium  and,  had  the  present  plant  been  described  with- 
out reference  to  its  cytology,  the  only  difference  between  the  two 
genera  that  would  have  been  noticed  is  the  difference  in  seg- 
mentation which  in  Synchyrium  results  in  the  formation  of 
zoosporangia  each  of  which  in  turn  gives  rise  to  numerous 
zoospores  while  in  Monochytrium  the  zoospores  are  formed 
directly,  each  cyst  becoming  a  single  zoosporangium.  This 
difference  is  however  of  itself  sufficient  to  remove  the  plant  from 
the  Synchytriaceae  and  place  it  among  the  Olpidiaceae.  From 
all  the  genera  of  this  familv  Monochvtrium  ma}'  be  separated  at 
once  by  its  habitat.  All  the  other  genera  are  parasites  of 
aquatic  plants  or  animals  except  Asterocvstis  which  infests  the 
roots  of  the  seed  plants. 

So  far  as  the  writer  is  aware  in  no  other  plant  has  a  conjuga- 
tion of  gametes  been  reported  to  occur  after  the  votmg  parasites 
have  infected  their  host.  But  when  the  cvtologv  of  the  lower 
organisms  especially  .of  their  early  stages  is  better  known' it  may 
be  found  that  such  a  conjugation  is  not  so  rare  as  now  appears. 
It  is  quite  possible  that  nianv  forms  now  supposed  to  be  non- 
sexual may  conjugate  after  infecting  their  host.  The  life  history 
of  most  species  of  Synchvtrium  for  example  would  seem  to 
demand  some  difference  in  constitution  between  the  summer 
sori  and  the  resting  spores  similar  to  this  belated  conjugation  of 
Monochytrium;  but  if  such  a  sexual  act  exists  it  is  obvious  that 
in  these  cases  the  nuclei  also  must  fuse.  The  continued  inde- 
pendence of  the  nuclei  of  the  zygote  may  be  more  unusual  but 
when  it  is  recalled  in  how  few  of  the  zygospores  of  the  lower 
plants  are  the  actual  conditions  of  the  nuclei  known,  it  is  evident 
that  such  a  plasma  conjugation  may  be  more  common  than  now 
suspected.  This  long  continuance  of  the  apvlogamic  phase  in 
Monochytrium  cannot  fail  to  recall  the  similar  phenomena  in  the 
nuclei  of  the  higher  fungi.  Nothing  could  be  of  greater  interest 
than  to  determine  the  fate  of  these  two  nuclei  in  the  germination 
of  the  resting  spore.  Attempts  at  germination  must  however 
wait  upon  more  abundant  material  than  is  now  available. 

It  is  hoped  that  an  opportunity  mav  also  be  presented  to 
observe  the  zoospores  in  the  living  condition  in  order  to  deter- 


.Ian.,  1910.]  Munochytrium,  a  New  Genus.  49 

mine  their  behavior  and  their  structure,  particuhirlv  the  char- 
acters of  their  organs  of  locomotion.  For  it  will  be  recalled  that 
while  in  many  groups  the  number  and  position  of  the  flagella  are 
so  constant  as  to  be  made  the  basis  of  distinctions  of  ordinal 
or  of  even  higher  rank,  in  the  Ch}'tridiales  thev  are  very  vari- 
able for  one  finds  in  genera  undoubtedly  closelv  related  great 
diversity  in  this  regard.  The  zoospores  of  Synchvtrium  for 
example  have  one  flagellum  while  those  of  Woroninella  have 
two.  The  behavior  of  the  zoospores  of  some  of  the  Chvtrids 
goes  to  show  that  the  flagella  of  this  group  may  be  of  verv 
indefinite  organization.  Atkinson  has  shown  that  when  lib- 
erated inside  the  sporangium  the  zoospores  swim  actively 
forward  until  they  strike  the  wall  of  the  sporangium  when 
the  flagella  are  retracted  and  the  zoospore  puts  out  pseu- 
dopodia  by  which  it  gropes  for  the  opening  of  the  spor- 
angium. In  case  it  is  located  too  far  from  the  ostiole  to 
reach  it  with  its  pseudopodia  it  resumes  its  flagellate  form  and 
swims  about  again  until  it  finally  escapes.  Such  behavior  indi- 
cates ver}'  plainly  that  the  flagella  of  these  zoospores  resemble 
the  long  actively  lashing  pseudopodia  present  in  such  of  the 
Protozoa  as  Mastigamoeba  more  than  the  definite  highlv  special- 
ized motile  organs  of  the  Protococcoid  forms.  In  the  latter 
group  the  zoospores  have  no  power  of  retracting  and  again  put- 
ting forth  their  flagella  but  retain  the  same  ones  throughout 
their  active  stage.  Comparisons  of  flagella  based  on  analogies  to 
the  highly  specialized  organs  of  other  groups  must  obviously  be  of 
somewhat  doubtful  value. 

Indications  are  not  lacking  that  the  spores  of  Monochytrium 
are  even  more  widely  different  from  the  typical  flagellate  zoospore 
than  those  of  other  Chytrids.  For  it  seems  probable  from  the 
habits  of  the  ftmgus  that  the  motile  organs  of  Monochvtrium 
spores  are  verv  inefficient  as  compared  with  those  of  the  Svn- 
ch}' tria.  In  each  area  where  it  has  been  found  the  abundance  of 
the  individual  parasites  was  very  great.  At  the  same  time  the 
infested  areas  are  narrowly  circumscribed.  This  is  in  strong 
contrast  to  the  habit  of  Synchytrium  which  is  always  widely 
distributed  over  the  plant  and  seldom  so  excessivelv  abundant  as 
Monochytrium.  This  is  especially  evident  when  one  considers 
the  young  stages  of  the  parasite.  Such  a  complete  series  of  young 
stages  as  here  figured  for  Monochytrium  would  be  exceedinglv 
difficult  to  assemble  for  any  species  of  Synchytrium  with  which 
I  am  familiar;  in  very  much  more  extensive  work  with  Synchyt- 
rium decipiens  in  all  stages  the  writer  has  never  seen  so  much  as 
one  percent  of  the  young  stages  that  he  has  in  Monochytrium. 
The  reason  is  that  the  parasites  are  so  much  more  widelv[scattered 
that  their  detection  when  very  small  is  difficult.     Nevertheless, 


50  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  3, 

Monochytriuni  presumably  has  as  great  an  opportunity  for  the 
dispersal  of  its  spores  in  dewdrops  and  spattering  rain  as  has 
Synchytrium.  The  writer  is  therefore  led  to  expect  that  when 
the  zoospores  of  Monochytriuni  are  observed  they  will  be  found 
to  be  amoeboid  rather  than  flagellate. 

For  a  summary  of  the  most  important  points  in  the  life 
history  of  Monochytrium  a  condensed  technical  description  ma)' 
be  offered.  The  type  and  only  known  species  I  propose  to  name 
in  honor  of  Professor  F.  L.  Stevens  who  has  made  notable  con- 
tributions to  the  cytology  of  the  lower  fungi. 

Monochytrium  gen.  nov. 

IVIycelium  nullum,  plasmodium  rotundatum;  sporae  perdurantes 
30-50/<,  globosae,  ortae  a  copulationis  zoosporarum  intra  cellulas 
matricis,  binucleatae,  exosporio  crasso,  paene  levi  non  echin- 
ulata;  zoosporangia  circa  70/jt,  formata  a  zoosporis  sine  copula- 
tione,  unum  a  quoque  plasmodio,  sine  membrana,  sine  coUo; 
zoosporae  numerosissimae,  2.5/i,  moto  ignoto. 
Intra  cellulas  epidermicas  aut  h}-podermicas  aut  raro  chlorenchy- 
matas  plantarum  viventium. 

Monochytrium  stevensianiim  sp.  nov. 

Characteribus  generis.  Intra  cellulas  foliarum  petiolorumque 
Ambrosiae  artemisiifoliae  in  Raleigh,  Carolina  boreali;  Stevens  & 
Hall  Julio  1908. 

The  slides  containing  the  type  specimens  are  deposited  in  the 
herbarium  of  the  Ohio  State  University.  With  them  are  index 
cards  giving  the  lo'cation  of  the  cysts  draWn,  in  vernier  readings 
of  the  Spencer  Lens  Company's  mechanical  stage  No.  490  with 
the  verniers  set  to  read  30  ancl  90  respectively  when  the  aperture 
in  the  centering  slide  accompanying  the  instrument  occupies  the 
optical  axis  of  the  microscope.  The  originals  of  all  the  figures 
mav  therefore  be  qtiickly  found  with  any  microscope  equipped 
with  a  No.  490  mechanical  stage,  or  with  any  mechanical  stage 
with  a  vernier  reading  to  tenths  of  millimeters  for  after  one  is  found 
and  the  differences  in  reading  between  stage  No.  490  and  the  one 
employed  are  determined,  all  mav  be  located  bv  simple  additions 
to  the  readings  given. 


Jan.,  1910.]  Monochytrium,  a  New  Genus.  51 


LITERATURE. 

Atkinson  Geo.  F.  A  parasitic  alga  Rhodochvtriuin  spilanthidis  in 
North  America.      Bot.  Gaz.  46:299-:i0l,  I'JOS. 

,   Note  on   the   oc-currence   of   Rhodochytrium   spilanthidis 

Lagerheim  in  North  America.    Science  n.  s.  SS  :  691,  1908. 

,  Some  fungus  parasites  of  algae.     Bot.  Gaz.  4S  :  321-328, 

1909. 

Berlese  &  Detoni,  Chvtridiaceae  in  Saccardo  Sylloge  Fungorum 
7  : 286-318,  1888. 

Bttler,  E.  J.  An  account  of  the  genus  Pvthium  and  the  Chvtrid- 
iaceae.     Mem.  Dept.  Agr.  India.  Bot.  Ser.  1  :  1-160,  1907. 

Dangearu,  p.  a.  Recherches  sur  les  organismes  inferieurs.  Ann. 
Sciences  Nat.  ser.  7.  Bot.  6  :  240-341,   1886.     (Sphaerita  n.  gen.) 

Griggs,  R.  F.  On  the  cytology  of  vSynchytriuni  III.  The  Role  of  the 
Centrosomes  in  the  formation  of  the  nuclear  membrane.  Ohio  Nat.  S  : 
277-286.    Pis.  19  and  20,  1908. 

,  Some  aspects  of  amitosis  in  Svnchvtrium.    Bot.  Gaz.  4^  '■ 

127-138,  1909. 

,  A  Note  on  Amitosis  bv  constriction  in  Svnchvtrium.    Ohio 

Nat.  9  :  513-515.      1909. 

,   Mitosis  in  Synchytrium  Avith   some  observations  on  the 

individuality  of  the  chromomes.    Bot.  Gaz.  4S  '■  339-358,  1909. 

Gutenberg,  H.  R.  von,  Cytologische  Studien  an  Svnchvtrium 
Gallen.   Jahrb.  Wis.  Bot.  46  :  453-477,  1909. 

KusANO,  S.  On  the  nucleus  of  Svnchvtrium  puerariae.  Bot. 
Mag.  Tokyo  31  :  118,  1907. 

,  On  the  cj'tologv  of  Svnchvtrium.  Centralil.  Bakt.  192  :  538, 

1907. 

,  On  a  disea.se  caused  bv  Svnchvtrium  puerariae.    Bot.  Mag. 

Tokyo  £2  :  1,  1908. 

,  A  contribution  to  the  cvtologv  of  Svnchvtrium  and   its 

hosts.    Bull.  Col.  Agri.  Imp.  Univ.  Tokyo.  7  :  80-147,  1909. 

Loewenthal,  W.  Weitere  Untersuchungen  an  Chytridiaceen.  Arch. 
Pratitistenk.    5:221-239,  1909.      (Zygorhizidium  gen.^nov.) 

Magnus,  P.  Ueber  die  Gattung  zu  der  Rhizidiuin  dicksonii  Wright 
gehort.    Hedwigia  44  :  349-149.  1905.    (Eurychasma  gen.  nov.) 

Peterson,  H.  E.  Contributions  a  la  connaissance  des  Phvcomycetes 
marines.  Overs,  k.  Danske.  Vidensk.  Selsk.  Forh.  1905  :  439-488.  (Sirol- 
pidium  &  Pontisma  gen.  nov.) 

Raciborski,  M.  Pflanzenpathologisches  aus  Java  II.  Zeitschr.  f. 
Pflanzenkrankheiten  S  :  195-200.   1898.   (Woroninella  gen.  nov.) 

Saccardo,  P.  A.  et  al.  Sylloge  Fungorum.  (supplementa  universala.) 
0  :  357-363,  1891;  11  :  246-251,  1S95;  1 -i  :  437-450,  1899;  16  :  389-393, 
1902;  17  :  511-518,  1905. 

Schroeter,  J.  Chvtridiaceae  in  Engler  &  Prantl.  Pflanzenfamilien  _?  : 
64-92,  1892. 

Stevens,  F.  L.  Some  Remarkable  Nuclear  Structures  in  Svnchv- 
trium. Ann.  Myc.  5  :  480-484,  1907. 

Stevens,  F.  L.  and  A.  C.  Mitosis  in  the  primarv  nucleus  of  Svnchv- 
trium decipiens.  Bot.  Gaz.  35  :  405-415,  1903. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  III. 


Griggs  on  "  Monoclivtrium 


, 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  IV. 


Griggs  on  "  Monochvtrium. 


54  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  3, 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATES    III    AND    IV. 

All  figures  ai-e  camera  drawings  from  sections.  All  except 
Figs.  1,  3-7,  were  made  with  a  Spencer  1.5  mm.  immersion 
objective  and  compensating  ocular  4  giving  a  magnification  of 
approximately  670  diameters.  Fig.  1  was  drawn  with  an  8  mm. 
objective  and  4  ocular  giving  an  approximate  magnification  of 
125  diameters;  Fig.  3  with  the  1.5  mm.  objective  and  3  ocular, 
magnification  533;  Figs.  4-7  with  objective  1.5  and  ocular  12. 
magnification  2130.  The  plates  were  reduced  to  2-3  of  their 
original  size  exactlv  eliminating  the  enlargement  due  to  the 
camera  and  rendering  them  the  same  size  as  seen  in  the 
microscope. 

PL.\TE   III. 

Fig.     1.      A  tangential  section  through  the  hypoderniis  of  the  wing  of  the 
petiole  of  the  Ragweed,  showing  the  general  relations  of  the 
parasites  to  the  tissue  of  the  host.     R.  Sp.  Resting  Spores, 
Z.  Sp.  Zoosporangia. 
Fig.     2.     A  cell  with  numerous  amoebid  zoospores  imbedded  in  the  host 
cytoplasm;  one  pair  of  zoospores  conjugating;  cell  distorted 
by  an    adjacent    zoosporangium    measuring   45  x  60  n,   note 
slight  degree  of  injury. 
I'ig.     3.     A  tangential  section  of  a  host  cell  wall  showing  perforations 
where  the  parasites  entered. 
One  of  the  zoospores  from  Fig.  2. 
Zoospores  just  beginning  to  conjugate. 
Conjugating  zoospores. 
Conjugation  complete. 

A  cell  with  two  young  zygotes,  each  binucleate,  and  several 
unconjugated    zoospores;   note  cellulose   plugs   marking  the 
points  where  the  parasites  entered. 
A  young  zygote. 
Zygote  nearl_y  full  grown. 
A  young  resting  spore;  note  slight  injury  to   the  nucleus  and 

cytoplasm  of  the  host  cell. 
Two  ripe  resting  spores  within  same  host  cell;  each  binucleate 
though  the   nuclei  of   the  lower  spore  do  not  lie  within  the 
plane  of  section. 
Fig.  1.3.     A  cell  with  two  young  parasites;  a  probably  the  first  division 
(amitotic)  of  the  zoospore;  b,  a  plasmodiuin  with  four  nuclei; 
on   the   wall   are   shown   the   plugs   marking   the   points   of 
entrance. 
Fig.  14.      A  young  Plasmodium  with  eight  nuclei  most  of  which  are  in 
process  of  ainitosis ;  central  vacuole  developed  unusually  early. 
I'^ig.  1").     A  Plasmodium  with  about  GO  nuclei;  central  vacuole  beginning 

to  appear;  note  relations  of  parasite  and  host  nucleus. 
Fig.  If).     A  larger  plasmodium  with  well  developed  central  vacuole  lying 
in  the  chlorenchyma  of  its  host;  note  slight  injury  beyond 
mechanical  distortion. 
Fig.  17.     A  full  sized  plasmodium  with  very  many  nuclei. 
I'ig.  IS.     A  ripe  zoosporangium;  opening  at  top  may  he  natural  or  due 
to  knife. 


Fig. 

4 

Fig. 

5 

Fig. 

6 

77V  • 

iMg. 

/ 

Fig. 

8 

Fig. 

<) 

Fig. 

10 

Fig. 

11 

Fig. 

12 

Jan.,  1910.]  Medicinal  Plants  of  Ohio.  55 

MEDICINAL  PLANTS  OF  OHIO. 

Freda  Detmers. 

This  list  includes  the  uncultivated  and  a  few  of  the  common 
cultivated  medicinal  plants  of  Ohio.  It  is  compiled  from  the 
United  States  Pharmacopoeia,  King's  American  Dispensatory 
for  the  Eclectic  School  of  Medicine  and  the  American  Homeo- 
pathic Dispensatory.  The  individual  citation  follows  the  name 
of  each  plant.  When  the  technical  name  given  in  the  Dispensa- 
tory or  Pharmacopoeia  differs  from  that  in  Britton's  Manual  it  is 
given  as  a  synonym.  The  technical  and  popular  name  and  the 
part  used  as  a  drug  are  given  for  each  plant. 

FUNGI. 

Ascomycetae. 

Hypocrcaccac. 
Claviceps  purpurea  (Fr.j  TuL  Ergot.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  Sclerotiuni. 

Teleosporeae. 

Ustilagiiiaceae. 
Ustilago  maydis  Lev.    Corn  Smut.  (Ec.)  (Hom.).    Fungus. 

Basidiomycetae. 

Polyporaceae. 

Fomes   fomentarius   Fr.    {Polyporns  j omenta r ins   Fr.)      Bracket 

fungus.  (Ec.)    Fungus. 
Fomes  igniarius  Fr.   (Poly poms  igniarius  Fr.)   (Ec.)  Fungus. 
Fomes  pinicola  (Sw.)  Fr.    {Polyporns  pinkola  (Sov.)  Fr.)    (Ec.) 

(Hom.)  Fungus. 

Agaricaceae. 
Amanita  muscaria  L.    Fh'  Agaric.    (Ec.)    Fungus. 
Amanita    phalloides   Fr.      Deadly    Amanita,    Death    cup.    (Ec.) 

Lycoperdaceae . 

Calvatia  gigantia  Batsch.     {Lycoperdon  bovista).    Giant  Pufiball. 
(Ec.)     Spores. 

Lichenes. 
Sticta  pulmonaria  L.    I>ungwort  Lichen.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Plant. 

BRYOPHYTA. 

Musci. 

Polytrichaceae. 

Polytrichum  juniperum  Willd.     Hair-cap  Moss.      (Ec.)    (Hom.) 
Plant. 


56  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  3, 


Pteridophyta  Homosporeae. 
Filices. 

Polypodiaceae. 

Polypodium  vulgare  L.     Polypody.     (Ec.)   Horn.)  Rhizome  and 

leaves . 
Adiantum  pedatum  L.     Maiden-hair  Fern.     (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Plant. 
Pteridium  aquilinum  Kuhn.      {Pteris  aquilina  L.)   Brake.    (Ec.) 

Plant. 
Asplenium  trichomanes  L.    Spleenwort.  (Ec.)    Plant. 
Asplenium  ruta-muraria  L.    tVhite  maiden-hair.  (Ec.)    Plant. 
Asplenium  filix-foemina  (L.)  Bernh.    Lady-Fern.    (Ec.)  Rhizome. 
Dryopteris  marginalis   (L.)  A.  Gr.     Marginal  Shield-fern.     (Ec.) 

Rhizojjie. 
Dryopteris  filix-mas  (L.)  Schott.      Male   Fern.    (U.  S.  P.)     (Ec.) 

Rhizome. 

Osmundaceae. 

Osmunda  regalis  L.    Royal  Flowering-fern.  (Ec.)    Rhizome. 
Osmunda  cinnamomea  L.    Cinnamon-fern.     (Ec.)  Rhizome. 

Equisetaceae. 

Equisetum  arvense  L.    Field  Horse-tail.    (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Plant. 
Equisetum  laevigatum  A.  Br.     Smooth  Scouring  Rush.      (Ec.) 

Plant. 
Equisetum  hyemale  L.    Scouring  Rush.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Plant. 
Equisetum  robustum  A.  Br.    (Ec.)    Plant. 

Lycopodiaceae. 

Lycopodium  clavatum  L.  and  other  species  of  Club  Moss.  (U.  S. 
P.)  (Ec.)  (Horn.)     Spores. 

GYMNOSPERMAE. 

Coniferae. 

Pi]iaccae. 

Pinus  sylvestris  L.    Scotch  Pine.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Hom.)    Leaves  and 

young  tzvigs.     Distillation  of  wood. 
Larix  laricina   (Du  Roi)   Koch.    (L.  americana  Mx.)      American 

Larch.      (Ec.)  (Hom.)     Bark. 
Picea  excelsa  (L.)  Karst.    {Abies  excelsa  Karst.)  Norway  Spruce 

cult.    (Horn.)     Leaves  and  young  twigs. 
Tsuga  canadensis  (L.)  Carr.   {Abies  canadensis  Mx.)     Hemlock. 

(Ec.)  (Hom.)     Sap. 
Thuja  occidentalis  L.     Arbor  Vitae.     (Ec.)   (Hom.)     Twigs  and 

leaves.  % 

Juniperus  communis  L.    Common  Juniper.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Fruit. 
Juniperus  virginiana  L.     Red  Cedar.  (Hom.)  (Ec.)     Leaves  and 

twigs. 


Jan.,  1910.]  Medicinal  Plants  of  Ohio.  57 

ANGIOSPERI\I.\E. 

Monocotylae. 

Typhaceae. 
Typha  latifolia  L.    Cat  tail.  (Ec.)  Root. 

Gramineae. 
Zea  mays  L.     Indian  corn  cult.     (U.  S.  P.)(  Ec.)     Silk.    Starch 

grains. 
Triticum  sativum  Lam.    AVheat  cult.    (Ec.)    Flour. 
Sorghum  vulgare.    Broom  corn  cult.     (Ec.)    Seed. 
Avena  sativa  L.    Oat  cult.  (Ec.)    Seed. 
Agropyron  repens  L.    (Triticum  re  pens  L.)    Couch  or  Quick  Grass. 

(['.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Rhizome  gathered'in  the  spring. 
Hordeum  distichon  L.     Barley  cult.     (U.  S.  P.)   (Ec.)  Malt. 

Cyperaceae. 
Carex  arenaria  L.  German  Sarsaparilla,  Sand  Sedge.  (Ec.)  Plant. 

Araceae. 
Arisaema    triphyllum   Torr.    Indian    Turnip,    Jack-in-thc-pulj^it. 

(Ec.)    Conn. 
Spathyema    foetida    (L.)   Raf.     (Symplocarpus    foetidus    Salisb.) 

Skunk  Cabbage.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)  Rhizome,  roots  and  seed. 
Acorus  calamus  L.  Sweet  Flag.    (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.)  Rhizome. 

Liliaceae. 
Chamaelirium  luteum  Gr.  {Helonias  hitea  Ait.)  Blazing  Star.  (Ec.) 

Rhizome. 
Veratrum  viride  Soland.    American  Hellebore.  (U.  S.  P.)     (Ec.) 

(Hom.  I    Rhizonic  and  roots. 
Uvularia  perfoliata  L.  Bellwort  (Ec.)    Root. 
Allium  cepa  L.    Onion  cult.    (Ec.)    Bulb. 
Lilium  tigrinum  E'er.    Tiger  Lily  (Hom.)    Plant  in  floiuer. 
Erythronium  americanum.  Sm.     Yellow  Adder's  Tongue.     (Ec.) 

Leaves  atid  root. 
Asparagus  officinalis  L.  Asparagus.  (Ec.)    Yo/ing  shoots  and  roots. 
Vagnera  racemosa  Morong.      (Smilacina  racemosa  Desf).     False 

Solomon's  Seal.    (Ec.)    Rhizome  and  rootlets. 
Salomonia  biflora  (Walt.)  Britt.       (Polygoiiatum  bijiorum  (Walt.) 

Ell.)    Solomon's  Seal.    (Ec.)    Rhizome. 
Salomonia  commutata  (R.  &  G.)  Britt.    (Polygonatum  giganteum 

Dietr.  I    Great  Solomon's  Seal.    (Ec.)    Rhizome. 
Convallaris  majalis  L.   Lily  of  the  Valley.   (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.) 

Rhizome  and  roots. 
Trillium  erectumL.    Trillium.  Wake  Robin.    (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Root. 
Trillium  sessile  L.  and  other  species.    (Ec.)  Root. 
Aletris   farinosa   L.    Colic    Root.      (Ec.)    Rhizome    coll.    in  Aug. 

Dioscoreaceae. 
Dioscorea  villosa  L.    Wild  Yam.  Colic  Root.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Root. 


58  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  3, 

Ainayyllidaceac. 

Narcissus  pseudo -narcissus  L.     Daffodil  cult.   (Horn.)     Bulb  and 

fi  Divers. 
Agave  virginica  L.  False  Aloe.   (Ec.)  Root. 

Iridaceae. 
Iris  versicolor  L.  Iris,  Blue  Flag.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Horn.)  Rhizome. 

Orchidaceae. 

Cypripedium  parviflorum  Salisb.      Small  yellow  Ladies'  Slipper. 

(U.  S.  P.)    (Ec.)  RJiizomc  and  roots. 
Cypripedium   candidum   Muhl.    White  flowered   Ladies'    Slipper. 

(Ec.)    Rhizome  and  roots. 
Cypripedium  reginae  Walt.    {C .  spectabile  Swz.)   Showy  Ladies' 

Slipper.    (Ec.)    Rhizome  and  roots. 
Cypripedium  hirsutum  Mill.  Large  Yellow  Ladies'  Slipper  (U.  S. 

P.)     (Ec.)    Rhizome  and  roots. 
Cypripedium  acaule  Ait.    Stemless  Ladies'  Slipper.  (Ec.)  Rhizome 

and  roots. 
Peramium  pubescens  (Willd.)  Mac  M.  {Goodyeara  puhescens  R. 

Br.)    Downy  Rattle-snake  Plantain.    (Ec.)    Rhizome. 
Corallorhiza  odontorhiza  (Willd.)  Nutt.  Small  flowered  Coral-root. 

(Ec.)  (Horn.)    Rhizome. 

Dicotylae. 

Salieaeeae. 

Salix  nigra  L.  Black  Willow  (Ec.)    Bark  and  ainents. 

Salix  alba  L.   White  Willow.  (Ec.)  (Flom.).    Bark  and  aments. 

Populus  sp.    (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Bark  and  leaj-buds. 

Myrieaceae. 

Comptonia  peregrina  (L.)  Coult.    (Myriea  asplenifolia  L.)    Sweet 
Fern.    (Ec.j    Leaves  and  tops. 

Jtiglandaceae. 

Juglans  cinera  L.    Butternut.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Bark  of  root. 
Juglans  nigra  L.  Black  AValnut.  (Ec.)  Bark  of  root. 

Betnkxeeae. 
Corylus  americana  Walt.     Hazelnut.   (Ec.)  Hairs  from  involucre. 
Ostrya  virginiana  (Mill.)  Koch.     Hop  Horn  beam.     (Ec.)  (Hom.) 

Inner  bark  and  zvood. 
Carpinus  caroliniana  Walt.    Blue  Beech.  (Ec.)  Bark  and  wood. 
Betula  lenta  L.  Cherrv  Birch.  Black  Birch.  (Ec.)  Bark  and  leaves. 
Alnus  rugosa  (Du  Roy)  Spreng.  (Ec.)  Bark. 

Fagaceae. 
Quercus  alba  L.  White  Oak.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.)  Bark. 
Quercus  rubra  L.  Red  Oak.  (Ec.)  Bark. 
Quercus  velutina  Lam.       (0.  tinctoria  Bart.)     Black  Oak.    (Ec.) 

(Hom.)     Bark. 


Jan.,  1910.]  Medicinal  Plants  of  Ohio.  59 

Urticaceae. 
Ulmus   fulva   Mx.    Red   Elm.    Slippery    Elm.    (U.    S.    P.)    (Ec.) 

Inner  bark. 
Ulmus  americana  L.    White  or  American  Elm.  (Ec.)    Inner  bark. 
Ulmus  alata  Mx.    Winged  Elm.  (Ec.)  Inner  bark. 
Cannabis  sativa  L.    (C.  indica.)    Common  Hemp.    (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.) 

(Hom).    Flowering  tops. 
Humulus  lupulus  L.  Hop.    (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.)   Ripe  strobiles. 
Morus  rubra  L.  Red  Mulberry.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Fruit. 
Urtica  dioica  L.  Stinging  Nettle.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Leaves  and  root. 
Urtica  urens  L.    Small  stinging  Nettle.  (Hom.)    Plant. 

Aristolochiaceae . 
Asarum  canadense  L.  Wild  Ginger.  (Ec.)  Rhizome  and  roots. 
Aristolochia  serpentaria  L.  Virginia  Snakeroot.   (U.  S.  P.)   (Ec.) 

Rhizo)ne  and  roots. 

Polygonaceae. 

Rumex  brittanica  L.    Great  Water  Dock.  (Ec.)  Root. 
Rumex  crispus  L.     Yellow  Dock.   (Ec.)   (Hom.)     Root. 
Rumex  obtusifolius  L.  Blunt-leaved  Dock  (Ec.)  Root. 
Rumex  acetosella  L.    Sheep  Sorrel.  (Ec.)    Leaves. 
Polygonum  hydropiper  L.    Smart  weed.    (Ec.)  (Hom.)  Fresh  herb. 
Polygonum  persicaria  L.  and  other  species  of  Poh^gonum.  (Ec.) 

Plant. 
Fagopyrum    fagopyrum     (L.)   Karst.     {F.    esculentum    Moench.) 

Buckwheat.    (Ec.)    Flour  from  seeds. 

Chen  opodiaceae . 
Chenopodium  ambrosioides  L.    Mexican  Tea.  (Ec.)  Fruit. 
Chenopodium  anthleminticum  Gr.  Worm  seed.   (Ec.)  Fruit. 
Chenopodium  album  L.  Pigweed.  (Ec.)  Fruit. 

Phytolaccaceae. 
Phytolacca  decandra  L.     Poke  Root.   (U.  S.  P.)    (Ec.)    (Hom.) 

Root,  leaves  and  berries. 

Ca  ryophyllaceae. 
Alsine  media  L,  {Stellaria  media  Sm.)    Chickweed.  (Ec.)  (Hom.) 

Plant. 
Saponaria  officinalis  L.    Soapwort,  Bouncing  Bet.  (Ec.)   (Hom.) 

Root  and  leaves. 

Nyinphaeaceae. 

Castalia  odorata  (Ait.)  AVoodv.  and  Wood.  (Nymphaea  odorata 
(Dryand)  Ait.)  White  Water-Lily.   (Ec.)   (Hom.)     Rhizome. 
Nymphaea  advena  Ait.    Yellow  AVater-Lily.  (Hom.)  Rhizome. 

Ranuncnlaceae. 

Ranunculus  bulbosus  L.,  R.  acris  L.,  R.  repens  L.  and  R.  scleratus 

L.  (Ec.)   (Hom.)    Fresh  bulbous  base  and  flowering  tops. 


6o     •  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  3, 

Syndesmon  thalictroides  Hoffm.      (Aiieuwuella  tJialictroides   (L.) 

Spach.)  Rne  Anemone  (Ec.)  Herb. 
Hepatica  hepatica    (L.)   Karst.    (H.  triloba  Willd.)    Ronnd-lobed 

Liver-leaf.    (Ec.)  (Horn.)      Leaves. 
Hepatica  acuta    (Pursh.)   Britt.    (//.   aciitiloba   DC.)   Sharp-lobed 

Liver-leaf.    (Ec.)     Leaves. 
Anemone  virginiana  L.  Tall  Wind-flower.  (Ec.)  Plant. 
Anemone  quinquefolia  L.  (.4.  nemorosa  L.)    Wood  Anemone  (Ec.) 

'Plant. 
Clematis   virginiana   L.    Virgin's   Bower    (Ec.)    (Hom.)      Stems. 

leaves  and  blossoms. 
Aquilegia  vulgaris  L.    Columbine  cult.  (Ec.)  Herb. 
Eelphinium    consolida    L.     Field  Larkspur.     (Ec.)    Root,    leaves, 

-flowers  and  seeds.    ■ 
Delphinium  ajacis  L.  Larkspur  cult.   (Ec.)     Root,  leaves,  flowers 

and  seeds. 
Cimicifuga  racemosa   (L.)  Nutt.     Black  Snake-root.     (U.  S.  P.) 

(Ec.)   (Horn.)    Rhizome  and  roots  coll.  in  the  autumn. 
Actaea  rubra  (Ait.)  Willd.  Red  Baneberry.  (Ec.)  Rhizome. 
Actaea  alba  Bigl.    White  Baneberr}'.    (Ec.)  Rhizome. 
Hydrastis  canadensis  L.   Golden  Seal.   (U.  S.   P.)    (Ec.)    (Hom.) 

Rhizome  and  roots. 
Coptis  trifolia  Salisb.       {Helleborus  irifoliits  L.)       Gold  thread. 

(Ec.)      Rhizome. 

Magnoliaceae. 

Magnolia  acuminata  L.  Cucumber  tree.    (Ec.)    Bark  of  trunk  aiid 

root  with  cork  removed. 
Liriodendron  tulipifera  L.      Tulip-tree   .    (Ec.)    (Hom.)   Bark  of 

trunk  ami  root  with  cork  removed. 

Anonaceae. 

Asimina  triloba  Dunal.    Papaw.  (Ec.)    Seed. 

Menispermaceae . 

Menispermum  canadense  L.     Moonseed,  Yellow  Barilla.      (Ec.) 
(Hom.)      Rhizome  and  roots. 

Berberidaceae. 

Podophyllum  peltatum  L.    May  Apple.     (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.) 

Rhizonw  and  roots. 
Jeffersonia  diphylla  Bart.    Twin-leaf.  (Ec.)  Rhizome. 
Caulophyllum  thalictroides  (L.)  Mx.    Blue  Cohosh.  (Ec.)  Rhizome 

and  roots. 
Berberis  vulgaris  L.    Common  Barberry.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.) 

Berries,  bark  of  rhizonw  and  roots. 

Lauraceae. 

Sassafras  sassafras  Karst.    (5.  officinale  Nees  &  Ebrm.)  Sassafras. 

(U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom,>    Pith  and  bark  of  root. 
Benzoin  benzoin    (L.)    Coult.    (Lindera  benzoin   Blume).      Spice 

bush.  (Ec.)    Bark  ajid  Berries. 


Jan.,  1910.] 


Additions  to  Flora  of  Cedar  Point. 


6i 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  FLORA  OF  CEDAR  POINT.     III.* 

Malcolm  .M.  Stickxey,  Johx  H.  vSchaffxer,  and  Clara  A.  Davies. 

A  list  of  the  plants  of  Cedar  Point  was  published  by  Kellerman 
and  Jennings  in  June,  1904  (Ohio  Naturalist  6:186-190). 
This  list  included  the  species  represented  in  the  Cedar  Point 
Herbarium  belonging  to  the '  Lake  Laboratory  and  additional 
names  taken  from  Moseley's  "Sandusky  Flora"  and  other 
sources. 

The  first  list  of  additions  was  published  by  Kellerman  and 
York  in  the  Ohio  Naturalist  (6:  540)  and  a  second  addition 
was  made  by  Jennings  in  the  Ohio  Naturalist  (6:  544-545). 

During  the  summer  of  190S  rather  extensive  collections  were 
made  by  Professor  Stickney  and  Miss  Davies,  manv  species 
proving  new  to  the  Cedar  Point  flora,  and  in  the  past  summer 
further  additions  were  made  by  each  of  the  three  authors  of  the 
present  paper.  In  the  interests  of  simplicity  it  was  thought 
advisable  to  publish  all  these  latter  additions  in  a  single  paper. 
Following  our  list  is  an  additional  one  made  up  from  records 
made  by  Professor  E.  L.  Moseley  who  kindly  placed  his  field 
notes  at  our  disposal.  This  list  represents  plants  which  have  not 
been  reported  in  any  of  the  previous  publications, 

With  careful  collecting  for  one  or  two  seasons  more,  our 
knowledge  of  the  flora  of  Cedar  Point  should  be  fairlv  complete, 
and  a  revised  general  catalogue  should  then  be  published,  since  a 
local  list  will  be  of  considerable  value  in  the  botanical  work 
carried  on  at  the  Lake  Laboratory. 


Abutilon  abutilon  (L.)  Rusby. 

Acalypha  virginica  L. 

Acer  saccharintim  L. 

Agropyron  tenerum  Vasey. 

Agrimonia  mollis  Britt. 

Alsine  media  L. 

Amaranthus  blitoides  S.  Wats. 

Ainaranthus  retroflexus  L. 

Andropogon  scoparius  Mx. 

Arctium,  lappa  L. 

Asplenium  filix-foemina  (L.)  Bernh. 

Barbarea  strictia  Andrz. 

Botrychium  dissectum  Spreng. 

Botrychitini  neglectum  Wood, 

Botrychimn  obliquum  Muhl. 

Botrychium  simplex  Hitch. 

Brassica  nigra  (L.)  Koch. 

Bromus  arvensis  L. 

Carex  rosea  Schk. 

Carex  stricta  Lain. 

Cicuta  bulbifera  L. 


Clematis  virginiana  L 
Cuscuta  gronovii  Willd. 
Dactylis  glomerata  L. 
Datura  tatula  L. 

Dryopteris   Filix-mas    (L.)    Schott. 
Echinochloa  crus-galli  (L.)  Beauv. 
Echinochloa  Walteri  (Pursh)  Nash 
Eleocharis  ovata  (Roth)  R.  &  S. 
Eleocharis  palustris  (L.)  R.  &  S. 
Eleocharis   palustris  glaucescens 

(Willd.)  Gr. 
Equisetum  fluviatile  L. 
Eragrostis  pilosa  (L.)  Beauv. 
Eragrostis  purshii  Schrad. 
Festuca  elatior  L. 
Festuca  nutans  Willd 
Festuca  ovina  L. 
Galium  aparine  L. 
Galium  claytoni  Mx. 
Galium  tinctoriuin  L. 
Holcus  lanatus  L. 


*  Presented  at  the  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of  Sci. 


62 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


LVol.  X,  No.  3, 


Hordeum  jubatum  L. 

Iponioea  pandurata  (L.)  Meyer. 

Juncus  eftusus  L. 

Koniga  niaritima  (L.)  R.  Br. 

Lactuca  scariola  L. 

Leontodon  autumnalis  L. 

Lespedeza  capitata  Mx. 

Linaria  linaria   (L.)   Karst. 

Lolmm  perenne  L. 

Lysiniachia  terrestris  (L.)  B.  S.  P. 

Meiboniia  canescens  (L.)  Ktz. 

Monarda  inollis  L. 

Ophioglossum  vulgatum  L. 

Panicularia    americana    (Torr.) 

MacxM. 
Panicluaria   elongata    (Torr.)    Ktz. 
Panictim  capillare  L. 
Panicum  huachucae  silvicola  H.  & 

«6;    C. 

Panicum  pseudopubescens  Xash. 
Panicum  villosissimum  Xash. 
Poa  annua  L. 
Poa  compressa  L. 
Poa  debilis  Torr. 
Poa  pratensis  L. 


Polygonum  hydropiper  L. 

Portulaca  oleracea  L. 

Potamogeton  robbinsii  Oakes. 

Potentilla  argentea  L. 

Raphanus  raphanistrum  L. 

Ricinus  communis  L. 

Rubus  strigosus  ]\Ix. 

Sagittaria  rigida  Pursh. 

Salix  discolor  Muhl. 

Scirpus  atrovirens  ]Muhl. 

Sniilax  ecirrhata   (Engelm.)   Wats. 

Smilax  hispida  Mtihl. 

Solanum  carolinense  L. 

Symphoricarpos  racemosus  Mx. 

Syntherisma  sanguinalis  (L.) 

DuLac. 
Taraxactnn  taraxacum  (L.)  Karst. 
Trifolium  repens  L. 
Triticum  vulgare  L. 
\'eronica  arvensis  L. 
Viola  cucullata  Ait 
Washingtonia     longistvlis     (Torr.) 

Britt. 
Zanichellia  palustris  L. 


Species  catalogued  as  occurring  on  Cedar  Point  in  Professor 
E.  L.  Mosele3^'s  unpublished  records  of  the  Flora  of  Sandusky. 


Acnida   tamariscina   tuberculata 

(Moq.)  Ul.  &  Bray. 
Agrimonia  parviflora  Soland. 
Allium  canadense  L. 
Anemone  cylindrica  Gr. 
Aster  paniculatus  Lam-. 
Atriplex  hastata  L. 
Benzoin  benzoin  (L.)  Coult. 
Bidens  aristosa  (Mx.)  Britt. 
Bidens  connata  Muhl. 
Bidens  discoidea  (T.  &  G.)  Britt. 
Bidens  frondosa  L. 
Bidens  laevis  (L.)  B.  S.  P. 
Capnoides  flavulum   (Raf.)   Ktz. 
Carex  pseudo-cypeiiis  L. 
Carex  riparia  Curtis. 
Carex  sparganioides  Muhl. 
Carex  torta  Boott. 
Carex  varia  Muhl. 
Cerastium  arvense  L. 
Cerastium  longipedunculatuin 

Muhl. 
Chaetochloa  glauca  (L.)  Scrib. 
Chenopodium  album  viride  (L.) 

Moq. 
Chenopodium  botrys  L. 
Circaea  alpina  L. 
Comus  circinata  L'Her. 
Cuscuta  polygonorum  Engelm 


Cynoglossum  officinale  L. 
Cj-perus  diandrus  Torr. 
Cyperus  speciosus  A'ahl. 
Cypripedium  hirsutum  Mill. 

Epilobium  coloratum  Muhl. 
Euphorbia  maculata  L. 
Falcata  comosa  (L.)  Ktz. 
Geranium  maculattun  L. 
Helianthus  divaricatus  L. 
Helianthus  tuberosus  L. 
Hemerocallis  fulva  L. 
Hieracium  scabrmn  ilx. 
Juglans  cinerea  L. 
Juncus  canadensis  J.  Gay. 
Juncus  nodosus  L. 
Lactuca  spicata  (Lam.)  Hitch. 
Liriodendron  tulipifera  L. 
Meibomia  bracteosa  (Mx.)  Ktz. 
Meibomia   dillenii    (Darl.)   Ktz. 
Meibomia  paniculata  (L.)  Ktz. 
Myosotis  virginica  (L.)  B.  S.  P. 
Xaias  gracillinia   (A.   Br.)  Morong. 
Oxalis  corniculata  L. 
Panicum  dichotomum  L. 
Physalis  virginiana  ]\Iill. 
Polygonum  persicaria  L. 
Polygonum  scandens  L. 
Potainogeton  perfoliatus 
richardosnii  A.  Benn. 


Jan.,  1910.]  Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club.  63 

Potentilla  canadensis  L.  Solidago  nemoralis  Ait. 

Qtiercus  palustris  Du  Roi.  Sorghastrtim  avenaceum   (]\Ix.) 
Runiex  brittanica  L.  Xash. 

Salix  nigra  Marsh.  Tradescantia  virginiana  L. 

Salomonia  biflora   (Walt.)   Britt.  Trillium  grandiflorum  (Mx.)  Salisb. 

Sisyrinchium  angustifolium  Miller.  Triplasis  purpurea  (Walt.)  Champ. 

Sisyrinchitim  graminoides  Bick.  Viola  ptibescens  Ait. 
Sium  cicutaefolium  Gmel. 

Errata  in  Lists  Previotisly  published: 

Instead  of  Arenaria  stricta  Mx.,  read  Arenaria  michauxii  (Frenzl.)  Hook  f. 
Intsead  of  Geum  virginictun  L.,  read  Geum  canadense  Jacq. 
Instead  of  Hordeum  pusilluni  Nutt.,  read  Hordeum  jubatum  L. 
Instead  of  Lathyrus  venosus  Muhl.,  read  Lathyrus  myrtifolius  Muhl. 
Instead  of  Panicum  atlanticum  Nash.,  read  Panicum  villosisimum  Nash. 
The  plant  in  the  Cedar  Point  herbarium  labelled  Rubus  strigosus  Mx.  is 

Rubus  occidentalis  L. 
Instead  of  Stipa  spartina  Trin.,  read  Stipa  spartea  Trin. 
Instead  of  Xanthium  canadense  Mill.,  read  Xanthium  commune  Britt. 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  October  4,  19(J9. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  Miss 
Detmers,  and  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read 
and  approved. 

The  Chair  appointed  as  a  committee  to  serve  on  nominations, 
Prof.  J.  H.  Schaffner,  Prof.  C.  S.  Prosser,  and  Miss  Kate  Blair. 

Prof.  Landacre  moved  that  the  Executive  Committee  be 
instructed  to  ask  Prof.  G.  W.  Knight  to  talk,  at  the  December 
meeting,  upon  the  Darwin  Centenary  at  Cambridge,  England. 
Motion  carried. 

The  program  consisted  of  reports  of  summer  work  bv  the 
members. 

Prof.  J.  H.  Schaffner  worked  at  the  Lake  Laborator\'  in  the 
early  part  of  the  simimer,  and  in  conjunction  with  Prof.  M.  E. 
Stickney,  and  Miss  Clara  A.  Davies  added  about  eighty  plants  to 
the  Cedar  Point  list.  After  returning,  he  did  some  work  on 
leaf  markings. 

Prof.  F.  L.  Landacre  spoke  of  the  work  of  the  Lake  Lab- 
oratory. 

Prof.  Hambleton  spent  part  of  the  summer  at  the  Lake  Lab- 
oratory, and  collected  Hymenoptera.  He  also  worked  out  the 
life  history  of  Corizus  lateralis. 

Prof.  W.  C.  Morse  finished  his  work  on  the  Waverlv  for- 
mations of  Eastern  Kentuckv,  and  also  worked  on  the  Maj^Ue 

limestone  /^^^'K^ 

Ilu  (library!- 

/4 


64  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  3, 

Prof.  Griggs  told  of  an  interesting  walking  trip  in  the  Hocking 
hills. 

Miss  Kate  Blair  spoke  of  a  visit  to  the  experiment  station 
near  San  Diego,  California,  and  Miss  Wilson  told  of  the  tameness 
of  the  animals  that  she  had  observed  in  Yellowstone  Park. 

Prof.  J.  S.  Hine  made  collecting  trips  in  Summit  Count v,  and 
worked  on  the  Tabanidae.  He  also  did  some  work  on  the 
mammals  of  the  state. 

Prof.  C.  S.  Prosser  gave  a  very  interesting  account  of  the 
meeting  of  the  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science,  held  at  Winnipeg,  August  25  to  September  5.  He 
spoke  also  of  the  geologv-  of  the  region  surrounding  Winnipeg. 


Orton  H.\ll,  November  1,  1909. 

The  Club  was  called  to  order  by  the  President.  In  the 
absence  of  the  Secretary,  the  reading  of  the  minutes  was  dis- 
pensed with,  and  Mr.  Lionel  King  was  appointed  Secretarv 
pro  tem.  The  following  officers  were  nominated,  and  unan- 
imously elected: 

President — Mr.  William  C.  Morse. 
Vice  President — Miss  Emily  Hollister. 
Secretary  and  Treasurer — Malcolm  G.  Dickey. 
The    announcement    was   made    that    Prof.    G.    W.    Knight 
would  speak,  at  the  December  meeting,  on  the  Darwin  Centenary. 
The  address  of  the  evening  was  given  by  Miss  Freda  Detmers, 
the  retiring  President,  on  "The  Taxonomy  and  Ecolog}-  of  the 
Plants  of  Cranberry   Island." 

M.\LCOLM  G.  DicREY,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  January  17,  1910. 


ne  Ohio  ^^Caturalis^^ 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biologica.1  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University, 
Volume  X.  FEBRUARY.   1910.  No.  4. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

HiNE— Ohio  Species  of  Mice •..'..•  65 

Detmers— Medicinal  Plants  of  Ohio  (concluded) 73 

VicKF.KS — List  of  Ferns  of  Mahoning  Co.  with  Special  Reference  to  Mill  Creek  I'ark 86 


OHIO  SPECIES  OF  MICE. 

James  S.  Hine. 

Two  different  papers  enumerating  the  Ohio  species  of  mam- 
mals known  as  mice  have  been  pubHshed.  Jared  P.  Kirtland, 
in  the  Ohio  Geological  Survey  Report  for  1838,  named  four 
species  as  follows:  house  mouse,  common  white-footed  mouse, 
jumping  mouse  and  the  meadow  mouse.  All  of  these  are 
common  in  the  state  today,  although  the  jumping  mouse  is 
reported  as  rare  in  some  localities,  but  in  other  localities  it 
certainly  is  rather  plentiful.  About  the  year  1878  A.  W.  Bray  ton 
of  Irvington,  Indiana  furnished  the  manuscript  for  a  report  on 
the  Mammals  of  Ohio,  in  which  he  listed  the  house  mouse,  white- 
footed  mouse,  rice  field  mouse,  pine  mouse,  common  meadow 
mouse,  prairie  meadow  mouse,  and  jumping  mouse.  Two  other 
species,  namely:  Cooper's  mouse  and  the  northern  golden  mouse 
were  mentioned  as  of  probable  occurrence  within  our  limits. 
There  appears  to  be  some  mistake  about  the  record  for  the 
prairie  meadow  mouse  for  no  specimens  have  been  reported  in 
recent  years  and  the  material  on  which  Brayton  bases  his  record 
turns  out  to  be  the  pine  or  mole  mouse.  Cooper's  mouse  has 
been  taken  in  various  parts  of  the  state  and  in  some  places  is 
known  to  be  common,  but  no  record  for  the  golden  mouse  is  yet 
reported.  Of  the  nine  species  mentioned  by  Brayton  therefore, 
further  records  of  seven  are  at  hand.  Brayton's  paper  was 
published  in  the  Report  of  the  Ohio  Geological  Survey,  1882, 
Volume  IV. 

The  collecting  that  has  been  done  in  more  recent  years  has 
brought  together  Ohio  material  of  at  least  nine  species  and 
varieties,  while  the  work  in  adjoining  and  neighboring  states 
suggests  the  possibility  that  four  or  more  additional  ma}^  be 
procured  when  further  work  has  been  done  and  all  favorable 


localities  investigated. 


65 


66  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  X,  No.  4, 

As  time  passes  mammals  of  many  kinds  are  more  and  more  re- 
duced on  account  of  the  clearing  and  cultivation  of  the  land.  A 
number  of  the  larger  species  are  already  extirpated  so  far  as  the 
state  is  concerned  and  others  are  destined.  An  effort  is  being  made 
at  present  to  get  together  the  records  in  regard  to  the  species  of 
Ohio  mammals  and  to  add  species  as  well  as  records  with  a  view 
to  publishing  an  annotated  list.  We  have  a  good  representation 
of  many  speicies  in  the  museum  at  present  and  it  is  desired  to  add 
others.  I  take  this  opporttmity  to  state  that  we  shall  be  glad 
to  get  specimens  and  records  from  any  part  of  Ohio,  especially 
of  the  larger  species  and  such  small  ones  as  are  considered  of 
rare  occurrence  within  our  limits.  The  porcupine,  wild  cat, 
badger,  deer  and  others  of  very  uncommon  occurrence  may  still 
be  in  the  state  if  one  happens  to  find  them.  iVll  these  have  been 
taken  in  Ohio  in  former  years,  but  there  are  a  number  of  small 
animals  that  are  suspected  of  inhabiting  the  state  that  have  never 
been  reported.  Bats,  mice  and  shrews  are  suggested  as  groups 
in  which  additions  are  most  likely  in  our  fauna. 

A  list  of  Ohio  mice  as  at  present  constituted  follows: 

Zapus  hudsonius  (Zimmerman).  Hudson  Ba}'  Jumping 
Mouse.  A  few  specimens  of  this  species  have  been  taken  in  the 
state  although  there  is  some  trouble  in  separating  them  from 
specimens  of  the  following  subspecies.  Preble,  in  N.  A.  Fauna 
15,  reports  one  from  Portland  Station,  Mahoning  county  and 
there  is  one  in  the  O.  S.  U.  museum  from  Ira,  Summit  countv. 

Zapus  hudsonius  americanus  (Barton).  Meadow  Jumping 
Mouse.  One  belittles  these  interesting  little  animals  by  calling 
them  by  the  mean  and  unrespected  name  of  mice  but  the 
custom  is  so  well  established  that  it  is  not  likely  to  be  changed. 
They  are  easily  known  among  Ohio  mammals  by  their  jump- 
ing or  bounding  mode  of  locomotion  with  which  are  asso- 
ciated very  long  hind  legs  and  tail.  The  varietv  is  slightly 
smaller  and  the  dorsal  dark  area  is  not  so  distinct  as  in  the 
typical  species.  The  two  are  not  easily  told  apart  in  the  state 
for  it  seems  that  Ohio  is  largely  in  the  section  where  thev  inter- 
grade.  In  parts  of  the  Western  Reserve  the  meadow  jumping 
motise  is  common  and  one  meets  with  specimens  in  various 
situations  and  under  various  conditions.  Grass  land  is  one  of 
their  favorite  haunts  but  they  are  often  seen  in  grain  fields  and 
in  weed  covered  areas.  It  is  not  uncommon  to  start  them  while 
mowing  or  raking  hay  and  in  stvibble  ground  they  may  be 
ploughed  out  while  preparing  fields  for  wheat.  The  number  of 
young  in  a  brood  is  variable  no  doubt  but  four  is  the  number 
observed  by  myself.  These  quite  earlv  have  nearlv  the  color 
of  their  parents,  although  for  some  time,  in  fact  until  they  are 
nearly  fiill  grown,  the  young  are  slightly  lighter,  especially  is. 


Feb.,  1910.]  Ohio  Species  of  Mice.  67 

this  true  of  the  dorsal  area.  Miller  says  that  "their  food  appears 
to  consist,  like  that  of  the  other  outdoor  mice,  largely  of  grass 
seeds,  undoubtedly  varied  at  times  by  the  addition  of  berries 
and  mushrooms  and  probably  insects."  When  one  comes  upon 
them  in  the  field  they  attempt  to  get  out  of  the  way  by  leaping 
although  are  not  always  able  to  direct  their  jumps  in  such  a  way 
as  to  make  them  beneficial  for  after  making  a  dozen  leaps  a 
specimen  may  be  very  close  to  the  starting  point.  At  other 
times  they  bound  away  in  the  opposite  direction  from  danger 
and  are  able  to  hide  themselves  very  quickly  and  very  securely. 
The  winter  is  spent  in  a  dormant  condition  beneath  the  ground. 
Although  some  observers  have  reported  seeing  specimens  during 
mild  weather  of  winter,  others  claim  that  often  six  months  or 
more  of  the  year  is  spent  in  the  hibernating  condition,  making 
the  observation  that  specimens  plowed  out  in  May  in  one  case 
were  still  in  a  dormant  state. 

I  have  not  seen  am'  statement  to  the  effect  that  these  animals 
are  injurious  in  any  way,  neither  have  I  observed  that  the}^  have 
any  habits  which  would  lead  one  to  think  that  they  have  eco- 
nomic vakie.  I  consider  them  worthy  of  the  sympathy  of 
mankind,  however,  because  of  their  unusual  habits  which  are 
so  different  from  other  mammals  in  the  region  which  they 
inhabit.  They  have  numerous  enemies  among  birds  of  prey  and 
they  do  not  appear  to  be  very  well  prepared  to  evade  cats  and 
some  other  mammals  that  feed  on  the  same  kind  of  food. 

Microtis  pennsylvanicus  (Ord) .  Meadow  mouse.  In  his  paper 
on  An  Economic  Study  of  Field  Mice,  Lantz  places  this  species 
at  the  head  of  the  list.  I  am  not  sure  of  his  reason  for  this  or 
whether  he  intends  by  so  doing  to  convey  to  his  readers  that  it 
is  of  more  importance  from  an  economic  standpoint  than  its 
relatives  of  the  same  genus,  but  as  it  is  the  most  common  short 
tailed  mouse  in  Ohio  we  do  not  hesitate  to  accuse  it  of  doing 
more  damage  along  certain  lines  than  any  other  rodent  that 
shares  with  it  the  name  which  only  has  to  be  mentioned  in  order 
to  designate  its  bearer  as  an  enemy.  The  species  may  be 
known  from  other  short  tailed  mice  of  the  state  by  several 
characters.  In  the  first  place  the  tail  is  near  two  inches  in 
length  while  in  other  short  tailed  mice  the  tail  is  less  than  an 
inch  in  length.  Full  grown  specimens  are  larger  and  the  color 
differs  from  others.  Different  specimens  of  the  species  vary  in 
color  more  or  less  however,  so  this  alone  is  not  to  be  depended 
upon  as  a  conclusive  guide. 

When  a  field  grows  up  to  June  grass  in  the  after  part  of  the 
season  and  when  winter  comes  this  grass  falls  over  and  forms  a 
carpet  for  the  ground  an  ideal  condition  for  meadow  mice  is 
produced.  Here  the  mice  form  runways  among  the  grass  above 
the  surface  and  in  the  ground  beneath  the  surface  so  that  they 


68  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [A^ol.  X,  No.  4, 

can  get  out  of  the  way  easily  in  case  of  danger.  If  such  a 
condition  occurs  in  a  waste  field  the  mice  live  on  roots  largely 
and  no  noticeable  damage  results.  In  the  burrows  here  and 
there  quantities  of  dried  grass  is  carried  together  and  nests 
constructed  where  the  adults  spend  much  of  their  time  and 
where  the  young  are  born.  A  brood  of  young  usually  consists 
of  from  four  to  six  but  they  only  remain  under  the  direct  care 
of  the  mother  for  a  short  time  before  they  are  able  to  go  out  and 
shift  for  themselves.  Several  broods  are  often  produced  in  a 
season  therefore  and  the  species  is  enabled  to  multiply  rapidly 
and  thus  it  is  a  fact  that  a  piece  of  ground  with  the  desired 
conditions  is  very  soon  the  home  of  large  numbers  of  the  rodents 
which  in  order  to  occupy  the  time  and  procure  sufficient  food 
are  liable  to  get  into  all  sorts  of  mischief.  These  conditions  often 
exist  in  an  orchard  where  the  sod  mulch  system  is  practiced  and 
if  something  is  not  done  to  protect  the  trees  immense  damage 
may  result  from  the  mice  gnawing  the  bark  from  the  trees  near 
the  ground,  or  sometimes  just  beneath  the  surface.  These 
circumstances  are  illustrated  in  a  recent  bulletin  by  the  Ohio 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station  with  a  full  treatment  of  the 
methods  of  protecting  young  trees. 

Grain  that  is  cut  and  placed  in  shocks  in  the  field  often 
receives  more  or  less  injury  from  this  same  mouse  which  is 
accused  also  of  following  in  the  burrows  of  moles  and  eating 
planted  corn  and  other  grains  and  seeds.  In  the  case  of  wheat, 
and  other  grain  that  is  tied  with  twine  the  mice  often  get  into 
the  shocks  and  cut  the  bands,  especially  if  this  grain  from  am^ 
cause  has  to  be  left  standing  in  the  field  longer  than  is  usual. 

Microtus  pinetorum  scalopsoides  Audubon  and  Bachman. 
Northern  Pine  Mouse.  An  attractive  species  with  a  much  shorter 
tail  than  the  meadow  mouse.  The  typical  species  is  southern, 
the  first  recorded  specimens  having  been  taken  in  the  pine 
forests  of  Georgia.  Two  varieties  are  recognized,  scalopsoides 
and  auricularis,  both  of  which  have  a  distribution  that  includes 
part  of  Ohio  at  least.  I  have  seen  a  number  of  Ohio  specimens 
from  Hamilton  and  Madison  counties,  some  of  those  from  the 
first  named  county  appear  to  be  the  specimens  that  were  taken 
for  the  prairie  meadow  mouse  by  Brayton  and  are  the  basis  of 
the  recorded  occurrence  of  that  species  in  the  state.  I  saw  the 
specimens  in  the  Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural  History  museum. 
I  cannot  conclude  that  any  of  these  specimens  studied  are  the 
variety  auricularis  although  Vernon  Bailey  records  a  specimen 
of  this  mouse  from  Brookville,  Indiana,  a  few  miles  from  Cin- 
cinnati. Further  collecting  may  add  auricularis  to  the  list  of 
Ohio  mammals.  The  northern  pine  mouse  appears  quite 
different  from  the  meadow  mouse  in  the  field  but  may  inhabit 
similar  situations.     The  full}^  adult  specimens  are  browner  and 


Feb.,  1910.]  Ohio  Species  of  Mice.  69 


sleeker  and  smaller  in  size  and  the  tail  is  only  about  half  as  long 
as  in  that  species.  While  collecting  in  Madison  county  a  colonv 
of  the  northern  pine  mouse  was  found  in  a  pasture  where  the 
grass  had  grown  rather  high.  As  this  was  the  20th  of  November 
preparations  had  been  made  for  winter  evidently.  I  could  not 
determine  the  number  of  specimens  in  the  colony,  but  four  of 
different  ages  were  taken  and  there  were  evidences  of  others. 
Their  nest  was  located  under  a  split  log  lying  with  the  flat  side 
down  and  was  composed  of  a  quantity  of  soft  grass  with  evidences 
of  food  material  here  and  there.  Runway's  led  from  the  nest  in 
various  directions  so  that  the  mice  had  easy  access  to  a  supply 
of  roots  and  other  vegetable  food  in  the  vicinity.  One  of  the 
specimens  taken,  a  male,  is  adult  and  fully  colored,  a  second 
specimen,  also  a  male,  is  nearly  adult  size  but  the  pelage  is  that 
of  an  immature  individual,  the  other  two  are  immature,  not 
more  than  half  grown. 

Synaptomys  cooperi  Baird.  Cooper  Mouse.  This  species 
even  has  a  shorter  tail  than  the  pine  mouse  and  differs  from  all 
mice  of  the  genus  Microtus  in  having  the  upper  front  teeth 
groved.  The  species  in  the  field  has  a  grayish  appearance  with 
the  under  parts  clearly  lighter.  It  is  quite  widely  distributed 
in  the  state  and  in  places  is  common.  It  occurs  in  nearly  the 
same  situations  as  the  meadow  mouse  and  in  one  field  at  London, 
Madison  county,  all  three  of  the  short-tailed  mice  here  considered 
were  taken  on  the  same  date  and  within  the  space  of  a  few 
square  rods.  In  Summit  county  I  located  a  nest  of  this  species 
on  top  of  the  ground  and  anchored  in  a  bunch  of  clover.  This 
nest  only  contained  two  young  which  were  observed  often  until 
the}'  grew  large  enough  to  run;  two  young  is  common  in  the 
species  which  would  indicate  that  it  is  not  as  prolific  as  the 
meadow  mouse.  The  species  is  met  with  commonly  by  turning 
logs  in  fields  and  thin  woods  but  is  not  confined  to  such  situations. 

Peromyscus  leucopus  noveboracensis  (Fisher).  Common 
White-footed  Mouse.  There  are  at  least  thirteen  variations :^of 
P.  leucopus  recognized  and  named  from  different  parts  of  North 
America.  Most  of  eastern  United  States  is  included  within  this 
range  and  subspecies  reach  Arizona,  Montana  and  Yucatan.  The 
species  was  described  by  Rafinesque  from  specimens  taken  in 
western  Kentucky,  a  region  where  two  forms  appear  to  inter- 
grade  making  it  necessary  to  apply  the  species  name  to  specimens 
that  are  to  some  extent  intermediate.  Rafinesque' s  name  has 
been  applied  to  the  form  which  has  the  more  southern  range 
while  the  form  that  is  uniformly  distributed  over  Ohio  is  given 
the  subspecies  name  noveboracensis.  Recently  Osgood  has  pub- 
lished an  exhaustive  treatment  of  the  genus  Peromyscus  giving 
full  information  regarding  all  subspecies.     This  paper  is  one  of 


70  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  4, 

the  most  complete  so  far  published  on  a  genus  of  North  American 
mammals,  and  as  the  author  examined  more  than  27000  speci- 
mens in  preparing  the  work  we  may  at  once  conclude  that  all 
matters  concerned  received  full  consideration. 

The  species  has  many  attractive  habits  and  is  seldom  injurious 
so  has  not  received  the  ill  will  of  man  to  the  extent  that  many  of 
the  other  mice  have.  A  variety  of  food  is  acceptable  and  they 
are  sometimes  induced  to  enter  buildings  to  feed  but  as  a  usual 
thing  are  woodland  animals  and  are  found  around  logs  and 
stumps  in  such  places.  It  is  not  uncommon  however  to  come 
across  specimens  in  fields  or  along  fence  rows  wherever  stumps, 
piles  of  rails  and  various  kinds  of  rubbish  are  to  be  found.  In 
the  woods  thev  feed  on  acorns  and  nuts  and  also  eat  many 
insects.  In  the  fields  they  visit  grain  shocks  but  this  habit  seems 
not  to  be  common  like  it  is  in  the  house  mouse  and  the  meadow 
mouse. 

Until  in  recent  years  this  has  been  the  only  white-footed 
mouse  known  in  Ohio  so  it  has  been  easy  to  make  determinations 
but  quite  recentlv  it  has  been  found  that  one  of  the  varieties  of 
P.  vianiciilatus  reaches  our  territory  and  matters  have  become 
somewhat  more  complicated.  Adult  specimens  of  the  species 
are  decidedlv  larger  than  those  of  the  variety  of  maniculatus  but 
when  it  comes  to  the  young  in  gray  pelage  it  is  easy  to  be  mis- 
taken. It  is  soon  observed  that  when  one  begins  collecting 
white-footed  mice  in  any  locality  in  the  state  he  soon  brings 
together  a  large  variety  of  coloration ;.  not  many  distinct  colors 
but  specimens  with  grays  and  browns  variously  distributed 
over  the  body.  This  condition  is  almost  entirely  due  to  the  age 
of  the  specimens;  the  young  are  gray  and  the  fully  adults  are 
yellowish  brown  above  with  pure  white  under  parts  while 
specimens  in  the  process  of  changing  from  the  3^oung  to  the 
adult  pelage  combine  these  colors  with  no  apparent  regard  for 
system. 

This  species  appears  to  care  for  its  young  better  than  other 
mice  and  it  is  not  uncommon  to  observe  it  undertaking  to  move 
these  to  places  of  safety  when  danger  threatens.  It  is  a  popular 
species  under  domesticated  conditions  readily  adapting  itself 
to  circumstances. 

Peromyscus  maniculatus  bairdi  (Hoy  and  Kennicott)  Prairie 
White-footed  Mouse.  The  type  locality  for  P.  maniculatus  is 
Labrador  and  the  typical  species  is  confined  to  that  latitude  as 
far  west  as  the  Mississippi  River,  but  varieties  to  the  number  of 
thirty-five  are  recognized  and  one  or  more  of  these  are  to  be 
found  in  many  localities  throughout  North  America.  The 
variety  bairdi  was  first  taken  at  Bloomington,  Illinois  but  is 
known    at    the    present    time    to   range  from    central    Kansas 


Feb.,  1910.]  Ohio  Species  of  Mice.  7 1 

on  the  west  nearly  to  central  Ohio  on  the  east.  The  first  speci- 
m.ens  recorded  for  the  state  were  taken  at  London,  Madison 
county  where  a  male  and  female  and  three  young  were  procured 
in  1906.  These  specimens  were  all  together  under  a  log  but 
there  was  no  indication  of  a  nest  near  at  hand.  The  prairie 
white-footed  mouse  is  distinctly  smaller  than  the  common  white- 
footed  species,  color  darker,  ears  and  feet  smaller  and  the  tail 
much  shorter.  When  one  has  an  acquaintance  with  both  they 
appear  very  distinct,  but  the  difference  is  not  conspicuous 
enough  to  prevent  confusion  at  all  times.  Osgood  includes  all 
of  western  Ohio  within  the  range  of  this  mouse. 

In  most  of  the  recent  publications  including  this  variety  it  is 
treated  as  Peromyscus  inichiganensis  (Audubon  and  Bachman), 
but  Osgood  shows  that  this  is  not  correct. 

Oryzomys  palustris  (Harlan).  Rice-field  Mouse.  This  animal 
is  called  a  rat  by  some  authors  but  as  the  onlv  difference  that 
exists  between  a  rat  and  a  mouse  is  a  matter  of  size,  it  is  just 
as  acceptable  to  call  it  a  mouse  as  many  do.  In  size  close  to 
that  of  a  half  grown  common  rat  and  appearing  much  like  that 
animal,  although  the  tail  is  longer,  the  coloration  browner  and 
there  is  a  white  fringe  of  hairs  on  the  lower  part  of  the  ear. 

The  Ohio  records  of  this  species  are  rather  meager  but  there 
is  conclusive  evidence  that  it  once  inhabited  the  state,  even 
though  it  may  not  at  the  present  time.  Bra^'ton  has  the  follow- 
ing to  sav:  "  It  has  been  identified  bv  Mr.  Frank  Langdon  with 
some  hesitation,  on  the  strength  of  the  posterior  half  of  a  small 
rat  taken  from  the  stomach  of  a  hawk  at  Madisonville,  Ohio." 
Brayton  afterward  examined  the  specimen  and  found  the  feet 
and  tail  answered  the  description  of  the  rice-field  mouse  in 
detail. 

Professor  AV.  C.  Mills  while  engaged  in  directing  excavations 
at  Baum  Village  Site  near  Chillicothe,  Ohio,  procured  dozens  of 
the  skulls  of  this  species  at  different  depths.  He  states  that 
other  parts  of  the  skeletons  were  observed  and  that  it  appeared 
as  if  the  mice  had  died  in  their  burrows.  There  is  no  way  of 
deciding  as  to  the  age  of  these  remains  and  so  it  cannot  be  stated 
what  the  relation  to  their  surroundings  might  have  been.  I  give 
these  peculiar  records  because  it  is  desired  that  any  one  in  a 
position  to  give  information  on  the  rice-field  mouse  in  Ohio  may 
know  the  facts  and  if  possible  aid  us  in  procuring  more  convincing 
proof. 

Mus  musculus  Linnaeus.  House  Mouse.  The  members  of 
the  genus  Mus  which  includes  the  house  mouse,  brown  rat  and 
black  rat  are  all  introduced  into  America  and  are  the  very  worst 
of  household  pests.  They  are  likely  to  multiply  rapidly  in  any 
place  where  food  products  are  stored  or  where  they  can  find 


72  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  4, 

am'thiiig  to  eat.  The  house  mouse  is  distributed  in  most 
inhabited  regions  of  the  world.  It  was  introduced  into  America 
from  Europe  ahiiost  with  the  first  settlers  from  the  latter  country. 
Its  original  home  is  said  to  be  southern  Asia  from  whence  it  has 
been  carried  on  ship  board  to  all  the  land  areas  and  then  across 
country  by  different  modes  of  travel  until  it  has  reached  its 
present  distribution.  This  species,  although  so  widely  distributed, 
is  uniform  in  its  characters  which  designate  it  and  differences 
in  environment  seem  to  change  it  in  no  perceivable  way,  as  if  it 
has  developed  characters  which  are  perfectly  fittecl  to  the 
conditions  under  which  the  various  specimens  live.  An  interest- 
ing comparison  along  this  line  may  be  made  with  some  of  the 
American  species  of  white-footed  mice.  A  species  that  is  widely 
distributed  over  the  continent  exists  in  thirty-five  different 
recognized  varieties  but  the  house  mouse  distributed  all  over  the 
world  is  Mus  niusculus  everywhere. 

Species  that  mav  be  looked  for  in  Ohio  are  the  following: 

Zapus  insignis  Miller.  Woodland  Jumping  Mouse.  Has 
been  taken  in  western  Pennsylvania  and  may  be  expected  in 
eastern  Ohio.  Size  larger  than  the  meadow  jumping  mouse, 
ears  longer  and  coloration  paler.  Premolar  teeth  are  present  in 
the  other  species  of  jumping  mice  but  absent  in  this  one.  The 
species  is  an  inhabitant  of  deep  woods  rather  than  meadows  and 
fields. 

Microtus  austerus  (LeConte).  Prairie  Meadow  Mouse. 
Reported  from  Indiana,  and  possibly  is  a  resident  of  western 
Ohio.  Brayton  reported  this  species,  but  as  near  as  can  be 
determined  his  specimens  were  the  northern  pine  mouse.  It  may 
be  known  from  the  'common  meadow  mouse  by  the  slightly 
shorter  tail  and  the  grayer  coloration  as  well  as  by  the  pelage 
appearing  coarser. 

Evotomys  gapperi  (Vigors).  Red-backed  Mouse.  Known 
from  Pennsylvania  and  if  procured  in  Ohio  the  northeastern  part 
of  the  state  most  likely  will  furnish  it.  The  species  is  said  to 
inhabit  low  woodlands  and  swainps  and  to  remain  in  such 
situations  nearly  all  the  time.  The  species  is  a  near  relative  of 
the  common  meadow  mouse,  but  smaller  and  with  a  chestnut 
color  which  usually  serves  to  distinguish  it  readily. 

Peromyscus  nuttalli  (Harlan).  Northern  Golden  Mouse. 
Specimens  are  known  from  central  Kentucky  and  Rev.  W.  F. 
Henninger  believes  it  is  to  be  found  in  southern  Ohio.  The 
color  of  this  mouse  at  all  ages  is  suggested  by  the  name  and  is 
a  distinguishing  characteristic.  It  is  reported  as  partial  to  low 
ground,  and,  as  a  usual  thing,  is  not  abundant  anywhere  within 
its  range. 


Feb.,  1910.]  Medicinal  Plants  of  Ohio.  73 

MEDICINAL  PLANTS  OF  OHIO. 

Freda  Detmers. 
( Continued  from  page  60. ) 

Papaveraceae. 

Sanguinaria  canadensis  L.    Blood  root.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Horn.) 

Rhizome. 
Stylophorum  diphyllum  Nutt.    Celandine  Poppy.  (Ec.)  Rhizome. 
Chelidonium  majus  L.  Celandine.  (Ec.)    Plant. 
Argemone  mexicana  L.  Mexican  or  Prickly  Poppy.    (Ec.)  Plant. 

Fumariaceae. 
Bicuculla  canadensis  (Goldie)  Millsp.     {Dicentra  canadensis  DC), 
Squirrel  corn.    (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Tubers. 

Cruciferae . 

Bursa  bursa-pastoris  (L.)  Britt.    (Capsella  bursa- pastoris  Moench). 

Shepherd's  Purse.      (Ec.)     Dried  plant. 
Brassica  alba   (L.)   Boiss.     {Sinapis  alba  L.)     White  Mustard. 

(U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Horn.)     Seed. 
Brassica  nigra  (L.)  Koch.     {Sinapis  nigra  L.)     Black  Mustard. 

(U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Horn.)     Seed. 
Sisymbrium  officinale  Scop.     Hedge  Mustard.    (Ec.)     Seeds  and 

herb. 

Sarraceniales. 

Sarraceniaceae . 
Sarracenia  purpurea  L.    Pitcher  Plant.     (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Root. 

Droseraceae. 

Drosera  rotundifolia  L.     Round-leaved  Sundew.     (Ec.)   (Horn.) 

herb. 

Rosales. 

Penthoraceae . 

Penthorum    sedoides   L.       Ditch    Stone    crop.       (Ec.)     (Horn.) 

Herb. 

Saxifragaceae. 
Heuchera  americana  L.     Alum  Root,  American  Sanicle.     (Ec.) 

Root. 

Hydrangeaceae . 
Hydrangea  arborescens   L.      Seven   Barks,   Hydrangea.      (Ec.) 

(Hom.)     Root. 
Philadelphus    coronarius    L.       Garden    Syringa,    Mock   Orange. 

(Horn.)     Flowers. 


74  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  4, 

Grossu  lariaceae . 

Ribes  rubrum  L.     Red  Currant.    (Ec.)    Fruit. 
Ribes  nigrum  L.     Black  Currant  cult.     (Ec.)    Fruit. 
Ribes  floridum  L'Her.     Wild  Black  Currant.  (Ec.)    Fruit. 

Hmnamelidaceae . 

Hamamelis  virginiana  L.    Witch  Hazel.    (U.  vS.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Horn.) 

Leaves  coll.  in  autumn,  hark  and  twigs. 
Liquidambar  styriciflua  L.  Sweet  Gum.  (Ec.)  Sap. 

Rosaeeae. 

Spiraea  tomentosa  L.     Hard  hack.  (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Herb. 
Porteranthus  trifoliatus  (L.)  Britt.     {Gillenia  trifoliata  Moench.) 

Indian  Physic.  (Ec.)  Bark  of  RJiizome. 
Porteranthus  stipulatus  (Muhl.)  Britt.  (Gillenia  stipulata  Nutt.) 

(Ec.)     Bark  of  rhizo}>ie. 
Rubus  odoratus  L.    Purple-flowering  Raspberry  (Ec.)    Fruit. 
Rubus   strigosus  Mx.      Wild   Red   Raspberry  "(U.    S.    P.)    (Ec.) 

Leaves  and  fruit. 
Rubus  occidentalis  L.     Wild  Black  Raspberry   (U.  S.  P.)   (Ec.) 

Leaves  and  fruit. 
Rubus  idaeus  L.  cult.  Raspberry.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)    Fruit. 
Rubus  nigrobaccus  Bailey.     High  Bush  Blackberry.   (U.  S.  P.) 

Bark  of  root. 
Rubus  villosus  Ait.     Dewberry.  (U.  S.  P.)   (Ec.)  Fruit  and  hark 

of  root. 
Rubus  canadensis  L.  Dewberry  (Ec.)     Fruit  and  bark  of  root. 
Fragaria  vesca  L.     Wood  Strawberry.       (Ec.)    (Horn.)     Fruit, 

leaves  and  root. 
Potentilla  canadensis  L.    (Horn.)    Root. 

Geum  virginianum  L.    Rough  Avens.  (Ec.)  Rhizome  and  roots. 
Geum  rivale  L.   Purple  or  Water  Avens.    (Ec.)   Rhizome  and  roots. 
Ulmaria  ulmaria   (L.)   Barnh.    {Spiraea  ulmaria  L.)      Queen  of 

the  Meadow  (Ec).    Herb. 
Agrimonia  striata  Mx.     Agrimony.  (Ec.)    Whole  plant. 
Agrimonia    parviflora    Sol.     Sweet    scented    Agrimony.     (Ec.) 

Whole  plant. 
Rosa    canina    L.    and    other    related    indigenous    species.    (Ec.) 

(Hom.)     Ripe  fruit. 
Rosa  centifolia  L.   cult.      Hundred-leaved  Rose.    (Ec.)    (Hom.) 

Petals. 
Rosa  gallica  L.  cult.    Provence  Rose.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  Petals. 

Pomaceae. 

Sorbus    americana    Marsh.       American    Mountain    Ash.    (Ec.) 

Ripe  fruit. 
Sorbus    sambucifolia    Roem.       Western    Mountain    Ash.    (Ec.) 

Ripe  fruit. 


Feb.,  1910.]  Medicinal  Plants  of  Ohio.  75 

Malus  coronaria  (L.)  Mill.     Crab  Apple.  (Ec.)    Ripe  fruit. 
Malus   malus    (L.)    Britt.  {Pynis   malus).   Apple    (Ec.)    (Horn.) 

Bark  and  fruit. 
Aronia    arbutifolia    (L.)    Medic.    {Pyrus    arhutifolia    Lf.)     Red 

Choke-berry.      (Ec.)     Ripe  fruit. 
Crataegus  oxyacantha  L.  Hawthorn.  (Ec.)  Bark  and  fruit. 

Drupaceae. 

Prunus  domestica  L.    Plum  cult.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)     Fruit. 

Prunus  virginiana  L.  Choke  Cherry  (Ec.)  Fruit. 

Prunus   serotina   Ehrh.      {Prunus  virginiana  L.)      Wild   Black 

Cherry  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)     Bark  coll.  in  Autumn. 
Amygdalus  persica  L.      {Persica  vulgaris).      Peach  cult.    (Ec.) 

(Horn.)    Leaves,  kernels  and  bark  of  twigs. 

Fabaceae. 

Gymnocladus  dioica  (L.)  Koch  (G.  canadensis  Lam.)  Kentucky 

Coffee  Tree.  (Ec.)  (Hom.     Seeds  and  pulp  of  the  pods. 
Cassia  marilandica  L.  American  Senna.  (Ec.)     Leaves. 
Cercis  canadensis  L.     Red  bud  or  Judas  Tree.  (Ec.)  Seeds  and 

pulp  of  the  pods. 
Baptisia  tinctoria  R.  Br.     Wild  Indigo.     (Ec.)    Root  and  leaves. 
Trifolium  pratense  L.     Red  clover.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Blossoms. 
Melilotus  officinalis  Willd.     Yellow  Sweet  Clover.  (Ec.)   (Hom.) 

Leaves  and  floivering  tops. 
Melilotus  alba  Lam.     White  Sweet  Clover.    (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Leaves 

and  flowering  tops. 
Psoralea  melilotoides  Mx.    Snake  Root.    (Ec.)    Root  and  leaves. 
Tephrosia   virginiana    Pers.    Turkey    Pea.      Goat's    Rue.    (Ec.) 

Root. 
Robinia  pseudacacia   L.      Black   Locust.    (Ec.)    (Hom.)      Bark 

and  leaves. 

Geraniales. 

Linaceae. 

Linum  usitatissimum  L.  Flax.    (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)     Seed. 

Oxalidaceae. 

Oxalis  acetosella  L.     Wood-sorrel.     (Hom.)     Plant. 
Oxalis  violacea  L.     Violet  wood-sorrel.  (Ec.)     Herb. 
Oxalis  stricta  L.  Upright  Yellow  Wood-sorrel.  (Ec.)     Herb. 
Oxalis  corniculata  L.      Procumbent  Yellow  Wood-sorrel.    (Ec.) 
Herb. 

Geraniaceae . 

Geranium  maculatum   L.      Wild   Geranium.    (U.    S.    P.)    (Ec.) 

(Hom.)     Rhizome. 
Geranium  robertianum  L.    Herb  Robert.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)  Rhizom.e. 


76  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  4, 

Rutaceae. 

Xanthoxylum  americanum  Mill.    Prickly  Ash.     (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.) 

(Horn.)     Bark. 
Ptelea  trifoliata  L.    Shrubby  Trefoil.  (Ec.)  (Horn.)     Bark  of  the 

root. 

Simarubaceae. 

Ailanthus  glandulosa   Desf.      Chinese  Tree  of  Heaven.      (Ec.) 
Inner  bark. 

Polygalaceae. 

Polygala  senega  L.    Senega  Snake-root.    (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Horn.) 
Root. 

Eiiphorbiaceae . 

Euphorbia  maculata  L.    Spotted  spurge  (Ec.)    Bark  of  root. 
Euphorbia  corollata  L.     Flowering  Spurge.  (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Bark 

of  the  root. 
Euphorbia   cyparissias   L.      Cypress]^  Spurge.    (Horn.)     Bark   of 

the  root. 

Callitrichaceae. 

Callitriche  palustris  L.     {C.  verna  L.)     Vernal  Water  Starwort. 
(Ec.)     Plant. 

Sapindales. 

Anacardiaceae .  a 

Rhus  typhina  L.  Staghorn  Sumac.  (Ec.)     Bark  of  the  root. 
Rhus  glabra  L.    Smooth  Sumac.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Fresh 

fruit  and  bark  of  root. 
Rhus  vernix  L.    {R.  -venenata  DC.)   Poison  Oak.    (Ec.)    (Hom.) 

Leaves. 
Rhus  radicans  L.  {R.  toxicodendron  L.)  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.) 

Leaves. 
Rhus  aromatica  Ait.    Fragrant  Sumac.     (Ec.)    Bark  of  the  root. 

I  lie  ace  ae. 

Ilex  opaca  Ait.  American  Holly.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)     Leaves. 

Ilex  verticillata  Gray.    Black  Alder.    (Ec.)    Bark  and  berries.  - 

Celastraceae. 

Euonymus  atropurpureus  Jacq.     Wahoo,  Burning  Bush.    (U.  S. 

P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Bark  of  the  root. 
Celastrus  scandens  L.    Climbing  Bitter-sweet.  (Ec.)     Bark. 

Hippocastanaceae . 

Aesculus    hippocastanum    L.       Horse    chestnut.    (Ec.)    (Hom.) 

Bark  and  fruit. 
Aesculus  glabra  Willd.     Ohio  or  Fetid  Buckeye.   (Ec.)   (Hom.) 

Fruit. 


Feb.,  1910.]  Medicinal  Plants  of  Ohio.  77 

Balsaminaceae. 

Impatiens  biflora  Walt.    (/.  fulva  Nutt.)    Spotted  Touch-me-not, 

Jewel  Weed.    (Ec.)    Herb. 
Impatiens  aurea  Muhl.   (/.  pallida  Nutt.)     Pale  Touch-me-not. 

(Ec.)     Herb. 

Rhamnales. 

Rhamnaceae. 

Ceanothus   americanus  L.      Red-root,   New  Jersey   Tea.    (Ec.) 
Root,  root  bark  and  leaves. 

Vitaceae. 

Vitis  vinifera  L.    Grape  cult.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Juice  of 

fruit. 
Parthenocissus  quinquefolia  (L.)  Planch.  {Ampelopsis  quinquejolia 

Mx.)    Wood-bine,  Virginian  Creeper.  (Ec.)    Bark  and  young 

leafy  twigs. 

Malvales. 

Tiliaceae. 
Tilia  sp.    Linden.    Basswood.    (Ec.)  (Hom.)  Flowers. 

Malvaceae. 

Althaea  officinalis  L.      Marsh  Mallow.    (Ec.)     Flowers,  capsule 

and  root. 
Althaea  rosea  Cav.    Hollyhock.  (Ec.)     Flowers,  capsule  and  root. 
Malva  sylvestris  L.     Common  Mallow.    (Ec.)      Flowers,  capsule 

and  root. 
Malva  rotundifolia  L.     Low  Mallow.     Cheeses.     (Ec.)     Flowers, 

capsule  and  root. 
Abutilon  abiitilon  Rusby.      (Abutilon  avicennae  Gaertn.)      (Ec.) 

Flowers,  capsule  and  root. 
Hibiscus  moscheutos  L.     Swamp  Rose  Mallow.   (Ec.)     Flowers, 

capsule  and  root. 

Parietales. 

Hypericaceae. 

Hypericum    perforatum    L.    St.    John's    Wort.     (Ec.)      (Hom.) 
Leaves  and  flowering  tops. 

Cistaceae. 

Helianthemum  canadense  (L.)  Mx.    (Cistus  canadensis  L.)    Frost 
weed.     (Ec.)    Plant. 

Violaceae. 

Viola  pedata  L.     Bird's  foot  Violet.     (Ec.)     Fresh  plant. 
Viola  odorata  L.  cult.    (Ec.)  (Hom.)     Plant. 
Viola  tricolor  L.     Pansy.     (Ec.)     (Hom.)     Plant. 


78  ■  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  4, 

Passifloraceae. 
Passiflora  lutea  L.    Passion  Flower.    (Ec.)    Root  and  stem  base. 

Thymeleales. 
Thymeleaceae . 
Dirca  palustris  L.    Leather  wood.    (Ec.)  (Horn.)     Bark. 

Myrtales. 

Lythraceae. 

Lythrum  alatum  Ph.    Wing-angled  loosestrife.    (Ec.)    Plant. 
Lythrum  salicaria  L.    Purple  Loosestrife.    (Ec.)    Plant. 
Parsonia  petiolata    (L.)    Rusby.       {Cuphaea  viscosissima  Jacq.) 
Blue  Wax-weed.      (Ec.)    Plant. 

Onagraceae. 

Onagra   biennis    (L.)    Scop.       (Oenothera   biennis   L.)     Evening 
Primrose.    (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Root,  bark  and  leaves. 

Umbellales. 

Araliaceae. 

Aralia  sp.     (Ec.)     Bark. 

Panax  quinquefolium  L.    (Aralia  quinquefolia  Decs,  and  Planch.) 

Ginseng.    (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Root. 

Umbelliferae. 
Sanicula  marylandica  L.  Black  Snake-root.    (Ec.)    Root. 
Washingtonia  longistylis  (Torr.)  Britt.  (Osmorrhiza longistylis  DC.) 

Sweet  Cicely.  (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Root. 
Apium  graveolens  L.    Celery  cult.  (Ec.)    Plant  and  seed. 
Apium  petroselinum  L.  (Petroselinum  sativum  Hoffm.)     Parsley 

cult.  (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Root. 
Cicuta  maculata  L.     (Coniiini  maculatuni  L.)     Poison  or  Water 

Hemlock.    (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Mature  green  jruit. 
Carum  carvi  L.    Caraway  seed.    (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Dried 

jruit. 
Sium  cicutaefolium  Gmel.    (Siuni  lineare  Mx.)    Hemlock  Water- 
parsnip.  (Ec.)    Mature  green  jruit. 
Thaspium  trifoliatum  aureum   (Nutt.)   Britt.     Meadow  Parsnip. 

(Hom.j    WJiolc  plant. 
Angellica  atropurpurea  L.     (Archangelica  atropurpurea  Hoffm.) 

Great  or  Purple-stemmed  Angelica.   (Ec.)     Root,  herb  and 

seed. 
Angellica  villosa  (Walt)  B.  S.  P.     (Archangelica  hirsuta  T.  &  G.) 

Pubescent  Angellica.  (Ec.)  Root,  herb  and  seed. 
Heracleum  lanatum  L.    Alum-root.  (Ec.)     Root. 
Daucus  carota  L.   Wild  Carrot.   (Ec.)   Root  and  jruit. 


Feb.,  1910.]  Medicinal  Plants  of  Ohio.  79 


Cornaceae. 

Cornus  florida  L.    Flowering  Dogwood.    (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Bark. 
Cornus  circinata  L'Her.    Round-leaved  Dogwood.    (Ec.)  (Horn.) 

Bark. 
Cornus  amonum  Mill.   Swamp  Dog-wood.   (Ec.)  (Horn.)   Bark. 

Ericales. 

Pyrolaceae. 

Pyrola  rotundifolia  L.       Shin-Leaf,  False  Winter  Green.     (Ec.) 

(Horn.)     Herb. 
Pyrola  elliptica  Nutt.    Shin  Leaf.    (Ec.)    Herb. 
Pyrola  secunda  L.     (Ec.)    Herb. 
Chimaphila    maculata    Pursh.       Spotted    Winter    Green.    (Ec.) 

Plant. 
Chimaphila  umbellata   (L.)   Nutt.     Princes  Pine,  Winter  Green. 

Plant. 

Monotropaceae . 
Monotropa  uniflora  L.   Indian  Pipe.  (Horn.)   Root. 

Ericaceae. 

Rhododendron  maximum  L.    Great  Laurel,  (Ec.)    Leaves. 
Kalmia  latifolia  L.    Mountain  Laurel,  Calico  Bush.    (Ec.)  (Horn.) 

Leaves. 
Oxydendron   arboreum    DC.       Sour   Wood,    Sorrel    Tree.    (Ec.) 

Leaves. 
Epigaea  repens  L.    Trailing  Arbutus  (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Leaves. 
Gaultheria  procumbens  L.    Winter  Green.    (Ec.)   Leaves. 
Arctostaphylos  uva-ursi    (L.)   Spreng.      {Uva-ursi.)      Bearberry. 

(U.  S.  P.)   (Ec.)   (Horn.)     Leaves. 

Vacciniaceae. 

Gaylussacia  frondosa  T.  &  G.    Blue  Whortle  Berry.  (Ec.)    Fruit 

and  root. 
Gaylussacia  resinosa  T.  &  G.    Black  Huckleberry.     (Ec.)    Fruit 

and  root. 
Oxycoccus  macrocarpus  (Ait.)  Pers.  {Vacciniuni  macrocarpon  Ait.) 

(Ec.)  Fruit  and  root. 

Primulaceae. 
Anagallis  arvensis  L.    Red  or  Scarlet  Pimpernel.  (Ec.)    Leaves. 

Ebenales. 

Ebenaceae. 

Diospyros  virginiana  L.     Persimmon.    (Ec.)     Bark  and  unripe 
fruit. 


8o  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  4, 

Gentianales. 

Oleaceae. 

Fraxinus  americana  L.    White  Ash.    (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Bark. 
Fraxinus  nigra  Marsh.    {F.  sambucijolia  Lam.)    Black  Ash.    (Ec.) 

Bark. 
Chionanthus  virginicus  L.  Fringe  tree.  (Ec.)  Root  hark. 
Ligustrum  vulgare  L.    Privet.  (Ec.)     Leaves. 

Loganiaceae. 

Spigelia  marylandica  L.     Indian  Pink.      (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)   (Horn.) 
Rhizome  and  roots. 

Gentianaceae. 

Sabbatia  angularis  Pursh.    Rose  Pink.    (Ec.)    Herb. 
Gentiana  crinita  Froel.    Fringed  Gentian.  (Ec.)     Root. 
Gentiana  quinquefolia  L.    Ague  Weed.     (Ec.)    Root. 
Gentiana  andrewsii  Griseb.      Closed   or  Blind  Gentian.       (Ec.) 

Root. 
Frasera  caroliniensis  Walt.     American  Colombo.     (Ec.)   (Hom.) 

Root. 

Menyanthaceae . 

Menyanthes  trifoliata  L.     Buck  Bean,  Bog  Bean.  (Ec.)   (Hom.) 
Leaves  and  rhizome. 

Apocynaceae. 

Vinca  minor  L.    Periwinkle,  Myrtle.  (Ec.)     Rhizome. 
Apocynum    androsaemifolium    L.     Spreading    Dogbane.     (Ec.) 

Root  collected  in  Autumn. 
Apocynum  cannabinum  L.      Indian    Hemp.      (U.    S.    P.)     (Ec.) 
(Hom.)    Root  collected  in  Autumn. 

A  sclepiadaceae . 
Asclepias  tuberosa  L.     Pleurisy  Root.  (Ec.)     Root. 
Asclepias  incarnata  L.  Swamp  Milkweed.   (Ec.)     Root. 
Asclepias  syriaca  L.    {A.  cornuti  Des.)  Milkweed.    (Ec.)    Root. 

Polemoniales. 

Convolvulaceae. 

Convolvulus   arvensis   L.    Bindweed.    (Hom.)     Root,   leaves   and 

jloivers. 
Convolvulus  scammonia  L.    Scammony.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.) 

Resinous  exudation  from  the  living  root. 

Polemoniaceae . 
Polemonium  reptans  L.    Greek  Valerian.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Root. 

Hydrophyllaceae . 
Hydrophyllum  virginicum  L.    Water-leaf.     (Hom.)    Plant. 


Feb.,  1910.]  Medicinal  Plants  of  Ohio.  8i 

Boraginaceae. 

Cynoglossum    officinale    L.       Hound's    Tongue.     (Ec.)     (Horn.) 

Leaves  ami  root. 
Mertensia  virginica  DC.    Virginian  Lungwort.  (Ec.)    Leaves  and 

root. 
Lithospermum  officinale  L.     Common  Gromwell,  Wheat  Thief. 

(Ec.)     Roots  and  seeds. 
Lithospermum     canescens     Lehm.         Yellow     Puccoon.      (Ec.) 

Roots  and  seeds. 
Onosmodium  carolinianum  (Lam.)  DC.    ShaggA'  False  Gromwell. 

(Ec.)     Roots  and  seeds. 
Echium  vulgare  L.     Viper's  Bugloss.   (Ec.)     Leaves  and  root. 
Symphytum  officinale  L,  Comfrey.  (Ec.)     Root. 

Verbenaceae. 

Verbena  urticaefolia  L.     White  or  Nettle-leaved  Vervain.   (Ec.) 

(Horn.)     Root. 
Verbena  hastata  L.    Blue  Vervain.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)     Root. 

Labiatae. 

Scutellaria  lateriflora  L.     Mad-dog  Skull-Cap.    (U.  S.  P.)   (Ec.) 

(Hom.)  Herb. 
Marrubium  vulgare  L.    Hoarhound.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)    Leaves  and 

tops. 
Nepeta  cataria  L.     (Cataria  vulgaris  Moench).    Catnip.  Catmint. 

(Ec.)    (Hom.)     Leaves  and  fioivering  tops. 
Glecoma  hederacea  L.      {Nepeta  glecoma  Benth).   Ground  Ivy. 

(Ec.)  (Hom.)     Plant. 
Prunella   vulgaris   L.      (Brunella  vulgaris   L.)    Self-heal.      (Ec.) 

(Hom.  J     Herb. 
Leonurus  cardiaca  L.    Motherwort.     (Ec.)  Tops  and  leaves. 
Lamium  album  L.    White  Dead-Nettie.    (Hom.)     Herb. 
Salvia  officinalis  L.    Sage  cult.    (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Leaves. 
Salvia  lyrata  L.    Lyre-leaved  Sage.  (Ec.)    Leaves. 
Monarda  didyma  L.    Oswego  Tea.  (Ec.)    Leaves  and  tops. 
Monarda  fistulosa    L.  Wild  Bergamot.  (Ec.)    Leaves  and  tops. 
Hedeoma  pulegioides   (L.)   Pers.      Pennyroyal.    (U.  S.   P.)    (Ec.) 

(Hom.)     Leaves  and  tops. 
Melissa  officinalis  L.    Bee  Balm.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Leaves  and  tops. 
Origanum  vulgare  L.    Wild  Majorum.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)  Herb. 
Koellia    pilosa    (Nutt.)    Britt.    {Pycnanthemum    pilosum    Nutt.) 

Basil.      (Ec.j     Herb. 
Koellia   incana    (L.)    Kuntze.      {Pycnanthemum   incanum    Mx.) 

Wild  Basil.    (Ec.)    Leaves  and  tops. 
Thymus  vulgaris  L.     Thyme.     (Ec.)   (Hom.)  Herb. 
Cunila  origanoides  (L.)  Britt.    American  Dittany.  (Ec.)  Herb. 
Lycopus  virginicus  L.    Bugle-weed.     (Ec.)   (Hom.)    Herb. 


82  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  4, 

Mentha  spicata  L,     (Af.  viridis  L.)  Spearmint.   (U.  S.  P.)   (Ec.) 

(Horn.)     Leaves  and  flowering  tops. 
Mentha  piperita  Sm.    Peppermint.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.) 

Leaves  and  floivering  tops. 
Collinsonia    canadensis    L.    Horse-balm.    (Ec.)    (Hom.)       Plant 

with  root. 

Solanaceae. 

Solanum  nigrum  L.     Garden  Nightshade.     (Ec.)   (Hom.)  Shoots. 
Solanum  carohnense  L.    Horse-nettle.    (Ec.)    Root  and  fruit. 
Solanum  dulcamara  L.    Bitter  sweet.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)  Shoots. 
Lycopersicon   lycopersicon    (L.)    Karst.    (L.    escnlentum    Millsp.) 

Tomato.    (Ec.)    Young  branches. 
Lycium  vulgare  (Ait.  f.)  Dunal.   Matrimony  Vine.  (Ec.)     Young 

branches. 
Datura  stramonium  L.  Jamestown  Weed,  Thorn  Apple.  (U.  S.  P.) 

(Ec.i  (Hom.j  Seeds  and  leaves. 
Nicotiana  tabacum  L.  Tobacco  cult.  (Ec.)    Leaves. 

Scrophnlariaceae. 

Verbascum  thapsus  L.     Mullein.     (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Leaves  and  tops. 
Linaria  linaria   (L. )   Karst.      (L.  vulgaris  Mill.)     Snap  Dragon. 

Toad  Flax.      (Ec.)    Plant. 
Scorphularia  marylandica  L.    (vS.  nodosa  var.  marylandica  Gra}-). 

Figwort,  Heal  all.     (Ec.)   (Hom.)  Leaves,  tops  and  roots. 
Chelone  glabra  L.    Snakehead,  Turtlehead.    (Ec.)    Herb. 
Gratiola  virginiana  L.    Hedge-hyssop.   (Ec.)     Entire  plant. 
Veronica  officinalis  L.  Common  Speedwell.  (Ec.)   Tops  and  leaves. 
Veronica  peregrina  L.    Purslane  Speedwell.  (Ec.)  Tops  and  leaves. 
Leptandra  virginica  "Nutt.    Culver's-root.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.) 

RJiizoine  and  rootlets. 
Digitalis    purpurea    L.       Foxglove.    (U.    S.    P.)    (Ec.)      (Hom.) 

Leaves  from  plants  of  second  year's  growth. 
Dasystoma   pedicularia    (L.)    Benth.      (Gerardia   pedicularia   L.) 

False  Foxglove.      (Ec.)    Herb. 

Orobanchaceae. 
Leptamnium   virginianum    (L.)    Raf.    {Orobanche  virginiana   L.) 
Beech-drops.      (Hom.)     Fresh  plant. 

Bignoniaceae . 

Tecoma  radicans  (L.)  DC.    Trumpet-flower.  (Hom.)    Root. 
Catalpa  catalpa  (L.)  Karst.    Catalpa.    (Ec.)    Bark. 

Plantaginiales. 

Plantaginiaceae . 
Plantago  major  L.  Plantain.  (Ec.)   (Hom.)    Roots  and  leaves. 
Plantago  lanceolata  L.,  P.  cordata  Lam.  and  P.  arenaria  Wald. 

&  K.     Plantain.    (Ec.)    Roots  and  leaves. 


Feb.,  1910.]  Medicinal  Plants  of  Ohio.  83 

Rubiales. 

Rubiaceae. 

Cephalanthus  occidentalis  L.    Button-bush.  (Ec.)     Ba^-k. 
Mitchella  repens  L.    Partridge  Berry.  (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Plant. 
Galium  aparine  L.    Cleavers.    Bed  straw.  (Ec.)  (Horn.)    Herb. 
Galium  triflorum  Mx.,  G.  circaezans  Mx.,  G.  tinctorium  L.  and  G. 
trifidum  L.  (Ec.)  Herb. 

Caprijoliaceae. 

Sambucus  canadensis  L.     Elder.   (Ec.)    (Horn.)     Inner  bark  and 

floiuers. 
Viburnum  opulus  L.     Cranberrv-tree.   (U.  S.   P.)    (Ec.)    (Horn.) 

Bark. 
Viburnum  prunifolium  L.    Black  Haw.  (U.  S.  P.)   (Ec.)  (Hom.) 

Bark. 
Triosteum  perfoliatum  L.   Fever-wort.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)   Bark  of  root. 
Triosteum  augustifolium  L.    Narrow-leaved  Horse  Gentian.  (Ec.) 

Bark  of  root. 
Lonicera  caprifolium  L.     Italian  HoncA'-suckle.   (Ec.)     Flowers. 
Diervilla  diervilla  (L.)  MacM.     Btish  Honey-suckle.  (Ec.)     Root 

and  leaves. 

Valerianales. 

Valerianaceae. 

Valeriana  officinalis  L.    Garden  Valerian.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.) 
Rhizome. 

Dipsacaceae . 

Dipsacus  sylvestris  Huds.     Wild  Teasel.      (Hom,)     Fresh  plant 
in  jloiver. 

Campanulales. 

Cucurbitaceae . 

Cucurbita  pepo  L.    Pumpkin  cult.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Seed. 
Cucurbita  maxima  Duchesne.    Gourd  cult.    (Ec.)    Seed. 
Cucumis  sativus  L.    Cucumber  cult.  (Ec.)    Seed. 

Campaniilaceae. 

Lobelia  cardinalis  L.      Cardinal  Flower.    (Ec.)    (Hom.)      Leaves 

and  tops. 
Lobelia   syphilitica   L.      Great    Lobelia.     (Ec.)    (Hom.)      Leaves 

and  tops. 
Lobelia   inflata   L.      Indian  Tobacco.    (U.  S.   P.)    (Ec.)    (Hom.) 

Leaves  and  tops. 
Lobelia  kalmii  L.    Brook  or  Kalm's  Lobelia.     (Ec.)    Leaves  and 

tops. 


84  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  4, 

Cichoriaceae. 

Cichorium  intybus  L.    Chicory.  (Ec.)  Root. 

Taraxacum  taraxacum  (L.)  Karst.  (T.  officinale  Weber).  (U.  S.  P.) 

(Ec.)  (Horn.)     Root. 
Lactuca  virosa  L.   and   other  species  of  uncultivated   Lettuce. 

(U.  S.  P.j  (Ec.)  (Horn.)     Flowering  herb. 
Lactuca  sativa  L.    Garden  Lettuce.    (Horn.)    Stalk. 
Hieracium  venosum  L.     Hawkweed.     Rattlesnake  Weed.   (Ec.) 

Root  and  leaves. 
Hieracium  scabrum  Mx.     Rough  Hawkweed.     (Ec.)     Root  and 

leaves. 
Hieracium  gronovii  L.    Hairy  Hawkweed.  (Ec.)    Root  and  leaves. 
Nabalus  albus  Hook.     Rattlesnake  Root.     (Ec.)    (Hom.)   Plant. 

Anibrosiaceae. 
Xanthium  spinosum  L.    Spiny  Clot-bur.    (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Plant. 
Ambrosia  trifida  L.    Great  Ragweed,  Horse  Weed.    (Ec.)    Leaves. 
Ambrosia  artemisiaefolia  L.    Ragweed.  (Ec.)    Leaves. 

Compositae. 

Vernonia  noveboracensis  (L.)  Willd.  IronAveed.    (Ec.)  Root. 
Vernonia  fasciculata  Mx.    Iron-weed.  (Ec.)    Root. 
Eupatorium  purpureum  L.     Joe-Pye-weed.   (Ec.)   (Hom.)     Root. 
Eupatorium  sessilifolium  L.    Upland  Boneset.  (Ec.)    Root. 
Eupatorium  perfoliatum  L.     Boneset.   (U.  S.  P.)   (Ec.)   (Hom.) 

Leaves  and  flowering  tops. 
Eupatorium  ageratoides  L.    White  Snake-root.  (Ec.)    Root. 
Lacinaria  squarrosa  (L.)  Hill.  {Liatris  squarrosa  Willd.)  Blazing 

Star.      (Hom.)'    Root. 
Grindelia   squarrosa    (Ph.)    Dunal.      Broad-leaved    Gum    Plant. 

(U.  S.  P.)   (Ec.)   (Hom.)     Leaves  and  flowering  tops. 
Chrysopsis  graminifolia  (Mx.)  Nutt.     Grass-leaved  Golden  Aster. 

(Ec.)  Leaves  and  blossoms. 
Solidago  serotina  gigantea  (Ait.)  A.  Gr.  Golden  Rod.  (Ec.)  (Hom.) 

Leaves  and  blossoms. 
Solidago   rigida   L.      Rigid   Golden   Rod.    (Ec.)    (Hom.)    Leaves 

and  blossoms. 
Aster  cordifolius  L.    Heart-leaved  Aster.  (Ec.)  Root. 
Aster  novae-angliae  L.     New  England  Aster.    (Ec.)  Root. 
Aster  puniceus  L.     Purple  stemmed  Aster.  (Ec.)  Root. 
Erigeron  philadelphicus  L.    Daisy  Fleabane.  (Ec.)    Plant. 
Erigeron  annuus  (L.)  Pers.    Sweet  Scabious.    (Ec.)    Plant. 
Leptilon  canadense  (L.)  Britt.   (Erigeron  canadense  L.)     Canada 

Flealjane.    (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Plant. 
Antennaria  plantaginifolia  (L.)  Rich.     (Ec.)    Leaves. 
Gnaphalium  obtusifolium  L.      Sweet  or  White  Balsam.      (Ec.) 

(Hom.)    Herb. 


Feb.,  1910.]  Medicinal  Plants  of  Ohio.  85 

Inula  helenium  L.    Elecampane.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)   (Horn.)  Root. 
Polymnia  uvedalia  L.    Bear's-foot,  Leaf-cup.  (Ec.j  (Horn.)    Root. 
Silphium  perfoliatum  L.    Cup-plant.    (Ec.)    Root. 
Rudbeckia  laciniata  L.    Tall  or  Green-headed  Cone  Flower.  (Ec.) 

Herb. 
Brauneria  purpurea  (L.)  Britt.    {Rudbeckia  purpurea  L.)    Purple 

Cone-flower.    (Ec.)    Root. 
Helianthus  annuus  L.  Sun  Flower.  (Ec.)  (Horn.)  Seeds  and  stems. 
Helianthus  tuberosus  L.  Jerusalem  Artichoke.   (Ec.)     Seeds  and 

stems. 
Verbesina  virginica  L,    Crown  Beard.  (Ec.)    Leaves  and  tops. 
Verbesina  helianthoides  Nutt.    {Actinomeris  helianthoides  Nutt.) 

Stmflower  Crown  beard.    (Ec.)    Seeds  and  stems. 
Bidens   cernua    L.,  B.  connata    Willd.,  B.  frondosa    L.  and   B. 

bipinnata  L.    Spanish  Needles,  Beggar's  Ticks.    (Ec.)    Root 

and  seeds. 
Helenium  autumnale  L.    Sneeze-weed.  (Ec.)    Plant. 
Helenium   tenuifolium   Nutt.      Five-leaved   Sneeze-weed.    (Ec.) 

Plant. 
Achillea  millefolium  L.    Yarrow.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Plant. 
Anthemis  cotula  L.  (Maruta  cotula  DC.)  Mavweed,  Dog  Fennel. 

(Ec.)  Herb. 
Anthemis  arvensis  L.     Corn  or  Field  Chamomile  (Ec.)  Flower 

heads. 
Matricaria  chamomilla  L.    German  Chamomile.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.) 

Flower  heads. 
Tanacetum  vulgare  L.    Tansy.  (U.  S.  P.)  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Leaves 

and  tops. 
Artemisia  vulgaris  L.    Common  Mugwort.  (Ec.)    Root. 
Tussilago  farfara  L.    Colt's  Foot.  (Hom.)    Plant. 
Erechtites  hieracifolia  (L.)  Raf.    Fire  weed.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Plant 

and  oil. 
Senecio  obovatus  Muhl.    Golden  Ragwort.  (Ec.)  Herb. 
Senecio  aureus  L.    Golden  Ragwort.  (Ec.)  (Hom.)    Herb. 
Arctium  lappa  L.  Burdock.   (U.  S.  P.)   (Ec.)   (Hom.)  Roots. 
Carduus    arvensis    L.    Robs.    (Cirsiwn    arvense    Scop.)    Canada 

Thistle.    (Ec.)     Root. 
Centaurea  cyanus  L.     Corn  flower.    (Ec.)     Leaves  and  flowering 

heads. 


86  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  4, 


A   LIST    OF    THE    FERNS    OF    MAHONING    COUNTY   WITH 
SPECIAL  REFERENCE  TO  MILL  CREEK  PARK. 

Earnest  W.   Vickers. 

Lying  toward  the  north-eastern  corner  of  the  state  and 
belonging  to  a  group  known  as  the  Highland  Counties  of  Ohio, 
Mahoning  presents  variations  of  soil  and  surface  which  find 
natural  expression  in  its  flora. 

The  erosions  of  the  Mahoning  River  which  flows  up  the  west 
side  of  the  County  and  again  down  across  the  north-east  corner, 
as  well  as  numerous  smaller  streams  have  left  steep  banks,  glens, 
ledges  and  cliffs  and  in  the  case  of  Mill  Creek — which  gives  the 
park  its  name — at  Lautermain  Falls,  near  Youngstown,  a  gorge 
has  been  cut  seventy-three  feet  in  depth. 

It  is  in  these  places  that  the  rock  loving  ferns  find  congenial 
habitat.  There  are  rich  wet  woods — remnants  of  noble  forests — 
where  the  sylvan  groups  are  well  represented;  while  swamps  of 
greater  or  less  area  are  scattered  over  the  county  where  ferns  of 
the  marsh  or  bog  flourish. 

In  its  remarkably  varied  character  in  such  small  compass, 
Mill  Creek  Park  represents  the  whole  county  so  faithfully  that 
the  botanist  may  expect,  and  without  disappointment,  to  find 
therein  almost  a  complete  living  index  to  the  fern  flora  of 
Mahoning  County. 

The  ferns  listed  below  have  been  verified  by  Prof.  J.  H. 
Schaffner  and  are  represented  by  specimens  deposited  in  the 
State  Herbarium  at-  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Polypodium  vulgare  L.  Common  Polypody.  Commonest  on 
rocks  and  ledges,  its  natural  home,  but  also  found  on  stumps 
and  logs. 

Phegopteris  polypodioides  Fee.  Long  Beech  Fern.  Appears  to 
be  well  distributed  growing  on  high  banks  and  on  sandstone 
ledges,  not  so  abundant  as  the  next  species  which  is  frequently 
found  growing  with  it.  Abundant  in  Mill  Creek  Park  and  along 
the  Mahoning  River  in  Berlin  Township. 

Phegopteris  hexagonoptera  (Mx.)  Broad  Beech  Fern. 
Common  evervwhere  in  moist  shady  woods. 

Adiantum-  pedatum  L.  Maiden-hair  Fern.  Everywhere  and 
common . 

Pteris  aquilina  L.  Common  Brake.  Common.  Wherever 
found  there  is  a  generous  colonv  preempting  the  ground. 

Asplenium  pinnatifidum  Nutt.  Pinnatifid  Spleenwort.  July 
18,  1909,  while  carefully  searching  the  cliffs  in  Mill  Creek  Park 
near  Lautermain  Falls,  the  writer  discovered  this  rare  species. 
This  is  at  once  the  most  eastern  and  northern  station  for  this 


Feb.,  1910.]  List  of  Ferns  of  Mahoning  County.  87 

fern  in  the  state.  Originally  but  one  block,  the  operation  of  man, 
first  in  building  the  now  abandoned  grist  mill  and  more  recently 
the  high  bridge  across  Mill  Creek  Gorge,  has  cut  it  up  into  three 
approximate  stations  containing  in  all  a  little  over  two  hundred 
plants.  The  stream  flows  about  east  and  west  at  this  point  and 
the  ferns  all  grow  on  the  north  side.  Forked  fronds  and  those 
with  pinnules  elongated  beyond  the  middle  were  found. 

Asplenium  trichomanes  L.  Maiden-hair  Spleenwort.  Found 
principally  along  ledges  in  Mill  Creek  Park,  although  it  grows  in 
similar  locations  along  the  Mahoning  River. 

Asplenium  platyneuron  (L.)  Mill  Creek  Park,  along  the 
Mahoning  and  in  wooded  and  rockv  slopes. 

Asplenium  montanum  Willd.  Mountain  Spleenwort.  So  far 
but  one  station  and  that  quite  restricted  for  this  somewhat  rare 
Ohio  fern:  "Standing  Rock"  in  the  Mahoning  River  in  Berlin 
township.  This  curious  boat-shaped  sand-stone  rock  has  been 
eroded  free  from  a  jutting  "bogi  back"  through  the  united  action 
of  the  river  and  a  tributary,  and  stands  a  picturesque  mass  15 
to  20  ft.  high,  82  ft.  long,  27  wide  at  base  and  7  to  12  ft.  wide  at 
top.  And  in  the  crannies  of  its  fractured  sides  from  150  to  175 
plants  cling  in  flourishing  condition. 

Thus  far  diligent  search  has  failed  to  extend  the  distribution 
either  in  the  neighborhood  of  this  rock  or  elsewhere  in  the  countv. 

Asplenium  angustifolium  Mx.  Narrow-leaved  Spleenwort. 
So  far  its  title  to  a  place  in  this  list  rests  on  a  single  sterile  plant 
growing  in  low  moist  woods  in  Ellsworth  Township.  During 
several  years  of  watching  it  has  failed  to  put  forth  a  fertile  frond. 

Asplenium  acrostichoides  Sw.  Silvery  Spleenwort.  Rather 
common  in  its  distribution  over  the  comity. 

Asplenium  filix-foemina.  Lady  Fern.  As  common  in  distribu- 
tion as  in  variation. 

Camptosorus  rhizophyllus  (L.)  Walking  Fern.  Abundant 
on  rocky  walls  of  Mill  Creek  Park.  Grows  in  similar  situations 
along  the  Mahoning. 

Polystichum  acrostichoides  (Mx.)  Christmas  Fern.  Found 
everywhere  in  the  county. 

Aspidium  thelypteris  (L.)  Marsh  Fern.  One  of  the  com- 
monest ferns,  found  in  marshy  places,  wet  pastures,  woods,  etc. 

Aspidium  noveboracense  (L.)  New  York  Fern.  As  delicate 
in  design  as  in  its  exquisite  shade  of  green.  In  damp  woods,  wet 
pastures,  shaded  ravines  or  on  wooded  banks,  in  which  two 
latter  places  it  attains  highest  perfection.  Often  found  growing 
with  the  last  mentioned  and  is  abundant  in  the  county. 

Aspidium  cristatum  L.  Crested  Fern.  Of  general  distribu- 
tion though  it  does  not  form  dense  clumps  or  banks  like  some 
other  ferns  and  so  does  not  appear  so  abundant. 


88  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  4, 

Aspidium  marginale  (L.)  Marginal  shield  Fern.  Common  on 
ledges  or  on  steep  wooded  hill  sides  and  even  low  wet  wood  lands. 

Aspidium  spinulosum  intermedium.  Muhl.  Common  in  woods 
as  well  as  in  the  deep  ravines  and  on  wet  rocks  of  Mill  Creek  Park 
and  similar  situations  along  the  Mahoning.  Annoyingly  various 
but  nothing  approaching  specific  types  has  yet  been  found. 

Cystopteris  fagilis  (L).  Fragile  Bladder  Fern.  As  common 
in  all  situations  as  it  is  various  in  form.  In  low  woods  as  well  as 
on  cliffs  and  rocks. 

Dicksonia  punctilobula  (Mx.)  Hay  scented  Fern,  Boulder 
Fern.  This  graceful  delicate  green  fern  may  be  considered 
quite  common  in  this  county,  attaining  perfection  in  i-ich 
shadv  woods  as  well  as  on  wet  shaded  rocks  and  cliffs,  in  which 
last  location  like  the  Bladder  Fern  its  fronds  become  much 
elongated  and  elegantly  tapered. 

Onoclea  sensibilis  L.  Sensitive  Fern.  Common  in  woods, 
thickets  and  pastures  everywhere.  Some  seasons  there  appears 
a  riot  of  that  sportive  so-called  variety  obtusilobata  appearing  to 
illustrate  the  evolution  or  intermarriage  of  sterile  and  fertile 
fronds.  When  they  abound  one  season  you  search  for  them  the 
following  year  in  vain. 

Osmunda  regalis  L.  Flowering  Fern.  Found  to  some  extent 
in  wet  woods  and  swamps. 

Osmunda  cinnamomea  L.  Cinnamon  Fern.  In  swamps  and 
wet  pastures,  though  not  common  as  in  the  tamarack  bogs  of 
some  places  in  this  corner  of  the  state;  a  bog  of  this  kind  in 
Boardman  Township  having  been  destroyed. 

Osmunda  claytoniana  L.  Not  abundant,  though  it  may  be 
found  generally  distributed. 

Ophioglossum  vulgatum  (L).  Adder's  Tongue.  For  this 
plant  the  writer  has  two  stations  in  the  county  viz:  Jackson 
Township,  June  9,  1900,  where  it  has  not  been  rediscovered,  and 
Ellsworth  Township,  June  13,  1909.  This  plant  being  so  readily 
overlooked  is  doubtless  more  common  than  would  seem. 

Botrychium  obliquum  Muhl.  Grape  Fern  and  var.  dissectum. 
Their  common  form  grows  everywhere  in  woods  and  pasture  and 
spring  together  as  if  from  a  common  root. 

Botrychium  virginianum  (L).  More  abundant  than  the  last. 
The  size  attained  depending  upon  the  moist  richness  of  the  woods 
wdiere  heavy  shade  is  a  factor. 

With  the  exception  of  Asplenium  angustifolium,  Asplenium 
montanum,  and  Ophioglossum  vulgatum,  I  have  found  all  of  the 
above  in  Mill  Creek  Park,  and  probably  two  of  the  three  will  yet 
be  found  there. 

Date  of  Publication,  February  15,  1910. 


I'he  Ohio  Naturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  Slate  Uni'versily, 
Volume  X.  MARCH,   1910,  No. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Lamb — Peimsylvanian  Lime.^tones  of  Northwestern  Ohio  below  the  Lower 

Kittanning  Coal 89 

Jennings— A  Supplementary  Description  of  Cerastium  arvense  Webbii  Jennings  . . .  136 


PENNSYLVANIAN  LIMESTONES  OF  NORTHEASTERN  OHIO 
BELOW  THE  LOWER  KITTANNING  COAL. 

G.  F.  Lamb. 
INTRODUCTION 

In  the  Lower  Coal  measures  of  Pennsylvania  and  Ohio  there 
occur  certain  beds  of  Limestone  whose  outcrop  is  known  to  be 
more  or  less  continuous  around  the  northern,  the  northwestern, 
and  the  western  border  of  the  Appalachian  coal  basin.  This  is 
true  more  particularly  of  those  limestones  occurring  below  the 
horizon  of  the  Lower  Kittanning  coal.  This  coal  with  its  com- 
panion, the  famous  Middle  Kittanning  coal,  constitutes  a  band 
which,  for  extent,  continuity,  importance,  and  distinctness,  is 
perhaps  second  to  none  in  the  belt  of  the  Lower  Coal  measures. 
This  band  divides  the  Lower  Coal  Measure  limestones  into  two 
groups — those  below  the  Kittanning  Coals  and  those  above  them. 

The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  a  discussion  of  the  Limestones 
below  these  well  known  coals.  Accordingly  for  definiteness  and 
convenience  of  reference  the  line  is  drawn  at  the  base  of  the  Lower 
Kittanning  coal. 

REVIEW   OF   LITERATURE. 

For  our  present  knowledge  of  these  limestones  as  they  occur 
in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  we  are  indebted  chiefly  to  H.  D. 
Rogers,  H.  Martyn  Chance,  L  C.  White,  and  F.  G.  Clapp.  Rogers 
in  1858  in  his  general  section  of  the  bituminous  coal  field  of  Penn- 
sylvania (the  section  beginning  in  Mercer  and  ending  in  Greene 
County)  gives  only  two  limestones  below  the  Lower  Kittanning 
Coal.  The  lower  one  of  2  feet  thickness  he  names  the  Mercer 
Limestone.  [Geol.  Penn.  Vol.  II,  Part  I,  p.  476.]  On  the  next 
page  of  the  same  report  he  gives  another  limestone — Mahoning 
Limestone — as  forming  the  top  of  the  Tionesta  Group.  On 
another  page  he  states  as  follows: 


IlxjI  library) 


go  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

"*  *  *  *  in  the  neighborhood  of  Xew  Castle  on  the  Beaver 
River,  another  limestone  bed,  the  Mahoning  Limestone,  2  feet 
thick,  is  interposed  immediately  under  the  Tionesta  sandstone;" 
[Geol.  Penn.  Vol.  II,  Part  I  p.  489.] 

Of  the  Ferriferous  Limestone,  which  is  the  first  one  below  the 
Lower  Kittanning  Coal,  he  states  that  it  is  so  called  because  in 
many  localities  a  valuable  deposit  of  iron  ore  rests  directly  upon 
it.  At  New  Castle  he  says  this  limestone  rests  upon  the  "  Scrub- 
grass  Coal-bed,"  the  latter  having  a  maximum  thickness  of  20 
inches.      (Geol.  Penn.  Vol.  II,  Part  I,  p.  491.] 

In  1875  in  his  report  on  Beaver  Valley,  H.  Martyn  Chance 
states  as  follows: 

"Both  of  the  Mercer  limestones  were  seldom  seen  in  one 
locality  one  or  the  other  generally  being  absent,  and  it  is  often 
difficult  to  tell  to  which  of  the  two  the  one  noted  should  be  re- 
ferred— the  upper  Mercer  Limestone  usually  occurring  at  90 
to  115  feet  beneath  that  stratum."  (Ferriferous  limestone.) 
[Sec.  Geol.  Sur.  Pa.  Vol.  V.  p.  ISO.] 

In  his  report  on  Mercer  County  in  1878  under  the  head  of 
The  Upper  Mercer  Limestone ,  I.  C.  White  writes  as  follows  con- 
cerning that  strattmi: 

"This  is  the  '  Mahoning  Limestone  of  Rogers '  who  recognized 
it  on  the  Mahoning  River,  but  not  in  Mercer  County,  where  in 
fact  it  can  only  be  seen  at  a  few  localities."  [Sec.  Geol.  Sur. 
Pa.,  Rep.  Prog.  1878  Q.  0.  Q.  Geol.  Mercer  County,  p.  36.] 

The  same  writer  further  says  that  in  the  southeast  part  of 
Shenango  Township  (the  southwestern  township  of  Mercer 
County  and  adjacent  to  Ohio),  the  Mercer  Loiver  Limestone  is 
here  seen  in  two  layers  (a  character  which  it  often  exhibits),  the 
upper  one  2  feet  thick  and  the  lower  one  6  inches.  There  does 
not  appear  to  be  any  separating  material,  not  even  the  thinnest 
shale,  but  the  layers  appear  to  be  in  immediate  contact,  and 
both  are  richly  fossiliferous ;  species  of  Spirifer.  Prodiictus,  and 
Crinoids  being  especially  numerous.     [Geol.  Sur.  Q.  Q.  Q.  p.  97.] 

Discussing  the  ferriferous  limestone  in  his  report  on  Butler 
County,  Chance  makes  this  statement  of  it: 

"In  Ohio,  except  at  Lowell ville,  on  the  Mahoning,  where  it 
exhibits  its  usual  character,  it  is  much  thinner  than  in  Pennsyl- 
vania, and,  compared  to  its  value  in  the  latter  state,  is  worth  but 
little,  either  as  a  limestone  or  as  an  iron  ore  carrier.  Its  outcrop 
enters  Ohio  near  the  Mahoning  river."  [Geol.  Sur.  Pa.  Report 
of  Progress  V,  p.  142.      1878.] 

In  a  bulletin  prepared  by  F.  G.  Clapp  and  issued  by  the  U.  S. 
Geol.  Sur.  in  1904  on  the  "Limestones  of  Southwestern  Pennsyl- 
vania," the  ferriferous  limestone  is  somewhat  fully  treated  in  an 
economic  wa3^  He  renamed  it  the  Vanport  Limestone  from  typi- 
cal outcrops  at  Vanport  on  the  Ohio  River  in  Beaver  County, 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  91 

Pennsylvania.  [U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Bui.  249,  p.  37.]  This  is  clear- 
ly a  better  name  than  Ferriferous  and  it  will  doubtless  prevail. 
He  has  mapped  its  outcrop  in  that  state  and  shows  it  present  up 
the  Ohio,  the  Beaver,  and  the  Mahoning  Rivers,  and  that  it  is 
the  thick  limestone  found  in  the  hill  tops  at  Bessemer,  Hillsville 
and  entering  Ohio  at  Lowellville. 

It  is  apparent  from  this  brief  review  of  Pennsylvania  geology 
bearing  on  this  lower  group  of  limestone  in  that  part  of  Penn- 
sylvania adjacent  to  Ohio,  that  there  are  but  three  limestone 
so  far  observed.  They  are  the  Lower  Mercer,  Upper  Mercer, 
and  Vanport  Limestones,  the  first  two  being  named  from  out- 
crops near  Mercer,  Mercer  County,  Pennsylvania. 

In  Ohio  we  are  indebted  very  largely  to  E.  B.  Andrews,  J.  S. 
Newberry,  and  Edward  Orton  for  our  present  knowledge  of  the 
occurrence,  the  character,  and  the  strata  associated  with  the 
limestones  considered  in  this  paper.  So  often  have  they  des- 
cribed and  spoken  of  them  in  the  Reports  of  the  Ohio  Geological 
Survey  that  indeed  the  names  of  these  limestones — Lower 
Mercer,  Upper  Mercer,  Putnam  Hill,  and  Ferriferous,  are  quite 
familiar  to  every  one  at  all  conversant  with  Ohio  geology.  The 
first  two  and  last  of  these  names  are  of  Pennsylvania  origin  as 
already  noted.  The  third,  or  Putnam  Hill,  is  a  name  of  Ohio 
origin  and  was  given  by  Andrews  in  1869  to  a  conspicuous  stra- 
tum of  limestone  typically  exposed  in  the  above  hill  at  the 
foot  of  which  nestles  the  city  of  Zanesville.  [Ohio  Geol.  Sur. 
Rep.  of  Prog.  1869.]  When  Andrews  named  this  stratum  the 
other  names  did  not  exist  in  Ohio  nomenclature,  as  it  appears 
only  one  of  the  other  three  limestones  was  noticed.  That 
stratum  has  since  been  considered  the  Lower  Mercer  and  seen 
in  the  river  bed  at  Zanesville.  It  does  not  appear,  so  far  as  the 
writer  is  aware,  that  these  limestones  observed  at  Zanesville 
were  at  first  even  suspected  of  being  the  same  strata  found 
beyond  the  Pennsylvania  line.  Later  however  these  strata  were 
traced  northward  through  Muskingum,  Coshocton,  Tuscarawas, 
and  Stark  Counties,  and  the  Putnam  Hill  found  to  be  the  prin- 
cipal limestone  stratum  but  apparently  disappearing  from 
the  section  north  eastward  from  central  Stark  County.  The 
Lower  or  Blue  Limestone,  as  it  is  usually  called,  was  named  the 
Zoar  Limestone  1878  by  Newberry  from  the  typical  exposures 
near  Zoar  in  Tuscarawas  County.  [Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol.  Ill, 
p.  60.]  But  this  stratum  was  later  regarded  as  identical  with 
the  Lower  Mercer  in  Pennsylvania  and  the  latter  having  priority 
the  name  Zoar  is  discontinued. 

In  his  discussion  of  Coal  No.  4  under  the  head  of  "The  Car- 
boniferous System  of  Ohio,"  Newberry  in  1874  states  that: 

"Throughout  the  greater  part  of  the  belt  of  outcrop  of  the 
Lower  Coal  Measures  in  Ohio,  at  a  distance  varying  from  20  to 


92  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

C)0  feet  above  Coal  No.  3  another  coal,  another  limestone,  and 
another  ore  bed  are  found.  ******  Where  the  interval  between 
the  limestones  is  considerable,  two  and  sometimes  three  coal 
seams  are  found  between  them."  (Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol.  II, 
p.  139.] 

The  writer  questions  the  interval  of  20  feet  between  the  Lower 
or  Blue  Limestone  (which  is  probably  the  Lower  Mercer)  and 
the  Putnam  Hill.  There  are  other  limestones  between  these  two 
which  Newberry  so  far  has  not  reckoned  with  and  it  seems 
■quite  probable  that  where  an  interval  of  much  less  than  90  feet 
'■occurs  another  stratum  is  met. 

In  his  report  on  Stark  County  [Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  \'ol.  Ill,  pp. 
151-176]  Newberry  nowhere  mentions  the  presence  of  more 
than  two  limestones  below  the  Lower  Kittanning  Coal.  He 
regularly  regards  the  upper  one  of  the  two  given  as  the  Putnam 
Hill,  and  the  lower  one,  the  Lower  or  Blue  Limestone.  There  is 
evidently  mistaken  identification  as  will  appear  later  in  the 
detail  study  to  follow. 

One  county  remains  to  be  considered  which  will  complete  a 
belt  of  territory  extending  from  Muskingum  Coiinty,  Ohio,  to 
southwestern  Mercer  County,  Pennsylvania,  in  which  belt  the 
lower  group  of  limestones  occurs.  The  last  link  is  Mahoning 
County.  In  his  report  on  this  county  Newberry  notes  the  pres- 
'Cnce  of  four  limestones  below  the  Lower  Kittanning  Coal  as 
indicated  in  the  "Section  at  Lowell"  [Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol.  Ill, 
■opposite  p.  804.]  Near  Youngstown  three  limestones  are  indi- 
cated as  present  [Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol.  Ill,  p.  803].  The  upper  one  of 
these  is  certainly  a  new  stratum  and  not  in  the ' '  Section  at  Lowell ' ' 
.as  will  be  shown  later.  On  Indian  Creek  in  Canfield  Township 
lie  notes  the  presence  of  two  limestones  and  designates  the  asso- 
ciated coals  as  "No.  3  and  3a,"  which  would  indicate  that  he 
regarded  the  lower  limestone  as  the  Lower  or  Blue  Limestone. 
This  identification  will  be  considered  later. 

In  his  report  on  Coshocton  County,  Read  notes  a  limestone 
between  the  "Blue"  or  "Zoar,"  and  the  "Gray"  or  "Putnam 
Hill,"  and  near  the  former.  [Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol.  Ill,  p.  567.] 
Andrews  appears  to  have  observed  another  limestone  near  the 
Zoar  or  Lower  Mercer  in  northern  Muskingum  County.  He  also 
notes  a  thin  limestone  above  the  Putnam  Hill  at  Zanesville. 
[Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol.  Ill,  p.  823.]  Orton  also  notes  a  limestone 
30  to  40  feet  above  the  Zoar  in  Vinton  and  Hocking  counties, 
which  he  names  the  "  Gore  Limestone"  in  1878,  apparently  from 
a  village  in  north-eastern  Hocking  County.  [Ohio  Geol.  Sur. 
Vol.  Ill,  p.  898.]  Thus  in  1878  a  limestone  occuring  between  the 
Lower  Mercer  and  the  Putnam  Hill  was  recognized  in  rather 
widely  separated  places. 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  93 

In  18S4  Dr.  Orton  in  a  discussion  of  the  "  Stratigraphical 
Order"  gives  the  fullest  account  of  the  Lower  Coal  Measure 
Limestones  yet  to  appear.  He  here  correlates  the  Gore  Lime- 
stone with  the  Upper  Mercer  of  Pennsylvania  and  regards  the 
limestone  found  between  the  Lower  Mercer  and  Putnam  Hill  in 
the  different  counties  as  identical  with  the  Upper  Mercer.  He 
states  that: 

"It  everywhere  lacks  the  remarkable  steadiness  and  contin- 
uity of  the  Lower  Mercer,  but  in  all  other  respects  it  is  almost 
the  exact  counterpart  of  that  well-marked  stratum.  It  has,  in 
the  main,  the  same  chemical  composition,  the  same  color,  and 
other  physical  properties,  and  also  the  same  fossils.  In  many 
instances  the  limestones  can  be  distinguished  only  by  their 
stratigraphical  order."     [Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol.  V,  p.  15.] 

In  discussing  the  Ferriferous  Limestone,  Dr.  Orton  says  of  it, 

"  *  *  *  *  there  are  still  unsettled  questions  as  to  its  westward 
extension  through  a  number  of  counties." 

"From  the  eastern  side  of  Mahoning  County,  to  the  center  of 
Perry  County,  the  Ferriferous  Limestone  is  either  feebly  devel- 
oped and  obscure  or  is  altogether  wanting.  But  in  this  very 
interval  where  the  Ferriferous  Limestone  has  grown  weak  and 
uncertain,  another  limestone  of  the  same  general  character  is 
found,  which  completely  bridges  the  chasm  and  by  means  of 
which  we  are  able  to  maintain  the  unity  of  the  series  unbroken. 
This  is  the  Gray  limestone  of  Newberry  and  the  original  Putnam 
Hill  of  Andrews." 

"  *  *  *  *  The  Putnam  Hill  limestone  underlies  the  Ferriferous 
by  15  to  50  feet.     The  usual  interval  may  be  counted  30  feet. 

"  *  *  *  *  The  Putnam  Hill  limestone  is  from  25  to  50  feet  above 
the  Upper  Mercer  Limestone  ****."  [Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol.  V, 
pp.  19-21.] 

In  a  report  in  1906  dealing  with  the  limestones  of  Ohio,  Ed- 
ward Orton,  Jr.,  and  S.  V.  Peppel  review  these  Coal  Measure 
Limestones  and  make  the  following  statement  regarding  the 
Putnam  Hill: 

"It  is  very  close,  stratigraphically,  to  the  Ferriferous  Lime- 
stone, a  very  important  bed.  The  area  occupied  by  the  two  does 
not  overlap,  so  far  as  the  knowlegde  of  the  writers  extends.  At 
the  point  where  the  Ferriferous  is  present,  the  Putnam  Hill  is 
not  likely  to  be  found,  and  vice  versa.  Both  stones  lie  close  below 
the  Lower  Kittanning  or  No.  5  coal,  but  they  are  probably  strati- 
graphically distinct."     [Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol.  IX,  Bull.  4,  p.  173.] 

Of  the  Ferriferous  Limestone,  the  same  writers  state  that: 

"In  stratigraphical  position,  the  Feniferous  belongs  a  short 
distance  above  the  Putnam  Hill  Limestone  and  from  twenty  to 
forty  feet  below  the  Lower  Kittanning  coal.  This  places  it  near 
the  bottom  of  the  Allegheny  formation. 


94  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

"  *  *  *  *  Toward  the  southwest  (from  Lowellville)  the  forma- 
tion becomes  more  and  more  sparing  in  its  exposures,  and  thin- 
ner, until  in  southwestern  Stark  County  and  northeastern  Tus- 
carawas County  it  disappears,  and  the  Putnam  Hill  Limestone 
comes  in  on  nearly  the  same  horizon,  but  stratigraphically  dis- 
tinct."    [Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol.  IX,  Bull.  4,  p.  17-1.] 

From  this  brief  review  of  the  literature  on  these  limestones 
it  is  quite  apparent  that  three  limestones  are  recognized  in 
Western  Pennsylvania  below  the  Lower  Kittanning  Coal,  and 
in  Ohio  four  are  recognized  below  the  same  horizon.  In  the 
former  state  the  Lower  Mercer  and  Vanport  are  the  more 
important  stratigraphical  horizons;  in  the  latter  state  the 
Lower  Mercer  and  the  Putnam  Hill  have  that  distinction.  It  is 
also  apparent  that  uncertainty  characterizes  the  present  knowl- 
edge of  the  presence  and  character  of  the  westward  extension 
of  the  Vanport  limestone  from  eastern  Mahoning  County,  and 
likewise  the  eastward  extension  of  the  Putnam  Hill  from  Central 
Stark  County.  The  Lower  Mercer  is  regarded  as  the  unfailing 
limestone  from  Mercer  County,  Pennsylvania,  to  Zanesville, 
and  as  the  lowest  and  earliest  limestone  in  the  Lower  Coal 
Measures.  The  Upper  Mercer  is  conceded  to  be  present  in 
many  places,  but  by  no  means  so  regularly  present  as  the  Lower 
Meixer. 

SURFACE,  STREAMS,  AND  ELEVATIONS. 

From  central  and  southern  Stark  County  southwestward,  it 
would  appear  from  the  Ohio  Reports  that  these  limestones  are 
fairly  well  known  and  the  same  can  be  said  of  them  on  the  eastern 
line  of  the  state.  But 'from  central  Stark  County  to  the  Pennsyl- 
vania line  they  are  not  well  known.  Consequently  a  somewhat 
careful  examination  has  been  made  of  this  territory  covering 
an  extent  of  about  fifty  miles.  Of  the  region  examined  all  but 
a  little  in  southern  Stark  County  is  deeply  drift  covered,  and 
only  now  and  then  can  the  strata  be  seen  to  emerge  from  the 
drift  inantle  save  along  streams  and  even  here  long  intervals 
often  occur  between  meager  outcrops. 

From  west  to  east  the  following  streams  and  tributaries 
have  been  examined  for  outcrops  of  the  above  limestones: 
Nimishillen  Creek,  Mahoning  River,  Island  Creek,  Little  Mill 
Creek,  Turkey  Broth,  Meander  Creek,  McMahon  Run,  Diehl 
Creek,  Mill  Creek,  Neff  Run,  Indian  Creek,  Yellow  Creek,  Burgess 
Run,  and  Furnace  Rvm,  all  of  which  are  shown  on  the  accom- 
panying map  of  Stark  and  Mahoning  Counties. 

Elevation  wall  be  seen  to  be  an  exceedingly  important  factor 
in  obtaining  the  I'esults  of  this  investigation  and  it  is  constantly 
employed  in  determinations.  The  elevations  given  were  ob- 
tained bv  level  from  elevations  indicated  in  the  field  bv  the 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  95 

United  States  Geological  Survey,  from  railroad  elevations,  and 
in  a  few  cases  from  topographical  maps.  In  every  case  the 
elevation  given  below  will  be  understood  to  mean  the  elevation  of 
the  top  of  the  stratum  named,  and  intervals  between  strata  will 
be  understood  to  mean  between  their  tops  unless  otherwise 
explained. 

Other  strata  associated  with  the  limestones  receive  attention 
only  in  so  far  as  they  add  interest  to  the  setting  and  identity  of 
the  limestones  in  different  places,  or  when  well-known  horizons 
are  exhibited  and  call  for  brief  recognition. 

DESCRIPTION    OF    SECTIONS. 

Nim ish ilk ; i   Valley . 

Hoivenstein.  In  the  valley  of  the  Nimishillen  about  six  miles 
south  of  Canton  and  about  four  miles  north  from  the  county 
line  good  outcrops  of  limestones  are  fotmd  near  the  village  of 
Howenstein.  A  rather  long  section  is  afforded  here  since  the 
valley  is  narrow  and  deep  and  the  hills  rather  high.  Almost 
every  foot  of  the  strata  may  be  seen  from  the  Lower  Mercer  Lime- 
stone in  the  bed  of  the  stream  up  to  thirty  feet  or  more  above 
the  Middle  Kittanning  Coal.  At  Howenstein  a  limestone  is 
found  in  the  creek  bed  but  cannot  be  seen  well  here.  At  Mr. 
John  Shew's  Mill  a  half  mile  below  the  village  the  limestone  is 
still  found  in  the  stream  bed. 

A  wall  under  the  mill  is  constructed  of  this  stratum  lifted  from 
the  stream  bed  and  the  thickness  is  seen  to  be  10  to  12  inches. 
It  is  reported  by  Mr.  Shew  to  be  one  foot  or  a  little  over  and  lifts 
in  two  layers.  It  is  underlain  by  a  thin  coal  and  is  dark  gray 
in  color  weathering  to  a  yellowish  gray.  Segments  of  crinoid 
stems  and  brachiopods  constitute  the  fossils  seen.  The  lime- 
stone can  be  seen  some  distance  below  the  mill  in  the  creek  bed. 

Above  the  railroad  on  the  west  side  of  the  stream  occurs  a 
second  limestone  which  is  undoubtedly  the  Upper  Mercer  as  will 
appear  from  sections  to  follow.  This  point  is  about  ijOO  yards 
below  the  mill,  and  the  interval  from  top  to  top  where  measured 
is  28  feet  which  is  greater  than  the  usual  interval  between  these 
limestones.  The  interval  is  usually  20  to  25  feet.  At  this  out- 
crop the  Upper  Mercer  is  l-l  inches  thick  and  in  one  layer.  In 
other  characters  it  is  practically  like  the  lower  limestone.  Four 
hundred  yards  above  the  mill  and  on  the  west  side  of  the  railroad 
this  stratum  is  seen  to  be  21  inches  thick  and  resting  upon  18 
inches  of  coal.  It  is  also  seen  to  rise  and  fall,  or  undulate  and  is 
certainly  considerably  less  than  28  feet  above  the  lower  limestone, 
probably  less  than  20  feet  in  places.  It  can  be  seen  at  a  number 
of  points  along  the  railroad  up  to  Howenstein  where  it  is  seen  at 
several  points  on  the  east  side  of  the  creek  in  the  bank  above 


gS  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

the  dugway.  At  the  south  end  of  the  dugway,  or  highway  cut, 
it  appears  at  the  same  level  as  where  last  seen  on  the  west  side 
near  the  railroad  switch  below  Howenstein  a  few  hundred  yards. 

It  may  be  noted  in  passing  that  the  Upper  Mercer  coal 
thickens  here  to  about  3  feet  and  a  mine  has  been  opened  in  it 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  below  Howenstein. 

The  overlying  limestone  is  also  removed.  This  is  the  only 
mine  met  with  in  the  territory  covered  opened  in  this  coal ;  it 
nowhere  else  was  found  reaching  this  thickness. 

Near  the  north  end  of  the  highway  cut  the  Upper  Mercer 
limestone  is  well  exposed  beside  the  roadway.  It  occurs  in  two 
layers,  the  lower  layer  being  very  totigh,  bluish  gray  and  23  inches 
thick.  The  upper  layer  is  brownish,  coarser  grained,  contains 
considerable  iron  ore,  and  is  10  inches  thick.  The  two  layers 
thicken  and  thin  at  the  expense  of  each  other.  No  coal  is  found 
under  it. 

At  this  ovitcrop  a  ravine  trenches  the  hillside,  and  in  this 
ravine  two  or  three  rods  above  the  roadway  another  stratum  of 
limestone  is  found  at  22  feet  7  inches  above  the  Upper  Mercer 
limestone,  and  15  inches  thick.  It  is  blue-black,  very  tough, 
and  in  one  layer.  It  can  be  seen  all  along  the  bank  above  the 
roadway,  but  concretionary  rather  than  as  a  continuous  stratum. 
Coaly  shale  and  fire  clay  underlie  it.  Northeast  of  the  creek 
bridge  at  Howenstein  about  200  yards  and  beside  the  hill  road  it 
mav  be  seen  in  the  run  bed  for  several  rods  where  it  occurs  in 
a  definite  bed  showing  decided  undulation.  This  stratum  is  not 
the  Putnam  Hill  limestone  as  might  be  thought.  It  is  too  near 
the  Upper  Mercer,  and  too  far  below  the  Lower  Kittaning  Coal, 
besides  the  Putnam  Hill  is  present  in  the  section  at  its  proper 
horizon.  It  is  clearlv  a  new  element  not  before  recos^nized. 
Again,  it  is  not  merely  a  local  development  but  is  found  nearly 
to  the  state-line  as  will  appear  in  descriptions  to  follow. 

Having  to  deal  with  it  repeatedly  the  writer  names  it  the 
Hoivenstein  limestone.  At  the  south  end  of  the  highway  cut  and 
near  the  bridge  the  Howenstein  limestone  lies  at  991  feet  above 
sea,  and  21  feet  above  rail  at  Howenstein  depot.  From  this 
elevation  the  Upper  Mercer  is  seen  to  lie  at  about  967  above, 
and  the  Lower  Mercer  at  about  939. 

In  the  hill-side  ravine  spoken  of  above  and  sixty  feet  above 
the  Howenstein  limestone  a  fourth  limestone  occurs  at  lOol 
feet  above  sea.  This  is  undoubtedly  the  Putnam  Hill  which  is 
here  2  feet,  8  inches  thick  and  resting  upon  a  bed  of  coal.  Being 
only  partially  exposed  the  thickness  was  not  obtained.  Two 
miles  up  the  Nimishillen  this  coal  lies  in  two  benches  and  is  4 
feet  thick  capped  b}^  the  same  limestone.  As  seen  in  the  above 
ravine  this  limestone  is  rather  a  dark  gray,  weathering  to  a  gray 
or  a  yellow-gray.     It  is  very  tough  and  lies  in  one  layer.     Crinoid 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  97 

stems  and  brachiopods  were  the  only  fossils  noted.  In  general 
appearance  it  is  not  enough  unlike  the  Mercer  limestones  to  dis- 
tinguish between  them  readily.  But  the  Howenstein  can  be  easily 
distinguished  from  either  of  the  others  by  its  much  darker  color. 

A  fourth  of  a  mile  east  of  this  outcrop  and  on  the  hill-road 
a  little  above  the  point  where  it  emerges  from  the  woods,  the  hori- 
zon of  the  Putnam  Hill  is  marked  in  the  roadway  by  fireclay 
and  coal  blossom  which  lies  64  feet  above  the  Howenstein  lime- 
stone as  seen  below  beside  the  hill  road.  A  few  hundred  yards 
further  to  the  east  and  to  the  right  of  the  road  and  on  the  farm 
of  Mr.  John  Shertzer  the  Lower  Kittanning  coal  is  well  exposed 
in  a  clay  pit  at  1125  feet  above  sea. 

It  is  three  feet  thick  and  is  underlain  by  about  20  feet  of  fire- 
clay. The  top  of  this  coal  lies  about  73  feet  above  the  Putnam 
Hill  limestone.  39  feet  below  the  toj^  of  this  coal  a  bed  of  fire- 
clay occurs  which  marks  the  horizon  of  the  Vanport  limestone  at 
1086  feet  above  the  sea.  The  limestone  does  not  appear  at  this 
point  but  about  four  hundred  yards  north  of  the  Shertzer  barn 
in  a  ravine  in  the  edge  of  the  woods  the  limestone  was  found  and 
at  39  feet  below  the  top  of  the  above  coal.  The  limestone  as 
found  here  does  not  exceed  S  inches  thickness,  is  of  a  dark  gray 
color,  weathers  to  a  rusty-brown,  and  is  sparingly  fossiliferous. 

It  may  be  noted  here  that  the  Middle  Kittanning  coal  is  3 
feet,  to  3  feet  S  inches  thick  and  lies  at  1160  above  sea. 

North  Industry.  At  the  head  of  the  gorge  of  the  Nimishillen 
and  about  3^  miles  below  Canton  is  the  village  of  North  Industry. 
Outcrops  of  limestone  are  numerous  in  this  vicinity  and  all  five 
are  again  found  with  ease  especially  the  four  lower  ones.  The  top 
of  the  rail  at  the  depot  lies  at  998  feet  above  sea,  and  directly 
above  the  station  in  the  old  shale  quarry  the  Putnam  Hill  may 
be  seen  at  59  feet  above  rail  or  1057  feet  above  sea.  Here  as  else- 
where in  the  valley  of  the  Nimishillen  it  is  an  unmistakable  hori- 
zon. It  is  4  feet  thick  in  places  and  possesses  practically  the 
same  characters  as  in  the  preceding  section.  2  inches  of  shale 
separate  it  from  the  18  inch  coal  underlying  it.  The  Howenstein 
limestone  is  due  at  about  the  level  of  the  depot  but  is  not  seen 
there.  A  short  distance  below  the  station  along  the  tracks  it  is 
imperfectly  exposed.  Opposite  the  station  and  near  water  level 
in  the  creek,  occurs  the  lowest  limestone  visible  in  this  immediate 
locality.  It  lies  78  feet  below  the  Putnam  Hill  at  the  highest 
point  observed,  or  at  979  above  sea.  It  will  exceed  the  interval 
of  78  feet,  however,  by  several  feet  as  it  is  observed  to  sink 
beneath  the  stream.  This  is  undoubtedly  the  Upper  Mercer 
or  the  second  limestone  noted  at  Howenstein.  As  seen  here  it  is 
21  inches  thick,  in  three  layers  and  much  ironstained,  the  upper 
layer  of  3  inches  thickness  being  heavily  charged  with  iron  ore. 
Sandy  shale  underlies  it. 


98  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

A  typical  section  for  this  region  may  be  found  about  f  of  a 

mile  below.     Beside  the  residence  of  Amanda  Stallman  a  deep 

ravine  exposes  the  four  lower  limestones.     Well  up  the  hillside 

the  Putnam  Hill  is  found  with  a  thickness  of  3J  feet  resting  upon 

coal  partially  exposed.        Forty-four  feet  below  its  top  occurs 

the  Howenstein  1  foot,  9  inches  thick  tougher  and  much  bluer 

than  the  Putnam  Hih.     Twenty-one  feet,   6  inches  below  the 

t;op  of  the  Howenstein  lies  the  Upper  Mercer  in  the  run  bed  beside 

'the  Stallman  residence.     It   appears  to  be  double  here.     The 

upper  half  is  2  feet,  9  inches  in  thickness,  lies  2  feet  above  the 

lower  half,  is  bluish  in  color,  quite  tough  and  in  several  layers. 

The  character  of  the  two  feet  between  the  halves  was  not  seen. 

'The  lower  half  is  two  feet  eight  inches  thick  and  in  three  layers. 

The  bottom  of  the  lower  half  lies  6  feet  above  water  in  the  Nimi- 

shillen.     About  4  feet  below  water  surface  lies  the  Lower  Mercer 

in  the  creek  bed.     It  is  clear  therefore  that  the  two  divisions  just 

given  is  not  a  close  approach  of  the  two  Mercer  limestones  but 

a  split  of  one  of  them.      Nowhere  else  was  this  character  found, 

but  it  is  suggested  in  the  expression  of  the  two  layers  as  noted  at 

Howenstein.     It  is  possible  that  the  limestone  seen  near  creek 

level  opposite  the  North  Industry  depot  is  this  upper  half  of  the 

Upper  Mercer.     The  Lower  Mercer  in  the  creek  bed  is  said  to  be 

about  1  foot  thick  and  lies  17^  feet  below  the  top  of  the  Upper 

Mercer.     A  little  below,  this  limestone  is  seen  at  the  ripple  near 

the  highway  bridge. 

I  A  short  distance  below  the  Stallman  ravine  and  on  the  oppo- 
site side  a  deep  ravine  joins  the  gorge  at  the  mouth  of  which  is 
the  tipple  of  The  Nimishillen  Coal  Company.  The  mine  is  a  few 
hundred  yards  up  the  ravine  and  is  opened  in  the  coal  beneath 
the  Putnam  Hill  limestone.  The  coal  lies  in  two  benches  two 
feet  each  with  a  conspicuous  3  inch  shale  parting  as  seen  at  the 
lower  opening.  The  limestone  is  massive,  tough,  and  having  a 
bluish  tint  where  freshly  quarried.  Two  layers  are  presented 
here,  the  lower  one  1  foot,  2  inches,  and  the  upper  one  2  feet, 
8  inches  in  thickness.  Crinoid  stems  and  brachiopods  comprise 
the  fossils  observed.  The  company  has  been  quaiTying  the 
limestone  recently  and  crushing  it  for  macadamizing.  At  the 
upper  opening  the  limestone  and  coal  present  the  same  characters 
except  the  lower  bench  of  coal  has  thickened  to  two  feet  nine 
inches. 

The  section  begun  in  the  Stallman  ravine  may  be  completed 
here.  At  the  point  where  the  Putnam  Hill  becomes  the  ravine 
floor  and  on  the  left  hand  the  steep  slope  presents  every  foot  of 
the  strata  up  to  a  point  considerably  above  the  horizon  of  the 
Vanport  limestone.  No  definite  bed  distinctly  limestone  is  found 
here.     But  at  37  feet  above  the  Putnam  Hill  irregular  concretion- 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  99 

ary  masses  of  3  to  8  inches  thickness  and  much  iron  stained 
respond  promptly  to  acid.  These  are  imbedded  in  the  dark  gray 
sandy  shale  and  would  never  be  noticed  were  one  not  looking 
sharply  for  the  vestiges  of  limestone. 

Canton.  From  North  Industry  up  the  valley  the  Putnam 
Hill  is  exposed  at  different  places,  but  the  next  good  exposure 
occurs  at  the  Imperial  Brick  Plant  in  southwest  Canton  where 
the  shale  above  and  the  fireclay  beneath  this  limestone  are  used 
in  brickmaking.  Here  the  Putnam  Hill  is  2  feet,  9  inches  thick 
and  underlain  by  18  inches  of  coal. 

As  nearly  as  can  be  determined  from  a  topographic  map  its 
elevation  is  1075  feet  above  sea.  The  hill  is  high  enough  to  carry 
the  Vanport  but  it  was  not  seen,  arenaceous  shale  occupying  its 
horizon. 

The  brick  plant  is  located  on  the  roadway  leading  to  Navarre 
and  just  above  the  bridge  crossing  a  small  creek  near  the  brick 
plant  the  Howenstein  limestone  is  exposed  in  the  creek  bank 
5  feet  above  the  stream  level.  It  lies  50  feet  below  the  top  of 
the  Putnam  Hill  or  at  1025,  is  bluer  than  the  upper  limestone, 
and  is  1  foot  thick.  One  to  four  inches  of  yellow  clay  and  4 
inches  of  coal  beneath  the  clay  directly  underlie  the  limestone. 

In  his  report  on  Stark  County  Dr.  Newberry  constantly  refers 
to  the  limestone  below  the  Putnam  Hill  as  the  "lower  limestone  " 
and  in  reference  to  certain  borings  in  the  vicinity  of  Canton  states 
that  they  were  begun  at  about  the  horizon  of  the  "lower  lime- 
stone" which  he  reports  is  visible  in  places.  These  borings  ap- 
pear to  have  been  in  the  vicinity  of  the  above  outcrops  of  lime- 
stone, and  it  seems  quite  certain  that  his  "lower  limestone"  is 
the  Howenstein.  In  the  well  section  given  it  is  1  foot,  2  inches 
thick.  [Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol.  Ill,  p.  159.]  This  is  quite  in  accord 
with  the  Howenstein  as  seen  near  the  brick  plant.  Another 
stratum  of  interest,  however,  appears  in  the  above  well  section. 
Twenty-two  feet  below  the  top  of  the  above  14  inch  limestone 
is  recorded  a  "Hard  Blue  Rock"  2  feet  and  1  inch  thick.  The 
driller  does  not  seem  to  have  known  just  what  to  call  it,  and  Dr. 
Newberry  does  not  seem  to  have  suspected  it  of  being  another 
limestone,  which  it  certainly  is.  At  Howenstein  the  same  inter- 
val is  22  feet  7  inches,  in  the  Stallman  ravine  21  feet,  6  inches. 
From  these  facts  the  identity  of  these  limestones  as  found  in 
southwest  Canton  appears  to  be  unquestionable.  The  "lower 
limestone"  of  Newberry,  therefore,  is  the  Howenstein,  the  "Hard 
Blue  Rock"  is  the  Upper  Mercer,  and  the  Lower  Mercer  absent 
being  replaced  by  shale  and  sandstone. 

In  northwest  Canton  in  the  sides  of  a  ravine  which  enters 
the  West  Lawn  Cemetery  from  the  west,  limestone  occurs  at 
about   1090  feet  above  sea,  as  nearly  as  could  be  determined 


loo  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

from  topographic  map.  It  was  formerly  quarried  and  burned 
beside  the  roadway  on  the  west  side  of  the  Cemetery.  The  owner 
of  the  land  reports  the  limestone  as  4  feet  thick  and  underlaid 
by  about  2  feet  of  coal.  This  stratum  is  clearly  the  Putnam 
Hill  limestone. 

Middle  Branch.  In  the  vicinity  of  Middle  Branch  a  village 
about  7  miles  north  of  Canton  several  outcrops  of  limestone  occur. 
In  fact  almost  anywhere  at  the  proper  horizon  where  the  native 
strata  occur  limestone  is  present.  It  is  often  absent  but  this  is 
due  to  preglacial  erosion  and  drift  now  occupies  its  position  in 
such  places.  The  most  extensive  exposure  of  this  conspicuous 
stratum  occurs  at  the  quarry  of  the  Diamond  Cement  Works 
about  a  mile  north  of  Middle  Branch.  This  point  is  nearly  8 
miles  from  the  outcrop  in  northwest  Canton,  but  various  outcrops 
from  Canton  northward  show  this  heavy  stratum  with  its  under- 
lying coal  to  be  the  Putnam  Hill  limestone.  The  11 -inch  coal 
as  seen  in  the  quarry  is  heavily  charged  with  sulphur  which  is 
typical  of  it  south  of  Canton.  Furthermore  a  limestone  is  found 
above  the  quarry  stratum  near  the  quarry,  and  the  elevation  of 
the  limestones  here  indicates  a  gradual  rise  which  is  quite  in 
harmony  with  facts  fotmd  from  Howenstein  to  Canton.  It 
appears  quite  clear  from  all  the  data  given  that  the  limestones 
here  to  be  described  are  the  Putnam  Hill  and  the  Vanport.  At 
this  quarry  acres  of  the  Putnam  Hill  have  been  removed  for  the 
manufacture  of  cement  and  the  best  opportunity  for  studying  this 
stratum  found  anywhere  is  presented  here.  It  attains  a  greater 
thickness  here  than  it  is  known  to  have  in  any  other  outcrop  of 
its  whole  extent.  The  stratum  as  seen  at  the  present  time  in  the 
quarry  is  mostly  overlain  by  drift  and  shows  much  scoring  by  the 
ice  where  the  top  is  exposed  especially  on  the  north  side  of  the 
qtiarry.  In  the  center  of  the  quarry  a  large  block  of  the  lime- 
stone has  been  left  stand  temporarily  in  order  that  the  overlying 
shale  may  be  used  in  the  manufacture  of  cement.  Practically 
everywhere  else  the  ice  seems  to  have  swept  the  limestone  bare 
but  here  in  the  center  IQh  feet  of  brown  arenceous  shale  caps  the 
stratum.  The  quarry  is  being  extended  northward  toward  the 
hill  and  the  same  shale  will  doubtless  be  encountered  in  a  few 
years.  A  very  striking  feature  of  the  limestone  is  the  pronounced 
undulation  found.  This  is  a  character,  however,  common  to  all 
the  limestones  but  no  other  outcrop  affords  so  good  an  oppor- 
tunity of  seeing  it  in  the  Putnam  Hill.  It  is  quite  evident  that 
such  undulation  will  affect  the  measurements  of  sections,  espec- 
ially where  the  wave  crest  of  one  limestone  occurs  above  the 
trough  of  another,  thus  making  the  strata  appear  farther  apart 
than  they  really  are,  or  again  if  the  section  be  measured  where  a 
crest  of  the  lower,  and  a  trough  of  the  upper  occur  they  will 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  loi 

appear  to  be  closer  than  they  really  are.  Ordinarily  it  is  not 
possible  in  a  limited  outcrop  to  determine  whether  undulation 
exists  or  not.  Therefore  in  sections  where  limestones  are  shown 
to  be  unusually  close  together  or  unusually  far  apart  it  is  only 
fair  to  suppose  that  undulation  is  probably  the  cause  provided 
the  difference  be  not  over  15  to  17  feet  as  no  undulation  observed 
exceeds  that  measurement. 

In  the  above  quarry  the  rise  and  fall  was  not  observed  to 
exceed  6  or  7  feet  and  no  definite  order  was  discovered  as  the 
rising  and  falling  occurs,  no  matter  in  what  direction  the  obser- 
vation be  made.  The  limestone  merely  conforms  to  the  topog- 
raphy of  the  sea  bottom  on  which  it  was  laid  as  a  mud  without 
becoming  thicker  in  the  depressions  and  thinner  on  the  elevations 
of  that  bottom.  Had  the  mud  or  ooze  been  considerably  greater 
in  specific  gravity  than  the  water  in  which  it  was  laid  it  would 
doubtless  have  glided  slowly  into  the  depressions  where  the 
greater  slopes  occur  and  thus  cause  the  upper  and  lower  surfaces 
to  be  less  parallel  than  we  find  them. 

As  nearly  as  could  be  determined  from  a  topographic  map  the 
top  of  the  Vanport  lies  at  IISO  above  sea  as  seen  in  the  hill-top 
directly  north  of  the  quarry  and  the  Putnam  Hill  lies  37  feet  be- 
low, or  1 143  above  sea  as  measured  in  the  northeast  corner  of  the 
quarry. 

The  following  section  measured  near  the  center  of  the  quarry 
represents  the  character  of  this  limestone  fairly  accurately. 

Feet        Inches 

Brown  arenaceous  shale 16  6 

8.   Limestone  layer 1  7 

7.   Parting,  calcareous  shale U  2 

6.   Limestone  layer. .  , 1  4 

5.   Limestone  layer 0  7 

4.   Limestone  layer 1  11 

y.   Limestone  layer 1  8 

2.   Parting,  thin  shale 0  0 

1 .   Limestone  layer 0  11 

Coal ' 0  11 

No.  8,  or  the  top  layer  of  liinestone,  is  perhaps  the  most  dis- 
tinct layer  in  the  quarry  and  is  readily  recognized  in  any  part  of 
the  quarry  where  it  has  not  been  cut  away  by  the  ice.  The 
shale  parting  beneath  gives  it  the  well  marked  separation  from 
the  next  layer.  On  weathering  it  tends  to  split  up  into  numer- 
ous thin  layers  and  does  not  appear  to  be  as  pure  a  lime  as  the 
lower  layers. 

No.  7  is  a  conspicuous  parting  of  bluish  calcareous  shale  of  2 
inches  thickness.  It  is  the  most  sharply  defined  and  constant 
plane  of  separation  in  the  quarry. 


I02  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

No.  6  is  dark  gray  in  color,  is  not  so  compact  as  4  and  5  below 
it,  and  has  more  jointing  planes  than  these  layers.  It  rests 
immediately  upon  No.  5  from  which  it  is  separated  by  an  uneven 
bedding  plane  and  has  a  thickness  of  16  inches. 

Nos.  5  and  4  having  a  thickness  of  7  inches  and  23  inches 
respectively,  are  brown-gray  in  color,  quite  compact,  weather 
less  easily  than  the  upper  layers,  and  are  said  to  be  the  best 
stone  in  the  quarry.  These  layers  are  separated  by  a  peculiar 
wavy  bedding  plane  the  elevations  of  which  measure  1  to  H 
inches  and  3  to  5  inches  between  as  seen  on  the  rock  face. 

No.  3  measures  20  inches,  is  of  a  gray  color  slightly  darker 
than  the  layer  below  it  and  also  purer  lime  than  that  layer  but 
not  so  good  as  those  next  above  it.  It  is  more  compact  than  the 
lower  layer. 

No.  2  is  a  thin  calcareous  shale  ]~:irting  of  negligible  thickness 
and  of  the  color  of  the  stone. 

No.  1  has  a  thickness  of  11  inches,  is  gray  in  color  and  is  said 
to  weather  to  a  shale  condition  after  a  few  months  exposure.  It 
is  not  as  tough  as  the  middle  layers  and  rests  upon  the  coal. 

In  the  south  wall  of  the  quarry  the  limestone  presents  five 
layers  below  the  conspicuous  shale  parting  but  of  nearer  equal 
thickness  than  shown  in  the  above  section. 

The  outcrop  of  the  Vanport  noted  above  occurs  in  the  hill-top 
just  above  the  township  road  in  a  private  roadway  about  30 
yards  north  of  Mr.  Adam  Cocklin's  barn  and  abotit  200  yards 
north  of  the  quarry.  This  stratum  is  poorly  exposed  and  as 
nearly  as  could  be  determined  it  is  6  feet,  5  inches  thick,  caps 
the  hill  and  is  thinly  covered  with  drift.  It  may  be  seen  again 
in  the  township  road 'J  mile  east  of  this  outcrop  and  near  the 
residence  of  Mr.  Adam  Wise,  where  it  again  caps  the  hill.  Mr. 
Wise  reports  the  presence  of  a  thin  coal  beneath  it. 

Little  more  can  be  said  of  this  limestone  from  the  poor  out- 
crops afforded.  It  is  bluish  gray  in  color  and  less  fossiliferous 
than  its  companion  so  far  as  could  be  seen. 

It  probably  occurs  in  all  the  surrounding  hills  whose  strata 
are  high  enough  to  carry  it  but  with  its  outcrop  obscured  by  drift. 

Its  occurrence  here  in  rather  heavy  body  and  above  the 
Putnam  Hill,  which  at  this  point  exhibits  the  greatest  develop- 
ment it  is  known  to  possess,  is  somewhat  in  contrast  with  the 
supposition  that  the  two  limestones  do  not  overlap  and  that  as 
the  one  appears  the  other  disappears. 

One  mile  south  of  the  Middle  Branch  on  the  farm  of  William 
Worstler  a  quarry  was  operated  on  a  small  scale  for  many  years 
and  the  stone  burned  for  lime  with  the  underlying  coal.  The 
following  section  indicates  the  character  of  the  stratum  in  this 
quarry. 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  103 

Drift  Feet    Inches 

9.  Calcareous  shale 1  0 

8.  Clay  parting ! 0  IJ^ 

7.  Limestone  layer 0  2 

6.  Limestone  layer 0  2 

5.  Limestone  layer 0  3 

4.  Limestone  layer 0  414 

3.  Limestone  layer,  massive 2  6 

2.  Limestone  layer 0  11 

1 .  Limestone  layer,  thickness  not  seen  but 

probably  about 1  0 

The  calcareous  shale  at  the  top  lies  in  numerous  definite  layers 
and  contains  considerable  alumina.  It  lifts  readily  in  thin  layers 
at  the  thin  clayey  partings.  The  clay  parting  between  this  shale 
and  the  limestone  proper  leads  one  to  identify  it  at  once  with  the 
2  inch  parting  in  the  quarry  at  the  cement  works.  The  worth- 
less shale  here  above  the  clay  parting  becomes  an  impure  lime- 
stone at  the  cement  works.  The  limestone  has  a  light  blue  color 
and  the  coal  beneath  is  said  to  be  14  inches  thick.  The  Limestone 
lies  at  about  1120  feet  above  sea  and  is  undoubtedly  the  Ptitnam 
Hill. 

Mr.  D.  L.  Worstler  in  1907  opened  a  quarry  to  burn  lime  on 
the  farm  of  B.  F.  Werner  1  mile  southwest  of  Middle  Branch  and 
1  mile  northwest  from  the  Worstler  quarry.  The  elevation  is 
about  1130  above  sea.  No  shale  layer  or  clay  parting  occurs  here 
as  drift  lies  directly  upon  firm  rock.  The  following  section  indi- 
cates the  nature  of  the  stratum  in  this  quarry. 

Drift  Feet     Inches 

.5.   Limestone,  bluish  gray 2  8 

4.  Limestone,  bluish  gray 1  4 

3.  Limsetone,  black 1  2 

2.  Shale,  bluish  black 0  3 

1 .  Coal 2  4 

The  upper  part  of  the  stratum  of  limestone  has  doubtless  been 
eroded  as  the  top  layer  shows  abrasion.  No.  4  is  more  compact 
than  No.  5  which  is  in  accord  with  the  middle  layers  at  the 
Cement  Plant. 

No.  3  is  black  and  poi'ous,  and  not  so  compact  as  No.  4. 
The  pores  are  filled  with  oil  which  soon  greases  a  freshly  broken 
face  and  yields  the  characteristic  odor.  The  coal  is  ample  for 
burning  the  lime  and  runs  from  24  to  28  inches  in  thickness.  At 
a  farm  house  about  350  yards  west  of  this  pit  a  limestone  was 
penetrated  in  a  well  at  about  35  or  40  feet  above  the  quarry  stone. 
These  limestones  are  clearly  those  at  the  Cement  Works. 

Dip  of  the  Strata  in  the  Ninnshillen  Valley. 
It  readily  appears  from  the  elevations  of  the  limestones  at  the 
various  outcrops  that  there  is  a  dip  of  the  strata  toward  the 
south.     Placing  the  elevations  together  of  any  one  stratum  from 


I04  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  b, 

south  to  north  a  gradual  rise  is  observed.  The  Putnam  Hill 
affords  the  best  example  being  found  at  more  points  than  any  of 
the  others. 

It  lies  at  Howenstein  at  1051,  North  Industry  1057,  southwest 
Canton  1075,  northwest  Canton  1090,  Worstler  quarry  1120,  Wer- 
ner quarry  1130,  and  at  the  Cement  Plant  at  1143.  There  is  a 
fall  therefore  of  92  feet  in  this  stratum  from  the  latter  place  to 
Howenstein  a  distance  of  about  13  miles,  or  7  feet  per  mile.  The 
same  is  true  of  the  Vanport  which  at  Howenstein  lies  at  1086, 
at  Cement  Plant  at  1  ISO,  and  a  fall  of  94  feet  or  of  7  feet  per  mile. 

This  is  not  the  direction  of  the  greatest  dip,  however,  as  will 
be  seen  later. 

EASTERN    STARK    COUNTY. 

Alliance.  But  few  limestone  outcrops  have  been  found  in  the 
eastern  part  of  the  county.  The  region  is  deeply  drift  covered 
and  the  strata  are  concealed  for  the  most  part.  Two  outcrops 
and  two  well  sections  afford  the  only  information  at  hand  on  these 
limestones  in  that  part  of  the  county,  and  of  these  the  well  sec- 
tions and  one  outcrop  occur  at  Alliance.  This  city  lies  10  miles 
east  of  the  Cement  Works  mentioned  above  and  the  strata  lie 
considerably  lower  at  the  former  place  than  the  latter.  The  Mid- 
dle Kittanning  coal  lies  at  1132  feet  above  sea  in  the  coal  shaft 
near  the  city  Stand  Pipe.  In  a  test  well  drilled  by  the  city 
on  West  State  Street  it  lies  at  1040,  and  at  the  Ely  shaft  h  mile 
southwest  of  the  Transue-Williams  Machine  Shops  it  lies  at  1137 
above  sea.  The  Lower  Kittanning  coal  was  formerly  mined  near 
the  above  shops  at  1100  above  sea  as  nearly  as  could  be  deter- 
mined. A  half  mile  north  of  the  above  shops  and  the  same  dis- 
tance west  of  the  Alliance  Cemetery  a  limestone  outcrops  on  the 
Ellett  farm  at  lOSl  above  sea.  This  is  clearly  the  Vanport  but  it 
is  closer  to  the  Lower  Kittanning  coal  than  at  Howenstein.  The 
limestone  is  exposed  in  a  pit  near  the  Ellett  barn  and  measures 
5  feet  in  thickness.  No  coal  but  4  feet  of  fireclay  immediately 
vmderlies  this  stratum,  and  is  overlain  by  2  to  3  feet  of  drift.  It 
differs  from  any  other  outcrop  of  limestone  found  in  that  it  is 
composed  of  numerous  irregular  layers  ranging  from  a  fraction  of 
an  inch  to  4  or  5  inches  in  thickness.  It  lifts  in  broad  pieces  of  a 
very  irregular  form,  sometimes  wedge  shaped.  The  stone  is 
very  impure,  many  of  the  slabs  being  a  sandstone  rather  than  a 
limestone  and  the  parting  between  the  slabs  is  clay  or  sandy 
shale.  Some  layers  contain  fairly  pure  limestone  of  a  light  blue 
color  and  quite  compact.  The  stratum  presents  an  alternation 
of  irregular  bands  of  light  blue  and  brown,  the  shale  and  sand- 
stone portions  having  the  latter  color.  The  stratum  at  this  point 
seems  to  have  been  deposited  in  shallow  water  which  was  some- 
times quiet  and  clear  and  sometimes  flowing  and  muddy  thus 


Mar.,  1910,]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  105 

giving  the  alternation  of  material  noted.  The  stratum  is  quite 
fossiliferous  containing  brachipods,  lamellibranchs,  gastropods, 
and  crinoid  stems. 

The  next  section  to  be  considered  is  the  test  well  drilled  by  the 
City  just  off  West  State. 

The  elevation  of  the  well  head  is  1244  feet  above  the  sea,  and 
the  Middle  Kittanning  coal  was  penetrated  at  1140  and  2  feet 
thick.  The  Lower  Kittanning  is  wanting  and  a  15-foot  limestone 
is  reported  at  its  horizon  the  top  of  which  lies  at  1103  feet  above 
sea.  No  limestone  is  known  to  the  writer  to  occur  at  this  horizon, 
and  nothing  further  is  known  of  the  presence  of  such  stratum 
than  the  bare  name  and  thickness  indicated  in  the  City  Engineer's 
section  prepared  from  the  data  given  by  the  driller.  The  driller's 
interpretation  of  this  part  of  the  section  may  be  questioned  with 
reason.  It  is  much  more  likely  a  shale  with  possibly  some  cal- 
careous matter  in  it.  This  horizon  has  been  penetrated  in  many 
places  in  the  lower  part  of  the  city  as  well  as  other  drillings  in  the 
upper  part  of  town  not  far  from  this  well,  and  limestone  is  not 
mentioned  at  this  horizon. 

Where  the  level  of  the  Vanport  occurs  white  shale  is  indicated 
as  present.  At  1032  an  8  foot  stratum  was  struck  which  the 
driller  designated  "Bastard  Limestone."  This  is  certainly  the 
Putnam  Hill  Limestone  with  an  interval  of  49  feet  between  its 
top  and  that  of  the  Vanport.  The  same  interval  at  the  Cement 
Plant  is  37  feet  and  the  difference  is  not  too  great  to  be  accounted 
for  by  undulation,  besides  the  Vanport  is  seen  to  lie  unusually 
close  to  the  Lower  Kittanning  coal.  The  interval  at  Howenstein 
between  the  top  of  the  Putnam  Hill  limestone  and  that  of  the 
Middle  Kittanning  coal  is  109  feet.  In  this  well  section  it  is 
108  feet.  It  would  seem  that  the  identity  of  this  limestone  is 
evident.  The  thickness  given  is  in  harmony  with  that  at  the 
Cement  Plant. 

At  1008  feet  above  sea  another  limestone  is  recorded  with  a 
thickness  of  9  feet.  This  is  doubtless  the  Howenstein  but  with 
an  indicated  thickness  greater  than  found  in  any  outcrop.  The 
interval  is  only  about  half  that  along  the  Nimishillen  and  appar- 
ently too  great  to  be  accounted  for  by  undulation.  It  would  seem 
to  require  a  thinning  of  intervening  strata. 

In  this  well  the  horizon  of  the  Mercer  limestones  is  occupied  by 
shale  but  in  the  next  well  to  be  noted  they  are  both  present,  and 
for  the  sake  of  clearness,  they  are  noted  in  this  connection.  The 
Upper  Mercer  lies  at  966  above  sea  and  reported  to  be  8  feet  thick. 
This  gives  an  interval  of  42  feet  between  it  and  the  Howenstein 
which  is  about  as  much  greater  than  this  same  interval  at  Howen- 
stein, as  the  interval  here  between  the  Putnam  Hill  and  the 
Howenstein  limestone  is  smaller  than  that  same  interval  near 


io6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

that  village.  At  Howenstein  the  interval  between  the  Putnam 
Hill  and  the  Upper  Mercer  is  84  feet,  at  Alliance  66  feet  and  con- 
sidering the  fact  that  the  Lower  Mercer  is  present  at  its  usual 
interval  it  would  seem  that  this  difference  of  22  feet  could  hardly 
be  regarded  as  due  to  undulation.  It  is  possible  however  that 
both  the  Mercer  limestones  were  penetrated  on  a  crest  which 
would  account  in  part  for  the  difference.  Otherwise  a  thinning 
of  intermediate  strata  is  the  explanation. 

The  Lower  Mercer  lies  at  945  or  21  feet  below  the  top  of  the 
Upper  Mercer  which  is  about  its  usual  interval.  It  is  recorded 
as  o  feet  thick  which  accords  quite  well  with  its  known  thickness. 

In  the  first  well  at  an  elevation  of  8(S4  feet  above  sea  another 
limestone  was  penetrated  having  a  thickness  of  5  feet.  This  is 
clearly  a  .stranger  as  it  lies  61  feet  below  the  Lower  Mercer. 

The  second  test  well  was  drilled  beside  the  city  pumping  sta- 
tion with  the  well  head  at  1044  above  sea.  The  second  well  is 
nearly  2  miles  north  and  h  mile  east  of  the  first.  This  distance 
would  seem  at  first  to  forbid  the  combination  of  measurements 
given  above.  But  certain  facts  indicate  that  it  may  be  done  with 
a  fair  degree  of  certainty.  (1 )  The  Middle  Kittanning  coal  in  the 
Ely  shaft  lies- at  1187  and  in  the  first  well  at  1140.  These  points 
are  nearly  1  mile  apart  and  the  shaft  a  little  west  of  north. 
This  would  indicate  that  the  plane  of  this  coal  in  this  direction  is 
nearly  level.  Mr.  Ely  states  that  the  coal  rises  a  few  feet  from 
the  shaft  which  further  indicates  horizontality.  (2)  In  the 
second  test  well  a  5-foot  limestone  was  penetrated  at  882  feet 
above  sea,  in  the  first  well  at  884  above.  (3)  Near  Myers  Sta- 
tion on  the  Lake  Erie,  Alliance  and  Wheeling  Railroad,  1 1  miles 
south  of  the  Ely  Mine  the  Middle  Kittanning  coal  lies  at  1130 
above  sea,  or  a  fall  of  7  feet  in  11  miles.  From  the  first  test  well 
the  fall  is  10  feet  in  10  miles. 

These  data  indicate  that  the  strata  at  Alliance  lie  very  nearly 
on  a  level  from  north  to  south.     Therefore  the  strata  may  be 
counted  practically  level  so  far  as  these  two  wells  are  concerned, 
and  the  combination  made  as  given  above. 

Little  more  need  be  said  of  the  second  well.  Sixty-eight  feet 
of  the  top  is  drift  and  the  bed  rock  is  reached  at  976  above  sea, 
which  is  below  the  horizon  of  the  Howenstein.  The  only  other 
limestones  to  be  expected  are  the  Upper  and  Lower  Mercer  and 
these  are  present  as  noted  above.  The  stranger  is  present  also  at 
63  below  the  Lower  Mercer  as  already  stated.  Sixty  feet  below 
the  top  of  this  limestone  lies  a  2  foot  coal  which  is  apparently  the 
Sharon  coal.  It  lies  37  feet  lower  than  coal  No.  1  in  the  Mullin 
Mine  at  Deertield  which  would  indicate  that  it  is  the  same  coal. 
This  limestone  will  be  considered  further  in  another  connection. 

The  second  limestone  outcrop  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  county 
to  be  discussed  occurs  on  the  farm  of  Samuel  Carr  at  a  point 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  107 

about  4  miles  west  of  the  exposure  on  the  Ellet  farm.  This 
stratum  is  quarried  and  bttrned  on  a  small  scale  by  the  Clap- 
saddle  Brothers  and  is  used  by  the  Alliance  City  Disposal  Plant 
which  uses  about  200  bushels  of  lime  per  week. 

The  quarry  is  opened  beside  a  small  run  and  nearly  at  run 
level.  This  stratum  is  5  feet  thick  and  lies  at  1117  above  sea. 
In  places  it  is  said  to  exceed  this  measurement  and  rests  upon 
coal  5  to  18  inches  in  thickness.  It  is  composed  of  several  layers, 
is  bluish  gray  in  color  and  fairly  fossiliferous.  The  upper  third 
is  somewhat  lighter  in  color  than  the  lower  part,  and  the  quarry- 
men  state  that  this  limestone  produces  a  purer  lime  than  the  stone 
at  Middle  Branch. 

No  other  limestone  was  found  and  the  identity  of  this  stratum 
would  be  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  determine  from  what  can 
be  seen  of  it  and  the  associated  strata.  In  the  absence  of  other 
data  its  identity  may  possibly  be  established  in  another  way. 
Since  the  elevation  of  the  Vanport  at  the  Cement  Plant  is  1180, 
and  1081  on  the  Ellett  farm,  the  strata  are  seen  to  dip  toward 
Alliance  10  feet  per  mile.  If  this  limestone  in  question  be  the 
Vanport  then  at  4  miles  to  the  west  of  the  Ellett  farm  it  should  lie 
at  1121  which  is  within  4  feet  of  the  elevation  actually  found. 
If  it  be  the  Putnam  Hill  limestone  whose  elevation  at  the  Cement 
Plant  is  1143  and  1032  at  Alliance  having  therefore,  a  dip  of  11 
feet  per  mile,  at  the  Carr  farm  it  should  lie  at  1076  which  is  41 
feet  lower  than  the  limestone  is  found  to  be.  This  would  seem 
to  identify  it  as  certainly  the  Vanport.  But  the  presence  of  a 
low  fold  between  Alliance  and  Middle  Branch  would  alter  this 
conclusion.  No  evidence,  however,  of  such  a  condition  is  known 
to  the  writer,  hence  he  regards  this  as  an  outcrop  of  the  Vanport. 

Another  section  in  the  northeastern  corner  of  the  county  is 
of  interest  in  this  connection.  About  3  miles  northeast  of  the 
Carr  farm  and  on  the  diagonal  road  leading  from  Limaville  to 
Marlboro  at  a  point  2\  miles  southwest  of  Limaville  is  the  shaft 
mine  of  Mr.  Fred  Lare.  The  elevation  of  the  top  of  the  shaft  is 
about  1155  feet  above  sea. 

Mr.  Lare  gives  the  following  section: 

4.  Drift 42  feet. 

3.  White  sandstone,  hard  and  shaly 3     " 

2.  Shale,  dark 15     " 

1.  Coal,  bone  parting  near  middle 4     " 

This  4  foot  coal  which  is  said  to  be  a  good  steam  and  heating 
coal  lies  at  about  1095  above  sea  which  is  at  once  seen  to  be  below 
the  Carr  limestone  and  with  no  trace  of  limestone  in  the  shaft. 
The  thickness  and  the  parting  in  the  middle  strongly  suggest  the 
coal  beneath  the  Putnam  Hill  limestone.  This  shaft,  the  Carr 
farm,  and  Howenstein  are  in  line.  The  Vanport  at  Howenstein 
lies  at  1086,  on  the  Carr  farm  at  1117  and  the  two  points  are  16 


io8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

miles  apart.  This  shows  a  rise  of  2  feet  per  mile,  and  if  the  Van- 
port  were  present  in  tlie  shaft  it  would  lie  at  about  1123  above 
sea.  This  puts  the  coal  2S  feet  below  the  Vanport  horizon 
which  is  reasonably  near  the  proper  horizon  for  the  coal  beneath 
the  Putnam  Hill  limestone.  Furthermore  no  other  coal  between 
the  Sharon  and  the  Lower  Kittanning  is  known  to  reach  any  such 
'thickness  or  present  a  conspicuous  parting  in  the  middle.  It 
may  be  confidently  concluded  that  this  is  the  coal  of  the  Putnam 
Hill  limestone  with  that  stratum  absent. 

Deer  Creek  at  Limaville  lies  at  about  1040  above  sea,  low 
'-enough  to  expose  one  or  two  of  the  lower  limestones  but  none 
were  seen. 

l''  '  [,      Dip  of  Strata  in  Eastern  Stark  Comity. 

With  the  several  elevations  now  at  hand  dip  of  the  strata  in 
the  eastern  half  of  Stark  County  may  be  still  further  noted. 
With  the  Vanport  at  1086  at  Howenstein,  lOSl  at  Alliance,  and 
1180  at  the  Diamond  Cement  Plant,  it  appears  that  the  strata 
lie  almost  horizontally  from  Howenstein  to  Alliance,  but  if  the 
sum  of  the  elevations  of  the  five  limestones  at  the  two  places  be 
compared  they  will  be  seen  to  be  5034  and  5032  respectively 
which  indicates  almost  a  perfect  level.  A  line  drawn  through  the 
Cement  Plant  outcrop  at  right  angles  to  the  Ailiance-Howenstein 
line  gives  the  direction  of  maximum  dip  for  this  area.  It  is  south 
about  45  degrees  east  and  14  feet  per  mile. 

From  the  Cement  Plant  to  the  EUett  farm  it  is  10  miles  with 
a  fall  of  99  feet  and  a  little  north  of  east.  The  Middle  Kittanning 
coal  at  Howenstein  lies  at  1160;  12  miles  slightly  north  of  east 
near  Myers  Station  it  lies  at  1130,  or  30  feet  fall.  It  is  at  once 
seen  that  these  two  lines  of  fall  do  not  lie  in  the  same  plane, 
therefore  a  disturbance  in  the  dip.  In  the  absence  of  more  data 
it  can  not  be  definitely  stated  what  the  cause  is,  but  the  writer 
offers  the  following  tentative  explanation.  Entering  Stark 
County  from  the  southwest  a  low  fold  extends  in  a  northeasterly 
direction  the  crest  of  which  lies  a  little  west  of  Canton  and  per- 
haps not  far  from  Middle  Branch.  Parallel  to  this  fold  another  is 
thought  to  extend  through  western  Columbiana  and  central 
Mahoning  counties.  It  is  thought  that  Alliance  lies  near  the 
bottom  of  the  intervening  trough  or  on  the  syncline,  that  Howen- 
stein is  situated  west  of  the  syncline  and  Myers  Station  east  of  it. 
The  horizontal  position  of  the  strata  at  Alliance  and  the  fact  that 
there  is  less  than  1  foot  fall  to  the  mile  toward  the  south  from  that 
city  inclines  the  writer  to  think  that  in  going  toward  Myers  Sta- 
tion the  west  slope  of  the  anticline  is  gradually  ascended  and  thus 
accounts  for  the  slight  dip  in  that  direction.  The  line  from 
Middle  Branch  to  Howenstein  is  nearly  parallel  to  the  direction 
given  above  and  it  will  be  remembered  that  the  dip  here  is  7 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  109 

feet  per  mile  and  this  is  just  what  would  be  observed  in  traversing 
the  slopes  of  anticlines  in  this  way.  Furthermore,  an  oil  field 
is  located  4  to  8  miles  southeast  of  Alliance  which  strongly  indi- 
cates the  presence  of  an  anticline.  Other  evidence  of  a  fold  to 
the  east  of  Alliance  will  occur  later. 

SOUTHWESTERN    MAHONING    COUNTY. 

Bests  Station.  This  point  is  4^^  miles  northeast  of  Alliance 
on  the  Lake  Erie,  Alliance  and  Wheeling  Railroad,  and,  with  the 
next  two  places  to  be  mentioned,  in  line  with  Alliance  and 
Howenstein.  These  three  places — Bests  Station,  North  Benton, 
and  Little  Mill  Creek,  furnish  exposures  that  must  be  combined 
in  a  single  section  in  order  to  be  rightly  vniderstood  and  without 
resort  to  elevation  it  would  be  almost  impossible  to  rightly  inter- 
pret the  several  outcrops. 

A  fourth  of  a  mile  east  of  the  station  and  near  the  right  hand 
side  of  the  roadway  a  limestone  occurs  which  was  formerly  burned 
for  lime.  It  is  not  now  exposed  to  its  base,  but  is  about  3  feet  in 
thickness,  apparently  in  one  massive  layer,  tough,  and  rather 
dark  gray  or  almost  black  in  color.  It  lies  at  1101  feet  above  sea 
and  is  the  Vanport  limestone  as  will  appear  later. 

About  150  yards  northwest  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  road 
and  on  the  Cornelius  Smith  farm  the  upper  part  of  the  Putnam 
Hill  is  seen  in  an  excavation  for  a  spring.  It  lies  at  1084  above 
sea  and  is  a  light  bluish  gray  in  color,  much  lighter  than  the  Van- 
port.     Only  1  foot  of  it  is  exposed  and  its  thickness  unknown. 

North  Benton.  This  village  lies  2  miles  northeast  of  Bests 
and  the  hill  above  the  town  reaches  an  elevation  of  1127  which  is 
sufficiently  high  to  carry  both  of  the  above  limestones  but  50 
feet  of  the  hill  top  is  sandstone.  A  well  at  Mr.  Hammond's  bam 
just  across  the  roadway  from  the  brick  church  penetrates  a  lime- 
stone which  may  be  seen  outcropping  in  the  roadway  east  of  the 
barn  and  near  the  northwest  corner  of  the  cemetery.  It  lies  at 
1069  and  is  the  Howenstein  limestone.  Its  thickness  is  not  seen 
at  this  point  but  is  probably  2  to  3  feet.  Mr.  Hammond  reports 
4  to  5  feet  of  black  shale  on  top  of  the  limestone.  Sandstone 
clearly  svicceeds  the  shale  as  may  be  readily  seen  in  the  roadway 
above  the  church. 

Near  the  northeast  corner  of  the  cemetery  and  29  feet  below 
the  top  of  the  limestone  the  base  of  a  bed  of  fireclay  occurs.  This 
fireclay  marks  the  horizon  of  the  Upper  Mercer  limestone  but 
neither  the  thickness  of  the  fireclay  nor  what  overlies  it  is  exposed 
here.  Two  htmdred  j^ards  or  more  down  steam  loose  blocks  of 
limestone  are  seen  and  are  thought  to  be  from  this  horizon. 
Nearly  a  half  mile  northeast  of  the  cemetery  on  the  O.  F.  Henry 
farm  this  limestone  is  exposed  at  1048  above  sea  at  its  highest 
point.     It  undtilates  sharply  dipping  4|  feet  in  50  yards.     It 


no  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

measures  from  2  to  .3  feet  in  thickness,  is  blue-black  and  very  fos- 
siliferous.  Here  it  is  directly  underlain  by  '2h  inches  of  blue  and 
yellow  clay  succeeded  by  14  inches  of  coal. 

This  limestone  is  seen  again  outcropping  in  the  roadway 
\  mile  southeast  of  the  village. 

About  \  mile  north  of  the  village  on  Island  Creek,  and  near 
stream  level  a  bed  of  coal  is  found.  The  bed  has  been  opened  but 
found  to  be  too  poor  to  mine.  It  lies  at  1012  feet  above  sea  and 
appears  to  be  the  coal  belonging  to  the  Lower  Mercer  limestone 
although  no  limestone  is  found  at  this  horizon  in  this  vicinity. 
This  coal  is  of  no  value  further  than  aiding  in  identifying  horizons 
and  its  relations  will  be  considered  in  this  connection  with  the 
outcrops  on  Little  Mill  Creek.  At  various  places  from  the  North 
Benton  Cemetery,  below  the  fireclay  noted,  loose  micaceous  sand- 
stone in  thin  layers  can  be  seen  down  stream  to  the  outcrop  of 
the  above  coal.  This  interval  of  about  36  feet  appears  to  be 
composed  largely  of  this  kind  of  rock.  The  interval,  however, 
at  first  appears  too  great  to  be  that  between  the  Mercer  Lime- 
stones, but  it  will  be  remembered  that  the  elevation  of  1048 
above  sea  is  on  a  crest  of  the  Upper  Mercer  and  a  sharp  dip  is 
seen.  The  trough  in  all  probability  reaches  1042  or  less.  Again 
were  the- Lower  Mercer  present  with  a  thickness  of  3  feet  and 
I'esting  directly  upon  the  coal,  which  it  does  not  always  do,  the 
interval  would  be  still  further  reduced  and  within  the  limit  seen 
at  Howenstein. 

Little  Mill  Creek.  This  stream  flows  into  the  Mahoning  River 
from  the  east  and  with  its  mouth  located  about  1  mile  north  of 
the  O.  F.  Henry  outcrop  and  near  the  Portage-Mahoning  County 
line.  This  stream  is. designated  Little  Mill  Creek  to  avoid  con- 
fusion with  another  Mill  Creek  in  the  eastern  end  of  the  county. 
One  and  one-half  miles  east  of  its  mouth  and  2  miles  northeast 
of  North  Benton  several  outcrops  of  limestones  occur  along 
this  stream  and  its  branches.  They  are  the  Mercer  limestones. 
The  Upper  Mercer  occurs  in  typical  exposure  in  a  small  ravine 
a  few  rods  east  of  Mr.  Simon  Hartzell's  barn  where  it  is  2^  to 
3  feet  thick  and  dips  sharply  toward  the  south.  At  a  medium 
point  its  elevation  is  1037  feet  above  sea.  This  stone  is  blue- 
gray  to  blue-black  and  weathers  to  a  rust5^  brown.  About  \  mile 
south  of  this  point  a  thin  coal  is  seen  in  the  shale  and  clay  pit 
of  the  Dustman  Brothers  Pottery  Plant  which  lies  at  about  1075 
above  sea  and  apparently  marks  the  horizon  of  the  Howenstein 
limestone  but  no  limestone  is  present.  Only  dark  shale  and  drift 
clay  overlie  this  coal. 

About  the  same  distance  north  of  the  Hartzell  outcrop  the 
Lower  Mercer  becomes  a  very  conspicuous  stratum  in  the  sides 
and  floor  of  Little  Mill  Creek.  About  150  yai'ds  above  the  high- 
way bridge  on  the  north  and  south  road  this  stratum  forms  a  fall 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  m 

in  the  stream  over  a  conspicuous  overhanging  ledge  which  extends 
from  bank  to  bank.  No  better  outcrop  of  the  Lower  Mercer  is 
found  anywhere  than  occurs  here.  At  the  fall  the  stratum  lies 
in  two  layers  in  immediate  contact  and  without  any  parting. 
The  lower  layer  is  7  inches  thick  and  the  upper  2  feet,  o  inches. 
It  is  rather  tough,  blue-black,  and  quite  fossiliferous.  In  the 
south  bank  in  the  roadway  it  lies  at  1022  above  sea,  at  the  lowest 
point  seen  a  few  rods  above  the  fall  it  lies  12  feet  lower  or  a  dip 
of  12  feet  in  a  distance  of  about  150  yards.  If  the  inclination 
observed  in  the  cliff  a  short  distance  above  the  fall  may  be  taken 
to  indicate  a  continuation  of  the  dip  up  to  that  point  then  this 
limestone  in  its  trough  probably  lies  20  feet  lower  than  at  its 
crest  near  the  bridge. 

On  Turkeybroth,  the  north  branch  of  Little  Mill  Creek,  at  a 
point  4  or  5  hundred  yards  above  the  fall  this  limestone  again 
rises  and  becomes  the  floor  of  the  Turkeybroth  for  some  distance 
where  it  lies  at  about  1015.  Near  the  top  of  the  cliff  a  short  dis- 
tance above  the  fall  the  Upper  Mercer  again  outcrops  and  is  3 
feet,  1  inch  thick.  Its  top  lies  16  feet,  8  inches  above  stream.  But 
it  does  not  lie  10  feet  above  the  level  of  the  Lower  Mercer's  crest 
at  the  bridge.  The  Upper  Mercer  is  again  quite  well  exposed  for 
several  hundred  yards  in  the  sides  and  bed  of  the  south  branch 
of  Little  Mill  Creek.  About  200  yards  above  the  fork  this  stratum 
is  seen  in  the  south  bank  at.  9  feet  above  stream,  blue-black,  very 
tough,  and  3  feet,  2  inches  thick  with  10  inches  of  coal  Ih  feet 
beneath  it.  Up  stream  the  limestone  soon  becomes  the  creek 
floor  and  is  seen  to  undulate  gently  now  above  water  and  now 
below  and  gradually  rising  toward  the  east.  For  considerable 
distances  where  the  stratum  lies  a  little  below  water  level  and 
having  been  swept  clean,  there  is  seen  to  be  a  top  layer  2  to  -l 
inches  thick,  which  is  jointed  so  regularly  as  to  look  very  like 
street  paving.  The  jointing  planes  not  being  equal  distances 
apart  divide  the  layer  into  rectangular  blocks  4  to  10  inches  wide 
and  6  to  15  inches  long.  The  jointing  lines  are  very  distinct  and 
present  a  striking  appearance  in  the  still  water  between  the  crests. 
It  would  seem  that  the  blocks  might  be  lifted  easily  but  so  tightly 
do  they  fit  that  it  is  with  difficulty  that  one  is  raised  from  be- 
tween its  fellows.  This  pavement  layer  is  more  carbonaceous, 
nearly  black,  less  tough,  and  much  more  fossiliferovis  than  the 
thick  layer  beneath. 

At  the  point  where  this  stream  bends  to  the  south  the  lime- 
stone disappears  and  is  seen  to  dip  sharply  to  the  southward.  It 
is  not  seen  again  for  nearly  a  half  mile,  and  then  reappears  rising 
above  the  stream  bed  at  a  point  south  of  where  it  was  last  seen 
and  lies  6  or  8  feet  higher.  This  outcrop  occurs  about  200  yards 
below  Mr.  John  Helsel's  barn.  Both  of  these  limestones  where 
exposed  in  the  stream  bed  are  seen  to  be  jointed  and  lie  in  heavy 


112  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

massive  blocks.  The  banks  of  the  stream  for  several  hundred  yards 
below  the  falls  are  strewn  with  huge  blocks  as  if  distributed  for 
some  giant  masonry.  The  blocks  often  measure  S,  10  or  even 
12  feet  in  length. 

As  seen  at  the  fall  and  below  the  Lower  Mercer  is  underlaid 
by  4  feet  of  fire-clay  and  sandy  shale  but  no  coal.  A  short  dis- 
tance below  the  bridge  this  limestone  dies  out,  shale  appears,  and 
coaly  shale  comes  in  at  the  horizon  of  the  base  of  the  limestone 
and  further  down  becomes  a  definite  bed  of  coal  of  4  to  6  inches 
thickness.  This  coal  is  traceable  with  a  sandstone  cover  all  the 
way  to  the  Mahoning  River.  At  the  forks  of  the  highway  and 
just  above  the  first  bridge  over  Little  Mill  Creek  this  coal  is  1 
foot  thick,  lies  at  1024,  and  is  overlain  by  shaly  micaceous 
sandstone.  At  a  point  about  midway  between  the  above  two 
bridges  on  this  creek  this  sandstone  v/as  formerly  ciuarried.  The 
coal  is  seen  to  undulate  and  is  certainly  the  coal  referred  to  on 
Island  Creek  near  North  Benton  which  at  that  point  lies  at  1012 
above  sea.  It  is  certainly  the  coal  belonging  to  the  Lower  Mercer 
limestone  but  the  latter  is  not  seen  anywhere  to  the  westward  on 
either  Little  Mill  Creek  or  the  Mahoning  River  as  far  up  the  river 
as  the  Benton-Deerfield  highway.  There  is  another  thin  coal  to 
be  noted,  however,  in  this  connection  which  may  easily  cause 
confusion.  About  300  yards  down  stream  from  the  mine  on 
Island  Creek  and  at  the  bridge  east  of  Benton  Station  this  coal 
lies  in  the  creek  bed  at  997  above  sea  and  about  8  inches  thick.  A 
third  of  a  mile  northwest  in  the  river  bank  just  below  the  railroad 
river  bridge  this  coal  is  7  inches  thick  and  lies  at  1000  above  sea 
or  IS  feet  below  rail  on  the  bridge.  It  is  seen  at  numerous  other 
points  on  the  Mahoning  and  on  Little  Mill  Creek  and  at  15  to  20 
feet  below  the  Lower  Mercer  Coal.  The  intervening  rock  is 
largely  sandstone.  It  is  of  interest  to  note  here  that  two  coals 
occur  below  the  Lower  Mercer  limestone  at  Lowellville;  a  2-inch 
layer  2  feet  below,  and  an  18-inch  bed  13^  feet  below. 

It  now  remains  to  combine  the  several  outcrops  of  limestone 
seen  in  the  Best's  Station-North  Benton-Little  Mill  Creek  vicin- 
ity into  one  section.  From  the  data  given  it  is  clear  that  the 
horizons  of  the  Lower  Mercer,  Upper  Mercer,  and  Howenstein 
are  found  at  North  Benton.  The  mean  elevation  of  the  Lower 
Mercer  on  Little  Mill  Creek  is  1016,  of  the  Upper  Mercer  1037. 
The  Lower  Mercer  coal  near  North  Benton  lies  at  1012  and  were 
the  limestone  present  above  it  in  usual  thickness  its  elevation 
would  be  1015.  The  Upper  Mercer  at  North  Benton  lies  at  its 
highest  piont  at  1048  but  its  mean  elevation  is  quite  probably 
about  1043.  The  Howenstein  as  seen  at  the  cemetery  lies  at 
1069.  What  is  seen  on  Little  Mill  Creek  confirms  the  identifica- 
tion of  horizons  at  North  Benton,  and  the  outcrops  at  North 
Benton  are  sufficiently  close  together  to  be  grouped  in  a  single 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  n 


J 


section  without  allowance  for  dip.  Three  of  the  five  Hmestones 
are  so  far  accounted  for  at  elevations  as  follows:  1015,  1043, 
and  1069  above  sea.  Those  at  Best's  Station  are  to  be  added, 
but  being  2  miles  away  dip  must  be  considered.  The  nearest 
point  for  comparison  of  elevations  of  all  five  limestones  is  at 
Alliance.  The  outcrops  at  Best's  Station  are  about  4^  miles 
from  Alhance  and  those  about  North  Benton  about  7  miles, 
except  the  Howenstein  outcrop  which  is  about  65.  Comparing 
the  elevations  of  the  lower  three  at  the  two  places,  they  are  as 
follows: 

Alliance    Xorth  Benton    Difference 

Howenstein. 1008  1069  61 

Upper  Mercer 966  104:i  77 

Lower  Mercer 945  1015  70 

It  appears  at  once  that  there  is  a  dip  toward  Alliance  from 
North  Benton  whatever  it  may  be  in  any  other  direction.  For 
the  Mercer  limestones  it  is  10  and  11  feet  per  mile,  for  the  How- 
enstein a  little  over  9  feet  per  mile.  It  will  be  remembered,  how- 
ever, that  the  latter  stratum  lies  relatively  higher  at  Alliance 
than  in  the  Nimishillen  valley.  Comparing  the  upper  two 
limestones  likewise  they  appear  as  follows: 

Alliance  Best's      Difference 

Vanport 1081  1101  20 

Putnam  Hill 10;52  10S4  52 

The  first  difference  is  not  what  would  be  expected  from  the 
dip  found  in  the  first  three  limestones,  but  the  second  corresponds 
very  well  giving  a  dip  of  about  IH  feet  per  mile.  The  Vanport 
clearly  lies  considerably  lower  relatively  than  at  ony  other  place 
found,  and  its  dip  of  less  than  5  feet  per  mile  is  not  representative 
of  the  general  dip  of  the  strata.  Therefore  in  combining  the  out- 
crops at  Best's  and  Benton  a  general  dip  of  about  11  feet  per 
mile  must  be  used  in  adjusting  the  interval  between  the  Howen- 
stein and  Putnam  Hill  limestones,  and  combining  the  outcrops 
for  a  section  at  North  Benton  the  following  elevations  represent 
the  horizons  of  the  several  limestones: 

Vanport 1 125 

Putnam  Hill 1 106 

Howenstein 1069 

Upper  Mercer 1043 

Lower  Mercer 1015 

It  will  be  observed  at  once  that  the  elevation  of  1125  for  the 
Vanport  does  not  conform  to  the  11  foot  dip,  but  it  is  quite  prob- 
able that  it  lies  at  about  1125  at  this  point  since  it  lies  only  17 
feet  above  the  Putnam  Hill  at  Best's  Station,  which  strongly 
suggests  a  thinning  of  intermediate  strata  in  this  region.  It  is 
true  that  the  interval  between  the  Lower  Mercer  and  the  Van- 
port  would  thus  be  only   110  feet,  while  the  same  interval  at 


114  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

Howenstein  is  147  feet,  at  Alliance  136  feet,  in  central  Mahoning 
County  122  feet,  and  at  Lowellville  133  feet. 

Probably  the  most  striking  fact  is  the  rise  in  the  strata 
toward  Benton  since  this  is  in  line  with  Howenstein  and  Alliance. 
But  as  before  the  writer  accounts  for  this  occurrence  in  part  on 
the  ground  that  an  anticline  lies  to  the  east  of  Alliance  and  in 
going  from  this  place  to  North  Benton  the  northwest  slope  of  the 
anticline  is  ascended. 

MEANDER    CREEK    AND    TRIBUTARIES. 

This  stream  and  its  tributaries  arise  in  the  central  part  of 
Mahoning  County  and  furnish  the  next  good  exposures  of 
limestone. 

Ellsworth.  A  half  mile  south  of  the  village  of  Ellsworth  and 
just  below  the  fall  at  Club  Lake  in  the  bed  of  the  west  branch  of 
Meander  Creek  the  Lower  Mercer  occurs  at  1023  feet  above  sea, 
is  3  feet  thick  and  possesses  its  usual  characters.  In  the  south 
bank  of  this  stream  near  the  highway  bridge  an  opening  has  been 
made  into  the  coal  belonging  beneath  this  limestone.  The  coal 
was  not  seen  btit  lies  at  about  10 IS.  About  \  mile  below  the 
highway  bridge  a  9-inch  coal  is  exposed  in  a  cliff  with  sandstone 
above  it  and  lying  at  1003  feet  above  sea.  This  is  certainly  the 
same  coal  seen  on  Little  Mill  Creek  and  on  the  Mahoning  River. 
The  elevation  and  interval  between  the  coals  are  almost  identical 
although   the   two   localities  are   about   8   miles   apart. 

A  few  hundred  yards  below  the  above  cliff  on  the  south 
side  of  the  creek  occur  conspicuous  clay  banks  rich  in  beautiful 
crystals  of  selenite  which  have  given  the  obscure  village  of 
Ellsworth  a  place  oi  prominence  with  geologists  and  museums 
far  and  wide.     The  clay  is  a  gray  talcose  glacial  deposit. 

At  the  Club  Lake  fall  14  feet  above  the  limestone  thin  streaks 
of  coal  occur  at  the  base  of  a  massive  sandstone.  It  is  clearly  the 
Upper  Mercer  coal  but  wnth  its  limestone  displaced  by  the  mas- 
sive, coarse  grained  sandstone  which  contains  numerous  impres- 
sions of  lepidodendrids,  sigillarids,  and  calamities.  The  cur- 
rents that  prevented  the  formation  of  the  limestone,  swept 
down  the  coal  plants  and  entombed  them  in  sand.  No  better 
display  of  fossil  plants  in  sandstone  is  known  to  the  writer  than 
occurs  in  this  stratum. 

The  bluish  gray  shale  beneath  the  sandstone  contains  great 
numbers  of  beautifully  preserved  fern  leaves  and  other  plants. 

Diehl  Creek.  At  a  point  about  2  miles  east  and  slightly  south 
of  Club  Lake  on  Diehl  Creek,  a  tributary  of  the  middle  branch  of 
Meander,  the  Lower  Mercer  is  again  seen  in  the  sides  and  bed  of 
the  creek  and  presenting  the  same  appearance  as  seen  on  Little 
Mill  Creek,  but  with  less  undulation.  The  stratum  lies  at  1024 
feet  above  sea,  is  2  feet  .")  inches  thick  and  in  two  layers,  the 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  115 

lower  one  being  5  inches.  The  two  layers  are  a  quite  constant 
expression  of  this  limestone  throughout  Mahoning  County  and 
wherever  a  good  exposure  of  the  entire  thickness  is  seen  this 
character  is  present.  I.  C.  White  in  his  report  on  Mercer  Co., 
Pennsylvania,  pointed  out  this  feature,  as  noted  in  the  first  part 
of  this  paper.  The  most  westerly  point  at  which  this  feature 
has  been  observed  in  Mahoning  County  is  at  the  fall  on  Little  Mill 
Creek.  The  same  character  occurs  at  Shew's  Mill  in  Stark  County. 

Loii'er  Outcrop.  On  the  middle  branch  of  Meander  Creek  at  a 
point  about  two-thirds  of  a  mile  southwest  of  the  Diehl  Creek 
outcrop  and  a  short  distance  south  of  Mr.  John  Lower's  barn  the 
Upper  Mercer  is  exposed  in  a  ravine  and  lies  at  1040.  The 
stratum  is  not  well  exposed  but  is  about  2  feet  in  thickness  and  is 
overlain  by  80  inches  of  coal  which  has  been  mined  to  a  small 
extent.  The  subjacent  strata  were  not  seen.  This  point  is  2 
miles  southeastof  Club  Lake  where  the  Upper  Mercer  Coal  lies 
at  1037.  These  elevations  indicate  practically  horizontal  strata. 
The  interval  between  the  limestone  and  the  coal  at  the  lake  is 
practically  the  same  as  that  between  the  limestone  on  Diehl 
Creek  and  the  limestone  near  the  Lower  barn.  One  would  think 
dip  must  be  counted  but  these  elevations  and  measurements 
forbid  it. 

Bingham  Outcrop.  One  and  one-fourth  miles  west  of  the 
Lower  outcrop  and  three-fourths  of  a  mile  a  little  east  of  south 
of  Club  Lake  on  the  farm  of  E.  W.  Bingham  a  limestone  lies  at 
1072  feet  above  sea.  It  is  15  to  18  inches  thick  and  overlies  a 
bed  of  coal  which  was  formerly  mined  to  a  limited  extent.  This 
.is  32  feet  higher  than  the  Upper  Mercer  and  is  certainly  the 
Howenstein  limestone.  It  lies  7  feet  higher  than  the  top  of  the 
heavy  sandstone  at  Club  Lake.  North  of  the  Bingham  residence 
and  on  the  farm  of  C.  E.  Bowman  a  bed  of  coal  lies  a  few  feet 
above  the  top  of  this  standsone  and  is  undoubtedly  the  same 
coal  as  on  the  Bingham  farm. 

Above  the  Howenstein  limestone  lies  sandstone  as  seen  in  the 
hillside  above  the  coal  mine  and  in  the  roadway  near  the  Bing- 
ham residence.  vSucceeding  the  massive  sandstone  a  black  coaly 
shale  appears  with  its  base  at  1096  above  sea.  Mr.  Bingham 
states  that  it  is  13  feet  thick  and  underlies  much  of  the  hill  above 
the  limestone  and  that  it  has  been  penetrated  by  drill  in  numer- 
ous places  in  the  hope  of  finding  a  good  bed  of  coal.  A  heavy 
coarse  sandstone  succeeds  this  shale  to  the  top  of  the  hill  or  to 
an  elevation  of  about  1150.  The  structure  of  this  hill  from  the 
limestone  up  is  of  much  importance  in  the  interpretation  of  the 
next  outcrops  to  be  noted. 

Unger  Outcrop.  On  Meander  Creek  one-fourth  mile  south- 
west of  the  southwest  corner  of  Canfield  Township  and  on  the 
Unger  farm  an  outcrop  of  limestone  occurs  a  few  hundred  yards 


T  i6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

southeast  of  the  Unger  barn.  The  stratum  is  black  and  18 
inches  thick  lying  at  1082  above  sea.  This  exposure  is  about 
H  miles  south,  and  2j  miles  east  of  the  Bingham  outcrop,  and 
lies  10  feet  higher.  As  noted  in  the  Lower  outcrop  there  is  no 
evidence  of  dip  in  this  locality  toward  the  south  or  south-east  so 
far  as  the  writer  has  found.  A  few  hundred  yards  above  the 
Unger  outcrop  and  directly  in  the  southwest  corner  of  Canfield 
Township  on  the  Ewing  farm  a  bed  of  coal  lies  at  1115  feet  above 
sea  and  a  few  feet  beneath  this  a  second  bed.  The  top  of  the 
upper  bed  is  83  feet  above  the  Unger  limestone,  and  the  bottom 
of  the  13  foot  black  shale  on  the  Bingham  farm  lies  24  feet  higher 
than  the  Bingham  limestone  or  the  top  of  the  shale  37  feet 
higher.  Above  the  limestone  at  both  places  there  is  sandstone; 
above  the  black  shale  on  the  Bingham  farm  and  above  the  coal 
on  the  Ewing  farm  sandstone  occurs.  With  no  evidence  of  dip 
and  with  close  correspondence  of  the  strata  in  elevations  and 
character,  the  conclusion  that  the  limestone  at  Unger's  is  the 
Howenstein  and  that  the  Ewing  coals  are  the  equivalent  of  the 
black  shale  at  Bingham's  is  inevitable.  The  coal  on  the  Ewing 
farm  was  identified  by  Dr.  Orton  as  the  Canfield  cannel  coal,  and 
the  fragments  of  limestone  found  at  the  opening  of  the  Ewing 
mine  as  the  ferriferous  limestone.  [Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol.  V,  p.  31.] 
He  further  indicates  that  the  dip  is  15  or  20  per  mile  toward  the 
southeast  in  this  locality.  Upon  what  is  it  based  is  not  stated. 
The  writer  finds  only  evidence  of  little  or  no  dip  at  all,  and  is 
unable  to  regard  the  Ewing  coal  other  than  that  beneath  the 
Putnam  Hill  limestone,  and  that  the  fragments  of  limestone 
found  by  Dr.  Orton  belong  to  that  strattmi.  A  comparison  of 
the  limestones,  coals,  and  their  elevations  on  the  east  side  of 
Canfield  Township  with  those  at  Lowellville  leads  to  no  other 
conclusion  than  that  the  Canfield  Cannel  Coal  is  the  coal  beneath 
the  Vanport  limestone  as  Dr.  Orton  identified  it.  The  following 
are  the  elevations  of  the  limestones  on  Meander  Creek  and  those 
on  the  east  side  of  Canfield  Township: 


(4) 
(3) 
(2) 
(1) 

Meander  Creek 

(5) 
(4) 
(3) 
(2) 
(1) 

Canfield  Township 

Canfield  Cannel  Coal  1151 
Fireclay  1101 
Howenstein  1078 
Upper  Mercer  1050 
Lower  Mercer  1029 

Ewing  Coal  1115 
Howenstein  1082 
Upper  Mercer  1040 
Lower  Mercer  1024 

This  table  is  the  writer's  interpretation  of  his  findings  based 
upon  the  number  of  strata,  their  elevations  and  their  intervals. 
(1 ),  (2),  and  (3)  correspond  well.  (4)  on  the  east  side  of  Canfield 
clearly  lies  lower  than  usual  but  unmistakable. 

The  Ewing  coal  certainly  appears  to  mark  the  Putnam  Hill 
horizon  in  the  southwest  corner  of  Canfield  Township. 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  117 

The  interval  between  (2)  and  (5)  on  the  east  side  of  the 
township  is  seen  to  be  101  feet,  and  it  may  be  reasonably  expected 
that  about  the  same  interval  would  occur  on  Meander  Creek. 
At  Howenstein  it  is  119  feet,  at  Alliance  115  feet,  at  Lowellville 
11  o  feet.  Since  the  Ewing  ontcrop  is  nearer  east  Canfield 
Township  with  the  101  foot  interval,  a  101  foot  interval  on 
Meander  Creek  seems  entirely  reasonable.  The  horizon  of 
No.  (5)  on  Meander  Creek  then  would  be  about  11-11  feet  above 
sea,  or  about  26  feet  above  the  Ewing  coal. 

Recourse  to  another  measurement  may  be  taken  which  tends 
to  coniinn  the  conclusion  that  the  horizon  of  the  Vanport  lies 
higher  than  the  Ewing  coal.  From  the  data  on  the  strata  at 
Alliance  and  southward  and  with  the  Upper  Freeport  limestone 
lying  at  65  feet  above  the  Middle  Kittanning  coal  in  the  Minerva 
Tunnel-cut  it  will  be  seen  that  the  interval  between  the  Vanport 
and  the  Upper  Freeport  limestones  is  121  feet  in  that  locality. 
The  Upper  Freeport  limestone  is  found  on  the  Canfield-Greenford 
highway  in  the  Goodman  Hill  at  1256  feet  above  sea.  This 
point  is  one  mile  a  little  south  of  east  from  the  Ewing  mine,  and 
the  limestone  is  readily  recognized  as  the  Upper  Freeport  by  its 
brecciated  character  and  a  minute  coiled  worm-like  fossil  in  great 
numbers.  The  interval  between  the  Ewing  coal  and  the  lime- 
stone is  141  feet.  Dip,  if  there  were  evidence  of  it  in  this  locatliy, 
would  increase  this  measurement.  As  it  is,  it  exceeds  the  first 
measurement  bv  20  feet  which  is  near  the  interval  between  the 
Ewing  coal  and  the  horizon  at  which  the  previous  calculation 
would  place  the  Canfield  Cannel  or  the  coal  beneath  the  Vanport 
limestone. 

If  the  Ewing  coal  were  the  Canfield  Cannel  and  the  limestone 
found  by  Dr.  Orton  the  Vanport,  then  the  interval  between  the 
Lower  Mercer  and  the  Vanport  limestone  on  Meander  would  be 
only  93  feet  which  is  considerably  less  than  the  average  interval. 

Beardsley  Outcrop.  On  the  east  branch  of  Meander  Creek 
and  about  1  mile  northwest  of  the  County  Infirmary  an  outcrop 
of  the  Lower  Mercer  occurs  on  the  farm  of  Edward  Beardsley.  Its 
average  thickness  is  about  3  feet  and  was  formerly  quarried 
extensively  and  shipped  to  the  furnaces  at  Leetonia.  At  12  to 
18  feet  below  the  limestone  a  bed  of  coal  is  found  which  reaches 
a  thickness  of  3  feet  and  has  been  mined  to  a  considerable  extent 
for  local  use.  It  thickens  and  thins  rapidly  and  at  one  point  is 
seen  to  be  only  13  inches.  It  is  certainly  the  same  coal  seen 
below  Club  Lake  and  on  Little  Mill  Creek.  The  limestone  lies  at 
about  1021  feet  above  sea. 

Ripple  Outcrop.  South  of  West  Austintown  one-half  mile 
along  the  Erie  Railroad  and  just  above  the  residence  of  Mr.  John 
Ripple  the  Lower  Mercer  outcrops  in  the  highway  at  1028  above 
sea.     In  the  mine  beside  the  old  Paint  Works  the  limestone 


ii8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

measures  3  feet  6  inches.  The  rich  bed  of  iron  ore  above  it  was 
formerly  mined  and  used  in  the  manufacture  of  paint. 

This  limestone  is  being  burned  for  fertilizer  on  the  John  Fitch 
farm  near  West  Austintown. 

McMahon  Outcrop.  About  Ij  miles  southeast  of  the  Ripple 
outcrop  an  exposure  of  limestone  occurs  on  McMahon  Run  and 
on  the  farm  of  Ambrose  McMahon.  The  full  thickness  is  not 
now  exposed  but  reported  to  be  2  feet  or  more  in  a  coal  shaft  at 
this  point.  Drillings  close  around  gave  a  thickness  of  2|  to  3 
feet.  In  one  hole  reported  by  Mr.  McMahon  a  2-foot  coal  was 
penetrated  10  feet  above  the  limestone.  As  seen  in  the  run  the 
limestone  lies  at  about  1040.  The  coal  at  the  shaft  lies  25  feet 
below  the  limestone  or  at  1015,  but  in  one  of  the  drill  holes  at  20 
feet  below  that  stratum.  The  limestone  is  overlain  by  a  rich 
bed  of  iron  ore  as  at  the  Ripple  outcrop  and  would  seem  from  all 
the  data  to  be  the  Lower  Mercer  although  12  feet  higher  than  at 
previous  outcrop.  Undulation  will  easily  account  for  this 
difference.  The  2  foot  coal  above  it  would  seem  to  be  the  coal 
belonging  to  the  Upper  Mercer  but  no  trace  of  this  limestone  or 
its  coal  is  seen  in  the  run  above  the  shaft  where  the  next  35  feet 
of  strata  are  exposed. 

Smith  Corners.  At  Smith  Corners  about  one  mile  a  b"ttle 
south  of  east  from  the  McMahon  outcrop  William  Gardner  pen- 
etrated a  limestone  of  about  18  inches  thickness  at  1090  above 
sea.  The  dip  toward  the  southeast  in  eastern  Mahoning  County 
is  only  about  5  feet  per  mile,  the  interval  therefore  of  55  feet 
indicates  rather  clearly  that  this  is  the  Howenstein  limestone. 
The  McMahon  outcrop,  Smith  Corners  and  Poland  are  nearly  in 
line  and  the  matter  'of  dip  in  that  direction  will  be  considered 
further  under  Poland  outcrops. 

MILL    CREEK    AND    TRIBUTARIES. 

This  stream  empties  into  the  Mahoning  River  at  Youngstown 
after  crossing  the  eastern  end  of  Mahoning  County  from  south 
to  north.  Its  bed  for  more  than  7  miles  from  its  mouth  lies 
below  the  horizon  of  the  Lower  Mercer  limestone,  and  the  scanty 
outcrops  of  the  limestones,  therefore,  are  found  on  its  tributaries. 

Facodi  Outcrop.  In  the  first  ravine  to  the  east  above  the  fall 
at  the  old  Lanterman  Mill  on  Mill  Creek,  the  Lower  Mercer  is 
first  seen  on  the  land  of  Una  Facodi  at  1010  feet  above  sea.  The 
exposure  is  poor  and  the  thickness  not  seen.  It  is  underlain  by 
gray  sandy  shale  and  flaggy  sandstone  down  to  Mill  Creek.  This 
sandstone  is  the  Upper  Massillon  and  it  constitutes  the  rock 
walls  of  Mill  Creek  gorge. 

Lanterman  Outcrop.  About  one-fourth  mile  south  of  the 
Facodi  outcrop  and  on  the  German  Lanterman  farm  the  Lower 
Mercer  outcrops  in  a  ravine  which  crosses  the  north  and  south 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  1 1 9 

highway.  It  was  formerly  quarried  on  both  sides  of  the  ravine 
for  some  distance  and  burned  for  Hme.  At  this  point  it  hes  at 
1007  above  sea. 

Baldwin  Outcrop.  A  hah'  mile  south  of  the  last  outcrop  and 
on  the  Jesse  Baldwin  farm  this  same  stratum  may  again  be  seen 
in  a  ravine  in  the  rear  of  the  Baldwin  residence  where  it  is  2  feet, 
3  inches  thick  and  overlies  IS  inches  of  coal  which  was  formerly 
mined  on  this  farm  to  a  limited  extent.  By  topographic  map  the 
limestone  lies  about  1010  above  sea.  About  200  yards  east  of 
this  point  and  across  the  road  fragments  of  a  limestone  are  lifted 
in  plowing  and  the  stratum  would  seem  to  lie  about  1050  above 
sea. 

Davis  Well.  This  elevation  w^ould  seem  to  be  confirmed  by 
penetrating  a  limestone  at  1050  in  a  w^ell  at  the  residence  of  George 
E.  Davis  on  the  Youngstown-Boardman  pike.  The  Davis  well 
is  J  mile  southeast  of  the  Baldwin  outcrop.  It  would  seem  that 
the  second  limestone  is  the  Uj^per  Mercer.  If  it  is  the  Upper 
Mercer  the  interval  is  greater  than  anywhere  else  found. 

Moyer  Spring.  At  a  point  \  mile  south  of  the  Davis  well  and 
1  mile  southeast  of  the  Baldwin  outcrop  a  limestone  is  found  in 
a  spring  at  the  sawmill  on  the  Samuel  Moyer  farm  and  lies  at 
1030  above  sea. 

Geiger  Well.  On  the  C.  T.  Geiger  farm  h  mile  southeast  of 
the  Moyer  spring  a  limestone  was  penetrated  in  a  test-well  at  9 
feet  lower  than  in  the  Moyer  Spring. 

Walters  Well.  At  the  residence  of  E.  C.  Walters  1  mile  south- 
west of  the  Moyer  Spring  a  limestone  occurs  in  the  well  at  1018 
above  sea  and  about  500  yards  northwest  of  the  Walters  residence 
the  Low^er  Mercer  is  exposed  on  Mill  Creek  at  about  1000  above 
sea.  As  seen  here  this  stratum  is  2  feet,  -1  inches  in  thickness  and 
presents  its  usual  characters.  It  directly  overlies  a  black  coaly 
shale  varying  from  0  to  18  inches  in  thickness. 

Greenhouse  Hill.  Returning  to  the  vicinity  of  Youngstown 
a  third  limestone  is  found  f  mile  east  of  the  Lanterman  outcrop 
and  \  mile  north  of  the  township  line  on  the  Youngstown-Board- 
man pike.  It  outcrops  in  the  gutter  on  either  side  of  the  pike 
a  little  above  the  greenhouse.  The  limestone  is  dark  blue,  fos- 
siliferous,  2  feet  thick,  underlain  by  coaly  shale,  and  lies  at  1076 
elevation.  No  other  outcrop  of  it  was  found  in  this  locality.  The 
Lanterman,  Baldwin,  Davis  well,  and  Greenhouse  Hill  limestones 
are  suthciently  close  together  to  conclude  from  them  that  the 
limestones  found  at  these  points  are  the  Lower  Mercer,  Upper 
Mercer  and  the  Howenstein. 

Dr.  Newberry  in  his  report  on  Mahoning  County  gives  a  sec- 
tion of  a  boring  made  near  the  south  side  of  Youngstown  Town- 
ship in  which  three  limestones  were  penetrated.  [Ohio.  Geol. 
Sur.  Vol.  Ill,  p.  803.]     They  are  between  tops,  lower  and  middle 


I20  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

35  feet,  middle  and  upper  39  feet.  These  are  without  doubt  the 
same  three  limestones  noted  above.  By  boring  the  interval 
between  the  upper  and  lower  is  74  feet;  as  observed  in  outcrop 
G6  feet  not  counting  4  or  5  feet  for  dip.  Furthermore,  only  the 
hilltops  on  the  south  side  of  Youngstown  Township  reach  an 
elevation  of  1100  feet,  and  Greenhotise  hill  is  one  of  them  with 
the  Howenstein  at  1076  and  near  its  top.  Dr.  Orton  regarded 
this  upper  limestone  as  the  Putnam  Hill.  [Ohio  Geol.  Sur.  Vol. 
V,  pp.  29-30.]  But  a  comparison  of  the  various  sections  unmis- 
takably indicates  that  it  is  the  Howenstein.  The  several  other 
occurrences  of  limestone  at  various  elevations  as  given  above  indi- 
cate that  pronounced  undulation  exists  in  this  locality  in  the 
lower  limestones. 

Indian  Creek  Outcrops.  This  stream  is  a  tributary  of  Mill 
Cree*k  and  has  cut  a  deep  course  in  the  southeast  quarter  of  Can- 
tield  Township  exposing  coals  and  limestones. 

On  the  Jonas  Christman  farm  in  the  bed  of  Indian  Creek  at  a 
point  \  mile  west  of  the  township  line  the  Upper  Mercer  lies  at 
1039  feet  above  sea,  is  over  2  feet  thick,  and  rests  upon  14  to  18 
inches  of  good  coal.  The  limestone  was  formerly  quarried  and 
burned  with  the  coal.  On  the  same  farm  and  on  the  south  side 
of  the  creek  a  bed  of  coal  was  formerly  mined  which  carries  lenti- 
cular masses  of  limestone  lying  at  1064  above  sea.  These  lenses 
are  often  beautiful  septaria  12  to  18  inches  in  diameter  and  quite 
fossiliferous.  The  septarian  character  is  well  shown  in  a  ravine 
on  the  north  side  of  the  creek  several  hundred  yards  above  the 
outcrop  in  the  creek  bed.  The  coal  underlying  the  limestone 
lenses  is  18  to  24  inches  thick  and  was  formerly  mined  on  the 
William  Swanston  farm.  Seventy-three  feet  above  the  lenses 
lies  the  Canfield  Cannel  Coal  at  about  1139  above  sea. 

Dr.  Orton  identified  these  limestones  and  coals  as  the  Lower 
and  Upper  Mercer  and  gave  an  interval  of  So  feet  between  the 
coal  under  the  limestone  lenses  and  the  cannel  seam.  Undulation 
will  easily  account  for  difference  in  interval,  but  the  lenses  are 
certainly  the  Howenstein  limestone  as  will  appear  a  little  later. 
On  the  Canfield-Boardman  road  in  the  Heintzelman  hill  \ 
mile  west  of  the  Canfield-Boardman  line  a  bed  of  fireclay  occurs 
at  1072.  About  300  yards  northwest  of  this  point  a  mine  has 
been  opened  in  an  IS  inch  coal  which  carries  limestone  lenses 
lying  at  1078  above  sea.  This  is  beyond  question  the  saine 
horizon  noted  on  Indian  Creek  1  mile  south. 

Neff  Run  Outcrop.  About  300  yards  northwest  of  this  mine 
in  a  ravine  on  Neff  Run,  a  tributary  of  Indian  Creek,  a  2-foot 
limestone  occurs  on  the  Martin  Neff  farm  and  rests  directly  upon 
a  20-inch  coal.  This  limestone  lies  at  about  1050  above  sea. 
Recently  Mr.  Neff  explored  for  the  Sharon  coal  and  in  a  drill  hole 
close  beside  the  run  and  below  the  horizon  of  the'above  limestone 


Mar,,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  121 

penetrated  61  feet  of  drift.  A  little  north  of  the  run  and  above 
the  limestone  two  limestones  were  penetrated.  The  upper  one 
2^  feet  thick  with  16  inches  of  coal  directly  beneath  it,  the  lower 
one  3  feet  thick  and  no  coal  beneath,  and  21  feet  between  tops 
of  the  limestones.  These  facts  are  perfectly  clear.  The  lenticu- 
lar limestone  is  the  Howenstein ;  the  outcrop  in  the  ravine  at  1U5U, 
and  the  upper  one  in  the  drill  hole,  is  the  Upper  Mercer;  the  3-foot 
limestone  in  the  drill  hole  is  the  Lower  Mercer. 

The  three  limestones  on  the  east  side  of  Canfield  Township 
are  in  harmony  with  the  section  on  Meander  Creek  5  miles  to  the 
Avest;  they  agree  perfectly  with  the  section  on  Yellow  Creek  5^ 
miles  to  the  east;  they  are  in  entire  accord  with  the  findings  in 
the  vicinity  of  Youngstown  4  miles  northeast ;  and  they  answer 
closely  to  the  facts  found  on  McMahon  Run  and  at  Smith  Corners 
4  or  5  miles  northwest. 

The  section  on  Neff  Run  with  the  Lower  Mercer  at  1029,  the 
L^pper  Mercer  at  1050,  and  the  Howenstein  at  107S  combined 
with  the  measurement  between  the  Howenstein  and  the  cannel 
coal  as  found  on  Indian  Creek  gives  the  entire  interval  between 
the  Lower  Mercer  and  the  Vanport  horizons  a  measurement  of 
122  feet.  The  interval  of  73  feet  between  the  Howenstein  and 
the  cannel  coal  was  nowhere  found  well  exposed,  but  somewhere 
near  the  middle  of  it  we  w^ould  expect  to  find  some  trace  of  the 
horizon  of  the  Putnam  Hill  limestone.  Xo  trace  was  seen  in 
outcrop  but  in  a  drill  hole  on  the  Xeff  fai^m  a  few  hundred  yards 
north  of  the  old  mine  in  the  cannel  coal  on  the  William  Swanston 
farm  a  driller  reports  8  feet  of  fireclay  50  feet  below  the  cannel 
coal.  The  top  of  this  clay  certainly  marks  the  Putnam  Hill 
horizon.  At  119  feet  below  the  cannel  coal  a  3-foot  limestone 
was  penetrated  which  is  undoubtedly  the  Lower  Mercer.  The 
following  section,  therefore,  indicates  the  relations  of  the  lime- 
stones or  their  horizons  for  the  Xeff  Run  locality  on  the  east  side 
of  Canfield  Township: 

Vanport  limestone  (cannel  coal) 1151 

Putnam  Hill  limestone  (fireclay) 1101 

Howenstein  limestone  (lenses) 1078 

Upper  Mercer  liinestone 1050 

Lower  Mercer  limestone 1029 

DIP    OF    STRATA    IN    CENTRAL    MAHONING    COUNTV. 

The  matter  of  dip  presents  some  points  of  interest  in  central 
Mahoning  County.  The  Lower  Mercer  dips  southeast  from  Mc- 
Mahon Run  to  Indian  Creek  about  22  feet  in  oh  miles  or  about 
4  feet  per  mile.  The  Howenstein  dips  more  south  than  east 
between  Smith  Corners  and  Indian  Creek  26  feet  in  4i  miles. 
The  average  dip  is  therefore  seen  to  be  about  5  feet  per  mile 
in  this  direction. 


122  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

From  Lower  Outcrop  nearly  due  east  to  Indian  Creek  the 
Upper  Mercer  dips  1  foot  in  oh  miles.  The  Howenstein  dips  in 
the  same  direction  from  Bingham  Outcrop  to  Indian  Creek 
8  feet  in  nearly  7  miles.  The  Lower  Mercer  rises  from  Club 
Lake  to  Neff  Run  in  a  direction  7h  miles  east  and  1  mile  north 
6  feet  in  7^  miles.  It  is  seen  at  once  that  the  strata  lie  almost 
horizontally  from  east  to  west  in  the  center  of  the  county. 

From  Neff  Run  to  Lanterman  Outcrop  more  north  than  east 
the  Lower  Mercer  falls  19  feet  in  r>h  miles,  whereas  it  would  be 
expected  to  rise  judging  from  its  position  to  the  west  of  Neff  Run. 
From  the  same  run  to  Davis  well  very  nearly  northeast  the  Upper 
Mercer  lies  horizontally  having  an  elevation  of  1050  at  each  place 
and  3^  miles  between.  From  Neff  Run  to  Greenhouse  Hill 
exactly  northeast  the  Howenstein  falls  2  feet  in  -i  miles.  The 
average  for  the  three  strata  is  seen  to  be  about  a  2-foot  fall  per 
mile.  In  a  direction  so  much  north  of  east  a  rise  of  several  feet 
per  mile  would  be  expected. 

From  the  Beardsley  Outcrop  to  Neff  Run  in  a  direction  IJ 
miles  south  of  east  the  Lower  Mercer  rises  8  feet  in  4  miles. 
Further  comment  on  the  dip  and  position  of  the  strata  in  central 
Mahoning  County  will  be  made  in  connection  with  the  Yellow 
Creek  and  Lowellville  sections. 

YELLOW    CREEK. 

This  stream  is  a  tributary  of  Mahoning  River  and  flows  north- 
ward nearly  parallel  to  Mill  Creek  half  way  between  the  latter 
and  the  state  line.  It  has  a  fall  of  about  210  feet  in  5  miles  and 
its  rapid  current  has  cut  a  deep  gorge  from  the  village  of  Poland 
to  its  mouth  at  StrUthers.  Accordingly  unusually  good  expo- 
sures of  the  Potsville  formation  are  afforded. 

Poland  Outcrops.  At  the  village  of  Poland  two  outcrops  of 
limestone  occur.  The  first  is  seen  on  the  north  side  just  below  the 
cemetery  forming  a  conspicuous  ledge  and  water  fall  in  Yellow 
Creek.  It  is  the  Lower  Mercer  and  lies  at  990  feet  above  sea. 
The  stratum  presents  here  that  peculiarity  of  two  layers  noted 
elsewhere.  The  upper  layer  measures  2  feet,  3  inches  and  the 
lower  7  inches.  Resting  directly  upon  the  heavy  bed  is  a  2-inch 
very  impure  layer  of  limestone  of  cone-in-cone  structure  which 
breaks  easily  and  shows  this  peculiar  structure  quite  admirably. 
The  heavy  bed  is  bluish  gray,  tough,  fossiliferous,  and  sparkles 
with  crinoid  stems  and  calcite  crystals.  The  limestone  is  directly 
underlain  by  black  carbonaceous  shale  which  is  extremely  fossili- 
ferous. vSeventeen  feet  of  yellowish-gray  flaggy  sandstone  over- 
lies this  limestone  at  this  point. 

One  and  one-half  miles  from  the  Mahoning  River  the  City  of 
Youngstown  has  built  a  dam  on  Yellow  Creek,  the  head  water  of 
which  is  found  a  few  hundred  yards  below  the  above  outcrop. 


xMar.,  1910.] 


Pennsylvanian  Limestones. 


123 


In  a  cliff  at  the  head  of  still  water  the  Lower  Mercer  is  again  well 
exposed  as  a  conspicuous  middle  stratum  of  3  feet  thickness  in 
the  cliff  face  and  lying  at  its  top  9  feet  above  dam  level.  A  5-inch 
impure  cannel  coal  lies  4§  feet  below  its  base.  In  the  second 
ravine  south  of  the  spillway  the  Lower  Mercer  is  again  seen  and 
lies  4  feet  higher  than  in  the  above  cliff,  a  mile  distant.  The  dam 
level  is  about  980  feet  above  sea. 

The  second  limestone  at  Poland  outcrops  on  the  south  side  of 
the  village  in  the  creek  bank  in  the  rear  of  the  Presbyterian 
church.  The  stratum  is  clearly  the  Upper  Mercer  and  lies  at 
1013  above  sea.  As  seen  here  it  rises  a  few  feet  above,  then  sinks 
beneath  the  level  of  the  Poland  Mill  Dam. 

Burgess  Run  Outcrop.  One  and  one-quarter  miles  south  of 
Poland  on  Burgess  Run,  a  tributary  of  Yellow  Creek,  a  third  lime- 
stone outcrops  at  1050  in  the  run  bank  near  the  highway  bridge 
and  on  the  farm  of  D.  W.  Walker.  The  stratum  is  nearly  black 
and  2  to  2J  feet  in  thickness.  It  is  underlain  by  18  inches  of 
coal  15  inches  of  which  is  cannel.  The  limestone  is  overlain  by 
sandstone  as  seen  above  the  highway.  This  is  clearly  the  Howen- 
stein  limestone  although  it  lies  lower  than  in  the  outcrops  noted 
on  Neff  Run,  at  Smith  Corners  and  in  Greenhouse  Hill.  But  it 
is  also  noticed  that  the  Mercer  limestones  lie  correspondingly 
lower. 


DIP    OF    STRAT.\    FROM    CENTRAL    TO    EASTERN    MAHONING    COUNTY. 

Poland  is  directly  east  of  the  Neff  Run  outcrops  oh  miles  and 
a  comparison  of  the  elevations  of  the  three  strata  at  once  reveals 
a  dip  toward  the  east  which  was  not  found  the  case  across  Can- 
field  Township. 


Neff  Run 

Howenstein 1078 

Upper  Mercer 1050 

Lower  Mercer 1029 


Poland 

Howenstein 1055 

Upper  Mercer 1013 

Lower  Mercer 990 


The  Howenstein  is  not  found  at  Poland  but  the  dip  southeast 
from  Greenhouse  Hill  to  Burgess  Run  is  5  feet  per  mile,  hence 
the  horizon  of  this  limestone  is  about  1055  at  Poland.  These 
elevations  show  that  the  Howenstein  dips  toward  the  east  slightly 
over  4  feet  per  mile,  the  Upper  and  Lower  Mercer  7  feet  per  mile. 

The  elevations  at  Poland  may  be  compared  with  one  other 
set.     The  outcrops  south  of  Youngstown  and  those  at  Poland  lie 


in  a  line  extending  northwest  and  southeast. 


Youngstown 

(Greenhouse  Hill)  Howenstein 1076 

(Davis  Well)  Upper  Mercer. .. .  1050 

(Facodi)  Lower  Mercer.  .  .  1010 


Poland 


Howenstein 1055 

Upper  Mercer.  .  .    1013 
Lower  Mercer.  .  .      990 


124  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

The  distance  between  the  first  two  points  is  4  miles  hence  the 
Howenstein  dips  about  5  feet  per  mile  which  it  is  seen  to  do  be- 
tween Greenhouse  Hill  and  Burgess  Run.  Between  the  second 
two  points  the  distance  is  3^  miles  and  the  dip  11  feet  per  mile. 
This  is  tindoubtedly  due  to  this  limestone  lying  much  farther  from 
the  Lower  Mercer  at  Davis  Well  than  is  usual,  and  therefore  not 
representative  of  the  general  southeasterly  dip  of  the  strata.  The 
Howenstein  and  Lower  Mercer  may  be  taken  as  more  correctly 
expressing  the  general  dip.  Between  the  third  two  points  the 
distance  is  4^  miles  with  a  dip  of  4^  feet  per  mile. 

CANFIELD    ANTICLINE. 

It  will  be  recalled  that  in  the  interpretation  of  the  Alliance 
section  that  facts  seem  to  point  to  the  existence  of  a  fold  lying 
east  of  that  city.  The  writer  believes  that  the  data  found  in 
Mahoning  County  fully  warrant  this  conclusion.  The  fold  is  a 
broad  low  one  and  seems  to  lie  through  the  center  of  the  county 
with  Canfield  somewhere  near  the  crest.  The  horizons  of  all  the 
limestones  lie  higher  in  Central  Mahoning  County  than  at  Alliance 
or  Poland.  The  existence  of  nearly  horizontal  strata  from  west 
to  east  in  Canfield  Township,  and  of  marked  dip  in  the  same 
direction  from  the  east  side  of  the  township  toward  Poland  indi- 
cate such  a  fold.  The  fold  is  sufficiently  low  that  the  normal 
dip  of  the  strata  toward  the  southeast  from  Ellsworth  and  north- 
western Canfield  township  is  overcome  causing  the  strata  to  lie 
almost  horizontally,  or  with  a  slight  rise  in  that  direction.  The 
unexpected  fall  in  the  strata  toward  the  northeast  from  Xeff  Run, 
where  a  rise  would  be  looked  for,  indicates  a  dying  out  of  the  fold 
in  the  vicinity  of  Youngstown.  The  rise  in  the  strata  from 
Alliance  toward  North  Benton  is  believed  to  be  due  in  part  to 
ascending  diagonally  the  west  slope  of  this  fold.  Lastly,  south- 
east of  Alliance  and  in  northwestern  Cohimbiana  County  oil  is 
found  in  many  wells.  Four  miles  southeast  a  good  producing 
field  is  found.  Six  miles  south  and  2  miles  east  in  the  vicinity 
of  Homeworth  two  other  fields  are  found.  Again,  S  miles  south- 
east of  Alliance  a  gas  field  occurs  in  the  vicinity  of  North  George- 
town. The  position  of  these  fields  shows  a  general  northeast 
and  southwest  direction.  A  distance  of  4  miles  from  northwest 
to  southeast  across  this  belt  of  fields  conforms  exactly  to  facts 
found  in  central  Mahoning  County  and  the  fields  are  certainly 
associated  with  the  Canfield  Anticline. 

Gorge  Outcrop.  The  three  limestones  already  considered  on 
this  creek  are  the  ones  to  be  expected  but  another  calls  for  atten- 
tion. It  lies  below  the  Upper  Massillon  sandstone  and  there- 
fore appears  only  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Yellow  Creek  gorge. 
This  limestone  is  seen  in  the  creek  bed  and  in  the  north  wall  of 
the  gorge  about  4  or  5  hundred  yards  below  Yellow  Creek  Dam, 


Mar.,  1910.] ,  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  125 

and  lies  at  about  884  feet  above  sea.  It  is  black,  tough,  very 
hard,  without  fossils,  somewhat  concretionery  in  appearance, 
and  6  to  15  inches  in  thickness.  The  limestone  lies  6  feet  above 
stream  level  as  seen  in  the  cliff  and  near  the  middle  of  a  12-foot 
black  and  gray  shale.  Two  thin  seams  of  coal  are  seen  above 
the  limestone,  one  at  9^  feet  and  the  other  at  15  feet  above,  and 
seem  to  hold  the  horizon  of  the  Quakertown  coal. 

The  limestone  lies  109  feet  below  the  top  of  the  Lower  Mercer 
as  seen  in  the  ravine  south  of  the  spillway.  Nearly  80  feet  of  the 
interval  between  the  two  limestones  is  occupied  by  the  heavy 
sandstone  which  is  very  unevenly  bedded  and  in  places  sinks 
down  cutting  out  the  upper  coal. 

Further  comment  on  this  limestone  will  be  made  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Lowellville  section. 

LOWELL^■ILLE     SECTION. 

This  village  is  situated  in  the  gorge,  or  deep  narrow  valley  of 
the  Mahoning  River  1  mile  west  of  the  state  line.  Water  level 
at  the  Lowellville  River  Bridge  is  807  feet  above  sea  and  the 
borders  of  the  gorge  reach  1140  feet  above  or  more.  In  places 
the  gorge  borders  are  less  than  1  mile  apart  at  300  feet  above  the 
river  and  as  would  be  expected  numerous  deep  ravines  trench 
the  steep  sides  of  the  valley. 

Furnace  Run  may  be  taken  as  typical  of  these  ravines  and  as 
affording  a  typical  section  in  the  vicinit}^  of  Lowellville.  This 
ravine  lies  on  the  south  side  of  the  river  and  immediately  beside 
the  highwav  leading  south  from  the  village.  The  mouth  of  the 
ravine  is  seen  at  the  furnaces  of  The  Ohio  Iron  and  Steel  Company. 

Ascending  this  ravine  the  Mississippian-Pennsylvanian  uncon- 
formity is  seen  at  different  places  and  with  hilltops  of  the  dove- 
colored  Cuyahoga  more  than  100  feet  above  the  river.  About 
200  yards  east  of  the  mouth  of  this  ravine  a  mine  is  opened  in  the 
Sharon  coal  which  lies  at  848  feet  above  sea  and  lying  in  a  nar- 
row trough  between  ridges  of  the  Cuyahoga  formation.  In  the 
bed  of  Furnace  Run  about  half-way  between  the  Pennsylvania 
Railroad  and  its  switch  leading  to  the  stone  cjuarry  the  first 
limestone  is  found  lying  at  912  above  sea.  Further  mention  of 
this  limestone  is  deferred  to  the  close  of  the  discussion  on  the 
Lowellville  section.  At  the  lower  end  of  the  culvert  under  the 
above  switch  the  Lower  Mercer  limestone  occurs  in  the  ravine 
bed  at  995  feet  above  sea.  It  is  2  feet  6  inches  thick  and  a  dark 
bluish-gray  in  color.  A  2-inch  coal  occurs  2  feet  below  it  and  an 
18-inch  bed  13  feet  6  inches  below  as  seen  50  yards  below  the 
culvert.  The  18-inch  coal  seems  to  be  the  same  bed  found  on 
Meander  and  Little  Mill  Creeks.  The  limestone  is  overlain  by 
iron  ore. 


UJ    LIBRARY    Z^j 

\^\  —  Jd 


126  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

The  Upper  Mercer  is  seen  directly  above  the  preceding  hme- 
stone  at  the  culvert,  and  lies  at  1020  feet  above  sea.  It  is  2  feet 
4  inches  thick  is  slightly  darker  in  color  and  contains  the  same 
fossils  found  in  the  Lower  Mercer,  and  is  immediately  underlain 
by  15  inches  of  coal. 

At  23  feet  above  the  latter  limestone  or  at  1043  feet  above  sea 
a  thin  bed  of  coal  occurs  which  ranges  from  3  to  6  inches  in  thick- 
ness as  seen  at  several  outcrops  along  the  east  side  of  the  ravine. 
This  is  undoubtedly  the  coal  seen  beneath  the  Howenstein  4 
miles  southwest  on  Burgess  Run  and  the  representative  of  the 
coaly  shale  beneath  that  limestone  seen  on  Greenhouse  Hill  6h 
miles  a  little  north  of  west.  The  interval  between  the  Upper 
Mercer  and  this  coal  is  chiefly  shale  and  contains  two  other  coals. 
The  first  is  14  inches  thick  with  only  2  feet  10  inches  between  it 
and  the  limestone.  The  second  coal  is  5  inches  thick  with  its 
top  7  feet  10  inches  above  the  limestone.  Coal  so  close  above  a 
limestone  is  unusual.  But  it  will  be  remembered  that  this  is 
exactly  the  case  in  the  Lower  outcrop  of  this  same  limestone,  and 
black  coaly  shale  is  found  directly  above  the  same  stratum  on 
Little  Mill  Creek  at  the  point  where  it  turns  southward.  Almost 
an  exact  duplicate  of  the  facts  found  on  Furnace  Run  immedi- 
ately above  the  Upper  Mercer  is  found  on  Little  Mill  Creek. 
Two  beds  of  coal  with  clay  and  shale  beneath  each  occur  at  the 
former  place  and  two  beds  of  black  or  coaly  shale  with  clay  and 
shale  beneath  each  occur  at  the  latter.  This  peculiarity  of  the 
Upper  Mercer  being  sandwiched  between  two  coals  is  not  known 
to  the  writer  to  occur  outside  of  Mahoning  County. 

At  1078  feet  above  sea  another  coal  and  fireclay  is  found.  It 
is  exposed  in  the  roadway  about  50  feet  south  of  the  highway 
bridge  over  the  switch  to  the  quarry.  It  is  also  exposed  in  the 
switch  cut  east  of  the  bridge  near  the  crusher,  and  again  in  the 
ravine  about  300  yards  southw^est  of  the  highway  bridge.  At 
the  latter  point  it  is  5  inches  thick  but  thinner  in  the  others  and 
is  underlain  by  2  to  3  feet  of  clay  and  sandy  shale  which  grades 
quickly  in  coarse  shaly  sandstone  the  latter  filling  the  interval 
down  to  the  next  coal  below.  This  coal  and  fireclay  certainly 
mark  the  horizon  of  the  Putnam  Hill  limestone.  The  sandstone 
between  these  two  coals  is  in  harmony  with  facts  found  on 
Burgess  Run,  Neff  Run,  at  Smith's  Corners  at  the  Bingham 
outcrop,  the  Ewing  outcrop,  and  at  North  Benton;  or  in  brief, 
sandstone  prevails  between  these  two  horizons  through  Mahoning 
County. 

The  coal  at  the  horizon  of  the  Putnam  Hill  limestone  is  the 
last  noteworthy  stratum  to  be  seen  at  the  head  of  the  ravine. 
But  200  yards  to  the  left  of  the  ravine  and  at  the  top  of  the  hill 
the  extensive  quarry  in  the  Vanport  limestone  occurs.  This 
stratum   shows   marked   undulation.     The  top   as   seen   at   the 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  127 

north  side  of  the  quarry  at  the  mouth  of  the  quarry  drain-tunnel 
hes  at  1115  above  sea  with  a  thickness  of  12  feet.  The  thin  coal 
accompanying  the  limestone,  the  "Scrubgrass"  of  Pennsylvania 
and  the  "  Canfield  cannel "  of  Ohio,  lies  immediately  beneath  it  at 
1103  above  sea.  In  the  drain  ditch  leading  to  the  tunnel  and 
110  yards  distant  the  same  coal  lies  at  1120^  feet  above  sea,  the 
limestone  making  an  equal  rise.  This  is  the  greatest  elevation  at 
which  the  coal  was  found.  In  the  highway  150  yards  south  of 
the  northwest  corner  of  the  quarry  the  greatest  height  of  the 
limestone  is  found  at  1138  feet  above  sea,  but  the  limestone  is  16 
feet  thick  at  this  point.  The  average  elevation  is  about  1128 
feet  above  sea,  and  the  average  thickness  about  11  feet. 

As  seen  at  the  tunnel  mouth  the  lower  8  feet  of  the  limestone 
have  a  dark  blue  color  and  are  less  pure  than  the  upper  part. 
The  upper  1  feet  are  a  much  lighter  blue,  purer  and  lie  in  better 
defined  beds  than  the  lower  part.  As  seen  in  the  southwest  cor- 
ner of  the  quarry  the  first  3  feet  5  inches  of  the  limestone  are 
shaly,  blue  in  color  and  becoming  firmer  toward  the  top.  The 
next  4  feet  4  inches  are  bluish-gray,  darker  below  and  lighter 
above,  and  in  4  fairly  definite  layers.  The  upper  8  feet  2  inches 
are  gray  with  a  bluish  tint  below,  and  in  1 1  fairly  definite  layers 
but  not  generally  continuous.  They  often  split  into  more 
layers,  are  only  fairly  tough  and  break  into  rather  cubical  blocks. 

This  limestone  as  it  occurs  at  Lowellville  is  exceedingly  fos- 
siliferous  and  contains  more  species  of  fossils  than  any  of  the 
other  limestones  or  possibly  more  than  all  the  others  combined. 
It  is  especially  rich  in  gasteropods. 

At  every  point  where  the  top  of  this  stratum  is  exposed  it 
shows  the  smoothing,  scratching,  and  grooving  of  glacial  action. 
This  limestone  has  been  quarried  for  many  years  for  use  in  the 
furnaces,  and  at  present  is  being  quarried  extensively  on  the 
W.  M.  Arel  farm. 

One-half  mile  south  of  the  quarry  on  the  T.  M.  Moore  farm 
openings  in  the  Lower  Kittanning  coal  may  be  seen  at  1177  feet 
above  sea.  Considerable  coal  was  formerly  mined  for  local  use 
but  the  mines  have  long  since  been  abandoned.  The  entire 
interval  between  the  top  of  the  limestone  and  the  top  of  this 
coal  is  covered. 

The  several  horizons  of  limestone  occurring  below  the  Lower 
Kittanning  coal  down  to,  and  including  the  Lower  Mercer  have 
been  considered  at  numerous  points  across  the  two  counties. 
We  may  now  turn  to  a  consideration  of  an  earlier  Pennsylvanian 
limestone  than  the  Lower  Mercer,  the  presence  of  which  has  been 
noted  at  several  points.  As  stated  at  the  beginning  of  the  Low- 
ellville section  this  limestone  is  seen  in  the  ravine  bed  about 
midway  between  the  furnaces  and  the  switch  leading  to  the 
quarry  and  at  its  highest  point  is  912  feet  above  sea.     It  lies  83 


128  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

feet  below  the  Lower  Mercer  limestone  and  64  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  Sharon  coal  at  the  base  of  the  shaft.  Its  position 
seems  to  be  about  the  horizon  of  the  Quarkertown  coal,  but  the 
onty  suggestion  of  an  associated  coal  is  a  considerable  thickness 
of  black  shale  overlying  it,  which  is  quite  fissile,  fairly  tough  and 
lifting  in  broad  sheets  particularly  the  first  few  feet  above  the 
limestone.  About  one  foot  of  the  shale  above  the  limestone  is 
somewhat  calcareous  responding  readily  to  acid,  and  suggests 
that  at  no  great  distance  it  may  become  limestone.  This  black 
shale  is  in  harmony  with  the  gray  and  black  shale  with  the  two 
thin  seams  of  coal  found  above  the  liinestone  in  the  Yellow 
Creek  gorge. 

Being  covered  the  character  of  the  strata  immediately 
beneath  the  limestone  was  not  seen.  A  little  below,  however, 
massive  layers  of  sandstone  appear  which  are  certainly  the 
upper  part  of  the  Lower  Mas.sillon  sandstone,  or  Lower  Con- 
noquenessing  of  Pennsylvania.  The  limestone  is  black,  very 
hard,  tough,  and  apparently  in  one  layer.  It  is  2  feet  or  more 
in  thickness — the  full  thickness  not  being  obtained  due  to  a 
sharp  dip  down  stream  concealing  its  base.  -  It  is  very  fossilifer- 
ous,  the  white  shells  and  crinoid  stems  presenting  a  striking 
appearance  in  the  black  matrix.  A  few  species  of  brachiopods 
and  fragments  of  crinoid  stems  predominate.  The  latter  are 
often  6  or  8  inches  long,  as  they  also  are  in  the  Vanport  in  the 
quarry  above,  and  lying  horizontally  with  the  section  markings 
showing  plainly  they  somewhat  resemble  worms,  and  the  unini- 
tiated point  them  out  and  confidently  inform  one  that  they  are 
petrified  worms. 

Newberry  in  his  report  on  Mahoning  County,  and  in  a  section 
on  Grindstone  Run  indicates  the  presence  at  this  horizon  of  a 
"Dark  silicious  limestone"  1  foot  in  thickness.  [Ohio  Geol.  Sur. 
Vol.  Ill,  opp.  p.  804.]  He  nowhere  else  describes  or  mentions  it 
so  far  as  the  writer  is  aware. 

It  will  be  recalled  that  a  black  limestone  outcrops  in  the 
Yellow  Creek  gorge  at  884  feet  above  sea.  This  outcrop  is  about 
2\  miles  west  of  Furnace  Run,  and  while  it  lies  28  feet  lower  than 
the  outcrop  on  the  latter  run  it  is  certainly  the  same  stratum. 

In  a  test  well  on  the  C.  T.  Geiger  farm  located  near  the 
Youngstown-Boardman  pike  and  about  1  mile  north  of  Board- 
man  Center  and  8f  iniles  due  west  of  the  Yellow  Creek  outcrop, 
a  3  foot  black  limestone  was  reached  at  910  feet  above  sea.  It 
lies  111  feet  below  the  Lower  Mercer  limestone  and  47  feet  above 
the  Sharon  coal  which  is  2  feet  thick  in  this  well  and  lies  at  863 
feet  above  sea. 

It  will  be  recalled  that  in  the  Alliance  section  an  unknown 
limestone  of  5  feet  thickness  was  struck  at  882  above  sea  and  at 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  129 

60  feet  below  the  Lower  Mercer.  A  2  foot  coal  also  occurs  in  the 
Alliance  well  at  60  feet  below  this  limestone. 

Mr.  Thomas  Hyland,  a  well  driller  of  Columbiana,  Ohio, 
reports  to  the  writer  that  at  numerous  points  south  of  Youngs- 
town  and  as  far  as  10  or  15  miles  east  of  the  state  line  he  has  pen- 
etrated a  hard  black  limestone  full  of  beautiful  white  shells  and 
lying  not  far  above  the  Block  Coal  and  lower  than  any  other 
limestone  known  to  him. 

All  of  the  above  data  point  unmistakably  to  another  lime- 
stone of  considerable  extent  in  the  Lower  Coal  Measures  of  this 
region.  It  is  shown  to  extend  at  least  as  far  west  as  Alliance 
and  in  heavier  body  at  this  point  than  anywhere  else  found.  So 
far  as  is  known  to  the  writer  the  only  outcrops  of  this  limestone 
occur  in  Mahoning  County  and  since  the  best  outcrop  occurs  at 
Lowellville  it  may  be  called  the  Loivellville  Limestone. 

CONCLUSION. 

The  object  of  this  study  has  been  to  ascertain  the  number, 
the  relation,  the  position,  the  continuity,  and  the  character  of 
these  limestones  below  the  Lower  Kittanning  coal  in  the  territory 
outlined  at  the  beginning  of  this  paper.  The  principal  facts 
gleaned  may  be  set  forth  briefly  in  conclusion. 

1.  There  are  six  limestone  horizons  below  the  Lower 
Kittanning  coal  in  Stark  and  Mahoning  Counties.  The  lowest 
and  earliest  of  these  is  the  Lowellville  which  was  first  observed 
by  Newberry  on  "Grindstone  Run"  at  Lowellville.  It  seems 
to  lie  just  below  the  horizon  of  the  Quakertown  coal,  and  its 
known  outcrops  are  limited  to  Mahoning  County. 

2.  The  second  limestone  is  the  Lower  Mercer  and  was  first 
noted  by  H.  D.  Rogers  in  1858  in  Mercer  County,  Pennsylvania. 
The  two  layer  character  pointed  out  by  I.  C.  White,  as  occurring 
in  Mercer  County,  is  characteristic  of  this  limestone  in  Mahoning 
County  and  occurs  at  Shew's  Mill  below  Howenstein  in  Stark 
County.  This  limestone  has  been  regarded  the  most  persistent 
of  the  Lower  Coal  Measure  limestones.  Whatever  may  be  said 
of  it  elsewhere,  in  these  counties  it  is  absent  equally  as  often  as 
its  companion  the  Upper  Mercer. 

3.  Two  beds  of  coal  occur  cjuite  generally  below  the  Lower 
Mercer  limestone.  The  upper  one  is  usually  thin  and  of  little  or 
no  value.  The  lower  one  is  of  mineable  thickness  in  places,  lies 
10  to  22  feet  below  the  limestone,  and  is  known  as  the  Lower 
Mercer  coal.  At  Shew's  Mill  it  lies  22  feet  below;  12  to  20  feet 
below  on  Little  Mill  Creek  and  Mahoning  River;  10  to  17  below 
on  Infirmary  Run;  and  13  below^  on  Furnace  Run. 

4.  The  third  limestone  is  the  Upper  Mercer,  first  recognized 
by  Rogers  on  the  Mahoning  River  and  later  by  White  in  Mercer 
County  as  the  Upper  Mercer  limestone.     In  Mahoning  County 


13°  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  5, 

this  limestone  has  the  peculiarity  of  being  interposed  between 
two  beds  of  coal  both  of  which  reach  mineable  thickness  in  some 
places.  The  Pennsylvania  geologists  have  said  this  limestone  is 
sparing  in  outcrop  in  Mercer  County  and  seldom  seen  where  the 
Lower  Mercer  is  found.  Had  the  excellent  expres.~i:/n  of  this 
stratum  in  Mahoning  County  been  seen  at  that  time,  the  name 
Upper  Mercer  would  quite  probably  never  have  appeared.  In 
both  counties  it  is  sometimes  absent  but  is  present  equally  as 
often  as  the  Lower  Mercer. 

Rogers  states  that  this  limestone  is  interposed  immediately 
under  the  Tionesta  sandstone  (Homewood  sandstone)  in  the 
vicinity  of  New  Castle,  Pennsylvania,  [Geology,  Pennsylvania, 
Vol.  II,  Part  I,  p.  489],  and  White  in  his  section  on  the  Ohio- 
Pennsylvania  line  on  the  Mahoning  River  shows  the  top  of  the 
Homewood  sandstone  to  be  30  feet  above  the  top  of  the  Upper 
Mercer  limestone.  [U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Bui.  65,  p.  191].  These  are 
important  points  in  correlating  the  horizons  traced  across  the 
two  counties  with  those  beyond  the  state  line.  The  horizons  of 
doubtful  correlation  are,  particularly,  the  Brookville  coal, 
Clarion  coal,  and  Putnam  Hill  limestone. 

5.  The  Howenstein  is  the  fourth  limestone  and  is  traceable 
across  the  two  counties.  It  is  last  seen  in  full  development,  and 
without  suggestion  of  disappearing,  on  Burgess  Run.  Its  hori- 
zon is  certainly  marked  by  the  coal  at  1043  on  Furnace  Run. 
From  White's  section  and  the  Furnace  Run  section  the  writer  is 
unable  to  reach  any  other  conclusion  than  that  the  Howenstein 
limestone  caps  the  Brookville  coal.  The  Homewood  sandstone 
so  conspicuovis  in  Pennsylvania  thins  down  on  entering  Ohio  and 
becomes  shale  in  the  Furnace  Run  section  but  regains  its  massive 
character  locally  as  seen  at  Club  Lake  where  it  is  28  feet  thick, 
and  rests  upon  a  remnant  of  the  Upper  Mercer  coal.  Failing  as 
it  does  it  is  no  longer  a  guide  to  mark  the  top  of  the  Pottsville 
formation  in  these  counties,  but  the  Howenstein  limestone 
directly  overlying  the  Brookville  coal  comes  in  to  be  the  guide  in 
finding  the  horizons. 

6.  The  Putnam  Hill,  first  recognized  by  Andrews,  1869,  in 
Putnam  Hill  at  Zanesville,  Ohio,  is  the  fifth  limestone.  It  lies 
in  rather  heavy  body  through  vStark  County  and  in  western 
Mahoning  County.  It  thins  out  toward  the  east  and  is  absent 
in  the  eastern  part  of  the  county.  The  last  trace  of  it  was  found 
at  the  Ewing  mine  in  southwestern  Canfield  Township  by  Dr. 
Orton.  The  coal  at  1078  feet  above  sea  in  the  Furnace  Run 
section  marks  its  horizon  and  appears  to  be  the  Clarion  coal  of 
western  Pennsylvania.  It  is  worthy  of  note  that  in  the  interval 
between  the  Brookville,  and  clarion  coals  sandstone  prevails 
through    Mahoning    County    and    is    present    through    central 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  131 

Stark  County  but  with  less  prominence.  It  is  usually  shaly  or 
flaggy  and  soft,  but  occasionally  it  becomes  fairly  firm  and  mas- 
sive, yet  nowhere  showing  the  massiveness  of  the  Homewood 
at  Club  Lake. 

7.  The  sixth  and  highest  of  these  limestones  is  the  Vanport 
named  by  Clapp  in  1904  but  well  known  previously  as  the  Ferri- 
ferous limestone.  This  stratum  enters  Ohio  at  Lowellville  with 
a  thickness  of  16  feet,  but  suddenly  dies  out  westward.  In 
central  Mahoning  County  its  coal  thickens  and  becomes  the  well 
known  "Canfield  Cannel  Coal"  but  without  its  limestone  cov- 
ering. In  southwestern  Mahoning  County  the  Vanport  reappears 
and  is  found  at  different  points  in  considerable  body  at  least  as 
far  westward  as  central  Stark  County.  The  outcrops  of  the 
Vanport  and  Putnam  Hill  overlap,  and  the  two  are  sometimes 
present  in  the  same  section.  This  is  particularly  true  in  the 
vicinity  of  Middle  Branch  in  vStark  County  where  the  Putnam  Hill 
reaches  its  maximum  development  and  with  the  Vanport  above 
it  in  heavy  body.  Southward  from  this  locality  the  Putnam 
Hill  maintains  a  fairly  heavy  body  but  the  Vanport  again  dies 
out  at  Canton  and  has  only  feeble  expression  in  the  southern 
part  of  the  county. 

8.  All  of  the  limestones  undulate  and  this  occasionally  be- 
comes very  pronounced.  Variation  in  the  intervals  between 
them  is  more  often  due  to  undulation  than  to  a  general  thicken- 
ing or  thinning  of  intermediate  strata. 

9.  The  dip  of  the  strata  in  the  region  covered  is  decidedly 
variable  and  a  uniform  dip  of  15  to  20  feet  per  mile  toward  the 
southeast  is  untenable.  The  variation  appears  to  be  due  to  low 
folds  one  of  which  seems  to  extend  through  western  Columbiana 
County  and  through  central  Mahoning  Count3^  and  with  the 
crest  in  the  vicinity  of  the  village  of  Canfield.  A  second  fold  is 
thought  to  extend  through  the  western  part  of  Stark  County 
and  with  the  crest  to  the  west  of  Canton. 

TABLE    OF    OUTCROPS    AND    ELEVATIONS. 

For  convenience  of  reference  the  various  outcrops  and  places 
at  which  limestone  occurs  with  the  identification  and  elevation 
are  given  in  tabular  form.  In  a  few  instances  the  limestone  is 
absent,  but  its  horizon  is  clearly  marked  bv  fireclav  or  coal,  or 
both. 


132 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  X,  No.  5, 


TABLE  OF  LIMESTONES  AND  ELEVATIONS 


Place 


Name  of  Limestone 


Lowell- 
ville 


Low. 
Mer. 


Up. 
Mer. 


Howen- 

stein 


Put. 
Hill 


Van- 
port 


Howenstein 

North  Industry 

S.  W.  Canton.^ 

N.  W.  Canton 

Worstler  Outcrop  .  .  . 

Werner  Outcrop 

Ceinent  Plant 

Carr  Outcrop 

Ellett  Outcrop 

Alliance 

Best's  Station 

North  Benton 

Henry  Outcrop 

Hartzell  Outcrop..  .  . 

Pottery  Plant 

Little  Mill  Cr 

Ellswoi'th 

Diehl  Creek 

Lower  Outcrop 

Binghain  Outcrop.  .  . 

Linger  Outcrop 

Ewing  Mine 

Beardsley  Outcrop .  . 

Ripple  Outcrop 

McMahon  Outcrop. . 

vSmith  Corners 

Facodi  Otitcrop 

Lanternian  Outcrop. 
Baldwin  Outcrop..  .  . 

Davis  Well 

Moyer  Spring 

Geiger  Well 

Walters  Well 

Greenhouse  Hill 

Indian  Creek 

Neff  Run 

Yellow  Cr.  Gorge..  .  . 

Poland 

Burgess  Run 

Furnace  Rvm  


882 


910 

884 
912 


939 


945 
1015 


1015 
102.3 
1024 


1021 
1028 
1040 

ioio 

1007 
1010 

1030 
1021 
1018 


1029 
990 
995 


967 
979 

1003 


966 

1043 
1048 
1037 


1040 


1050 
10.50 


1039 
1050 

101.3 

1620 


991 
i025 


1008 
1069 

1675 


1072 

108 


1090 


1076 
1064 

1078 


10.50 
1043 


1051 
10.57 
1075 
1090 
1120 
1130 
1143 


103 
1084 


1115 


1089 


1078 


1086 


1180 
1117 
1081 

iioi 


1139 


1128 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvania?!  Limestones.  133 


KEY    TO    ACCOMPANYING    MAP. 

The  streams,  cities  and  villages,  and  points  of  outcrop  or 
place  of  occurrence  of  limestone  are  fairly  accurately  located 
on  the  accompanying  map.  Those  streams,  towns,  and  outcrops 
mentioned  in  the  foregoing  description  are  for  the  most  part, 
located  on  the  map.  Streams  are  named  by  letter,  and  points 
of  outcrop  by  numbered  cross. 

STREAMS 

A Nimishillen  Creek 

B West  Branch  Nimishillen 

C Middle    Branch    Nimishillen 

D East  Branch  Nimishellen 

E Mahoning   River 

F Deer  Creek 

G Island  Creek 

H Little  Mill  Creek 

I Turkey  Broth  Creek 

J Meander    Creek 

K McMahon   Run 

L Infirmary   Run 

M Diehl  Creek 

N Mill  Creek 

O Neff  Run 

P Indian  Creek 

Q Yellow  Creek 

R Btirgess  Run 

S Furnace    Run 


134 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  X,  No.  5, 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Flaie  V. 


Mar.,  1910.]  Pennsylvanian  Limestones.  135 


POINTS    OF    OCCURRKNCE    OF    LIMESTONES    OR    THEIR    HORIZONS 

1 Shews'   Mill  Outcrop 

2 Howenstein  Outcrops 

o Stallman  Outcrops 

4 North  Industry  Outcrops 

.5 Southwest  Canton  Outcrops 

G Northwest  Canton  Outcrop 

7 Worstler    Outcrop 

8 Werner  Outcrop 

9 Cement  Plant  Outcrops 

10 Carr  Outcrop 

11 Lare  Mine 

12 Alliance  Test  Well  No.   1 

13 Ellett  Outcrop 

•       14 Alliance  Test  Well  No.  2 

15 Best's  Station  Outcrops 

16 North  Benton  Outcrops 

17 Henry  Outcrop 

18 Island  Creek  Mine 

19 Dustman  Pottery  Plant 

20 Hartzell  Outcrop 

21 Little    Mill    Creek    Outcrops 

22 Club   Lake  Outcrop 

23 Diehl  Creek  Outcrop 

24 Lower  Outcrop 

2.5 Bingham  Otitcrop 

26 Unger  Outcrop 

27 Ewing  Mine 

28 Beardsley  Outcrop 

29 .- Smith    Corners 

30 McMahon    Outcrop 

31 Ripple  Outcrop 

32 Neff    Run    Outcrops 

33 Swanston  Mine,  Cannel  Coal 

34 Indian  Creek  Outcrops 

35 Facodi  Outcrop 

36 Lanterman    Outcrop 

37 Greenhouse  Hill  Outcrop 

38 Baldwin     Outcrop 

39 Davis    Well 

40 Moyer   Spring 

41 Geiger    Well 

42 Walters   Well 

43 Yellow  Creek  Gorge  Outcrop 

44 Poland   Outcrops 

45 Burgess  Run  Outcrop 

46 Furnace   Run   Outcrops 

Mount  Union  College. 


136  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.X,  No.  5, 

A  SUPPLEMENTARY  DESCRIPTION    OF  CERASTIUM 
ARVENSE  WEBBII  JENNINGS. 

Otto  E.  Jennings. 

In  the  Ohio  Naturalist,  about  a  year  ago,  the  writer 
described  as  new  var.  Webhii  of  Cerastium  arvense  L.  Recently 
my  friend,  Mr.  Roscoe  J.  Webb,  of  Garrettsville,  Ohio,  for  whom 
the  variety  was  named,  has  sent  to  us  for  further  examination 
some  excellent  specimens  of  the  plant,  collected  by  him  on 
June  25,  1909,  at  the  type  locality,  along  the  gorge  of  the  Rocky 
River,  Cuyahoga  County,  Ohio.  The  type  specimens  lacked 
ripe  pods  and  the  original  description  was  in  that  respect  defi- 
cient, but  in  the  specimens  now  at  hand  the  inflorescence  con- 
tains all  stages  from  flower  buds  to  dehisced  pods  and  it  is  now 
possible  to  give  a  more  complete  description  of  the  variety, 
as  follows: 

Cerastium  arvense  Wehbii  Jennings.  vSimilar  or  somewhat 
taller  than  varieties  ohlongijoliuni  and  villosum,  our  specimens 
now  ranging  from  about  3.5  to  5  dm.  in  height,  the  larger  plants 
often  decumbent  for  a  distance  of  1  dm.  or  more  at  the  base, 
more  or  less  densely  pubsecent,  especially  above,  where  there  is 
often  much  glandular  pubescence.  Leaves  oblong-lanceolate 
below  to  ovate-lanceolate  above,  the  latter  attaining  a  size  of  1.2 
cm.  wide  b}'  6  cm.  long,  all  sub-acute  to  obtuse  and  somewhat 
paler  below,  the  leaves  of  the  sterile  shoots  being  somewhat 
smaller  and  varying  from  oblong-lanceolate  to  linear-elliptic,  the 
floral  bracts  being  similar  to  the  sepals  in  shape  and  size,  and 
viscid-pubescent.  Cyme  strict  to  rather  widely  branched  at 
maturity;  pedicels  stiff,  1  to  4  cm.  long,  at  the  apex  abruptly  bent 
so  that  the  pod  becomes  more  or  less  cernuous.  Sepals  narrowly 
oval,  acute  to  somewhat  obtuse,  white-scarious  margined,  about 
2  mm.  wide  by  6  mm.  long.  Petals  about  1  cm.  long  by  5  mm. 
wide,  obovate,  the  apex  emarginate  to  the  depth  of  about  1.5  mm. 
Pods  cylindric,  2.5  to  3  mm.  in  diameter,  1  to  1.5  cm.  long, 
arcuate  with  the  apex  curved  upwards,  yellowish  white,  lustrous, 
the  teeth  in  dehiscence  erect,  about  1  mm.  long,  narrowly 
acuminate.  Seeds  reddish-brown,  flattened-globose-reniform 
with  a  very  narrow  sinus,  quite  roughly  papillose,  about  0.8  mm. 
in  diameter. 

This  variety,  as  exemplified  by  the  specimens  now  at  hand, 
has  the  longer  pods  of  variety  ohlongifoliiim  with  the  more  dense 
villous-pubescence  of  villosum  and  is  almost  as  densely  viscid- 
pubescent  as  is  the  typical  Cerastium  vulgatum  L.  In  fact,  it 
almost  appears  as  though  there  might  be  here  a  case  of  hybridism, 
the  intergradation  being  so  complete. 

Carnegie  Museum,  January,  1910. 

Date  of  Publication,  March  2,  1910. 


I'he  Ohio  T^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity, 
Volume  X.  APRIL.   1910.  No.  6. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Dachnowski — The  Bacterial  Flora  as  a  Factor  in  the  Unproduct  veness  of  Soils 137 

Fox— The  Film  Test  for  Crude  Rubber 146 

HiNE— A  Comparative  Study  of  Four  Genera  of  Horseflies 149 

Dickey— Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club 152 


THE   BACTERIAL  FLORA  AS  A  FACTOR  IN  THE  UNPRO- 
DUCTIVENESS OF  SOILS.* 

Alfred  Dachnowski. 

The  splendid  contributions  concerning  the  general  relation- 
ship existing  between  soil  micro-organisms  and  scientific  agri- 
culture are  their  own  testimony  as  to  the  soundness  of  this 
position.  Of  these  contributions  the  subject  of  nitrification  is 
one  which  has  received  the  larger  share  of  attention  from  scien- 
tific men,  and  the  literature  thereon  is  indeed  voluminous.  The 
value  of  nitrogen  fixation  by  bacteria  living  within  the  soil  itself 
and  by  bacteria  which  develop  nodules  upon  the  roots  of  legu- 
minous plants^  and  the  consequent  increase  in  fertility  of  aban- 
doned fields  is  a  fact  with  which  every  student  of  agriculture  has 
become  familiar.  A  role  obviously  less  generally  understood  or 
appreciated  is  that  of  micro-organisms  in  rendering  a  field  or  a 
habitat  injurious  to  agricultural  crops.  Micro-organic  life  in 
soils  and  the  relationship  of  such  species  as  friends  or  foes  to  the 
crop-producing  capacity  of  soils  is  a  line  of  research  still  before 
us.  It  is  one  which  offers  splendid  opportunities  for  the  collec- 
tion of  facts  of  great  moment  to  the  practice  of  agriculture, 
particularly  in  relation  to  the  much  debated  question  of  fer- 
tilizers. It  will  enable  a  better  economic  utilization  and 
conservation  of  soil  resources. 

The  ntimber  of  species  concerned  is  exceedingly  great.  Some 
are  aerobic,  while  others  are  anaerobic.  There  are  present  not 
only  beneficial  nitrifying  bacteria  upon  which  the  formation  of 
important,  valuable  chemical  compounds  in  the  soil  depends, 
but  also  denitrifying,  putrefactive,  and  pathogenic  bacteria  to 


*Contribution   from  the   Botanical   Laboratory   of  Ohio   State   Uni- 
versity, 53. 


"J ' 


ujILIBRARYI 


138  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  6, 

which  most  of  the  diseases  of  the  soil  may  be  attributed.  The 
problem  concerning  the  processes  and  the  products  of  the  activ- 
ity of  the  injurious  bacteria,  and  the  correlated  question  of  their 
intimate  bearing  upon  a  decreased  fertility  in  soils,  has  unfor- 
ttmately  been  limited  to  work  of  a  comparatively  small  number 
of  investigators.  A  glance  through  the  literature  of  research  in 
soil  bacteriology  reveals  that  scarcely  anything  has  been  pub- 
lished on  the  physiological  effects  of  bacterial  decomposition 
products  upon  agricultural  plants. 

Recent  work  of  an  experimental  nattire  which  dealt  pri- 
marily with  physiologically  arid  habitats  and  drought  resistance 
in  plants  (Bot.  Gazette  49:  1910)  has  revealed  to  the  writer  that 
the  injurious  products  of  a  bacterial  soil  flora  accumulating  in 
definite  layers  of  soil  are  the  leading  factor  to  be  considered  in 
the  sterility  of  certain  soils,  and  that  these  products  operate 
selectively  upon  invading  forms  striving  for  occupancv.  The 
attempt  which  has  been  made  to  stud^•  the  phvsiological  reaction 
of  the  products  formed  from  the  activity  of  single,  isolated 
species  as  well  as  the  effects  of  the  residual  products  due  to  mix- 
tures of  bacteria  is  briefly  stated  below.  The  data  have  been 
tabulated  and  are  offered  now  in  the  hope  that  they  will  be  of 
general  interest,  and  invite  other  investigators  to  make  studies 
similar  to  the  one  here  presented.  A  more  detailed  account 
covering  more  extensive  investigations  will  appear  later. 

Without  going  into  too  much  detail  it  is  sufficient  here  to 
point  out  the  following:  In  the  spring  of  190S  an  examination 
of  bog  water  and  bog  soils  which  was  carried  on  in  connection 
with  the  physiological  ecolog}'  of  Cranberry  Island  at  Buckeye 
Lake,  Ohio,  disclosed  that  the  formation  of  methane  and  other 
gases  was  of  bacterial  origin.  Agricultural  plants  and  various 
other  cultivated  varieties  which  were  grown  on  Cranberry  Island 
for  experimental  purposes  showed  marked  difficulty  of  absorp- 
tion, soon  became  stunted,  took  on  xerophilous  characters,  and 
in  most  cases  died.  Through  the  courtesy  of  Prof.  Morrey  of  the 
Bacteriological  Department  of  this  University,  the  bacterial 
examination  was  repeated  in  1909.  Under  Dr.  Morrev's  direc- 
tion, Mr.  W.  L.  Sherman,  to  whom  much  credit  is  due  for  efffcient 
aid,  prepared  dilution  cultures  from  fresh  samples  of  bog  water. 
The  isolation  of  the  various  species  was  continued  upon  peat-agar 
plates  and  later  in  test-tubes  containing  a  beef-broth-agar 
meditim,  until  from  the  bacterial  colonies  which  appeared  upon 
them  the  pure  cultures  were  obtained.  The  bacteria  thus 
isolated  were  tested  for  their  toxin  producing  power  upon  a  steri- 
lized solution  of  bog  water  and  peat.  A  number  of  large  flasks 
of  a  liter  capacity  containing  the  sterilized  solution  were  inco- 
ulated  with  the  respective  pure  cultures.  Several  flasks  were 
left  sterile  to  serve  as  controls,  while  others  were  inoculated  with 


April,  1910.]  The  Bacterial  Flora.  139 

a  mixture  of  bacteria  found  in  1  cc.  of  fresh  bog  water.  An 
additional  test  condition  was  arranged  at  the  same  time  from  the 
normal,  untreated  bog  water.  All  flasks  were  then  placed  in  an 
incubator  for  a  period  var\4ng  from  two  to  four,  and  six  weeks 
At  such  times  they  were  then  brought  to  the  Botanical  labora- 
tory. All  physiological  experiments  were  made  in  duplicate 
series  and  the  greatest  caution  was  observed  to  reduce  the 
dangers  of  contamination  during  the  preparation  of  the  cultures. 
The  physiological  tests  were  made  in  half-liter  "Mason"  jars 
covered  with  black  paper  and  containing  500  cc.  of  the  inoculated 
solution.  Wheat  seedlings  were  used  for  these  cultures.  The 
seeds  were  germinated  in  sterilized  quartz  sand  until  4-5  cm. 
high*.  They  were  then  carefully  washed  in  distilled  water  and 
transplanted  to  the  cultures.  Six  seedlings  were  used  in  every 
experiment.  The  seedlings  were  individuals  selected  out  of  a 
large  number  of  plants.  The  fiat  corks  to  which  they  were 
fastened  were  previously  sterilized  and  paraffined.  The  cultures 
were  then  placed  in  the  Universitv  greenhouse  in  situations 
where  the  conditions  of  temperature  and  diffused  light  were 
uniform.  In  connection  with  temperature  and  humidity  read- 
ings the  measurement  of  the  evaporating  power  of  the  air  was 
obtained  using  for  this  purpose  a  standardized  porous  cup 
atmometer.  The  growth  of  the  plants  in  the  various  cultures  was 
measured  bv  transpiration  relative  to  the  control  cultures;  the 
water  loss  was  recorded  every  fifth  day  by  weighing  the  cultures. 
In  all  cases  the  experiments  were  extended  for  fifteen  days. 
About  35  different  species  of  bacteria  have  thus  far  been  isolated 
from  the  uppermost  layer  of  the  soil  (to  the  depth  of  one  foot) 
and  21  of  them  have  been  tested  physiologically.  From  the  data 
at  hand  the  following  have  been  selected  to  illustrate  the  varia- 
tion in  virility  of  bacterial  products. 


*  The  following  method,  used  by  the  writer  for  .some  time,  is  found 
to  be  convenient  and  very  valuable  for  sprouting  wheat  seeds.  An 
enameled  dish  20  cm.  in  diameter  and  8  cm.  high,  the  bottom  of  which 
is  pei-forated  with  openings  of  2  mm.  is  tilled  with  sterilized  quartz  sand. 
To  keep  the  quartz  from  falling  through  the  dish  is  lined  with  filter  paper, 
or  the  openings  are  decreased  to  a  size  allowing  the  needed  contact  with 
the  water  by  repeated  dipping  of  the  dish  in  melted  paraffin.  The  dish  is 
placed  upon  cork  supports  into  a  large  enameled  iron  pan,  25  x  10  cm., 
containing  water  up  to  the  lower  2  cm.  of  the  dish.  To  prevent  injury  to 
the  seedlings  from  the  accumulation  of  materials  which  the  seeds  exude 
during  germination  the  water  is  changed  daily.  The  gei-minator  is  cov- 
ered with  a  glass-stoppered  bell-jar  who.se  stopper  inay  readily  be  replaced 
by  one  of  rubber  with  one  or  more  holes.  When  the  plants  are  of  the 
desired  height  the  pan  is  filled  with  water  thus  allowing  a  ready  removal. 


luji  LIBRARY 


140 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  X,  No.  6, 


TABLE  I. 

Transpiration  Data  for  Solutions  Inoculated  Nov.  14,  1909,  With 
Pure  Cultures  of  Bog  Bacteria. 


Transpiration    in   Grams 

Bacteria 

Comparative 
transpiration 

Percentage 
decrease 

Series  IV 

5th  day 
(Dec. 
16th) 

10th 

day 

15th 
day 

Total 

Check 

9.33 

42.92 

66 .  85 

119.10 

100. 

0. 

B.  20 

8.85 

41.30 

44 .  06 

94.21 

79.10 

20.90 

B.  22 

8.30 

38.15 

42.90 

89 .  35 

75 .  02 

24.98 

B.     7 

8.55 

31.80 

42 .  80 

83.15 

69.81 

30.19 

(\     3 

7.15 

30.90 

43.95 

82.00 

68.85 

31.15 

C.     4 

7.60 

29.70 

44.40 

•81 .70 

68 .  59 

31.41 

DupH- 

cates 

Check 

8.80 

44.50 

66 .  83 

120.13 

100. 

0. 

B.  20 

8.40 

34.25 

45.98 

88.63 

73.77 

26.23 

B.  22 

7.05 

35.40 

46.10 

88 .  55 

73.71 

26.29 

B.     7 

8.15 

34.45 

42.21 

84.81 

70.59 

29.41 

C.     3 

8.10 

30.90 

44.25 

83 .  25 

69.30 

30.70 

C.     4 

8.40 

31.15 

41.65 

81.20 

67 .  59 

32.41 

Atniometer 

102  grs. 

136  grs. 

125  grs. 

Using  the  transpiration  of  the  controls  as  a  basis  and  repre- 
senting it  as  unity  the  different  bacterial  cultures  have  values 
in  the  order  as  indicated  in  the  last  two  columns  of  the  table. 
These  figures  show  conclusively  that  in  all  cases  the  bacteria  are 
responsible  for  the  proportionallv  diminished  transpiration  and 
growth.  The  transpiration  values  fluctuate  to  a  considerable 
extent ;  in  some  cases  the  differences  from  the  controls  are  not  so 
very  great,  but  in  all  cultures  the  values  lie  below  that  of  the 
control. 

The  evidence  derived  from  the  duplicate  series  is  omitted, 
showing,  as  it  does,  results  as  closelv  parallel  as  in  Table  I. 
To  what  extent  Table  II  suggests  the  possibilitv  that  bacterio- 
logical diagnosis  when  correlated  with  physiological  criteria 
may  determine  the  crop-producing  power  of  dift'erent  soils  need 
not  be  discussed  at  length.  The  figures  speak  for  themselves. 
Several  facts,  however,  seem  to  be  clearly  brought  out  in  the 
above  data.  The  transpiration  figures  of  the  first  five  days  in 
B.  25  and  B.  1  cc.  indicate  that  the  growth  of  the  plants  was 
considerably  stimulated  by  the  presence  of  the  toxic  bodies  in 
the  solution.  Those  of  the  last  five  days  prove  that  the  solution 
was  decidedly  injurious.     B.  13  is  worthy  of  note  since  the  plants 


April,  1910.] 


The  Bacterial  Flora. 


141 


TABLE  II. 

Transpiration  Data  for  Solutions  Inoculated  Jan.  15,  1910,  With 
Pure  Cultures  of  Bog  Bacteria. 


Series 

Bacteria 

Transpiration  in  Grams 

Comparative 
transpiration 

Percentage 

VII 

5th  day 

(Feb. 

4th) 

10th 
day 

]  5th 
day 

Total 

decrease 

Check 

Nonnal 

bog 

water 

B.  25 

B.  1  cc. 

B.  13 

B.     2 

B.     1 

B.  27 

B.     6 

B.    4 

B.  29 

17  .65 

7.65 

18.15 
18.27 
15.72 
17.45 
16.60 
12.60 
14.00 
14.95 
11.60 

36.20 

11.30 

29 .  30 
30.15 
24.65 
29.05 
28.95 
24.90 
25.40 
23.80 
15.55 

36.60 

8.90 

26 .  85 
25.70 
30 .  85 
24.30 
24.85 
22.80 
20.80 
20 .  45 
15.85 

90.45 

27.85 

74.30 
74.12 
71.22 
70.80 
70.40 
60.50 
60.20 
59.20 
43.00 

100. 

30 .  79 

82.14 
81.94 
78.74 
78 .  27 
77 .  83 
66 .  66 
66.65 
65.46 
47 .  54 

0. 

69.21 

17.86 
18.06 
21.26 
21.73 
22.17 

33 .  34 
33.45 

34 .  54 
52.46 

Atmometer 

114  grs. 

117  grs. 

102  grs. 

in  that  solution  disclose  a  gradually  intensified  power  of  resist- 
ance and  a  physiological  phase  marked  by  a  greater  functional 
activity.  The  maximum  rate  of  transpiration  occurred  on  the 
fifteenth  day  as  in  the  control,  while  that  of  all  remaining  cul- 
tures appeared  on  the  tenth  day.  As  compared  with  the  control 
the  inoculated  cultures,  it  will  be  observed,  have  reduced  the 
transpiration  quantity  of  wheat  plants  from  20%  to  52%. 
Another  matter  is  the  degree  in  which  individual  plants  vary  in 
tolerance  and  resistance.  When  the  bacteria  are  omitted  from 
the  sterilized  solution  no  evidence  of  toxicity  is  noticeable  for  the 
wheat  plants  growing  in  the  solution,  and  their  variability  in 
growth,  and  green  and  dry  weight  deviates  but  little  from  the 
common  norm.  But  when  inoculated  the  culture  medium 
becomes  a  condition  always  active  in  stimulating  or  depressing 
normal  functions.  The  task  of  securing  a  co-ordination  between 
functions  of  absorption,  transpiration,  and  transport  becomes, 
indeed,  a  complicated  one  for  the  plants,  varying  greatlv  within 
the  same  species  and  with  diflierent  species.  The  analysis  of 
these  experiments  has  strengthened  the  conviction  that  the  best 
functioning  plants  rather  than  the  general  average  represent  the 
proper  test  of  the  possibilities  of  agricultural  plants  under  the 
given  conditions,  and  that  adjustment  to  conditions  is  a  more 


142 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  X,  No.  6, 


noteworthv  characteristic  than  structural  deviations  or  acclima- 
tization. Much  economic  value  would  attach  to  an  extension  of 
these  experiments  by  determining  through  selection  and  a  more 
detailed  physiological  study  the  cultivated  forms  resistant  and 
immune  to  the  effects  of  this  type  of  soil  bacteria,  and  the  nature 
of  the  resistance. 

In  order  to  determine  the  abilitv  of  the  micro-organisms  to 
convert  soluble  proteids  into  amido-acids  and  allied  products 
from  the  decomposition  of  proteids  enough  peptone  was  added  to 
solutions  of  sterilized  bog-water  and  peat  to  make  an  equivalent 
of  a  1%  peptone  culture.  After  sterilization  the  solutions  were 
inoculated  with  the  bacteria  indicated  in  Table  III.  The  cul- 
tures were  then  tested  physiologically  at  the  end  of  a  two-weeks 
incubation.  Since  the  danger  of  contamination  becomes 
increasingly  greater  with  peptone  cultures,  the  transpiration 
figures  for  only  the  first  five  days  are  tabulated.  They  are 
believed  to  be  entirely  consonant  with  the  true  state  of  affairs 
since  the  figures  in  the  duplicate  cultures  appeared  in  every  way 
parallel.  The  wheat  plants  had  grown  in  each  experiment  for 
three  days  at  the  time  the  photographs  here  added  were  made  for 
the  writer  by  Prof.  Schaffner. 

TABLE  III. 

Transpiration  Data  for  1%  Peptone  Culture  Solutions  Inoculated 
Jan.  15,  1910,  With  Pure  Cultures  of  Bog  Bacteria. 


Number 

Bacteria 

Transpiration  In  Grams 

Series  IX 

5th  Day 
(Feb.  4th) 

Comparative 
transpiration 

Percentage 
decrease 

6 
7 
13 
14 
11 
12 
15 

Control 
Pep. chk 
B.  13 
B.  25 
B.     2 
B.     4 
B.  1  cc. 

17.65 
7.00 
4.85 
2.70 
2 .  30 
2 .  40 
1.87 

100. 
39 .  65 
27 .  47 
15.30 
13.03 
13.60 
10.60 

0. 
60.35 
72 .  53 
84.70 
86.97 
86.40 
89.40 

A  brief  inspection  of  the  figures  and  the  photographs  su^ices 
to  show  that  transpiration,  growth,  green  and  dry  weight  of 
wheat  plants  are  in  this  case  proportionallv  reduced.  Compared 
with  the  weekly  atmometer  readings  it  is  evident  that  transpira- 
tion is  not  merely  a  function  of  absorption  and  of  growth  but  also 
a  function  of  the  rate  of  evaporating  power  of  air,  that  is  the 
saturation  deficiency  of  air.  The  rate  of  transpiration  is  seen  to 
be  the  product  of  a  co-ordination  of  factors.  It  is  not  due  to 
any  single  factor  but  to  the  cumulative  action  of  several 
conditions. 


April,  1910.]  The  Bacterial  Flora.  143 

At  the  end  of  the  experiment  a  chemical  examination  of  the 
peptone  culture  solutions,  made  by  Dr.  Lyman,  indicated  the 
presence  of  indol,  ammonia  and  various  non-volatile  products  in 
various  proportions.  A  marked  difference  was  noted  in  the 
abilitv  of  the  different  species  of  bacteria  to  produce  indol  and 
ammonia.  The  highest  quantity  of  ammonia  was  produced  by 
B.  13;  the  least  amount  was  recorded  for  B.  1  cc. — the  culture 
solution,  it  will  be  remembered,  which  consisted  of  a  mixture  of 
the  bacteria  found  in  one  cubic  centimeter  of  fresh  bog  water. 
None  of  these  products  were  found  in  the  control  (sterilized  bog 
water  and  peat).  It  is  also  to  be  noted  that  neither  the  organic 
acids  nor  the  ammonia  underwent  a  further  change  and  that  the 
absence  of  atmorpheric  air  is  not  a  limiting  essential  condition 
for  the  growth  of  the  bacterial  organisms.  Interesting  is  the 
fact  that  the  organisms  belong  for  the  most  part  to  the  aerobs. 
The  mixture  culture  solution  (B.  1  cc.)  in  which  the  percentage 
decrease  in  transpiration  was  as  low  as  90%,  seems  to  show  that 
it  is  the  function  of  some  of  the  bacterial  organisms  to  do  the 
initial  work  of  rendering  soluble  the  protein  compounds  in  the 
soil.  The  process  of  denitrification  is  carried  on  up  to  a  point 
where  further  decomposition  is  continued  by  other  organisms. 
Judging  from  the  differences  in  the  transpiration  values  of  the 
various  cultures,  a  whole  series  of  bacteria  seems  therefore  to  be 
involved  to  whom  are  due  the  residual  products,  the  algebraic 
sum  of  which  in  part  constitutes  the  toxicity  of  the  habitat 
encountered  on  Cranberry  Island,  the  formation  of  methane  gas, 
and  the  reactions  which  form  the  basis  of  the  process  of 
humification. 

Thus  far  the  isolation  of  bacteria  involved  in  the  decompo- 
sition of  carbohydrates  has  not  been  successful.  Certain  micro- 
organisms have  been  found  to  possess  the  ability  to  dissolve 
cellulose  (filter  paper)  in  the  presence  of  air.  To  what  extent 
these  forms  and  the  anaerobs  play  a  role  in  the  relation  of 
deleterious  products  in  the  soil  and  cultivation  of  crops  is  now 
under  investigation. 

It  is  not  proposed  to  dwell  upon  the  general  aspect  of  this 
problem  in  this  place.  In  a  previous  paper  (Botanical  Gazette 
47:  389—1:05,  1909)  the  writer  has  reported  that  the  poisonous 
matter  injurious  to  plant  growth  is  present  in  the  agricultural 
soils  used  as  filters  for  bog  water.  The  retardation  seen  in  the 
contaminated  soils  lacked  the  corresponding  control  average  in 
dry  weight  of  plants  to  an  amount  of  IS  per  cent,  3  per  cent  and 
36  per  cent,  for  sand,  clav,  and  humus  soils  respectively.  It  was 
further  shown  that  the  absorption  and  retention  capacity  of  soil 
for  toxins  became  generally  higher  the  greater  the  content  of 
humus.     In  concluding  this  part  of  the  discussion  it  is  well  to 


144 


The  Ohio  Xaturalist. 


[Vol.  X,  Xo.  6, 


note  the  extent  in  which  the  results  show  clearly  that  the  retarda- 
tion in  growth  of  wheat  plants  is  not  caused  by  physical  or  chem- 
ical conditions  but  through  the  direct  activity  of  the  bacterial 
flora.  It  has  long  been  suspected  that  a  reciprocal  relation 
exists  between  groups  of  soil  bacteria  and  the  plants  growing 
upon  the  soil.  Various  writers  have  been  able  to  point  out  that 
marked  differences  in  the  productive  power  of  different  soils 
followed  the  growth  of  wild  plants,  and  that  these  differences 
persist  for  some  time.  It  is  generally  concluded  therefore,  that 
the  injur}-  caused  to  cultivated  plants  by  weeds  or  previous  crops 
might  be  due  to  influences  on  the  bacterial  life  in  the  soil,  and  in 


Fig.  I.  WTieat  plants  growing  in  i  per  cent,  peptone  bog- water  solutions 
inoculated  with  pure  cultures  of  bog  bacteria.  Numbers  correspond  with 
data  in  Table  III. 

a  direction  unfavorable  to  succeeding  agricultural  crops.  That 
such  relations  exist  the  writer  is  convinced  in  view  of  the  evi- 
dence presented  above.  Xo  doubt,  the  "'exhaustion"  of  soils 
which  is  frequently  met  with,  and  which  cannot  always  be 
attributed  to  the  removal  of  plant  nutrients,  is,  in  part,  an  allied 
phenomenon.  It  cannot  remain  a  matter  of  indifference  to 
physiological  ecologists  whether  a  strong,  intimate,  and  con- 
trolling relation  exists  between  soil  bacteria  and  surface  flora, 
and  how  the  bacterial  organisms  affect  the  character,  and  the 
association  and  succession  of  plants.  At  best  very  little  is 
known  of  this  phase  of  the  physiographic  process,  and  of  the 
reactions  and  effects  of  the  bacterial  products  upon  plant  life. 
It  would  be  idle,  also,  to  expect  that  the  bacteriological  data  in 
themselves  are  sufficient  for  a  clear  interpretation  of  toxicity 


April,  1910.] 


The  Bacterial  Flora. 


M5 


and  unproductiveness  of  soils.  If  attempted,  the  interpretation 
would  be  indeed,  one-sided;  there  is  a  co-ordination  of  factors, 
each  and  all  of  which  exert  a  relatively  marked  influence.  Cli- 
matic conditions,  temperature,  water,  and  air  conditions  in  the 
soil,  as  well  as  the  phsycial  and  chemical  character  of  it,  and  the 
surface  flora,  all  play  an  important  role  in  determining  the 
character  of  a  vegetation  and  of  its  bacterial  flora,  and  therefore 
also  the  character  of  the  chemical  products  formed. 

One  should  constantlv  keep  in  mind  the  genetic  idea  in  the 
study  of  edaphic,  climatic,  or  biotic  investigations.  Soil, 
climate  and  flora   are  the  product  of  the  conditions  of  their 


Fig.  2.  Wheat  plants  growing  in  i  per  cent,  peptone  bog-water  solutions 
inoculated  with  pure  cultures  of  bog  bacteria.  Numbers  correspond  with 
data  in  Table  III. 

development;  their  peculiarities  are  closely  interrelated  in  the 
dynamics  of  the  process.  Wherever  the  same  factors  are  pres- 
ent, the  results  will  be  similar.  The  bacteriological-chemical,  as 
well  as  the  physiological  method,  deserve  on  that  account  a 
closer  consideration.  The  determination  of  the  bacterial  trans- 
formation products  and  the  more  detailed  study  of  their  physio- 
logical properties  should  possess  an  exactness  and  a  reliability 
to  make  them  suitable  for  the  solution  not  only  of  agricultural  but 
of  ecological  problems  as  well.  It  is  only  too  clear  that  the  need 
for  new  investigations  in  this  phase  of  the  problem  is  pressing, 
and  that  especially  new  points  of  view  and  new  lines  of  research 
are  imperatively  required. 

Botanical  Laboratory,  Ohio  State  University. 


r46  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  X,  No.  6, 

THE  FILM  TEST  FOR  CRUDE  RUBBER.* 

Chas.    p.   Fox. 

Buvers  of  Crude  Rubber  are  sometimes  perplexed  in  their 
efforts  to  determine  the  origin  of  new  or  uncommon  varieties  of 
rubber  bv  their  usual  physical  characters.  Consequent!}'  an 
easv  reliable  method  of  determination  of  variety  of  crude  rubber 
would  be  of  definite  value  to  the  trade.  Mr.  Herbert  Wright, 
page  163,  3rd  edition  of  his  book,  Hevea  Braziliensis,  in  discus- 
sing the  structure  of  crude  rubber  quotes  the  experiments  of  Dr. 
Joseph  Torrey  (India  Rubber  Journal,  Nov.  1907)  as  follows: 
"Some  years  ago  Torrey  observed  that  petroleum  naptha 
solution  of  a  number  of  crude  rubbers  unwashed  gave  charac- 
teristic figures  when  a  few  drops  were  allowed  to  evaporate  on  a 
ivhite  surface.  The  solution  consisted  of  5  grams  of  rubber 
dissolved  in  100  c.c.  of  petroleum  naptha  (6.  p  60°  to  90°  c)." 

"I  recall  that  Fine  Para  and  Matto  Grosso  were  the  two 
South  American  grades,  and  among  the  Africans  were  Lapori; 
Red  Kasai,  Upper  Congo  Ball,  Ikalomba  and  Bussira." 

Fine  Para  gave  always  a  fine,  lace  like  pattern,  Matto  Grosso 
gave  a  similar  one,  but  not  so  fine  and  not  so  regular.  Some  of 
the  Africans  gave  the  same  general  type  of  figure  but  much 
coarser.  Others  deposited  the  rubber  in  a  general  form  of  one 
or  two  nebulous  spots  shading  away  very  gradually  towards  the 
edges- and  connected  bv  a  few  faint  filaments,  which  were  usually 
deposed  between  two  spots  in  form  of  a  coarse  network  the  mesh 
being  approximately  circular  in  form. 

"The  most  characteristic  case  of  this  kind  was  Lapori.  On 
the  whole  the  dift'erence  was  so  great  that  even  an  untrained 
observer  could  without  difficulty,  identify  almost  any  one  of  the 
varieties  under  examination  by  its  figure." 

The  inference  to  be  drawn  from  the  foregoing  is  that  either 
from  the  method  of  coagulation  or  from  some  other  influence  a 
certain  kind  of  crude  rubber  will  give  a  figure  peculiar  to  that 
rubber,  and  that  this  figure  will  serve  to  identify  this  rubber.  If 
such  be  the  case  we  have  before  us  an  easy,  rapid  test  for  deter- 
mining the  variety  of  rubber. 

We  gave  the  "test"  a  try  out.  It  was  soon  evident  that  the 
directions  given  were  somewhat  indefinite  and  the  original 
experiments  lacked  the  earmarks  of  good  laboratory  technique. 

We  finallv  performed  the  test  by  preparing  the  solution  of 
given  concentration  and  using  the  ordinary  microscope  slide  for 
the  film  receptacle.  We  used  special  care  in  preparing  the 
solution.     In  many  cases  it  was  necessary  to  use  a  small  spoon 


*  Presented  at  the  Nov.  meetinsi  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of  Sci. 


April,  1910.]  The  Film  Test  for  Crude  Rubber.  147 

in  transferring  from  container  to  slide.  The  term  "figure"  is 
rather  indefinite.  In  the  experiment  quoted  it  is  not  made  clear 
whether  shape  or  color  or  character  of  film  is  to  determine. 
We  assumed  that  a  combination  of  both  character  of  film  and 
its  color  was  to  be  used.  Shape  of  film  is  mere  matter  of 
accident.  Draft  of  air,  declivity  of  table,  skill  of  the  operator, 
all  help  to  modify  shape. 

"The  viscosity  of  the  solution  will  determine  the  thickness  of 
the  film  and  will  control  the  size,  shape  and  number  of  vesicles. 
The  most  important  factors  to  be  reckoned  with  are  colour  and 
dirt  (suspended  matter)." 

We  made  the  test  very  thorough,  and  examined  in  all,  about 
twenty-five  kinds  of  crude  rubber.  Each  test  was  made  in 
duplicate.  The  dry  film  was  held  for  a  moment  in  the  fumes  of 
sulphur  chlorid.  This  treatment  did  not  alter  the  film  but 
removed  the  tackiness.  Slides  prepared  in  this  wav  keep 
indefinitely,  do  not  stick  together  and  are  free  from  dust.  In 
this  way  definite  comparisons  between  a  large  number  of  films 
could  be  easily  and  quickly  made. 

We  found  that  it  was  not  a  diflicult  matter  to  obtain  similar 
duplicates  from  the  same  solution  when  made  at  same  time. 
Exactness  was  an  impossibility.  In  some  cases  the  difference 
between  duplicates  were  great  enough  to  assign  different  names 
to  the  same  samples.  We  used  much  care  in  getting  authentic 
samples  and  in  each  case  have  compared  the  crude  phvsical 
characters  with  the  descriptions  given  by  reliable  authorities;, 
Pearson,  Brandt,  Falconette,  and  Clouth. 

Throughout  the  entire  work  we  could  not  definitelv  determine 
a  film  peculiar  to  any  one  brand  of  crude  rubber.  Considerable 
stress  was  put  upon  the  "  Lapori  film."  We  found  this  figure 
to  be  common  to  many  kinds  of  rubber.  Rubbers  of  different 
botanical  and  geographical  origin  often  gave  this  same  tvpe  of 
film. 

Throughout  the  experiment  there  was  an  indication  that  the 
character  of  the  film  was  determined  by  the  viscosity  of  the 
solution.  To  test  out  this  idea  we  made  up  a  series  of  solutions 
of  these  rubbers,  varying  from  thin  to  verv  thick. 

The  table  proves  the  point  in  question.  It  clearly  shows  the 
influence  of  viscositv: 


148 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  X,  No.  6, 


TABLE 


CONCEXTRATION 

Kind    of    Rubber 

Grams 

Para   Tribe 

African  Tribe 

Castilloa   Tribe. 

Grams  in  100  cc. 
1.25  cc. 
2.50   " 

5.00  " 

10.        " 

20. 

Ceylon  Black. 
Film  given. 
Greasespot  film. 

Network  film. 
Faintly. 

Network  film. 
Plain. 

Wafer  film. 
Vesicles. 

Honey  Comb 
Film. 

Mongalla. 
Film  given. 
Greasespot  film. 

Network  film. 
Faintly. 

Network  film. 
Destinct. 

Wafer  film. 

Wafer  film. 
Vesicles. 

Conche  Ball. 
Film  given. 
Network  film. 

Wafer  film. 
Thin. 

Wafer  film. 
Heavy. 

Wafer  film. 

Heavy  vesicles. 

Honey  Comb 
Film. 

After  a  close  examination  and  comparison  of  the  films  given, 
in  duplicate,  by  samples  representing  thirtv-three  commercial 
brands  of  crude  rubber  belonging  to  ten  distinct  groups,  we  fail 
to  find  any  indication  pointing  towards  a  definite  film  peculiar 
to  any  particular  brand  of  rubber. 

Viscosity  seems  to  be  the  controlling  factor  in  the  formation 
of  a  film.  Viscosity  depends  a  great  deal  upon  the  amount  and 
freshness  of  the  rubber  content.  With  a  crude  unwashed  and 
dirty  rubber,  the  amount  of  the  rubber  will  vary,  the  viscosity 
will  be  influenced  and  the  character  of  the  film  will  be  modified 
according  to  the  purity  of  the  sample. 

Tenacious  heavy  Para  solution  gave  the  honey  comb  film. 
Lapori  (old)  gave  a  thin  transparent  film.  By  adding  more 
rubber  to  the  latter  and  by  diluting  the  former  with  solvent,  we 
were  able  to  transpose  the  character  of  the  films. 


Akron,  Ohio,  November  2,  1909. 


April,  1910.] 


Fow  Genera  oj  Horseflies. 


149 


A  COMPARATIVE  STUDY  OF  FOUR  GENERA  OF  HORSEFLIES 

James  S.  Hine. 

The  dipterous  family  Tabanidae  contains  a  number  of  genera 
which  are  not  well  known  on  account  of  the  scarcity  of  material 
in  the  museums  of  the  countrs^  A  group  of  four  American  genera 
which  are  nearly  related  in  some  respects  and  which  have  not 
been  studied  in  a  comparative  way  are  known  as  Lepidoselaga, 
Selasoma,  Bolbodimyia  and  Snowiellus.  As  I  have  the  tvpical 
species  of  all  of  these  genera  I  have  selected  about  a  dozen  points 
upon  which  to  make  comparison  and  a  brief  statement  of  the 
results  is  offered  for  the  purpose  of  extending  acquaintance  with 
these  rather  extraordinarv  members  of  our  American  fauna. 


1.  Female  of  Snowiellus  atratus,  enlarged  two  diameters;  2,  side 
view  of  the  head  of  Lepidoselaga  lepidota;  3,  same  of  Selasoma  tibiale; 
4,  same  of  Bolbodimyia  bicolor:  5,  same  of  Snowiellus  atratus. 


The  species  of  all  these  genera  agree  in  having  the  wings 
largely  black,  the  body  wholly  black,  subcalius  denuded,  pro- 
boscis short  and  fleshy,  third  segment  of  the  antenna  composed 
of  five  annuli  of  which  the  basal  is  plainly  longer  than  the  others 
taken  together,  anterior  tibia  distinctly  enlarged,  hind  tibia 
ciliate  and  the  anal  cell  closed  and  petiolate.  Although  there 
are  several  characters  common  to  all  many  differences  exist  and 
these  are  best  pointed  out  by  considering  each  genus  separatelv. 

Lepidoselaga.  Type  species  L.  lepidota  from  Central  and 
South  America.  Length  about  seven  millimeters,  bodA'  shining 
black  with  sparse  green-refiecting  scale-like  hairs.  The  genus 
was  first  called  Lepiselaga  by  Macquart  in  1S3S  and  later  emend- 
ed by   Loew,    according  to   Osten   Sack  en.     Hadrus   of   Perty, 


15°  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  6, 

1834,  is  a  synonym  but  cannot  be  used  here  because  of  its 
selection  as  a  name  for  a  genus  of  Coleoptera  a  year  earlier. 
Front  rather  wide,  sides  altogether  parallel;  frontal  callosity 
small,  narrower  than  the  front  and  without  an  extension  above; 
palpi  flat  shining  black  rather  large  and  nearly  spoon-shaped; 
face  ever}' where  naked  and  shining  black ;  under  side  of  the  head 
black  and  sparselv  furnished  with  pale  yellow  hairs;  antennae 
entirely  yellow,  slender  throtighout,  third  segment  with  a  very 
slight  basal  prominence,  so  slight  in  fact  that  it  may  be  said  to  be 
absent  without  being  far  wrong ;  legs  clear  black  except  the  tarsi 
which  are  largely  white;  front  tibia  very  much  enlarged,  middle 
tibia  smaller  but  still  distinctly  enlarged,  hind  tibia  ciliate  and 
very  slightly  thicker  than  its  femur;  sides  of  the  thorax  black 
with  light  brown  hair;  wing  largely  black,  this  color  extending  on 
the  costal  side  to  the  tip  of  the  first  vein  and  limited  outwardly 
by  a  rather  irregular  curved  line  from  thence  to  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  wing  at  the  vein  separated  the  third  and  fourth 
posterior  cells,  fourth  and  fifth  posterior  and  anal  and  axillary 
cells  largely  nearly  hyaline,  black  or  the  wing  enclosing  seven 
more  or  less  rounded  small  hyaline  spots. 

Selasoma.  Type  species  S.  tibiale  from  South  America. 
Length  about  14  millimeters,  body  shining  blue-black,  form 
robust.  The  genus  was  erected  by  Macquart  in  1838  to  receive 
Tabanus  tibialis  Fabr.  Front  narrow,  sides  clearly  parallel; 
frontal  callosity  small,  not  so  wide  as  the  front  and  with  a  dis- 
tinct extension  above  reaching  nearly  to  the  vertex;  palpi  large, 
thickened,  reaching  nearly  to  the  end  of  the  proboscis;  face  black, 
thinly  clothed  with  gray  dust ;  tinder  side  of  the  head  clothed  with 
black  hair;  antennae  not  inserted  on  a  prominence,  black,  first 
and  second  segments  small,  third  segment  compressed,  rather 
wide  and  thin  and  the  prominence  which  usually  is  near  the 
base  here  is  located  near  the  middle  of  the  length;  legs  entirely 
black  and  clothed  with  black  hair,  all  the  tibiae  distinctly 
enlarged  but  with  a  gradual  decrease  in  size  from  before  back- 
wards; sides  of  the  thorax  black  with  black  hair;  black  color  of 
the  wing  extending  on  the  costal  border  to  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary 
vein  and  limited  outwardly  by  a  line  drawn .  nearly  straight 
backward  from  this  point  through  the  middle  of  the  discal  cell 
to  the  apex  of  the  apical  cell ;  the  cells  on  the  posterior  part  of  the 
wing  are  lighter  in  color  and  there  is  a  distinct  transverse  hyaline 
spot  across  the  fourth  vein  before  the  base  of  the  discal  cell. 

Bolbodimvia.  Type  and  only  species  of  the  genus  B.  bicolor 
from  South  America.  Length  about  11  millimeters,  body  opaque 
black,  form  rather  slender.  The  genus  was  erected  by  Bigot  in 
1892  and  described  from  a  single  specimen.  So  far  as  I  am 
aware  onlv  three  specimens  of  the  species  have  found  their  way 


April,  1910.]  Four  Genera  of  Horseflies.  151 

into  collections.  Front  of  normal  width,  sides  very  nearly 
parallel  although  just  slightly  narrowed  above;  frontal  callosity 
large,  as  wide  as  the  front  and  with  an  extension  above;  palpi 
small,  not  distinctly  compressed,  much  shorter  than  the  pro- 
boscis; face  densely  clothed  with  orange  colored  pollen;  under 
side  of  the  head  colored  like  the  face  and  clothed  with  hair  of  the 
same  color;  antennae  situated  on  a  very  decided  shining  black 
bulb-like  prominence,  first  segment  very  large,  spherical,  shining 
black  and  with  some  black  hairs  on  the  under  side,  second  and 
third  segments  yellowish-brown,  the  latter  with  a  distinct  prom- 
inence very  close  to  the  base;  sides  of  the  thorax  very  densely 
clothed  with  orange  colored  hair;  legs  black,  front  tibia  enlarged 
and  curved,  distinctly  larger  than  its  femur,  middle  tibia  plainly 
larger  than  its  femur,  hind  tibia  and  femur  of  nearly  the  same 
size;  wing  black  except  the  tip  of  the  second  submarginal  cell 
which  is  hyaline,  the  outer  limit  of  the  black  extends  almost 
straight  backwards  from  the  tip  of  the  anterior  branch  of  the 
third  vein. 

Snowiellus.  Type  species  S.  atratus  from  Arizona.  Length 
about  14  millimeters,  body  black,  nearly  opaque,  form  robust. 
The  genus  was  proposed  by  myself  in  1904  and  described  after 
having  studied  two  specimens,  the  only  ones  I  have  seen.  Front 
wide,  narrowed  above;  frontal  callosity  wide,  as  wide  as  the 
front  and  with  a  connected  spot  above;  palpi  rather  long  but 
somewhat  slender,  decidedly  shorter  than  the  proboscis;  anten- 
nae situated  on  a  shining  black  elevation,  first  segment  black  and 
clothed  below  with  black  hair,  produced  downward  but  not  wid- 
ened or  produced  upward  so  that  from  above  these  organs  appear 
perfectly  normal,  second  and  third  segments  opaque  brown,  the 
latter  with  a  distinct  prominence  very  close  to  the  base;  face 
mostly  shining  black;  underside  of  the  head  clothed  with  black 
hair;  sides  of  the  thorax  black  and  clothed  with  black  hair;  legs 
black,  anterior  tibia  slightly  enlarged,  middle  tibia  less  enlarged, 
hind  tibia  only  very  slightly  larger  than  its  femur;  wing  black 
with  the  exception  of  a  hyaline  area  which  curves  around  the 
apex,  occupying  the  apexes  of  the  first  and  second  submarginal 
cells  so  that  the  outer  limit  of  the  black  is  marked  by  a  curved 
line  from  the  apex  of  the  second  vein  to  the  apex  of  the  posterior 
branch  of  the  third  vein. 


^S^ 


152  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  6, 

MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 

Orton  Hall,  Dec.  6,  1909. 

['  lln  the  absence  of  the  President,  Mr.  W.  C.  Morse,  the  meeting 
was  called  to  order  by  the  Vice-President,  Miss  Emily  Hollister. 
The  minutes  of  the  two  previous  meetings  were  read  and 
approved.  Prof.  W.  M.  Barrows,  Mr.  T.  W.  Ditto,  and  Mr. 
Bentley  F.  Fulton  were  elected  to  membership. 

The  program  of  the  evening  consisted  of  an  informal  talk  by 
Prof.  G.  W.  Knight  upon  the  Darwin  Centenary  Celebrations, 
held  at  Cambridge,  England,  at  which  he  represented  the 
University.  Prof.  Knight  gave  some  account  of  the  history,  and 
organization  of  Cambridge  University,  and  told  of  the  cere- 
monies and  festivities  connected  with  the  centenary  celebrations. 
He  exhibited  souvenirs  of  the  occasion,  and  presented  the 
Biological  Club  with  a  very  interesting  picture  of  the  delegates. 
Prof.  Landacre  moved  that  the  Club  extend  its  thanks  for  the 
gift  of  the  picture  and  that  the  Executive  Committee  be  instruct- 
ed to  see  to  the  framing  and  hanging  of  it.     Motion  carried. 

Prof.  Landacre  and  Prof.  Schaffner  gave  brief  reports  of  the 
Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Meeting. 


Orton  Hall,  Feb.  7,  1910. 

The  Club  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  Mr.  W.  C. 
Morse,  and  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read,  and 
approved. 

Mr.  Harrv  Marsh  and  Phillip  Luginbill  were  elected  to  mem- 
bership, and'  the  names  of  Mr.  T.  M.  Thompson,  George  T. 
Caldwell,  V.  L.  Nelson,  and  W.  C.  Lasseter  were  proposed. 

Prof.  W.  C.  Mills  then  spoke  to  the  Club  upon  "Some  Recent 
Explorations  of  the  Ohio  Historical  and  Archaeological  Society." 
He  spoke  of  the  archaeological  map  of  the  state  which  is  being 
prepared  bv  the  societv  and  gave  an  account  of  the  two  ancient 
cultures  found  in  the  state,  and  the  methods  of  exploring  their 
remains. 

Reports  of  the  meetings  of  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science  were  given  by  Professors  Landacre, 
Osborn,  Mills,  Seymour,  and  Morse. 

Malcolm  G.  Dickey,  Sec. 


Date  of  Publication,  April  2,  1910. 


ne  Ohio  VS(^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University. 
Volume  X.  MAY.   1910.  No.  7. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

WiLLiASisox— A  New  Species  of  Celithemis  (Order  Oiloiiata) 153 

Laughlin — Tweuty-flve  Rare  Plants  at  Bariiesville,  Ohio 160 

Paeker— Notes  on  the  Nesting  Habits  of  Bembex  Ntiliilipennis  163 

O'Kane— The  Ohio  Powdery  Mildews 166 


A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  CELITHEMIS   (ORDER  ODONATA). 

E.  B.  Williamson. 

While  calling  on  Professor  Hine  at  the  Ohio  State  University 
last  autumn  he  showed  me  -i  specimens  of  Celithemis  collected  by 
himself  at  Slidell,  Louisiana,  July  2-6,  1905.  The  species  was 
unknown  to  both  of  us,  and  he  very  generously  turned  the 
material  over  to  me  for  study.  This  study  had  not  progressed 
far  when  it  became  evident  that  the  real  difficulty  would  lie  in 
determining  which  of  two  species  Kirby  had  before  him  when 
he  described  his  Celithemis  fasciata,  to  which  species  numerous 
specimens  from  Ohio  and  Indiana  collected  by  Kellicott  and  his 
students  and  co-laborers  had  been  referred.  In  working  out 
the  differences  between  the  northern  (Ohio  and  Indiana)  speci- 
mens and  those  from  Louisiana,  however,  it  became  clear  that 
the  name  fasciata  would  have  to  go  to  the  southern  species,  and 
that  the  better  known  northern  species  required  a  new  name.  I 
informed  Professor  Hine  of  this  and  he  kindly  requested  me  to 
complete  the  study  and  send  him  the  paper  for  the  Ohio  Natur- 
alist. 

Reasons  for  assigning  Kirby 's  name  fasciata  to  the  Louisiana 
specimens  and  describing  the  Ohio  and  Indiana  specimens,  for- 
merly called  fasciata,  as  a  new  species,  niononielaena: 

1  and  2.  In  Kirby's  description  he  says:  "Triangle  (front 
wing)  crossed  by  one  or  two  nervures,  followed  by  4  rows  of  cells." 
His  figure  shows  the  triangle  with  2  crossveins  and  4  posttrigonal 
cells  on  each  side.  (It  is  possible  that  the  venation  shown  in 
the  figure  has  one  side  duplicated  on  the  opposite  side  by  the 
artist.)  Referring  now  to  these  characters  in  the  material  before 
me  I  find  that  the  4  Louisiana  specimens  (fasciata)  have  5  front 
wings  with  2  crossveins  and  3  wings  with  1  crossvein  in  the  triangle    _.——--- 

153  /C^^^L'^ 

AS"  -^  ^•^ 

LxJ  I  L  I  B  R  A 


154  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  7, 

while  of  16  wings  of  moiwmelaena  examined  only  a  single  wing 
has  2  crossveins,  all  the  others  having  but  1 .  x'ilso,  6  wings  of 
fasciata  have  4  posttrigonal  cells,  and  2  wings  have  5.  On  the 
other  hand  9  wings  of  monomelaena  have  bi:t  3  cells,  although 
7  wings  have  4. 

3.  Kirby's  figure  shows  the  first  row  of  cells,  proximal  to  the 
postanal  cell,  between  A  and  posterior  margin  of  wing  in  front 
wing  as  3  cells  wide.  In  the  Louisiana  specimens  this  is  true 
for  7  wings,  while  1  wing  has  2  cells;  in  16  wings  of  monomelaena 
examined  these  are  invariably  2  cells.  (Kirby  figures  the  post- 
anal as  a  single  cell.  This  is  undoubtedly  an  error.  My  material 
shows  it  2  or  3  celled.) 

4.  Kirby  mentions  the  enclosed  basal  pale  area  in  the  hind 
wing  as  being  yellowish  or  yellow,  though  his  figure  does  not 
show  this.  The  accompanying  half  tones  show  this  character 
clearly  in  the  Louisiana  specimens.  It  is  entirely  lacking  in 
monomelaena,  whence  the  specific  name. 

5.  In  fasciata  as  described  and  figured  the  colored  area  just 
proximal  and  posterior  to  the  nodus  in  the  front  wing  extends 
posteriorly  across  Cuj.  This  is  true  of  all  the  Louisiana  speci- 
mens. In  nwuonielacua  on  the  other  hand  this  dark  area  in  its 
maximum  development  is  limited  posteriorly  by  the  median 
supplement. 

So  much  for  the  identification  of  fasciata.  Other  characters 
point  to  the  specific  distinctness  of  monomelaena  and  fasciata, 
though  unfortunately  I  ain  unable  to  find  such  characters  else- 
where than  in  the  wings.  Two  venational  characters  are  of 
interest:  the  number  of  cells  between  A^  and  A3  in  the  hind  wing 
and  the  number  of  cells  on  the  posterior  margin  of  the  hind 
wing  from  the  base  of  the  wing  to  the  anal  loop.  In  both  of  these 
characters  fasciata  has  a  greater  number  of  cells  than  monomel- 
aena, and  in  both  species  in  the  case  of  the  first  character  the 
female  has  more  cells  than  the  male,  while  in  the  second  charac- 
ter the  male  has  more  cells  than  the  female.  These  characters 
may  be  tabulated: 

Number  of  cells  between  A^  and  A^  in  hind  icitig: 

fasciata  male,  one  wing  11,  two  12,  one  14;  average  12.25. 
female,  three  wings  15,  one  17;  average  15.5. 

monomelaena  male,  three  wings  9,  two  10;  average  9.4. 

female,  two  wings  9,  four  10,  two  11,  one  12, 
one  l."];  average  10.5. 

Number  of  cells  on  posterior  margin  of  hind  iving  from  the  base 
of  the  wing  to  the  anal  loop: 

fasciata  male,  one  wing  32,  two  34,  one  35;  average  33.75. 
female,  two  wings  ."51,  two  ;]3;  average  32. 


May,  1910.]  A  New  Species  of  Celithemis.  155 

monomelaena  male,  one  wing  24,  two  25,  one  26,  one  27; 

average  25.4. 
female,  one  wing  21,  one  2.5,  two  24,  one  25, 
two  26;  average  24.14. 

Of  8  wings  of  fasciata  and  16  wings  of  monomelaena  examined 
all  have  the  last  antenodal  of  the  front  wing  continuous,  except- 
ing one  wing  of  each  species.  All  have  the  triangle  of  the  hind 
wing  free  excepting  a  single  wing  of  fasciata,  where  it  is  once 
crossed. 

Celithemis  monomelaena  n.  sp.  ''--w 

Celithemis  fasciata,  Hine,  in  The  Odonata  of  Ohio,  D.  S. 
Kellicott,  O.  S.  U.,  Univ.  Bull.  Series  4,  No.  5,  p.  104,  describes 
the  species  and  records  its  capture  in  Summit  County,  Ohio,  at 
Silver  and  Summit  Lakes,  in  June  and  July,  June  23rd  being  the 
earliest  record.  Hine,  Ent.  News,  January,  1899,  p.  1,  des- 
cribes the  female,  with  ligures  of  wing  markings  of  both  sexes,  and 
notes  habits  and  records  of  captures.  Williamson,  Report 
State  Geologist,  Indiana,  1899,  p.  320,  describes  the  species 
and  records  it  from  the  following  Indiana  localities:  Goose 
Lake,  Kosciusko  County,  Round  and  Shriner  Lakes,  Whitley 
County,  and  Frantz  Fishpond,  Wells  County. 

The  above  literature,  with  the  notes  given  above  and  the 
plates  which  accompany  this  paper,  sufficiently  describes  this 
species.  The  following  references  under  fasciata  should  be 
placed  under  nionom.elaena,    I  believe. 

1.  Hagen,  Psyche,  1890,  p.  383,  records  fasciata  from 
Georgia,  Florida  and  Canada.  The  Canadian  specimen  is  prob- 
ably monomelaena,  the  other  two  fasciata. 

2.  Kellicott,  Proc.  Ohio  Acad.  Sci.,  1896,  p.  28,  records  the 
capture  of  fasciata  by  Dury  at  Cincinnati  and  Williamson  in 
Indiana. 

3.  Kellicott,  The  Agr.  Student,  Columbus,  Ohio,  Nov., 
1897,  p.  45,  repeats  the  data  in  2. 

4.  WilHamson,  Report  State  Geologist,  Indiana,  1897, 
p.  404,  records  fasciata  for  Shriner  Lake,  Whitley  County,  Indi- 
ana. 

5.  Williamson,  Ent.  News,  1899,  p.  42,  notes  on  pairing  of 
fasciata  at  Roimd  Lake,  Whitley  County,  Indiana,  during  July, 


6.  Hine,  Proc.  Ohio  Acad.  Sci.,  1899,  p.  67,  records 
fasciata  from  Silver  Lake,  Akron,  Ohio,  June  23rd. 

7.  Osbom  and  Hine,  O.  S.  U.  (Ohio)  Naturalist,  1900, 
p.  15,  record  the  capture  of  about  30  specimens  at  lakes  near 
Kent,  Ohio,  in  the  latter  half  of  June. 

8.  In  Ent.  News,  1902,  p.  298,  Mr.  E.  Daecke's  capture  of 
fasciata  at  Lucaston,  New  Jersey,  is  recorded. 


156  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  7, 

9.  Calvert,  Ent.  News,  1903,  p.  36,  records  fasciata  for 
Lucaston,  New  Jersey,  June  22,  July  2,  1900-2,  collected  by  E. 
Daecke. 

r-.>flO.     In  Ent.  News,  1907,  p.  456,  Mr.  Laurent's  capture  of 
fasciata  at  Malaga,  New  Jersey,  July  20,  is  recorded. 
^3  11.     Muttkowski,   Bull.  Wis.  Nat.   Hist.  Soc,  Vol.  6,   1908, 
p.  108,  describes  fasciata  and  records  it  from  Milwaukee  County, 
Wisconsin. 

Celithemis    fasciata    Kirby. 
Trans.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.,  XII,  1889,  p.  326,  pi.  LII,  fig.  2. 

As  above  stated  Hagen's  reference  to  fasciata  from  Florida 
probably  refers  to  this  species.  In  Ent.  News,  1906,  p.  84. 
C.  S.  Brimley  records  fasciata  from  Lake  Ellis,  North  Carolina, 
June  22nd.     This  probably  refers  to  true  fasciata. 

Soon  after  beginning  this  study  I  wrote  to  Mr.  Dury  about 
his  Cincinnati  record.  He  sent  me  a  water  color  sketch  of  his 
specimen,  taken  in  1895.  It  is  certainly  monomclaena.  It  was 
taken  at  a  small  lake  in  Spring  Grove  Cemetery.  Several  were 
seen  but  only  one  was  captured  and  he  has  not  seen  the  species 
since.  He  does  not  know  who  is  responsible  for  determining  his 
specimen  as  fasciata,  but  I  recall  from  conversations  wdth  Profes- 
sor Kellicott  that  he  was  not  the  authority,  and  my  Indiana 
specimens  were  named  fasciata  for  me  by  Kellicott  after  he  or 
Hine  had  seen  Dury's  specimen  bearing  this  label. 

Dury's  experience  with  the  species  at  Cincinnati  is  similar 
to  mine  in  AVells  County.  It  was  taken  at  Frantz  Fishpond  (a 
deserted  gravel  pit)  -in  1898  and  again  in  1901,  but  I  have 
been  unable  to  find  it  there  since.  I  have  not  seen  the  species 
alive  since  1904  when  it  was  taken  in  Steuben  County,  Indiana. 

My  thanks  are  due  Professor  Hine  for  delegating  to  me  this 
work  in  an  order  of  insects  in  which  he  himself  is  greatly  inter- 
ested. Professor  J.  B.  Parker  has  on  this  occasion,  as  on  others, 
given  me  the  benefit  of  his  knowledge  of  Greek,  and  the  specific 
name  monomelaena  is  of  his  compounding.  The  photographs 
of  wings,  from  which  the  plates  have  been  made,  were  taken  by 
Professor  Newton  Miller,  Clark  College. 

The  types  of  monomelaena  are  a  male  and  female,  Whitley 
County,  Indiana,  in  my  collection. 

Bluffton,  Indiana. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  VI. 


Williamson  on  "  Celithemis." 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  VII. 


Williamson  on   "  Celillieinis.' 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  VIII. 


Williamson  on  "  Celithemis." 


i6o  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  7, 


EXPLANATION   OF   PLATES   VI,   VII,   AND   VIII. 

Fii^s.  1,  2,  males,  3,  4,  females,  Cclitlicnits  fasciata  Kirby,  all  from 
Slidell,"^ Louisiana,  July  2,  1905,  J.  S.  Mine. 

Figs.  5,  6,  males,  7,  S,  9,  females,  Celithemis  monomelaena  new  species, 
all  from  Whitley  County,  Indiana,  excepting  6  from  Kent,  Ohio,  J.  S. 
Hine.    7  is  the  type   9  of  monomelaena.    .5,  8  and  9  are  teneral  specimens. 

Wings  of  monomelaena  have  been  selected  to  show  the  extremes  of 
variation  in  wing  markings.  Notice  wing  apices  in  7,  8  and  9,  and  notice 
hind  wings  in  these  3  figures  showing  that  a  great  development  of  one 
colored  area  is  not  necessarily  associated  with  other  greatly  developed 
areas  in  the  same  wing.  In  Figures  1  and  2  the  enclosed  pale  basal  area  in 
the  hind  wing  is  open  to  the  wing  border  proximally  as  in  Figtires  3  and  4, 
but  the  orange  color  of  the  pale  area  is  so  intense  as  to  obscure  this  in  the 
photographs.  Notice  that  in  fasciata  this  pale  area  is  always  open  to  the 
border  proximally,  and  is  closed  or  tends  to  close  across  the  posterior  end 
of  the  anal  loop  (nearly  closed  in  Figure  1 ,  coinpletely  closed  in  2,  3  and  4) ; 
monomelaena,  on  the  other  hand,  tends  to  close  proximally  (see  Fig.  6) 
and  remains  open  posteriorly  across  the  anal  loop.  There  is  in  the 
behavior  of  these  colored  parts  two  distinct  tendencies  in  the  two  species 
(compare  these  areas  in  figures  4  and  6). 


TWENTY-FIVE  RARE  PLANTS  AT  BARNESVILLE,  OHIO. 

Emma  E.  Laughlin. 

Every  locality  has  its  plants  which  are  found  in  great  pro- 
fusion, and  also  those  which  are  rare,  although  they  may  be  the 
common  plants  in  another  region.  To  the  botanist  it  is  always 
a  special  pleasure  to  find  the  retreat  of  some  rare  local  species. 
Below  are  noted  twenty-five  plants  which  may  be  regarded  as 
locally  rare  within  a  circle  having  a  radius  of  four  miles  with 
Barnesville,  Belmont  County,  as  a  center.  A  more  careful  study 
of  the  region  might  show  some  of  the  species  more  common  than 
they  are  now  supposed  to  be. 

1.  Viola  rafinesquii  Greene.  One  station  was  found  for  this 
violet  in  190S.  It  is  in  a  railroad  cut  east  of  Barnesville.  The 
plants  are  increasing  rapidly  from  seeds.  The}^  grow  well  when 
transplanted. 

2.  Viola  blanda  Willd.  This  violet  was  also  first  found  in 
190S  in  a  deep  shady  ravine  through  which  a  small  stream  creeps. 
It  is  most  abundant  at  the  end  of  the  ravine  where  a  tiny  swampy 
flood  plain  has  been  formed. 

3.  Viola  hastata  Michx.  One  station  discovered  in  1907  in 
a  dense  wood.  Its  location  has  been  revealed  to  only  three 
people  so  that  the  plants  may  be  allowed  to  increase.  It  is 
probable  that  other  stations  may  be  found  as  this  violet  is  not 
rare  in  the  adjoining  county.  Ten  other  violets  may  be  regarded 
as  common  in  this  localitv. 


May,  1910.]  Rare  Plants  at  Barnesville,  Ohio.  i6i 

4.  Cubelium  concolor  (Forst.)  Raf.  One  station  was  discov- 
ered for  tlie  green  violet  in  1903.  It  was  on  a  clay  bank  in  a 
dense  wood  and  has  increased  but  little  in  size.  Since  then  two 
other  stations  have  been  found,  one  of  them  in  a  bright  sunny 
spot  on  the  roadside. 

5.  Barbarea  praecox  (J.  E.  Smith)  R.  Br.  First  noticed  by 
the  writer  in  1902  in  a  pasture  field  when  only  a  few  plants,  not 
over  six  inches  in  height,  were  seen.  Each  year  since,  more 
plants  have  been  found  until  1909  when  it  could  no  longer  be 
called  rare.  It  is  a  plant  of  the  pasture  fields.  It  is  usually 
called  mustard  because  it  resembles  somewhat  the  black  nu:stard 
as  to  the  color  of  the  flowers.  The  early  winter  cress  blooms 
from  ten  days  to  two  weeks  before  Barbarea  barbarea  (L.)  MacM. 
It  is  a  perennial  but  blooms  the  first  year. 

6.  Synandra  hispidula  (Michx.)  Britton.  Found  first  in  a 
ravine  on  the  edge  of  a  wood  in  1902.  Only  one  station.  It  is 
most  abundant  in  alternate  years  and  is  biennial.  The  station 
was  partly  destroyed  in  1909  when  one  side  of  the  ravine  was 
cleared. 

7.  Chaerophyllum  procumbens  (L.)  Crantz.  First  seen  in 
1907  in  an  open  thicket  on  a  south  hillside,  peeping  out  from 
beneath  an  aged  wild  gooseberry  bush.  While  it  produces  many 
seeds,  it  does  not  seem  to  spread  very  much. 

8.  Quamasia  hyacinthina  (Raf.)  Britton.  Also  found  in 
1907.  Station  in  a  swampy  place  in  a  meadow.  Plants  very 
strong  and  thrifty. 

9.  Triosteum  perfoliatum  L.  Found  along  a  fence  between 
a  road  and  a  pasture  field.  One  station.  Plants  spreading 
rapidly.  May  be  found  elsewhere  within  our  region  as  it  is 
common  just  over  the  line  in  Guernsey  County. 

10.  Potentilla  pumila  Poir.  Found  occasionally  in  pasture 
fields,  usuallv  in  poor  soil.     Does  not  seem  to  spread. 

11.  Potentilla  recta  L.  Found  in  a  pasture  field  on  a  high 
hill.  About  a  dozen  plants  seen  in  1908  but  not  seen  in  1909. 
The  plants  were  vigorous  and  well-developed. 

12.  Silene  virginica  L.  Found,  occasionally  in  an  open 
thicket.     Though  a  perennial  it  does  not  seem  to  spread  rapidly. 

13.  Silene  stellata  (L.)  Ait.  Abundant  in  one  station — a 
wood  which  has  never  been  pastured  or  cleared  out  in  any  way. 
Many  rocks  are  found  there,  some  of  them  lying  just  beneath  the 
surface  of  the  ground.  Over  these  rocks  this  campion  grows 
plentifully.     It  can  be  transplanted  easily. 

14.  Silene  noctiflora  L.  Not  common  with  us  as  it  seemed 
to  be  near  Wooster,  O.  One  station  only  observed.  This  is  on 
the  roadside  just  outside  of  a  garden,  and  was  first  noticed  by  the 
writer  in  1902. 


1 62  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  7, 

15.  Smilax  herbacea  L.  Found  in  an  open  situation  near  a 
small  brook  in  1904.  One  plant  was  transplanted  in  a  wild 
flower  garden  and  has  appeared  with  increased  vigor  every  year 
since.     As  this  is  a  staminate  plant,  there  have  been  no  berries. 

10.  Panax  quinquefolium  L.  Now  rare  in  this  region,  but  it 
was  once  abundant.  It  is  disappearing  for  two  reasons:  First, 
because  the  rich  woods  it  loves  are  disappearing;  second,  because 
its  commercial  value  invites  hunters  to  dig  it  up  for  the  roots. 

17.  Arenaria  serpyllifolia  L.  This  little  sandwort  is  found 
occasionally  growing  in  the  cinders  by  the  railroad  tracks  and 
spreads  rapidly  if  circumstances  are  at  all  favorable. 

18.  Dioscorea  villosa  L.  Said  to  be  found  in  moist  thickets, 
but  one  station  is  known  for  staminate  plants  which  is  on  a  dry 
hillside.  It  is  spreading  slowly  from  the  woody  rootstocks.  It 
is  easily  transplanted. 

19.  Verbena  stricta  Vent.  One  plant  was  found  in  1908  on 
the  public  school  grounds,  almost  in  a  footpath.  It  was  thrifty 
and  strong  in  1909,  and  had  added  a  stem  to  the  three  seen  the 
year  before.  V.  urticifolia  L.  is  very  common  in  cultivated 
ground,  and  V.  hastata  L.  occurs  in  damp  situations. 

20.  Galinsoga  parviflora  Cav.  Found  growing  in  one  back 
yard  on  Walnut  Street,  Barnesville,  Ohio.  Its  presence  is 
accounted  for  by  the  fact  that  the  family  living  there  moved 
from  Washington,  Ohio,  where  Galinsoga  is  very  abundant, 
growing  along  the  gutters  at  the  sides  of  the  streets  or  anywhere 
it  can  get  a  start. 

21.  Agastache  scrophulariaefolius  (Willd.)  Kuntze.  Although 
A.  nepetoides  (L.)  Kuntze  is  common,  being  found  in  any  local- 
ity, A.  scrophulariaefolius  (Willd.)  Kuntze  is  rare,  only  one 
station  having  been  observed.  This  is  a  marshy  place  by  the 
roadside  and  was  almost  exterminated  in  1909  bv  the  road 
supervisor. 

22.  Matricaria  inodora  L.  One  plant  was  found  in  1909, 
about  ten  rods  from  the  chaerophyllum  station.  It  was  evi- 
dently a  stray. 

23.  Polygonum  arifolium  L.  One  station,  a  low  place  in  a 
pasture  field.  Its  rarity  has  always  been  a  matter  of  surprise 
since  P.  sagittatum  L.  is  very  common. 

24.  Hieracium  aurantiacum  L.  Has  been  observed  along 
one  roadside  in  well-set  grass.  Late  in  the  season  it  is  stoloni- 
ferous  and  forms  a  little  colony  around  each  plant. 

25.  Sida  spinosa  L.  First  seen  by  the  railroad.  Last  year 
discovered  in  a  meadow  in  abundance  after  the  second  cutting  of 
clover  had  been  made.  Evidently  the  seed  had  been  sown  with 
the  grass  seed. 

Barnesville,  Ohio. 


May,  1910.]  Nesting  Habits  of  Bembex.  163 


NOTES  ON  THE  NESTING  HABITS  OF  BEMBEX 
NUBILIPENNIS. 

By  J.  B.  Parker. 

While  engaged  in  field  work  at  Wilson,  Kansas,  in  August, 
1909,  I  chanced  upon  the  nesting  site  of  a  large  solitary  wasp 
that  proved  to  be  Bembex  nubilipennis.  The  wasps  of  this 
species,  known  in  that  locality  as  "_vellow  jackets,"  are  hand- 
some insects,  exceedingly  fast  on  the  wing  and  alert,  nervous  and 
cautious  when  about  their  nests.  Though  they  are  solitary 
wasps  thev  nest  in  colonies  and  the  nesting  site  under  observation 
was  in  a  driveway  leading  from  the  public  road  into  a  barnyard, 
where  the  earth  in  which  the  nests  were  placed  was  trampled  so 
hard  that  much  difficulty  was  experienced  in  opening  them.  The 
owner  of  the  place  stated  that  these  wasps  had  nested  there 
annualh-  for  a  number  of  years  and  his  statement  was  borne  out 
bv  the  number  of  old  burrows  discovered  during  the  investigation. 

The  burrows,  penetrating  to  a  depth  of  six  or  eight  inches, 
enter  the  ground  at  an  angle  of  about  forty-five  degrees;  but 
there  is  no  very  great  uniformity  in  this  respect.  At  a  distance 
of  from  eight  to  twelve  inches  from  the  entrance  lateral  branches 
are  given  off,  which  serve  as  brood  chambers  for  the  larvae.  At 
the  time  of  my  observation  no  burrow  was  found  with  more  than 
five  of  these  chambers;  most  had  four  and  a  few  had  only  three. 
In  the  chambers  more  than  one  larva  may  be  reared,  in  which 
case  the  first  is  placed  at  the  extreme  end  of  the  chamber  and 
when  full  grown  and  encased  a  wall  is  placed  across  the  chamber 
and  another  larva  reared  between  this  and  the  main  part  of  the 
burrow. 

The  wasp  in  digging  uses  the  first  pair  of  legs,  turning  the 
tarsi  inward  so  as  to  make  a  pair  of  rakes  out  of  the  stout  spines 
borne  on  the  posterior  sides  of  these  segments.  At  that  time  the 
dust  of  the  surface  of  the  driveway  lay  about  an  inch  deep  and 
the  horses  in  passing  back  and  forth  over  the  nests  completely 
changed  the  appearance  of  the  surface  several  times  a  day.  But 
this  did  not  seem  to  bother  the  wasps  a  great  deal,  for  they 
almost  invariably  digged  down  through  the  dust  directly  to  the 
mouth  of  a  burrow.  The  burrow  thus  found,  however,  did  not 
alwavs  prove  to  be  the  one  desired ;  in  fact,  one  wasp  was  observed 
to  dig  into  three  different  burrows  before  she  found  the  one  she 
sought.  Whether  the  first  two  opened  were  hers  also  or  the 
property  of  another  wasp  I  had  no  means  of  finding  out  in  the 
brief  time  at  my  command.  On  leaving  the  nest  the  wasp  not 
only  closes  up  the  entrance  but  also  carefully  conceals  all  traces 
of  it,  so  carefully,  indeed,  that  she  has  quite  as  much  trouble  at 
times  in  finding  the  entrance  as  she  does  when  the  horses  have 


1 64  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  X,  No.  7, 

disturbed    appearances.     Whenever    the    nest    is    entered    the 
opening  is  hkewise  always  closed  up  from  the  inside. 

These  observations  were  made  on  August  18  and  19,  and 
although  many  burrows  were  opened  onh'  larvae  were  found. 
Many  of  these  had  completed  their  growth  and  were  encased  in 
cells  of  earth  held  together  by  some  cement  substance  and  lined 
inside  with  delicate  silk ;  but  in  every  instance  an  immature  larva 
in  some  stage  of  development  was  also  found  in  the  burrow.  In 
no  case,  however,  was  more  than  one  developing  larva  found  in 
any  burrow.  In  one  burrow  with  four  branches  there  contained 
matured  and  encased  larvae  and  the  fourth,  just  newly  con- 
structed, contained  two  recently  killed  house-flies,  on  one  of 
which  was  found  an  unhatched  egg.  From  the  data  given  above 
it  would  appear  that  the  wasp  rears  onlv  one  larva  at  a  time, 
unless  perchance  she  constructs  and  attends  two  or  more  burrows 
at  the  same  time,  the  necessity  for  which  is  not  apparent. 

The  food  of  the  larva,  as  shown  by  the  nests  opened,  consists 
wholly  of  flies  and  it  seems  that  certain  females  show  a  preference 
for  a  particular  kind  of  fly.  In  one  nest  only  house-flies  were 
found;  in  a  second  the  majority  were  stable-flies;  in  a  third, 
flesh-flies;  in  a  fourth,  tachina-flies.  The  wings,  legs  and  usually 
the  thorax  of  the  fly  are  not  consumed  by  the  larval  wasp.  The 
remains  of  forty-one  flies,  of  which  most,  perhaps  all,  were 
house-flies,  were  taken  from  a  chamber  containing  an  almost 
mature  larva,  and  doubtless  these  were  not  the  total  number  of 
flies  consumed  b}"  this  individual.  In  the  evening  from  a  cham- 
ber containing  a  half-grown  larva  ten  untouched  flies  were  taken, 
among  which  were  represented  the  following  species  kindly 
identified  for  me  by  Prof.  J.  S.  Hine:  Euphorocera  claripennis, 
Pseudopyrelia  cornicina,  Sarcophaga  assidua,  and  Sarcophaga 
helicis. 

According  to  my  limited  observations  all  burrows  containing 
immature  larvae  are  closed  up  at  nightfall  with  the  female  inside 
the  nest.  The  popular  belief  is  that  the  male  closes  up  the 
burrow  from  without  after  the  female  has  entered  the  nest  for  the 
night,  but  I  saw  nothing  that  would  tend  to  confirm  this  opinion. 
The  lad  that  helped  me  to  open  the  burrows  stated  that  he  had 
often  drowned  the  wasps  out  of  their  nests  and  that  he  usually 
chased  two  out  of  each  nest.  From  the  manner  in  which  he 
described  the  proceedings  I  fear  the  fun  he  got  out  of  the  opera- 
tion is  more  worthy  of  credence  than  is  the  accuracy  of  his 
observations,  for  in  no  instance  did  I  get  more  than  one  wasp 
from  a  burrow  and  all  thus  taken  were  females.  Unfortunately, 
I  had  no  net  with  me  and  hence  was  unable  to  determine  whether 
any  males  were  among  the  numbers  that  were  continually  darting 
about  over  the  nesting  site,  though  I  suspect  that  such  was 
the  case. 


May,  1910.]  Nesting  Habits  of  Bembex.  165 

A  small  species  of  fly,  presumable  a  tachinid,  was  observed 
very  active  about  the  entrances  to  the  burrows,  and  it  was 
amusing  to  watch  these  little  rascals,  one  or  more  of  which  were 
usually  on  hand  whenever  a  burrow  was  being  opened.  The 
wasp  seems  very  nervous  when  opening  her  nest,  frequently 
pausing  in  her  task  to  run  hither  and  thither  about  the  half- 
opened  entrance  or  to  rise  on  the  wing  and  buzz  around  at  vary- 
ing distances  from  it.  But  no  matter  what  the  circumstances 
were  the  little  fly  always  faced  the  wasp,  seeming  to  realize  that 
its  safety  lay  in  its  vigilance;  and  the  rapidity  with  which  it 
would  face  about  or  dart  from  side  to  side  as  the  wasp  moved 
about  it,  left  little  room  to  doubt  that  it  was  up  to  some  sort  of 
mischief.  If  the  wasp  moved  away  from  the  opening  to  any 
great  distance  the  fly  would  dash  into  the  burrow  and  in  an 
instant  pop  out  again  at  a  lively  pace;  but  in  the  instances 
observed  the  fly  accomplished  nothing  by  its  bold  dashes,  for  the 
wasp  had  not  opened  the  burrow  deep  enough  to  permit  the  fly  to 
reach  the  brood  chamber.  Frequently  as  the  wasp  entered  her 
nest  one,  and  sometimes  several,  of  these  flies  would  dash  into 
the  entrance  behind  her,  only  to  have  their  eyes  flung  full  of  dirt 
bv  the  cautious  wasp  as  she  closed  up  the  opening  from  within. 

Just  what  business  these  little  rascals  had  in  the  burrow  I 
failed  to  make  out.  Perhaps  they  sought  to  parasitize  the  larva 
of  the  wasp  or  perhaps  to  place  their  eggs  upon  the  food  provided 
for  it.  I  found  no  evidence  of  para.sitism  but  in  two  instances  I 
found  small  larvae  of  some  sort  feeding  on  the  flies  in  a  chamber 
containing  an  immature  larval  wasp.  That  enemies  are  feared 
by  the  wasp  seems  evident  from  the  fact  that  the  entrance  to  the 
nest  is  never  left  open  even  when  the  wasp  is  inside  it. 

One  man  complained  of  these  wasps,  insisting  that  they 
stung  his  horses  when  at  work  in  the  fields.  But  the  presence  of 
large  numbers  of  stable-flies  in  the  brood  chambers  shows  that 
the  wasp  is  a  friend  of  the  horse,  not  an  enemy  as  my  friend  had 
supposed.  The  fact  that  they  attack  the  housefly  is  also  much 
to  their  credit,  but  the  presence  of  tachina-flies  among  the  food 
of  the  larvae  indicates  that  their  habit  of  preying  on  flies  is  not 
wholly  commendable.  The  extent  of  my  investigation,  however, 
was  too  limited  to  permit  me  to  hazard  an  opinion  as  to  their 
economic  position. 


1 66  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  7, 

THE  OHIO  POWDERY  MILDEWS.* 

W.  C.  O'Kane. 

Introduction. 

A  number  of  years  ago  Professor  A.  D.  Selby  published  a 
paper  on  The  Ohio  Erysiphaceae,  or  Powdery  Mildews,  so  far  as 
thev  had  been  reported  in  this  state  at  that  time. 

Since  then  new  species  have  been  recorded,  new  host  plants 
have  been  reported,  and  there  have  been  changes  in  nomenclature 
as  further  scientific  study  has  disclosed  certain  synonyms. 

The  present  paper  is  an  attempt  to  bring  the  record  down 
to  date. 

In  the  generic  keys  as  well  as  the  specific  descriptions  the 
writer  has  closely  followed  Salmon's  admirable  monograph  of 
the  Erysiphaceae. 

Acknowledgment  is  due  the  valuable  assistance  of  Professor 
J.  H.  Schaffner,  under  whose  direction  this  paper  has  been 
prepared;  also  the  suggestions  and  counsel  of  the  late  Dr.  W.  A. 
Kellerman. 

GENERAL      CH.\RACTERISTICS      OF      THE      POWDERY      MILDEWS. 

The  Powdery  Mildews  are  familiar  to  observers  in  two  distinct 
stages. 

In  the  earlier,  or  conidial,  stage,  the  affected  parts  of  the 
parasitized  plant  appear  as  if  covered  with  a  white,  mealy  pow- 
der— the  summer  spores  given  off  by  the  rapidly  growing  my- 
celium. 

Later  the  winter  spore-cases,  or  perithecia,  are  formed.  These 
are  dark,  spherical  bodies,  distinguishable  with  the  unaided  eye, 
and  give  the  affected  parts  of  the  plant  the  appearance  of  being 
more  or  less  covered  with  a  brown  or  black  powder. 

The  perithecia  usually  bear  characteristic  appendages.  If 
the  perithecium  is  gently  crushed  it  is  fovind  to  contain  one  or 
more  spore-sacs,  or  asci,  in  which  are  the  spores.  The  outer 
surface  of  the  perithecium  is  divided  into  many  cells. 

The  mycelium  that  bears  the  conidia  and  the  perithecia  grows 
on  the  surface  of  the  leaf,  or  stem,  drawing  its  nourishment  by 
means  of  short  branches,  or  haustoria.  These  mav  penetrate 
directly  into  the  epidermal  cells;  or,  as  in  the  genus  Phyllactinia, 
may  enter  the  stomata  of  the  leaf,  and  so  reach  the  inner  cells. 
In  either  case  the  plant  is  robbed  of  its  sap,  and  the  mildew  lives 
at  the  expense  of  its  host. 


*  Contribution  from  the  Botanical   Laboratory  of  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, 5G. 


May,  1910.]  The  Ohio  Powdery  Mildews.  167 

Key  to  the  Genera  (After  Ellis  &  Everhart). 

Class — AscoM  ycetae  . 

Order — Perisporiales. 

Family — Erysiphaceae. 

1 .  Appendages  of  perithecia  simple,  and  similar  to  the  mycelium 2 

Appendages  different  from  the  myceliuin 3 

2.  Only  on  ascus  in  the  perithecium Spacrotheca 

Several    asci    in    the    perithecium Erysiphe 

3.  Appendages   coiled    at   tip Uncinula 

Appendages  branched  at  tip 4 

Appendages  not  branched,  swollen  at  base,  with  tip  straight.  .  .  . 

Phyllactiyiia 

4.  Only  one  ascus  in  perithecium Podosphaera 

Several  asci  in  perithecium Micros phaera 

Sphaerotheca,  Sw. 

Key  to  the  Ohio  Species. 

1 .  ]klycelium  thick,  forming  persistent  patches  containing  the  perithecia  2 
Mycelium  thin  or  not  persistent 3 

2.  Mycelium   brown.      Outer   and   inner   walls   of   perithecium   not 

separating   inors-uvae 

3.  Perithecia  60-70  /i  in  diameter;  ascus  60  x  42  to  70  x  50  /£,  inner 

and  outer  walls  of  perithecium  readily  separating,  .phytoptophila 
Perithecia  58-120   ix  in  diameter;  ascus  45  x  50  to  72  x  90  /i, 
inner    and    outer    walls    of    perithecium    separating    with 
difiticulty 4 

4.  Cells  of  perithecium  averaging  15  /t huntiili 

Cells  of  perithecium  averaging  25  [i hmnuli  var.  fuliginia 

Sphaerotheca  humuli  (DC)  Burr.  Perithecia  58-1 20,«  in 
diameter;  cells  lU  to  2U  /«;  appendages  usually  long,  straight,  sep- 
tate, dark  brown ;  ascus  usually  without  stalk,  45  x  50  to  72  x  90  /z; 
spores  8,  12  X  20  to  18  X  25  /i.' 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium;  Geum  canadense,  Medina  Co.,  Rubus 
odoratus,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen;  Rosa  (cult), Columbus,  J.  G.  Sanders; 
Taraxacum  taraxacum,  Auglaize  Co.,  J.  D.  Simkins;  Agrimonia  eupatoria, 
Lancaster,  W.  A.  Kellerman. 

Sphaerotheca    humuli    fuliginea    (Schl.)       Salm.     Perithecia 

averaging   smaller   than   humuli;   cells   averaging   25   p.;   spores 

12  X  20-15  X  25  p. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Prenanthes  alba,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E. 
Claassen;  Bidens  frondosa,  Columbus,  F.  L.  Stevens,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E. 
Claassen;  Taraxacum  taraxacum,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen,  Columbus, 
F.  L.  Stevens. 

Spharotheca  mors  uvae  (Schw.)  B.  &  C.  MyceHum  dense; 
perithecia  abundant,  75-110  ix  in  diameter;  cells  10-25  /i;  appen- 
dages few,  pale,  brown,  tortuous,  length  1-5  times  diameter  of 
perithecium;  ascus  50  x  70-62  x  92  /t:  spores  12  x  20-15  x  25  fx. 

Common  on  cultivated  gooseberries  throughout  Ohio. 


(luIlibrar 


1 68  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  7, 

Sphaerotheca  phytoptophila,  Kell  &  Swingle.  Mycelium  thin ; 
perithecia  (30-78  a  in  diameter,  inner  wall  separating  easily ; 
cells  10  It,  obscure;  appendages  few,  irregular,  often  septate, 
usually  longer  than  diameter  of  perithecium;  ascus  42  x  60  to 
50  X  75  ,u;  spores  8,  12  x  20-15  x  25  /<. 

Host-plant,  the  distorted  branches  produced  by  the  Phytoptus 
growing  on  Celtis  occidentalis. 

Specimens  in  the  Ohio  Herbarium  from  Preble  Co.,  Brown  Co.,  Mt. 
Gilead,   W.  A.   Kellerman;  Morgan  Co.,  Kellerman  and  Jones. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio  from  Lima,  W.  A.  Kellerman,  Columl)us, 
A.  D.  Selby. 

Erysiphe  Hedw. 

Key   to   the   Ohio   Species. 

1.  Perithecia   not   usually   maturing   on   living   host   lAunt .  .  .  .  graminis 
Perithecia  usually  maturing  on  living  host  plant 2 

2.  Asci    8-spored polygoni 

Asci  2-spored 3 

3.  Asci  usually  10-15,  haustoria  lobed galcopsidis 

Asci    same,    haustoria    not    lobed cichoraccarnm 

Erysiphe  graminis  DC.  Mycelium  rather  persistent;  perithe- 
cia large,  135-280  a  in  diameter;  cells  obscure;  appendages  short, 
simple,  light  brown;  asci  9-30,  70  x  25-108  x  40  /{,  long-stalked; 
spores  8,  20  x  10-23  x  13  /«. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Poa  pratensis.  College  Hill,  W.  H- 
Aiken . 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio;  Triticum  valgare,  Columbus,  F.  Detmers, 
Linia,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Poa  pratensis,  Columbus,  W.  A.  Kellerman; 
Agropyrum,  Ashtabula  Co.,  Sara  F.  Goodrich. 

Erysiphe  polygoni  DC.  Mycelium  usually  thin;  perithecia 
65-180  /( in  diameter;  cells  10-15  //;  appendages  variable,  usually 
many,  5-15  times  diameter  of  perithecium,  simple,  sometimes 
flexuose;  asci  2-10,  46  x  30-72  x  45  p.,  sometimes  with  short 
stalk;  spores  3-8,  19  x  9-25  x  14  ix. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Caltha  palustris,  Cokmibus,  W.  A. 
Kellerman  ;  Polygonum  aviculare,  Sandusky  Co.,  Ottawa  Co.,  W.  A.  Keller- 
man, Toledo,  F.  D.  Kelsey;  Polygonum  sp.,  Miami  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman 
and  W.  R.  Beatty,  Adams  Co.,  Athens  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellemian;  Polygonum 
erectum,  Franklin  Co.,  F.  L.  Stevens,  Belmont  Co.,  Sugar  Grove,  Brown 
Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Scutellaria  laterifolia,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen; 
Oenothera  biennis,  Lake  Co.,  E.  Claassen;  Thalictrum  purpurascens. 
Lake  Co.,  E.  Claassen,  Lupulinus  perennis,  Erie  Co.,  F.  L.  Stevens,  Toledo, 
F.  D.  Kelsey;  Eupatorium  sp.,  Columbus,  C.  M.  Weed;  Celmatis  virginiana, 
Columbus,  C.  M.  Weed;  Aquilegia  canadensis.  Champaign  Co.,  W.  C.  Wer- 
ner. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio:  Acpxilegia  canadensis,  Columbus,  F. 
Detmers;  Clematis  virginiana,  Columbus,  A.  D.  Selby,  F.  Detmers; 
Clematis  sp.  (cult),  Columbus,  A.  D.  Selby,  F.  Detmers,  Waynesville, 
W.  A.  Kellerman;  Desmodium  canescens,  Columbus,  A.  D.  Selby;  Lirio- 
dendron  tulipifera,  Columbus,  Fairfield  Co.,  A.  D.  Selby. 


May,  1910.]  The  Ohio  Powdery  Mildews.  169 

Erysiphe  galeopsidis  DC.  Practically  the  same  as  E.  cicho- 
racearum,  except  that  the  haustoria  are  larger  and  are  lobed. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  vStachys  sp.,  Columbus,  W.  A. 
Kellerman. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio:  Sctxtellaria  laterifolia,  Columbus,  A.  D. 
Selby,  W.  C.  Werner,  Fairheld  Co.,  A.  D.  Selby;  Stachys  aspera  glabra, 
Columbus,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Stachys  palustris,  Columbus,  A.  D.  Selby; 
Chelone  glabra,  Ashtabula  Co.,  Sara  F.  Goodrich. 

Erysiphe  cichoracearum  DC.  Perithecia  80-140  /«  in  diam- 
eter; cells  10-20  ji,  distinct;  appendages  numerous,  2-4  times  the 
diameter  of  the  perithecium ;  asci  10-15,  stalked,  5<S  x  30-90  x  50/< ; 
spores  2,  20  x  12-28  x  20  /i;  haustoria  not  lobed. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Helianthus  tuberosus,  Sandusky 
Co.,  Sugar  Grove,  W.  A.  Kellernian ;  Helianthus  sp.,  Lancaster,  W.  A. 
Kellerman,  Columbus,  H.  H.  Richardson;  Asclepias  syriaca,  Cuyahoga 
Co.,  E.  Claassen;  Vemonia  gigantea,  Portage  Co.,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claas- 
sen;  Ambrosia  trifida,  Columbus,  F.  L.  Stevens,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claas- 
sen; Aster  sp.,  Columbus,  F.  L.  Stevens,  Amanda,  W.  A.  Kellerman,. 
Georgesville,  E.  V.  Wilcox;  Hydrophyllum  macrophyllum,  Columbus, 
A.  Brooks,  Cincinnati,  W.  H.  Aiken;  Ambrosia  artemisiaefolia,  Columbus,. 
F.  L.  Stevens,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen;  Aster  paniculata,  Vernonia  fas- 
ciculata,  Solidago  canadensis,  Verbesina  alternifolia,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E. 
Claassen;  Verbena  hastata,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen,  Lancaster,  W.  A. 
Kellerman,  Columbus,  C.  M.  Weed;  Aster  laevis,  Eupatorium  perfoliatum. 
Aster  novi-belgii,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen;  Verbena  urticaefolia,  Cuya- 
hoga Co.,  E.  Claassen,  Amanada,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Phlox  divaricata, 
Hamilton  Co.,  W.  H.  Aiken;  Phlox  (cult)  Fairfield  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman; 
Actinomeris  squarrosa,  Columbus,  C.  M.  Weed,  Amanda,  W.  A.  Kellerman, 
Toledo,  F.  D.  Kelsey. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio:  Parietaria  pennsylvanica,  Columbus,, 
A.  D.  Selby;  Hydrophyllum  macrophyllum,  Pickaway  Co.,  W.  A.  Keller- 
man, Fairfield  Co.,  A.  D.  Selby;  Dahlia  (cult),  Fairfield  Co.,  W.  A.  Keller- 
man, Columbus,  A.  D.  Selby;  Helianthus  sp.,  London,  Mrs.  K.  D.  Sharp. 

Uncinula  Lev. 
Key  to  the  Ohio  species. 

1.  Appendages  colored  one-half  their  length  or  more nccator 

Appendages  colorless 2 

2.  Asci  2-spored macrospora 

Asci  4-8-spored 3 

3.  Appendages  flexuous flexuosa 

Appendages  straight 4 

4.  Appendages  thick- walled,  dark  or  rough  at  base,  perithecia  64-146^ 

in  diameter,  asci  34-40  p.  w4de cUntoni 

Appendages  thin-walled  throughout 5 

5.  Asci     4-6     spored salicis 

Asci  7-8     spored     circinata 

Uncinula  necator  (Schw.)  Burr.  Perithecia  scattered,  70-128 
p.  in  diameter;  cells  distinct,  10-20  /«;  appendages  7-32  in  num- 
ber, 1-4  times  diameter  of  perithecium;  simple,  septate,  brown  in 
lower  half;  asci  4-7,  sometimes  short-stalked,  50  x  30-60  x  40  /<; 
spores,  4-7,  18  x  10-25  x  12  11. 


lyo  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  7, 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Vitis  quinquefolia,  Cuyahoga  Co., 
E.  Claassen;  Parthenocissus  quinquefoUa,  Columbus,  W.  A.  Kellerman; 
Vitis  (cult),  Columbus,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Ampelopsis  quinquefolia, 
Columbus,  H.  H.  Richardson,  C.  M.  Weed,  W.  A.  Kellerman,  Oberlin, 
Toledo,  F.  D.  Kelsey. 

Uncinula  macrospora  Peck.  Mycelium  thin;  perithecia 
95-165  //;  cells  10  ijl;  appendages  50-130  in  number,  ^-1  times 
diameter  of  perithecium,  nonseptate,  colorless,  thicker-walled 
toward  base;  asci  8-14,  often  curved,  54  x  29-65  x  35  fi;  spores 
2,  30  X  16  ft. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Ulnus  americana,  Wyandotte  Co., 
Thos.  Bosner,  Columbus,  W^.  C.  Werner,  Fairfield  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman; 
Ulmus  fulva.  Canal  Winchester,  W.  C.  Werner,  Warren  Co.,  W.  A.  Keller- 
man, Columbus,  C.  M.  Weed. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio:  Ulmus  americana,  Fairfield  Co.,  A.  D. 
Selby,  F.  Detmers,  Columbus,  A.  D.  Selby;  Ulmus  fulva,  Columbus,  W.  C. 
Werner. 

Uncinula  flexuosa  Peck.  Mycelium  persistent  on  upper 
side  of  leaf;  perithecia  scattered,  85-156  ij.  in  diameter;  cells  dis- 
tinct, 17  /'. :  appendages  14—60,  length  equaling  diameter  of  peri- 
thecium, colorless,  nonseptate,  becoming  enlarged,  flexuose  and 
thickwalled  at  apex;  asci  4-11,  short-stalked,  50  x  30-58  x  38  /i; 
spores  8,  18-22  x  10  /«. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Aesculus  glabra,  Cokimbus,  C.  M. 
Weed;  Aesculus  sp.,  Oberlin,  F.  D.  Kelsey. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio:  Aesculus  glabra,  Columbus,  F.  M. 
Webster. 

Uncinula  clintoni  Peck.  Perithecia  80-130  ft  in  diameter; 
cells  10-20  ft;  appendages  10-35,  1-2  times  diameter  of  perithe- 
cium, colorless  or  light  brown  at  base,  thick-walled,  swollen  at 
apex;  asci  3-10,  short-stalked,  40  x  34-62  x  40  //;  spores  3-7, 
20  X  10-25  X  13,«. 

Host-plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Tilia  americana,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E. 
Claassen. 

Otherwi.se  reported  in  Ohio:     Tilia  americana,  Oberlin,  F.  D.  Kelsey. 

Uncinula  salicis  (DC)  Winter.  Perithecia  globose-depressed, 
90-175  /«  in  diameter;  cells  10-15  /t;  appendages  numerous,  100- 
150,  crowded,  %,-l}/2  times  diameter  of  perithecium,  nonseptate 
or  1-septate  at  base,  colorless,  gradually  enlarging  toward  apex; 
asci  8-14,  stalked,  55  x  30-80  x  40  // ;  spores  4-6,  20  x  10-26  x  15  ,«. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Salix  sp..  Bowling  Green,  Columbus, 
Fairfield  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman,  Toledo,  F.  D.  Kelsey;  Salix  glaucophylla. 
Cedar  Point,  E.  Claassen;  Salix  cordata,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen, 
Columbus,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Salix  humulis,  Amanda,  W.  A.  Kellemian ; 
Salix  nigra,  Columbus,  C.  M.  Weed;  Salix  petiolaris,  Columbus,  C.  M. 
Weed;  vScutellaria  latirifolia,  Williams  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Populus 
monilifera.  Cedar  Point,  E.  Claassen;  Populus  tremuloides.  Cedar  Point, 
E.  Claassen. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio:     Scutellaria  laterifolia,  Columbus,  A.  D. 
Sclbv. 


May,  1910.]  The  Ohio  Powdery  Mildews.  1 7 1 

Uncinula  cicrinata  C.  &  P.  Perithecia  scattered,  somewhat 
lenticular,  iG(J-225  ix  diameter;  cells  obscure,  10-14  p.;  appendages 
crowded,  very  numerous,  length  a  little  less  than  diameter  of 
perithecium,  nonseptate,  colorless,  apex  not  helicoid;  asci  9-26, 
68  X  29-86  X  40  // ;  spores  8,  18  x  20-22  x  14  ;r 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Acer  saccharuni,  Acer  rubrum, 
Acer  saccharinum,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen;  Acer  das3'carpum,  Colum- 
bus, C.  M.  Weed. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio:  Acer  rubrum,  Fairfield  Co.,  A.  D.  Selby; 
Acer  saccharum,  Columbus,  C.  M.  Weed. 

PODOSPHAERA    KunZC. 

Key  to  the  Ohio  Species. 

1 .     Appendages  clear,  except  at  base ;  branches  of  apex  not  swollen  .... 

biuiici}iata 

Appendages  dark-brown  for  inore  than  half  their  length;  branches 

or  apex  swollen oxyacanthae 

Podosphaera     biuncinata,    C.   &   P.      Perithecia    subglobose, 

55-72   a  in  diameter;  appendages  equatorial,   4-15  in  number, 

3-5  times  diameter  of  perithecium,  straight,  nonseptate,  colorless, 

or   light   brown   at   base,    apex   once   dichotomously   branched, 

branches    variable    and    often    recurved;    ascus    short-stalked, 

45  X  40-50  x  48  ,«;  spores  8,  20  x  11-24  x  13  fx. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Hamamelis  virginiana.  Summit  Co., 
Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen. 

Podosphaera  oxyacanthae  (DC)  DeB.  Perithecia  subglo- 
bose, 64-90  /( in  diameter;  cells  10-18  //  wide;  appendages  usuallv 
equatorial,  sometimes  nearer  apex,  4-30  in  number,  3^-6  times 
diameter  of  perithecium,  septate,  brown  for  more  than  half  their 
length,  apex  2-4  times  dichotomously  branched,  branches  short, 
tips  of  ultimate  branchlets  swollen;  ascus  58  x  45-90  x  75  jx; 
spores  18  X  10-30  x  17  ii. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Cherry  (cult)  Ottawa  Co.,  W.  A. 
Kellerman  ;  Pruntis  virginiana,  Cedar  Point,  E.  Claas.sen ;  Spiraea  tomentosa, 
Fairfield  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman  ;  Prunus  cerasus,  Columbtis,  H.  H.  Richard- 
son. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio:  Cherry  (cult),  Columbus,  C.  M.  Weed, 
F.  Detmers,  Dayton,  Jos.  Potts. 

Key  to  the  Ohio  Species. 

1.  Appendages  angularly  bent,  branches  lax  and  irregular.  .  .  .eiipJiorbiae 
Appendages  not  so 2 

2.  Ultimate  branchlets  usually  recurved 3 

Ultimate  branchlets  not  recurved 4 

."}.     Appendages  long  and  flaccid,  apex  much  branched,  ornate  and  close 

alni,  var.  cxtensa 
Appendages    short,    not    flaccid,    ultimate    branchlets    all    distinctly 

recurved alni 

Appendages  2^-8  times  diameter  of  perithecium,  apex  moderately 
branched,    widely    forked alni.    var.    vaccinii 


172  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.X,  No.  7, 

4.  Appendages  3-7  times  diameter  of  perithecium,  colored  nearly  to 
apex    russellii 

Apendages  colorless 5 

o.      Branches  lax  and  irregular diffusa 

Branches   close   and   regular,    digitate grossulariae 

Microsphaera  euphorbiae  (Peck)  B.  &  C.  Perithecia  85-145  //; 
in  diameter;  cells  10-15  /<;  appendages  7-28,  23^-8  times  diam- 
eter of  perithecium,  contorted,  colorless,  nonseptate,  3—4  times 
dichotomously  branched,  branches  lax  and  irregular;  asci  4-13, 
short-stalked,  48  x  26-66  x  35  /<;  spores  4,  19  x  10-21  x  12  //. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Euphorbia  corollata,  Toledo, 
F.  D.  Kelsey. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio:  Euphorbia  corollata,  Columbus,  E.  M. 
Wilcox. 

Microsphaera  alni  (Wallr.)  Salm.  Mycelium  thin;  perithecia 
66-110  /(  in  diameter;  cells  10-15  a\  appendages  4-26,  ^-'2\ 
times  diameter  of  perithecium,  colorless,  often  darker  at  base, 
apex  3-6  times  dichotomously  branched,  ultimate  branchlets 
recurved;  asci  3-8,  42  x  32-70  x  50  /(,  short-stalked;  spores  4-8, 
18  X  10-23  x  12, «. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Sambucus  canadensis,  Cuyahoga 
Co.,  E.  Claassen;  Gleditschia  triacanthus,  Columbus,  W.  A.  Kellerman, 
Alton,  F.  L.  Stevens,  Brown  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman,  Hebron,  Kellerman 
and  Beatty,  Warren  Co.,  Fairfield  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellennan,  Columbus,  Weed 
and  Craig;  Castanea  dentata,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen;  Cornus  candi- 
dissima,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen;  Syringa  vulgaris,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E. 
Claassen,  Columbus,  E.  E.  Bogue;  Lilac  (cult),  Hamilton  Co.,  W.  H.  Aiken, 
Sugar  Grove,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Vibernum  acerifolium,  Platanus  occiden- 
talis,  Lonicera  ciliata,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen,  Viburnum  cassinoides, 
Ottawa  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Castanea  sativa,  var.  americana.  Sugar 
Grove,  Wilcox,  Bogue  and  Weed;  Lathyrus  myrtifolius,  Painesville,  W.  C. 
Werner. 

Otherwise  I'eported  in  Ohio:  Euonymus  atropurpureus,  Ross  Co., 
W.  A.  Kellerman,  Columbus,  A.  D.  Selby;  Sambucus  canadensis,  Colum- 
bus, A.  D.  Selby;  Platanus  occidentalis,  I  olumbus,  A.  D.  Selby;  Castanea 
sativa  var.  americana,  Ross  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman  ;  Gleditschia  triacanthos, 
Ross  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman. 

Microsphaera  alni  extensa  (C.  &  P.)  Salm.  Mycelium  per- 
sistent; perithecia  gregarious,  90-140  /i  in  diameter;  cells  10-20  //; 
appendages  8-19,  23/^-6  times  diameter  of  perithecium,  flexuous, 
colorless,  nonseptate,  walls  thickened  toward  base,  apex  3-5  times 
dichotomously  branched,  branching  close,  ultimate  branchlets 
distinctly  recurved;  asci  3-8,  short-stalked,  58  x  34-72  x  45  //; 
spores  usually  6,  22  x  12-26  x  15  it. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Quercus  sp.,  Columljus,  C.  M.  Weed; 
Quercus  tinctoria,  Lawrence  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellemian ;  Quercus  macrocarpa, 
Columbus,  C.  M.  Weed;  Quercus  rubra,  Columbus,  E.  V.  Wilcox;  Quercus 
nigra,  Fairfield  Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Otiercus  coccinea,  Worthington, 
CM.  Weed. 


May,  1910.]  The  Ohio  Powdery  Mildews.  173 

Microsphaera  alni  vaccinii  (Schw.)  Salm.  Perithecia  scat- 
tered, 7U-145  /(  in  diameter;  cells  10-20  ;.l;  appendages  4-22, 
23^-8  times  diameter  of  perithecium,  colorless,  or  darker  at 
base,  nonseptate,  apex  2-4  times  dichotomously  branched,  ulti- 
mate bran  chlets  recurved;  asci  2-16,  45  x  28-72  x  38  n\  spores 
4-6,  IS  X  10-22  X  13  /^. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Vaccinium  vacillans,  Portage  Co., 
Lake  Co.,  E.  Claassen,  Vaccinium  corymbosum,  Portage  Co.,  E.  Claassen; 
Catalpa  bignonoides,  Columbvis,  C.  M.  Weed,  Oberlin,  F.  D.  Kelsey, 
Toledo,  F.  D.  Kelsey. 

Microsphaera  russellii  Clinton.  Perithecia  scattered,  70-118 
H  in  diameter;  cells  6-14  /<;  appendages  5-14,  3-7  times  diameter 
of  perithecium,  septate,  colored  nearly  to  apex,  2-4  times 
dichotomously  branched,  branches  irregular  and  lax,  tips  not 
recurved,  primary  branches  long;  asci  4-9,  short-stalked,  42  x  24— 
56  x  32  /x;  spores  4,  18  x  10-22  x  12  /«.  Appendages  not  branched 
until  fully  mature. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Oxalis  stricta,  Hamilton  Co.,  W.  H. 
Aiken,  Columbus,  W.  A.  Kellerman. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio:     Oxalis  recurva,  E.  M.  Wilcox. 

Microsphaera  diffusa  C.  &  P.  Perithecia  55-126  //.  in  diam- 
eter; cells  10-20  jx;  appendages  4-30,  1-1  2-7  times  diameter  of 
perithecium,  sometimes  septate  in  lower  half,  colorless,  thicker 
walled  toward  base,  apex  3-5  times  irregularly  dichotomously 
branched,  tips  swollen  and  not  recurved;  asci  4—9,  48  x  28— 
60  X  30  IX,  with  very  short  stalk ;  spores  4,  18  x  9-22  x  11  11. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Meibomia  canescens,  Meibomia 
dillenii,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  E.  Claassen;  Desmodium  sp.,  Franklin  Co.,  F.  L. 
Stevens;  Desmodium  nudiflorum,  Columbus,  C.  M.  Weed. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio;  Desmodium  canescens,  Columbus,  C.  M. 
Weed,  F.  Detmers,  A.  D.  Selby. 

Microsphaera  grossulariae  (Wallr.)  Lev.  Perithecia  65-130  fx 
in  diameter;  cells  14-20  fx;  appendages  5-22,  1-1 M  times  diam- 
eter of  perithecium,  colorless,  nonseptate,  thicker  walled  toward 
base,  apex  4-5  times  dichotomously  branched,  branches  close 
and  regular,  and  ultimate  branches  long,  giving  a  digitate 
appearance ;  asci  4-10,  short  stalked,  40  x  28-62  x  38  /<;  spores  4-6, 
20  X  12-28  X  16  //.. 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Sambucus  canadensis,  Columbus, 
W.  A.  Kellerman,  Sugar  Grove,  W.  A.  Kellerman. 

Phyllactinia  Lev. 

Phyllactinia  corylea  (Pers.)  Karst.  Perithecia  150-275  ix  in 
diameter;  cells  10  to  15  tx;  appendages  8-12,  equatorial,  length 
•%  to  4  times  diameter  of  perithecium,  sharp-pointed,  with  bul- 
bous base;  asci  5-20,  stalked,  30  x  90  /«;  spores  2,  14  x  18  ix. 


174 


The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  7, 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  IX. 


O'Kane  on  "Powdery  Mildews." 


May,  1910.]  The  Ohio  Powdery  Mildews. 


175 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  X. 


O'Kane  on  "Powdery   Mildews." 


176  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  7, 

Host  plants  in  Ohio  Herbarium:  Carpinus  caroliniana,  Fairfield  Co., 
W.  A.  Kellennan;  Catalpa  (cult),  Warren  Co.,  Catalpa  bignonoides,  Fair- 
field Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Alnus  rugosa,  Licking  Co.,  J.  G.  Sanders; 
Magnolia  acuminata,  Franklin  Co.,  J.  H.  Schaft'ner;  Quercus  rubra,  Tole- 
do, F.  D.  Kelsey;  Fagus  americana,  Worthington,  C.  M.  Weed;  Castanea 
sativa,  var.  americana,  Knox  Co.,  H.  J.  Detmers;  Quercus  sp.,  Fairfield 
Co.,  W.  A.  Kellerman. 

Otherwise  reported  in  Ohio:  Phlox  paniculata,  Coluinbus,  A.  D. 
Selb3^ 

Explanation  of  Plates  IX  and  X. 

Figures  1  to  13,  inclusive,  were  drawn  at  a  magnification  of 
315  diameters,  and  cuts  made  at  two-thirds  reduction.  These 
figures,  therefore,  are  shown  at  a  magnification  of  105  diameters. 

Figure  14  was  drawn  at  a  magnification  of  210  diameters,  and 
cut  made  at  two-thirds  reduction.  This  figure,  therefore,  is 
shown  at  a  magnification  of  70  diameters. 

Sphaerotheca  huniuli  (DC.)  Burr. 
Sphaerotheca  phytoptophila  Kell  &  Swingle. 
Podosphaera  oxyacanthae  DeB. 
Erysiphe  polygoni  DC. 
Erysiphe  eichoraceaiaini  DC. 
Uncinula  clintoni  Pk. 
Uncinula  necator  (Schw.)  Burr. 
Uncinula  salicis  (DC.)  Winter. 
Podosphaera  biuncinata  C.  &  P. 
Microsphaera  russellii  Clint. 
Microsphaera  difftisa  C.  &  P. 
Microsphaera  grossulariae  (Wallr.)  Lev. 
Microsphaera  alni  (Wallr.)  Salmon. 
Fig.  14.      Phyllactinia  corylea  (Pars.)  Karst. 

Date  of  Publication,  May  9,  1910. 


Fig. 

1. 

Fig. 

2_ 

Fig. 

3. 

Fig- 

4. 

Fig. 

5. 

Fig. 

6. 

Fig. 

7. 

Fig. 

8. 

Fig. 

9. 

Fig. 

10. 

Fig. 

11. 

Fig. 

12. 

Fig. 

13. 

l^he  Ohio  ^aturalist^T} 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University, 
Volume  X.  JUNE,   1910.  No.  8. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Stover— Xotes  on  New  Ohio  Agarics 177 

Hopkins— New  Varieties  of  Common  Ferns 179 

Sterki— Winter-Buds  of  Spirodela  polyrliiza  (L) 181 

Gary— Naiades  of  Grand  River,  Ohio .   .  183 

Gary— Naiades  of  Cedar  Point,  Ohio 183 

SCHAFFNER— Xerophytic  Adaptations  of  Apocyunm  hypericifolium 184 

SCHAFFNER— A  Proposcd  List  of  Plants  to  be  Excluded  from  the  Ohio  Catalog 185 

Dickey— Note  on  the  Organization  of  the  Biological  Club  of  the  O.  S.  U 190' 

Dickey— Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club 192. 


NOTES  ON  NEW  OHIO  AGARICS. 

WiLMER  G.  Stover.  ' 

The  following  Agarics  have  not  been  previously  reported 
from  Ohio.  All  were  collected  near  Oxford,  Ohio,  by  the  writer, 
unless  otherwise  noted.  Most  of  them  were  determined  or  con- 
firmed at  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden  or  at  Albany  and  were, 
so  far  as  possible,  compared  with  specimens  at  those  places,  in 
some  cases  with  type  specimens. 

My  thanks  are  due  to  Dr.  W.  A.  Murrill  and  C.  H.  Peck  for 
the  privilege  of  examining  specimens  and  other  favors. 

The  following  notes  are  intended  to  present  only  the  essential 
characters  of  the  species  named.  For  fuller  descriptions  the 
reader  is  referred  to  mushroom  books. 

Lactaria  rimosella,  Peck.  Pileus  reddish-brown,  dry,  gla- 
brous, becoming  rimose-areolate ;  latex  somewhat  watery; 
lamellae  close,  decurrent;  stipe  colored  like  the  pileus.  June. 
Plants  identified  by  Miss  G.  S.  Burlingham.  North  American 
Flora,  Vol.  9,  Part  3,  Page  198. 

Russula  hiteobasis.  Peck.  Pileus  red,  becoming  wholly  yel- 
lowish or  in  the  center  only;  lamellae  equal,  white  or  creamy 
yellow,  adnexed;  stipe  stuffed,  white  above,  yellow  or  orange- 
vellow  at  the  base.  August.  Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  31:  179, 
Apr.  1904. 

Russula  crustosa,  Peck.  This  plant  is  closely  related  to 
R.  virescens  (Schaeff)  Fr.  and  is  doubtless  often  reported  under 
that  name.  The  chief  characters  distinguishing  it  from  R.  vires- 
cens are  the  subviscid  pileus,  the  striate  margin,  smooth  disk  and 
the  small  areolate  scales  of  the  pileus.     It  is  more  variable  in 


178  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  8, 

color  than  R.  virescens,  ranging  from  green  or  greenish  to 
ochraceous.  Dr.  Kauffman*  suggests  that  Hard's  figure  (150) 
is  of  this  species  rather  than  R.  virescens  as  labeled  and  I  am 
inclined  to  agree.     July  to  September. 

Russula  subsordida,  Peck.  The  whole  plant  becomes  smoky- 
brown  when  old  and  the  flesh  changes  to  that  color  when  cut  or 
broken.  Pileus  glabrous,  viscid  when  young,  at  first  whitish, 
lamellae  close,  adnate.  It  is  separated  from  R.  sordida,  Peck, 
by  its  viscid  pileus;  from  R.  nigricans,  (Bull.)  Fr.,  by  the  close 
lamellae,  and  from  R.  densifolia.  Seer  ,  by  the  flesh  not  becom- 
ing reddish  when  wounded.     September. 

Russula  ftavida,  Frost.  Pileus  and  stipe  yellow,  lamellae 
white;  pileus  dry  and  mealy;  lamellae  close,  adnate;  stem  solid. 
I  take  this  to  be  the  plant  described  by  Morgan  as  R.  lutea,  Fr. 
The  latter  has  a  viscid  pileus,  a  white  stipe  and  the  lamellae  are 
yellow  or  ochraceous.     August  and  September. 

Rtissula  mariae,  Peck.  Pileus  dry,  dark  crimson  or  purplish, 
minutely  pulverulent  or  glaucous;  lamellae  close,  adnate,  whitish 
to  yellowish;  stipe  solid,  a  little  paler  than  pileus  or  nearly  white. 
July.      Determination  confirmed  byMiss  Burlingham. 

Russula  earlei,  Peck.  Pileus  glutinous,  straw-colored  or 
paler,  margin  even;  lamellae  thick,  distant,  adnate;  stipe  white. 
Rather  easily  distinguished  by  the  pale,  glutinous  pileus  and  the 
distant  gills      August. 

Clitocybe  eccentric  a,  Peck.  Pileus  umbilicate  or  somewhat 
infundibuliform,  hygrophanous,  white  or  whitish,  margin  lobed, 
split  or  irregular;  lamellae  white  or  yellowish,  close,  narrow, 
decurrent;  stipe  often  eccentric,  becoming  hollow.  Growing 
on  much  decayed  log.     August.     Identified  by  C.   H.  Peck. 

Crcpidotus     cinnabarinns,     Peck.     Pileus     sessile,     minutely 
tomentose  or  pulverulent,  cinnabar-red;  lamellae  rather  broad, 
reddish-flocculent    on    the    edge;    spores    ferruginous.     Readily 
recognized    from    the    color.     On    old    stump    in    woods.     Coll. 
A.  T.  Cox.     July.     Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  CI.  22:  4S9. 

Galera  crispa,  Longyear.  Pileus  conic-campanulate,  margin 
becoming  crenulated  and  upturned;  lamellae  slightly  adnexed, 
close,  rather  narrow,  much  crisped;  stipe  fragile,  somewhat  bul- 
bous. In  grass  on  University  campus.  June  to  August.  Bot. 
Gaz.  28:  272. 

Agarictis  abruptibulbus,  Peck.  The  pileus  is  usually  white  or 
yellowish  but  our  specimens  were  tawny-yellow  even  when  fresh. 
The  stipe  has  a  flattened  bulb  by  which  the  plant  may  be  dis- 
tinguished from  its  nearest  allies.  The  double  annulus  is  another 
distinctive  character.  August.  Coll.  Master  Hugh  Fink.  Iden- 
tified by  C.  H.  Peck.  This  plant  was  first  named  Agaricus 
abruptus,  Peck. 

*  C.  H.  Kauffman,  Michigan  Species  of  Russula,  Eleventh  Report  of 
Michigan  Academy  of  Science,  pp.  57-91. 

Miami  University,  Oxford,  Ohio. 


June,  1910.] 


New  Varieties  of  Common  Ferns. 


179 


NEW  VARIETIES  OF  COMMON  FERNS. 

L.  S.  Hopkins. 

For  several  years  while  collecting  in  the  woods  of  Wayne 
County,  Ohio,  I  have  noted  here  and  there  occasional  plants  of 
Adiantum  pedatum  L.  whose  fronds  differ  very  materially  from 
those  of  the  normal  type.  The  difference  consists  mainly  in  the 
normal  pinnules  being  replaced  by  linear  branching  pinnules 
which  are  partly  fertile  and  partly  •  sterile  at  their  tips.  This 
transposition  may  occur  either  at  the  end  or  the  middle  of  the 
pinna,  more  often  the  latter. 


Fig.  1.     Adiantum  pedatum  laciniatum  Hopkins. 

One  of  these  plants  was  transplanted^^to  the  yard  of  the 
McFadden  homestead  in  Wooster  where  it  has  been  under  obser- 
vation for  a  period  of  four  years.  It  seems  to  thrive  in  its  new 
home  and  each  year  has  continued  to  produce  fronds  of  the  type 
described. 


i8o 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  X,  No.  8, 


The  form  is  probably  a  sport  but  as  such  it  seems  to  deserve 
a  name  as  it  is  likely  to  occur  elsewhere.  Therefore,  I  propose 
the  name: 

Adiantuni   pedatum    L.   var.    laciiiiatitin    Hopkins    var.   nov. 

Pinnules  linear,  lanceolate,  or  oblanceolate,  more  or  less 
branched;  growing  with  the  type;  rocky  wooded  hillsides, 
Wayne  County,  O.      (Fig.  1). 


Fig.  2.     Cystopteri.s  fragilis  cristata  Hopkin.s.     a,  1>,  c.  Apexes  of  frond. 

d,   e,   f,    Pinnae. 

In  the  latter  part  of  August,  1909,  in  company  with  Mr. 
R.  J.  Webb,  of  Garrettsville,  and  Mr.  A.  X.  Rood,  of  Phalanx, 
I  visited  Woodworth's  Glenn,  in  Portage  County. 

A  clear  rapid  flowing  stream  very  suggestive  of  trout  has  cut 
out  a  small  ravine  through  the  sub-carboniferous  (?)  sandstone. 
In  some  places  this  ravine  is  quite  narrow  and  the  walls  almost 
perpendicular. 


June,  1910.]  Winter-Buds  of  Spirodela.  i8i 

The  ordinary  Fragile  Bladder  Fern  grows  in  abundance  upon 
these  rocks.  A  hasty  glance  revealed  the  fact  that  it  differed 
very  materially  from  the  ordinary  form.  The  apexes  of  the  frond 
and  the  tips  of  the  pinnae  are  branched  two  to  four  times,  acumi- 
nate, obtuse  or  emarginate. 

The  plant  grows  plentifully  in  the  partially  shaded  ravine 
and  the  differences  from  the  normal  type  of  frond  seem  to  warrant 
the  name: 

Cystopteris  jragilis  (L.)  Bernh.  var.  cristata  Hopkins,  var.  nov. 

Apex  of  frond  branched,  the  branches  often  dividing  again; 
obtuse  or  acuminate,  pinnae  linear,  lanceolate,  broadly  triangular, 
acuminate,  acute  or  obtuse  often  branching  into  two  or  more  irre- 
gular segments;  in  part  on  sandstone  rocks,  Woodworth's 
Glenn,   Portage  County,   Ohio.      (Fig.  2). 

Pittsburgh  High  School. 


WINTER-BUDS  OF  SPIRODELA  POLYRHIZA  (L.). 

V.  Sterki. 

Last  summer  and  fall,  I  brought  home  several  kinds  of 
"duckweeds,"  and  kept  them  in  aquaria,  some  of  the  latter  being 
small  tumblers.  During  September  and  October  it  was  noticed 
that  there  were  numerous  small  disks,  or  links,  partly  free,  partly 
connected  with  Spirodela  plants.  They  were  flat,  short-elliptical 
or  oblong,  or  nearly  circular,  of  about  one  to  two  mm.  diameter, 
of  a  deep  green  color  (darker  than  the  spirodela  disks),  always 
rootless,  without  any  visible  venation  and  with  a  small,  sharply 
defined,  crescent-shaped,  whitish  to  brownish  hilum  at  the  margin. 
Microscopic  examination,  made  in  February,  showed  them  to 
have  stomata  on  the  upper  surface  and  a  slight  but  distinct 
purplish  hue  on  the  lower,  inside  of  the  epidermis. 

With  the  approach  of  winter,  the  Spirodela  plants  faded 
and  died,  but  these  small  bodies  kept  fresh  and  green,  and  most 
of  them  sank  to  the  bottom.  vSome,  however,  were  kept  floating 
by  the  dead  disks,  now  little  more  than  skeletons.  Some  were 
seen  as  late  as  February,  each  being  held  between  the  two  epi- 
dermal layers  of  its  parent  disk,  near  the  hilum,  partly  emerging 
from  the  margin.  Several  score  were  in  a  small  tumbler  aqua- 
rium, near  a  window  but  not  reached  by  direct  sunlight  until  the 
end  of  winter.  During  the  latter  part  of  January,  and  up  to 
the  present  it  was  noticed  that  each  had  a  small  gas  bubble  on 
its  upper  surface,  probably  oxygen,  and  some  were  raised  to  the 
surface  by  the  same  and  kept  floating.  Many  of  them  are  now 
sprouting,  at  the  hilum,  while  others  are  still  at  the  bottom, 
unchanged.     Another    such    small    aquarium,   with   Lemna  tri- 


18,2  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  8, 

sulca,  etc.,  was  kept  close  to  the  window,  where  the  sun  had 
access  for  an  hour  or  two  on  clear  mornings.  In  that,  the  plants 
developed  earlier,  and  at  the  present  writing,  several  of  them 
are  fully  developed,  unmistakable  Spirodela  polyrhiza,  with 
two  disks  several  times  the  size  of  the  bud,  bright  green,  with 
distinct  nervation,  several  roots  and  with  the  inferior  side 
around  the  hilum  purplish.  On  one  of  them,  the  bud  is  now 
fading  and  withering. 

Thus  the  cycle  is  complete.  The  small  bodies  described  were 
seen  developing  on  the  Spirodela  plants,  in  late  summer  and  fall, 
then  detached  or  held  only  mechanically,  surviving  the  winter 
at  the  bottom,  rising  to  the  surface  in  spring  (premature  indoors), 
producing  new  plants,  and  then  dying.  The  observations  are 
complete  so  far  as  they  go ;  but  more  details  and  further  investi- 
gations will  be  in  place.  It  has  not  been  ascertained  whether 
one  Spirodela  disk  produces  only  one  bud  or  several,  how  early  in 
the  season  they  are  produced  and  eventually  whether  some  of 
them  grow  out  into  new  plants  in  the  same  season ;  also  the  micro- 
scopic structure  especially  of  the  hilum  when  dormant  and  at  the 
time  of  sprouting  will  be  of  interest.  The  buds  should  also  be 
taken  up  from  the  bottom  of  ponds  and  pools  in  early  spring 
and  their  development  observed. 

When  the  little  bodies  were  first  noticed,  last  fall,  it  was  sup- 
posed that  they  might  be  "winter-buds,"  having  the  function  of 
buds  or  bulbs,  and  the  result  sustained  the  diagnosis.  Since  the 
plant  is  rarely  found  blossoming  and  fruiting  these  buds  are  evi- 
dently the  means  of  propagation  of  the  species.  But  the  term 
"bud"  is  not  adequate.  They  may  be  compared  with  the  bulb- 
lets  of  some  Pteridophyta.  Their  significance  is  possibly  nearest 
to  that  of  tubers,  like  those  of  the  Dahlia  and  potato,  but  the  fact 
that  they  are  provided  with  chlorophyl  and  stomata  again  sets 
them  apart.  Their  configuration  is  in  accordance  with  the 
simple  structure  of  the  plant  itself. 

It  may  be  mentioned  that  a  Lcmna  {trinervis  Austin?)  brought 
in  and  kept  with  the  Spirodela  showed  nothing  of  the  kind  des- 
cribed; but  it  may  have  been  overlooked;  most  of  them  died 
earlier  than  the  Spirodela.  Lenina  trisulca  L.  keeps  well  and 
grows  luxuriantly  over  winter,  indoors,  and  is  a  very  satisfactory 
plant  for  small  aquaria. 

New  Philadelphia,  Ohio,  March  12,  1910. 


June,  1910.] 


Naiades  of  Cedar  Point,  Ohio. 


183 


NAIADES  OF  GRAND  RIVER,  OHIO. 

L.  B.  Gary. 

Lampsilis  ventricosa  (Barnes,  Unio),  fairly  common. 

a  multiradiata  (Lea,  Unio),  one  specimen,  Painesville,  O. 

a         Luteola  (Lamarck,  Unio),  most  common. 

a         ligamentina   (Lamarck,   Unio),   rather  scarce  at   Me- 
chanicsville,  O. 

a         recta  (Lamarck,  Unio),  not  rare. 

((         iris  (Lea,  Unio),  rather  scarce. 

u  parva  (Barnes,  Unio),  rather  scarce. 

Obovaria  circulus  (Lea,  Unio),  scarce. 
Pytchobranchtis  phaseolus  (Hildreth,  Unio),  rare. 
Quadrula  undulata  (Barnes,  Unio),  abundant. 

II         Kirtlandiana  (Lea,  Unio),  very  rare. 

«         rubiginosa  (Lea,  Unio),  not  rare. 
Unio  gibbosus  Barnes,  rather  common. 
Symphvnota  compressa  (Lea,  Unio  pressus),  not  plentiful. 
a  costata   (Rafinesque,  Alasmidonta),  common. 

Alasmidonta  marginata  Say,  not  very  common. 
Hemilastena  ambigua,    (Say,  Alasmodonta),  not  rare. 
^Strophitus  edentulus  (Lea,  Anodonta),  common. 
Anodontoides  ferussacianus  subcylindraceus?  Lea,  one  specimen. 
Anodonta  grandis  (decora?)  Lea,  common. 

This  list  is  the  result  of  several  years  collecting  at  Mechanics- 
ville,  Austinburg  Tp.,  Ashtabula  Co.,  O.,  with  the  one  exception- 
noted. 

263  Hoyt  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 


NAIADES  OF  CEDAR  POINT,  OHIO. 

L.  B.  Gary. 

Lampsilis  ventricosa  (Barnes,  Unio),  common. 

«         luteola  (Lamarck,  Unio),  common. 

a         recta  (Lamarck,  Unio),  scarce. 

u         nasuta  (Say,  Unio),  rather  scarce. 

u         alata  (Say,  Unio),  common. 

u         gracilis  (Barnes,  Unio),  plentiful. 
Plagiola  donaciformis  (Lea,  Unio),  rare. 
Obovaria  circulus  (Lea,  Unio).  very  common. 
Quadrula  plicata  (Say,  Unio). 

«         undulata  (Barnes,  Unio). 

«         pustulosa  ?  (Lea,  Unio),  an  imperfect  specimen. 

u         rubiginosa  (Lea,  Unio),  fairlv  common. 


Unio  gibbosus  Barnes, 


fairlv  common. 


1 84 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  X,  No.  8, 


Strophitus   edentulus    (Lea,   Anodonta)  ?     No   specimen   in   mv 

collection,  but  listed  in  my  notes. 
Anodontoides    ferussacianus    subcylindraceus  Lea.?,  one    speci- 
men . 
Anodonta  grandis  Say,  one  specimen. 

What  appeared  to  be  a  white  specimen  of  Ouadrula  coccineus 
Conrad,  was  found  near  the  Lake  Laboratory,  and  probably 
came  from  the  Sandusky  Bay.  The  Ijalance  of  these  shells 
were  picked  iip  on  the  shore  of  Lake  Erie  between  Cedar  Point 
and  the  Laboratory.  The  list  is  by  no  means  complete,  probablv 
but  simply  shows  what  can  be  gathered  in  one  season.  Several 
species  were  taken  alive. 


XEROPHYTIC  ADAPTATIONS  OF  APOCYNUM 
HYPERICIFOLIUM. 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

In  the  January,  1905,  Ohio  Naturalist,  the  writer  presented 
some  observations  on  the  occurrence  and  development  of  mat 
plants,  showing  that  some  plants  which  are  erect  in  an  ordinary 
environment  become  prostrate,  with  radiating  branches,  when 
growing  in  exposed  situations  as  on  a  sandbar  or  newly  plowed 
prairie.  While  studying  the  xerophytic  vegetation  of  Cedar 
Point,  at  vSandusky,  Ohio,  my  attention  was  called  to  the  pros- 


FiG.     1.      .Vpoeyiiiim    hypericifoliiini    growing    on    a    sand    l)lo\v-out 
on  Cedar  Point. 


June,  1910.]         Plants  to  be  Excluded  from  Ohio  Catalog.  185 

trate  condition  of  Apocyninni  I lyperici folium  Ait.,  the  Clasping-leaf 
Dogbane,  growing  in  the  blowouts  and  on  the  sand-dunes.  This 
is  a  rather  rare  plant  in  Ohio,  being  at  present  known  only  from 
this  locality.  The  plants  growing  in  less  exposed  conditions 
were  nearly  or  quite  erect. 

The  prostrate  condition  is  brought  about  by  a  curve  of  the 
single  main  stem  an  inch  or  two  above  the  ground.  The  lateral 
branches  spread  out  in  a  more  or  less  radiating  fashion,  pro- 
ducing a  very  close  superficial  imitation  of  a  typical  mat  plant 
(Fig.  1).  The  bending  over  of  the  steam  and  branches  brings 
most  of  the  leaves  into  a  more  or  less  vertical  position.  The 
peculiarity  seems  to  be  an  adaptation  to  the  light,  but  other 
factors  may  also  have  an  influence.  The  cause  of  the  habit  could 
probably  be  easily  determined  by  experiment.  The  stems 
develop  abundant  anthocyan  and  the  leaves  are  very  glabrous 
and  glaucous.  This  Dogbane  is,  therefore,  a  very  perfect  xero- 
phyte  being  able  to  endure  more  easily  perhaps  than  any  other 
plant  of  the  locality  the  intense  light  and  heat  often  present  in 
summer  on  the  bare  sand  of  the  blow-out. 


A  PROPOSED  LIST  OF  PLANTS  TO  BE  EXCLUDED  FROM 

THE  OHIO  CATALOG. 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

In  the  December,  1908,  Ohio  Naturalist,  the  writer  pub- 
lished a  paper  entitled  "  Plants  in  the  Ohio  State  List  not  Repre- 
sented in  the  State  Herbarium."  In  response  to  the  request 
for  information  in  regard  to  these  plants  a  number  of  botanists 
have  contributed  data  and  specimens  which  establish  a  number 
of  species  as  undoubted  members  of  our  flora.  In  the  meantime, 
considerable  work  has  been  done  on  the  plants  of  the  state  and 
the  entire  state  herbarium  has  been  studied  more  or  less  critically 
some  of  the  more  diflicult  groups  by  specialists.  Many  species 
represented  by  herbarium  specimens  cannot  stand  because  of 
wrong  identification.  The  present  list  is  published  with  the 
hope  that  some  may  still  be  verified  before  publication  of  a  new 
catalog  of  Ohio  plants.  Some  records  are  based  on  fragmentary 
or  imperfect  specimens.  In  the  future,  all  additions  should  be 
based  on  specimens  about  whose  identification  there  can  be  no 
reasonable  doubt.  It  is  proposed,  therefore,  to  exclude  all  of 
the  species  named  below  unless  definite  evidence  of  their  exis- 
tence in  Ohio  as  indicated  bv  herbarium  specimens  is  forth- 
coming. 

Probably  some  species  should  have  been  retained  without 
question  but  it  is  evident  that  the  only  way  to  obtain  a  reliable 


1 86  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  8, 

catalog  is  to  use  rather  drastic  measures.  It  will  be  easier  to 
restore  names  to  the  list  than  to  continue  names  whose  standing 
is  problematical  and  serve  no  purpose  except  to  confuse  the  plant- 
geographers  and  ecologist.  So  far  as  the  exclusion  of  foreign 
weeds  and  cultivated  plants  is  concerned,  if  the  list  is  not  to 
represent  known  herbarium  specimens  a  much  larger  number  of 
probable  species  might  be  added.  But  it  is  believed  that  zeal 
for  accuracy  is  more  commendable  than  enthusiasm  for  new 
records  and  large  numbers.  The  writer  will  greatly  appreciate 
information  which  will  tend  to  establish  any  species  in  the  fol- 
lowing hst  as  a  native  or  introduced  Ohio  plant: 

Acer  pennsylvanicum  L.     No  specimens. 

Achroanthes  monophylla   (L.)    Greene.     No  specimens. 

Aconitum  uncinatum  L.     No  specimens. 

Adopogon  carolinianum   (Nutt.)   Britt.     No  specimens 

Agrimonia  pvmiila  Muhl.     The  specimen  so  labeled  is  A.  mollis 

(T.  &  G.)  Britt. 
Agrostis  asperifolia  Trin.     No  specimens. 
Allionia    nyctaginea    ovata     (Pursh)     Morong.     The    specimen 

labeled  thus  is  the  species. 
Allium  stellatum  Ker.     No  specimens. 
Alopercurus  pratensis  L.     No  specimens. 
Alsine  boreale  (Bigel.)  Britt.     Beyond  our  range. 
Alsine  longipes  (Goldie)  Gov.     Beyond  our  range.     A  specimen 

so  labeled  is  too  immature  for  determination. 
Amaranthus  crispus   (Lesp.  &  Thev.)   Br.     No  specimens. 
Amaranthus  lividus  L.     Beyond  our  range. 
Amphiachris   dracunculoides    (DC.)    Nutt.     No   specimens. 
Artemisia  abrotanum  L.     No  specimens. 
Artemisia  absinthium  L.     No  specimens. 
Artemisia  canadensis  Mx.     No  specimens. 
Asrum  reflexum  ambiguum  Bickn.     No  specimens. 
Asplenium  fontanum  (L.)  Bernh.     No  specimens.     Ohio  record 

probably  a  mistake  of  labeling. 
Aster  acuminatus  Mx.     No  specimens. 
Aster  claytoni  crispens  Burg.     No  specimens. 
Aster  cordifolius  polycephalus  Port.     No  specimens. 
Aster  divaricatus  persaliens  Burg.     No  specimens. 
Aster  dumosus  L.     No  specimens. 
Aster  novi-belgii  L.     No  specimens. 

Aster  novi-belgii  laevigatus   (Lam.)   Gr.     No  specimens. 
Aster  ptarmicoides  (Nees)  T.  &  G.     No  specimens. 
Aster  salicifolius  stenophyllus  (Lindl.)  Burg.      No  specimens. 
Avena  fatua  L.     No  specimens. 
Betula  populifolia  Marsh.     No  specimens. 
Bicuculla  eximia  (Ker.)  Millsp.     No  specimens. 


June,  1910.]        Plants  to  be  Excluded  from  Ohio  Catalog.  187 

Bidens  leavis  (L.)  B.  S.  P.     Beyond  our  range. 

Blephariglottis   grandiflora    (Bigel.)    Rydb.     No   specimens. 

Bromus  arvensis  L.     The  specimen  so  labeled  is  B.  racemosus. 

Bromus  asper  Murr.     No  specimens. 

Bromus  breviaristatus  (Hook.)  Buckl.     No  specimens. 

Broussonetia  papyrifera  (L.)  Vent.     No  specimens. 

Carex  bullata  Schk.     No  specimens. 

Carex  careyana  Torr.     No  specimens. 

Carex  caroliniana  Schw.     No  specimens. 

Carex  chordorhiza  L.  f.     No  specimens. 

Carex  deflexa  Hornem.     No  specimens. 

Carex  formosa  Dew.     No  specimens. 

Carex  goodenovii  J.  Gay.     No  specimens. 

Carex  interior  capillacea  Bail.     No  specimens. 

Caerx  novae-angliae  Schv/.     No  specimens. 

Carex  setacea  Dew.     No  specimens. 

Carex  styloflexa  Buckl.     No  specimens. 

Carex  tenella  Schk.     No  specimens. 

Carex  tenera  Dew.     No  specimens. 

Carex  tenuiflora  Wahl.     No  specimens. 

Carex  umbellata  Schk.     No  specimens. 

Carex  xanthocarpa  Bickn.     No  specimens. 

Castanea  pumila  (L.)  Mill.     No  specimens. 

Centaurea  nigra  L.     No  specimens. 

Cerastium  viscosum  L.     No  specimens. 

Chenopodium  urbicum  L.     No  specimens. 

Chrysopsis  grammifolia  (Mx.)  Nutt.     No  specimens. 

Cinna  latifolia  (Trev.)  Griseb.     No  specimens. 

Claytonia  caroliniana  Mx.     No  specimens. 

Claytonia  perfoliata  Donn.     No  specimens. 

Clintonia  borealis  (Ait.)  Raf.     No  specimens. 

Cincus  benedictus  L.     No  specimens. 

Convolvulus  repens  L.     No  specimens. 

Corallorhiza  corallorhiza  (L.)  Karst.     No  specimens. 

Comus  baileyi  Coult.  &  Evans.       The  specimen  in  the  herbarium 

is  from  a  cultivated  plant. 
Cor^dus  rostrata  Ait.     No  specimens. 
Crepis  tectorum  L.     No  specimens. 
Cyperus  dentatus  Torr.     No  specimens. 
Cyperus  ovularis  (Mx.)  Torr.     No  specimens. 
Delphinium  consolida  L.     All  the  specimens  so  named  are  D. 

ajacis  L. 
Delphinium  carolinianum  Walt.     Beyond  our  range. 
Deschampsia  caespitosa  (L.)  Beauv.     No  specimens. 
Eleocharis  interstincta  (Vahl.)  R.  &  S.     No  specimens. 

Eleocharis  rostellata  Torr.     No  specimens.  

Equisetum  scirpoides  Mx.     No  specimens.  /Vs^^^l 

[lu  ,  L  I  B  R  A  R  > 

4«7  -  t^a^.y 


1 88  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  8, 

Eriophorum  vaginatum  L.     No  specimens. 

Eriophorum  gracile  Koch.     No  specimens. 

Eriophorum  virginicum  album  Gr.     No  specimens. 

Eupatoritxm  serotinum  Mx.     No  specimens. 

Fragaria  vesca  L.     No  specimens. 

Gahum  vernum  L.     No  specimens. 

Gentiana  detonsa  Rottb.     No  specimens. 

Geranium  cHssectum  L.     No  specimens. 

Gerardia  besseyana  Britt.     No  specimens. 

Geum  macrophyllum  Willd.     Beyond  our  range. 

Gifolia  germanica  (L.)  Dum.     No  specimens. 

Gratiola  aurea  Muhl.     No  specimens. 

Gutierrezia  texana  (DC.)  T.  &  G.     No  specimens. 

Hedeoma  hispida  Pursh.     Beyond  our  range. 

Hehanthus  atrorubens  L.     No  specimens. 

HeHanthus  ambiguus  (T.  &  G.)  Britt.     No  specimens. 

Hehotropium  indictim  L.     No  specimens. 

HeHotropium  anchusifoHum  Poir.     No  specimens. 

Heteranthera  reniformis  R.  &  P.     No  specimens. 

Hieracium  greenii  Port.  &  Britt.     No  specimens. 

Houstonia  tenuifolia  Nutt.     No  specimens. 

Hvoscvamus  niger.  L.     No  specimens. 

Hypericum  adpressum  Bart.  The  specimen  so  named  is  prob- 
ably H.  perforatum  L. 

Juncus  filiformis  L.     No  specimens. 

Juncus  stygius  L.     No  specimens. 

Juncus  brachvcarpus  Engl.     No  specimens. 

Kneiffia  linearis  (Mx.)  Spach.     Beyond  our  range. 

Kuhnistera  Candida  (Willd.)  Ktz.     No  specimens. 

Lacinaria  pvcnostachva  (Mx.)   Ktz.     No  specimens. 

Lactuca  pulchella  (Pursh)  DC.     No  specimens. 

Leontodon  hastilis  L.  The  plant  so  labeled  is  L.  nudicaule  (L.) 
Port. 

Ligusticum  scoticum  L.     No  specimens. 

Ligusticum  canadense   (L.)   Britt.     No  specimens. 

Limnanthemum   lacunosum    (Vent.)    Griseb.     No   specimens. 

Lithospermum  linearifolium  Goldie.     No  specimens. 

Lobelia  nuttallii  R.  &  vS.     Beyond  our  range. 

Lycopodium  annotinum  L.     No  specimens. 

Lycopus  europaeus  L.     No  specimens. 

Mariana  mariana  (L.)  Hill.     No  specimens. 

Meibomia  arenicola  Vail.  The  plant  so  labeled  is  probably 
M.  marvdandica  (L.)  Ktz.  or  M.  obtusa  (Muhl.)  Vail. 

Mentha  aquatica  L.     No  specimens. 

Mentha  sativa  L.     No  specimens. 

Mitella  nuda  L.     No  specimens. 

Monarda  citriodora  Cerv.     No  specimens. 


June,  1910.]         Plants  to  be  Excluded  from  Ohio  Catalog.  189 

Myosotis  palustris  (L.)  Lam.     No  specimens. 

Myrica  cerifera  L.     No  specimens. 

Myriophyllum  tenellum  Bigel.     No  specimens. 

Nabalus  serpentarius  (Pursh)  Hook.     No  specimens.' 

Nymphaea  kalmiana  (Mx.)  Sims.     No  specimens. 

Ophioglossum    engelmanni    Prantl.     Wrong    identification. 

Onosmodium  virginianum  (L.)  DC.     No  specimens. 

Orchis  rotundifolia  Pursh.     No  specimens. 

Oryzopsis  juncea  (Mx.)  B.  S.  P.     No  specimens. 

Oryzopsis  asperifoHa  Mx.     No  specimens. 

Oxycoccus  oxycoccus  (L.)  MacM.     No  specimens. 

Panicularia  obtusa  (Muhl.)  Ktz.     No  specimens. 

Panicum  lanuginosum  Ell.     No  specimens. 

Panicum  pseudopubescens  Nash.     No  specimens. 

Panicum  xanthophysum  Gr.     No  specimens. 

Papaver  dubium  L.     No  specimens. 

Parthenocissus  quinquefolia  laciniata  Planch.     No  specimens. 

Paspalum  setaceum  Mx.     No  specimens. 

Peramium  repens  (L.)  Salisb.     No  specimens. 

Phaseolus  polystachyus  (L.)   B.  S.   P.     No  specimens. 

Philadelphus  grandiflorus  Willd.     Beyond  our  range. 

Philadelphus  inodorus  L.     No  specimens. 

Plantago  elongata  Pursh.     No  specimens. 

Poa  debilis  Torr.     No  specimens. 

Polygala  incarnata  L.     No  specimens. 

Polygonum  careyi  Olney.     No  specimens. 

Polygonum  cilinode  Mx.     No  specimens. 

Polygonum  ramosissimum  Mx.     This  is  a  salt  marsh  plant.     The 

specimen  so  named  is  P.  camporum  Meisn. 
Potamogeton  spirillus  Tuck.     No  specimens. 
Potamogeton  vaseyi  Robb.     No  specimens. 
Potenlilla  canadensis  simplex  (Mx.)  T.  &  G.     No  specimens. 
Potenlilla  sulphurea  Lam.     The  specimens  are  P.  recta  L. 
Ptihmnium  capillaceum   (Mx.)   Raf.     No  specimens. 
Pyrola  asarifolia  Mx.     Beyond  our  range 
Pyrola  uliginosa  Torr.     Beyond  our  range. 
Quamocht  quamoclit  (L.)  Britt.     No  specimens. 
Quercus  nana  (Marsh.)  Sarg.     No  specimens. 
Ranunculus  arvensis  L.      Probably  not  in  Ohio. 
Ranunculus  ovalis  Raf.     Probably  not  in  Ohio. 
Ribes  nigrum  L.     No  specimens. 
Robinia  hispida  L.     Beyond  our  range. 
Rosa  canina  L.     No  specimens. 
Rosa  cinnamomea  L.     No  specimens. 
Rosa  nitida  Willd.     Beyond  our  range. 
Rubus  baileyanus  Britt.     No  specimens. 
Rubus  canadensis  L.     No  specimens. 


19°  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  8, 

Rubus  frondosus  Bigel.     No  specimens. 

Rubus  neglectus  Peck.     No  specimens. 

Rubus  setosus  Bigel.     No  specimens. 

Rubus  trivialis  Mx.     Beyond  our  range. 

Rumex  patientia  L.     No  specimens. 

Rumex  sanguineus  L.     No  specimens. 

Rynchospora  fusca  (L.)  R.  &  vS.     The  only  specimen  so  labeled 

is  a  Juncus. 
Sagittaria  engelmanniana  Sm.     No  specimens. 
Salix  alba  coerulea  (Sm.)  Koch.     No  specimens. 
Salvia  verbenaca  L.     No  specimens. 
Scirpus  sylvaticus  L.     No  specimens. 
Sedum  reflexum  L.     Not  properly  identified. 
Senecio  lobatus  Pers.     No  specimens. 
Silphium  integrifolium  Mx.     No  specimens. 
Smilax  bona-nox  L.     No  specimens. 
Smilax  pseudo-china  L.     No  specimens. 
Solidago  odora  Ait.     No  specimens. 
Spiraea  corymbosa  Raf.     Beyond  our  range. 
Spiraea  prunifolia  Sieb.     Specimen  imperfect. 
Trautvetteria  carolinensis  (Walt.)  Vail.     No  specimens. 
Triadenum  petiolatum  (Walt.)  Britt.     Beyond  our  range. 
Trillium  tnidulatum  W^illd.     No  specimens. 
Vaccinium  palliduin  Ait.     Beyond  our  range. 
Valeriana  uliginosa  (T.  &  G.)  Rydb.     Specimen  so  labeled  is  V. 

officinalis  L. 
Verbesina  occidentalis  (L.)  Walt.     No  specimens. 
Vernonia  glauca  (L.)  Britt.     The  two  specimens  so  labeled  have 

a  purplish  pappus  and  are  the  ordinary  V.  altissima  Nutt. 
Vincetoxicum  gonocarpos  Walt.     No  specimens. 
Woodsia  ilvensis  (L.)  R.  Br.     No  specimens. 
Woodwardia  areolata  (L.)  Moore.     No  specimens. 
Xanthium  strumarium  L.     No  specimens. 
Xvris  caroliniana  Walt.     No  specimens. 
Zizaniopsis  miliacea  (Mx.)  D.  &  Asch.     No  specimens. 


NOTE  ON  THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
OF  THE  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY. 

]^I.\LCOLM   G.    DiCKEV. 

On  November  2,  1SS8,  a  number  of  persons  interested  in 
natural  sciences  met  at  the  home  of  Mr.  C.  M.  W^eed  to  consider 
the  organization  of  a  biological  club.  A  committee  of  three 
members,  Messrs.  Lazenby,  Thorne  and  Weed  was  appointed 
to  draw  up  a  scheme  of  organization.  Another  meeting  was  held 
November  5th,  when  the  formal  organization  of  the  club  was 


June,  1910.]  Organization  of  the  Biological  Club. 


IQI 


accomplished,  with  the  following  charter  members  present: 
Moses  Craig,  W.  S.  Devol,  J.  F.  Hickman,  D.  S.  Kellicott,  W.  R. 
Lazenby,  W.  G.  Green,  C.  P.  Sigerfoos,  C.  S.  Thorne,  and  C.  M. 
Weed.  The  orgainzation  was  called  the  Biological  Club  of  the 
Ohio  State  University,  and  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Meetings  were  held  fortnightly  at  the  homes  of  the  members. 

Later  the  Club  met  in  Horticultural  Hall  and  finally,  from 
1891  to  1900,  in  Botanical  Hall.  The  first  oflEicers  were:  Presi- 
dent, C.  E.  Thorne;  Vice  President,  D.  S.  Kellicott,  and  Secre- 
tary. C.  M.  Weed. 

At  the  meeting  of  November  Srd,  1891,  a  committee  was 
appointed  to  consider  the  organization  of  a  State  Academy  of 
Science.  This  resulted  in  the  organization  of  our  present  State 
Academy  on  December  31,  1891. 

The  club  has  been  active  from  the  time  of  its  organization 
with  the  exception  of  a  period  of  seventeen  months,  from  Feb- 
ruary 21,  1894,  to  September  19,  1895,  during  which  no  meetings 
were  held.  At  the  latter  date  the  Club  was  again  called  together 
by  Prof.  Kellicott,  and  reorganized. 

On  March  5,  1900,  a  committee  was  appointed,  consisting 
of  Messrs.  Herbert  Osborn,  W.  A.  Kellerman,  and  F.  J.  Tyler,  to 
consider  the  advisability  of  establishing  a  biological  bulletin  to  be 
published  by  the  Club.  The  scheme  was  adopted,  and  the  first 
editorial  staff  of  the  Ohio  Naturalist  was  elected  on  June 
4,  1900. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  officers  of  the  Club  previous  to 
1900,  when  the  printed  records  of  the  Club  in  the  Ohio  Natur- 
alist begin: 

1888-1889— Pres.,   C.   E.   Thorne;   Vice   Pres.,   D.    S.    Kellicott; 

Sec,  CM.  Weed. 
1889-1890— Pres..  D.  S.  Kellicott;  Vice  Pres.,  W.  R.  Lazenby; 

Sec,  H.  A.  Surface. 
1890-1891— Pres.,  W.  R.  Lazenby;  Vice  Pres,  D.  S.  Kellicott; 

Sec,  H.  A.  Surface. 
1891-1892— Pres.,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Vice  Pres.,  F.  M.  Webster; 

Sec,  W.  C.  Werner. 
1892-1893— Pres.,   A.    D.    Selby;   Vice   Pres..   J.    H.   McGregor; 

Sec,  W.  C.  Werner. 
1893-1894— Pres.,    W.   C.   Werner;   Vice   Pres.,   C.    B.    Morrey; 

Sec,  J.  H.  McGregor. 
1894-1895— No  meetings  held. 
Sept.  19  to  Nov.  1,  1895— Pres.,  W.  A.  Kellerman;  Sec,  E.  M. 

Wilcox. 
1895-1896— Pres.,  D.  S.  Kellicott;  Vice  Pres.,  Walter  Fischer; 

Sec,  E.  M.  Wilcox. 
1896-1897— Pres.,  F.  S.  Landacre;  Vice  Pres.,  J.  W.  T.  Duvel; 

Sec,  R.  C.  Osborn 


19.2  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X,  No.  8, 

1897-1898— Pres..  J.  A.   Bownocker;  Vice  Pres.,  F.  L.  Stevens; 

Sec,  E.  B.  Williamson. 
1898-1899— Pres.,  W.  R.  Lazenby;  Vice  Pres.,  J.  H.  Schaffner; 

Sec,  E.  L.  Fullmer. 
1899  1900— Pres.,    J.    H.    Schaffner;    Vice    Pres.,    J.    S.    Hine: 

Sec,  F.  L.  Landacre. 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 

Orton  Hall,  March  7,  1910. 

The  club  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  and  the  minutes 
of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and  approved. 

Mr.  T.  M.  Thompson,  George  T.  CaldweH,  V.  L.  Nelson,  and 
W.  C.  Lasseter  were  elected  to  membership. 

Dr.  E.  F.  McCampbell  then  gave  an  illustrated  lecture  on 
"Impressions  of  Mexico."  Dr.  McCampbell  visited  Mexico  Citv 
last  December  in  order  to  study  typhus  fever.  He  gave  some 
account  of  the  country  and  its  people,  and  spoke  more  particu- 
larly of  the  study  of  typhus  fever  and  observations  of  conditions 
in  Mexican  hospitals. 

A  large  number  of  visitors  were  present. 


Orton  Hall,  April  11     1910. 

The  Club  was  called  to  order  by  the  President  and  the  minutes 
of  the  previous  meeting  read,  and  approved. 

Mr.  O.  E.  Hatton  and  J.  W.  McBurney  were  elected  to  mem- 
bership. 

Prof.  J.  C.  Hambleton  spoke  of  his  work  on  the  genus  Anasa. 
This  is  typically  a  Mexican,  and  Central  American  genus.  There 
are  six  species  found  in  the  United  States.  Prof.  Hambleton  has 
fovmd  a  specimen  which  he  thinks  belongs  to  a  new  species. 

Prof.  Lazenby  then  gave  an  account  of  his  investigations  of 
Catalpa  growth.  There  are  four  species  of  Catalpa,  two  foreign, 
and  two  native,  the  Southern,  and  Western  or  Hardv  Catalpa. 
The  tree  is  not,  .stricth'  speaking,  native  to  Ohio,  but  has  become 
quite  popular  for  planting  for  commercial  purposes.  It  makes 
a  rapid  growth,  and  has  a  great  variety  of  uses. 

Mr.  B.  F.  Wells  told  of  a  trip  with  Prof.  Griggs  in  Hocking 
County  during  the  spring  vacation. 

Prof.  Schaffner  spoke  of  the  revision  of  the  State  Herbarium. 
Two  hundred  species  were  removed  from  the  list. 

Prof.  Lazenby  made  some  remarks  on  the  effect  of  limestone 
upon  the  distribution  of  plants. 

M.  G.  DicKEV.  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  June  O,   1910. 


I'he  Ohio  'Naturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity. 
Volume  XI.  NOVEMBER,   1910.  No.   1. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Dachnowski— A  Cedar  Bog  in  Centnil  Ohio 193 

Detmers— A  Klori.stic  Survey  of  Orchard  Ishind 200 

Nichols — An  Open  Valley  near  Harrisburg,  Ohio 210 

Hood— Some  Economic  Monocotyls  of  Ohio 214 

Dickey— Meetiiiii-  of  the  Biological  Club v 216 


A  CEDAR  BOG  IN  CENTRAL  OHIO.* 

Alfred  Dachnowski. 

Ohio  is  one  of  the  states  of  a  central  region  in  which  the 
dominant  vegetation  is  the  deciduous  forest.  Our  forests  are  a 
type  of  plant  formation,  with  a  distinct  physiognomy  and  growth- 
form,  both  of  which  are  an  expression  of  certain  definite  conditions 
of  life.  Deciduous  forests  characterize  all  regions  in  which  there 
is  an  abundant  rainfall  well  distributed  through  the  growing 
season,  a  relatively  high  percentage  of  atmospheric  humidity,  and 
a  relatively  high  annual  sum  total  of  temperature  exposure. 
Before  settlement  by  immigrants  from  Europe,  Ohio  was  almost 
completely  covered  by  dense  forests.  Here  and  there,  in  ravines, 
in  depressions  between  morainal  hills,  on  the  highlands  of  water- 
sheds, were  restricted  areas  of  bog  and  marshland,  sometimes 
many  thousands  of  acres  in  extent,  "filled  in"  ponds  and  lakes, 
another  type  of  plant  fonnations,  of  which  the  component  species 
now  tenanting  such  areas,  and  their  relative  proportion  seemed 
more  like  an  allusion  to  the  distant  north.  Indeed  they  are 
relicts  of  a  boreal  vegetation  which  skirted  the  border  of  a  great 
ice  sheet  covering  almost  all  of  Ohio.  For  reasons  which  will  be 
stated  in  another  paper  these  isolated  areas  of  northern  plant 
societies  maintained  themselves,  and  remained  behind  during  the 
great  migration  of  plants,  while  most  of  the  plant  societies  adjusted 
to  a  northern  climate,  retreated  northward  with  the  glaciers  as  the 
winter  conditions  of  the  glacial  period  slowly  changed  to  the 
present  climate. 

*By  permission  of  the  State  Geologist.  Contribution  from  the  Botanical 
Laboratories  of  Ohio  State  University,  No.  57. 

193 


194  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  1, 

During  the  past  summer  the  writer  was  directed  to  obtain  for 
the  Ohio  State  Geological  Survey  an  estimate  of  the  extent  and 
value  of  the  bog  and  marshland  in  Ohio,  to  detennine  the  depth 
of  these  vegetable  accumulations,  the  general  physical  and  chem- 
ical characters  of  the  deposits,  and  to  study  them  with  a  view  to 
their  commercial  and  agricultural  utilization. 

The  uses  of  peat  are  many.  There  has  recently  been  shown  a 
renewed  interest  in  the  problem  of  peat  utilization.  In  Europe 
this  question  receives  the  most  careful  and  exhaustive  study  by 
trained  specialists.  Reports  from  Europe  indicate  the  success  of 
various  new  processes,  and  it  is  therefore  a  matter  of  the  greatest 
importance  to  determine  the  extent  of  our  own  peat  resources,  the 
conservation  of  which  should  be  second  to  none  of  the  other 
economic  sources  of  wealth.  Peat  can  be  employed  as  packing 
material,  bedding,  absorbent,  fertilizer;  as  insulating  material, 
for  paper  pulp  and  cardboard;  in  woven  fabrics,  artificial  wood, 
paving  and  building  blocks,  for  mattresses.  There  are  certain 
chemical  by-products  derived  from  the  distillation  of  peat  as 
alcohol,  ammonium  sulphate,  nitrates,  and  various  dyes,  the 
demand  for  which  is  steadily  increasing.  An  interesting  chapter 
in  peat  utilization  is  that  of  peat  as  fuel,  power  or  proclucer  gas, 
and  coke.  Many  of  our  peat  lands  make  our  most  productive 
agricultural  soils  when  properly  reclaimed.  The  most  interesting 
studies  are  connected  with  the  agricultural  possibilities  of  peat 
soils;  the  nutritive  value  of  peat  to  cereals  and  legtimes,  the 
character  and  variety  of  crops  and  garden  plants  which  may  be 
profitably  cultivated  on  peat  land;  the  sterility  and  the  diseases 
of  some  of  these  soils;  the  nattire  of  functional  and  structural 
responses  in  plants  to  such  soils,  and  many  other  problems.  This 
is  a  period  of  "intensive"  agriculture,  of  investigation  and  dis- 
covery, and  attention  must  sooner  or  later  be  turned  towards  our 
immense  peat  deposits. 

The  plants  concerned  in  the  formation  and  development  of 
bogs  and  marshlands  bear  a  relation  of  the  utmost  importance 
with  reference  to  the  purity,  character,  thermal,  and  physiolog- 
ical value  of  peat  soils.  The  bearing  of  a  floristic  study  upon  the 
distribution  of  bog  and  marsh  plants  is  also  of  considerable  eco- 
logical and  physiological  interest.  The  aim  has  been,  therefore, 
not  only  to  present  a  list  of  the  plants  found  in  the  various  areas 
visited,  but  to  show  also  the  natural  association  of  the  plants  into 
societies,  and  the  order  in  which  development  and  succession  of 
plants  in  bogs  proceeds.  Moreover,  the  present  bog  and  marsh 
plant  societies  are  being  destroyed  so  rapidly  that  some  historical 
record  is  indeed  of  primary  importance.  In  almost  all  places  the 
work  of  man  inaugurated  conditions  by  cutting,  clearing,  fire, 
ditching,  pasturing,  and  cultivation,  which  have  destroyed  much 
of  the  original  flora  of  Ohio,  and  hence  in  many  places  a  mixture 


Nov.,  1910.]  A  Cedar  Bog  in  Central  Ohio.  195 

of  arborescent  plants,  bog  relicts,  weeds,  and  invading  plants  has 
established  itself.  But  even  under  such  conditions  an  order  of 
invasion  and  succession  is  to  a  certain  extent  characteristic  in  the 
movement  of  plants,  and  depends  largely  upon  the  extent  to  which 
the  plants  are  especially  enabled  to  cope  functionally  with  the 
changing  conditions  and  hold  their  ground.  The  time  and  chance 
factors,  i.  e.,  the  opportunity  for  occupancy  of  the  area,  the 
relative  amount  of  filling,  and  the  degree  of  decomposition  of  peat 
which  has  occurred  in  the  basin,  are  of  equal  importance  in  com- 
petition and  maintenance.  In  all  cases  and  at  all  times  during 
the  phases  of  the  development  of  a  plant  formation  the  invasion, 
zonation,  and  succession  of  plant  societies  is  intimately  bound  up 
with  differences  in  available  soil  water  content,  and  available  food 
constituents  which  go  concomitant  with  the  degree  of  the 
decomposition  of  peat  soils. 

The  most  interesting  of  the  many  different  kinds  of  bogs  in 
Ohio  is  a  Cedar  bog  near  Urbana  in  Champaign  County  about 
forty  miles  west  of  Columbus.  In  a  few  places  the  character  of 
the  county  is  hilly,  and  in  the  depressions  occur  peat  deposits.  As 
a  whole,  however,  the  surface  of  the  county  is  level  and  made  up 
of  plains.  The  general  fomi  is  that  of  a  broad  shallow  trough, 
lying  north  and  south.  Mad-River  runs  through  the  middle  of 
it,  and  drains  the  main  body  of  the  territory. 

On  the  east  side  of  Mad  River,  in  the  southeastern  part  of 
Mad  River  Township,  and  extending  largely  over  into  Urbana 
Township  (T5R11)  in  sections  31  and  32  is  a  tract  of  land  known 
as  the  Dallas  Cedar  swamp.  It  is  about  six  miles  south  of  Urbana, 
and  easily  reached  by  means  of  the  Ohio  Electric  Railway.  The 
Cedar  Swamp  is  a  part  of  an  area  of  cleared  bog  which  comprises  to- 
day about  GOO  acres.  There  was  once  an  extensive  deposit  covering 
approximately  7,000  acres.  On  a  small  portion  of  land  owned  by  M. 
and  G.  L.  Dallas  occur  as  described  below  groves  of  arbor  vitae 
(Thuja  occidentalis)  in  a  good  state  of  preservation.  The  groves 
occupy  a  habitat  near  which  the  soil  water  is  derived  from  cold 
springs  along  the  poorly  drained  river  valley.  A  considerable 
number  of  soundings  were  made  which  disclosed  for  the  first  two 
feet  a  blackish  brown  compact,  well  decomposed,  non-fibrous 
peat.  iVt  the  third  foot  level  the  peat  appeared  dark  brown,  some- 
what fibrous,  with  a  considerable  admixture  of  marl  below.  A 
number  of  well  preserved  logs  and  branches  were  encountered. 
At  four  feet  the  peat  appeared  brown  and  compact  but  fibrous  in 
texture  with  fragments  of  rhizomes  and  roots.  At  the  five  feet 
level  the  sounding  instrument  encountered  a  coarse  gravel  with 
stones  showing  glacial  striations.  This  rested  on  beds  of  quicksand 
and  morainal  till.  The  bog  harbors  a  unique  dependent  flora  which 
long  throve  here  unmolested  and  was  once  a  favorable  resort  for 
botanists.     Now  the  cedars  and  the  accompanying  undergrowth 


196  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  1, 

are  rapidly  disappearing  as  the  clearing  of  the  area  nears  comple- 
tion. The  indications  are  that  in  a  few  years  the  last  vestige  of 
this  interesting  aggregation  of  plants  will  be  destroyed. 

This  type  of  bog  is  distinctly  northern  in  its  distribution  and 
has  not  been  observed  by  previous  writers  to  occur  south  of  the 
central  part  of  Michigan.  The  brief  time  which  could  be  given 
to  the  locality  made  a  more  detailed  study  and  the  mapping  of  the 
area  impracticable.  Yet  the  notes  and  records,  made  have 
'  revealed  a  considerable  number  of  species  hitherto  supposed  to  be 
confined  to  the  states  north  of  Ohio. 

In  several  places  the  groves  of  arbor  vitae  are  dense  pure 
stands  or  facies  with  scarcely  any  undergrowth.  The  association 
has  only  a  single  vertical  layer  in  which  the  lowermost  branches  of 
the  component  inchviduals  bear  a  common  spacial  relation  to 
light.  The  ground  is  littered  with  cedar  foliage  and  only  occasion- 
ally small  sprouts  of  the  chokeberry  (Aronia  arbutifolia),  and 
stunted  seedlings  of  yellow  poplar  (  Liriodendrcn  tulipifera)  or 
small  plants  of  the  spice  bush  (Benzoin  aestivale),  alders,  and 
woodbine  are  visible;  generally  there  are  no  members  of  a  subor- 
dinate species  other  than  a  few  mosses  and  liverworts.  In  more 
open  stands  in  which  the  effects  of  fire  and  cuttings  are  still 
present  the  arbor  vitae  is  found  here  in  association  with  the  red 
maple  (Acer  rubrum),  yellow  poplar,  (Liriodendrcn  tulipifera), 
black  ash  (Fraxinus  nigra),  white  walnut  (Juglans  cinerea), 
Sycamore  (Platanus  occidentalis),  and  wild  cherry  (Prunus 
serotina).  The  undergrowth  is  not  only  numerous  in  species  but 
of  exceptional  height  and  in  five  layers.  The  poison  sumach 
(Rhus  Vernix)  reaches  freciuently  a  height  of  twenty-five  feet. 
Other  members  of  this  structural  part  of  the  formation,  and 
determining  more  specifically  the  physiognomy  of  the  layer,  are 
the  alders  (Alnus  incana,  A.  rugosa),  the  winter-berry  (Ilex 
verticillata),  the  chokeberry  (Aronia  arbutifolia),  and  the  round 
leafed  dogwood  (Cornus  circinata).  The  inferior  layers  which 
seem  to  be  entirely  determined  by  the  density  of  the  mixture  of 
facies  are  really  overlapping  communities  of  woodland  and  bog 
plants.  There  seems  scarcely  no  relation  to  habitat  factors. 
Seedlings  and  s]3routs  occur  in  all  directions,  in  various  degrees 
of  abundance,  and  only  the  less  hardy  plants  lose  ground,  thus 
producing  examples  of  an  indiscriminate  alternation.  The  spice 
bush  (Benzoin  aestivale)  is  only  of  relatively  less  importance  in 
the  (second)  stratum  of  bushes  to  the  red  bud  (Cercis  canadensis) 
and  the  elderberry  (Sambucus  canadensis). 

The  subordinate  position  with  regard  to  the  taller  species  is 
occupied  by  the  cinnamon  fern  (Osmunda  cinnamomea),  the 
meadow  rue  (Thalictrum  dasycarpum),  the  spikenard  (Aralia 
racemosa),  the  bladder  fern  (Cystopteris  bulbifera),  and  touch-me- 
not    (Imi)atiens  sp.).     With   them  in   varying   abundance  occur 


Nov.,  1910,]  A  Cedar  Bog  in  Central  Ohio.  i^'j 

as  a  lower  herbaceous  layer  the  maiden-hair  fern  (Adiantum 
pedatum),  the  dwarf  raspberry  (Rubus  triflorus),  wood  ferns 
(Aspidium  cristatum),  mitcrwort  (Mitella  diphylla),  wakerobin 
(Trillium  erectum,  T.  <^randiflorum),  false  Solomon's  seal  (Smila- 
cina  trifolia),  violet  (Viola  blanda),  the  star  flower  (Trientalis 
americana),  the  Indian  cucumber-root  (Medeola  virginiana), 
manna  grass   (Glyceria  Torreyana),  and  others. 

In  many  places  the  A^arious  shrub  layers  immediately  below  the 
trees  interpose  as  dense  screens.  These  are  often  of  sufficient 
density  to  reduce  the  light  to  a  diffuseness  which  leads  to  frequent 
modification  and  a  consequent  rearrangement  of  the  individual 
plants  in  the  ground  stratum.  The  number  of  such  plants  present 
is  not  large;  they  are  all  past  flowering  when  shade  conditions 
become  extreme.  The  little  mayflower  (Maianthemum  canadense) 
and  various  mosses  and  liverworts  are  the  more  resistant  members 
of  the  living  ground  cover;  they  tend  to  disappear  only  when  the 
shade  condition  approaches  a  light  value  similar  to  that  of  the 
pure  stands  of  cedar. 

To  the  east  of  the  mature  formation  and  adjoining  it  is  an 
open  area;  in  it  occur  a  number  of  low  wet  places.  The  water  of 
the  cold  springs  is  overcharged  with  carbonate  of  lime.  The 
average  soil  moisture  content  is  near  saturation,  and  the  soil 
temperature  uniformly  low  throughout  the  year.  In  other  places 
the  water  content  is  not  quite  so  high,  but  higher  usualh-  than  in 
any  of  the  soils  frequented  by  the  cedars.  Testborings  indicate  a 
surface  layer  of  black  non-fibrous  peat  about  two  feet  deep, 
resting  on  a  cream  colored,  fine  grained  marl,  three  feet  in  depth 
and  underlain  by  sandy  gravel.  The  marl  is  frequently  of  the 
nature  of  calcareous  tufa.  In  the  wetter  habitat  the  plant  asso- 
ciation resembles  that  of  an  open  sedge  zone.  The  dominant 
plants  are  the  rushes  Juncus  brachycephalus,  Eleoeharis  obtusa, 
E.  palustris,  and  Scirpus  americanus.  The  physiognomy  changes 
in  places  on  account  of  an  admixture  of  shield  fern  (Aspidium 
Thclypteris)  and  the  parnassus  (Pamassia  caroliniana),  with  an 
occasional  lizard's  tail  (Saururus  cernuus),  some  goldenrcds 
(Solidago  Riddellii,  S.  ohioensis),  the  Canadian  burnet  (Sanguis- 
orba  canadensis),  twayblade  (Liparis  Loeselii),  water  avens 
(Geum  rivale),  millet  grass  (Milium  effusum),  the  marsh  bell- 
flower  (Campanula  aparinoides) ,  lousewort  (Pedicularis  lanceo- 
lata),  the  golden  ragweed  (Senecio  aurevis)  and  swamp  asters 
(Aster  puniceus,  var.  lucidulum).  Until  recently  orchids  (Haben- 
aria  psycodes)  and  lady  slippers  (Cypripedium  hirsutum,  C. 
parviflorum)  were  not  uncommon. 

Nearer  the  cedar  groves  a  low  shrub  society  appears,  among 
which  the  shrubby  cinquefoil  (Potentilla  fruticosa),  the  bog  birch 
(Betula  pumila),  several  willows  (Salix  discolor,  S.  petiolaris),  the 
buckthorn  (Rhamnus  alnifolia),  and   dogwoods  (Comus  stoloni- 


198  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [A^ol.  XI,  No.  1, 

fera,  C.  alternif olia) ,  are  tJie  more  characteristic  members.  The 
gromid  cover  is  ahiiost  throughout  one  of  mosses  such  as  Hedwigia 
albicans,  Anomodon  rostra tus,  and  a  species  of  Chara.  In  this 
association  lateral  zonation  is  most  clearly  in  evidence  and  arises 
in  part  from  the  characteristic  growth  fonn  of  the  respective 
species,  and  in  part  from  the  physical  features  of  the  habitat.  Of 
the  latter  the  factor  chiefly  concerned  is  the  water  content  of  the 
soil.  The  essential  connection  between  this  is  evident  where 
springs  are  the  source  of  shallow  pools.  Tension  lines  in  the 
vegetation  (ecotones)  are  not  well  marked,  however.  The  zones 
are  too  often  incomplete  or  obscure.  There  is  in  consequence 
more  or  less  of  a  transition  from  the  ground  layer  of  mats  of 
mosses  and  algae  to  the  lower  grass  and  herbaceous  layer  and  to 
the  tertiary  layer  of  bushes  and  shrubs. 

The  habitat  across  the  road  and  south  of  the  areas  just 
described,  bears  less  resemblance  to  extremes  in  water  content. 
The  cedars  are  of  less  mature  age  and  size,  and  deciduous  invaders 
are  still  lacking.  Next  to  the  arbor  vitae  the  predominant  trees 
are  the  yellow  poplar  and  the  red  maple.  The  flora  seems 
more  distinctly  related  to  a  transition  stage.  This  may  be  due  to 
a  former  partial  clearing  of  the  area.  The  ^^oung  cedar  trees 
average  a  height  of  ten  to  fifteen  feet,  and  appear  to  occur  in  about 
equal  abundance  in  every  quadrat  and  line  transect  studied.  The 
shrubs  resemble  those  of  open  bogs,  Aronia  arbutifolia  and  Ilex 
verticillata,  being  the  most  notable  species.  Betula  pumila  and 
Potentilla  fruticosa  are  rare.  The  shrubs  form  a  vertical  layer 
nearly  equal  in  height  to  the  cedars.  The  interesting  peculiarity 
of  the  ground  layer  is  the  frequent  occurrence  of  mats  of 
sphagnum  (Sphagnum  cymbifolium,  S.  acutifolium)  wath  the 
round-leafed  sundew  (Drosera  rotundifolia)  clinging  around  the 
stems  of  small  bushes  of  huckleberry  (Gaylussacia  baccata). 
These  hummocks  are  often  overgrown  with  the  prostrate  black- 
berry (Rubus  hispidus).  Parnassia  caroliniana,  the  fringed 
gentian  (Gentiana  circinata),  the  marsh  bellflower  (Campanula 
aparinoides),  violets  (Viola  blanda,  V.  arenaria)  and  St.  John's 
wort  (Hypericum  prolificum)  with  the  great  lobelia  (Lobelia 
siphilitica) ,  and  a  similar  but  slender  dwarf  form  (Lobelia  spicata) 
are  found  indiscriminately,  but  usually  near  small  pools  in  which 
the  small  bladderwort  (Utricularia  minor),  mosses  (Hypnums) 
and  Algae  (Chara  sp.),  are  some  of  the  frequent  species.  The 
cat-tails  (Typha  latifolia)  are  still  sparse. 

Adjoining  this  open  association  is  a  clearing,  now  used  for  past- 
ure, which  was  formerly  burned  over.  The  peat  soil  is  black  in  color, 
non-fibrous  but  rather  wet.  The  entire  cleared  area  is  densely  cov- 
ered with  the  shrubby  cinquefoil  (Potentilla  fruticosa)  averaging  a 
height  between  three  and  four  feet.  In  a  few  undisturbed  places  a 
succession  is  indicated  with  arbor  vitae  as  the  dominant  tree.  Seed- 


Nov.,  1910.]  A  Cedar  Bog  in  Central  Ohio.  199 

lings  of  red  maple  and  yellow  poplar  are  close  associates.  The  suc- 
cession is  virtually  an  indeterminate  rejuvenation,  that  is,  the  habi- 
tat still  dominates  the  fonnation.  The  degree  of  stabilization  is  still 
one  to  give  expression  to  xerophytic  forms.  The  physical  conditions 
are  changing  extremely  slowly,  remain  unfavorable  to  invaders, 
and  tend  to  preserve  many  of  the  most  important  early  vegetation 
stages.  The  persistence  and  dominance  of  the  cedar  fomiation 
in  this  latitude  follows  for  these  reasons,  but  partly  also  on  accoiuit 
of  the  predominance  of  the  trees  present;  for  the  formation  itself 
must  be  considered  as  an  essential  active  factor,  in  furnishing  seeds, 
and  eliminating  diversity.  Largely,  however,  the  dominance  is  an 
adjustment  to  the  available  soil  water  content.  A  competition  with 
seedlings  of  deciduous  trees  other  than  the  yellow  poplar  and  red 
maple  does  not  seem  to  ensue  although  the  light  relation  is 
favorable.  A  relation  of  seed  production  to  ecesis,  i.  e.,  to  germi- 
nation and  establishment,  is  nowhere  obvious.  The  various  species 
of  deciduous  trees  have  a  larger  seed  production  and  more  effective 
dissemination  contrivances,  but  so  far  as  the  actual  number  of 
seedlings  is  concerned  the  relative  absence  of  them  suggests 
some  edaphic  agency  in  selective  operation.  There  is  some  sort  of 
correspondence  in  the  arbor  vitae,  in  plasticity  of  function,  or  in 
habitat  form,  to  the  life  relations  of  the  soil.  Definite  conclusions, 
however,  can  onl}^  be  reached  by  experimental  studies.  The  field 
observations  would  indicate  that  the  natiu-e  of  the  primeval  forest 
of  this  region  did  not  consist  of  a  combination  of  trees  such  as  now 
exists  on  the  drier  areas  described  above.  The  deciduous  arbo- 
rescent facies  in  which  the  sequence  is  the  development  to  the 
deciduous  climax  forest,  is  at  present  decidedly  a  mixture,  and 
though  a  closed  formation,  yet  one  whose  original  members  were 
allied  more  to  the  northern  cedar  bogs. 

To  Miss  F.  Detmers  the  writer  is  under  many  obligations  for 
aid  in  the  identification  of  plants. 


|uj :  L  I  8  R  rt  K  r 


rriS 


200  ^      The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  1, 

A   FLORISTIC    SURVEY    OF    ORCHARD    ISLAND.* 

Freda  Detmers. 

In  the  development  of  a  floristic  survey  of  Buckeye  Lake,  it 
has  been  found  advantageous  to  study  in  detail  the  flora,  on  an 
ecological  basis,  of  certain  typical  areas.  The  banks  of  the  lake 
are  in  large  part  artificial ;  marshes  which  have  fonned  in  shallow 
water  have  been  destroyed  through  dredging,  and  the  earth  has 
been  walled  up  with  wood,  stone  and  concrete.  These  alterations 
have  entirely  destroyed  the  former  natural  succession  of  plants, 
as  they  have  suddenly  introduced  new  edaphic  conditions  which 
give  rise  to  new  biotic  relations.  The  building  of  docks  and 
cottages  has  also  largely  interfered  with  the  fonner  vegetation. 
Other  areas  not  thus  disturbed  remain  in  much  the  same  condition 
as  that  which  developed  with  the  formation  of  the  lake. 

Orchard  or  Well's  Island  is  a  good  example  of  an  undisturbed 
area  and  also  of  one  in  which  changes  have  taken  place.  It  is  one 
of  a  group  of  four  wooded  islands  situated  in  the  southwest  portion 
of  the  old  reservoir  and  close  to  the  south  shore.  These  islands 
were  elevations  in  the  Big  vSwamp  of  which  Buckeye  Lake  is  the 
successor,  and  were  high  enough  to  escape  inundation,  when  the 
swam])  was  converted  into  the  reservoir  in  1S32,  and  later,  when 
the  addition  of  the  new  reservoir,  in  1830,  occasioned  the  raising 
of  the  water  level  an  additional  four  feet.  The  highest  portions  of 
these  islands  remain  above  water  at  the  standard  or  high  water 
level,  which  is  twenty-three  inches  above  the  normal.  They  bear 
large  forest  trees,  some  of  which  are  twenty-eight  inches  in 
diameter. 

Orchard  island  is  the  largest  of  these.  It  has  an  area  of  2.95 
acres  and  is  irregular  in  shape  with  the  longest  diameter  from  the 
southeast  to  the  northwest.  It  lies  about  200  feet  from  the  south 
shore  of  the  lake  and  is  connected  on  the  west  by  a  marsh  with 
State  Journal  Island.  The  entire  surface  has  been  apportioned 
into  lots  with  an  undivided  area  of  common  ground  at  the  foot  of 
the  public  dock,  a  narrow  marginal  area,  and  one  in  the  center  of 
the  island.  There  are  now,  October,  1910,  eight  cottages  and  five 
docks. 

Sixteen  years  ago  Mr.  Wells  leased  the  entire  island,  cleared 
the  center  and  planted  peach  trees.  His  orchard  must  not  have 
prospered  as  not  one  living  peach  tree  remains  today.  This  area 
is  now  covered  with  young  forest  trees;  Ulmus  americana,  Hicoria 
minima,  H.  ovata,  Fraxinus  nigra,  F.  americana,  Tilia  americana, 
and  others 


*  Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  Ohio  State  University, 
58. 


Nov.,  1910.]         A  Floristic  Survey  of  Orchard  Island.  201 

There  is  a  sparse  growth  of  shrubs,  Rubus  nigrobaccus,  Rhus 
glabra,  R.  toxicodendron,  Vitis  vulpina,  etc.  The  herbage  is 
also  poorly  developed,  it  consists  of  a  thin  growth  of  grass  and 
common  weeds  which  have  been  frequently  mowed  and  in  some 
places  burned.  A  narrow  border  of  larger  trees,  remnants  of  the 
original  forest,  surrounds  this  central  area.  On  the  south  and 
west  this  forest  border  is  twenty  to  thirty  feet  wide;  but  to  the 
north  and  east  there  is  sometimes  but  a  single  tree,  the  lawns 
extending  to  the  water's  edge. 

An  interrupted  zonation  of  swamp  plants  occupies  the  shallow 
water  and  the  now  exposed  mud  plain  surrounding  the  island. 
The  swamp  is  well  developed  on  the  west,  south  and  southeast, 
but  has  been  more  or  less  completely  cleared  away  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  docks  on  the  north,  northeast  and  east  sides. 

This  island  exhibits  a  striking  example  of  the  invasion  of  plants 
into  new  areas,  successful  ecesis,  the  resultant  succession,  the  con- 
seciucnt  filling  of  the  lake  and  the  upbuilding  of  new  land  areas 
along  the  margin;  and  in  the  center  a  secondary  succession  in  a 
partially  denuded  area.  A  detailed  floristic  study  was  made  of  a 
belt  sixt}'  feet  broad  and  extending  directly  across  the  island  from 
the  southeast  to  the  northwest,  from  a-a'  to  b-b'  on  the  map. 
This  belt  covers  a  representative  area  of  the  island,  including  a 
section  of  the  well  developed  marsh  on  the  southeast,  and  on  the 
northwest  the  marsh  disturbed  and  reforming;  a  section  of  the 
older  forest  zone  and  of  the  rejuvenated  central  area. 

There  are  three  distinct  formations  based  on  habitat  and 
growth  fonns: 

I.     The  marsh-herb  formation. 
II.     The  swamp-shrub  formation. 

III.     The  mesophytic-forest  formation. 

The  first  and  third  formations  are  well  developed,  the  first 
exhibits  a  striking  lateral  and  vertical  zonation,  the  second  is  so 
fragmentary  that  it  can  scarcely  be  dignified  by  the  name  of 
formation;  but  it  is  of  interest  as  an  illustration  of  the  intrusion 
and  development  of  a  zone  between  two  previously  existing  ones. 
I.  The  marsh-herb  formation  on  the  southeast: 

1.  Nelumbolutea  Society. 
Fades. 

Nelumbo  lutea. 

Secondary  species. 

Potamogeton  pectinatus.  Potamogeton  natans. 

Potamogeton  var.  Cladophora  sp. 

Ceratophyllum  demersum.  Spirogyra  sp. 

The  society  forms  a  zone  20-40  feet  broad.  At  the  outer 
margin  the  water  is  4-4.5  feet  deep  at  the  inner  about  8  inches. 


202 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XI,  No.  1, 


In  the  deeper  water  it  is  a  pure  Nclumbo  lutea  family;  in  the  shal- 
lower, the  other  plants,  especially  Potamogeton  pectinatus  and  the 
variety  are  quite  abundant.  There  is  some  evidence  of  vertical 
zonation  or  layering ;  in  the  deeper  water  the  Nelumbo  leaves  float 
on  the  surface;  and  in  the  shallower  rise  12  inches  above  the 
surface. 


Fig.  I.  View  of  the  vegetation  from  the  S.  E.  side  of  the  island  in 
belt  transect  a-a',  showing  formation  I,  II  and  III  ;  and  societies  i,  2,  3, 
4,  5,  6  and  7  of  map. 


2.  Nelumbo-Polygonum  society. 
Facies. 
Nelumbo  lutea.  Polygonum  emersum. 

Secondary  species. 

Ceratophyllum  demersum. 
Spirogyra  sp. 
Lemna  minor. 
Cladophora  sp. 
Spirodela  polyrhyza. 


Brachythecium  rivulare. 
Riccia  fluitans. 
Riccia  sp. 

Ilysanthes  gratioloides. 
Sium  cicutaefolium. 


This  society  fonns  a  dense  zone  60  feet  broad,  and  extends 
from  water  S  inches  deep  to  a  wholly  emersed  surface.  35  feet 
of  the  zone  covers  a  mud  flat  which  is  submerged  at  the  normal 
water  level.     The  Polygonum  has  advanced  into  the  Nelumbo, 


Nov.,  1910.]         A  Floristic  Survey  of  Orchard  Island. 


203 


forming  at  the  outer  margin  of  the  zone  as  dense  a  growth  as  the 
Nelmnbo.  Towards  the  inner  margin  the  Nelumbo  is  2  feet  tall 
and  fruiting  freely. 

A  short  distance  west  of  the  belt  studied  the  Polygonum  has 
entirely  outdistanced  the  Nelumbo,  replacing  society  one  with 
a  Polygonum  zone  external  to  a  mixed  Polygonum-Nelumbo  zone. 


Fig.  2.  View  farther  west  than  Fig.  i.  Polygonum  emersum  forms 
the  outermost  zone,  then  follow  zones  or  societies  2,  3,  4,  5,  6  and  7  of 
map. 

Of  the  secondary  species  Brachythecium  rivulare  is  the  most 
abundant,  especially  on  the  exposed  mud  surface,  quite  large 
patches  of  which  are  covered  by  a  pure  growth  of  the  moss.  The 
Riccias  are  also  conspicuous  members  of  the  ground  cover.  The 
herbs  are  very  sparse. 

Towards  the  west  of  the  median  line  of  the  belt  is 

3.  A  Polygonum-Nelumbo-Typha  society. 
Facies. 


Polygonum  emersum. 
Nelumbo  lutea. 


Typha  latifolia. 


204 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XI,  No.  1, 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


PMe  XT. 


.1  ...•.•■■;:"  .'i'V'^^^a    <^    ® 


-•:'«■■, I  p  o  oi:)  • 
i^-;;    .'"0   o    '    0 

■0  Oo  0 


°      OOq 


'V'iiM 


1^'?.    0  0-^   . 


3"' 
Scale 


1.  Nelumbo  society, 

2.  Polygonum -Nelumbo  society, 

3.  Polygoiium-Nelumbo-Typha  society, 

4.  Polygonum-Typlia-Bidens  socielj-, 

5.  Hibiscus-Typha  society, 

6.  Shrub  society, 


MAP  OF  ORCHARD  ISLAND. 
Legend    of    Plant    Societies. 

7.  Forest  society, 


8.   Hibiscus  society, 

9    Polygonum-Scirpus  society, 

10.  Sedt^e  society, 

11.  Beach  without  vegetation. 


Nov.,  1910.]         A  Floristic  Survey  of  Orchard  Island. 


205 


Secondary  species. 

Spirodela  polyrhyza 
Lemna  minor. 


Cladophora  sp. 
Ceratophyllum  demersum. 


The  secondary  species,  which  are  nonnally  floating  plants,  are 
stranded  on  the  mud  and  form  but  a  thin  covering.  The  society 
covers  a  narrow  lens  shaped  area  not  more  than  3  feet  in  its 
broadest  portion.  At  the  normal  water  level  the  surface  is  sub- 
merged, but  now  it  is  wholly  exposed.  The  Polygonum  is  tall 
and  vigorous  with  branches  from  3-4  feet  tall;  the  Nelumbo  has 
large  erect  leaves  and  the  plants  are  fruiting  freely;  the  Typha  is 
stunted  in  growth  and  sterile,  the  largest  leaves  arc  not  more 
than  4  feet  tall. 

4.  Typha-Polygonum-Bidens  society, 
Facies. 

Typha  latifolia. 
Polj'gonum  emersum 

Secondary  species. 

Cyperus   strigosus. 
Eleocharis  acicularis. 
Riccia  fluitans. 
Riccia  sp. 

Spirodela  polyrhyza. 
Brachvthecium  rivulare. 


Bidens  cernua. 


Cicuta  bulbifera. 

Bidens  frondosa. 

Roripa  palustre  seedlings. 

Hibiscus  moscheutos  seedlings. 

Polygonum  emersum  seedlings. 


Society  4  occupies  a  narrow  zone  less  than  3  feet  in  width. 
The  Typha  is  larger  and  more  vigorous  than  in  3,  but  not  fruiting; 
Polygonum  emersum  is  still  conspicuous  but  not  nearly  so  much 
as  in  the  preceding  zone,  while  the  Nelumbo  lutea  has  entirely 
disappeared  and  Bidens  cernua,  represented  by  a  few  large  vigorous 
plants,  has  come  in.  There  are  but  a  few  of  the  taller  herbs  of  the 
secondary  species;  but  an  abundant  ground  cover  of  the  Cyperus, 
Riccia  and  Eleocharis. 


This  zone  merges  into: 

5.  Hibiscus-Typha  society 
Facies. 

Hibiscus  moscheutos 

Secondary  species. 

Taller  herbs. 

Polygonum  acre. 
Triadenum  virginicum. 
Scutellaria  lateriflora. 
Cicuta  bulbifera. 
Solanum  dulcamara. 
Echinochloa  walteri. 
Homalocenchrus  oryzoides. 
Aster  paniculatus. 


Typha  latifolia 


Erechtites  hieracifolia. 
Impatiens  fulya. 
Galium  claytoni. 
Epilobium  stricta. 
Boehmeria  cylindrica. 
Agrimonia  sp. 
Acnida  tamariscina. 


luJiLIBR  AR  Y 


> 


^  *  W: 


2o6 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XI,  No.  1, 


Seedling  trees. 


Acer  rubrum. 
Gleditsia  triacanthos. 


Quercus  palustris. 


Ground  cover. 


Cyperus  strigosus,  small  mat  plants.      Spirodela  polyrhyza. 
Riccia  tiuitans.  Brachythecium  rivulare. 

Riccia  sp.  Cladophora  sp. 

Phialea  scutula  on  dead  Hibiscus  stems. 

This  zone  is  -lO  feet  wide  and  the  ground  surface  is  entirely 
above  the  water,  but  so  recently  exposed  that  the  stranded 
Spirodela  and  Algae  are  still  green.  The  Hibiscus  roots  form 
small  hillocks  on  which  the  Spirodela  and  Algae  become  stranded 
and  on  which  the  Riccia  is  very  abundant.  The  taller  herbs  form 
a  sparse  weak  growth  due  to  the  density  of  the  Hibiscus  which 
forms  a  7  foot  wall  difficult  to  penetrate.  The  Typha  is  confined 
to  the  outer  portion  of  the  zone  and  has  here  obtained  optimum 
conditions  of  growth,  the  plants  are  not  copious,  but  are  tall, 
vigorous  and  fruiting  freely. 

n.  vSwamp-shrub  formation. 

6.  Cornus  society. 
Facies. 

Cornus  stolonifera. 


Secondary 

Rosa  Carolina. 
Sambucus  canadensis. 
Micrampeles  lobata. 
Polygonum  acre. 
Erechtites   hieracifolia, 
Scutellaria  lateriflora. 
Mentha  canadensis. 


species. 


Hibiscus  moscheutos. 
Solanum  dulcamara. 
Homalocenchrus  oryzoides. 
Galium  claytoni. 
Carex  lupulina. 
Convolvulus  sepium. 
Ulmus  amcricana. 


This  society  consists  of  nine  Cornus  stolonifera  in  the 
section  studied  and  occupies  an  area  20  feet  broad.  About 
10  feet  to  the  west  is  another  Cornus  stolonifera  far  down 
into  the  Hibiscus-Typha  zone ;  and  about  40  feet  still  farther  west 
is  a  group  of  15-18  feet  tall  Cephalanthus  occidentalis  which 
extends  through  the  Hibiscus  zone  to  the  water's  edge.  Just  east 
of  the  eastern  margin  of  the  transect  is  another  group  of  Cornus 
with  Sambucus  canadensis. 

The  swarnp-shrub  formation  does  not  exhibit  lateral  zonation 
but  alternations  as  it  consists  of  isolated  shrub  societies  of 
which  Cornus  stolonifera  is  the  principal  species  in  one  and 
Cephalanthus  occidentalis  in  another.  The  associated  species 
are  grouped  closely  around  the  Cornus,  most  of  the  herbs  form  a 
sparse  growth  in  the  shade  of  the  shrubs  and  the  Micrampeles  and 
Solanum  climb  over  them. 


Nov.,  1910.]        .4  Floristic  Survey  of  Orchard  Island. 


207 


The  two  bordering  formations  the  marsh-herb  on  the  one  side 
and  the  forest  on  the  other,  merge  in  the  areas  between  the  shrub 
societies.  The  presence  of  seedling  Ulmus,  Quercus  and 
Gleditsia,  in  the  Hibiscus-Typha  society  shows  clearly  that 
the  forest  is  invading  the  marsh,  and  if  the  higher  portion  of  the 
mud  flat  is  not  again  submerged,  the  shrub  zone  ma}^  never 
become  more  complete  than  it  is  now;  it  may  be  formed  farther 
down  on  the  shore  or  it  may  be  entirely  replaced  by  the  forest. 
The  incompleteness  of  the  shrub  zone  is  due  to  the  existence  of 
the  forest  prior  to  the  development  of  the  marsh. 

III.  Mesophy tic-forest  formation. 
7.  Ulmus-Fraxinus  society. 
Facies. 

Ulmus  americana. 

Secondary  species. 
Trees. 

Fraxinus  nigra. 
Hicoria  ovata. 
Hicoria  minima. 
Ulmus  fulva. 
Quercus  palustris. 

Lianas. 

Rhus  toxicodendron. 
Vitis  vulpina. 
Parthenocissus  quinquefolia. 

Shrubs. 

Cornus  stolonifera. 
Rubus  nigrobaccus. 
Rubus  occidentalis. 

Herbs. 

Muhlenbergia  diffusa. 
Agrostis  perennans. 
Syntherisma  sanguinalis. 
Syntherisma  linearis. 
Chaetochloa  glauca. 
Carex  tribuloides. 
Carex  vulpinoidea. 
Carex  frankii. 
Rynchospora  alba. 
Solidago  canadensis. 
Aster  paniculatus. 
Aster  sagittatum. 
Nepeta  cataria. 
Teucrium  canadense. 
Carduus  lanceolatus. 
Arctium  minus. 
Helianthus  decapetalus. 

Fungi. 

Agaricus  campestris. 


Fraxinus  americana. 


Celtis  occidentalis. 
Tilia  americana. 
Gleditsia  triacanthos. 
Morus  rubra. 
Salix  nigra. 


Smilax  hispida. 
Solanum  dulcamara. 
Dioscorea  villosa. 


Rosa  Carolina. 
Cephalanthus  occidentalis. 


Urtica  gracillima. 
Erigeron  canadensis. 
Hedeoma  puligioides. 
Mentha  canadensis. 
Lycopus  americanus. 
Oxalis  stricta. 
Onagra  biennis. 
Solanum  nigrum. 
Epilobium  strictum. 
Verbena  urticifolia. 
Rumex  obtusa. 
Geum  canadense. 
Meibomia  viridifiora. 
Eupatorium  ageratoides. 
Eupatorium  purpureum. 
Bidens  bipinnata. 


Lycoperdon  wrightii. 


2o8  .  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  1, 

The  forest  formation  extends  across  the  island  from  margin  to 
margin  and  presents  two  distinct  zones :  1 .  A  border  zone  20-50 
feet  wide,  consisting  in  part  of  large  trees,  the  remnant  of  the 
original  forest.  It  is  a  very  open  border,  not  more  than  three 
trees  deep,  the  tallest  of  these  trees  having  attained  a  height  of 
60-65  feet.  The  shrub  stratum  is  very  poorly  developed.  It  is  rep- 
resented on  the  south  side  by  a  few  Cornus,  Rosa  and  Cephalanthus, 
at  the  outer  margin  of  the  zone ;  these  are  wanting  on  the  north  side. 
The  field  stratum  is  composed  almost  wholly  of  grasses  of  which 
Muhlenbergia  diffusa,  Agrostis  perennans  and  Syntherisma  san- 
guinalis  and  linearis  are  the  principal  species.  Associated 
with  these  is  a  scanty  growth  of  herbs;  and  on  the  south  side  an 
abundant  growth  of  Rhus  toxicodendron,  Parthenocissus  quinque- 
folia  and  Vitis  vulpina,  trailing  over  the  ground.  The  Rhus  has 
also  climbed  two  Ulmus  americana.  The  grass  and  weeds  have 
been  mowed,  so  that  the  shrubs  too  are  kept  in  a  stunted  condition. 

Surrounded  by  the  older  forest  zone  lies  a  rejuvenated  area 
clothed  with  young  forest  trees,  among  which  Ulmus  Americana 
predominates,  fully  nine-tenths  of  the  trees  are  of  this  species. 
This  is  a  part  of  the  area  which  was  cleared  sixteen  years  ago ;  but 
the  forest  has  again  invaded  the  area  and  become  established. 
The  ground  slopes  gently  toward  the  southeast  and  more  abruptly 
toward  the  northwest.  The  elevation  of  the  highest  portion  is  not 
more  than  4  or  5  feet  above  the  standard  water  level.  The  gentle 
slope  and  the  thin  shade  of  the  young  trees,  together  with  the 
loose  light  soil,  provide  a  dry  sunny  habitat  on  which  Carduus, 
Aster,  Arctium,  Hedeoma,  Nepeta,  Erigeron  and  other  sun  loving 
plants  find  a  congenial  environment.  There  were  the  remains  of 
large  Burdocks  and  large  Rubus  nigrobaccus  canes.  There  are 
scarcely  any  grasses  in  this  central  area ;  and  as  it  has  been  mowed 
and  burned  all  the  herbage  is  scanty. 

On  the  northwest  margin  of  the  transect  the  forest  formation 
is  followed  immediately  by  the  marsh-herb  formation.  The 
marsh-shrub  formation  is  wanting.  The  marsh-herb  formation  is 
represented  by  four  societies : 

8.  Hibiscus  moscheutos  society, 

9.  Polygonum-Scirpus  society, 

10.  Scirpus  lacustris  society,  and 

11.  Nelumbo-Potamogeton  society,  none  of  which  shows  the 
development  of  the  marsh  zones  on  the  south  side. 

8.  Hibiscus  moscheutos  society. 
Facies. 
Hibiscus  moscheutos. 

Secondary  species. 

Hypericum  mutilum.  Bidens  cernua. 

Impatiens  fulva.  Xanthium  canadense. 

Hedeoma  puligioides.  Rosa  Carolina. 
Panicum  walteri. 


Nov.,  1910.]         A  Floristlc  Survey  of  Orchard  Island.  209 

The  society  forms  a  narrow  interrupted  border,  not  more 
than  4  feet  wide  of  mature  fruiting  but  not  tall  Hibiscus  moscheu- 
tos.  Of  the  secondary  species  the  Hypericum  is  quite  abundant 
at  the  outer  margin  of  the  eastern  portion  of  the  zone.  The  other 
species  are  very  sparse,  of  the  Xanthium  and  Rosa  there  is  but  a 
single  plant. 

9.  Polygonum-Scirpus  society. 
Facies. 

Polygonum  emersum.  Scirpus  fluviatilis. 

Secondary  species. 

Typha  latifolia.  Roripa  palustris. 

Cyperus  strigosus.  Roripa  americana. 

Ilysanthes  gratioloides.  Alisma  plantago. 

Hypericum  mutilum.  Amaranthus  hybridus. 

Polygonum  pennsj'lvanicum.  Arctium  minus. 

Polygonum  acre.  Acer  rubrum  seedling. 

Agrostis  perennans.  Ulmus  americana  seedling. 

Gratiola  virginiana.  Hibiscus  moscheutos  seedlings. 

Erechtites   hieracifolia.  Cladophora  sp. 

Echinochloa  walteri.  Scirpus  lacustris. 
Eupatorium  purpureum. 

This  society  is  40  feet  wide,  with  the  entire  surface  exposed 
at  the  present  low  water  level.  Hence  the  extremely  hetero- 
genous collection  of  plants  among  the  secondary  species.  Dead 
Typha  latifolia  stalks  are  so  abundant  in  the  western  portion  of 
the  zone  as  to  warrant  considering  it  a  dominant  plant;  but  the 
Typha  is  not  at  all  abundant  in  the  eastern  portion  of  the  zone. 
Arctium  minus  and  Alisma  plantago  growing  close  together  illus- 
trates strikingly  the  submerged  and  emersed  stages  of  the  society 
and  the  rapidity  with  which  a  new  habitat  is  adopted  by 
plants.  That  the  ground  has  been  recently  exposed  is  evidenced 
by  the  fresh  masses  of  Cladophora. 

10.  Scirpus  lacustris  society.  This  is  a  fringing  zone  40 
feet  wide  and  extending  only  about  half  way  across  the  belt,  the 
surface  is  partly  emersed.  There  is  a  20  foot  wide  sandy  beach 
scantily  clothed  with  the  Scirpus. 

Secondary  species. 

Potamogeton  natans.  Potamogeton   sp. 

Potamogeton  pectinatus  Nelumbo  lutea. 

11.  Nelumbo  lutea  society.  A  small  bed  of  Nelumbo  lutea 
borders  the  Scirpus  lacustris  society  to  the  N.  N.  E.  The 
leaves  are  but  few  and  widely  scattered. 

Fifteen  feet  east  of  the  belt  is  a  public  dock,  4  feet  wide  and  extend- 
ing 7S  feet  out  into  the  water  and  .54  feet  up  onto  the  shore.  The 
marsh  zones  are  not  formed  immediately  on  either  side  of  the 
dock.     On  the  upper  portion  of  the  beach  close  to  the  dock,  the 


2IO  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  1, 

Hibiscus  zone  is  coming  in.  Twenty  feet  east  of  the  western 
margin  of  the  belt  the  marsh  zones  are  interrupted  by  a  boat-house 
on  the  beach  with  a  runway  for  boats  extending  into  deeper 
water.  The  development  of  the  marsh  formations  on  the  north 
side  has  thus  been  interfered  with;  and  the  margin  is  also  more 
exposed  to  storm  winds  and  waves.  A  sandy  beach  GO  feet  wide 
is  building;  it  is  occupied  in  part  by  the  Polygonum-Scirpus  and 
in  part  by  the  Scirpus  lacustris  zone. 

At  the  south  end  of  the  section  studied  both  lateral  zonation 
and  layering  (etagen)  are  strikingly  shown.  There  is  a  marked 
increase  in  elevation  from  one  lateral  zone  to  another,  from  the 
floating  Nelumbo  leaves  to  the  tall  Ulmus  americana  and  Quercus 
palustris.  This  is  well  shown  in  the  photographs.  There  is  a 
poor  development  of  etagen  in  the  individual  associations.  In 
some  there  are  the  dominant  plants  and  then  the  ground  cover,  in 
others  a  weak  irregular  growth  of  taller  herbs,  while  in  the  forest 
the  shn.ibs  have  either  been  cut  or  arc  young  plants,  and  the  vines 
generally  trail  over  the  ground. 

I  wish  to  take  this  opportunity  of  expressing  my  appreciation 
of  and  thanks  for  the  favors  shown  me  by  Dr.  Alfred  Dachnowski, 
under  whose  supervision  the  survey  was  made,  to  Mr.  Lionel  King 
for  the  two  excellent  photographs  and  to  Mr.  Booton  and  Mr. 
Sawyer  of  the  State  Canal  Commission  for  the  map  and  informa- 
tion concerning  the  acreage  and  history  of  Orchard  Island. 


AN  OPEN  VALLEY  NEAR  HARRISBURG,  OHIO.* 

"    R.  H.  Nichols, 

The  subject  under  investigation  is  an  open  valley  near  Harris- 
burg,  Ohio,  on  the  B.  &  O.  Railroad  about  fifteen  miles  southwest 
from  Columbus.  This  valley  at  one  end  joins  Big  Darby  valley 
near  Harrisburg;  at  the  other  end  after  a  circuitous  course  of 
about  three  miles  on  the  west  side  of  the  creek  it  again  joins 
Big  Darbv. 

About  a  mile  from  the  north  end  the  water  parts  at  present  on 
a  divide  (see  map)  consisting  of  two  small  alluvial  fans.  The 
topographic  map  shows  a  small  stream  entering  the  valley  at  the 
divide  from  the  west  and  flowing  northward  through  the  valley, 
but  today  this  stream  is  buried  in  a  tile  drain  and  no  stream  nor 
channel  can  be  fotmd  in  this  part  except  a  very  short  one  at  the 
end  of  the  valley. 

*  This  paper  covers  a  field  problem  worked  out  as  a  part  of  the  course  in 
Advanced  Physiograph}^  given  by  Dr.  George  D.  Hubbard  at  Ohio  State 
University. 


Nov.,  1910.J  An  Open  V alky  near  Harrishurg,  0. 


211 


The  southern  part  of  the  valley  has  a  considerable  stream, 
which  in  its  lower  course  has  cut  deeply  into  the  valley  floor; 
leaving  the  old  stream  level  as  terraces  above  the  present  bed. 
The  terraces  at  their  down  stream  end  are  twenty-five  to  fifty  feet 
above  the  present  stream  level  but  run  out  up  stream.  Similar 
terraces  occur  along  the  Big  Darby,  but  in  a  number  of  instances 
the  topographer  in  making  the  map  has  overlooked  them,  leaving 
them  either  on  a  level  with  the  till  plain;  or,  as  in  the  case  where 
this  stream  comes  out  to  the  Darby  on  the  level  with  the  flood 
plain. 


Contour  itJetval    ^Ofat. 


When  one  first  enters  this  through  valley  he  is  struck  by  its 
size  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  present  streams  in  it.  Three 
facts  lead  him  to  believe  that  the  present  streams  could  not  have 
carved  the  valley.     First,  these  little  streams  would  have  needed 


2  12  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  1, 

much  more  time  than  post-glacial  time.  Second,  they  do  not  act 
like  the  Big  Darby  and  other  streams  in  the  neighborhood.  As  a 
general  thing  a  stream  here  swings  from  one  side  to  the  other  and 
undercuts  the  bluffs;  but  not  so  with  this  one.  The  third  fact  is, 
that  the  present  streams  are  out  of  harmony  with  the  size  of  the 
valley.  These  facts  suggest  that  the  present  streams  ma\'  have 
had  little  part  in  the  formation  of  the  valley,  but  are  only  the 
result  of  the  present  local  rainfall.  Did  this  region  then  at  some 
previous  period  have  a  larger  rainfall?  And  has  the  rainfall 
become  less  and  so  reduced  the  size  of  the  stream?  In  answer  to 
these  questions  it  should  be  pointed  out  that  other  streams  in  the 
vicinity  should  show  the  same  phenomenon.  No  such  lack  of  har- 
mony in  size  is  found  in  any  of  the  nearby  streams.  Thus  we  are 
forced  to  the  conclusion  that  the  valley  was  formed  by  other 
means  than  that  of  the  present  streams  or  the  same  enlarged  by 
heavier  precipitation. 

vSince  the  theory  that  the  valley  has  been  made  by  its  present 
occupants  seems  to  be  untenable  another  hypothesis  is  proposed 
for  its  origin,  namely,  that  it  has  been  formed  by  the  ice.  At  first 
this  explanation  looked  very  plausible  but  when  one  recalls  that 
the  surrounding  cotmtry  is  a  till  plain  from  fifty  to  sixty  feet 
higher  than  the  ^'alley  floor  one  wonders  why  the  ice  in  this  par- 
ticular course  cut  a  deep  channel  and  left  the  surrounding  till 
plain  smooth.  We  are  unable  to  give  a  satisfactory  answer  to 
this  question.  Further,  if  the  ice  carved  the  valley  it  seems  at 
least  probable  that  the  Darby  would  have  used  the  ready-made 
channel. 

There  are  several  points  which  seem  to  indicate  that  the  valley 
is  really  a  stream  valley  even  if  the  present  streams  did  not  pro- 
duce it.  These  points  may  be  summarized  as  follows:  (1)  The 
valley  floor  is  nearly  level  across  from  one  side  to  the  other  as  all 
stream-made  valleys  are  and  not  U-shaped  like  ice-made  valleys. 
'  (2)  The  valley  slopes  are  well  graded  and  rounded  at  the  top  into 
the  upland  plain  on  either  side  which  would  not  be  the  case  in  an 
ice-made  valley.  (3)  A  more  certain  proof  that  it  is  a  stream- 
made  valley  is  that  its  floor  is  composed  of  fine  silt  with  no  admix- 
ture of  rocks.  If  it  were  an  ice-made  valley  the  floor  of  the  valley 
would  be  of  characteristic  drift.  Thus  it  appears  that  it  is  not 
made  by  ice  but  by  a  stream  and  that  the  streams  found  in  it  at 
present  are  not  responsible  for  its  formation. 

There  is  a  small  stream  entering  this  valley  near  its  northern 
entrance  to  the  Darby  which  possibly  might  have  been  responsible 
for  this  valley.  This  stream  comes  in  from  the  west  and  cuts 
across  the  northern  end  of  the  valley  and  flows  into  the  Darby 
through  the  valley's  entrance  into  the  same.  But  investigation 
shows  that  this  stream  is  entirely  too  small  to  have  been  responsi- 
ble for  such  a  vallev.     A  stream  to  have  cut  this  vallev  must  have 


Nov.,  1910.]  An  Open  Valley  near  Harrishui'g,  0.  213 

a  larger  valley  and  a  broader  valley  floor  upstream  than  has  this 
little  stream  in  question.  Thus  we  eonclude  that  it  must  have  been 
made  by  a  much  larger  and  longer  stream. 

Another  theory  is  that  the  Darby  itself  flowed  through  this 
valley  at  one  stage  of  its  development,  and  later  changed  its 
course  for  the  present  one.  But  the  question  arises,  if  the  Darby 
had  this  valley  for  its  course  in  some  period  of  its  history,  why  is 
the  valley  so  much  smaller  than  the  present  Darb}'  valley?  The 
Darby  valley  is  from  a  quarter  to  one-half  mile  or  even  more  in 
width,  while  the  open  valley  is  only  one-eighth  of  a  mile  in  width. 
Again,  the  Darby  for  many  miles  farther  uy  its  course  has  a  much 
wider  valley  than  this  open  valley.  This  width  of  the  Darby 
valley  north  of  the  point  where  the  open  valley  enters,  opposes 
the  idea  that  the  river  in  some  period  of  its  histor}'  flowed  through 
the  open  valley.     So  we  must  abandon  that  theory. 

A  further  solution  is  proposed,  namely,  that  at  an  early  period 
in  its  history,  perhaps  while  still  under  the  ice,  the  Darby  divided 
its  course  so  that  about  one-third  or  one-fourth  of  its  waters  went 
through  this  present  open  valley,  while  the  greater  portion  of  the 
river  flowed  in  its  present  channel.  After  time  enough  to  make 
this  valley,  the  eastern  branch  succeeded  in  cutting  below  the 
western  and  thus  captured  its  w^aters.  The  open  valley  was 
thereby  left  as  an  abandoned  channel  of  a  portion  of  the  Darby. 
The  floor  of  this  open  valley  at  the  point  where  it  joins  the  Darby 
is  about  forty  feet  above  the  present  level  of  the  flood  plain  of  the 
Darby.  This  shows  how  the  Darby  in  its  eastern  branch  was  able 
to  take  the  waters  of  the  western  branch. 

These  open  valleys  occur  along  the  Scioto  River  in  several 
places  in  its  course  and  are  attributed  to  the  same  cause  as  the  one 
along  the  Darby.  The  division  of  the  streams  sometimes,  no 
doubt,  took  place  under  the  ice  sheet  during  its  last  stages.  Some- 
times an  island  may  have  been  the  cause,  separating  the  stream 
into  parts  and  causing  it  to  find  two  separate  covirses.  In  such 
cases  the  inter-stream  area  should  be  sandy. 

This  Big  Darby  valley  has  been  abandoned  long  enough  for 
the  present  northward  stream  to  have  graded  a  slope  for  its 
entrance  into  the  Darby  w^hile  the  stream  following  southward 
down  the  slope  once  led  by  the  old  stream  now  has  in  its  lower 
course  a  considerable  flood  plain  some  thirty  or  forty  feet  below 
the  abandoned  valley  floor,  leaving  the  old  flood  plain  beautifully 
terraced  as  is  that  of  the  Darbv  itself. 


2  14  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  1, 

SOME  ECONOMIC  MONOCOTYLS  OF  OHIO. 

G.  W.  Hood. 

The  monocotyls  are  perhaps  the  most  important  plants. 
They  include  the  grass  family  which  is  of  special  consequence  to 
men  and  animals.  The  following  brief  summary  includes  some  of 
the  most  important  economic  monocotyledonous  plants  that  are 
found  in  Ohio. 

The  rhizomes  of  the  Typhaceae  are  rich  in  starch  and  serve  as 
food  for  man.  The  pollen  is  used  to  adulterate  lycopod  powder, 
the  heads  of  flowers  serve  as  torches  when  dipped  in  coal  oil,  and 
the  downy  fniit  is  used  to  stuff  pillows.  In  many  places  the 
leaves  are  employed  for  braid  work,  and  they  are  also  used  between 
the  staves  of  barrels,  and  for  chair  bottoms. 

The  young  roots  and  shoots  of  Typha  latifolia  are  eaten  by 
the  Sioux  and  other  Indian  tribes,  and  the  lea\TS  used  for  matting. 
The  Sioux  were  accustomed  to  treat  smallpox  by  frying  out  the 
fat  of  the  coyote  and  making  a  plaster  by  mixing  it  with  the  down 
of  the  fniit,  which  they  applied  to  the  pustules  of  the  patient. 
The  pollen  is  gathered  and  made  into  bread  and  cakes. 

The  stems  of  the  vSparganiaccae  are  used  for  making  paper 
and  thatching  roofs,  while  some  of  the  species  of  the  Naiadaceae, 
particularly  the  Potamogetons,  make  a  good  fertilizer  and  can 
be  used  as  food  for  cattle.  Potamogeton  natans  furnishes  food 
for  swine  and  the  tubers  are  roasted  and  eaten  by  man,  while 
P.  lucens  is  employed  as  a  protection  for  fish  hatcheries. 

The  species  of  Triglochin  belonging  to  the  Scheuchzeriaceae 
furnish  a  good  tasting  greens  and  the  seeds  are  also  used  for  food. 

Among  the  Alismaceae,  the  species  of  vSagittaria  produce  a 
good  cattle  food,  while  the  rhizomes  of  Sagittaria  latifolia  are 
used  as  human  food  and  are  found  regularly  on  the  markets  in 
China.  They  attain  the  size  of  a  large  fist  and  are  called  "Wap- 
patoo."  Before  using  the  rhizomes  are  soaked  in  water  to  take 
out  the  swampy  taste. 

The  nuts  of  the  American  Lotus  (Nelumbo  lutea)  which  occur 
in  large  numbers  in  several  places  in  the  state  are  edible,  the 
large  kernels  having  a  sweet  taste. 

The  different  species  of  the  Vallisneriaceae  furnish  an  excellent 
food  for  ducks.  The  species  Philotria  canadensis,  known  as  the 
water  pest,  is  used  as  a  green  fertilizer  and  cattle  food. 

The  family  Graminaceae  includes  probably  more  economic 
species  than  any  other  found  in  the  state.  The  stems  of  Zizania 
aquatica  arc  used  for  making  joints  of  barrels  intended  to  hold 
whisky,  and  the  Chippewa  Indians  ate  the  grain  for  food;  while 
Phalaris  canarcinsis  produces  the  well  known  canary  seed.  Anthox- 


Nov.,  1910.]         Some  Economic  Monocotyls  of  Ohio.  215 

anthum  odoratum  gives  a  fine  sweet  scent  to  new  hay,  and  the 
large  seeds  of  Milium  effusum  furnish  a  fine  food  for  pheasants. 

Amniophila  arenaria  is  used  to  bind  the  sand  on  the  sea  and 
lake  shores.  In  England  this  grass  is  used  for  mats  and  basket 
work,  thatching  material,  and  its  fiber  for  making  paper, 
mattings,  and  agricultural  tie  bands.  The  fiber  is  not  used  to 
any  extent  in  the  United  States.  The  fiber  of  Sporobolus  crypt- 
andrus  is  rather  too  short  to  be  woven  but  is  used  to  some 
extent  for  tying.  Mats  and  baskets  are  made  from  Cynosurus 
cristatus  by  the  peasantry  of  Ireland.  This  grass  is  just  being 
naturalized  in  Ohio.  The  species  of  Festuca  are  valuable  meadow 
grasses,  and  the  same  is  true  for  Lolium  perenne.  The  seeds  of 
Lolium  temulentum,  sometimes  found  in  wheat,  produces  poison- 
ous effects  on  the  system,  such  as  headache,  drowsiness  and 
vertigo,  if  ground  in  the  flour.  Agropyron  repens  furnishes  a 
poor  pasture  grass  but  if  cut  when  young  gives  a  fairly  good  fod- 
der. It  is  used  to  fasten  sand  on  river  banks.  The  juicy  rhizomes 
and  runners  are  nourishing  food  for  cattle  and  contain  three  per 
cent  of  sugar,  six  to  eight  per  cent  triticum,  a  gumm}^  carbo- 
hydrate, and  are  officially  known  as  radix  graminis.  The  extract 
acts  as  a  solvent  upon  collections  of  mucous  of  the  intestinal 
membranes,  and  in  aftections  of  the  intestinal  canal.  A  syrup 
and  even  an  alcohol  is  made  from  it. 

The  entire  stems  of  Scirpus  lacustris  one  of  the  Cyperaceae  are 
used  for  mats  and  mattings  and  to  make  baskets,  bee  hives  and 
horse  collars.  vShoes  are  made  from  the  plant  in  England  and  it  is 
used  in  Den  nark  when  thrashing  buckwheat  to  prevent  crushing 
the  grain.  The  fiber  of  Ei'iophorum  polystachyon  furnishes  material 
from  which  paper  and  clothing  are  made  and  Elcccharis  palustris 
is  especially  valued  in  Holland  for  making  beautiful  matting. 

Several  species  of  the  Araceae  are  also  important.  The  eorms 
of  Arisaema  triphyllum  are  used  as  a  stimulant,  diaphoretic, 
expectorant  and  irritant,  while  Spathyema  foetida  is  administered 
in  affections  of  the  respiratory  organs,  in  nervous  disorders, 
rheumatism  and  dropsical  complaints.  The  dried  roots  of  Acorus 
calamus  are  frequently  chewed  for  the  relief  of  dyspepsia  and  as 
a  stiaiulant  in  feeble  digestion. 

The  different  species  of  Lemnaceae  are  said  to  purify  water. 
They  furnish  food  for  water  birds  and  fishes,  being  especially  good 
for  gold  fish. 

The  Juneaceae  include  important  fiber  plants  and  also  excel- 
lent paper  stock.  The  fiber  of  some  species  is  said  to  make  a 
good  substitute  for  human  hair.  The  fiber  of  Juncus  effusus  is 
employed  in  making  chair  bottoms  and  baskets,  while  the  pith 
makes  a  good  substitute  for  candles.  J.  balticus  is  u.sed  for 
weaving  mats  and  light  baskets. 


2i6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  1, 

Some  species  of  the  Alclanthaceae,  notably  of  Veratrum,  have 
rhizomes  from  which  tincture  of  veratrum  is  prepared.  V.  viride 
is  used  as  a  poison  for  insects  in  spraying  for  all  biting  forms  and 
Chamaelirium  lutium  is  used  as  a  tonic. 

Hamerocallis  fuh^a  and  species  of  Lilium  in  Liliaceae  are  very 
showy  and  ornamental  plants.  Various  species  of  Allium  includ- 
ing the  wild  onion  and  garlic  are  cooked  and  eaten  by  the  various 
Indian  tribes. 

In  the  Convallariaceae  the  young  stems  of  Asparagus  offician- 
lis  are  used  as  food;  while  the  flowers  of  Convallaria  majalis 
and  Trillitim  grandiflorum  arc  very  ornamental.  Narcissus 
pseudo-narcissus  in  the  Amaryllidaceae,  is  an  ornamental  plant, 
and  the  roots  of  Dioscorea  villosa  in  the  Dioscoreaccae  furnishes  a 
medicine  which  possesses  expectorant  properties  and  promotes 
perspiration.  The  Iridaceae  give  sc/mc  important  species  of  which 
Iris  versicolor  possesses  medicinal  and  ornamental  A^alues.  It  is 
regarded  as  an  alternati\'e  diuretic  and  purgative.  The  species 
of  Sisyrinchium  are  used  as  ornamental  plants. 

Some  of  the  Orchidaceae  arc  important,  particularly  the 
orchids  which  are  used  for  niedicine  and  for  ornamental  plants. 
Species  of  Cypripedium  yield  a  medicine  used  as  an  antispasmodic 
and  nerve  tonic. 


MEETING  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  May  9,  1910. 

The  Club  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  and  the  minutes 
of  the  previous  meeting  read,  and  approved. 

Miss  Elsa  Leuc,  and  Mr.  J.  G.  George  were  elected  to  member- 
ship. Prof.  F.  R.  Marshall  then  spoke  to  the  Club  upon  the 
subject,  "Breed  Records  in  the  Study  of  Inheritance."  Mr. 
Marshall  showed  that  the  keeping  of  such  records  is  quite  impor- 
tant, and  that  interesting  facts  may  be  deduced  from  them.  He 
gave  a  brief  account  of  the  system  of  registration  of  breed  stock. 

The  Secretary  read  a  brief  history  of  the  Biological  Club, 
from  the  time  of  its  organization  in  IS.SS  to  1900. 


"fe"- 


M.  G.  Dickey,  Sec. 


Date  of  Publication,  Nov.  21,  1910. 


The  Ohio  ^I\(^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  Stale  Uni'versity, 
Volume  XI.  DECEMBER,   1910.  No.  2. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Wells— A  Histological  SUuly  of  the  Self-dividiiig  LamiLiae  of  Certain  Koliis 217 

GuiGGS— Viola  Hirsiitttla  in  Ohio 2o2 

IIenn'INGER— The  ilaoro-Lepidoptera  of  Seneca  County,  Ohio 233 

ScHAFFNER— Leaf  ^Markings  of  Certain  Ohio  Plants 2-13 

ScHAFFNEK — Xew  and  Hare  Ohio  riants  added  to  the  State  IIerl)arinni  in  1910 24t) 

Stoveii — Notes  oil  Ohio  Agarics  11 247 

LicKEY—Meetinu  of  the  Biological  CluV) 248 


A  HISTOLOGICAL  STUDY  OF  THE  SELF-DIVIDING 
LAMINAE    OF    CERTAIN    KELPS.'= 

Bertram  W.  Wells. 

Among  the  brown  algae  the  family  Laminariaceae  or  the 
kelps,  besides  comprising  the  largest  species  of  algae,  display  in 
many  other  ways  peculiarities  of  extreme  interest.  One  of  these 
is  a  novel  and  unusual  method  of  branching,  exhibited  by  several 
of  the  genera,  a  character  which  has  caused  them  to  be  placed 
in  a  sub-family,  the  Lessoneatae.  In  this  group  branches  are 
formed,  not  as  outgrowths  from  the  growing  point,  which  in  all 
the  kelps  is  intercalated  between  the  stipe  and  blade,  but  by  the 
fonnation  of  a  perforation  through  the  growing  region,  which 
upon  elongation  divides  the  lamina  and  to  a  greater  or  less  extent, 
the  stipe  also.  Taking  Nereocystis  as  typical  of  the  subfamily, 
a  glance  at  Fig.  1  will  make  clear  this  peculiar  branching  habit. 
The  figure  shows  a  very  young  plant  in  which  the  primary  split 
has  divided  the  original  blade  and  secondary  splits  are  seen 
fairly  started.  In  Nereocystis  lines  of  modified  tissue  are  always 
seen  running  out  in  advance  of  the  splits.  These  appear  even 
before  the  basal  perforation  is  developed,  as  seen  in  Fig.  1,  b. 
The  repetition  of  this  process  of  division  goes  on  until  hundreds 
of  laminae  are  found  attached  to  the  basal  bladder  by  a  systein 
of  branching  inore  or  less  dichotomous  in  character. 

A  few  writers  on  the  Lessoneatae  have  given  some  attention 
to  the  histological  processes  involved  in  developing  the  fissures. 
MacMillan    (1S99)    in   his   observations   on   Nereocystis   gives   a 

*  Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  the  Ohio  State 
University,  59. 

217 


2i8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 

paragraph  to  the  dividing  of  the  lamina,  in  which  he  says:  "I 
have  been  able  to  detennine  the  origin  and  nature  of  the  cleft. 
A  single  row  of  cortical  cells  immediately  below  the  epideniiis 
deliquesces  or  collapses  and  the  epidermis  furrows  along  the  de- 
pression. The  dclequescence  is  propagated  to  adjacent  cells, 
right  and  left,  and  continues  down  the  middle  lamella.  The  fur- 
rowing may  take  place  along  one  surface  of  the  leaf  or  along  both 
surfaces  until  the  epidennal  cells  come  to  lie  against  the  middle 
lamella.  The  latter  then  breaks  down  and  the  two  epidennises 
are  contiguous.  The  split  takes  place  along  the  base  of  the 
furrow  and  leaves  the  two  halves  of  the  lamina  with  apparently 
nonnal  unwounded  edges.  *  *  *  *  The  epidermis  suffers  no  disinte- 
gration during  the  process.  *  *  *  *  The  furrow  of  the  epidennis 
seems  to  deepen  destroying  the  inner  cells  of  the  lamina  as  it 
progresses."  In  other  accounts  the  central  idea  has  likewise 
been  an  association  of  a  process  of  cell  disintegration  or  gela- 
tinization  with  the  inception  and  advance  of  the  split.  Rosenthal 
(1S90)  in  his  discussion  of  Macrccystis  holds  that  the  inceiJtion 
of  the  split  occurs  as  a  parting  of  the  superficial  layers,  which  is 
eventually  followed  by  a  swelling  or  gelatinization  (ciuellungen) 
of  the  pith-web.  In  this  modified  pith-web  a  cavity  is  formed, 
which,  enlarging,  finally  meets  the  gaps  already  developed  in  the 
upper  layers  and  the  lamina  is  divided.  No  discussion  of  the  ori- 
gin of  either  the  inner  cavity  or  superficial  clefts  was  given. 
Reinke  (19U3)  writing  on  Macrocystis  gives  Will's  (1S97)  account 
of  the  splitting  process,  which  account  is  also  confirmed  by  Skotts- 
berg  (1907).  The  fissure  occurs  b\'  the  formation  of  an  elongated 
cavity  filled  with  a  jelly-like  substance,  arising  through  gelatini- 
zation of  the  inner  tissues.  The  furrow  or  depression  which  pre- 
cedes the  cleft  is  formed  by  a  sinking  or  pushing  in  of  the  epi- 
derniis  due  to  increased  division  of  the  cells  overlying  the  gela- 
tinized portion. 

Because  of  the  brief  and  fragmentary  nature  of  the  accounts 
heretofore  given,  it  was  believed  that  a  fuller  in\-estigation  of  the 
matter  would  be  desirable.  Further  it  was  thought  important 
to  make  a  comparative  study  of  the  splitting  processes  in  the 
different  genera  available,  in  three  of  which,  Postelsia,  Lessoniop- 
sis  and  Dictyoneuron,  these  processes  have  heretofore  never  been 
described.  Material  for  the  five  genera  investigated  was  in  the 
collection  of  Prof.  Robert  F.  Griggs  of  the  Ohio  State  University, 
to  whom  I  am  greatly  indebted,  not  only  for  material,  but  for 
much  valuable  advice  and  criticism  throughout  the  course  of  the 
study.  In  view  of  the  diversity  found  between  the  different  gen- 
era, it  would  be  very  interesting  to  study  Lessonia  and  Pelago- 
phycus  also,  but  material  of  these  genera  could  not  be  obtained. 

A  part  of  the  plants  studied  were  killed  in  chrome-acetic  acid 
and   part   in  formalin.     The  usual   methods  of  microtomy  were 


Dec,  1910.]         Self-Dividing  Laminae  of  Certain  Kelps.  219 

followed;  paraffine  fomiing  the  embedding  medium  and  the  sec- 
tions eut  10  mic.  thick.  The  single  stain  aniline  safranin  or  the 
same  in  combination  with  gentian  violet  w^ere  used.  The  first 
stain  gives  the  middle  lamella  of  gelatinous  interlacing  food  con- 
ducting hyphae  a  characteristic  tint  which  is  of  much  value  in  dis- 
tinguishing it  from  the  adjacent  cortex.  All  drawings  were  made 
with  the  camera  lueida. 

To  understand  the  splitting  of  the  kelp  lamina  and  its  relation 
to  the  tissues  through  which  it  passes,  a  digression  must  be  made 
to  set  forth  the  manner  of  growth  in  the  kelps,  with  special  con- 
sideration of  the  derivation  of  the  tissues.  Three  systems  of 
tissues  make  up  the  kelp  thallus:  the  epidermis,  the  underlying 
cortex  and  the  central  pith-web.  Sections  of  stipe  or  lamina 
show  the  hypha-like  elements  of  the  pith-web  to  be  highly  stretched 
and  modified  cortex  cells  and  the  cortex  cells  are  clearly  seen  to  be 
derived  from  the  epidennal  cells,  which  form  therefore  the  meristem 
in  these  plants.  By  periclinal  walls  the  epidermal  cells  build  the 
cortex;  by  anticlinal  ones  the  epidermal  area  is  enlarged.  Hypo- 
dermal  and  outer  cortical  cells  are  often  seen  dividing,  but  the 
total  meristematic  activity  of  these  internal  cells  is  not  nearly  so 
great  as  that  of  the  epidennal  cells.  The  cells  pushed  inward 
from  the  epidennis  reach  their  maximum  size  in  the  middle  cortex. 
On  the  outside  of  this  expanding  cortical  zone,  the  epidemiis  cor- 
respondingly enlarges  its  area  by  a  constant  increase  in  the  number 
of  its  relatively  smaller  cells;  the  division  walls  of  course  being 
anticlinal.  On  the  inner  side  of  the  expanding  cortical  zone  the 
passive  pith-web  is  seen  to  consist  of  much  elongated  cortical  cells 
(tnimpet  hyphae)  between  which  are  large  intercellular  spaces 
filled  with  a  gelatinous  matrix.  By  this  method  the  large  and  com- 
plex kelp  thallus  originates  and  the  various  structures  peculiar 
to  the  several  genera,  including  the  method  of  branching  tmder 
discussion,  have  their  origin  in  variations  of  this  simple  process. 

NEREOCYSTIS. 

Nereocystis  with  its  prominent  splitting  line  extending  far 
in  advance  of  the  cleft,  forms  an  especially  favorable  type  for 
study  as  portions  of  the  lamina  through  which  the  line  passed 
could  be  successively  investigated  down  to  the  actual  fissure  and 
the  various  stages  of  the  process  clearly  observed.  Fig.  2  shows 
a  section  through  the  splitting  line  at  a  point  corresponding  to 
Fig.  1,  a.  The  changes  from  nomial  lamina  are  at  once  seen  to  be 
a  diminution  in  the  thickness  of  cortex  and  pith-web,  resulting 
externally  in  the  fonnation  of  a  broad  furrow  on  each  side.  A 
comparison  of  the  affected  region  with  that  of  nomial  lamina  at 
either  side,  discloses  the  fact  that  in  the  middle  region  the  ratio- 
of  periclinal  divisions  to  anticlinal  ones  has  increased  as  is  evi- 


220  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 

denced  by  the  increased  number  of  pith-web  elements,  together 
with  the  incipient  cell  rows  from  which  they  were  derived.  The 
unusual  number  of  cortex  cells  formed  rai^idly  stretches  and  atten- 
uates the  pith-web  and  inner  cortex  until  the  original  medulla, 
localh',  has  been  almost  replaced  by  the  newer  and  but  slightly 
modified  cortical  elements.  F'ig.  3  illustrates  the  process  in  a 
more  striking  manner.  This  as  well  as  the  remaining  figures  are 
of  the  same  magnification.  At  this  stage  periclinal  divisions  have 
been  so  rapid  that  small  ridges  have  been  formed  in  the  middle 
of  each  broad  furrow.  The  enlarging  inner  cells  give  the  cortical 
structure  a  fan-like  aspect.  The  inner  cortical  cells  in  the  middle 
region  pass  into  the  middle  layer  before  they  reach  their  maximum 
size  due  to  the  rapid  development  of  the  cells  over  them.  This 
accounts  for  the  local  massed  condition  of  the  medulla  in  the 
splitting  region,  causing  the  dark  splitting  line  when  the  blade  is 
viewed  by  transmitted  light.  The  final  result  of  all  this  activity 
is  the  intercalation  of  a  region,  made  up  entirely  of  new  tissue, 
which  has  no  strength  to  resist  wave  action  and  is  easily  torn  apart. 
Fig.  4  shows  the  lamina  at  the  critical  point  with  the  tear  partly 
through  it.  The  inner  cortex  cells  of  the  preceding  figure  have 
passed  into  the  middle  layer  condition  and  the  lamina  is  markedly 
reduced  in  thickness.  When  severely  whipped  the  laminae  are 
often  ripped  at  their  distal  ends;  the  tear  if  of  any  depth  always 
following  the  weakened  zone  of  the  splitting  line  (Fig.  1.) 

The  wounds  fomied  are  shown  in  Fig.  .5  which  in  the  serial  sec- 
tions was  taken  from  the  same  slide  as  Fig.  4.  By  normal  acti\'ity 
the  epidermis  and  cortex  are  built  out  and  around  the  exposed  part 
•of  the  medulla  (Fig.  (i),  finally  coming  in  contact  (Figs.  7-S).  Gen- 
erally the  two  epidermal  layers  do  not  exactly  meet  and  the  edges 
of  the  new  laminae  show  a  scar  in  section.  Subsequent  to  the 
healing,  the  cells  of  the  inner  cortex,  overlying  the  edge  of  the 
middle  layer,  do  not  develop  to  normal  .size  but  become  scleren- 
chymatized  (Fig.  S).  Growth  above  presses  them  inward,  notice- 
ably bending  the  hyphae  of  the  middle  layer.  This  condition 
disappears  later  when  the  thick  walled  cortical  elements  pass  over 
to  the  medulla. 

This  method  of  splitting  was  observed  in  several  specimens  but 
in  no  instance  was  any  deliquescence  or  cell  disintegration  observed 
as  reported  by  MacMillan  in  his  observations  on  this  plant. 

POSTELSI.V 

Postelsia  and  the  other  Lessoneatae  dift'er  from  Nereocystis  in 
the  absence  of  a  long  splitting  line  fonned  in  front  of  the  actual 
cleft.  A  close  inspection  shows,  however,  the  presence  of  a  very 
short  line  indicating  that  the  modification  of  the  inner  tissues  is 
not  begun  until  the  fissure  is  very  near.     But  for  the  most  part  the 


Dec,  1910.]         Self- Dividing  Laminae  of  Certain  Kelps.  221 

tissue  changes  involved  are  confined  to  the  region  immediately 
around  the  advancing  fissure. 

The  splitting  process  in  Postelsia  cannot  be  correlated  with 
that  of  Nereocystis.  Instead  of  a  mass  of  new  tissue  being  formed 
by  periclinal  activity,  there  obtains  a  relative  lessening  or  inhibi- 
tion of  all  cell  division,  while  the  modification  of  the  various  cells 
in  the  dividing  region  into  cortex  and  pith-web  continues  unabated. 
Thus  the  lamina  locally  becomes  thinner  and  thinner  until  the 
critical  point  is  reached.  Fig.  9  shows  a  nomial  portion  of  a  lami- 
na at  one  side  of  the  splitting  region.  The  epidemial  and  hypo- 
dermal  cells  are  markedly  elongated  perpendicular  to  the  surface ; 
the  larger  middle  cortex  cells  have  their  usual  isodiametrical  form 
and  the  inner  cortex  and  pith-web  are  stretched  horizontal  to  the 
surface.  Contrasting  with  this  is  Fig.  10  froni  the  middle  of  the 
furrow  on  the  same  section  as  Fig.  9.  Here  the  large  cortical  cells 
have  become  prematurely  elements  of  the  middle  layer  and  even 
the  outer  cortical  elements  show  evidence  of  horizontal  stretching 
due  to  the  expansion  of  the  superficial  layers,  while  there  are  few 
divisions  in  the  epidermis. 

This  lack  of  meristematic  activity  fails  to  build  out  the  lamina 
to  the  normal  thickness  as  .shown  in  Fig.  9,  and  reduction  in  thick- 
ness continues  progressively  as  the  cortical  cells  are  stretched  into 
the  weak  and  yielding  pith-web  elements.  In  Fig.  11  the  lamina 
is  shown  at  the  critical  point  where  ripping  apart  may  occur.  The 
cortex  has  practically  disappeared.  The  development  of  the 
remaining  hypodermal  cells  has  parted  the  inactive  epidermis  on 
each  side  and  the  lamina  is  now  in  condition  to  be  torn  apart  by 
the  slightest  twist.  Throughout  the  entire  process  of  reduction 
to  the  critical  point  no  cell  gelatinization  occurred.  After  fission 
the  wounds  are  healed  exactly  as  in  Nereocystis,  by  activity  of  the 
adjacent  epidermal  cells  building  tissue  out  and  around  the  exposed 
edge  of  the  medulla. 

LESSONIOPSIS. 

The  lamina  of  Lessoniopsis  is  characterized  by  a  thickened 
mid-rib  made  up  chiefly  of  sclerenchymatized  cortex.  Upon 
division  the  reduction  of  the  lamina  to  the  critical  point  may  be 
divided  into  two  rather  definite  stages.  In  the  first  place  as  seen 
in  the  development  of  the  perforation,  broad  furrows  are  formed 
in  the  basal  portion  of  the  mid-rib,  resulting  in  the  intercalation 
here  of  a  small  area  of  normal  undifferentiated  lamina.  Then 
through  this,  rather  than  through  the  mid-rib  proper,  the  cleft 
is  jjropagated.  These  two  stages  are  more  sharply  differentiated 
in  the  case  of  older  and  advancing  splits,  for  here  the  portions  of 
the  divided  normal  lamina  or  the  reduced  mid-rib  retain  their 
thin  blade-like  character  and  broaden  out  until  the  daughter 
laminae  are  symmetrical  and  the  mid-ribs  occupy  their  nonnal 
median  position. 


22  2  ^  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI.  No.  2, 

The  origin  of  the  primary  shallow  furrows  is  different  from  any- 
thing; seen  in  either  of  the  preceding  genera.  In  Lessoniopsis  the 
relative  increase  in  anticlinal  activity  in  the  epidermis  seems  to  be 
the  factor  operative  in  reducing  the  thickness  of  the  cortical  layers. 
The  undue  stress  brought  to  bear  on  the  cortex  by  the  rapidly 
expanding  superficial  layer  results  in  the  premature  transition 
of  the  inner  and  middle  cortex  to  the  pith-wT'b  condition.  Ordi- 
narily expansion  at  the  surface  in  inanimate  objects  results  in 
buckling.  In  this  case  the  transmission  of  the  stress  to  the  inner 
cortical  layers  stretches  their  elements  into  the  thinner  or  highly 
elongated  ]Dith-wcb  condition,  thus  markedly  lowering  the  upper 
layers  so  as  to  produce  concavity  instead  of  convexity  at  the  sur- 
face. No  figure  is  given  to  illustrate  this  condition  as  the  area 
concerned  was  far  too  extensive  to  be  drawn  on  a  scale  sufihciently 
large  to  show  the  histological  changes. 

The  second  stage  or  splitting  proper  is  by  a  process  as  different 
from  that  observed  in  Postelsia  as  that  is  different  from  Nereocys- 
tis.  The  central  part  of  the  mid-rib,  after  its  reduction  to  the 
thickness  of  ordinar>'  lamina,  is  locally  still  further  reduced  by 
the  action  of  an  internal  cortical  meristem,  associated  with  a 
quiescent  epidermis.  On  both  sides  of  the  medulla  in  the  region 
concerned  the  cortical  cells  are  seen  dividing  with  anticlinal  walls 
(Fig.  12).  This  has  resulted  not  only  in  severely  attenuating  the 
pith-web  but  on  one  side  the  epidennis  itself  has  parted  and  the 
critical  point  has  been  reached,  for  the  thin-walled  cells  of  this 
newly  foniied  tissue  cannot  withstand  the  ripping  tendencies  in 
the  wave  swayed  and  twisted  lamina.  At  approximately  the  same 
stage  or  on  the  same  slide  from  which  the  drawing  was  made,  the 
lamina  portions  were  already  separated. 

In  healing,  the  wounds  first  are  covered  for  a  time  with  a  callus 
formation  but  later  the  epidermis  and  cortex  heal  them  o\'er 
exactly  as  in  Nereocystis. 

MACROCYSTIS. 

The  splitting  process  in  this  genus  was  studied  by  the  Gcmian 
writers  already  quoted,  but  they  evidently  confined  their  attention 
to  the  development  of  the  original  perforation  and  did  not  study 
the  elongation  of  the  cleft,  which  is  carried  out  by  a  dififerent  pro- 
cess than  that  forming  the  ]jerf oration.  This  fact  at  once  sets 
Macrocystis  apart  from  the  preceding  genera  in  which  the  processes 
originating  the  perforation  are  also  operative  in  elongating  the 
cleft.  Sufficient  material  was  available  showing  the  incipient  and 
older  splits,  to  make  four  or  five  series  of  sections  illustrating  each 
of  these  stages.  Part  of  the  material  studied  came  from  the 
•  ruvian  coast,  part  from  Vancouver's  Island.  Sinall  and  large 
venilc  laminae,  having  splits  in  about  the  same  stage  of  develop- 


Dec,  1910.]         Self-Dividing  Laminae  of  Certain  Kelps.  223 

ment,  were  used  to  determine  whether  the  spHtting  process  varied 
in  an\'  way  with  the  size  of  the  Lamina. 

The  writer  is  able  to  confinn  in  part  Will's  account  of  the 
origin  of  the  basal  perforation.  Broad  shallow  furrows  appear  on 
either  side  of  the  thallus.  These  depressions  may  arise  as  in 
Ncrcocystis  by  a  relative  lessening  of  anticlinal  divisions,  but  the 
area  concerned  is  so  extensive  and  the  slightly  constricted  portion 
passes  so  gradually  into  the  normal  lamina,  that  no  marked  differ- 
ence of  tissue  structure  could  be  observed.  After  these  shallow 
depressions  become  well  defined,  another  and  wholly  different 
process  is  inaugurated.  The  inner  cortical  cells  lying  under  the 
base  of  each  furrow  become  gelatinized.  A  single  cell  disinte- 
grates followed  by  its  immediate  neighbors  until  all  the  heavy 
■walled  cortex  under  the  central  part  of  the  furrow  has  disappeared. 
Associated  with  this  process  of  gelatinization  is  a  marked  local 
deepening  of  the  furrow's  at  their  central  parts  (Fig.  13-14.)  Will 
states  that  this  originates  by  a  pushing  in  of  the  epidemiis  due  to 
increased  division  of  the  cells  over  the  gelatinized  portion.  The 
evidence  for  this  does  not  appear  conclusive  as  can  be  seen  by  com- 
paring the  size  of  the  hypodermal  cells  beneath  the  furrow  with 
those  on  either  side.  The  cells  lying  in  the  base  of  the  furrow 
(Fig.  14)  give  evidence  of  relative  inactivity,  showing  a  diminution 
in  anticlinal  and  especially  periclinal  divisions.  To  the  lessening 
of  periclinal  activity  chiefly,  can  be  ascribed  the  origin  of  the  more 
sharply  defined  secondary  furrow,  for  the  epidermal  cells  in  this 
region  fail  to  build  out  the  thallus.  This  is  somewhat  similar  to 
the  condition  in  Postelsia.  At  about  the  stage  figured  normal 
growth  begins  to  close  in  on  the  gelatinized  cavity  separating 
schizogcnetically  the  remaining  cortical  cells  underlying  the 
furrow.  The  usual  gelatin  filled  pith-web  together  with  the  newly 
gelatinized  regions  of  the  cortex  forms  a  sort  of  internal  cavity  or 
w^ound  which  is  healed  by  a  process  identical  with  that  seen  in 
Nereocystis  (Fig.  1.'5).  Here  normal  development  is  bringing  the 
respective  sides  around  the  edges  of  the  middle  layers.  The  rem- 
nant of  one  of  the  gelatinized  portions  is  still  present,  stretched 
across  below  the  furrow. 

After  the  original  basal  perforation  is  formed  in  the  manner  just 
described  its  advance  through  the  lamina  is  by  a  wholly  different 
process.  Unexpected  as  this  might  seem  the  evidence  for  it  is 
quite  conclusive.  Fully  formed  splits  0  mm.  in  length  and  upward 
were  studied,  occurring  in  laminae  of  different  size  and  thickness 
and  from  different  waters,  British  Columbia  and  Peru,  but  in  no 
case  was  there  any  deviation  in  the  process. 

Local  and  excessive  meristematic  activity  of  the  cortex  is  the 
fundamental  factor  in  the  advancing  cleft.  First,  however,  there 
is  a  local  increase  in  the  normal  growth  process  which  results  in 
piling  up  slightly  modified  cortical  cells  in  the  medulla.     Next 


2  24  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 

a  few  hypodermal  and  outer  cortical  cells  begin  to  divide  rapidly 
forming  a  wedge-like  mass,  which  tears  the  epidennis  apart  and  the 
process  which  succeeds  in  dividing  the  lamina  is  begrm  (Fig.  Ki.) 
The  cells  exposed  by  the  parting  of  the  epidennis  become  passive 
and  subject  to  the  tearing  tendencies  of  the  rapidly  expanding 
tissue  beneath  them.  They  are  separated  and  in  this  manner  the 
cleft  is  carried  clear  through  the  lamina.  So  great  is  the  meris- 
tematic  activity  that  before  the  cleft  reaches  the  pith-web  this 
layer  locally  has  been  entirel}"  replaced  by  dividing  cortical  ele- 
ments, through  which  the  cleft  is  propagated.  The  final  separa- 
tion of  the  last  thin  walled  cortical  cells  is  of  course  mechanical. 
By  the  continual  extension  of  this  cortical  activity  distally,  the 
whole  lamina  is  finally  divided,  while  proximally,  the  separation 
is  carried  some  distance  down  the  stipe  by  the  same  sort  of  activity 
except  the  meristematic  wound  tissue  is  formed  in  larger  masses 
and  the  cleft  advances  in  a  more  irregular  manner. 

In  healing,  the  superficial  cells  of  the  exposed  wound  tissue 
arc  transformed  into  epidermal  elements.  There  is  however  a 
tendency  to  close  the  wound  as  previously  described,  by  the 
crowding  or  jDressing  around  of  the  tissue  adjacent  to  it. 

Material  containing  clefts  of  proper  age  to  show  the  transition 

stages,  by  which  the  initial  gelatinization  process  gives  way  to  the 

secondary  process  of  cortical  activity,  was  not  available  so  this 

ntercsting  phase  of  the  i)roblem  cannot  be  taken  u])  in  the  ]3rcsent 

diiscussion. 

DICTYONEURON. 

In  Dictyoneuron  only  the  method  of  advance  of  the  older  cleft 
was  studied,  as  the  collection  contained  no  material  showing  the 
incipient  or  perforation  stages.  The  process  involved  in  the 
advance  of  the  cleft  was  essentialh'  the  same  as  that  in  Macro- 
c^'stis  but  the  cortical  meristem  is  more  definitely  localized  than 
in  that  genus  and  only  occurs  at  first  on  one  side  of  the  medulla.  Fig. 
17  shows  a  section  of  a  young  lamina  in  which  a  split  o  mm.  in 
length  was  present.  The  half  of  the  section  not  shown  was  nor- 
mal like  the  region  at  the  edges  of  the  drawing.  Cell  division 
and  growth  in  the  cortex  has  resulted  in  the  fonnation  of  a  mass 
of  tissue  which  presses  slightly  into  the  i)ith-web.  When  this  mass 
has  become  somewhat  more  extensive  than  that  figured,  a  few  cells 
near  its  center  begin  dividing  very  rapidly  and  build  up  a  new 
secondary  mass  within  the  first  (Fig.  IS),  which  pushes  out  the 
older  cells  on  all  sides  of  it,  notably  below  into  the  pith-web. 
On  account  of  this  rapid  internal  division,  the  original  epidermis 
is  pulled  apart  from  a  to  b  and  the  beginning  of  the  cleft  has  been 
started  by  the  wedging  action  of  the  ball  like  mass  of  new  tissue. 
This  cleft  shown  at  Fig.  IS,  c,  next  enters  the  central  mass  and 
passes  ra])idly  to  its  center.     After  the  develo]3ment  of  the  cleft. 


Dec,  1910.]         Self-Dividing  Laminae  of  Certain  Kelps.  225 

the  superficial  and  hypoclermal  cells  lining  the  gap  divide  chiefly 
with  periclinal  walls  until  the  newer  tissue  comes  to  have  a  fan- 
like structure,  similar  to  that  seen  in  Nereocystis  (Fig.  19).  By 
the  same  process  described  in  that  plant  though  on  a  much  larger 
scale,  the  furrow  is  strongly  widened  and  deepened.  This  results 
as  in  Nereocystis  not  only  in  attenuating  the  lamina  locally  but 
in  filling  up  the  middle  region  with  young  cortical  tissue  (Fig. 
20)  which  has  no  strength  and  is  easily  torn  apart  by  wave  action. 
After  ripping  apart  the  cortical  cells  exposed  from  a  to  b 
(Fig.  20)  take  on  the  aspect  of  epidemial  elements  with  \^•hich  is 
associated  a  tendency  of  the  contiguous  tissues  to  close  around  the 
injured  portion.  The  two  lamina  edges  resulting  from  the  entire 
process  of  division  are  lined  with  new  tissue,  the  superficial  layer 
of  which  becomes  epidermal  in  character  and  remains  so.  These 
edges  show  for  some  time  a  groove  running  in  them  which  is  wholly 
accounted  for  by  the  peculiar  splitting  process  obtaining  in  this, 
plant. 

GENERAL    C0NSIDER.\TI0NS. 

That  in  all  cases  the  split  actually  progresses  through  the  blade 
is  clearly  shown.  The  exposure  of  the  inner  tissues  lying  just 
behind  the  apex  of  the  advancing  cleft  is  evidence  enough  to  prove 
that  the  fissure  is  cleaving  the  blade  and  is  not  a  pseudo-cleft 
brought  about  by  intercalary  growth  of  the  portion  divided  by  the 
perforation.  This  latter,  however,  is  of  much  importance  in  the 
apparent  elongation  of  the  split. 

As  to  the  rapidity  of  advance  of  the  cleft,  nothing  whatever 
was  detcnnined.  It  is  doubtful  that  this  can  be  worked  out  even 
in  the  field  with  any  degree  of  accuracy.  The  facts  of  intercalary 
growth  and  mechanical  ripping  would  tend  to  vitiate  any  measure- 
ments that  might  be  made. 

In  the  study  of  the  various  genera  special  attention  was  given 
to  the  advance  of  the  distal  end  of  the  split,  or  the  division  of 
the  blade.  In  each  genus  however  observations  on  the  proximal 
end  of  the  cleft  were  made,  which  not  only  showed  that  the  stipe 
was  dividing,  but  the  splitting  process  was  in  each  instance 
identical  with  that  described  for  the  blade.  Owing  to  the  thick- 
ness and  compactness  of  the  stipe  the  changes  in  it  are  much  slower 
than  in  the  blade.  The  elongation  of  the  stipes  is  chiefly  by  inter- 
calary growth. 

An  arrangement  of  the  five  genera  on  a  basis  of  specialization 
in  the  splitting  woiild  be  as  follows:  PosteLsia,  Nereocystis,  Les- 
soniopsis,  IMacrocystis  and  Dictyoncuron.  The  relative  arrange- 
ment of  the  first  three  might  be  ciuestioned  but  that  the  process 
in  Macrocystis  and  particularly  Dictyoncuron  is  a  very  definite, 
and  specialized  one  admits  of  no  doubt. 


226  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 

Upon  taking  up  the  present  investigation,  the  writer  expected 
to  find  that  the  division  of  the  laminae  in  the  different  genera, 
was  brought  about  by  the  same  process  with  of  course  some  minor 
variations.  It  was  then  very  surprising  to  find  the  widest  differ- 
ences prevailing  among  the  various  genera,  differences  in  some 
instances  so  great  as  to  make  the  histological  processes  involved 
appear  diametrically  opposed.  The  end  result,  the  branching  of 
the  plant,  in  all  cases  is  the  same  so  we  have  in  these  forms  a  most 
striking  example  of  those  numerous  instances  in  nature  in  which 
a  common  end  is  attained  through  totally  different  means. 

SUMMARY. 

1.  The  splitting  of  the  lamina  of  Nereocystis  is  due  to  a  rela- 
tive increase  of  periclinal  divisions  resulting  in  the  intercalation 
of  weak  new  tissue  which  is  mechanically  torn  apart.  The 
wounds  heal  by  normal  growth,  building  the  tissue  out  and  around 
the  exposed  edges  of  the  medulla. 

2.  In  Postelsia  cell  division  in  the  meristematic  epidemiis 
ceases  almost  entirely  at  the  point  where  splitting  is  to  occur  and 
the  lamina  becomes  so  thin  by  the  continued  differentiation  of 
the  tissue  already  present  that  it  is  torn  apart  by  the  impact 
of  the  waves.     The  wounds  heal  as  in  Nereocystis. 

3.  In  Lessoniopsis  an  area  within  the  mid-rib  is  reduced  to 
the  thickness  of  normal  lamina  by  relative  increase  of  anticlinal 
divisions.  Within  this  area  further  reduction  and  weakening 
occurs  by  anticlinal  divisions  in  the  cortex.  The  wounds  after 
mechanical  ripping  are  at  first  covered  with  callus;  later  healing 
as  in  Nereocystis. 

4.  Macrocystis  shows  the  perforation  to  originate  by  local 
gelatinization  of  the  inner  and  middle  cortex  and  cessation  of 
periclinal  activity  in  the  epidermis  over  the  gelatinized  portion, 
resulting  in  a  deep  sinus  on  either  side  of  the  lamina.  The  adja- 
cent tissues  are  finally  forced  in  on  the  gelatinized  places  until 
the  epidermis  breaks  apart  forming  the  perforation.  Healing  as 
in  Nereocystis.  When  once  formed  the  fissure  advances  by  ex- 
cessive cortical  meristematic  activity  which  first  tears  apart  the 
epidermis  and  finally  the  whole  lamina,  which  meanwhile  has 
locally  become  filled  with  cortex  cells.  Healing  is  b\'  transfor- 
mation of  the  exposed  cortex  into  epidermis. 

5.  In  Dictyoneuron  only  the  advance  of  the  cleft  was  studied. 
An  internal  wedge-like  mass  of  tissue,  a  cortical  meristem,  tears 
the  overlying  layers  apart.  Periclinal  division  of  the  cells  lining 
the  gap  forms  a  fan-like  structure  which  reduces  the  lamina  in 
.thickness  and  strength  until  mechanical  tearing  follows.  The 
superficial  cells  of  the  new  tissue  formed  on  the  respective  edges 
are  changed  to  epidcmial  elements  and  remain  so. 


Dec,  1910.]         Self-Dividing  Laminae  of  Cei-tain  Kelps.  227 


LITERATURE. 

Kjellman,  F.  R.     Laminariaceae  in  Pfianzenfaniilien,  I,  2.     1893. 
MacMillan,   C.     Observations  on  Nereocystis.     Bulletin  Torrey 

Botanical  Chib,  26.     1899. 
Oltmanns,  F.      Morphologie  und  Biologie  der  Algen,  I.      1904. 

Reinke,  J.     Studien  zur  vergleicliende  Entwickelungsgeschichte 
dor  Laminariaceen.     Kiel.     1903. 

Rosenthal,   O.     Zur  Kenntnis  von   Macrocystis  und   Tlialassio- 
phyllum.     Flora  43.     1890. 

Setchell,    W.    A.     Classification    and    Geographical    Distribution 
of  the  Laminariaceae.     Trans.   Connecticut  Acad.   9.    1893. 

Skottsberg,  C.     Zur  Kenntnis  der  Subantartischen  und  Antar- 
lischcn  Meeresalgen.     I.  Phaeophyceen.     1907. 

Sykes,   Miss   M.    G.     Anatomy  and   Histology  of  Macrocystis 
pyrifera  and  Laminaria  saccharina.     Annals  of  Bot.  22.  1908. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATES. 

A  Young  Nereocystis  plant  showing  splits  and  splitting  lines. 
Cross  section  of  Nereocystis  lamina  at  a  point  corresponding  to 

to  Fig.  1,  a. 
Cross  section  of  Nereocj'stis  lamina  at  a  point  near  end  of  split 

corresponding  to  Fig.  1,  b. 
Cross  section  of  Nereocystis  lamina  showing  mechanical  tear. 
Cross  section  of  a  newdy  divided  lamina  of  Nereocystis  showing 

wounds. 
Healing  lamina  of  Nereocystis. 
Healing  lamina  of  Nereocystis,  later  stage. 
Completely  healed  lamina  of  Nereocystis. 
Cross  section  of  normal  Postelsia  lamina. 
Middle  stage  in  splitting  Postelsia  lamina. 
Final  stage  in  splitting  lamina  of  Postelsia. 
Last  stage  of  splitting  in  Lessoniopsis. 
Entire  section  showing  position  of  Fig.  12. 
Origin  of  perforation  in  Macrocystis,  middle  stage. 
vStructure  of  portion  enclosed  in  dotted  line.  Fig.  13. 
Final   stage   in  the   development  of  the   original  perforation   in 

Macrocystis. 
First  stage  in  the  advance  of  the  mature  cleft  in  the  Macrocystis 

lamina. 
Primary  cortical  meristem  in  splitting  region  of  Dictj^oneuron. 
Secondar}^  cortical  meristem  within  the  first  in  Dictyoneuron. 
The  cleft  and  fan  shaped  structure  developed  in  the  splitting  of 

the  Dictyoneuron  lam.ina. 
Fig.  20.     Final  stage  in  the  dividing  process  in  Dictyoneuron.     Cortical 

meristem  present. 


Fig. 

1. 

Fig. 

2, 

Fig. 

3. 

Fig. 

4. 

Fig. 

5. 

Fig. 

6. 

Fig. 

7. 

Fig. 

8. 

Fig. 

9. 

Fig. 

10. 

Fig. 

11. 

Fig. 

12. 

Fig. 

12a 

Fig. 

13. 

Fig. 

14. 

Fig. 

15. 

Fig. 

10. 

Fig. 

17. 

Fig. 

18. 

Fig. 

19. 

Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XII. 


WELI.S  on  "  Self-dividing  Laminae  of  Kelps." 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XIII. 


Wells  on  "Self-dividing  Laminae  of  Kelps." 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XIV. 


■    Jo     •  o  „•  S-T^  ■ .  o. .  oi'  ■ 

.  \v       '  o   '   o  o' .    o 

■  <=>    V     •    •     •        .o 


Wells  on  "  Self-dividing  Laminae  of  Kelps." 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XV. 


Wei,i,S  on  "  Self-dividing  Laminae  of  Kelps." 


232  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 

VIOLA  HIRSUTULA  IN  OHIO. 

Robert  F.  Griggs. 

Every  spring  for  several  years  past  the  writer  has  observed  a 
blue  violet  in  the  vicinity  of  Sugar  Grove  to  which  he  was  unable 
to  assign  a  name.  But  the  plant  was  so  common  and  so  clearly 
distinct  from  all  of  the  other  violets  of  the  region  that  he  supposed 
that  his  trouble  arose  from  the  difficulty  of  the  genus  rather  than 
from  any  rarity  of  the  plant  itself.  Finally  in  1910  particular 
care  was  taken  to  collect  perfect  specimens  both  at  flowering  time 
and  in  early  summer  and  from  a  study  of  these  it  was  evident 
that  the  plant  was  Viola  hirsutula  Brainerd,  better  known  as 
Viola  villosa  Walt.,  but  not,  according  to  Brainerd,  Walter's 
plant.  This  determination  has  since  been  verified  at  the  Gray 
Herbarium.  The  mature  plants  are  entirely  similar  to  those  in 
the  herbaritmi  but  those  in  flower  vary  somewhat  from  the  usual 
form  in  a  tendency  toward  lobing  at  the  base  of  the  leaf  which  while 
occasionally  seen  in  the  herbarium  specimens  is  sufficiently  pro- 
nounced in  almost  all  of  the  Sugar  Grove  plants  to  make  it  diffl- 
cult  to  decide  which  section  of  the  key  to  follow  in  their  deter- 
mination. This  tendency  is  confined  to  the  youngest  leaves  and 
in  mature  plants  the  leaves  are  all  cordate.  In  addition  to  the 
characters  given  in  the  manual  there  is  a  very  distinctive  field 
character  which  should  be  included  in  the  descriptions.  This 
is  the  purple  \-eining  of  the  upper  surfaces  of  the  leaves  which 
together  with  their  mottling  of  different  shades  of  green  renders 
the  plants  very  beautiful  for  their  foliage  alone.  In  the  herbarium 
specimens  this  color  fades  and  becomes  indistinct  but  in  many 
cases  it  is  still  \'isiblc  and  when  ]jresent  is  useful  for  diagnostic 
ptirposes. 

The  hitherto  known  range  of  Viola  hirsutula  is:  Southern  New 
York  and  New  Jersey  to  Florida  and  Louisiana,  both  in  the  moun- 
tains and  on  the  coastal  plain.  The  present  station  is  about  two 
hundred  miles  Avest  of  the  most  westerly  locality  previously 
reported,  namely  in  the  vicinity  of  Pittsburgh,  where  it  is  reported 
b\-  Shafcr.  At  Sugar  Grove  it  is  exceedingh-  abundant  on  the 
uplands  where  it  occupies  much  the  same  place  in  the  plant  associa- 
tions that  the  common  blue  violet  fills  on  the  bottomlands.  It 
is  especially  a  plant  of  old  fields  and  pine  barrens  though  it  is 
also  to  be  "found  along  with  many  other  of  the  upland  plants  in 
pasttires  where  the  land  is  more  fertile.  From  the  abundance  of 
the  species  in  this  region  and  the  widespread  occurrence  of  similar 
habitats  over  all  of  Southeastern  Ohio,  the  writer  is  led  to  believe 
that  when  once  it  is  recognized  by  the  botanists  it  will  be  found 
growing  almost  throughout  this  region. 


Dec,  1910.]  MacTO-Lepidoptera  of  Seneca  County.  233 

THE  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA  OF  SENECA  COUNTY,  OHIO. 

W.  F.  Henninger. 

Throtigh  a  combination  of  circumstances,  comparatively 
rich  material  of  the  order  Lepidoptera  has  come  into  my  hands, 
and  on  this  account  I  am  led  to  prepare  the  list  which  follows. 
It  is  not  claimed  that  the  list  contains  any  species  new  to  ento- 
mologists, but  it  has  ^•alue  in  showing  the  occurrence  of  certain 
species  in  the  state. 

Louis  Ullrich,  of  Tiffin,  collected  butterflies  and  moths  for 
many  years.  He  did  not  publish  much  but  aided  other  workers 
of  the  country  materially,  being  the  first  man  to  obtain  a  detailed 
life  history  of  Debis  portlandia  as  well  as  to  add  to  our  knowl- 
edge of  various  other  species.  His  collection  at  one  time  num- 
bered fully  22000  specimens,  and  Spencer  F.  Baird  tried  to 
induce  him  to  donate  it  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Mr. 
Ullrich  followed  the  profession  of  a  druggist  for  years,  but  financial 
reverses  caused  him  to  change  and  he  became  a  successful  florist. 
After  he  became  prosperous  in  this  new  business,  I  persuaded 
him  to  take  up  work  on  the  Lepidoptera  again.  He  had  reached 
an  advanced  age,  however,  and  did  not  live  a  great  while,  his 
death  occurring  in  190G. 

I  purchased  what  was  left  of  his  collection,  approximately 
3000  specimens,  2100  of  which  were  in  excellent  condition.  He 
had  collected  ninety  species  of  Geometridae  in  Seneca  County 
but  these  were  destroyed  previously  by  Dermestes.  The  collec- 
tion also  contains  many  species  of  European  and  Indian  Lepidop- 
tera. The  Diurnals  were  identified  by  W.  H.  Edwards,  as  were 
some  of  the  others. 

A  little  later  a  collection  of  2()(J0  specimens  belonging  to  Mr. 
Harry  F.  Murphy,  former  secretary  of  Congressman  Jackson, 
•came  into  my  possession.  Many  of  these  are  of  local  interest. 
The  5000  specimens  thus  obtained  are  responsible  for  the  data 
in  regard  to  the  rarer  species,  but  some  of  the  more  common  ones 
are  of  my  own  collecting  at  odd  moments  of  a  busy  professional 
life.     Much  of  my  spare  time  too  has  been  spent  in  bird  study. 

For  a  short  description  of  Seneca  County,  I  refer  the  reader  to 
the  Wilson  Bulletin,  number  5.5 ,  page  4<S. 

My  thanks  are  due  to  Prof.  H.  Osbom,  of  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, for  kind  advice,  and  to  Mr.  Wm.  Kayser,  of  Wapakoneta, 
for  the  use  of  his  fine  collection  of  Lepidoptera  for  identifying  sev- 
eral species.  A  few  of  the  species  collected  in  Seneca  County  have 
not  been  determined  and  so  arc  not  included  in  this  list. 

The  nomenclature  used  for  the  butterflies  is  according  to 
Holland,  while  that  used  for  the  moths  is  after  Dvar. 


2  34  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 


Rhopalocera   (Butterflies). 

Anosia  plexippus.    Common.    Great  flight  Oct.  3,  1907. 

Euptoieta  claudia.    Casual.    I  saw  H.  F.  Murphy  capture  one  on  Aug.  27th, 

1907,  in  a  clover  field.    Has  been  taken  at  Castalia  by  D.  F.  Berrenger, 

of  Fostoria,  O. 
Argynnis  idalia.    Rare.    4  taken  by  I..  Ullrich.  1890. 
Argynnis  cybele.    Common.    Extremely  variable. 
Argynnis  aphrodite.    Not  common. 
Argvnnis  aphrodite  alcestis.    Occasional.      L.  Ullrich.    Whether  diana  has- 

ever  been  taken  in  this  county  is  not  ascertained. 
Brenthis  bellona.    Common. 

Brenthis  myrina.  Mr.  L.  Ullrich  has  taken  it.  (ex  verbis). 
Melitaea  harrisii.    Mr.  L.  Ullrich  has  taken  2  specimens  in  June,  1890. 
Phyciodes  nycteis.    Not  common  in  April  and  May. 
Phyciodes  tharos.      Both  very  common,  very  variable.     One  taken. 
Phyciodes  tharos  marcia.     Resembling  Melitaea  hofmanni  in  markings. 
Phyciodes  batesi.    Rather  rare.    Taken  by  Mr.  Ullrich. 
Grapta  interrogationis  fabricii.    Common. 
Grapta  interrogationis  umbrosa.   Common. 
Grapta  comma  harrisii.    Common. 
Grapta  comma  dryas.    Common. 

Grapta  prognc.    R'are.    Taken  by  Ullrich  and  Murphy  both. 
Vanessa  milberti.   Rare.   4  taken  l>y  Ullrich  (ex  verbis). 
Vanessa  antiopa.     Common. 
Pyrameis  atalanta.    Common. 
P3"rameis  huntera.    Common. 
Pyrameis  cardui.     Common. 

Junonia  coenia.    Taken  in  1891  by  Ullrich  and  Murphy. 
Basilarchia  astyanax.    Common. 
Basilarchia  disippus.    Common. 
Chlorippe  celtis.    Not  common  in  open  woods. 
Chlorippc  clyton.    Fairly  common. 
Chlorippe  clyton  prosperina.    vSeveral  taken. 
Debis  Portland ia.    Formerly  locally  common,  now  rare. 
Satyrodes  canthus.    Common  in  swampy  meadows. 
Neonj-mpha  phocion.    One  spec,  taken.    This  record  is  doubtful. 
Neonympha  eurytus.    Common  in  woods. 
Neonympha  sosybius.    One  spec,  taken  by  L.  Ullrich. 

Satyrus  nephcle.    Not  common.    Taken  by  L.  Ullrich.    I  have  seen  this  spe- 
'cies  on  the  wing  in  the  swamps  near  the  O.  S.  U.  Laboratorv  at  Cedar 

Point,  July  3,  1907. 
Libythea  bachmani.    Rare.    Taken  by  Ullrich  and  myself. 
Thecla  calanus.    Not  common. 
Thecla  calanus  strigosa.    Rather  rare  in  woods.    Common  at  New  Bremen, 

Ohio. 
Thecla  melinus.    Fairly  common. 
Thecla  titus.    Rare.    Several  other  species  of  Thecla  in  the  collection  v.'ere 

undoubtedly  taken  at  TifiTm,   but  I   omit  them  owing  to  the  lack  of 

definite  data. 
Feniseca  tarciuinius.    Rare.    2  spec,  taken  Jvme,  1891. 
Chrysophanus  thoe.    Common  in  swampy  meadov.'s. 
Chrysophanus  hypophloeas.    Common  in  swamp\'  meadows. 
Lycaena  pseudargiolus.    Common. 
Lycaena  pseudargiolus  lucia.       Rare  in  early  April.     Taken  by  L.  Ullrich 

only. 
Lycaena  pseudargiolus  violacea.    Common.    Taken  by  myself  April  22,  1906. 
Lycaena  pseudargiolus  neglecta.    Not  common. 


Dec,  1910,]  Macro- Lepidoptera  of  Seneca  County.  235 

Lycaena  comyntas.    Common.    A  dwarf  taken  by  L.  Ullrich  no  larger  than- 

exilis. 
Pieris  protodice.     Common. 
Pieris  protodice  vernalis.     Common. 
Pieris  rapae.     Commonest  fly. 
Pieris  napi  virginiensis.    July  6,  1905,  I  caught  one  specimen,  unfortunately 

was  destroyed  later. 
Catopsilia  eubule.     Accidental.     One  specimen  caught  Aug.,   1890,  by  L. 

Ullrich. 
Terias  nicippe.     Rare.     Taken  by  L.  Ullrich,  April,   1891,  April  21,  1896. 

Seen  but  not  taken  by  myself,  April  22,  1906. 
Terias  lisa.     Common. 
Terias  lisa  alba.     Common. 
Meganostoma  caesonia.     Messrs.  Ullrich  and  Murphy  both  took  it  years 

ago  at  Bascom  6  miles  west  of  Tifiin. 
Colias  eurytheme.   Not  common,  flies  in  Sept.  and  Oct.   Two  albino  females 

taken. 
Colias  eurytheme  keewaydin.    Several  taken. 
Colias  eurytheme  ariadne.    Several  taken.    (Jne  hybrid  between  eurytheme 

and  philodice  taken  1896. 
Colias  philodice.    Next  to  Pieris  rapae  the  commonest  butterfly.     Several 

dwarfs  taken,  one  an  albino,  female,  one-third  the  ordinary  size. 
Colias  philodice  anthyale.    Several  taken. 
Colias  interior.    One  specimen  taken  June,  1890. 
Euchloe  genutia.     Taken  by  L.  Ullrich  (ex  verbis).     Specimens  no  longer 

extant. 
Papilio  ajax  walshi.    Common.     Several  dwarfs  of  walshi  taken. 
Papilio  ajax  abbottii.    Not  common.  6  spec,  taken. 
Papilio  ajax  telamonides.     Common. 
Papilio  ajax  marcellus.    Common. 
Papilio  philenor.     Fairly  common. 
Papilio  asterias.    Very  common.    One  dwarf  taken. 
Papilio  troilus.     Common.     One  dwarf  taken. 
Papilio  turnus.      Fairly  common.      On   Aug.  27,   1907,  1   caught   a  female, 

which  is  intermediate  between  the  black  and  yellow  forms. 
Papilio  turnus  glaucus.     Fairly  common. 

Papilio  cresphontes.    Very  common.    Frecjuents  the  blossoms  of  ironweed- 
Epargyreus  tityrus.    Common. 
Achellarus  lycidas.    Not  common.    Four  taken. 
Tharybes  bathyllus.    Common. 
Tharybes  pylades.    Rare  in  woods.    April. 
Hesperia  tessellaris.    Common.     July  till  Oct. 
Thanaos  brizo.    Very  rare.   Early  spring. 
Thanaos  juvenalis.    Not  quite  as  rare  as  preceding. 
Thanaos  persius.    Rare. 
Thanaos  martialis.    Rare. 

Pholisora  catullus.    Exceedingly  common.    Dwarf  taken  June  22,  1882. 
Ancyloxypha  numitor.    Common. 
Erjmnis  sassacus.    Rare.   Taken  by  L.  Ullrich. 
Erynnis  comma.    Rare.    Taken  Oct.,  1891. 
Thymelicus  mystic.     Common. 
Thymelicus  aetna.     Very  common. 
Polites  peckius.      Common. 

Hylephila  phjdaeus.   Rare.    Taken  Sept.  28,  1891. 
Limochores  taumas.     Common. 

Limochores  pontiac.    One  spec,  taken  by  L.  Ullrich. 
Limochores  bimacula.    One  spec,  taken  June,  1891. 
Limochores  dion.    Several  taken  bv  L.  Ullrich,  julv  6,  1908.     I  took  one  in 

Shelby  Co.,  O. 


236  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 


Euphycs  verna.    Very  common. 
Euphyes  metacomet.    Very  common. 
Atrytone  zabulon.    Very  common. 
Atrytone  zabulon  pocahontas.    Not  common. 

Several  other  Hesperidae  are  in  the  collection  which  were  beyond  all 
doubt  taken  at  Tiffin,  but  owing  to  a  lack  of  positive  data  I  omit  them. 

Heterocer.\   (Moths). 

Haemorrhagia  thysbe.     Fairly  common. 

Haemorrhagia  thysbe  cimbiciformis.     Fairly  common. 

Haemorrhagia  tenuis.     P.are. 

Haemorrhagia  diffinis.    Not  common.    July  IS,  1905. 

Haemorrhagia  axillaris.    Common.    On  July  5,  1905,  I  found  a  regular  colonj^ 

of  larvae  on  weeds. 
Amphion  nessus.    Not  common. 
Sphecodina  abbottii.    Fairly,  common 
Deidamia  inscriptum.    Rather  rare.    Taken  by  Ullrich. 
Deilephila  gallii.     Not  common.    Taken  by  L.  Ullrich. 
Deilephila  lineata.     Fairly  common. 
Xylophanes  tersa.    Rare.    Taken  by  L.  Ullrich  only. 
Pholus  fasciatus.    Rare.    Taken  by  L.  Ullrich  only. 
Pholus  pandorus.     Common. 
Pholus  achemon.     Fairly  common. 
Darapsa  pholus.     Fairly  common.  June,  1890. 
Darapsa  myron.     Fairlv  common. 
Erinnyis  ello.     Rare,    taken  Aug.  20,  1891. 
Erinnyis  obscura.     Rare.    Taken  Sept.  24,  1891. 
Protoparce  sexta.     Common. 
Protoparce  quinquemaculata.     Common. 
Herse  cingulata.    Not  common. 
Chloeno  gramma  jasminearum.    Rare. 
Dolba  hylaeus.     Common. 
Ceratomia  amyntor.    Not  common. 
Ceratomia  undulosa.     Not  common. 
Ceratomia  catalpae.    Rare.    Taken  Ijy  Murphy  only. 
Atreides  plebeia.    Fairly  common. 
Hyloicus  kalmiae.     Fairly  common. 
Hyloicus  drupiferarum.     Fairly  common. 
Hjdoicus  gordius.     Fairly  common. 
Hyloicus  cremitus.     Not  common. 
Hyloicus  chersis.     Very  common. 
Pachysphinx  modesta.    Not  common,  in  early  spring. 
Sphinx  cerisyi.    Not  common. 
vSphinx  jamaicensis  geminatus.    Fairly  common. 
Calasymbolus  excaecatus.    Rare.    Taken  by  L.  Ullrich. 
Calasymbolus  myops."  Rare.    Taken  by  L.  Ullrich. 
■Cressonia  juglandis.    Fairly  common. 
■Sarnia  cecropia.    Very  common. 
■Callosamia  promcthea.    Not  common. 
■Callosamia  angulifera.    Rare.    Taken  by  I..  Ullrich  only. 
Actias  luna.      Fairly  common.     A  dwarf  in  the  collection  one-third  normal 

size. 
Telea  polyphemus.   Common.    One  dwarf. 
Hyperchiria  io.     Common. 
Basilona  imperialis.     Fairly  common. 
■Citheronia  regalis.     Rare  now,  formerly  common. 
Adclocephala  bicolor.    Not  common. 
Syssphinx  bisecta.    Not  common.    Three  spec,  taken. 


Dec,  1910.]  Macro-Lepidoptera  of  Seneca  County.  237 


Anisota  stigma. 
Anisota  senatoria. 
Anisota  virginiensis. 
Anisota  rubicunda. 

These  four  species  are  now  rare,  while  common  in  former  years. 
Hemilenca  maia.    This  species  never  common,  has  of  late  become  extinct. 

One  specimen  in  the  collection.     The  same  conditions  are  true  in  this 

county   (Auglaize)   as  Mr.   Wm.   Kayser,   a  Wapakoneta  druggist   and 

ardent  lepidopterist  has  told  me. 
Scepsis  fulvicoUis.    Rather  common. 
Lycomarpha  pholus.    Rather  common. 
Ctenucha  virginica.    Not  common. 
Hypoprepia  miniata.     Rare. 
Hypoprepia  fucosa.     Common  at  light. 
Holomellina  opella.     One  spec,  taken  June,  1889. 
Holomellina  immaculata.    Not  common. 
Holomellina  aurantiaca  ferruginosa.    One  spec,  taken. 
Utetheisa  bella.    Common. 

Haploa  clymene.    Rare.    Taken  bj-  L.  Ullrich  only. 
Haploa  lecontei  dyari.    Rare  taken  by  L.  Ullrich  onh'. 
Haploa  lecontei  militaris.    Rare.    Taken  by  myself  only.     June,  1907. 
Estigmene  acraea.    Common. 

Estigmene  congrua.    Rare.    Taken  Ijy  L.  Ullrich  only. 
Hyphantria  cunea.    Common. 
Hyphantria  textor.   Common. 
Diacrisia  virginica.     Common. 

Diacrisia  virginica  fumosa.    Rare.    Taken  by  Ullrich  and  myself. 
Diacrisia  latipennis.    Rare.    Taken  Jime  27,  1882,  June,  1890,  and  in  Shelbv 

Co.,  O.,  by  myself  on  June  22,  1909. 
Diacrisia  vagans.    Not  common.    Taken  by  H.  F.  Murphy  only. 
Isia  Isabella.     Exceedingly  common. 
Apantesis  virgo.     Not  common. 
Apantesis  virguncula.     Not  common. 
Apantesis  oithona  rectilinea.     Uncommon. 
Apantesis  arge.     Rare.     Taken  Sept.  28,  1890. 
Apantesis  nais  vittata.     Common. 
Apantesis  nais  phalerata.     Common. 
Ecpantherid  scribonia.    Rare.    Two  taken  June  28,  1882. 
Parteuchaetias  tenera.    Common. 
Euchaetias  egle.    Common. 
Halisidota  tessellata.     Not  common. 

Halisidota  caryae.     Common,    About  40  taken  on  May  2,  1882. 
Alypia  octomaculata.    Rather  common. 
Apatela  interrupta.     Not  common. 
Apatela  hasta.     Not  common. 
Apatela  ol)linita.     Common. 
Apatela  americana.     Not  common. 
Apatela  lepusculina.     Rare. 
Apatela  lobeliae.     Not  common. 
Apatela  albarufa.     Not  common. 
Apatela  brumosa.     Rare. 

Apatela  furcifera.     Rare.     Taken  by  my.self  only. 
Apatela  xyliniformis.     Rare.     Taken  by  myself  only. 
Arsilonche  albovenosa.     Not  uncommon. 
Harrisimena  trisignata.    Rare.    Taken  by  Ullrich  only. 
Moma  fallax.     Rare.     Taken  by  Ullrich  only. 
Crambodes  talidiformis.   Rare.    Taken  by  myself  only. 
Perigea  xanthoides.     Not  common. 


2  3^  The  Ohio  Nahiralist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 

Perigea  vecors.     Not  common. 

Hadena  miseloides.     Rare.     Taken  Aug.,  1890. 

Hadena  devastatrix.     Common. 

Hadena  arctica.     Common. 

Hadena  verbascoides.     Common.     June,  1890;  July,  190"). 

Hadena  loculata.     Rare.     One  spec,  taken. 

Hadena  lignicolor.     Rare.     Two  spec,  taken. 

Hadena  mactata.     Rare.     One  spec,  taken. 

Hadena  modica.     Fairly  common. 

Hadena  dubitans.     Fairly  common. 

Hadena  sputatrix.     Cominon. 

Hyppa  xylinoides.     Common. 

Euplexia  lucipara.     Not  common. 

Actinotia  ramosula.     Not  common. 

Dypterygia  scabriuscula.     Common. 

Pyrophila  pyramidoides.   Common. 

Prodenia  commelinae.     Not  common.    Sept.,  1891. 

Prodenia  eudiopta.     Common. 

Prodenia  eudiopta  ornithogalli.     Common. 

LapliA'gma  frugiperda.     Common. 

Homohadena  badistriga.     Not  common. 

Agrotis  badinodis.     Rare. 

Agrotis  ypsilon.     Not  common. 

Peridroma  saucia.     Common.    Swarms  of  this  species  w'itli  Heliophila  uni- 

puncta,  were  on  the  cherry  trees  in  June,  1907,  greedily  devoured  by  the 

English  Sparrows  and  Cedar  Waxwings. 
Noctua  bicarnea.     Common. 
Noctua  c-nigrum.     Common. 
Noctua  clandestina.     Common. 
Noctua  haruspica.     Not  common. 
Feltia  subgothica.  Common. 
Feltia  herilis.     Common. 
Mamestra  meditata.     Not  common. 
Mamestra  trifolii.     Rare. 
Mamestra  adjuncta.     Rare. 
Mamestra  renigera.     Common. 
Mamestra  olivacea.     Not  common. 
Mamestra  lorea.     Not  common. 
Heliophila  unipuncta.     Common. 
Heliophila  multilinea.     Common. 
Heliophila  pseudargyria.     Not  common. 
Xylina  antennata.    Not  common.   March  8,  1886. 
Xylina  laticinerea.     Common.     March  and  April,  1889. 
Xylina  signosa.     Common. 

Xylina  oriunda.     Very  common.     April  28,  1882. 
Xylina  unimoda.     Rare.     One  specimen  taken. 
Cuculia  asteroides.     Common. 

Gortyna  velata.     Not  common.    One  spec,  taken  by  myself. 
Papaipema  cerrusata.     Not  common. 
Papaipema  nitela.     Not  common. 
Papaipema  nitela  nebris.     Not  common. 

Papaipema  furcata.    Rare.    One  spec,  taken  in  my  liouse,  Sept.  23,  1907. 
Pyrrliia  umbra.     Not  common. 
Trigonophara  periculosa.    Common  .  Aug.,  1891. 
Eucirroedia  pampina.     Not  common  in  fall. 
Scoliopteryx  libatrix.     Common. 
Orthosia  bicolorago.     Common. 
Orthosia  helva.     Common. 


Dec,  1910.]  Macro-Lepidoptera  of  Seneca  County.  239 

vScopelosoma  indirccta.     Rare.     Two  spec,  taken. 
Scopelosoma  sidus.     Rare.     March  25,  1889. 

Scopelosoma  morrisoni.     Common.    Twelve  spec.    March  15,  1889. 
Heliothis  armigcr.     One  spec,  taken  by  myself. 
Rhodophora  gaurae.   Rare.   Taken  by  L.  Ullrich. 
Rhodophora  florida.     Rare.     Taken  by  H.  Murphy,  1907. 
vSchinia  lynx.     Rare.     Taken  Ijy  H.  Murphy,  1907. 
Schinia  marginata.     Common. 
Euthisanotia  unio.     Common. 
Euthisanotia  grata.     Not  common. 

•Plagioinimicus  pityochromus.     Rare.    Taken  by  myself  only. 
Plusiodonta  compressipalpis.    Rare.    Taken  by  myself  only. 
Autographa  bimaculata.     Not  common. 
Autographa  biloba.     Not  common. 
Autographa  precationis.     Common. 
Autographa  falcifera.     Common. 
Ogdoconta  cinereola.     Not  common. 
Alabama  argillacea.     Common. 
Eustrotia  musoscula.     Not  common.   June  22,  1882. 
Eustrotia  apicosa.     Common. 
Eustrotia  carneola.     Very  common. 
Galgula  hepara.     Common. 
Galgula  hepara  partita.     Common. 
Chamyris  cerintha.     Comm.on. 
Tarache  terminimacula.     Rare.     June  .3,  1890. 
Tarache  aprica.     One  spec,  taken  by  H.  Murphy. 
Tarache  erastrioides.     Very  common. 
Tarache  candefacta.     Common. 
Phalaenostoides  larentioides.     Common. 
Hyamia  sexpunctata.     Common.     June  4,  1882. 
Hyamia  perditalis.     Not  common. 
Homopyralis  discalis.     Not  common.     June  14,  1882. 
Homopyralis  contracta.     Not  common. 
Drasteria  erechthea.     Not  common.   May  9,  1882. 
Drasteria  crassiuscula.     Very  common. 
Euclidia  cuspidae.     Rare.     Two  specimens  taken. 
Syneda  graphica.     Rare.     Two  specimens  taken,  1882. 
Catocala  epione.     Rare.     Three  specimens  taken. 
Catocala  lacrymosa.     Rare.     One  specimen  taken. 
Catocala  vidua.     Fairly  common. 
Catocala  retecta.     Fairly  common. 
Catocala  robinsonii.     Fairly  common. 
Catocala  Judith.     Fairly  common.     July,  1891. 
Catocala  obscura.     Not  rare. 
Catocala  insolabilis.     Not  rare. 
Catocala  angusi.     Not  rare. 
Catocala  flebilis.     Rare.     Three  spec,  taken. 
Catocala  relicta.     Very  rare.    One  spec.  July,  1892. 
Catocala  cara.     Common. 
Catocala  amatrix.     Common. 
Catocala  amatrix  nurus.     Common.     Aug.  1890. 
Catocala  marmorata.     Rather  rare.    Three  specimens. 
Catocala  concumbens.     Common. 
Catocala  unijuga.     Common. 

Briseis  is  in  the  coll.  from  Columbus,  but  not  Tififin. 
Catocala  parta.     Common. 
Catocala  ultronia.     Common. 
Catocala  ultronia  celia.     Common. 


2  40  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 

Catocala  ultronia  mopsa.     Rare. 

Catocala  ilia.     Rare.     Three  specimens. 

Catocala  nebulosa.     Not  common.     Two  specimens. 

Catocala  piatrix.     More  common  than  preceding. 

Catocala  innubens.     Common. 

Catocala  innubens  hinda.     Rare. 

Catocala  innubens  scintillans.     Fairly  common. 

Catocala  neogama.     Xot  common.     Two  specimens. 

Catocala  cerogama.     Fairly  common. 

Catocala  subnata.     Rare.     Two  .specimens. 

Catocala  palaeogama.    Fairly  common. 

Catocala  palaeogama  phalanga.     Rare.     Two  specimens. 

Catocala  serena.     Very  common. 

Catocala  antinympha.     Rare.     Two  specimens. 

Catocala  habilis.     Very  common. 

Catocala  habilis  basalis.     Not  common. 

Catocala  polygama.     Not  common. 

Catocala  polygama  crataegi.    Not  common.    Four  spec,  taken  July  19,  1882. 

Catocala  preliosa.     Not  common. 

Catocala  amasia.     Rare.     One  spec,  taken. 

Catocala  grynea.     Very  common. 

Catocala  minuta.     Rare.     Four  taken. 

Catocala  amica.     Very  common. 

Catocala  amica  lineclla.     Fairly  common. 

Catocala  pura.  The  moth  taken  in  Aug.,  1905,  agrees  with  no  other  specimen, 
but  comes  fairly  close  to  pura  on  the  one  side,  and  hermia  on  the  other. 

Allotrea  elonympha.    Not  common.     July  and  Aug.,  1890. 

Euparthenos  nubilis.     Rare.     Three  taken  Aug.,  1890. 

Hypocala  andremona.    Two  specimens  taken  Sept.  22,  1891,  by  L.  Ullrich. 

Phoberia  atomeris.     Not  common. 

Panapoda  rufimargo  carneicosta.     Rare. 

Panapoda  rufimargo  roseicosta.     Rare.     June  11,  1882. 

Parallelia  bistriaris.     Common. 

Celiptera  frustulum.     Rare.     One  specimen. 

Strenoloma  lunilinea.    Rare.    Taken  by  Ullrich,  seen  by  myself  Juh',  1907. 

Zale  horrida.    Not  common.    July,  1907. 

Phaeocyma  lunata.  Common.  In  this  species  and  the  related  ones  I  follow 
Prof.  John  B.  Smith — "A  Revision  of  some  species  of  Noctuidae,  here- 
tofore referred  to  the  Genus  Homoptera." 

Phaeocyma  undularis.     Fairly  common. 

Phaeocyma  lunifera.     Fairly  common. 

Phaeocyma  lineosa.     Rare.     Two  specimens  taken. 

Thysania  zenobia.  A  specimen  of  this  splendid  southern  moth  was  taken 
Septembers,  1890.    I  donated  the  specimen  to  the  Ohio  vState  University. 

Epixensis  lubricalis.    Not  common. 

Epixensis  scobialis.     Rare. 

Epixensis  americalis.     Not  rare. 

Epixensis  aemula.     Not  common. 

Zanglonatha  laevigata.    Not  common. 

Philometra  eumelusalis.    Common. 

Chytolita  morbidalis.     Not  common. 

Renia  discoloralis.    Not  common. 

Heterogramma  pyramusalis.    Fairly  common. 

Palthis  angulalis.     Fairly  common. 

Bomolocha  manalis.     Fairly  common. 

Bomolocha  Vjaltimoralis.     Fairly  common. 

Bomolocha  abalinealis.     Fairly  common. 

Bomolocha  deceplalis.     Fairly  rare. 


Dec,  1910.]         Macro-Lepidoptera  of  Seneca  County.  241 

Plathypena  scabra.     Common. 

Hypena  humuli.     Common. 

Hormisa  bivittata.     Rare. 

Pseudothyatira  cymatophoroides.    Not  common. 

Euthyatira  pudens.     Rare.    One  specimen,  date  not  given. 

Apatelodes  torrefacta.    Rare.    Taken  June,  1891. 

Melalopha  inclusa.     Not  common.    April  22,  1882. 

Melalopha  albosigma.     Not  common.    June  4,  1890. 

Datana  ministra.     Common. 

Datana  angusii.     Rather  rare. 

Datana  major.     Not  rare. 

Datana  perspicua.     Rare. 

Datana  integerrima.    Not  common.   July  21,  1882. 

Datana  contracta.     Not  common.    1882. 

Hyperaeschra  stragula.     Rare.     June,  1890. 

Nadata  gibbosa.    Not  common.    April' 18,  1882. 

Nerice  bidentata.     Not  common. 

Sj^mmerista  albifrons.    Rare.    One  spec,  1907,  taken  by  Murphy. 

Heterocampa  biundata.     Not  common. 

Heterocampa  bilineata.     Not  common. 

Heterocampa  umbrata.     Rare. 

lanassa  lignicolor.     Rare.    One  spec,  1907,  taken  by  Murphy. 

Schizura  ipomoeae.     Rare.    One  specimen  taken,  no  date. 

Schizura  unicornis.     Rare.     Two  specimens  taken,  June  8,  1882. 

Schizura  leptinoides.     Rare.    One  specimen  taken. 

Harpyia  borealis.     Common.     June  12,  1882. 

Harpyia  cinerea.     Common.     June  12,  1882. 

Fentonia  marthesia.    Rare.    One  specimen  taken. 

Hemerocampa  leucostigma.     Not  common.    July  12,  1882. 

Tolype  velleda.      Rare.      Four  specimens  taken — two  by  Ullrich,   one  by 

Murphy,  one  by  mj^self. 
Malacosoma  americana.    Not  common.    June  28,  1882. 
Heteropacha  rileyana.   Very  rare.    One  specimen  taken. 
Epicnaptera   americana.     Uncommon. 
Oreta  rosea.    Uncommon.    Aug.,  1890.    One  specimen. 
Dj'spteris  abortivaria.     Common. 
Eudule  mendica.     Common  in  woods. 
Heterophleps  triguttata.     Common  in  woods. 
Eucymatoge  intestinata.     Common. 
Venusia  comptaria.     Not  common. 
Euchoeca  albovittata.     Ratlier  rare. 
Hydria  undulata.     Rather  rare. 
Eustroma  diversilineata.     Common. 
Percnoptilota  fluviata.     Common. 
Mesoleuca  lacustrata.     Not  common. 
Haematopis  grataria.    Very  common. 
Erastria  amaturaria.     Not  common. 
Synelys  alabastaria.    Fairly  common. 
Leptomeris  ciuinquelinaria.     Fairly  common. 
Eois  ossularia.     Fairly  common. 
Eois  inductata.     Fairly  common. 
Eucrostis  incertata.    Not  common. 
Synchlora  aerata.     Fairly  common. 
Eufidonia  notataria.     Not  common. 
Phj-sostegania  pustularia.         Common. 
Mellila  inextricata.     Common. 
Philobia  enotata.     Not  common. 
Cleara  pampinaria.     Not  common. 


242  The  Ohio  Xaturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 


Erannis  tiliaria.     Fairly  common. 

Cingilia  catenaria.     Rare. 

Therina  fiscellaria.     Rare. 

Eugonobapta  nivosaria.   Common  in  woods. 

Ennomos  subsignarius.    Rather  rare. 

Ennomos  magnarius.    Common.    Sept.  and  Oct. 

Xanthotype  crocataria.     Common. 

Xanthotype  crocataria  caelaria.     Common. 

Hyperitis  amicaria.     Common. 

Gonodontis  hypochraria.     Common. 

Priocycla  armataria.     Xot  common. 

Azelina  ancetaria.     Xot  common. 

Caberodes  confiisaria.     Fairly  common. 

Caberodes  confusaria  metrocamparia.     Common. 

Tetracis  crocallata.     Common. 

Sabulodes  sulphurata.     Rare.    Taken  1907  by  myself. 

Sabulodes  lorata.     Xot  common. 

Sabulodes  transversata.     Common. 

Abbotana  clemataria.     Xot  common. 

Abbotana  clemataria  tranducens.     Xot  common. 

Calledapteryx  dryopterata.     Xot  common. 

Thyridopter^-x  ephemeraeformis.    Very  rare. 

Cicinnus  melsheimerii.     Rare.   Two  sepcimens,  June,  1890. 

Sibine  stimulea.    Rare. 

Euclea  delphini.     Xot  common.    July  12,  1882. 

Phobetron  pithecium.   Rare. 

Packardia  geminata.    Rare. 

Heterogenea  shurtleffii.     Rare.     One  spec,  taken,  no  longer  extant. 

Lagoa  crispata.     Xot  common. 

Prionaxystus  robiniae.     Xot  uncommon. 

Cossus  centerensis.   Taken  by  Ullrich.    Specimen  gone. 

Podosesia  syringae.    Common. 

Memvthrus  asilipennis.    Rare.    One  specimen  taken  by  L.  Ullrich. 

Sanninoidea  exitiosa.     Common. 

Sesia  tipulitormis.    Four  specimens  taken  by  L.  Ullrich. 

Sesia  acemi.     Taken  June  12,  1882. 

Sesia  pyri.    Two  specimens  taken  by  L.  Ullrich. 

Sesia  bassiformis.    Three  specimens  taken  by  L.  Ullrich. 

Sesia  pyralidiformis.    Four  specimens  taken  by  L.  Ullrich. 


Dec.  1910.]       Leaf  Markings  of  Certain  Ohio  Plants.  243 


LEAF   MARKINGS    OF    CERTAIN    OHIO   PLANTS.* 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

Among  the  most  familiar  objects  of  our  fields  and  gardens  are 
such  plants  as  the  red  and  white  clover  with  definite  Hght-colored 
markings  on  the  leaflets.  Another  equally  prominent  plant  in 
gardens  is  the  ribbon-grass  (Phalaris  arundinacea  picta),  whose 
leaves  show  variegated  longitudinal  bands  of  white  and  green  color. 

Sometime  ago  the  writer  began  to  collect  data  on  the  native 
and  introduced  plants  of  Ohio  which  show  any  definite  type  of 
markings.  The  problem  is  rather  difficult  since  the  markings 
usually  disappear  when  plants  are  dried.  It  becomes  necessary, 
therefore,  to  become  acquainted  with  the  plants  in  the  living 
condition.  Diuing  the  past  year  a  considerable  number  of 
species  showing  markings  of  various  kinds  have  been  observed, 
and  the  Hst  could  without  doubt  be  considerably  extended. 

It  has  usually  been  customary-  to  ascribe  some  purposeful 
eftect  or  utility  to  the  markings  on  the  animal  body  and  to  the  fan- 
tastic patterns  shown  by  many  flowers.  It  is  open  to  question, 
however,  whether  such  an  assumption  should  be  generally  applied. 
The  markings  on  the  leaves  of  plants  are  favorable  objects  in  this 
connection  and  may  throw  considerable  hght  on  the  subject. 

In  many  species,  certain  individuals  have  the  markings  while 
others  lack  them.  There  are  probably  elementary  species  present 
which  might  be  segregated.  These  forms  should  make  interest- 
ing material  for  the  study  of  mutations  and  inheritance.  In  some 
species  the  markings  are  only  on  the  yoimger  leaves,  in  others  only 
in  connection  with  the  inflorescence  and  thus  on  the  latest  leaves 
to  be  developed. 

The  markings  of  the  leaves  studied  may  be  grouped  under 
three  general  heads  as  follows: 

1.  Markings  due  to  abnormal  or  diseased  conditions,  or 

the  so-called  variegations. 

2.  Markings  more  or  less  accidental,  depending  on  some 

internal  structtire  and  evidently  having  no  relation 
with  the  development  of  a  definite  pattern. 

3.  Markings  which  are  of  more  or  less  definite  patterns 

not  dependent  on  fundimental  structures. 

f  nder  the  first  group  mentioned  above  would  fall  such  forms 
as  Phalaris  armidinacea  picta,  already  mentioned  and  the  numerous 
vairegated  species  commonly  cultivated  in  greenhouses.  The 
white  bands  or  spots  being  due  to  a  lack  of  chlorophyll  in  the  parts. 
White  stripes  are  frequently  to  be  observed  in  yotmg  plants  of 
com,  Zea  mays,  and  occasionally  the  entire  plant  is  white.  These 
latter  individuals  usuallv  do  not  siu-vive  long. 


*  Read  at  the  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of  Sci.,  Nov.  25.  1910. 


244  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 

The  leaf-markings  distinguished  in  the  second  group,  namely, 
those  depending  on  some  structural  peculiarty,  are  perfectly 
normal  and  may  also  be  present  generally  or  onh^  on  some  indi- 
viduals. The  leaves  ma}'  be  covered  with  minute  spots  or  dots 
caused  by  internal  glands  as  in  Hypericum  maculatum  where  the 
dots  are  often  black  or  dark  blue,  and  as  in  Boebera  papposa 
where  they  are  oval  in  shape  and  of  an  orange  color.  In  most 
species  the  dots  or  punctations  are,  however,  too  small  to  be  seen 
by  the  unaided  human  eye,  although  conspicuous  under  a  lens. 
Nelumbo  lutea  has  a  peculiar  light-colored  marking  in  the  center 
of  the  large  peltate  leaf  that  has  some  resemblance  in  outline  to 
certain  species  of  beetles.  The  marking  is  purely  structural  and 
accidental,  yet  were  green  beetles  in  the  habit  of  freciuenting 
these  leaves  it  might  be  cited  as  a  remarkable  case  of  mimicry. 

The  most  common  markings  of  this  general  type  are  those 
which  follow  the  venation  of  the  leaf -blade,  often  forming  retic- 
ulations. Examples  of  species  with  red  A'cins  and  reticulations 
are  Hieracium  venosum,  Viola  hirsutula,  and  Rumex  obtusifolius. 
Argemone  mexicana  is  perhaps  the  most  striking  example  among 
those  with  white  markings  over  the  veins.  The  leaves  of  Mitchella 
repens  show  a  pale-green  narrow  stripe  over  the  midrib  and 
Euphorbia  nutans  has  ]3art  of  the  midrib  marked  by  a  white 
streak.  The  leaves  of  Peramium  pubescens  has  a  beautiful  white 
reticulation  over  a  dark-green  background,  with  occasional  white 
blotches. 

The  most  interesting  examples  of  leaf  workings,  however, 
come  in  the  third  group  designated  above.  In  the  first  jjlace,  the 
leaf  blade  may  be  some  permanent,  uniform  color  other  than 
green.  Oxalis  rufa  is  a  plant  of  this  character.  The  color  in 
such  cases  may  have  a  physiological  use  in  protecting  the 
chlorophyll. 

Numerous  leaves  have  a  silvery  mottled  or  blotched  appear- 
ance of  more  or  less  definite  pattern.  Among  such  are  the  fol- 
lowing: Hydrophyllum  appendiculatum,  H.  macrophyllum,  H. 
virginicum,  Hepatica  hepatica,  H.  acuta,  and  Chimaphilamaculata. 
vSmilax  glauca  has  the  same  type  of  markings  at  least  in  the  young 
condition.  Cucurbita  pepo  and  C.  maxima  ha\'e  ijrominent 
angular  silvery  patches,  covering  the  leaf  blade,  in  the  angles  of 
the  veins.  In  the  Hydrophyllums,  the  main  variegation  usually 
extends  on  each  side  of  the  midrib  and  occurs  in  smaller  spots 
beyond,  especially  at  the  notches  of  the  serrations. 

Other  plants  having  mottled  or  blotched  leaves  are  Erythro- 
nium  americanum,  E.  albidum,  Lamium  album,  L.  maculatum, 
Trillium  sessile  and  T.  recurvatum.  In  Trillium  sessile  the 
markings  are  usually  very  prominent,  while  in  T.  recurvatum  they 
are  not  always  visible.  Arisaema  triphyllum  has  beautiful  red- 
dish-bro^\'n  and  whitish  spots  on  the  sheathing  bracts,  petioles, 
and  ]jeduncles  but  the  leave  blades  are  green. 


Dec,  1910.]       Leaf  Markings  of  Certain  Ohio  Plants.  245 

The  plants  of  the  greatest  interest  are  those  with  definite, 
often  sx'mmetrical  patterns,  which  can  have  no  relation  to  the 
general  structure.  For  here  we  come  face  to  face  with  the  dififi- 
cult  problem  of  symmetrical  coloration  in  general.  Oxalis 
grandis  has  beautiful  leaves  with  an  ornamental  brown  margin. 
Euphorbia  marginata  has  milk-white  bands  on  the  leaves  sur- 
rounding the  flower  clusters.  In  the  second  example  the  claim 
might  be  made  that  the  striking  color  patterns  around  the  flowers 
were  developed  through  insect  selection.  In  the  first  case  such 
an  explanation  would,  of  course,  be  out  of  the  question.  In 
Euphorbia  maculata  and  E.  nutans,  the  leaf  blades  have  an 
irregular  oval  dark-red  spot  in  the  center,  the  latter  species  having 
in  addition  the  white  streak  over  part  of  the  midrib,  as  mentioned 
above.  Some  individuals  of  Eu])horbia  nutans  do  not  show  the 
red  spot. 

Trifolium  pratense  and  T.  repcns  have  light-colored  orna- 
mental markings  on  the  three  leaflets  which  together  make  a 
very  striking  and  symmetrical  design.  Oxalis  violacea  often  has 
a  similar  marking  on  the  leaflets  but  it  is  red  or  purple  in  color. 

Polygonum  lapathifolium  has  a  faint,  irregular,  elongated  spot 
in  the  middle  of  the  leaf  on  the  upper  side  while  P.  virginianum 
has  somewhat  similar  dull,  reddish  spots  in  the  center  of  the 
leaves.  In  Polygonum  pennsylvanicum,  the  leaf  has  a  dark- 
colored  sagitate  spot  in  the  center,  the  point  extending  in  the 
direction  of  the  tip  of  the  blade.  In  some  individuals  the  leaves 
show  no  markings.  The  leaves  of  Polygonum  persicaria  have  a 
very  definite  dark  reddish  or  brownish  oval  spot  in  the  center. 
Occasionally  one  finds  individuals  having  in  addition  a  distinct 
band  of  the  same  color  running  along  each  margin.  The  central 
spot  may  also  be  slightly  sagitate  in  outline.  Such  leaves  are 
among  the  most  fantastic  in  design  to  be  observed  and  well 
deserve  careful  study. 

It  seems  out  of  the  citicstion  to  attempt  to  explain  the  origin 
and  presence  of  ornamental  and  symmetrical  patterns  on  leaves 
from  the  standpoint  of  utility.  We  are  led  to  the  position  that 
there  are  both  useful  and  useless  structures  developed  in  plants, 
the  useless  markings  under  consideration  not  representing  degen- 
erations. By  no  exercise  of  the  imagination  could  one  see  in 
these  designs  and  patterns  any  use  to  the  possessor.  The}'  have 
probably  come  about  through  mutative  changes  and  represent 
elementary  species.  The  beautiful  colors  and  patterns  are  of  as 
much  use  to  the  plant  as  the  beautiful  colors  and  fonns  are  to  a 
rock  crystal  or  to  a  snowflake. 

Because  of  the  numerous  purposeful  and  useful  structures  and 
functions  exhibited  by  organisms,  biology  was  misled  far  into  the 
camp  of  the  utilitarians.  But  the  philosophy  of  life  has  many  sides 
and  the  recent  discoveries  in  Mendelian  inheritance,  mutation 
and  orthogenesis  have  revealed  some  of  its  complexity. 


a 


246  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 


NEW  AND  RARE  OHIO  PLANTS  ADDED  TO  THE  STATE 

HERBARIUM   IN    1910.* 

JOHX    H.    SCHAFFNER. 

In  the  catalog  of  Ohio  plants  now  almost  ready  for  publication, 

there  will  be  a  considerable  number  of  new  names  and  transferred 

species   because   of   critical   studies   on   different   groups.     These 

changes  arc  not  included  in  this  list.     The  species  given  below 

represent  important  additions  made  in  the  usual  way  during  the 

past  year.     Some  species  sent  in  have  not  yet  been  carefulh'  studied 

and  so  are  deferred  for  a  future  report. 

Adiantum  pedatum  laciniatum  Hopkins.  Wayne  County,  L.  S. 
Hopkins. 

Filix  fragilis  cristata  (Hopkins).  Woodworth's  Glen,  Portage 
County,  L.  S.  Hopkins. 

Carex  decomposita  Muhl.  Cranberry  Island,  Buckeye  Lake, 
Licking  County,  P^rcda  Detmers. 

Festuca  ovina  L.  Sheep  Fescue-grass.  Columbus,  Franklin 
County,  J.  C.  Hambleton. 

Heleochloa  schoenoides  (L.)  Host.  Cat-tail  Grass.  Yellow 
Sjjrings,  Greene  County,  L.  S.  Hopkins. 

Clintonia  borealis   (Ait.)   Raf.     Yellow  Clintonia.     P\-matumin 
Swamp,  Ashtabula  County,   C.   A.   Davis,   A.   Dachnowski, 
and  Freda  Detmers. 

Trillium  undulatum  Willd.  Painted  Trillium.  Pymatuming 
Swainp,  Ashtabula  County,  C.  A.  Davis,  A.  Dachnowski,  and 
Freda  Detmers. 

Polygonum  careyi  Olncy.  Carey's  Knotwecd.  Union  Corners, 
Eric  County,  E.  L.  Moseley. 

Kochia  scoparia  (L.)  Roth.  Alock  Cypress.  Columbus,  Frank- 
lin County,  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Dalibarda  repens  L.  Dalibarda.  Pymatuming  Swamp,  Ashta- 
Ijula  County,  C.  A.  Davis,  A.  Dachnowski,  and  Freda  Det- 
mers. 

Azalea  viscosa  L.  Swarnp  Azalea.  Pymatuming  Swamp,  Ash- 
tabula County,  C.  A.  Davis,  A.  Dachnowski,  and  Freda  Det- 
mers. 

Galium  moUugo  L.  White  Bedstraw.  Bloomingburg,  Fayette 
Count \-,  H.  F.  Hughes. 

Eupatorium  serotinum  M.x.  Late-flowering  Thoroughwort.  Col- 
lege Hill,  Hamilton  County,  Lucy  Braun. 

Eupatorium  rotundifolium  L.  Roundleaf  Thoroughwort.  Hock- 
ing County,  R.  F.  (iriggs. 

Eupatorium  aromaticum  L.  Smaller  White  Snake-root.  Hock- 
ing County,  R.  F.  Griggs. 

Gifola  germanica  (L.)  Dum.  Herba  Impia.  Washington,  Guern- 
•sey  County,  Emma  E.  Laughlin. 


Presented  at  the  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of  Science,  Akron.  Xov.  25 


Dec,  1910.]  Notes  on  Ohio  Agarics  II.  247 

NOTES    ON     OHIO    AGARICS    II. 

Wilmp:r  G.  Stover. 

During  the  fall  of  19 ID  two  Agarics  were  collected  by  the 
writer  which  seem  worthy  of  especial  notice. 

Pleurotus  corticatus  Fr.  Pilcus  o-20  cm.,  fleshy,  whitish  at 
margin  to  grayish-brown  at  disk,  convex,  dry,  marginate  behind; 
at  first  floccose,  finally  floccose-scaly;  margin  even,  flesh  thick, 
white. 

Lamellae  white  or  lutescent,  subdistant,  broad  (6-10  mm.), 
decurrent,  often  forked,  anastomosing  behind.  Spores  white, 
oblong,  4-5x9-11   mic. 

Stipe  3-11  X  1-4  cm.,  white,  sometimes  ^'ellowish  at  the  base, 
eccentric,  fleshy,  fimi,  solid,  tapering  downward;  sometimes  rather 
short  but  usually  long  and  rooting;  pruinate  above,  floccose- 
puh-erulent  below. 

Veil  white,  lacerate,  rather  thin;  sometimes  foniiing  a  slight 
annulus  but  mostly  appendiculate  to  margin  of  pilcus. 

Growing  from  large  decayed  spot  in  living  elm;  somewhat 
gregarious.  Over  twentv  pilei  were  found  at  the  time.  Colum- 
bus, 0.,  Oct.  26,  1910. 

Morgan*  reported  this  species  from  the  Miami  Valley  over 
twenty-five  years  ago,  and  F.  M.  O'Bryne  collected  immature 
specimens  of  the  same  species  at  Oxford,  0.,  Oct.  26,  1909.  In 
both  these  collections  the  pilcus  was  white  or  whitish.  My  spec- 
imens differ  somewhat  from  the  Friesian  description,  but  the  differ- 
ences are  not  of  specific  importance.  In  some  respects  they  agree 
with  P.  dryinus  (Pers.)  Fr.,  but  the  differences  are  greater  than  the 
resemblance. 

CoUybia  tuberosa  Bull.  Pileus  2-5  mm.,  convex,  subumbonate, 
glabrous  or  nearly  so,  even,  white  or  with  brownish  tinge.  Lamel- 
lae, white,  thin;  distant  and  rather  broad  for  size  of  pileus.  Spores 
white,  elliptical.  Stipe,  .5x5-20  mm.,  arising  from  rounded  yel- 
lowish or  brownish  tubercle;  flexuous,  white  to  rufescent,  fragile, 
glabrous  at  top,  white-torn entose  toward  base. 

The  plants  were  growing  upon  decaying  fungi  and  other  vege- 
table matter,  and  were  rather  smaller  than  the  sizes  given  by  Peck. 
The  lamellae  are  usually  described  as  "close,"  but  I  should  call 
them  rather  distant  for  the  size  of  the  pileus.  The  species  may  be 
readily  recognized  by  the  prominent  sclerotioid  tuber  at  the  base 
of  the  stipe.     Collected  at  vSugar  Grove,  0.,  Nov.  5,   1910. 

The  plants  reported  from  the  Miami  Valley  by  Morgan 
(1.  c,  p.  73)  as  C.  cirrhata  Schum.,  probably  belonged  to  this 
species  since  C.  cirrhata  does  not  have  sclerotia.  In  Morgan's 
herbarium,  now  at  Iowa  City,  Iowa,  there  are  specimens  labeled 
Marasmius  sclerotipes  Bres.,  which  probably  are  also  C.  tuberosa. 

Bot.  Dept.,  Ohio  vState  Univ. 

*  Morgan,  A.  P.,  Mvcologic  Flora  of  the  Miami  Vallev,  Jour.  Cin.  Soc. 
Nat.  Hist.  6  :  79,  April,' 1883. 


:2  48  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  2, 


MEETING  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  June  IG,  191U. 
The  last  meeting  of  the  Club  for  the  school  year  was  called  to 
order  by  the  President,  Mr.  Morse,  and  the  minutes  of  the  previous 
meeting  were  read  and  approved. 

The  nominating  committee  reported  the  following  nomina- 
tions for  the  staff  of  The  Ohio  Naturalist: 

Editor-in-Chief — John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager — James  S.  Hine. 

Asst.  Business  Manager — G.  D.  Hubbard. 

Associate  Editors — F.  L.  Landacre,  Zoology;  Freda  Detmars, 
Botany;  W.  C.  Morse,  Geology;  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology;  J.  C. 
Hambieton,  Ornithology;  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board — Herbert  Osborn,  Charles  S.  Prosser,  John 
H.  Schaffner. 

The  report  was  accepted  and  the  staff  elected. 

The  speaker  of  the  evening  was  Prof.  T.  H.  Haines.  His 
subject  was  "Experimentation  on  Mental  Processes  in  Animals." 
Prof.  Haines  gave  a  brief  review  of  the  work  which  has  been  done 
along  this  line,  told  of  a  number  of  very  interesting  experiments, 
and  presented  some  of  the  theories  which  have  been  worked  out. 

M.  G.  Dickey,  Secretary. 


.Date  of  Publication,  Dec.  15,  1910. 


The  Ohio  V\(^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity. 
Volume  XI.  JANUARY,   1911.  No.  3. 


TABLE     OF    CONTENTS. 

OSBORK— Remarks  on  the  Geims  Scaphoideus  with  Revised  Key  and  Descriptiors 

of  Xew  American  Sjjeeies 249 

OsBORN — A  New  Species  of  Tinobregmus  (Homoptera  Jassidae) 261 

Griggs— Phlox  Stolonifera  Rediscovered  in  Ohio 261 

OsBORN — Some  Reasons  why  a  Natural  History  Survey  is  Needed  in  Ohio 263 

Fink— Notes  on  a  Collection  of  Boletaceae 267 

Fox— Ohio  Grown  Rubber,  Crop  of  JiHO 271 

Dickey — Meeting  of  the  Biological  Club 272 


REMARKS     ON    THE     GENUS     SCAPHOIDEUS    WITH    A 

REVISED    KEY    AND    DESCRIPTIONS     OF    NEW 

AMERICAN  SPECIES. 

Herbf;rt  Osborx. 

Since  the  publication  of  my  paper  on  this  genus  in  1900*  there 
have  been  a  number  of  other  species  described,  and  I  have  secured 
records  of  distribution  which  considerably  increase  the  range  for 
a  number  of  the  older  species,  and  moreover  have  recently  obtained 
material  which  adds  to  these  records,  so  that  it  appears  to  be  an 
appropriate  time  to  review  the  work  presented  in  that  paper. 

At  the  time  the  paper  was  written  the  genus  seemed  to  be 
quite  strictly  American  and  with  the  exception  of  a  species 
clescribed  from  the  West  Indies,  vSt.  Vincent  Id.,  by  Professor 
Uhler,  the  range  of  the  genus  being  distinctly  Nearctic.  A  species 
described  from  Japan,  and  more  recently  the  description  of  two 
other  species  from  the  Palcarctic  region  shows  that  the  genus  has 
a  wider  range  and  would  indicate  for  it  a  greater  antiquity.  Of 
the  species  which  have  been  described  as  American  since  my 
previous  paper  on  the  genus,  three  are  distinctly  western,  one 
distinctly  eastern,  and  one  southern  or  southeastern  in  range. 
Four  species  apparently  new  are  described  in  the  present  paper. 

But  little  has  been  added  with  reference  to  the  life  histories 
of  the  species,  and  in  general  the  habits  of  the  species  are  such 
that  observations  upon  the  life  histories  seem  not  to  be  verv 
readily  made.  Considering  the  accessibility  of  my  earlier  paper 
it  is  deemed  unnecessary  to  repeat  descriptions  or  bibliographv. 

''  The  Genus  vScaphoideus,  Jour.  Cine.  Roc.  Nat.  Hist.,  \"ol.  XIX,  pp. 
1S7-209.    (June,  1000.) 

249 


250  The  Ohio  Naturalid.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  3, 

No  type  species  for  the  genus  was  indicated  by  Uhler  and 
none  so  far  as  I  know  has  been  named  since.  I  w^ould  therefore 
name  immistus  Say.,  the  first  species  Hsted  by  Uhler  in  his  paper 
describing  the  genus,  and  a  distinctly  representative  species,  as 
the  type. 

With  some  slight  emendations  the  key  presented  in  my  former 
paper  seems  to  possess  the  essential  basis  for  the  arrangement  of 
the  species,  and  in  the  revised  key  this  arrangement  has  been 
followed  in  the  main,  simply  making  such  additions  and  changes 
as  pennit  of  the  inclusion  of  the  other  American  species. 

Key  to  the  American  Species. 

Lorae  remote  from  the  margin  of  the  eheeks;  common  elj'tral  picture  cru- 
ciate; claval  vein  straight,  meeting  suture  at  acute  angle 1 

Lorae  contiguous  to  or  merging  with  border  of  cheeks,  elytral  picture  not 
cruciate,  outer  claval  vein  curved  or  hooked  at  the  distal  end.  .  .  .2 

1.  Face   yellow   without   cross   bands sanctus   Say 

Face  with  two  dark  cross  bands  beside  frontal  arcs '6 

3.  Vertex   short,    very   obtuse,   size   small,   4  mm fasciatus   Osb. 

Vertex  longer,  rounded  or  sub-angular,  size  larger 4 

4.  Fore  and  middle  femora  yellow  annulated  with  black.  .  .neglectus  nsp 
Fore  and  middle  femora  black,  base  and  apex  yellow.  .  .cruciatus  nsp 

2.  Post  nodal  cell  scarcely  widened  distally _ 5 

Post  nodal  cell  much  widened  distally 6 

'•).     Post  nodal  cell  without  cross  veinlets 7 

Post  nodal  cell  with  cross  veinlets 8 

7.  Nodal  vein  arising  from  discal  cell auronitens    Prov. 

Nodal  vein  arising  from  anteapical  cell 9 

9.     Vertex  flat  with  transverse  impressed  line 10 

Vertex  convex,  no  impressed  line,  edges  rounded 11 

10.  Nodal  vein  from  front   of   cell jucundus   L'hl. 

Nodal  vein  from  middle  of  cell fumidus  Ball 

11.  Vertex  wider  than  long,  obtuse  or  rounded 12 

Vertex  as  long  or  longer  than  wide,  acute,  scalaris  V.D.-stigmosus  Uhl.? 

12.  Vertex  subacute 14 

Vertex  obtuse  or  rounded,  small mexicanus  Osb. 

14.     Nodal  cell  more  than  twice  as  long  as  wide 16 

Nodal  cell  but  little  longer  than  wide unicolor  Osb. 

16.  Claval  spots  oval   distinct albonotatus   V.   D. 

Claval  spots  elongate  faint consors  Uhl. 

8.  With  few  cross  nervures  in  costal  cell .  .  .' 17 

With  numerous  cross  nervures  in  costal  cell 18 

17.  Clavus    reticulate irroratus    nsp. 

Clavus   not   reticulate lobatus    \\    D. 

18.  With   brown   saddle   on   elytra scrupulosus    Ball 

19.  Without  brown  saddle  on  elytra blandus  Ball 

6.     Outer  claval  not  strongly  hooked  at  distal  end,  cross  nervure  to 

claval  suture  indistinct  or  wanting 20 

Outer  claval  strongly  hooked  at  distal  end,  usually  with  distinct 
cross  nervure  from  outer  claval  to  claval  suture 21 

20.  Outer  claval  sinuate  approaching  inner  near  its  middle .22 

Outer  claval  nearly  straight  and  parallel  to  inner,  curved  at  tip 23 

22.     Light   ochreous,   ultimate   ventral   segment    truncate   or   slightly 

notched    ochraceous   Osb. 

Marked  with  fuscous,  ultimate  ventral  segment  produced, productus Osb 


Jan.,  1910.]  Remarks  on  the  Genus  Seaphoideus.  251 

23.  9  ultimate  ventral  segment  carinate,  toothed  at  middle,  carinatus  Osb. 
9  ultimate  ventral  segment  not  carinate,  or  toothed  at  mid<llc 24 

24.  Head  and  pronotum  ivory  white  or  yellowish intricatus  Uhl. 

Head  and  pronotum  with  darker  areas  luteous  or  fulvus.  .luteolus  V.  D. 

6.     No  distinct  cross  veins  between  claval  veins;  colors  gray  or  brown 

marked  with  fuscous 25 

Usually  a  distinct  cross  vein  between  clavals 26 

25.  Face  brown  or  light  varied  with  darker  markings immistus  vSay 

Face   black   with   white   arcs nigricans   nsp. 

Face  yellow opalescens  Osb. 

2G.     Outer  claval  approximating  claval  suture  posteriorly;  face  black 

melanotus  Osb. 

Outer  claval  remote  from  claval  suture  posteriorly 27 

27.     Vertex  obtusely  angidate;  apex  of  elytra  fuscous  or  black,  obtusus  Osb. 

Vertex  more  produced,  subacute;  elytra  entirely  gray,  .cinerosus  Osb. 

Seaphoideus  sanctus  Say. 

Seaphoideus  picturatus  Osborn  Proc.  la.  Acad.  Sci.  V,  p.  243,  (1898). 

The  original  description  for  this  species  was  based  on  speci- 
mens from  Indiana,  but  no  type  specimens  exist.  The  onl}' 
species  which  has  been  secured  from  this  region  in  recent  years, 
agreeing  with  Say's  description,  is  the  one  which  I  described  under 
the  name  picturatus  from  material  collected  in  Iowa  and  Kentucky. 

Recent  collections  have  shown  this  forni  to  occur  in  Southern 
Ohio  and  at  other  points  in  the  Ohio  valley,  but  it  has  not  been 
taken  on  the  Atlantic  slope  nor  in  the  Gulf  States.  Since  the 
form  hitherto  known  under  the  name  sanctus,  following  Van 
Duzee's  reference  in  1894,  has  never  been  found  in  the  Ohio  valle}' 
nor  outside  of  the  Atlantic  coast  or  Gulf  States,  there  seems 
abundant  reason  to  make  the  change  suggested  in  my  former 
paper  and  to  recognize  the  Ohio  valley  form  as  sanctus.  With 
this  change  the  form  occurring  on  the  Gulf  coast  and  which  has 
the  broad  black  band  across  the  face  remains  undescribed.  It 
resembles  ver}'  closely  the  fasciatus  described  from  Haiti,  but  as 
stiggested  by  Van  Duzee  differs  from  that  form  in  size  and  details 
of  head,  so  that  it  seems  best  to  recognize  it  as  a  distinct  species. 
(See  neglectus,  poste.) 

The  sanctus  of  Say  has  a  somewhat  more  pointed  vertex,  and 
the  front  is  entirely  without  the  black  band  which  is  so  conspic- 
uous in  the  other  fonn.  Say's  statement  "  feet  immaculate  "  applies 
better  here  than  to  the  other  fomi  though  there  are  black  points  on 
the  tibia.  The  localities  for  this  species  will  now  stand  as  Indiana, 
(Say),  Iowa  (Osborn),  Missouri,  (Riley),  Kentucky,  (Gannan), 
Illinois,  Metropolis,  "River,"  C.  A.  Hart,  3  females,  3  males,  in 
111.  State  Lab.  Natural  History,  and  Ohio,  (Osborn),  the  localities 
in  the  latter  state  being  Marietta  and  Portsmouth.  Practically 
all  of  these  records  are  based  upon  single  specimens,  which  indi- 
cates a  distinct  rarity  for  the  species.  The  specimen  I  took  at 
Marietta  was  found  on  willows  or  vegetation  close  to  them,  but 


2!;2 


The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  3, 


Avhere  there  was  too  much  mixture  of  various  plants  to  warrant 
the  fixing  of  the  host  plant.  For  the  other  records  no  definite 
food  plant  has  been  given,  so  that  we  cannot  assume  to  name  the 
host  species. 

This  form  agrees  closely  with  the  others  of  the  fasciatus  group 
in  the  cruciate  marking  upon  the  dorsum,  making  with  these 
forms  a  distinct  subdivision  of  the  genus.  The\-  differ  somewhat 
from  the  other  members,  but  in  view  of  the  venation  and  the 
head  characters  it  seems  hardly  desirable  to  separate  them  from 
the  genus. 


;->^ 


Scaphoideus  fasciatus  Osb. 
Jour.  Cine.  Soc.  X.  H.,  Vol.  XIX.  p.  190. 

This  species  described  in  1900  from  Port  au  Prince  Haiti,  has 
been  recognized  by  \"an  Duzee  from  Florida  and  is  probably  best 
retained  as  a  distinct  species,  although  it  is  certainly  closely 
related  to  the  succeeding  species  described  to  cover  the  southern 
form  hitherto  known  as  sanctus.  In  this  species  the  head  is 
rather  short,  the  points  at  the  tip  of  the  vertex  minute,  the  trans- 
verse band  on  the  face  double  and  continued  laterally  on  the 
pleurae,  and  the  length  is  about  four  millimeters. 

There  is  a  specimen  in  the  National  Museum  bearing  a  Ms. 
(apparently  unpublished)  name  from  Granada  which  agrees  closely 
with  this  species.  Van  Duzee  records  are  for  Crescent  City  and 
St.  Petersburg,  Fla. 

Scaphoideus  neglectus  n.  sp. 

Scaphoideus  sanctus,  Van  Duzee.     Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  Vol.  XII,  p.  300. 

Closely  resembles  fasciatus  and  cruciatus,  but  is  larger  and 
with  the  vertex  more  angular  than  the  former,  smaller,  with 
different  markings  on  vertex,  face,  femora,  and  genital  plates  than 
the  latter.    Length  four  to  four  and  one-half  millimeters. 

Vertex  rounded,  bluntly  angular,  about  one  and  one-half  times  as  long 
at  center  as  next  to  the  eye;  the  front  broad  at  base,  narrowing  very  vni- 
formly  and  rapidly  to  the  clypeus;  clypeus  widening  slightly  to  the  apex; 
lorae  moderate,  rounded,  not  reaching  the  border  of  the  cheeks,  the  border 
of  the  cheeks  slightly  sinuate;  pronotum  strongly  arched  in  front,  truncate, 
or  very  slightly  emarginate  on  hind  border;  elytra  with  the  venation  as  in 
related  species,  the  reflexed  costal  veins  distinctly  and  about  equally 
oblique. 

Color,  whitish  ivory  tinged  with  gra^-  and  marked  with  black  and 
brown;  the  vertex  with  transverse  black  bands  just  in  front  of  the  middle,  a 
pair  of  minute,  almost  obsolete,  black  points  near  the  apex,  and  four  black 
points  on  the  hind  border;  the  front  with  two  black  arcs  next  the  vertex  end 
a  black  band  from  below  the  eyes  across  the  front  just  beneath  the  anten- 
nae; the  apical  portion  of  lorae  and  clypeus  and  sub-margin  of  cheeks  blec  k 
or  dark  brown;  the  anterior  femora  black  above,  yellowish  at  base  rnd 
apex  and  beneath,  middle  femora  yellow  with  a  black  annulus  at  the  tip; 
hind  femora  yellow,  hind  tibiae  yellow  with  black  points;  tarsi  j^ellow  an  u- 
lated  with  black;  pronotum  ivory  white  in  front,  gray  brown  behind,  ^\it.h 


Jan.,  1910.]  Remarks  on  the  Genus  Scaphoideus.  253 

two  or  four  black  markings  in  a  transverse  line  near  the  front.  In  the 
male  the  four  oval  black  spots  on  the  hinder  half;  scutuUum  with  a  black 
dot  in  the  anterior  angle;  elytra  similar  to  the  related  species  wath  the 
basal  part  of  corium  ivory  white;  the  oblique  white  mark  on  the  apical  por- 
tion of  the  clavus  straight  and  scarcely  inflated  next  the  commissure;  the 
ante-apical  cells  mostly  brown  with  white  dashes  following  the  veins;  apical 
cells,  1  partly  white,  the  remainder  black,  2  entirely  black,  3  black  apically 
w-hitish  transparent  for  a  large  central  spot,  4  semi-transparent  in  the  cen- 
tral portion;  beneath  the  venter  white  with  black  margins  to  the  segments; 
base  of  pygofer  black,  and  a  black  dash  on  the  apical  portion;  ovipositor 
black,  yellow  at  tip.  In  the  male  the  valve  is  black  and  the  plates  with  a 
sub-margin  of  blackish.  There  is  also  a  central  line  of  black  spots  on  the 
venter. 

Genitalia — Last  ventral  segment  of  the  female  short,  nearly  straight 
on  hind  border,  pygofer  rather  long,  equaling  the  ovipositor.  The  male 
valvesmall,  distinctly  rounded  behind,  the  plates  short,  about  one-half  the 
length  of  the  pygofer,  broad,  rounded  on  the  border  and  at  the  tip  minutely 
ciliate;  pygofer  rather  long  and  densely  ciliate. 

Described  from  five  specimens — one  female,  Piano,  Texas,  a 
male  and  female  labeled  "Texas,"  one  male,  Clearwater,  Fla.,  and 
one  male,  Frontera  Tobasco,  Mex.  This  last  the  one  which  was 
formerly  referred  to  fasciatus  Osb.  I  have  also  seen  specimens  as 
stated  under  sanctus  in  my  previous  paper,  from  Fla.  in  Van  Duzee 
Collection,  from  "Texas"  collected  by  x'Yaron  and  one  from  Jack- 
sonville, Florida,  from  Mr.  Heideman.  Mr.  Van  Duzee  records  a 
female  from  Clearwater,  and  a  male  from  Ft.  Alvers. 

Scaphoideus  cruciatus  n.  sp. 

Scaphoideus  sanctus  Sav??  Osborn,  20th,  Rep.  State  Entom.,  N.  Y.,   1904, 

p.  523  (1905). 

Closely  resembling  fasciatus  but  larger,  with  the  vertex  more 
produced,  and  genital  plates  of  the  male  more  distinctly  rotmded 
and  longer.     Length  cf'  -1.5  mm. 

Vertex  rounded,  slightly  angular  in  front,  little  more  than  half  as  long 
at  middle  as  between  the  eyes;  the  front  broad,  narrowing  sharply  to  the 
clypeus;  lorae  short,  coming  far  short  of  the  margin;  prothorax  stronglj- 
curved  in  front,  truncate  behind;  scutellum  broad,  deeply  indented  at  the 
middle;  elj'tra  extending  bej^ond  the  abdomen.  The  retiexed  veins  two  in 
number,  the  first  one  strongly  oblique,  the  second  slightl}^  oblique  enclosing 
a  rather  short  stigma. 

Color,  yellowish  ivory  white  marked  with  fuscous  and  black;  the  vertex 
yellowish  with  two  transverse  brown  spots  just  in  front  of  the  middle;  two 
minute  black  dots  in  a  faint  brown  splash  near  the  hind  border:  the  front 
with  two  black  arcs  close  to  the  vertex;  a  distinct  bar  from  lower  border 
of  eyes  crossing  below  the  antennae,  and  a  broader  black  bar  across  the 
clypeus  and  enclosing  lower  half  of  the  lorae  and  apex  of  clypeus  and  con- 
tinued for  coxae  and  pleurae;  the  upper  half  of  lora  yellow  margined  with 
black;  beak  yellow.  The  fore  and  middle  femora  black  with  yellow  at  base 
and  apex;  tibiae  yellow,  tarsi  yellow  banded  with  black;  elytra  with  the 
common  cruciate  brown  mark  bordered  distinctly  with  dark  brown  or 
black;  the  oblicjue  white  mark  of  clavus  inflated  at  commissure.  Anteapical 
cells  brown  bordered  with  black  their  veins  white.  First  and  second  apical 
cells  mostly  black,  third  mosth''  transparent,  veins  white,  together  forming 
a  semi-transparent  spot  at  the  inner  angle. 

Genitalia:  Male  valve  short,  broadly  roimded  behind;  plates  broad, 
short,  about  half  as  long  as  pygofer,  rounded  on  the  outer  border,  slightly 
angular,  almost  acuminate  at  tip,  distinctly  ciliate  as  is  also  the  pygofer.  ' 


254  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  3, 

One  specimen,  male  of  this  fonn  from  Cold  Spring  Harbor, 
Long  Island,  from  Mr.  H.  G.  Barber.  It  has  hitherto  stood 
under  the  name  Sanctus  vSay?  from  the  reference  in  my  catalogue 
of  the  Jassidae  of  N.  Y.,  but  as  indicated  under  the  preceding 
species,  it  cannot  be  the  fonn  described  by  vSay. 

It  is  quite  close  to  neglectus  from  Florida  and  Texas  but  differs 
so  distinctly  in  the  width  of  bar  on  front,  the  absence  of  oval  spots 
on  the  pronotum,  color  of  femora,  the  elytral  marking,  and  espe- 
cially in  shape,  and  marking  of  genital  plates  that  it  must  be 
separated  at  least  until  inteniiediate  fonns  arc  secured. 

Scaphoideus  auronitens.  Prov. 

This  species  has  been  found  at  a  good  many  localities  outside 
of  the  original  habitat  cited,  and  among  these  are  Channel  Lake, 
111.,  Cold  vSpring  Harbor,  L.  I.,  Ohio  Pyle,  Pa.,  Crisp,  Pa.,  Knox- 
ville,  Tenn.,  and  Montcrest,  N.  C.  In  these  different  localities 
the  species  retains  very  closely  its  characteristic  features,  having 
very  little  tendency  to  variation.  The  larval  stages  were  recog- 
nized and  described  in  mv  report  on  the  Jassidae  of  New  York 
State,  1904. 

Scaphoideus  jucundus  Uhler. 

In  the  various  records  for  this  species  it  has  been  limited 
mainly  to  northern  localities,  Canada,  New  York,  Iowa,  and 
south  to  Washington,  D.  C,  but  I  have  seen  specimens  from 
Tryon,  N.  C,  which  were  taken  by  Mr.  Fiske,  and  Mr.  Van  Duzee 
records  it  for  Estero,  Florida.  It  may  therefore  be  regarded  as 
covering  the  eastern  United  States. 

Scaphoideus  fumidus  Ball. 

Canadian  P2ntomologist,  Vol.  XXXIII,  p.  S. 
"This  species  resembles  blandus  in  form  and  size;  color  rich 
testaceous  brown,  the  margins  of  vertex  and  pronotum  and  apex 
of  elytra.  Length  five  millimeters;  width  1..")  mm."  This 
species  also  was  described  from  Colorado,  and  no  other  records 
are  known  to  mc. 

Scaphoideus  consors  Uhler. 

The  additional  material  secured  for  this  species  seems  to  estab- 
lish the  point  of  its  distinctness  from  scalaris,  although  it  is  pos- 
sible to  secure  specimens  that  stand  intermediately  between  the 
two  species.  This  species  is  more  distinctly  eastern,  the  various 
records  covering  New  York  to  Texas,  and  additional  records 
show  its  occurrence  at  Ohio  Pyle,  Pa.,  and  at  Tryon,  N.  C,  and 
Van  Duzee  records  it  for  Crescent  City,  Fla.  The  form  which 
was  se])aratcd  as  variety  unicolor  in  my  previous  paper  seems  to 
be  sufficiently  distinct  to  warrant  its  separation  as  a  distinct 
species,  no  intermediate  or  connecting  forms  having  been  observed. 


Jan.,  1910.]  Remarks  on  the  Genus  Scaphoideus.  255 


Scaphoideus  unicolor  Osb. 

Scaphoideus  consors  var.  unicolor  Osborn,  Jour.  Cine.  Soc.  N.  H.,  Vol.  XIX, 

p.  196  (1900). 

This  species,  as  indicated  above,  is  now  separated  from  consors, 
and  the  characters  given  in  the  description  of  it  as  a  variety  will 
stand  as  the  specific  characters.  The  essential  features  in  its  sep- 
aration will  be  the  structure  of  the  genitalia,  although  the  inten- 
sity of  coloration  appears  to  be  a  fairly  constant  character.  The 
post  nodal  cell  is  short  and  bordered  by  heavy  brown  cross  veins. 
No  additional  localities  have  been  recorded,  but  I  have  specimens 
from  Chester,  Ga.,  Anacostia,  D.  C,  Provincetown,  Mass., 
Staten  Id.,  N.  Y.,  so  that  its  distribution  now  includes  the  territory 
from  Massachusetts  to  Georgia  and  Alabama. 

Scaphoideus  mexicanus  OsIj. 

This  species  described  from  Orizaba,  V.  C.,  Mex.,  from  spec- 
imens which  I  secured  there  in  January,  1892,  has  not  been  noticed 
in  any  recent  collections. 

Scaphoideus  scalaris  Van  Duzee. 

The  various  records  of  this  species  include  localities  all  the 
way  from  Ohio  to  California,  and  more  recent  records  include 
New  York.     I  have  also  a  record  for  Ohio  Pyle,  Pa. 

Scaphoideus  albonotatus  Van  D. 

Buflfalo  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  IX,  p.  226  (1909). 

This  species  described  by  Mr.  Van  Duzee  from  specimens  col- 
lected at  Estero,  Fla.,  belongs  to  the  scalaris  group.  It  is  closely 
allied  to  consors  and  unicolor,  but  larger  and  stouter  than  either 
and  marked  with  three  pairs  of  oval  white  spots  along  the  com- 
missure of  the  elytra.  The  length  is  53^2  millimeters.  The  dis- 
tinct markings,  especially  the  shape  of  the  elytral  spots,  and 
length  of  post  nodal  cell,  separate  this  certainly  from  unicolor. 
The  species  has  not  been  taken  outside  of  the  type  locality. 

Scaphoideus  stigmosus  Uhler. 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London,  1895,  No.  6,  p.  77. 

This  was  described  by  Mr.  Uhler  in  his  report  upon  the  Hem- 
iptera  Homoptera  of  the  Island  of  St.  Vincent.  According  to  this 
description  the  species  is  related  to  scalaris.  Uhler 's  description 
is  in  a  somewhat  inaccessible  paper,  and  for  the  benefit  of  Amer- 
ican students  may  be  reproduced  here,  especially  as  I  have  not 
seen  specimens  of  the  species  and  cannot  give  a  complete 
description : 


256  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  3, 

"Pale  fulvous;  form  similar  to  S.  scalaris,  Van  Duz.,  but  with  a  longer 
and  wider  head  and  antennae  nearly  as  long  as  the  wing-cover.  Vertex  a 
little  longer  than  its  width  between  the  eyes,  almost  flat,  very  pale  fulvous, 
with  a  series  of  brown  dots  around  the  anterior  submargin  and  some  less 
regular  ones  on  the  middle,  occasionally  with  two  or  three  ivory-white  dots 
before  the  middle;  front  irregularly  clouded  with  pale  brown,  bounded  above 
by  a  slender  dark  brown  line.  Clypeus  broad,  bluntly  rounded,  marked 
with  a  brown  subapical  spot;  the  rostrum  reaching  to  the  middle  coxae. 
Eyes  with  a  dark  brown  band  below.  Antennae  dark  brown,  paler  at  base. 
Pronotum  triangularly  sublunate,  well  advanced  into  the  deeply  sinuated 
vertex,  the  surface  minutely  scabrous,  transversely  wrinkled,  polished, 
dotted  with  pale  yellow  anteriorly,  and  minutely  speckled  with  the  same 
color  behind  the  middle;  the  posterior  angles  subacute,  a  little  produced, 
the  posterior  margin  slightly  sinuated.  Scutellum  with  a  dark  brown  spot 
in  the  basal  angles;  the  disk  a  little  marbled  with  brown.  Wing-covers 
marked  with  three  brown  spots  on  the  inner  margin  of  the  clavus,  each  of 
which  has  an  acute  white  spot  at  the  tip;  veins  white  interrupted  with 
brown,  inargins  pale;  the  costal  margin  has  a  series  of  broader  white  streaks 
adjoining  it  inwardly,  four  large  apical  cells  pale  at  base,  bounded  by  brown 
veins,  the  apex  a  little  dusky;  wings  smoky,  with  dark  brown  veins.  Beneath 
and  legs  pale  yellow,  the  tibiae  somewhat  marked  with  brown;  the  tarsal 
joints,  nails,  and  spots  at  origin  of  the  tibial  spines  dark  brown;  the  spines 
pale  brown.  Last  ventral  segment  of  the  female  deeply  notched,  the  valves' 
of  ovipositor  set  with  long,  brown,  stiff  bristles;  tergum  blackish,  with 
pale  edges  to  the  segments  and  a  pale  tip. 

"Length  to  end  of  venter  3}4  mm.,  to  tip  of  wing-covers  5  mm.;  width 
of  pronotum,  1  mm. 

"Five  specimens,  all  females,  were  sectired  on  the  island.  One 
was  taken  at  an  altitude  of  1500  feet  abo^'e  the  sea,  and  two  were 
colleeted  at  Kingstown." 

Scaphoideus  lobatus  Van  D. 

This  rather  rare  species  described  by  Van  Duzee  from  New 
York  has  been  taken  in  Ohio  at  Milan,  and  I  have  seen  specimens 
from  Balsam,  N.  C,  Madison,  N.  J.,  Cold  Spring  Harbor,  L.  I., 
and  it  has  been  reported  in  Iowa,  so  that  it  may  be  considered  as 
occupying  the  northern  part  of  the  United  States,  extending 
south  on  the  elevated  Appalachian  region.  Nothing  has  been 
added  concerning  its  Hfe  history 

Scaphoideus  blandus  Ball. 
Canadian  Entomologist,  Vol.  XXXIII,  p.  7. 

This  species  described  by  Professor  Ball  in  1901  has  the 
general  appearance  of  jucundus,  but  is  smaller  and  duller  looking, 
the  reddish  tinge  of  that  species  being  lacking.  The  costal  margin 
of  elytra  with  numerous  regular  cells.  Length  five  millimeters; 
width  1.1  millimeters.  This  species  was  described  from  various 
localities  in  Colorado,  and  has  not  been  recorded  from  any  other 
region. 


Jan.,  1910.]  Remarks  on  the  Genus  Scaplioideus.  257 


Scaphoideus  scrupulosus  Ball. 

Canadian  Entomologist,  Vol.  XXXIV,  p.  14. 

This  species  is  somewhat  out  of  place  in  the  genus  Scaphoideus, 
l)ut  can  not  readily  be  referred  to  any  other  genus.  The  head 
characters  agree  distinctly,  but  in  the  appearance  of  wings  and 
other  features  it  is  more  like  that  of  Eutettix.  In  the  description 
by  Professor  Ball  he  says  it  is  similar  to  blandus  and  jucundus  in 
form,  the  elytra  more  flaring,  and  with  the  general  appearance  of 
Eutettix,  except  for  the  sharply  angled  vertex,  a  brown  band  on 
the  base  of  the  elytra,  another  on  tip,  and  a  triangular  saddle  on 
the  disc.  Length  five  millimeters;  width  1.25  millimeters.  Pro- 
fessor Ball's  specimens  were  from  Los  Angeles,  Cal.,  and  I  have 
one  specimen  from  Sonoma  Co.,  California,  so  that  the  species 
appears  to  be  limited  to  that  region. 

Scaphoideus  irroratus  n.  sp. 

Somewhat  resembles  scrupulosus,  but  more  distinctly  irroratc 
and  with  the  female  ventral  segrnent  without  any  median  appen- 
dage.    Length  9  5  mm. 

Vertex  distinctly  angular,  nearly  twice  as  long  at  center  as  next  the 
eyes;  the  front  rather  broad,  narrowing  but  little  to  the  clypeus;  the  clypeus 
narrowing  at  base,  widening  slightly  to  the  tip;  the  lorae  rather  large,  oval, 
approaching  the  border;  cheek  distinctly  sinuate  under  the  eye;  pronotum 
short,  distinctly  arched  in  front,  slightly  emarginate  behind;  elytra  with 
numerous  veinlets. 

Color,  fulvus  and  brownish,  distinctly  irrorate  with  fuscus  on  the  pro- 
notum and  elytra;  vertex  tawny  with  indefinite  transverse  brownish  irrora- 
tions;  face  without  spots  but  with  front  suffused  with  fulvus;  pronotum  and 
scutellum  about  equally  marked  with  brownish  irrorations;  the  elytra  with 
the  irroration  following  the  transverse  veinlets  and  brown  spots  massing  so 
as  to  form  a  rather  indefinite  saddle  in  front  of  the  middle,  and  a  transverse 
broad  band  on  the  apical  third,  leaving  a  rather  clear  space  crossing  the 
apex  of  clavus  and  reaching  the  costa;  the  costal  cell  with  about  three 
transverse  veinlets;  the  post  nodal  cell  with  about  six  transverse  veinlets 
bordered  with  fuscus;  beneath  brownish,  tibiae  and  tarsi  spotted  with 
black. 

Genitalia,  last  ventral  segment  of  the  female  longer  than  the  preceding 
and  very  slightly  produced  at  center;  ovipositor  reaching  the  tip  of  pygofer; 
pygofer  with  short  cilia  next  the  border. 

Described  from  a  single  female  specimen  from  the  University 
of  California  campus,  Berkeley,  from  the  Department  of  Ento- 
mology of  the  University  of  California.  This  species,  while 
somewhat  resembling  scrupulosus  and  differing  from  typical 
Scaphoideus,  presents  the  head  characters  of  the  genus,  although 
the  antennae  are  shorter  than  is  the  general  rule  with  the  genus. 


258  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  3, 


Scaphoideus  intricatus  Uhl. 

Additional  records  for  this  species  ha\x  been  secured  for 
Columbus,  Ohio,  taken  on  clover  in  September,  I9U9;  at  Akron  on 
Comus,  September,  1909,  and  a  record  from  Professor  H.  Garman 
for  Lexington,  Ky.,  September  20,  1909,  on  cultivated  grape,  also 
from  Franconia,  N.  H.,  by  Mrs.  Slosson.  The  original  description 
referred  this  species  to  Crataegus,  but  it  has  been  taken  on  so 
many  different  plants  and  in  some  cases  so  remote  from  this  tree 
that  it  is  uncertain  as  to  its  normal  food  plant.  So  far  as  I  know 
the  larvae  have  not  been  seen,  and  consequently  the  food  habit  as 
detemiined  by  the  larvae  is  uncertain.  The  species  is  now  known 
to  range  from  Kansas  and  Nebraska  to  New  Hampshire  and  south 
to  Virginia  and  Kentucky. 

Scaphoideus  ochraceus  Osb. 

Further  records  showing  distribution  of  this  species  have 
been  secured  since  the  publication  of  my  paper  in  1900,  for  Dur- 
ham, N.  H.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  1907,  and  "Ohio  Pyle,  Pa.,  Aug.  10, 
1905.  It  must  undoubtedly  occur  in  Ohio,  but  so  far  has  not 
appeared  in  collections. 

Scaphoideus  productus  Osb. 

This  species  has  been  recognized  at  various  localities,  espe- 
cially to  the  south.  I  have  records  for  Balsam,  N.  C,  at  altitudes 
of  4500  to  5000  feet,  from  the  Department  of  Agriculture  of  North 
Carolina,  and  have  also  seen  specimens  collected  at  Tryon,  N.  C, 
by  Mr.  Fiske.  Mr.  Barbour  has  sent  me  a  specimen  from  Cold 
Spring  Harbor,  L.  I.,  so  the  species  is  pretty  well  distributed  from 
Onaga,  Kansas,  vSioux  City,  la.,  east  through  Kentucky  into 
North  Carolina,  and  north  to  New  York. 

Scaphoideus  carinatus  Osb. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  Cold  Spring  Harbor, 
L.  I.,  (Barbour)  and  Black  Mt.  (Beutenmueller)  Tryon,  N.  C. 
(at  light)  from  Fiske,  Little  Mt.,  Ohio,  in  addition  to  the  previous 
records.  So  far  no  specimens  ha\'e  been  obtained  from  western 
localities,  so  that  it  a]Dpcars  to  belong  to  the  Atlantic  region  from 
New  Hampshire  to  North  Carolina,  and  west  to  eastern  Ohio  at 
least. 

Scaphoideus  nigricans  n.  sp. 

Closely  related  to  immistus,  but  much  darker  and  with  the 

female   genital   segment   longer,   and   with   a   polished   produced 

hinder  border.     Length  0.0  mm. 

Vertex  about  twice  .is  long  at  middle  as  next  the  eye,  rounding  to  a 
distinct  obtuse  angle  at  the  tij);  front  rather  narrow,  sloping  uniformly  to 
the  clypeus  which  is  distinctly  widened  apieally;  lorae  large,  touching  the 
border  of  the  cheek;  pronotum  distinctly  emarginate  behind;  elytra  trans- 


Jan.,  1910.]  Remarks  on  the  Genus  Scaphoideu.^t.  259 

lucent,  the  claval  veins  approaching  each  other  near  the  center,  but  without 
any  distinct  cross  vein;  the  reflexed  venis  three,  first  ante-apical  not  stylate. 

Color,  dark  brown,  mostly  black  beneath;  vertex  dark  brown  with  light 
areas  at  the  sides  in  the  anterior  half;  face  black  with  four  white  arcs  on  the 
upper  half  of  the  front;  pronotum  dark  brown,  two  white  spots  on  the  ante- 
rior border;  scutellum  with  four  white  points  on  the  base,  one  at  apex,  and 
one  each  side  midway  from  apex  to  base;  elytral  markings  as  in  immistus, 
but  darker;  beneath  black  except  median  and  lateral  line  on  the  venter,  the 
basal  part  of  the  last  ventral  segment  white,  the  lower  part  of  femora  and 
the  tibiae  whitish;  tarsi  annulated  with  white. 

Genitalia.  Last  ventral  segment  of  the  female  long,  produced  and 
slightly  notched  on  the  posterior  border,  distinctly  polished;  ovipositor  and 
pygofer  dark  brown  with  a  whitish  band  near  the  tip. 

Described  from  a  single  specimen  from  Raleigh,  N.  C,  taken 
in  late  May  by  Mr.  Z.  P.  Mctcalf,  to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  the 
opporttmity  to  describe  it. 

Scaphoideus  immistus  Say. 

This  species  which  stands  as  the  type  of  the  genus,  was 
described  by  Say  among  the  earlier  descriptions  of  American 
insects,  and  was  doubtless  abundant  at  that  time  as  it  has  been 
since.  It  is  one  of  the  most  common  species  met  with  in  many 
parts  of  the  country,  and  its  distribution  is  very  extensive,  spec- 
imens having  been  taken  all  the  way  from  the  Atlantic  to  the 
Pacific  coasts.  It  is  especially  abundant  in  the  Mississippi  Valley 
and  seems  to  occur  on  quite  a  variety  of  plants.  Notwithstanding 
its  abundance  its  life  history  and  the  food  plants  of  the  larval 
stages  have  not  been  determined,  a  fact  which  makes  it  difficult 
to  assign  any  definite  limitations  to  the  numerous  varieties  of  the 
species. 

The  species  is  one  of  the  most  variable  in  the  genus,  and  some 
of  the  more  definite  of  these  varieties  were  described  in  my  paper 
of  1900,  but  as  stated  in  that  paper,  there  are  niany  other  variations 
which  defy  description  because  of  the  insensible  gradations  repre- 
sented between  the  different  fomis. 

Scaphoideus  luteolus  Van  D. 

This  species  is  pretty  closely  related  to  immistus,  the  charac- 
ters for  its  separation  being  indefinite,  but  depending  mainly  on 
the  characters  of  the  claval  veins  and  the  male  genitalia.  The 
distribution  has  not  been  modified  by  recent  collections  and  no 
further  information  regarding  the  life  history  has  been  secured. 

Scaphoideus  cinerosus  Osb. 
No  further  data  have  been  secitrcd  regarding  this  species. 

Scaphoideus  melanotus  Osb. 
This  species  which  appears  to  have  been  very  rare  and  which 
has  been  known  hitherto  only  from  the  specimens  in  hand  at  the  time 
of  the  original  description,  two  of  which  were  from  Texas  and  one 


2  6o  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  3, 

from  Maryland,  has  recently  been  sent  to  me  from  Pennsylvania 
in  some  material  submitted  by  the  Carnegie  Museum.  This 
specimen  agrees  perfectly  with  the  type  material,  so  that  it 
strengthens  the  impression  as  to  the  distinctness  of  the  species. 
The  most  evident  character  is  the  intensely  black  face. 

Scaphoideus  opalinus  Osb. 
20th  Report  N.  Y.  State  Entomologist,  1904,  p.  (1905). 

This  species  was  described  from  specimens  taken  in  1904  at 
Cold  S])ring  Harbor,  L.  I.,  on  red  cedar,  and  it  has  been  reported 
later  from  Riverton,  N.  J.,  Gowanda,  N.  Y.,  and  vSeven  Oaks, 
Fla.,  by  Mr.  E.  P.  Van  Duzee.  The  specimens  from  these  differ- 
ent localities  agree  so  perfectly  with  the  type  material  that  the 
species  may  be  considered  as  well  defined,  although,  as  stated  in 
my  original  description,  it  stands  close  to  immistus  in  the  immistus 
group. 

Scaphoideus  obtusus  Osb. 

No  further  undoubted  specimens  of  this  species  have  appeared 
since  the  original  description,  but  Mr.  Van  Duzee  has  collected  at 
Crescent  City,  Sanford,  Seven  Oaks,  and  Fort  Myers  in  Florida, 
specimens  which  he  is  inclined  to  refer  to  this  species.  They 
appear  to  me  to  be  somewhat  closer  to  typical  immistus  than  the 
type  specimens  of  obtusus  and  so  might  be  considered  as  connect- 
ing the  form  with  that  species;  however,  Mr.  Van  Duzee  has 
taken  one  specimen  at  Lancaster,  N.  Y.,  which  agrees  distinctly 
with  the  type  material,  and  so  far  as  these  specimens  go  there  is  a 
fairly  distinct  separation  from  immistus. 

Scaphoideus  festivus  Mats. 
Termesz  Fuget,  25,  p.  384,  f.  14. 

This  species  described  by  Matsumuri  for  Japan  has  been 
recorded  for  other  parts  of  the  oriental  region,  Ceylon  and  British 
India,  and  is  probably  somewhat  generally  distributed  in  the 
oriental  region. 

The  species  corresponds  pretty  closely  with  our  immistus 
which  it  is  said  by  Matsumuri  to  closely  resemble  and  occupies  for 
the  old  world  about  the  same  position  that  immistus  does  with  us. 

Aside  from  the  above  species,  two  other  species  of  the  genus 
have  been  described  from  the  old  world 

Scaphoideus  aegypticus  Mats. 
Jour.  Coll.  Sc.  Un.  Tokyo,  23,  No.  6,  p.  291,  f.  7  (vide  Oshanin). 
The  only  locality  cited  is  Egypt. 

Scaphoideus  horvathi  Mats. 
Jour.  Coll.  Sc.  Un.  Tokyo,  23,  No.  6,  p.  29,  tl  f  7  (vide  Oshanin). 
Described  from  Algeria. 


Jan.,  1910.]         Phlox  stolonifera  Rediscovered  in  Ohio.  261 

A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  TINOBREGMUS  (Homoptera  Jassidae). 

Herbert  Osborn. 

Tinobregmus  pallidus  n.  sp.     Smaller  than  vittatus  and  with- 
out the  stripes  un  the  elytra  nor  the  dark  markings  on  the  pro-* 
thorax,  but  with  a  distinct  tenninal  border  on  the  elytra,  dark 
brown    or    black.     Underneath    somewhat    tinged    with    black. 
Female,  length  six  millimeters  to  tip  of  ovipositor. 

The  vertex  narrow  as  in  vittatus,  enlarging  anteriorly,  distinctly 
rounded  to  the  front;  front  narrow,  elongate,  polished;  clypeus  elongate, 
widening  toward  the  tip;  the  apex  emarginate;  beak  equaling  the  clypeus  in 
length  and  extending  to  hind  coxae.  Cheeks  long,  sinuate  on  the  border; 
lorae  narrow,  elongate,  extending  half  the  length  of  the  clypeus;  prothorax 
short,  hind  border  sinuate;  elytra  ovate,  extending  to  the  pygofer;  veins 
rather  indistinct;  apical  cells  shortened. 

Color,  light  yellowish  or  pallid  with  ivory  luster,  the  vertex  and  pro- 
thorax  unmarked,  the  front  with  a  central  lighter  stripe  bordered  by  brown- 
ish suffused  stripes  becoming  darker  on  the  clypeus;  beak  blackish  at  base 
and  tip;  elytra  with  a  distinct  black  border  at  the  apex,  fading  toward  the 
disk;  abdomen  above  irregularly  marked  with  black;  the  pygofer  with 
black  at  base  and  sides  and  along  the  inferior  border;  venter  blackish  with 
segments  bordered  with  whitish;  the  ovipositor  black. 

Genitalia:  Last  ventral  segment  of  female  slightly  sinuous,  the  hind 
border  of  ovipositor  for  extending  about  one-fourth  its  length  beyond  the 
pygofer. 

Described  from  four  specimens,  all  females,  received  from  Mr. 
E.  S.  Tucker,  and  collected  at  Piano,  Texas,  May,  1907.  This 
species  at  first  sight  closely  resembles  vittatus,  but  is  distinctly 
smaller  and  lacks  the  characteristic  markings  of  that  species  for 
the  elytra,  prothorax,  vertex  and  front.  Its  food  plant  is  not 
known. 


PHLOX  STOLONIFERA  REDISCOVERED  IN  OHIO. 

Robert  F.  Griggs. 

Phlox  stolonifera  vSims.,  or  as  it  is  better  known  Phlox  reptans 
Michx.,  was  reported  from  Ohio  by  Riddell  in  his  "Western  Flora" 
in  1835  as  occurring  on  "argilaceous  hillsides."  No  more  precise 
locality  is  given  than  the  simple  notation,  "0.,  Ky. "  Since  that 
time  until  the  present  season  the  plant  has  never  been  observed 
within  the  borders  of  the  state  and  its  known  range,  "The  Alleg- 
heny region.  Pa.  to  Ky.  and  Ga. "  gave  no  ground  for  expecting 
it  in  Ohio.  For  this  reason  Dr.  Kellerman  in  making  his  "Foiu-th 
State  Catalog  of  Ohio  Plants"  excluded  it  from  the  list.  It  was 
therefore  a  great  pleasure  to  come  upon  a  bed  of  it  in  ftill  flower 
on  Little  Rocky  Branch  of  Big  Pine  Creek  in  Hocking  County, 
May  30,  1910,  where  it  was  growing  in  a  deep  cold  Hemlock 
forest. 


262  Tlie  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  3, 

One  is  surprised  that  such  a  conspicuous  plant  as  the  present 
could  have  eluded  the  botanists  so  long.  The  reason  is  probably 
two-fold.  The  plant  grows  only  in  the  wildest  ravines  in  the  most 
inaccessible  part  of  the  state.  The  place  where  it  was  first  found 
has  never  been  entirely  denuded  of  its  virgin  timber.  Moreover, 
it  appears  to  flower  rather  infrequently  as  may  be  seen  from  the 
circumstances  attending  the  discovery.  The  writer  in  company 
with  Mr.  B.  B.  Fulton  had  spent  four  days  camping  in  the  hills 
and  had  been  tramping  continuously  through  exactly  similar 
country  but  it  was  not  seen  until  the  afternoon  of  the  last  day 
when  two  patches,  the  first  flowering  and  the  second  not,  were 
found.  Later  in  the  summer,  however,  after  the  vegetative  stage 
of  the  plant  had  become  familiar  it  was  found  to  be  common  in 
similar  situations  all  through  the  region  traversed  on  the  earlier 
trip.  Had  blossoms  been  abundant  it  could  hardly  have  been 
overlooked,  for  on  account  of  its  stoloniferous  habit,  it  everywhere 
grows  in  large  beds.  It  must  be  remarked,  however,  that  the 
spring  of  1910  was  marked  by  very  severe  frosts  which  destroyed 
the  fruit  crop,  and  may  have  adversely  affected  the  buds  of  this 
plant  so  that  further  observations  will  be  necessary  to  determine 
whether  the  lack  of  flowers  was  a  usual  or  an  accidental  phe- 
nomenon. 

Except  for  the  Ohio  station  the  species  seems  to  be  narrowly 
limited  to  the  mountains.  It  also  appears  to  be  rare  throughout 
most  of  its  range,  unless  perhaps  in  Pennslyvania  where  it  is  cited 
by  Porter  without  comment  from  five  of  the  mountain  counties. 
It  does  not  extend  into  New  York,  however,  but  becomes  rare 
before  the  northern  boundary  of  Pennsylvania  is  reached.  Dud- 
ley in  the  Lackawanna  Flora  knew  of  but  two  stations,  Kingston 
and  Forty  Fort,  from  the  first  of  which  he  cites  a  single  plant  and 
from  the  second  a  single  bed.  It  occurs  in  the  mountains  which 
fonn  the  boundary  between  Kentucky  and  Virginia,  being  reported 
from  near  the  line  in  both  states.  In  Tennessee,  Gattinger  cites 
but  one  locality,  Ducktown,  Polk  Co.,  and  significantly  adds 
another  in  southwestern  Virginia.  There  are  several  stations  in 
the  mountains  of  western  North  Carolina.  It  reaches  its  south- 
ernmost limit  in  Alabama  where  it  is  reported  from  only  one  county 
Cullman,  by  Mohr,  with  the  notation,  "rare."  If  the  species  is 
as  rare  through  its  whole  range  as  these  citations  would  seem  to 
indicate,-  it  is  a  noteworthy  exception  to  the  general  rule.  In 
nearly  all  cases  the  "rare  plants"  of  any  region  are  merely  on  the 
edges  of  their  ranges  and  in  the  proper  ])laces  are  common  enough. 


•Ian.,  1910.]         A  Natural  History  Survey  Needed  in  Ohio.  263 


SOME    REASONS    WHY    A    NATURAL    HISTORY    SURVEY 

IS  NEEDED  IN  OHIO. 


The  bill  to  be  presented  to  the  General  Assembly  pro\dding  for 
a  Natural  History  Survey  specifies  in  part  the  purposes  of  such  a 
Survey,  but  some  notes  concerning  the  scope  of  such  work,  the 
reasons  why  it  is  needed  and  the  extent  to  which  such  work  is  in 
progress  in  adjacent  states  may  be  desirable. 

It  will  be  generally  rccDgnized  that  the  i)]ant  and  animal  hfe 
in  a  region  such  as  Ohio  must  undergo  marked  changes  as  the 
result  of  the  settlement  and  cultivation  of  the  state,  and  some 
reflection  upon  the  character  of  these  changes  must  make  it 
apparent  that  the  record  of  the  kinds  of  animals  and  plants  that 
exist  and  that  may  be  disappearing  is  desirable.  Such  forms 
have  a  distinct  place  in  nature  and  the  conditions  under  which 
they  can  flourish  must  be  such  as  to  affect  other  organisms  of  the 
same  nature,  and  the  recognition  of  these  conditions  may  have  the 
greatest  importance  in  reference  to  the  introduction  of  crops  or  of 
animals  for  economic  purposes.  Aside  from  this  consideration, 
however,  a  knowledge  of  what  has  actually  been  in  existence  in 
the  state  has  distinct  scientific  importance,  and  such  knowledge 
may  at  any  time  be  found  to  have  a  most  important  bearing  on 
some  questions  vital  to  human  interests.  We  know  for  instance, 
that  the  life  of  many  of  our  streams  is  being  greatly  depleted 
either  as  a  result  of  the  contamination  of  water  from  the  refuse  of 
factories  or  other  sources,  or  to  other  conditions  less  evident,  and 
the  disappearance  of  these  forms  of  life  in  streams  and  lakes  has  a 
most  important  bearing  u]3on  the  possibilities  of  growth  for  fishes 
and  some  other  forms  which  have  distinct  importance  to  mankind. 
A  careful  survey  and  record,  therefore,  of  what  forms  are  now 
found  in  our  streams,  and  comparison,  so  far  as  previous  records 
makes  it  possible,  with  what  has  been  present  in  the  past,  and 
careful  future  records  as  to  the  changes  which  may  occur  in  the 
aquatic  life  of  the  state,  u-ill  have  a  value  that  may  be  beyond 
estimate. 

Aside  from  this  economic  feature,  however,  we  may  particularly 
consider  the  value  that  such  a  knowledge  has  in  the  educational 
work  in  every  school  in  the  state,  and  hence  to  the  future  citizens 
of  the  state.  Without  such  knowledge  teachers  must  depend 
upon  statements  made  regarding  the  animal  life  of  other  localities, 
and  even  where  this  applies  very  closely  to  the  conditions  in  our 
own  state,  the  difficulty  of  securing  the  works  in  which  such 
records  are  to  be  found  makes  it  practically  out  of  the  question 
for  the  majority  of  teachers  to  take  advantage  of  them.  If  all  the 
teachers  of  Ohio  could  be  furnished  with  definite  information  con- 
cerning the  kinds  of  animals,  birds,  insects  and  plants  that  are 


2  64  •      The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  3. 

accessil)lc  in  their  immediate  neighborhoods,  they  would  have  a 
basis  for  teaching  which  w^onld  be  of  the  utmost  service  in  their 
work.  Such  knowledge  is  more  particularly  in  demand  since 
there  has  been  such  a  general  movement  in  nature  study,  and  so 
much  demand  for  instruction  in  those  branches  which  are  closely 
related  to  agriculture  and  the  industries. 

In  another  direction  such  a  survey  is  desirable  because  it  is 
becoming  known  that  many  diseases  have  their  means  of  trans- 
mission in  the  lower  fonns  of  organisins  such  as  the  fly,  mosquito, 
flea,  etc.,  and  to  the  physician  it  is  a  matter  of  distinct  importance 
to  know  what  animals  capable  of  bearing  these  diseases  are  to  be 
found  in  the  locality  in  which  he  is  at  work. 

In  connection  with  the  distribution  of  plant  life  there  is  an 
important  w^ork  to  be  done  in  recording  areas  of  timber  and  the 
proportion  of  the  different  kinds  of  timber  trees  in  the  state. 
While  this  may  in  its  details  belong  to  a  distinct  division  of  for- 
estry, the  general  distribution  could  naturally  be.  determined  in 
such  a  survey  as  is  here  contempleted,  and  unless  provided  for  in 
other  directions  w^ould  be  an  important  subject  for  study.  The 
distribution  of  plants  with  special  reference  to  soil  and  conditions 
would  form  a  very  important  basis  for  the  experimental  work 
carried  on  by  the  state  experiment  station,  and  the  necessity  for 
such  a  vSurvey  has  been  very  pointedly  urged  by  the  director  of 
the  Experiment  Station. 

A  feature  of  the  proposed  Survey  that  will  concern  the  various 
schools  in  the  state  particularly  is  that  of  the  distribution  of  the 
identified  material  through  the  schools,  to  form  local  collections  in 
the  colleges,  city  museums  or  high  schools  where  they  may  be 
desired.  vSuch  a  distribution  is  carried  on  in  Illinois  and  has  been 
a  means  of  large  service  in  the  state.  One  advantage  of  this  pol- 
icy will  be  to  distribute  the  services  of  the  vSurvey  widely  over  the 
state  rather  than  to  centralize  a  large  collection  in  any  one  place. 
It  means  also  that  the  different  communities  throughout  the 
state  will  have  an  opportunity  to  co-operate  with  the  vSurvey 
both  in  the  collection  of  material,  the  preparation  of  reports,  and 
in  the  direct  use  of  the  materials  obtained. 

Work  of  the  kind  here  proposed  is  in  progress  in  Connecticut, 
Vermont,  Maryland,  North  Carolina,  Alabama,  New^  York,  New 
Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Wisconsin,  Minnesota, 
Iowa,  Nebraska,  Kansas,  Missouri,  Michigan  and  probably  some 
other  states,  and  it  will  be  noted  that  of  the  northern  and  central 
portion  of  the  country  Ohio  stands  alone  in  not  providing  for 
such  work.  The  surveys  in  these  different  states  are  organized  on 
somewhat  varied  lines,  but  in  all  cases  provide  for  more  or  less  of 
the  work  here  proposed.  In  Connecticut  the  Survey  is  practically 
along  the  lines  here  suggested,  although  it  does  not  provide  for 
distribution  of  collections  to  schools.     In  New  York  it  is  carried  on 


Jan.,  1910.]         A  Natural  History  Survey  Needed  in  Ohio.  265 

under  the  State  Museum  of  Natural  History,  which  includes  the 
work  of  several  bureaus.  In  Pennsylvania  it  is  provided  for  in 
the  form  of  an  office  of  state  zoologist  who  collects  material  and 
makes  frcc^uent  reports  on  progress.  In  Michigan  the  Biological 
Survey  has  been  in  force  for  a  few  years  only,  but  its  scope  is 
practically  the  same  as  here  outlined,  except  that  no  provision  is 
made  for  the  distribution  of  collections.  In  Indiana  it  is  associated 
with  the  Geological  Survey,  but  a  large  amount  of  work  has  been 
done  upon  the  plant  and  animal  groups.  In  Illinois  where  the 
work  has  been  continued  for  some  thirty  years  or  more  a  great 
deal  has  been  accomplished  in  determining  the  character  and  dis- 
tribution of  the  organic  life  of  the  state,  extended  studies  upon  the 
food  habit  of  birds,  fishes  and  other  forms  have  been  carried 
through,  and  extended  series  of  collections  have  been  distributed 
to  the  high  schools  of  the  state.  A  number  of  very  valuable 
reports  have  been  published,  many  of  them  inaccessible  to  people 
outside  of  the  state,  except  as  they  are  distributed  to  the  libraries 
or  specialists.  The  organization  in  Illinois  is  tenncd  the  vState 
Laboratory  of  Natural  History  but  its  scope  is  practically  that  of 
the  Survey  proposed  for  Ohio.  It  may  be  noted,  however,  that 
there  is  a  movement  started  in  that  state  for  a  further  ecological 
survey  which  would  enlarge  the  scope  of  the  present  work.  In 
Wisconsin  the  Natural  History  Survey  has  been  associated  with 
the  Geological  Survey  and  has  been  in  progress  for  over  a  ciuarter 
of  a  century,  and  the  same  may  be  said  of  Minnesota.  In  Iowa 
the  present  Survey  has  been  in  progress  for  about  twenty  years 
and  the  surve}^  work  of  this  character  in  Missouri,  Kansas  and 
Nebraska  has  been  carried  on  to  about  the  same  extent. 

In  Ohio  practicall}'  nothing  in  this  direction  has  been  done 
since  the  publication  of  the  reports  on  birds,  mammals  and  fishes  in 
the  earlier  Geological  Survey  reports,  except  such  as  has  been  done 
by  individuals.  As  these  older  reports  are  now  not  only  inaccessi- 
ble but  are  entirely  out  of  date  the  data  presented  in  them  is  of 
service  only  so  far  as  it  may  serve  as  a  record  for  the  time  of  its 
publication.  The  need  of  a  definite  Biological  Survey  was  urged 
in  the  report  of  Director  Thorne  for  the  year  1S9(),  but  appar- 
ently no  definite  steps  were  taken  to  organize  or  j^rovide  for  such 
a  survey.  The  Ohio  Academy-  of  Sciences  has  during  the  last 
fifteen  years  through  the  efforts  of  individual  members  published 
a  number  of  papers  upon  local  collections  or  materials  representing 
a  greater  or  less  portion  of  the  state,  a  considerable  number  of 
these  having  been  provided  for  by  the  generosity  of  Mr.  Emerson 
McMillen.  These  studies,  however,  have  necessarih'  been  re- 
stricted in  their  scope,  and  of  course  without  any  correlation  or 
connected  eft'ort  on  the  part  of  different  individuals  to  make  their 
studies  blend  into  a  systematic  study  of  the  state  at  large.  In 
fact  such  a  systematic  study  of  the  state  at  large  cannot  be  hoped 


2  66  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  3, 

for  except  under  some  arrangement  which  will  provide  for  a  general 
direction  and  the  means  for  carrying  investigations  into  all  sec- 
tions of  the  state  where  it  is  necessary  to  secure  the  material 
for  such  a  complete  Survey.  While  the  amount  called  for  in  the 
present  bill  is  very  modest  as  compared  with  what  is  expended  in 
some  other  states,  it  is  believed  that  with  the  numerous  trained 
workers  whose  time  could  be  CTXiployed  for  certain  periods,  that 
a  gi'cat  amount  of  work  could  be  accomplished,  provided  it  be 
connected  and  the  results  brought  together  in  systematic  form 
published  in  such  manner  as  to  be  capable  of  distribution  to 
those  persons  in  the  state  who  desire  it. 

Herbert  Osborn. 


The  Tallant  Collection.  The  Department  of  Zoology  and  Ento- 
mology of  the  Ohio  State  Uni^'ersity  has  recently  received  as  a 
donation  a  fine  collection  of  Lepidoptera  from  Mrs.  Catherine 
Tallant  of  Richmond,  Indiana.  The  collection  was  made  by 
Mr.  W.  N.  Tallant  during  a  series  of  years  in  the  nineties  and  up 
to  about  1905.  It  contains  mainly  si:iecies  occurring  in  central 
Ohio,  especially  at  Columbus,  where  Mr.  Tallant  resided  for  a 
number  of  years,  but  has  also  a  number  of  species  from  different 
parts  of  the  United  States,  and  also  some  fine  examples  of  species 
occurring  in  South  America,  Japan,  China,  India,  Ceylon,  and 
Africa.  The  collection  contains  about  1(J,(J(J0  specimens  in 
most  excellent  condition,  very  beautifully  mounted,  and  many  of 
the  species  contain  very  full  series,  showing  variations,  etc.,  which 
will  make  them  of  special  value  for  scientific  study.  They  are, 
for  the  most  part,  carefully  identified,  included  in  good  cases  and 
cabinets,  and  will  be  kept  under  the  name  of  the  "Tallant 
Collection." 

Taken  with  the  other  collections  in  Lepidoptera,  the  collection 
of  Odonata  left  by  Professor  Kellicott,  and  those  in  various  groups 
Avhich  have  been  accumulated  by  the  efforts  of  the  members  of 
the  Department,  the  University  is  now  provided  with  an  excellent 
collection  of  insects,  including  representatives  in  all  the  different 
orders,  the  total  number  of  specimens  probablv  coming  close  to 
100,000. 

H.  O. 


Jan.,  1910.]  Notes  on  a  Collection  of  Boletaceae.  267 

NOTES  ON  A  COLLECTION  OF  BOLETACEAE.* 

Bruce  Fink. 

The  summer  of  1909  was  favorable  for  the  development  of 
fleshy  ftmgi  on  account  of  the  unusually  large  rainfall.  During 
the  first  part  of  August,  the  writer  was  at  "Beechwood  Camp" 
with  a  party  of  students.  The  month  was  very  wet,  and  fleshy 
fungi  were  brought  in  and  studied  in  large  numbers.  The  tables 
were  daily  covered  with  an  array  of  Russulae,  Lactariae,  Aman- 
itae,  Boleti,  and  other  forms,  which  altogether  gave  an  assort- 
ment of  forms,  sizes,  and  colors  seldom  seen  in  these  days  of 
depleted  forest  lands.  While  students  were  working  on  the 
agarics,  the  writer  gave  his  attention  to  the  Boletaceae,  collecting 
and  making  careful  notes  of  each  species.  The  result  was  fourteen 
species,  some  of  them  not  previously  reported  from  Ohio. 

"Beechwood  Camp"  is  located  in  an  almost  virgin  forest,  five 
miles  north  of  Oxford,  Ohio.  Beech  trees  form  the  facies  over  all 
the  area,  except  the  flood-plain  of  Tallawanda  Creek,  where  these 
are  replaced  by  the  plane  (sycamore)  trees.  The  forest  covers  200 
acres.  Large  trees  abound,  and  many  trees  have  been  allowed  to 
fall  and  decay,  so  that  stumps  and  logs  are  abundant,  on  which 
fungi  are  plentiful  in  wet  weather. 

After  the  collecting  was  done  at  "Beechwood  Camp,"  the  last 
two  weeks  of  August  were  spent  in  the  foothills  of  the  Cumberland 
Mountains,  east  of  Berea,  Kentucky.  The  rainfall  had  been 
abundant  there  also,  and  the  fleshy  fungi  were  growing  in  such 
size  and  profusion  as  we  can  never  hope  to  see  again  in  Ohio,  since 
the  forests  are  so  largely  removed.  Special  attention  was  again 
given  to  the  Boletaceae  and  twenty-four  species  were  collected, 
se\"eral  of  which  were  unknown  from  Kentucky.  Some  of  the 
species  collected  contained  specimens  of  unusual  size,  plants 
twenty  cm.  across  being  collected  several  times. 

Twenty-eight  (28)  species  were  collected  in  the  two  locaHties, 
during  the  month.  This  is  not  a  large  number;  but  the  Boletaceae 
are  rare  plants,  and  only  seventy-five  species  are  given  for  North 
America,  including  the  West  Indies. 

Thanks  are  due  to  a  number  of  persons  for  aid  in  the  work. 
Mr.  Hugh  Willard  Fink  was  a  companion  and  efficient  aid  in 
nearly  all  of  the  collecting,  and  acted  as  scribe  in  the  note-taking. 
Indeed,  without  the  help  that  he  was  able  to  give,  the  work  done 
could  not  have  been  accomplished  in  the  time  at  hand.  Professor 
G.  D.  Smith,  of  Richmond,  Kentucky,  was  present  during  the 
study  in  the  Kentucky  locality,  and  aided  in  the  collecting  and 
photographing    and    in    becoming    acquainted    with    the    plants. 

*  Reported  at  the  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  Akron, 
Xov.  2.5,  1910. 


268  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  3, 

Mr.  W.  G.  Stover  aided  considerably  in  the  collecting  and  study 
at  "  Beechwood  Camp."  After  the  plants  were  collected,  described 
in  the  field,  preserved  and  studied,  duplicates  were  sent  to  Dr. 
W.  A.  Murrill,  who  helped  with  verifications,  corrections  and 
determinations . 

Full  sets  of  the  plants  may  be  found  in  the  herbarium  of  the 
writer,  and  in  that  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden. 

Professor  Smith  found  the  rather  rare  Fistulina  pallida  on  an 
oak  stump  in  the  Kentucky  locality 

All  of  the  specimens  were  collected  on  soil,  unless  otherwise 
stated. 

LIST    OF    SPECIES. 

Gyroporus  castaneus  (Bull.)  Quel.  Ench.  Fung.   Kil.  l.ssii. 
Boletus  castaneus  Bull.  Herb.  Fr.  pi.  ;^2S.  17S(). 
In  beech  woods,  Oxford,  O.     No.  2. 

Tvlopilus  felleus  (Bull.)  P.  Karst.    Rev.  Mvc.  39:  1(1.  ISSl. 

Boletus  felleus  Bull.  Herb.  Fr.  pi.  ;i7!).  17S7. 

Usvially  along  edges  of  woods.  Big  Hill,  Ky.  Nos.  19,  24, 
39,  40,  4Ua  and  41.  Also  collected  in  woods  near  Oxford,  0.. 
during  the  summer  of  1910.  Some  of  the  specimens  were 
very  large,  the  largest  reaching  20  cm.  across  the  pilcus. 

Tylo]jilus  indecisus  (Peck)  Murrill,  Mycologia  l:lo.   1909. 
Boletus  indecisus  Peck,  Ann.  Rep.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.  41:70.  188.S. 
In  woods,  Oxford,  O.     Nos.  3,  3a,  7  and  17.     Big  Hill. 
Ky.     Nos.  17  and  31.     Not  common  in  either  locality. 

Ceriomyces  russellii  (Frost)  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:144.  1909. 
Boletus  russellii  Frost,  Bull.  Buffalo  Soc.  Nat.  Sci.  2:104.  1S74. 
In  woods.  Big  Hill,  Ky.    No.  37.    Rare. 

Ceriomyces  betula   (Schw.)    Murrill,   Mycologia   1:144.    1909. 

Boletus  betula  Schw.  Schr.   Nat.  Ges.  Leipzig  1:90.    1822. 

In  moist  ravines  in  woods.  Big  Hill,  Ky.  No.  3S.  Infre- 
quent. Said  to  be  the  same  as  Boletus  morgani  Peck,  Bull. 
Torr.  Bot.  Club  10:73.  1883.  Regarded  by  some  to  be  the 
same  as  Bolcttis  russellii  Frost,  Bull.  Buffalo  Soc.  Nat.  Sci. 
2:  104.  1874,  but  the  two  are  not  to  be  confused  in  the  field. 

Ceriomyces  auriporus  (Peck)  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:147.   1909. 

Boletus^  auriporus  Peck,  Ann.  Rep.  N.  Y.  State  Cab.  23:133.  1873. 

In  beech  woods,  Oxford,  O.    No.  l(i.    Rare.    In  woods.  Big 

Hill,  Ky.     Nos.  1(),  20,  34,  36,  57,  and  04.     Frequent.     No.  36 

included   some   unusually    large    specimens    with    the    pileus 

7  cm.  across. 

Ceriomyces   auriflammeus    (Berk.    &    Curt.)    Murrill,    Mvcologia 

1:147.  1909. 
Boletus  auriflammeus  Berk.  &  Curt.    Grevillea  1:36.  1N72. 

In  pine  woods,  Big  Hill,  Ky.   No.  2o.  Also  in  mixed  woods. 

Infrequent.    The  striations  of  the  sti]je  were  much  elongated. 


Jan.,  1910.]  Notes  on  a  Collection  of  Boletaceae.  269 

Ceriomyces  eximius  (Peck)  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:148.  1909. 
Boletus  eximius  Peck,  Joum.  Mycol.  3:54.  1887. 
In  woods,  Big  Hill,  Ky.    No.  5G.    Rare. 

Ceriomyces  crassus  Batt.  Fung.  Hist.  (52.  1755. 

In  mixed  pine  woods,  Big  Hill,  Ky.  Nos.  32,  32a,  48,  51 
and  67.  Frequent.  The  plants  under  the  last  number  differed 
considerably  and  may  not  belong  here.  The  largest  spec- 
imens reached  20  cm.  across  the  top  of  the  pileus. 

Ceriomvces  affinis  (Peck)  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:149.  1909. 
Boletus  affinis  Peck,  Ann.  Rep.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.  25:81.  1873. 

In  pine  woods.   Big  Hill,   Ky.     No.   49.     Not  common. 

Ceriomyces  curtisii  (Berk.)  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:150.  1909. 
Boletus  curtisii  Berk.;  Berk.  &-  Curtis  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  II. 
12:429.  1853. 

In  mixed  pine  woods,  Big  Hill,  K3' .     No.  30.     Infrequent. 

Ceriomvces  inflexus  (Peck)  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:150.     1909. 
Boletus  infiexus  Peck,  Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club  22:207.  1895. 

In  mixed  pine  woods.  Big  Hill,  K3\    No.  28.    Infrequent. 

Ceriomyces  retipes  (Berk.  &  Curt.)  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:151.  1909. 
Boletus  retipes  Berk.  &  Curt.  Grevillea  1:36.  1872. 

Open  grassy  woods,  Oxford,  O.     No.  11.    Very  rare.     In 
woods  Big  Hill,  Ky.    Nos.  23  and  50.    Common. 
Ceriomvces  miniato-olivaceus  (Frost)   Murrill,  Mycologia  1:152. 

1909. 
Boletus   miniato-olivaceus    Frost,    Bull.    Buffalo    Soc.    Nat.    Sci. 
2:101.     1874. 

In  beech  woods,  Oxford,  O.    Nos.  9  and  18.    Infrequent. 
Both  collections  were  considered  uncertain  by  Dr.  Murrill. 
Ceriomvces  bicolor  (Peck)   Murrill,  Mycologia  1:152.      1909. 
Boletus'^bicolor  Peck,  Ann.  Rep.  N.  Y.  State  Museum  24:78.  1872. 
In  beech  woods,  Oxford,  O.    No.  15.    Rare.    The  plants 
were  only  about  3.5  cm.  across  the  pileus.     In  woods,  Big 
Hill,  K3\  Nos.  22,  29,  42,  45  and  53.    Common.   Plants  were 
larger,  often  reaching  12  or  15  cm.  across  the  pileus. 
Ceriomvces  pallidus  (Frost)  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:152.    1909. 
Boletus  pallidus  Frost,  Bull.  Buffalo  Soc.  Nat.  vSci.  2:105.  1874. 
In  woods,  Big  Hill,  Ky.  No.  46.    Rare. 

Ceriomyces  subtomentosus  (L.)  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:153.   19C9. 
Boletus  subtomentosus  L.  Sp.  PI.  1178.  1753. 
In  woods.  Big  Hill,  Ky.  No.  35.  Rare. 

Ceriomvces  fumosipes  (Peck)  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:154.  1909. 
Boletus  fumosipes  Peck,  Ann.  Rep.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.  50:108.  1897. 
In  beech  woods,  Oxford,  O.,  Nos.  5  and  (i.  Infrequent.    In 
woods,  Big  Hill,  Ky.  No.  59.  Rare. 


2  7°  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  3, 

Ceriomyces  communis  (Bull.)  Alurrill,  Mycologia  1:155.  1901). 
Boletus' communis  Bull.  Herb.  Fr.  pi.  393,' A.  C.  17SS. 

In  beech  woods,  Oxford,  O.  Nos.  4,  12  and  13.    In  woods, 

Bif;^  Hill,  Ky.   Common  and  most  often  found  where  logs  have 

rotted. 

vSuillellus  luridus  (Schaeff.)  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:17.  1909. 

Boletus  luridus  Schaeff.  Fung.  Bavar.  3:pl.  107.   1770. 

In  woods,  Oxford,  O.  Nos.  1  and  14.  Infrequent.  Big 
Hill,  Ky.  Nos.  20,  43,  44,  54,  00,  01  and  ()5.  Frequent  and 
variable.  No.  44  is  a  peculiar  form  with  pileus  of  a  dull 
olivaceous  brown  color,  and  the  mouths  of  the  tubes  a  dark 
maroon,  even  in  young  specimens,  and  blackening  where 
bruised.  This  has  a  very  different  appearance  from  the 
others,  but  was  placed  here  by  Dr.  Murrill.  In  No.  05  the 
mouths  are  a  pale  pink.  In  No.  01  the  pileus  was  reddish 
i:)ink.  vSome  of  these  forms  have  been  commonly  placed 
under  Boletus  purpureus  Ach.  Bol.  11.  1835. 

Suihellus  frostii  (Russell)  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:17.   1909. 
Boletus  frostii  Russell;  Frost,  Bull.  Buffalo  Soc.  Nat.  Sci.  2:102. 
1S74. 

In  woods.  Big  Hill,  Ky.  No.  27.  Common  at  all  elevations. 
Suillellus  rubinellus  (Peck)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Fl.  9:152.  1910. 
Boletus  rubinellus  Peck,  Ann.  Rep.  N.  Y.  State  Mus.  32:33.  ISSO. 

In  young  pine  woods.  Big  Hill,  Ky.  No.  33.  Very  numerous. 
vSuillellus  morrisii  (Peck)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Fl.  9:153.  1910. 
Boletus  morrisii  Peck,  Btill.  Torr.  Bot.  Club  36:154.   1909. 

In  mixed  pine  woods.  Big  Hill,  Ky.  No.  00.     Rare. 

Rostkovites  granulatus  (L.)  P.  Karst.  Rev.  Myc.  39:10.  1S<S1. 
Boletus  granulatus  L.  vSp.  PI.   1177.  1753. 

In  woods,  Big  Hill,  Ky.  Nos.  ()2  and  (iS.  Rare. 

Strobilomvces  strobilaceus  (Scop.)  Berk.  Outl.  Brit.  Fungol.  230. 

1800.^ 
Boletus  strobilaceus  Scop.  Anni.  Hist.  Nat.  4:148.  1770. 

In  woods,  Oxford,  O.  No.  8.  Big  Hill,  K}'.  No.  70.  Common 

in  both  localities. 

Boletinellus  merulioides  (Schw.)  Murrill,  Alycologia  1:7.  1909. 

Daedalea  merulioides  Schw.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  II.  4:100.  1832. 
In  beech  woods,  Oxford,  O.  No.  10.  On  or  about  decaying 
sticks  or  roots.  Rare.  About  tw^o  dozen  plants  were  collected 
on  the  campus  of  Miami  University  in  July,   1910. 

Boletinus  berkeleyi  Murrill,  Mycologia  1:().    1909. 

In  oak  woods.  Big  Hill.  Ky.  Nos.  21  and  '^'^.  Rare. 

Miami  University. 


Jan.,  1910.] 


Ohio  Groicn  Rubber,  Crop  of  1910. 


OHIO  GROWN  RUBBER,  CROP  OF  1910.* 

Charles  P.  Fox. 

Product  of  Common  Milkweed  (Asclepias  syriaca).  A  com- 
mon plant  belonging  to  tlic  Asclcpiadaceac;  found  abundantly 
tlirougliout  the  United  States;  classed  as  a  weed,  convicted  as  a 
bee-killer,  advocated  as  a  rubber  producer.  Too  well  known  to 
need  description. 


Asclepias  syriaca. 

Latex.  Milk-like,  thin;  acid  or  neutral  reaction;  characteris- 
tic odor  of  milkweed;  does  not  coagulate  on  standing  in  a  closed 
vessel;  imperfectly  coagulated  by  acids;  thickened  or  partially 
coagulated  by  ammonia;  coagulated  by  heat;  coagulated  by 
alcohol. 


*  Presented   at   the   Twentieth  Annual  Meeting,    Ohio  Acad,   of   Sci., 
Akron,  Nov.  25. 


272  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  3, 

Coagulated  Latex.  The  coaglum  is  plastic  and  can  be  moulded 
into  cakes  resembling  some  of  the  cheaper  grades  of  rubber. 
The  whey  contains  mineral  matter  and  sugar. 

Caoutchouc.  Obtained  from  the  coaglum.  Is  flabby;  lacks 
strength  and  finnness;  is  high  in  gravity.  Responds  to  the  sulfur 
chloride  and  bromine  tests.  Yield  of  rubber,  on  basis  of  latex, 
is  2  to  .3^7. 

Resin.  White,  tasteless,  odorless.  Gives  "asclepione, " 
described  by  Watts  as  "radiating  crystals  insoluble  in  water  and 
alcohol,  and  is  not  attacked  by  dilute  caustic." 

This  plant  has  been  suggested  as  a  source  of  crude  rubber. 
The  project  has  engaged  the  serious  attention  of  several  parties 
during  the  past  twenty  years.  A  careful  stud\-  of  the  question, 
covering  a  period  of  twelve  years,  indicates  that  while  rubber  is  a 
product  of  the  plant,  the  amount  is  so  small,  its  quality  is  so 
inferior,  and  its  cost  of  production  is  so  high,  that  a  profitable 
industry  is  out  of  the  question. 


Ortox  Hall,  October  3,  1910. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  and  the 
minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and  approved. 

Professors  J.  H.  Schaffner,  J.  S.  Hine,  and  J.  A.  Hambleton 
were  appointed  to  act  as  a  committee  to  nominate  officers  for  the 
year. 

The  program  consisted  of  reports  on  Summer  Work  by  the 
members. 

Prof.  W.  R.  Lazenby  made  some  observations  on  the  trees, 
and  spoke  of  the  scarcity  of  seed  this  year. 

Prof.  Schaffner  spoke  of  his  obser^■ations  on  leaf  markings,  and 
the  relation  of  plants  to  the  substratum. 

Prof.  Hine  carried  on  his  study  of  the  mammals  of  the  state 
during  the  summer. 

Prof.  Hambleton  sjoent  the  most  of  the  summer  at  the  Lake 
Laboratory. 

Aliss  Detmers  gave  a  few  observations  on  her  work  at  Buckeye 
Lake. 

C.  L.  Metcalf  reported  good  early  collecting  this  year  for  the 
entomologist,  his  special  group  being  the  Syrphidae. 

B.  W.  Wells  spent  the  earlier  part  of  the  summer  at  the  Lake 
Laboratory. 

B.  F.  Fulton  made  some  observations  on  birds. 

Lionel  King  reported  a  profitable  summer  at  the  Botanical 
Gardens  in  Cleveland. 

M.  G.  Dickey,  Secretary. 

Date  of    Publication,  January   16,   1911. 


ne  Ohio  Naturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity, 
Volume  XI.  FEBRUARY,    1911.  No.  4. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Stauffer— A  Review  of  Literature  on  the  Guology  of  South  America 273 

Selby— The  Blister  Rust  of  White  Pine  (Peridermium  Strobi  Klebahn)  Found  in  Ohio  285 

Griggs— Eupatorium  Rotundifolium  in  Ohio 287 

Wells— Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club 287 


A  REVIEW  OF  LITERATURE  ON  THE  GEOLOGY  OF 

SOUTH  AMERICA. 

C.  R.  Stauffer. 

ARCHEOZOIC  AND  PROTEROZOIC  (pRE-CAMBRIAn) 

The  pre-Cambrian  of  South  America  is  mainly  limited  to 
three  regions: 

(a)  Guiana,  including  portions  of  northern  Brazil  and 
southern  Venezuela. 

(b)  The  highlands  of  eastern  and  southern  Brazil. 

(c)  Narrow  strips  in  the  Andes  lying  north  of  40°  S.  latitude, 
together  wdth  similar  strips  running  north  and  east  from  the 
main  chain  in  northern  Venezuela.  These  Andean  strips  may  be 
of  much  later  age,  but  they  have  been  referred  to  the  pre-Cambrian. 

The  first  of  these  regions  includes  an  area  of  more  than  500,000 
square  miles  of  elevated  broken  land.  It  is  separated  from  the 
Atlantic  coast  by  a  10  to  70  mile  "wide  strip  of  post-Tertiar}^  sands 
and  gravels,  is  (according  to  Crosby)  bordered  on  the  north  and 
west  for  a  distance  of  800  miles  by  the  Orinoco  River,  and  to  the 
south  dips  under  Paleozoic  and  more  recent  sediments  along  a 
line  which  Derby  draws  approximately  "from  the  mouth  of  the 
Amazonas,  in  latitude  1°  N.,  to  the  confluence  of  the  Rio  Negra 
and  Rio  Brancho,  between  1°  and  2°  S.  latitude."^ 

The  rocks  of  this  region  Crosby  has  grouped  together  in 
somew^hat  the  following  manner: 

Pre-Cambrian 

(4)  Semi-crystalline  schists  and  marbles. 

Great  unconformity 
(3)  Montalban  series.     Gneisses  and  schists  cut  by  coarse  granite 

dikes.     Garnets  common. 
(2)  Huronian  series.    Quartz  porphyry  and  felsite  associated  with 
various    hornblende    and    slaty    rocks    showing    distinct 
bedding. 
(1)  Laurentian  series  (?).    Granite  and  some  syenite.^ 


1.  Crosby,  W.  O.,  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  XX,  1881,  p.  484. 

2.  Crosby,  W.  O.,  Loc.  cit.,  p.  493. 


2  74  .     The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  4, 

No  thicknesses  are  given  and  the  value  of  the  classification  is 
perhaps  questionable,  but  it  appears  to  be  the  most  complete  of 
any  thus  far  in  print. 

Concerning  the  semi-crystalline  schists  and  marbles  (No.  4  of 
the  above  section),  Crosby  says  they  "represent  a  horizon  near, 
but  below,  the  boundary  line  between  the  Eozoic  and  Paleozoic." 
And  the  granite  (No.  1)  "lies  at  the  base  of  all  the  rocks  of  the 
colony  (British  Guiana)  and  coarse  veins  of  it  have  pierced  all 
the  overlying  formations  including  even  the  sandstone  in  one 
place. '  '^  This  rock  is  identified  as  Laurentian  in  age  but  it  either 
includes  younger  intrusives  or  is  itself  much  younger,  as  the 
sandstone  said  to  have  been  cut  by  it  is  identified  as  Triassic.  At 
some  places  the  granite  is  said  to  show  a  gneissic  structure  and 
again  to  pass  over  into  distinct  gneiss. 

These  old  crystalline  rocks  are  thought  to  have  been  above  the 
sea  in  earliest  Paleozoic  time,  but  that  they  have  not  remained 
above  throughout  all  the  succeeding  time  is  suggested  by  the 
great  mass  of  Triassic  sandstones  capping  the  hills  over  10,000 
square  miles  of  British  Guiana. 

The  pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  the  highlands  of  eastern  and 
southern  Brazil  cover  a  much  larger  area  and,  as  in  the  former 
area,  are  in  part  covered  by  undetermined  later  formations. 
They  extend  over  more  than  30°  of  latitude  and  25°  of  longitude. 
Here,  as  to  the  north,  two  great  divisions  of  the  rocks  are  repre- 
sented. These  consist  of  "two  very  distinct  series,  of  which  one, 
the  most  ancient,  consists  of  crystalline  rocks,  including  gneiss, 
gneiss-granite,  and  syenite,  and  the  other  more  modern,  of  altered, 
but  in  general  non-crystalline  rocks  consisting  of  quartzites, 
metamorphic  schists  and  crystalline  limestones."^  The  section 
is  essentially  the  same  as  that  given  for  the  Guiana  region  and  the 
same  great  unconformity  is  recognized.  The  transitional  rocks 
above  the  unconfomiity  are  mainly  quartzites  and  schists,  with 
some  argillite,  crystalline  limestone  and  bedded  iron  ores.  The 
quartzite  frequently  passes  over  into  ordinary  sandstones,  among 
which  is  the  well-known  flexible  sandstone — itacolumite. 

As  an  evidence  of  the  age  of  the  land-surface  in  this  part  of 
Brazil,  Branner  says  that  "the  fine-grained  gneiss  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  city  of  Theophilo  Ottoni,  is  so  deeply  weathered  that  one 
seldom  sees  a  hard  rock  face."^  The  street  and  railroad  cuts  are 
made  in  the  decomposed  rock.  At  one  place  near  the  railroad 
station,  the  rock  cut  is  10  meters  in  depth  and  the  schists  stand  as 
a  perpendicular  clifi^,  although  so  much  decayed  that  one  can 
thrust  a  knife  into  them  an^^vhere. 


3.  Loc.  cit.,  p.  493. 

4.  Derby,  O.  A.,  Proc.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc,  1879,  pp.  155-178,  251-258. 

5.  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  Vol.  II,  1900,  p.  187. 


Feb.,  1911.]       Literature  on  Geology  of  South  America.  275 

On  the  Pacific  slope  of  the  Andes  from  Patagonia  northward 
the  old  fonnations  show  a  siinilar  three-fold  division  and  arc  said 
to  have  essentially  the  same  characteristics.  It  is  probable, 
however,  that  these  formations  are  of  much  later  age. 

PALEOZOIC. 

The  Lower  Paleozoic  Rocks.  The  lower  Paleozoic  formations 
of  South  America  are  not  always  recognizable  and  are  perhaps 
wanting  in  some  regions  where  later  fonnations  occur,  but  it  is 
probable  that  a  portion  of  the  crystalline  schists,  quartzites  and 
slates  which  have  been  referred  to  the  pre-Cambrian  are  in  reality 
early  Paleozoic  formations.  In  the  Amazon  region  Derb}'  says 
that  the  Silurian  rests  unconfomiably  "on  an  extensive  series  of 
quartzites  superior  to"^  the  gneiss,  but  the  age  of  this  assemblage 
of  rocks  is  not  suggested.  In  this  same  region  Katzer  inaps  the 
Silurian  as  unconformable  on  a  series  of  metatnorphic  rocks',  which 
appear  to  be  of  pre-Cambrian  age. 

In  Bolivia  and  northwestern  Argentine  occur  outcrops  of 
sandstones  and  quartzites  in  which  a  fauna  of  Upper  Cambrian 
age  (Agnostus,  Olenus,  Conocoryphe  and  Ptychoparia)  has  been 
collected.^  The  base  of  this  series  of  rocks  is  not  exposed  and  its 
thickness  is  tmknown.  In  this  same  general  region  (Bolivia  and 
Argentine)  the  Ordovician  is  represented  by  yellow  argillaceous  or 
qtiartzitic  sandstones  and  black  shales  which  are  thought  to  rep- 
resent the  same  horizon  as  the  Orthoceras  limestone  (base  of 
Ordovician)  of  the  Baltic.^  Among  the  fossils  collected  from 
this  horizon  are  Illacnus,  Orthoceras  and  Eudoceras  from  the 
sandstone,  and  four  genera  of  graptolites  from  the  black  pyritic 
shales  exposed  along  Rio  Corauhuata  at  Culi,  Bolivia.^''  DeLap- 
parent  says  this  same  fauna  also  occurs  near  Lima,  Peru;  and 
again  along  the  coast  of  Venezuela  between  Caracas  and  Puerto 
Cabello,  the  finding  of  Ordovician  fossils,  among  which  is  Calyni- 
mene  senaria,^^  indicates  the  presence  of  this  system. 

Silurian  rocks  are  reported  to  occur  along  the  coast  of  Chili 
but  they  are  highly  metatnorphosed^-  and  have  not  been  well 
described.  In  southwestern  Brazil,  southern  Peru  and  north- 
western x\rgentine  the  Silurian  rocks  outcrop  almost  continuously 


6.  Derby,  O.  A.,  Amer.  Jour.  Sci.,  3d  ser.,  Vol.  XIX,  ISSO,  p.  324. 

7.  Katzer.  Friederich,  Grundztige  der  Geologie  des  unteren  Amazonas- 
gebietes.  1903.  (Leipzig),  p.  21G. 

8.  Kayser,  E.,  Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  einiger  palaeozoisher  Faunen 
vSiidamerikas  (Reviewed  by  Freeh).  Neues  Jahrbuch  fiir  Mineralogie, 
Geologie  und  Palaeontologie.    Band  II,  1898,  p.  472. 

9.  DeLapparent,  A.,  Treate  de  Geologie,  Tome  III,  p.  808. 

10.  Evans,  J.  \V.,  Quart,  jour.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  Vol.  LXII,  190G, 
p.  431. 

11.  Drevermann,  Xeues  Jahrbuch,  Band  I,  1904,  p.  91. 

12.  Forbes,  David,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  Vol.  XVII,  1860, 
p.  Gl. 


276  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XI,  No.  4, 


over  a  region  extending  from  northwest  to  southeast  more  than 
700  miles  and  including  an  area  of  80,000  to  100,000  square  miles. 
These  rocks  form  the  mountain  chain  of  the  highest  Andes,  rising 
to  a  maximum  elevation  of  25,000  feet  above  sea-level.^'''  In 
Peru  they  consist  of  blue  to  gray  and  black  clay  slates,  shales  and 
gra\^vackes,  with  a  subordinate  amount  of  sandstone.  East  of 
La  Paz  the  Silurian  is  thought  to  be  fully  developed  and  here 
Forbes  estimated  its  thickness  at  15,000  feet,^"*  but  it  is  quite 
probable  that  this  includes  also  the  Ordovician  and  a  portion  of 
the  Cambrian. 

Near  Hanco  in  northwestern  Argentine  the  Silurian  is  about 
4,000  feet  thick  and  consists  of  bluish  gray  to  yellowish  rough 
uneven-bedded  limestone  interstratified  with  marl,  and  all  quite 
fossiliferous.^^  The  Silurian  strata  of  the  Bolivia-Brazil-Argen- 
tine region  are  not  very  much  folded  but  are  faulted,  tilted  and 
often  cut  by  intrusions  of  granite,  porphyry,  diorite,  trap,  etc., 
and  in  the  vicinity  of  these  masses  the  strata  are  altered  into 
gneissic  and  schistose  rocks  whose  sedimentary  origin  is  only 
occasionally  to  be  recognized.'''  Important  veins  carrying  gold, 
silver,  lead,  tin,  copper,  zinc,  nickel,  etc.,  occur  in  the  Silurian 
rocks  and  arc  thought  to  have  been  formed  prior  to  the  extrusion 
of  the  post-Paleozoic  lavas. 

In  the  Lower  Amazon  region  Silurian  strata  outcrop  on  the 
Guiana  side  in  a  narrow  strip  (4  ±  miles  wide)  along  the  southern 
margin  of  the  metamorphic  rocks,  from  the  Rio  Trombetas 
nearly  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  On  the  river  mentioned  they  have 
been  studied  to  some  extent  and  a  considerable  fauna  collected 
(Orthis,  Lingulops,  Telliuomya,  Anodontopsis).^''  Here  they  con- 
sist of  about  1,000  feet  of  hard  argillaceous  and  fine-grained 
micaceous  sandstone,  with  some  shale  between  the  layers  and 
about  twenty  feet  of  schists  at  the  bottom,  resting  unconfonn- 
ably,  at  one  place  on  felsite  and  at  another  on  syenite.  ^^ 

At  the  Morro  do  Cachorro  the  Silurian  sandstones  have  a 
grayish,  yellowish  or  reddish  color,  are  often  banded,  and  dip  to 
the  S.  SW.  at  an  angle  of  5°.  They  frequently  contain  impres- 
sions similar  to  those  recognized  in  the  Medina  of  North  America 


13.  Forbes,  David,  Ibid.,  p.  53. 

14.  Forbes,  David,  Ibid.,  p.  61. 

15.  Bordenberger,  W.,  Leitschrift  der  deutschen  geologischen  Gesell- 
schaft,  Band  XLVIII,  1896,  pp.  743-772. 

16.  Forbes,  David,  Loc.  cit.,  p.  61. 

17.  Clarke,  J.  M.,  The  Paleozoic  Faunas  of  Para,  Brazil;  Archives  do 
Museu  Nacional  do  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Vol.  X,  1900.  pp.  1-24. 

18.  Derby,    O.    A.,    Proc.    Amer.    Phil.    Soc,    Vol.    XVIII,    1S79,   pp. 
167-169. 


Feb.,  1911,]       Literature  on  Geology  of  South  America.  277 

under  the  name  Arthrophycus  harlani  Con.^^  and  hence  may  be 
the  upper  part  of  the  Ordovieian.  Sikirian  strata  are  recognized 
by  fossils  to  the  north  of  the  river  only.  Those  called  Silurian  to 
the  south  are  identified  as  such  by  their  petrographic  appearance 
and  stratigraphic  occurrence. 

Devonian.  The  Devonian  of  South  America  is  known  in 
Brazil,  Peiti,  Bolivia,  Argentine  and  the  Falkland  Islands. 

In  Brazil  strata  referred  to  this  system  are  found  in  the  state 
of  Para  on  both  sides  of  the  Lower  Amazon;  in  the  province  of 
Mato  Grasso  in  central  Brazil  and  the  province  of  Parana  in 
southern  Brazil.-'^  In  the  Lower  Amazon  region  it  is  best  exposed 
on  the  north  side  of  the  valley  where  it  fonns  a  narrow  belt  along 
the  border  of  the  Silurian.  O.  A.  Derby  divided  the  Devonian  of 
this  region  into  three  groups-^  as  follows:  The  Maecuru,  consist- 
ing of  about  30  feet  of  massive  coarse  white  or  yellow4sh  sandstone 
which  is  sometimes  hard  and  sometimes  a  mere  bank  of  sand.  It 
contains  an  abundance  of  well-preserved  fossils.  This  group 
rests  on  the  Silurian,  perhaps  confoniiably,  and  is  followed  by 
the  Erere  group  consisting  principally  of  thin-bedded  fine-grained 
micaceous  sandstone  with  a  subordinate  amount  of  black  shale. 
These  sandstones  are  generally  white  in  color  but  weather  red, 
while  the  shale  weathers  to  a  whitish  color.  Near  the  base  some 
chcrty  sandstone  occurs.  The  whole  group  is  quite  fossiliferous 
and  those  forms  occurring  in  the  shale  are  different  from  those  in 
the  sandstone.  Derby  says  there  are  thirteen  distinct  beds  and 
the  total  thickness  is  about  200  feet.  Above  this  lies  the  Curua 
group,  consisting,  in  the  lower  part,  of  about  300  feet  of  well- 
laminated  almost  slaty  black  shale,  with  concretionary  beds  con- 
taining the  cone-in-cone  structure  and  having  a  strong  odor  of 
petroleum.  In  the  upper  part  the  group  consists  of  an  equal 
amount  (300  feet)  of  chocolate  colored  shale  mottled  with  spots 
of  a  darker  color  and  banded  parallel  to  the  bedding  with  various 
colored  layers.  This  rock  is  mostly  a  clay  mixed  with  much 
finely  divided  mica  and  sand.  The  lower  part  of  these  red- 
brown  shales  and  the  upper  part  of  the  black  shales  are  abund- 
antly marked  with  Spirophyton.  This  group  is  followed  by 
about  50  feet  of  coarse  sandstone  of  undetermined  age  and  then 
follows  (upper)  Carboniferous  rocks  with  distinctive  fossils. 


19.  Katzer,  Friederich,  Grundziige  der  Geologie  des  unteren  Amazon- 
asgebietes,  190.3,  p.  216. 

20.  Thomas,    Ivor,    Zeitschr.   d.   deutsch.   Geol.   Ges.,   Vol.   57,    1905, 
p.  234. 

21.  Proc.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  for  1879,  pp.  169-171. 


278  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  4, 


A  more  recent,  although  less  detailed  section  of  the  Maccurti 
valley  is  given  by  Fricdrich  Katzer--  as  follows: 

Carboniferous. 

Unconlormity. 
Devonian. 

6.     Black  shale. 

5.     Red  micaceous  sandstone.    The  upper  fossil-bearing  horizon. 

4.     Darker  sandstone. 

.3.     Hornstone. 

2.     Spirifer  sandstone.    The  principal  fossil-bearing  horizon. 

1.     Thin-bedded  sandstone  interbedded  with  shale. 
vSilurian. 

Mr.  vSchuchert  makes  the  hornstone  of  the  above  section  the 
dividing  line  between  the  lower  and  tipper  Devonian-'''  of  the 
lower  Amazon  and  on  the  basis  of  fossils  refers  that  below  to  the 
age  of  the  Oriskany  and  that  above  to  Hamilton.  In  this  he 
follows  Katzcr.  The  Devonian  of  this  region  is  frequently  faulted, 
but  only  slightly  folded  and  often  cut  by  diabase  dikes.  In  the 
province  of  Mato  Grasso  the  horizon  of  the  Devonian  exposed  is 
not  known  but  it  is  probably  that  of  the  lower  part  of  the  Maecuni 
group,  as  indicated  by  the  few  fossils  collected.  The  same  hori- 
zon is  reported  from  Parana-'*  where  the  deposits  are  principally 
brown  and  black  shales. 

The  Devonian  of  Bolivia,  east  of  Lake  Titicaca,  consists  prin- 
cipally of  yellowish  to  gray  sandstones  and  black  shales.  Only 
in  the  strongly  folded  part  of  the  Cordillera  does  the  rock  take  on 
a  graywacke  character.  The  Devonian  is  easily  distinguished 
from  the  underlying  Silurian  by  its  never  failing  mica  content, 
and  by  its  normal  sedimentation  from  the  overlying  salt  and 
gypstmi-bearing  red  sandstones  of  the  Cretaceous.  The  Devonian 
is  overlain  by  Carboniferous  only  in  the  northern  part  of  Bolivia.^^ 
These  rocks  are  all  highly  fossiliferous  and  are  thought  to  repre- 
sent the  Oriskany  sandstone,  the  Onondaga  limestone  and  the 
Hamilton  beds  of  North  America.-'' 

In  Argentine  the  Devonian  is  well  exposed  in  the  region  of 
Rio  del  Jachal.  On  the  east  side  of  the  river  the  system  is  400 
meters  thick  and  consists  of  200  meters  of  unfossiliferous  shales, 
above  which  lies  200  meters  of  shales  and  gra>"wackes  with  three 
fossiliferous  horizons.  To  the  west  of  the  Jachal  two  other  out- 
crops occur.     Here  the  Devonian  consists  of  2,000  to  3,000  meters 


22.  Grundziige  der  Geologic  des  Amazonasgiebetes.  1903  (Leipzig),  p. 
191. 

23.  Jour.  Geol.,  Vol.  XIV,  1906,  p.  731. 

24.  Thomas,  Ivor,  loc.  cit.,  p.  238. 

25.  Knod,  Reinhold,  Neues  Jahrbuch  ftir  Mineralogie,  Geologie,  und 
Palaeontologie,  Vol.  25  (Beilage  Band),  1908,  pp.  574,  575. 

26.  Steinmann,  Gustav,  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  25,  p.  856. 


Feb.,  1911.]       Literature  on  GeoJagy  of  South  America.  279 

of  graywacke,  sandstone,  qiiartzitc  and  shale  with  a  subordinate 
amount  of  hmestone. 

In  the  Falkland  Islands  at  CeiTO  del  Fuerto  the  Devonian 
rests  confonnably  on  the  Silurian  and  consists  chiefly  of  micaceous 
red  sandstones.-^ 

The  fauna  of  South  America  is  closely  related  to  that  of 
North  America.  This  is  shown,  especially,  by  the  presence  of 
such  forms  as  Chonctes  coronatus  and  Tropidoleptus  carinatus  in 
the  lower  Devonian,  which  occur  later  in  the  Hamilton  of  North 
America. 

Carboniferous  and  Permian.  The  Carboniferous  fomiations 
are  apparently  more  restricted  in  South  America  than  the  Devo- 
nian, but  occur  in  the  same  general  regions. 

The  Lower  Carboniferous  (Mississippian)  is  made  up,  in  large 
part,  of  non-fossiliferous  sandstones.  The  Upper  Carboniferous 
(Pennsylvanian)  is  largely  marine  and  contains  representatives  of 
widely  distribtited  brachiopods  and  gastropods.  Fusulina  lime- 
stones occur  in  Peru,  Bolivia  and  Brazil. ^^ 

In  the  lower  Amazon  region  Carboniferous  strata  (probably 
both  Mississippian  and  Penns}dvanian)  are  well  exposed.  These 
'beds  seem  to  be  unconformable  on  the  older  formations'^  but  dip 
with  them  into  the  Amazon  embayment.  Along  the  Rio  Tapajoz, 
north  of  Itaituba  in  the  province  of  Para,  the  system  is  composed 
of  green  shales  at  the  bottom  which  are  followed  above  by  coarse 
black  shales  with  numerous  concretions  (septaria).  These  shales 
are  succeeded  by  laminated  green,  white,  and  red  arenaceous 
shales  and  sandstones  and  capped  by  more  than  60  feet  of 
limestone.'*'^ 

In  the  provinces  of  Parana  and  Santa  Catharina,  southern 
Brazil,  the  Carboniferous  rests  unconfomiably  on  the  Devonian, 
or  sometimes  on  the  granite  itself.  In  the  lower  part  is  a  coarse 
conglomerate,  but  from  this  upward  the  succession  is  continuous 
through  the  Trias  without  any  great  unconformities.  I.  C.  White 
includes  the  Carboniferous,  Permian  and  Triassic  in  the  Santa 
Catharina  system.-"*^  His  classification  of  the  fonner  two  is  as 
follows : 


27.  Thomas,  Ivor,  loc.  cit.,  p.  244. 

28.  Steinman,  Gustav,  Anier.  Nat.  ,VoI.  XXV,  1891,  p.  806. 

29.  Kavser,  Emanuel,  Lehrbuch  der  Geologic,  3d  Ed.,  Vol.   II,  1908» 
p.  2.38. 

30.  Hartt,  C.  F.,  Bull.  Cornell  Univ.,  Vol.  I,  No.  1,  1874,  p.  29. 

31.  Commissao  de  Estudos  das  Minas  de  Carvao  de  Pedra  do  Brazil. 
Relatorio  Final,  1908,  p.  33. 


:28o 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XI,  No.  4, 


Sao  Bento  series.  .  .  .Sandstones,   shale  and  eruptives..900  m. 
(Triassic) 

Rocinha  limestone 3  m." 


Passa  Dois  series 
(Permian) 


Santa 

Catharina  - 
System 


Tubarao  series 
(Permo-Carboniferous) 


Estrada  Nova,  gray  and 
variegated  shales  with 
cherty  concretions  and 
sandv  beds loO  m.  (223  m. 


Iraty  black  shale  (contains 
Mesosaurns  and  Stereo- 
sternum)  70  m. 

Palermo  shales 90  m. 

Rio     Bonito     shales     and 
sandstones    (Coal   Meas- 
ures    and     Glossopteris 
flora) 1.58  m. 


180  m. 


Orleans  conglomerate 5  m. 


—  yellow  sandstones 
and  shales  to  granite 
floor 27  m. 

The  lower  member  of  the  Carboniferous  consists  of  sandstones 
and  shales  resting  on  the  granite.  Overlying  these  is  the  Orleans 
conglomerate  which  is  made  up  of  "botilders  of  granite,  quartzite 
and  other  hard  rocks,  some  of  which  are  20  to  25  cm.  in  diameter" 
imbedded  in  clay.  This  conglomeratic  character  is  common 
throughout  southern  Brazil.  At  "several  localities  near  Rio 
Negro,  10  kilometers  from  any  outcrop  of  granite,"  it  contains 
"granite  boulders  in  vast  numbers  up  to  3  meters  in  diameter,  all 
imbedded  in  a  fine  and  apparently  unstratified  gray  muddy 
sediment. "'■''  White  thinks  this  deposit  corresponds  in  age  to  the 
Dwyka  conglomerate  (Peniiian)  of  South  Africa,  to  which  it 
bears  much  resemblance,  and  that  it  is  of  glacial  origin. 

The  Rio  Bonito  beds  (Coal  Measures)  consist  of  partly  consoli- 
dated yellowish  and  grayish  white  sandstones  interbeddcd  with 
gray  shales  and  several  beds  of  coal.  The  coals  of  Brazil  are  all 
poor.  In  the  lower  part  of  the  Rio  Bonito  beds  is  the  Bonito 
coal,  locally  making  up  most  of  the  formation.  Its  thickness 
frequently  runs  as  high  as  2.5  and  even  3.22  meters  and  is  quite 
persistent  in  the  Minas  region,  but  it  contains  much  shale  and 
the  coal  is  of  poor  quality. 

Above  the  Bonito  coal  bed  is  a  horizon  containing  many  plant 
remains,  among  which  the  abundant  fossils  belong  to  the  genera 
Sigillaria  and  Glossopteris.^-''     The  only  other  important  coal  bed 


32.  White,  I.  C,  loc.  cit.,  p.  51. 

33.  White,  T. C,  loc.  cit.,  p.  79. 


Feb.,  1911.]       Literature  on  Geology  of  South  America.  281 

is  the  Barro  Branco  bed,  mueh  higher  in  the  foniiation.  It  also 
consists  of  seams  of  coal  separated  by  thin  layers  of  shale. 

The  Palermo  shales  lie  conformably  (?)  on  the  Rio  Bonito 
beds  and  are  made  up  of  soft  gray  and  red  shales. 

Since  the  Permian  is  thought  to  be  conformable,  or  essentially 
so,  on  the  Carboniferous,  the  shales,  limestones  and  cherts  of  the 
Passa  Dois  series  may  be  considered  here. 

The  Iraty  black  shale,  which  is  a  widely  persistent  formation, 
is  distinguished  by  its  Reptilian  remains  and  by  the  ever  present 
odor  of  petroletmi.  It  contains  nearly  20%  of  volatile  matter  and 
9%  of  carbon. 

The  Estrado  Nova  beds  consist  of  gray  and  variegated  shales 
with  some  sandstones. 

The  Rocinha  limestone  is  the  top  of  the  Pemiian  and  forms  a 
persistent  dividing  line  between  it  and  the  Triassic. 

In  northwestern  Argentine  there  is  a  series  of  sandstones  and 
shales  with  some  coal  which  are  at  least  in  part  Carboniferous. 
They  lie  unconfomiably  on  the  older  Paleozoic  rocks  (Devonian?) 
and  are  overlain  confonnably  by  the  Triassic  as  in  southern 
Brazil      The  Glossopteris  flora  also  occurs  herc.-''^ 

Rocks  of  (Upper  and  Lower)  Carboniferous  age  are  found  in 
Bolivia  in  the  vicinity  of  La  Paz  and  north  of  Lake  Titicaca.  The 
system  is  made  up  of  red  sandstones,  red  and  green  shales,  and 
some  limestone.  Some  layers  have  a  rich  fauna  which  was  at 
least  locally  of  marine  Pennsylvanian  age.'''^  The  brown  and  red 
sandstones  and  conglomerates  belonging  to  the  Permian  of  Peru 
carry  a  considerable  amount  of  copper  which  is  thought  to  have 
been  an  original  deposit.  Salt  and  gypsum  beds  are  also  abundant.-'"' 

Strata  carrying  the  Glossopteris  flora  occur  in  the  Falkland 
Islands. 

MESOZOIC. 

Triassic  and  Jurassic.  The  Permian,  Triassic  and  Jurassic  of 
South  America  are. very  closely  related  and  sometimes  inseparable. 
Most  of  the  continent  was  above  sea-level  throughout  these 
periods,  but  probable  land  formations  of  this  age  are  known  at 
several  localities  in  Brazil,  while  marine  Triassic  and  Jurassic 
occur  in  the  Cordilleras  between  5°  and  35°  south  latitude.'''" 

In  southern  Brazil  where  the  Triassic  comes  in  contact  with 
the  Permian,  the  fomier  consists  of  massive  red  sandstones  which 
rest  unconformably  on  the  Rochina  limestone  (Permian)  but  the 
extent  of  this  unconformitv  is  unknown. 


34.  Kayser,  E.,  loc.  cit.,  p.  306. 

35.  Forbes,  David,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  VoL  XVII,  1860, 
pp.   48-51. 

36.  Forbes,  David,  loc.  cit.  pp.  38-45. 

37.  Steinman,  Gustav,  Am.  Nat.,  Vol.  25,  1891.  p.  857. 


282 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XI,  No.  4, 


The  following  section  gives  the  general  relations  and  more 
important  subdivisions  of  the  Triassic  of  Brazil: 

fSerra  Geral  eruptives 600  m. 

Sao  Bento  sandstones,  cliffs 
of  red  gray  and  cream 
colored  sandstones 200  m.  |-900  m. 

Rio  do  Rasto  red  beds  with 
fossil  Reptiles  and  fossil 
trees 100  m.. 


Sao  Bento  series 
(Triassic) 


Santa^^ 
Catharina  ■ 
System 


Passa  Dois  series 223  m. 

(Permian) 


,  ISO  m. 


Tubarao  series 

(Permo-Carboniferous) 

The  Rio  do  Rasto  beds  are  composed  of  loosely  consolidated 
red  sands  and  conglomerates,  while  the  Sao  Bento  beds  consist  of 
massive  red,  gray,  and  cream-colored  sandstones  which  are  some- 
times conglomeratic  and  "often  baked  and  vitrified  by  contact 
with  the  great  sills  of  diabase  which  are  so  frequently  intercalated 
between  the  massive  layers  as  well  as  piled  on  top  of  the  same/^^ 
The  lower  part  of  these  beds  (Sao  Bento)  are  mostly  red  sandstone 
flags  and  the  whole  is  apparently  unfossihferous.  The  hard 
vitrified  rocks  of  the  upper  part  of  the  series  frequently  form 
walls,  towers,  and  buttes  near  the  summits  of  the  elevated  peaks. 
The  top  of  the  section  is  made  up  of  a  great  series  of  lava  flows  and 
the  beds  beneath  are  affected  by  numerous  dikes  and  intrusive 
sheets. 

The  coal-bearing  strata  of  southern  Brazil  is  late  Paleozoic, 
while  that  of  Argentine  and  the  Chilian  Cordilleras  belongs  to  the 
Rhaetic  group  and  is  partly  covered  by  conformable  marine 
deposits  of  lower  Lias.'*'' 

The  Triassic  fossils  of  the  Cordilleran  region  are  of  the  same 
type  as  those  found  in  California  and  western  Canada,  the  leading 
fossil  being  Pseudomonotis  semicircularis  (?)  Graft. 

Nearly  all  horizons  of  the  Jurassic  have  been  found  to  be 
fossihferous  and  "the  rich  collections  made  in  different  parts  of" 
the  Argentinian,  Chilian  and  Perrtvian  Cordilleras  have  enabled 
us  to  detennine  that  the  succession  of  marine  organic  life  during 
this  period  was  quite  the  same  on  the  Pacific  slope  as  in  Europe 
and  East  India,  and  there  have  existed  very  intimate  faunistic 
relations  between  these  regions. "^^ 


38.  White,   I.   C,   Commissao  de  Estudos   das  Minas  de  Carvao  de 
Pedra  do  Brazil.    Relatio  Final,  1908,  p.  33. 

39.  White,  I.  C,  loc.  cit.,  p.  211. 

40.  Steinmann,  Gustav,  loc.  cit.,  p.  857. 

41.  Steinmann,  Gustav,  loc.  cit.  p.  857. 


Feb.,  1911.]       Literature  on  Geology  of  South  America.  283 

Cretaceous.  The  Cretaceous  deposits  are  wide-spread  in 
South  America  and  represent  a  notable  encroachment  of  the  sea 
upon  the  continent.  "Marine  Cretaceous  fossils  are  found  in 
nearly  all  parts  of  the  Cordillera  from  South  Patagonia  to  East 
Venezuela"  and  a  rich  marine  fauna  has  also  been  discovered  in 
the  Cretaceous  formations  of  east  Brazil. ^- 

"  Certain  of  the  characteristic  Lower  Cretaceous  fossils  of  the 
North  reappear  in  the  South.  The  famous  genus  Aucella,  widely 
distributed  on  the  slopes  of  the  North  Pacific,  has  been  recently 
mentioned  by  N.  Ritin  from  Mexico;  by  White  from  Brazil;  and  I 
(Steinmann)  know  it  also  from  the  environs  of  Lima  associated 
with  Ammonites  of  the  Neocomian  of  Europe.""*^ 

The  undoubted  marine  deposits  of  the  central  part  of  South 
America  disappear  to  the  north  and  the  south  and  are  replaced  by 
sandy  deposits  without  marine  fossils.  "Probably  a  great  part 
of  the  red  sandstone  formations  which  occur  in  Brazil,  Venezuela, 
Bolivia,  and  in  the  north  of  the  Argentine  Republic,  take  the 
same  place  relative  to  the  marine  sediments  as  do  the  Atlanto- 
saurus  beds,  the  Trinity  and  Tuscaloosa  fomiations  in  North 
America."^-* 

The  Ammonite-bearing  beds  of  the  Lower  Cretaceous  in 
Patagonia,'*^  Peru,  Venezuela'^''  and  Columbia'^^,  have  been  worked 
out  in  detail.  Gerhardt  refers  these  beds  to  the  European  hori- 
zons, Neocom  (?),  Barremien,  Aptien,  and  Albien.  The  beds 
consist  of  dark  blue  limestone  interbedded  with  quartzite,  white 
and  red  sandstones.  In  Patagonia  these  beds  have  a  rather 
limited  distribution  and  are  overlain  unconfomiably  (?)  by  the 
Dinosaur  beds.'*^  These  latter  consist  of  red  sandstones,  con- 
glomerates, with  clays,  marls  and  volcanic  tuffs. 

On  the  Pacific  coast  of  south  Chili  glauconitic  sandstones  are 
found  which  contain  a  rich  fauna  of  the  uppermost  Cretaceous. 
This  is  especially  shown  on  the  Island  of  Quiriquina.  "Besides 
many  Ammonites  and  Baculites,  partly  identical  with  those  from 
south  India,  this  fauna  is  characterized  by  the  abundance  of  Gas- 
tropods of  Tertiary  type.  The  Cretaceous  beds  are  covered 
conformably  by  a  lignitic  formation  whose  fauna  does  not  contain 
the  Cretaceous  fossils;  but  startigraphically  both  formations  are 


42.     Steinmann.  Gustav,  loc.  cit.,  p.  858. 
4.3.     Steinmann,  Gustav,  loc.  cit.,  p.  8.58. 

44.  Steinmann,  Gustav,  loc.  cit.,  p.  8.58. 

45.  Faru,   Francois,   Neues  Jahrbuch  fur  Mineralogie,   Geologic,  und 
Palaeontologie,  Vol.  XXV  (Beilage  Band),   1908,  pp.  601-647. 

46.  Gerhardt,    K.    Neues   Jahrbuch   fur   Mineralogie,    Geologic,    und 
Palaeontologie,  Vol.  XI  (Beilage  Band),  1897-8,  pp.  65-117. 

47.  Gerhardt,  K.,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  118-208. 

48.  Roth,   Santiago,   Neues  Jahrbuch  fur  Mineralogie,  Geologic,  und 
Palaeontologie,  Vol.  XXVI  (Beilage  Band),  1908,  pp.  94-118. 


284  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  4, 

intimately  united."'*^  (Compare  this  with  the  Chico-Tejon  of 
northern  California.)  On  the  western  side  of  the  border  of  Chili 
and  Peru,  where  the  marine  deposits  of  these  fonnations  predom- 
inate, only  a  very  small  part  of  the  rocks  are  fomied  by  limestones, 
clay  slates,  or  sandstones.  These  appear,  however,  to  be  "inter- 
laid between  stratified  masses  of  porphyritic,  melaphyric  and 
andesitic  material,  the  entire  thickness  of  which  strata  reaches 
several  thousand  meters. "-^^ 

In  the  lower  Amazon  region  the  Cretaceous  (?)  rests  uncon- 
formably  on  the  Carboniferous.  The  Cretaceous  consists  of  yel- 
low and  white  clays  with  red  iron  stone  and  some  impure  lime- 
stone. The  fauna  of  these  beds  shows  a  remarkabl}^  Tertiary 
aspect.  It  consists,  for  the  most  part,  of  Gastropods,  Pelecypods, 
some  Bryozoans,  Corals  and  Echinoderms,  as  well  as  some  prob- 
able Reptilian  remains. 

The  plateau  region  of  southern  Para  is  mostly  covered  by  clay 
shales  interstratified  with  red  sandstones.  The  age  of  these 
rocks  is  believed  to  be  middle  and  older  Cretaceous,  and  perhaps 
in  part  even  Triassic''^  or  Pemiian. 

CENOZOIC. 

Tertiary.  The  Tertiary  deposits  of  South  America  occur  prin- 
cipally along  the  coastal  margin  especially  of  Brazil,  Argentine, 
Chili  and  Peru.  Also  in  the  Amazon  basin  these  beds  cover  a 
large  area,^-  and  again  in  southern  Argentine  the  same  is  true. 

In  eastern  Brazil  the  Tertiary  strata  consist  of  slightly  con- 
solidated sands  and  clays  which  are  undisturbed  and  overlie  the 
Cretaceotis  unconfonnably.^^  Fossiliferous  Tertiary  beds  (Upper 
Miocene)  occur  in  the  vicinity  of  Coquimbo,  Chili. ■^■*  These 
Chilian  Tertiary  shell  beds,  however,  are  found  but  sparingly  in 
Peru.-^^  The  Tertiary  beds  of  southern  Patagonia  vary  from 
seolian,  swamp,  and  lacustrine  deposits  to  sediments  carrying  a 
marine  fauna,  and  these  are  often  interbedded  with  each  other. 
The  maximum  thickness  is  about  1500  feet.''"  Tertiary  lava  flows 
and  intrusions  of  igneous  rock  are  common  throughout  the  Andes" 
and  arc  not  rare  even  in  Patagonia. 


49.  Steinmann,  Gustav,  loc.  cit.,  p.  8.59. 

50.  Steinmann,  Gustav,  loc.  cit.,  p.  859. 

51.  Katzer,  Fricdrich,  Grundziige  der  Geologie  des  iinteren  Amazonas- 
^el)ietes,  1903,  pp.  131-139. 


i>Z. 


Berghaus,  Physikali.scher  Atlas,  No.  14. 

53.  Hartt,  C.  F.,  Geol.  and  Phys.  Geog.  of  Brazil,  1S70,  p.  557. 

54.  De  Lapparent,  A.,  Traitc  de  Geologie,  Vol.  Ill,  1906,  p.  1621. 

55.  Forbes,  David,  loc.  cit.,  p.  9. 

56.  Hatcher,  J.  B.,  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  4th  Ser.,  Vol.  XI,  1900,  p.  99. 

57.  Forbes,  David,  loc.  cit.,  p.  12. 


Feb.,  1911.]  The  Blister  Rust  of  White  Pine.  285 

The  deposits  of  borax,  saltpetre,  etc.,  in  the  Atacama  desert 
and  vicinity  are  of  post-Tertiary  age  and  are  thought  to  have 
been  foniied  by  the  deposition  of  the  salts,  contained  in  an  inclosed 
portion  of  the  sea,  as  the  water  evaporated. 

Quaternary.  Glacial  drift  (Pleistocene)  occurs  from  Terra  del 
Fucgo  northward  at  least  to  41°  S.  latitude,  while  alpine  glacia- 
tion  occurs  as  far  north  as  9°  vS.  latitude.  "Besides  the  true 
glacial  deposits  and  the  asolian  formations  of  loess  and  loam, 
there  exists  in  South  America,  especially  on  the  high  plateau  of 
Bolivia,  lake  deposits  of  great  extent. "-^^ 

Terraces  and  tuff  deposits,  analogous  to  those  of  the  Great 
Basin  region  of  North  America,  are  well  developed.  Over  the 
high  lands  of  central  Brazil  and  in  Paraguay,  river  gravels  and 
silts,  similar  to  those  of  the  Columbia  formation,  are  also  well 
developed,  while  the  low  plains  and  swamps  are  covered  by 
allu^■ium.•^^ 


58.  Steinmann,  Gustav,  loc.  cit.,  p.  860. 

59.  Evans,   }.  W.,  Ouart.Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  Vol.  L.   1894,  pp. 
98,  99. 

Chicago,  1909. 


THE   BLISTER   RUST    OF   WHITE   PINE    fPERIDERMIUM 
STROBI  KLEBAHN)  FOUND  IN  OHIO.* 

A.  D.  Sf.lby. 

Alany  are  fainiliar  with  Circular  3S,  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry, 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  issued  in  August,  1909,  warning 
growers  and  importers  of  white  pine  seedlings  that  the  blister 
rust  of  this  species  had  been  introduced  into  New  York  state  and 
probably  into  Pennsylvania.  This  rust  fungus,  (Peridermium 
strobi  Klebahn)  has  been  found  by  rust  specialists  to  be  one 
stage  of  the  blister  rust  of  ctirrants  and  gooseberries,  (Cronartium 
ribicola  Fisch.  de  Waldh.).  The  rust  has  long  been  of  special 
interest  in  Europe,  and  particularly  in  Germany,  because  of  its 
apparent  preference  to  the  American  white  pine,  (Pinus  strobus) 
as  the  host  plant  for  the  aecidial  or  ijeridermium  stage.  Now  by 
one  of  these  biological  transferences,  we  have  this  particular  rust 
fungus,  heretofore  unknown  in  America,  brought  back  to  the 
native  home  of  the  white  pine.  We  have  in  this  fact  a  situation 
which  may  be  a  serious  drawback  to  the  future  successful  culture 
of  white  pine  in  North  America.  Just  how  serious  the  drawback 
will  finally  prove  cannot  now  be  determined. 

*  Presented  at  the  Akron  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of  Sci.,  Nov.  25, 
1910. 


286  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  4, 

We  know  that  there  has  recently  been  a  marked  development 
in  interest  in  forest  planting,  and  that  among  all  the  limiber  trees 
thus  far  utilized  for  this  purpose  white  pine  has  been  a  great 
favorite.  So  far  as  I  know,  no  record  exists  of  the  discovery  of 
the  rust  (Cronartium  ribicolum)  on  currants  and  gooseberries  in 
the  United  States,  but  the  disease  may  be  serious  from  this  point 
of  view  as  well.  Through  the  kindly  co-operation  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Nursery  and  Orchard  Inspection,  the  Department  of 
Botany  of  the  Experiment  Station  has  received  specimens  of  this 
rust  upon  white  pine  seedlings  growing  in  beds  at  Painesville, 
Ohio.  JMr.  Evans,  the  Deputy  Inspector,  who  discovered  the 
diseased  specimens,  stated  that  there  was  only  one  found  among 
the  large  number  of  seedlings.  The  specimen  is  preserved  in  the 
Station  Laboratory  at  Wooster.  And  of  course  both  the  Depart- 
ment of  Nursery  and  Orchard  Inspection  and  the  nursery  people 
are  striving  to  stamp  out  the  disease  so  far  as  that  shipment  is 
concerned.  The  trees  at  Painesville  were  imported  in  the  spring 
of  1909  from  Levavasseur  &  Co.,  of  Ussey,  France.  vSubsequently, 
Mr.  Evans  discovered  one  or  more  diseased  specimens  on  premises 
at  Akron,  Ohio.  This  lot  of  white  pine  was  imported  in  the 
spring  of  190S  from  E.  T.  Dickinson,  Chatenay,  France. 

Diseased  Seedlings  Probably  of  German  Origin.  We  have 
from  the-  observations  of  American  visitors,  notes  that  in  the 
region  of  Ussey,  and  doubtless  in  that  of  Chatenay,  there  are  no 
white  pine  grown.  The  French  nurserymen  had  secured  white 
pine  seedlings  more  cheaply,  as  we  had,  by  going  to  the  German 
growers,  and  doubtless  this  is  the  explanation  of  the  disease  upon 
the  seedlings  imported  from  France.  As  stated  in  the  Circular  38 
before  quoted,  it  was  previously  known  that  many  German 
growers  of  white  pine  had  sent  diseased  seedlings  to  the  United 
States,  and  these  had  been  distributed  throughout  much  of 
New  York  and  in  parts  of  Pennsylvania. 


Feb.,  1911.]  Eupatoi'ium  Rotundifoliuvi  in  Ohio.  287 


EUPATORIUM  ROTUNDIFOLIUM  IN  OHIO. 

Robert  F.  Griggs. 

The  known  range  of  Eupatorium  rotundifolium  L.  would  not 
lead  one  to  expect  to  find  it  anywhere  in  Ohio.  The  writer  was, 
however,  fortxinate  enough  to  find  it  in  an  old  field  about  a  mile 
north  of  the  discontinued  postoffice  at  Cedar  Grove  a  few  miles 
east  of  South  Bloomingville,  Hocking  Co.  Here  it  occurs  in 
great  abundance  though  not  seen  in  other  parts  of  the  Sugar 
Grove  area.  The  plants  were  entirely  similar  to  the  northern 
representatives  of  the  species  preserved  in  the  herbaria  but  like 
them  differed  somewhat  from  some  of  those  collected  in  the 
southern  portion  of  the  range. 

The  range  of  the  species  as  given  in  the  manuals  is:  Rhode 
Island  to  Florida,  Texas  and  Kentucky.  The  Gray  Herbarium 
has  specimens  from  New  Jersey,  Delaware,  District  of  Columbia, 
Virginia,  both  coastal  plain  and  mountain,  North  Carolina  (Hen- 
derson Co.  on  the  coastal  plain  and  Biltmore  in  the  mountains), 
Georgia,  Florida,  Mississippi,  Texas  ("prairies  Rusk  Co."), 
southwestern  Arkansas,  and  Tennessee.  In  Pennsylvania  it  is 
reported  by  Porter  from  the  coastal  plain  only  but  Shafer  gives  a 
record,  unsupported  by  herbarium  specimens,  from  Allegheny  Co. 
I  am  indebted  to  Professor  Femald  for  the  information  that  its 
range  is  now  known  to  extend  northward  to  the  vicinity  of  Boston 
where  it  has  recently  been  discovered  though  at  the  time  of  writing 
the  record  has  not  been  published  nor  is  the  specimen  available. 
The  Ohio  station  extends  the  range  known  therefore  about  two 
hundred  miles. 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  Nov.  7th,  1910. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  Mr.  W.  C. 
Morse.  The  minutes  of  the  preceding  meeting  were  read  and 
approved.  Prof.  J.  C.  Hambleton  read  the  report  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Nominations  of  Officers  for  the  ensuing  year,  which 
was  as  follows:  Dr.  A.  Dachnowski  for  President,  Mr.  Clell  L. 
Metcalf  for  Vice-President,  B.  W.  Wells  for  Secretary-Treasurer. 
On  motion  by  Prof.  Landacre  these  persons  were  unanimously 
elected.     Mr.  W.  J.  Koster  was  elected  a  member  of  the  Society. 

After  the  short  business  session,  Prof.  Hambleton  introduced 
Mr.  Morse  the  retiring  President,  who  gave  an  illustrated  address 
on  the  Maxville  limestone.  The  paper  treated  of  the  strati- 
graphy, correlation,  economic  geology,  and  paleontology  of  this 


2  88  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  4, 

fomiation.  Especial  emphasis  was  placed  on  the  distribution  of 
the  stratum, 'for  this  formation  only  appears  in  isolated  areas. 
These  isolated  areas  were  foniierly  supposed  to  be  the  result  of 
original  deposition  in  separate  basins,  but  the  speaker  was  able  to 
show"  that  the  isolation  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  Maxville  was 
originally  a  continuous  deposit,  which  after  being  raised  to  a 
land  surface  was  swept  away  in  most  places;  the  scattered  rem- 
nants later  being  submerged  to  receive  the  Pottsville. 

In  the  northern  part  of  the  area  of  exposures  it  was  shown 
that  the  formation  consisted  of  a  massive  lower  half  separated  from 
a  medium  bedded  upper  half  by  a  nodular  shale  zone. 

The  researches  of  the  speaker  resulted  in  increasing  the  fauna 
by  50%  and  the  new  forms  clearly  show  the  Maxville  to  have  as 
its  closest  equivalent  the  Spergen  Hill  (Salem  formation)  fauna  of 
Indiana.  It  was  stated  further  that  Ulrich  has  shown  this  Spergen 
Hill  fauna  to  recur  in  the  Ste.  Genevieve  and  Tribune  limestones 
and  hence  it  is  difficult  to  say  with  w^hich  of  these  the  Maxville  is 
equivalent.  In  the  opinion  of  the  speaker,  after  considering  all 
available  evidence,  the  nearest  equivalent  would  be  the  upper 
member  (Ohara)  of  the  Ste.  Genevieve  limestone. 

The  society  adjourned  immediately  after  the  address. 

Bertram  W.  Wells,  Secretary. 


Orton  Hall,  December  5th,  1910. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  Dr.  Dach- 
nowski.  The  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and 
approved.  The  President  then  introduced  Dr.  Joseph  A.  Leigh  ton 
who  gave  an  interesting  and  stimulating  address  on  "Some  Con- 
tributions of  Biology  to  Philosophy."  Prof.  Leighton  pointed 
out  the  indebtedness  of  philosophy  to  biology  showing  in  a  num- 
ber of  instances  how  biological  conceptions  have  invaded  and 
modified  philosophical  thought.  Succeeding  the  address  an 
interesting  discussion  was  engaged  in  by  the  faculty  members 
present. 

The  latter  part  of  the  evening  was  taken  up  by  reports  of  the 
Ohio  Academy  of  Science  meeting  held  at  Akron  during  the 
Thanksgiving  recess.  Profs.  Landacre,  Osborn  and  Schaffncr 
gave  accounts  of  the  papers  presented  and  the  work  of  the 
academy. 

A  short  business  meeting  ensued.  Mr.  W.  G.  Stover,  Mr. 
C.  H.  Goetz,  Miss  Rose  Gormly  and  Miss  A4ary  B.  Linnell  were 
elected  to  membership.     The  society  then  adjourned. 

Bertram  W.  Wells,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  February  7,  1911. 


The  Ohio  V^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity, 
Volume  XI.  MARCH,    1911.  No.  5. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 

SCHAFFNER— The  Classilication  of  Plants.  VI 289 

Fulton— The  Stratiomyidae  of  Cedar  Point,  Sandusky 299 

HiNE— A  New  Species  of  Nothomyia 301 

Griggs — An  (;hio  Station  for  Phaeelia  duljia 303 

Griggs — Eupatorinm  aromatieiim  in  Ohio 304 


THE  CLASSIFICATION  OF  PLANTS,  VL* 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

In  a  previous  paper  of  this  series,  the  writer  defined  the  classes 
of  plantsf  and  also  divided  the  Monocotyls  and  Dicotyls  into  ten 
subclasses.  In  the  arrangement  given  only  a  moderate  departure 
was  made  from  the  Engler  and  Prantl  scheme,  although  it  was 
recognized  that  present  morphological  knowledge  would  warrant 
greater  changes.  Having  become  accustomed  to  thinking  along 
phyletic  lines  of  classification  in  the  meantime,  through  rather 
extensive  investigations,  the  writer  is  now  prepared  to  take  a 
more  radical  position  in  the  direction  of  a  rational  system.  The 
tiine  has  come  when  present  accepted  facts  and  theories  of  mor- 
phology and  evolutionary  doctrines  should  be  reflected  in  plant 
classification.  Bessey's  "A  Synopsis  of  Plant  Phyla"  published 
in  1907  is  a  most  important  contribution  to  the  subject  of  tax- 
onomy and  can  readily  be  taken  as  a  basis  for  further  studies. 
Some  of  the  groupings  given  below  have  been  taken  from  the 
"Synopsis,"  while  a  considerable  part  had  been  worked  out  inde- 
pendently before  a  copy  of  that  work  was  received.  It  was. 
therefore,  a  source  of  considerable  satisfaction  to  find  that  the 
writer's  own  results  were  essentially  the  same  as  Bessey's.  For  if 
one  breaks  away  from  past  "authority,"  the  application  of  modem 
ideas  to  the  problem  of  relationships  should  lead  to  more  or  less 
definite  results.  In  so  far  as  they  represent  essentially  similar 
groups,  the  names  adopted  by  Bessey  have  also  been  applied  to 
the  present  classification;  for  the  "name  of  a  group  is  only  a  name 
and  not  a  definition."     The  names  not  agreeing  with  Bessey's 

*  Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  Ohio  State  University,  60. 
t  The  Classification  of  Plants,  IV.  Ohio  Nat.  9  :  446-455,  1909. 

289 


290  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  5, 

have  been  adapted  from  older  classifications.  In  this  connection 
it  might  l^e  stated  that  the  Bentham  and  Hooker  scheme  of 
classification  contains  certain  features  which  should  not  be  thrown 
overboard  bodily  without  due  consideration. 

As  stated  in  a  previous  article  of  this  series,  all  possible  char- 
acters and  peculiarities  should  be  considered  in  segregating 
groups.  Gross  and  microscopic,  and  external  and  internal  mor- 
phology, as  well  as  embryology,  physiology,  and  life  cycle  are 
important  and  must  be  taken  into  account  if  contradictions  in 
supposed  lines  of  descent  are  to  be  avoided.  But  when  the  groups 
have  thus  been  established,  one  or  at  most,  a  very  few  definite 
characters  in  combination  should  give  an  exclusive  definition. 

It  will  be  evident  to  anyone,  who  has  considered  the  subject 
in  some  detail,  that  the  groups  of  monocotyls  and  dicotyls  cannot 
be  segregated  on  the  basis  of  the  flower  alone,  although  the  flower 
is  perhaps  the  most  important  stnictm'e  in  the  Anthophyta  to 
indicate  relationship.  There  may  be  apocarpous  and  syncar- 
pous,  apetalous  and  choripetalous,  monosporangiate  and  bispo- 
rangiate,  and  numerous  other  diverse  developments  in  very 
closely  related  groups.  From  an  evolutionary  point  of  view,  the 
starting-point  of  floral  development  inust  be  sought  among  the 
homosporous  and  heterosporous  Pteridophyta.  The  flower  of 
the  higher  plants  then  seems  to  have  come  from  a  definite, 
bisporangiate  strobilus  or  cone.  This  is  especially  apparent  in 
the  angiospenns  where  the  monosporangiate  flower  usually  shows 
vestiges  of  one  or  the  other  set  of  sporophylls.  These  vestiges  in 
the  angiosperm  flower  are  ver}^  conclusive,  and  in  deciding  whether 
a  given  structure  is  primitive  or  specialized  their  recognition 
becomes  of  primary  importance. 

The  general  progression  is  then  about  as  follows: 

1.  Indefinite  bands  of  sporophylls  with  further  growth  of  the 
axis. 

2.  Definite  bisporangiate  strobili. 

3.  Development  of  a  perianth  in  the  Anthoph^^ta. 

4.  Reduction  of  the  fioral  organs  to  definite  cycles  and 
numbers. 

5.  Extreme  modifications  in  the  tyjjical  floral  organs  and  also 
in  the  parts  immediately  surrounding. 

As  often  pointed  out  the  evolutionary  lines  in  the  flower  are 
then : 

1.  From  spiral  to  cyclic  and  to  reduced  cycles,  in  the 
monocotyls  mostly  trimerous,  occasionally  tetramerous  or  dimer- 
ous, and  in  the  dicotyls  mostly  pentamerous,  but  occasionally 
tetramerous,  trimerous  or  dimerous. 

2.  From  pentacyclic  to  tetracyclic  or  still  fewer  sets. 

3.  From  hypogynous  to  pcrigynous  and  epigynous  conditions. 

4.  From  parts  free  to  parts  united,  as  from  apocarpy  to 
syncarpy. 


Mar,,  1911.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  VI.  291 

5.  From  choripetalous  to  sympetalous,  apetalous  or  naked 
flowers. 

6.  From  spiral  to  actinomorphic  flowers,  and  further  to 
isobilateral,  unsymmetrical,  or  zygomorphic  types. 

7.  From  bisporangiate  to  monosporangiate  and  further  from 
monecious  to  diecious  flowers. 

S.  From  types  with  all  the  organs  normal  to  those  that  show 
vestigal  parts. 

These  developments  are  repeated  again  and  again.  Certain 
of  these  specializations  show  themselves  even  in  primitive  grotips. 
In  many  cases  no  relation  with  the  environment  is  evident,  but 
advancing  tendencies  apparently  originate  in  the  internal  consti- 
tution of  the  plant  itself.  Thus  we  are  led  to  recognize  tendencies 
which  may  or  may  not  come  to  expression  in  the  diverse  species  of 
a  natural  group.  The  whole  phylogenetic  development  bears  a 
close  resemblance  to  the  ontogenetic  expression  of  hereditary 
characters  in  the  individual. 

The  development  of  the  inflorescence  is  equally  interesting 
with  that  of  the  flower  itself.  In  the  primitive  groups  a  single 
flower  tenninates  a  main  vegetative  branch  and  from  this  condi- 
tion appear  all  gradations  of  reduction  and  clustering  through 
racemes,  corymbs,  and  panicles  to  spikes,  spadixes,  catkins,  heads, 
and  disks,  and  their  various  modifications. 

In  general  then,  the  process  of  segregation,  classification  and 
arrangement  should  proceed  on  the  following  basis: 

1.  Development  of  the  floral  organs. 

2.  Specialization  and  degeneration  of  the  floral  parts. 

3.  Specialization  and  degeneration  of  the  vegetative  parts. 
The  segregation  must  be  fundamentally  phyletic  and  should 

follow  a  recognition  of  the  gaps  produced  by  variation,  mutation, 
and  the  destruction  of  intermediate  types,  while  the  arrangement 
in  series  should  follow  the  evolutionary  progression  as  indicated 
by  comparative  morphology  and  complexity  of  life  cycle,  together 
with  the  presence  of  vestigial  parts.  Vestigial  organs  are  of  the 
highest  importance  in  any  classification  of  the  angiospenns 
because  of  their  common  occurrence.  It  is  necessary,  therefore, 
to  be  able  to  distinguish  vestigial  organs  or  vestiges  from  nascent 
organs  or  primordia.  Paleontological  evidence  would  here  be  of 
paramount  importance  but  satisfactory  fossil  flowers  are  too  rare 
for  our  purpose. 

Before  taking  up  the  special  question  of  the  relationships  in 
the  Anthophyta  a  word  may  be  said  in  regard  to  the  importance 
of  synopses.  The  synopsis  is  commonly  confused  with  a  key  for 
identification.  A  synopsis  should  show  the  supposed  phyletic 
relationship;  a  key  should  be  the  easiest  means  for  ascertaining  a 
name  whether  of  group  or  species.  In  most  cases  the  synopsis 
does    not   make    a    satisfactory,    working    key.     The    genera    of 


292  The  Ohio  Naturalist       •         [Vol.  XI,  No.  5, 

Araceae  of  the  northeastern  United  States  are  treated  below  for 
illustration.  This  synopsis  is  supposed  to  show  both  the  natural 
relationships  and  the  orderly  arrangement,  in  series,  of  groups  of 
lower  and  higher  value.  The  key  is  simply  a  device  for  the  easy 
recognition  of  the  genera.  The  essential  mark  of  a  good  key  is 
that  it  makes  use  of  such  characters  only  as  are  present  at  a 
certain  season  of  the  year  or  a  certain  period  of  the  life  history. 

SYNOPSIS. 

I.  Flowers  bisporangiate;  plants  without  or  with  lactiferous  cells. 

1.  Without  lactiferous  cells;  with  a  perianth Pothatae 

a.     Without    a    typical    spathe 1.  Acorns 

2.  With  lactiferous  cells;  with  or  without  a  perianth C.\llatae 

a.  Without  a  typical  spathe;  with  a  perianth.  ,  .  .2.  Oronlium 

b.  With  an  open  spathe;  without  a  perianth;  spadix 

elongated    3.    Calla 

c.  With  an  enveloping  spathe;  with  a  perianth;  spadix 

globose  4.  Spathyema 

II.  Flowers   monosporangiate;   plants    with    lactiferous    cells;    without    a 

perianth. 

1.  Spadix  covered  to  the  tip  with  flowers Philodexdratae 

a.     Flowers    monecious;    leaves    simple 5.    Peltandra 

2.  Spadix  with  a  sterile  projection  at  the  tip Aratae 

a.     Flowers  monecious  or  diecious;  leaves  compound. 

6.  Arisaema 
KEY. 

1.     Inflorescence  without  an  obvious  spathe;  flowers  bisporangiate,  with  a 
perianth.     2. 

1.  Inflorescence  with  a  large,  expanded  spathe.     3. 

2.  Spadix  apparently  lateral;  scape  3-angled  and  grooved.     Acorns. 

2.  Spadix  terminal;  scape  cylindrical.     Orontium. 

3.  Leaves  compound;  spadix  with  a  prominent  sterile  projection  at  the 

tip.     Arisaema. 

3.  Leaves  simple;  spadix  usually  without  a  sterile  projection  at  the  tip.     4. 

4.  Flowers  monecious,  on  an  elongated  spadix;  leaves  prominently  sagitate 

with  rather  distinct  points.     Peltandra. 

4.  Flowers  bisporangiate,  on  an  oval  or  globose  spadix;  leaves  cordate  or 

only  slightly  sagitate.     5. 

5.  Spathe  open,  with  a  slender  point;  .spadix  ovoid  or  somewhat  elongated. 

Calla. 
5.     Spathe  enclosing  the  globose  spadix;  not  with  a  slender  point.  Spathyema 

At  present  we  do  not  possess  the  necessary  morphological 
details  to  make  a  final  classification,  yet  the  broad  outlines  of  a 
natural  arrangement  can  be  laid  down  with  a  fair  degree  of  cer- 
tainty. When  several  parallel  lines  are  to  be  grouped,  one  can, 
of  course,  use  his  individual  judgment,  the  better  plan  probably 
being  to  follow  expediency.  If  the  methods  and  principles 
employed  are  correct  there  should  not  be  much  change  in  the  gen- 
eral scheme,  in  the  future,  except  in  matters  of  detail.  The 
larger  problem  of  the  correct  limits  of  families  and  orders  cannot, 
of  course,  be  considered  at  present.  It  must  be  recognized, 
however,  that  some  of  the  families,  like  Saxifragaceae,  as  fonnerly 
delimited,  are  mere  waste-baskets  to  receive  odds  and  ends  which 


Mar.,  1911.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  17.  293 

may  belong  elsewhere.  It  is  believed  that  the  segregation  into 
sub-classes,  as  given  below,  is  essentailly  correct  and  represents 
phyletic  developments.  In  the  older  arrangements  the  treatment 
of  the  series  is  often  very  inconsistent,  in  some  cases  proceeding 
from  the  primitive  to  the  specialized,  in  others  from  the  most 
highly  specialized  to  the  most  primitive,  as  in  the  case  of  the  grass 
family.  The  arrangement  must  be  inverted  beginning  with  the 
primitive  bamboos  and  endiiig  with  such  extremely  specialized 
genera  as  Indian  corn. 

The  sub-classes  at  present  recognized  by  the  writer  are  as 
follows : 

Monocotylae: 

Helobiae. 

Spadiciflorae. 

Glumiflorae. 

Liliifl-orae. 

DiCOTYLAE : 

Thalamiflorae. 

Centrospermae. 

Calyciflorae. 

Amentiferae. 

Myrtiflorae. 

Heteromerae. 

Tubiflorae. 

Inferae. 

There  can  be  little  question  but  that  the  Helobiae  represent 
the  lowest  monocotyls  and  the  Thalamiflorae  the  lowest  dicotyls. 
Any  comparative  morphology  based  on  phyletic  ideas  must  come 
to  this  conclusion.  The  lower  types  of  these  two  subclasses  are 
about  on  a  level.  There  is  little  point,  therefore,  to  the  discus- 
sions as  to  whether  monocotyls  or  dicotyls  are  the  higher  group. 
Since  the  highest  dicotyls  go  far  beyond  the  highest  monocotyls  in 
floral  specialization,  it  is  more  convenient  to  place  the  monocotyls 
flrst  in  the  list,  even  though  the  gametophytes  of  their  highest 
members,  the  Orchidaceae,  probably  represent  the  most  extreme 
reduction  and  specialization.  The  classification  of  the  vascular 
plants  should  be  based  primarily  upon  the  sporophyte. 

Finally,  it  should  be  clear  that  generalizations  as  to  primitive 
conditions  and  evolutions  can  not  be  based  upon  such  extremely 
specialized  forms  as  Welwitschia  (Tumboa),  Piperaceae,  Casuarina, 
and  other  peculiar  groups.  The  gametophytes  and  the  minute 
morphology  have  undergone  specialization  as  well  as  the  more 
exposed  parts. 

A  general  representation  of  the  supposed  relationship  is  given 
in  Figure  1 .  The  Helobiae  begin  with  the  Alismaceae  and  related 
forms  and  end  with  the  Vallisneriaceae  which  are  highly  special- 


294 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XI,  No.  5, 


ized,  monosporanc^iate,  and  epigynous.  The  Nymphaeaceae  are 
an  intermecliate  lateral  branch  of  the  Hclobiae.  The  morpho- 
logical evidence  for  this  view  is  overwhelming.  There  is  no 
reason  for  separating  the  Hydrocharitales  from  the  Helobiae  as  is 
frequently  done,  for  their  morphology  and  cytology  show  the 
relationship  conclusively. 

Whether  the  Spadiciflorac  represent  more  than  one  subclass 
may  be  a  question,  but  they  nevertheless  show  a  closer  relation- 
ship among  themselves  than  to  either  the  Helobiae  or  Liliiflorae. 


Fig.  1.    Diagram  of  the  Subclasses  of  Monocotylas  and  Dicotylae. 

The^Glumiflorae  may  be  an  offshoot  from  either  the  Spadici- 
florae  or  Liliiflorae.  They  have  thus  been  placed  in  a  neutral 
position,  in  the  diagram,  between  the  two.  They  represent 
extreme  specializations  as  indicated  by  the  numerous  vestigial 
structures. 

The  main  families  of  the  Liliiflorae  make  a  natural  group 
extending  from  the  Liliaceae  to  the  Orchidaceae.  The  Liliales 
may  need  some  further  rearrangement  from  that  indicated  below, 
but  it  is  not  considered  advisable  to  separate  them  into  two  orders 
as  is  frequently  done. 

In  the  Dicotylae  the  problem  of  classification  is,  of  course, 
much  more  difficult  than  in  the  Monocotvlae,  because  of  the  far 


Mar.,  1'.)  11.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  VI.  295 

greater  numbers  involved,  and  the  complexity  of  structure.  This 
is  especially  true  of  the  choripetalous  families,  where  it  is  almost 
impossible  for  the  mind  to  grasp  the  enonnous  number  of  types 
to  be  considered. 

The  Thalamiflorae  are  the  lowest  dicotyls.  The  first  order, 
the  Ranales,  constitute  a  parallel  group  to  the  hypogynous 
Helobiae.  The  Ranales  are  closely  followed  by  the  Sarraceniales, 
Brassicales,  and  the  lower  Gerianales  and  Malvales. 

The  Centrospermae  are  a  small  branch  having  its  origin 
in  the  Thalamiflorae.  Its  lowest  family,  the  Caryophyllaceae, 
indicates  the  relationship  while  the  higher  forms  are  greatly 
specialized,  passing  over  into  reduced  apetalous  and  naked  flowers 
with  high  development  of  the  inflorescence. 

The  Calyciflorae  represent  another  great,  fundamental  branch 
of  choripetalous  dicotyls  arising  from  near  the  Ranales,  but  some- 
what more  specialized.  The  lower  genera  of  Rosaceae  show 
marked  resemblances  to  some  Ranunculaceae.  The  other  fam- 
ilies placed  in  this  subclass  are  fairly  certain  and  there  may  be 
families  and  genera  at  present  associated  with  other  subclasses 
that  properly  belong  here. 

The  Amentiferae  are  a  small  but  important  group  whose  real- 
tionship  may  be  traced  from  the  lower  Calyciflorae  through  the 
Hamamelidaceae,  Platanaceae,  Ulmaceae,  Moraceae,  etc.,  up  to 
the  Salicaccac.  A  ntunber  of  families  now  included  arc  uncertain. 
One  of  the  structures  of  the  group  is  the  highly  specialized  flower 
cluster,  the  catkin,  and  there  are  other  significant  features  as 
chalazogamy  besides  various  peculiarities  of  buds,  twigs  and  leaves. 

The  Myrtiflorae  are  an  epigynous  branch,  mostly  of  chori- 
petalous dicotyls,  probably  derived  from  the  Calyciflorae,  from 
the  vicinity  of  the  Saxifragales.  Some  of  the  families  may  be 
excluded  in  the  future  but  the  main  mass  represents  a  distinct 
type  of  floral  development  and  appears  to  be  phylogenetically 
related,  excepting,  perhaps  the  cactales  which  may  even  belong  to 
the  Centrospemiae. 

The  Heteromerae  appear  to  have  come  from  near  the  same 
region  as  the  Centrospermae.  The  strong  resemblance  of  certain 
Caryophyllaceae  to  Primulaceae  is  very  suggestive  and  gives 
support  to  this  view.  The  Heteromerae  also  show  their  primitive 
character   by   frequent   choripetaly   and   other   peculiarities. 

From  the  lower  Heterom.erae  it  is  but  a  step  to  the  Tubiflorae, 
the  lowest  forms  of  which  are  represented  by  the  Convolvulaceae 
and  Polemoniaceae.  The  families  of  the  Tubiflorae  are  for  the 
most  part  quite  certain,  except  perhaps  the  Plantaginaceae. 

The  last  and  highest  subclass  of  Dicotylae,  the  Inferae,  appears 
to  be  an  offshoot  from  the  lower  Calvciflorae,  the  line  leading 
almost  directly  from  the  Saxifragales  to  the  Umbellales,  Rubiales, 
Campanulales,  and  Compositales. 


296  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  5, 

The  application  of  the  preceding  scheme  of  classification  to 
the  families  of  Anthophyta  represented  in  the  northeastern 
United  States  will  give  the  following  arrangement: 

Phylum,  ANTHOPHYTA. 
Class,  MONOCOTYLAE. 
Subclass  I.     Helobiae. 

1 .  Alismales — Alismaceae,  Scheuchzeriaceae,  Potamogetonaceae 

Xaiadaceae. 

2.  Nymphaeales — Nymphaeaceae    (Nelumbonatac,    Nymphae- 

atac). 

3.  Hydrocharitales — Vallisneriaceae. 

Subclass  n.     Spadiciflorae. 

-i.     Pandanales— Sparganiaceae,  Typhaceae. 

5.  Arales — Araceae  (Pothatae,  Callatae,  Philodendratae,  Ara- 

tae),  Lemnaceae. 

Subclass  HI.     Glumiflorae. 

6.  Graminales — Cyperaceae  (Scirpatae,    Rhyncosporatae,  Car- 
icatae),  Graminaceae  (Poacatae,  Panicatae). 

Subclass  IV.     Liliiflorae. 

7.  Liliales — Liliaceae    (Melanthatae,   Liliatae,   Convallariatae) , 

Smilaceae,   Juncaceae,   Commelinaceae,   Pontederiaceae, 
]\layacaceae,   Xyridaceae,   Eriocaulaceae. 
S.     Iridales — Amaryllidaceae,    Haemodoraceae,    Iridaceae,    Dio- 

scoreaceae,  Bromeliaceae. 
9.     Scitaminales — Marantaceae. 
10.     Orchidales — Burmanniaceae,    Orchidaceae     (Cypripediatae, 
Orchidatae) . 

Class,  DICOTYLAE. 
Subclass  I.     Thalamiflorae. 

1.  Ranales — Magnoliaceae,  Anonaceae,   Ranunculaceae,   Cera- 

tophyllaceae,  Berberidaceae,  Menispemiaceae,  Lauraceae. 

2.  Sarraceniales — Sarraceniaceae,  Droseraceae. 

3.  Brassicales — Papaveraceae,  Fumariaceae,  Brassicaceae,  Cap- 

paridaceae,  Resedaceae? 

4.  Geraniales — Geraniaceae,  Oxalidaceae,  Balsaminaceae,  Tro- 

paeolaccae,  Linaceae,  Zygophyllaceae,  Rutaceae,  Sima- 
rubaceae,  Polygalaceae,  Euphorbiaceae,  Callitrichaceae. 

5.  Malvales — -Malvaceae,  Tiliaceae. 

6.  Guttiferales — Theaceae,      Hypericaceae,     Cistaceae,      Vio- 
laceae,  Passifloraceae, 


Mar.,  1911.]  1  he  Classification  of  Plants,  VI.  297 


Subclass  II.     Centrospermae. 

7.  Caryophyllales— Caryophyllaceae,     Elatinaceae,     Aizoaceae, 

Portulacaceae,  Nyctaginaceae,  Phytolaccaceac. 

8.  Chenopodiales— Illecebraceae,    Amaranthaceae,    Chenopodi- 

aceac. 

9.  Polygonales — Polygonaceae. 

10.  Piperales — Saururaceae. 

Subclass  III.     Calyciflorae. 

11.  Resales — Rosaceae    (Rosatae,    Pomatae,    Drupatae),    Caly- 

canthaceae,    Fabaceae    (Mimosatae,    Cassiatae,    Papili- 
onatae) . 

12.  Saxifragales — Crassulaceae     (Crassulatae,     Penthoratae) , 

Podostemaceae,   Parnassiaceae,-  Saxifragaceae,   Iteaceae. 

13.  Celastrales — -Rhamnaceae.  Vitaceae,  Celastraceae,  Buxaceae, 

Ilicaceae,     Cyrillaceae,     Staphyleaceae,     Thymeleaceae, 
Elacagnaceae. 

14.  Sapindales — Sapindaceae,    Hippocastanaceae,    Aceraceae, 

Empetraceae,  Limnanthaceae,  Anacardiaceae. 

Subclass  IV.     Amentiferae. 

15.  Platanales — Hamamelidaceae,  Platanaceae. 

IG.     Urticales — Ulmaceae,     Moraceae     (Moratae,     Cannabatae), 
Urticaceae. 

17.  Fagales  —  Fagaceae,    Betiilaceae,    Juglandaceae,    Leitneri- 

aceae,  M^'ricaceae. 

18.  Salicales — Salicaceae. 

Subclass  V.     Myrtiflorae. 

19.  Cactales — Cactaceae. 

2U.     Myrtales — Lythraceae?  Hydrangeaceae,    Grossulariaceae, 

Melastomaceae,  Onagraceae,  Trapaceae,  Haloragidaceae, 
Hippuridaceae. 

21.  Loasales — Loasaceae,  Cucurbitaceae. 

22.  Aristolochiales — Aristolochiaceae. 

23.  Santalales — Santalaceae,  Loranthaceae. 

Subclass  VI.     Heteromerae. 

24.  Primulales — Primulaceae,  Plumbaginaceae. 

2.5.     Ericales — Clethraceae,     Pyrolaceae,     Monotropaceae,     Dia- 

pensiaceae,  Ericaceae,  Vacciniaceae. 
2().     Ebenales — Sapotaceae,    Ebenaceae,    Symplocaceae,    Styra- 

caceae. 


298  The   Oliii)   Xafurdlixt.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  5, 


Subclass    VII.       TUBIFLORAE. 

27.     Polemoniales — Convolvulaceae,    Cuscutaceae,    Polemoni- 

aceae,  Hydrophyllaceae. 
2s.     Gentianales — Oleaceae,    Loganiaceac,    Gentianaceae,    Men- 

yanthaceae,  Apocynaceae,  Ascelpiadaceae. 

29.  Scrophulariales — Solanaceae,    Scrophulariaceae,    Orobancha- 

ceae,     Bignoniaceae,     Martyniaceae,     Lentibulariaceae, 
Acanthaceae. 

30.  Lamiales — Boraginaceac,    Verbenaccae,    Lamiaceae,    Pliry- 

maceae. 

3 1 .  Plantaginales — Plantaginaceae. 

Subclass  VIII.     Inferae. 

32.  Umbellales — Araliaceae,  Ammiaceae,  Cornaceae. 

33.  Rubiales — Rubiaceae,     Adoxaceae,     Caprifoliaceae,     \'aleri- 

anaceae. 

34.  Campanulales — Campanulaceae  (Campanulatae,  Lobeliatae). 
3").     Compositales — Dipsacaceae,    Ambrosiaceae,    Helianthaceae, 

Cichoriaceae. 


o 


A  Collection  of  Atlases.  There  recently  came  to  the 
library  of  Ohio  State  University  a  two  volume  work  of  IGOO  pages, 
giving  titles,  for,  and  in  sonic  cases  short  notes  about,  the  atlases 
now  in  the  Hbrary  of  Congress  at  Washington  There  are  over 
3,400  of  these  atlases  covering  a  very  wide  range  of  data.  It 
would  seem  that  nearly  everything  could  be  reduced  to  a  map. 
There  are  atlases  astronomical,  cartographical,  commercial, 
ecclesiastical,  geological,  historical,  ethnographical,  physical  and 
political;  business,  real  estate  and  military  atlases;  general  atlases, 
atlases  of  discovery,  of  exploration,  of  boundaries,  of  oceans,  riv- 
ers, harbors,  crops,  and  many  resources;  atlases  of  population, 
diseases,  and  many  vital  statistics. 

Twelve  pages  and  ninety  titles  are  devoted  to  the  atlases  of 
Ohio,  beginning  with  Walling's  Atlas  of  Ohio  in  1808,  followed 
by  the  Geological  vSurvey  Atlas,  and  Hardesty's  historical  and 
military  encyclopedias  each  with  an  extensive  atlas.  Then  come 
most  of  the  counties  with  atlases  and  plat-books,  followed  by 
a  series  of  city  atlases. 

For  New  York  State  there  are  137  atlases,  including  28  devoted 
to  the  city  alone. 

Almost  any  scientist  or  philosopher  could  find  basal  material 
for  research,  charted  here  and  ready  for  comparative  studies. 

G.  D.   Hubbard, 


Mar.,  1911.]  The  Stratiomyidar  of  Cedar  Point.  299 

THE  STRATIOMYIDAE  OF  CEDAR  POINT,  SANDUSKY. 

(Order  Diptera) 
Bentlev  B.  Fulton. 

A  shallow,  weedy  body  of  quiet  water  with  a  low  muddy  or 
sandy  shore,  is  the  ideal  "breeding  place  for  most  Stratiomyidae. 
These  conditions  are  found  at  Cedar  Point.  The  shore  of  San- 
dusky Bay  along  the  point  is  low  and  sandy  and  in  most  places 
covered  with  a  layer  of  mud  and  debris  washed  up  by  the  waves. 
Along  the  shore  there  are  many  patches  of  swamp  land.  At  the 
eastern  end  of  the  bay  there  is  a  swamp  covering  several  square 
miles,  through  which  run  many  winding  flood  channels;  the 
largest  of  these  is  called  Black  Channel.  The  bottom  of  the  bay 
has  a  thick  deposit  of  mud  and  supports  a  luxuriant  growth  of 
submerged  plants,  while  on  the  surface  in  many  places  are  thick 
mats  of  algae  and  floating  plants.  All  these  conditions  are 
favorable  and  most  of  the  si^ecies  found  were  ver\'  common. 
Since  no  collecting  has  been  done  at  Cedar  Point  before  the 
iTiiddle  of  June,  it  is  probable  that  there  are  a  number  of  early 
forms  which  have  not  been  taken. 

The  family  Stratiomyidae  is  a  rather  large  one,  having  about 
one  thousand  described  species,  of  which  about  two  hundred  are 
found  in  North  America.  They  are  bare  or  thinly  pilose  flies 
with  flattened  abdomen  and  often  having  bright  yellow  or  green 
markings  which  give  them  the  name  of  Soldier  Flies.  The 
squamae  are  small  or  vestigial,  tibiae  without  spurs  and  the 
antennae  are  three-jointed,  the  third  joint  being  composed  of 
several  annulations  and  often  bearing  a  terminal  arista.  The 
wings  are  clear  or  smoky  and  are  held  along  the  abdomen  when  at 
rest.  Species  of  this  family  may  be  easily  recognized  by  the 
venation  of  the  wing;  the  longittidinal  veins  being  more  or  less 
crowded  along  the  costal  margin,  while  the  posterior  veins  are 
often  weak  or  vestigial.  The  discal  cell  is  usually  small  and  oval 
or  irregularly  six-sided. 

C.  A.  Hart  in  his  "Entomology  of  the  Iflinois  River"  has  given 
man}^  interesting  observations  on  the  habits  of  Stratiomyidae. 
He  found  the  females  of  Odontomyia  cincta  and  O.  vertebrata 
ovipositing  on  reeds,  stakes  and  dead  branches  in  the  water.  The 
larvae  of  Stratiomyia  and  Odontomyia  are  elongate  and  flattened, 
rather  large,  and  of  an  opaque  greenish,  brown,  or  gray  color 
obscurely  striped.  The  fonner  prefer  the  low  shores  and  are 
found  crawling  over  the  mud  or  living  in  the  plant  debris,  while 
the  latter  live  in  the  water.  The  pupa  is  formed  in  one  end  of  the 
larval  skin,  which  becomes  inflated  and  floats  on  the  water.  The 
imago  emerges  through  a  median  slit  connecting  transverse  slits 
in  the  second  and  fourth  segments. 


3°°  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  5, 

The  adults  are  found  about  flowers  or  resting  on  plants  near 
the  water,  and  may  be  collected  by  sweeping  with  the  net.  The 
flowers  of  milkweed  (Asdcpias)  are  very  attractive  to  many  kinds 
of  flies  including  vStratiomyidae,  Syrphidae,  Tabanidae, 
Muscidae,  Tachinidae,  vSarcophagidae,  Dexidae  and  Conopidae. 
Two  species  of  milkweeds  are  found  at  Cedar  Point,  Asclepias 
syriaca  L.  and  .4 .  incarnata  L.  Along  the  point  in  the  vicinity  of 
Black  Channel  there  is  an  abundant  growth  of  the  former,  and  at 
times  the  clusters  of  flowers  are  nearly  covered  with  flies  and 
many  more  are  buzzing  around  them.  The  flowers  of  this  genus 
have  a  remarkable  adaptation  for  cross  pollination  by  insects. 
As  the  insect  crawls  over  the  flower  its  claws  catch  in  V-shaped 
fissures  between  the  nectariferous  hoods  and  are  guided  along  a 
slit  to  a  notched  disk  which  clings  to  the-  foot.  To  this  disk  are 
fastened  two  flat,  spatiilate  pollen  masses  or  pollinia,  which  are 
pulled  out  by  the  insect  and  carried  to  other  flowers.  A  few  of 
the  small  bees  and  many  of  the  flies  are  unable  to  pull  out  some  of 
the  pollinia  and  are  thus  entrapped.  This  facilitates  matters  for 
the  collector,  for  they  can  then  be  picked  off  with  the  fingers  and 
put  into  the  cyanide  bottle.  Some  of  the  specimens  had  as  many 
as  ten  pairs  of  pollinia  clinging  to  their  feet.  The  species  of 
Odontomjda  are  more  often  entrapped  than  vStratiomyia,  which 
are  larger.  Those  that  are  not  entrapped  may  often  be  caught  by 
clapping  them  into  the  bottle  with  the  cork.  The  swamp  milk- 
weed {A.  incarnata  L.)  is  found  at  the  waters  edge  or  at  the  edge 
of  the  cat-tail  zone.  It  is  not  so  much  frequented  by  vStratio- 
myidae as  by  other  insects,  and  on  many  of  the  flower  clusters 
there  are  one  or  two  ambush  bugs  (Phymata  erosa  L.),  which 
probably  devour  many  of  the  entrapped  flies. 

The  yellow  pond  lily  {Xymphaea  advena  Ait.)  is  another  flower 
on  which  a  number  of  flies  can  be  found.  They  must  be  approached 
carefully  in  a  boat,  for  some  of  the  larger  flies  will  fly  out  if  the 
water  is  much  disturbed.  On  coming  near  enough  one  can  slip 
the  hand  under  the  flower  and  close  it  up.  The  whole  flower  can 
then  be  broken  off  and  put  in  the  cyanide  bottle  for  a  short  time, 
after  which  it  should  be  removed  and  the  flies  sorted  out.  Other 
common  plants  which  are  very  attractive  to  flies  and  other  insects 
are  the  blue  vervain  {Verbena  hastata  L.),  the  swamp  rose  inallow 
{Hibiscus  Moschentos  L.)  and  the  pickerel-weed  {Pontederia  cor- 
data  L.)  Good  collecting  can  be  done  b}'  sweeping  among  the 
swamp  grasses.  At  times  the  end  of  the  net,  with  whatever  it  may 
contain,  can  be  put  in  the  cyanide  bottle  for  about  a  minute  and 
then  removed  and  the  desirable  specimens  taken  out. 


Mar.,  1911.]  The  Stratiomyidae  of  Cedar  Point.  301 

The  following  species  have  been  taken: 

Odontoniyia — 

cincta  Olivier, 
hydroleonoides  Johnson. 
virgo  Wied. 
vertebrata  Say. 
nigerrima  Loew. 

Stratiomyia — 

badia  Walker, 
lativentris  Loew. 
mei genii  Wied. 
nonnula  Loew. 
discalis  Loew\ 

Geosargus  elegans  Loew. 
Pachygaster  piilcher  Loew. 
Nothoniyia  viridis  Hine. 

The  first  three  species  of  Odontoniyia  were  very  common  both 
on  land  and  water,  while  0.  vertebrata  and  O.  nigerrim  seem  to  be 
rare,  only  one  specimen  of  each  having  been  taken.  The  species 
of  Stratiomyia  were  found  on  land  and  were  commonest  in  the 
vicinitv  of  Black  Channel. 


A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  NOTHOMYIA. 

JAS.  S.  HlXE. 

The  genus  Nothomyia  is  one  of  the  little  known  genera  of 
Diptera  so  far  as  records  show.  It  was  described  by  Loew  in 
Diptera  Americae  Septentrionalis,  Centuria  VIII,  4,  1869,  and  so 
far  as  I  have  observed  there  are  no  references  to  it  since  except  in 
check  lists  and  manuals.  Two  Cuban  species  were  described  at 
the  time  and  Loew  expressed  the  opinion  that  Oxycera  metallica 
Weidemann,  from  St.  Thomas  should  be  included. 

Members  of  the  genus  have  the  abdomen  five  segmented, 
scutellum  with  two  marginal  spines,  third  antennal  segment  with 
a  terminal  arista,  eyes  contiguous  in  the  male  and  separated  in  the 
female.  Wings  with  four  posterior  veins,  three  of  which  arise 
from  the  discal  cell  and  the  fourth  from  the  second  basal.  Third 
\'ein  without  an  anterior  branch.  Nothomyia  scutellata  Loew 
from  Cuba  is  the  type  species. 

Nothomyia  viridis  n.  sp.  Length  five  millimeters  Body  shin- 
ing green  above  and  clothed  rather  sparsely  with  soft  white  hair. 
Front  in  the  female  rather  narrow  above,  gradually  widened 
downward,  produced  below  so  that  the  antennae  are  at  the  tip  of 
a  distinct  prominence,  front  of  male  similar  but  divided  by  the 
eyes.  Antenna  with  three  distinct  segments,  first  segment  about 
equal  to  the  second,  third  segment  composed  of  annulations  and 


;o2 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XI,  No.  5, 


with  a  terminal  arista  which  is  longer  than  the  remainder  of  the 
antenna,  three  small  ocelli  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  triangle 
near  the  vertex,  face  on  the  under  side  of  the  head,  only  slightly 
oblique  and  clothed  with  rather  long  white  hairs,  proboscis  dark 
yellowish,  short  and  fleshy.  Thorax  shining  green  above  and  on 
parts  of  the  sides,  black  beneath,  front  legs  black  throughout, 
other  femora  and  tibiae  and  last  three  segments  of  tarsi  black, 
first  two  segments  of  tarsi  white  or  very  pale  yellow.  In  most 
specimens  all  the  femora  are  dark  yellow  apically  and  the  same 
color  may  be  present  on  the  inner  sides  of  the  apices  of  the  tibiae. 
Wings  hyaline,  stigma  pale  yellow.  Knob  of  Halteres  yellow. 
Abdomen  green  above,  black  beneath,  clothed  everywhere  with 
white  hair. 


The  male  type  and  fourteen  other  specimens  taken  on  Cedar 
Point,  Sandusky,  in  July.  One  male  taken  by  B.  B.  Fulton. 
vSpecimens  procured  while  resting  on  leaves  of  variovis  species 
of  plants. 

This  species  varies  some  in  size  and  in  the  color  of  the  legs, 
but  on  the  whole  the  specimens  at  hand  are  fairly  uniform. 


Mar.,  1911.]         An  Ohio  Station  for  Phacelia  dubia.  303 

AN  OHIO  STATION  FOR  PHACELIA  DUBIA. 

Robert  F.  Griggs. 

Phacelia  dubia  (L)  Small  has  been  included  in  the  Flora  of 
Ohio  since  Newberry's  Catalog  which  reported  it  on  the  authority 
of  Sullivant.  No  other  collector,  however,  has  since  found  it  and 
the  state  herbariimi  has  long  maintained  an  empty  cover  for  it. 
The  writer  was  therefore  glad  to  discover  it  growing  on  the  ridge 
a  mile  west  of  Clark's  Crossing  in  Fairfield  County  and  later  to 
find  SulHvant's  specimen  in  the  Gray  Herbarium  at  Harvard 
labeled  simply  "Lancaster,  Ohio,  SulHvant"  in  Asa  Gray's 
handwriting. 

The  station  is  a  narrow  ridge  of  Black  Hand  Sandstone  from 
which  all  of  the  overlying  rock  of  the  Logan  formation  has  been 
removed  leaving  it  bare  or  clothed  with  a  thin  soil.  It  bears  a 
growth  of  fair  sized  trees  mostly  pine  and  rock  or  black  oak  and 
mmierous  rather  xerophytic  herbs  of  which  the  most  typical  is 
the  "Wild  Sweet  Pea,"  Tephrosia  virginiana.  In  view  of  this 
habitat  the  manual  notation  "Shaded  Banks"  is  rather  misleading. 
Similar  habitats  are  to  be  found  occasionally  throughout  the 
Sugar  Grove  region  but  the  writer  has  seen  the  plant  nowhere  else 
except  at  "Kettle  Hills,"  a  mile  or  two  north  of  the  present 
station.  Sullivant  probably  obtained  his  plant  from  one  of  these 
stations,  and  since  no  one  else  has  found  it,  it  may  be  doubted  if 
it  occurs  elsewhere  in  the  state. 

This  supposition  is  supported  by  the  general  range  of  the 
species  for  it  seems  to  be  confined  to  the  Allegheny  region  from 
New  York  and  Ohio  southward,  although  it  is  given  in  the  manuals 
as  "New  York  to  Kansas  and  southward."  Through  the  whole 
of  this  range  it  is  rare  and  local  being  known  from  only  a  few 
stations  in  each  state.  In  New  York  it  is  known  only  near  James- 
ville  where  it  was  discovered  a  few  years  ago  by  Mrs.  L.  L.  Good- 
rich growing  on  limestone  rock.  In  Pennsylvania  it  is  reported 
by  Porter  from  Lancaster  and  Perry  Counties.  In  Maryland 
specimens  from  the  Great  Falls  of  the  Potomac  are  marked 
"rare."  In  Tennessee  Gattinger  knew  it  only  from  the  vicinity 
of  Nashville  and  in  Alabama  Mohr  cites  only  two  counties  with 
the  notation  "Local  and  infrequent." 

The  record  from  Kansas  is  based  on  a  specimen  collected  by 
Hitchcock  in  Cherokee  County  in  the  extreme  southeastern  comer 
of  the  state.  This  is,  however,  not  Phacelia  dubia  but  Phacelia 
hirsuta  Nutt.  and  corresponds  almost  exactly  with  Nuttall's  plant 
which  came  from  Arkansas.  The  writer  has,  however,  made  a 
careful  study  of  the  plants  and  the  descriptions  and  has  satisfied 
himself  that  the  two  are  not  specifically  separable  but  that  hirsuta 
is  simply  a  more  hairy  subspecies.     It  occurs  with  the  species 


304  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  5, 

about  Nashville,  Tennessee,  also  in  Giles  County,  Virginia,  and 
on  the  summit  of  Stone  A-Iountain,  Georgia,  where  it  has  been 
repeatedly  collected.  But  its  main  range  seems  to  lie  to  the  west- 
ward of  the  species,  from  JNIissouri  (Potosi)  to  Kansas  (Cherokee 
County)  and  southward  into  Texas. 


EUPATORIUM  AROMATICUM  IN  OHIO. 

Robert  F.  Griggs. 

So  far  as  the  writer  is  aware  Eupatorium  aromaticum  L.  has 
never  been  suspected  of  being  a  member  of  the  Ohio  Flora.  Great, 
therefore,  was  the  writer's  joy  in  finding  it  growing  abundantly 
along  the  roadside  in  the  valley  of  Queer  Creek  about  three 
miles  east  of  South  Bloomingville,  Hocking  County,  September  7, 
1910.  The  plants  were  at  once  recognized  as  entirely  distinct 
from  the  common  E.  ageratoides  with  which  the  species  some- 
times intergrades  and  on  comparison  with  herbarium  specimens 
proved  to  be  perfectly  typical  representatives  of  E.  aromaticum. 

The  general  distribution  of  the  species  as  given  by  the  manuals, 
Britton  and  Gray,  is  "Copses,  etc.,  Massachusetts  to  Florida  near 
the  coast."  Reference  to  herbarium  specimens  and  local  floras 
shows  however,  a  considerably  wider  range.  In  the  Gray  her- 
barium at  Harvard  are  specimens  from  Massachusetts,  Rhode 
Island,  District  of  Columbia,  Virginia,  (Norfolk  Co.  on  the  coast 
and  Bedford  and  Craig  Counties  in  the  mountains).  North  and 
South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Florida,  Alabama,  and  Louisiana, 
(Jacksonville).  In  addition  it  is  reported  from  the  Tullahoma 
fiats  near  Knoxville,  Tenn.,  by  Gattinger  and  from  Jackson 
County  in  southern  Illinois  by  Patterson  and  from  the  vicinity  of 
Pittsburg  by  Shafer,  though  in  this  case  the  reference  is  unsup- 
ported by  a  herbarium  specimen.  Even  with  these  additions  the 
present  station  is  about  two  hundred  miles  from  the  edge  of  its 
range  as  previously  known.  Whether  or  not  it  occurs  generally 
over  the  area  indicated  can  not  be  detennined  from  the  data  at 
hand  but  in  any  case  the  range  should  be  revised  to  include  the 
localities  given  above. 

Date  of  Publication  March  10,  1911. 


ne  Ohio  ^JSCaturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University. 


Volume  XI. 


APRIL,    1911, 


No.  6. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Detmers— The  Vascular  Plants  of  the  Crauberry  Bog  in  Buckeye  Lake 305 

HiNE — New  Species  of  Diptera  of  the  Genus  Erax 307 

Dachnowski — The  Ancient  Vegetation  of  Ohio  and  its  Ecological  Conditions  for 

Growth 312 

Stekki— Notes  on  the  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Unionidae 331 

Gloyek— The  Occurrence  of  Apple  Bloch  in  Ohio 334 


THE   VASCULAR  PLANTS   OF  THE   CRANBERRY  BOG  IN 

BUCKEYE  LAKE. 

Freda  Detmers. 

A  floristic  survey  is  being  made  of  the  bogs  and  swamps  in 
Ohio;  and  as  soon  as  it  is  complete  the  Hst  of  plants  will  be  pub- 
lished. This  present  list  includes  the  Vascular  plants  of  the 
Cranberry  Bog  or  Cranberry  Island  in  Buckeye  Lake.  The  list 
of  Thallophyta  and  Bryophyta  is  not  yet  complete  and  will  be 
published  later. 


Osmunda  regalis  L. 

"  cinnamomea  L. 

Dryopteris  thelypteris    (L.)    A    Gr. 
"  cristata  (L.)  A  Gr. 

"  spinulosa  (Retz.)  Kuntze. 

Tj^pha  latifolia  L. 

"       angustifolia  L. 
Potamogeton  natans  L. 

"  zosteraefolius    Schum. 

"  pusillus  L. 

"  pectinatus  L. 

sp. 

Scheuchzeria  palustris  L. 

Sagittaria  latifolia  Willd. 

Echinochloa  walteri  (Pursh.)  Nash. 
Panicuin  capillare  L. 
Homalocenchrus  oryzoides  (L.)Poll. 
Muhlenbergia    racemosa    (Mx.)     B. 

S.  P. 
Calamagrostis   canadensis    (Michx.) 

Beauv. 
Eragrostis  hypnoides   (Lam.)B.S.P. 
Panicularia  nervata  (Willd. )  Kuntze. 
Cyperus  erythrorhizos  Muhl. 

"  strigosus  L. 

Dulichium  arundinaceum   (L.)Britt. 


Eleocharis  obtusa  Schultes. 

palustris  (L.)  R.  &  S. 
"  palustris    glaucescens 

(Willd.)  A.  Gr. 
"  acicularis  (L.)  R.  &  S. 

tenuis  (Willd.)  Schultes. 

Scirpus  lacustris  L. 

"      fluviatilis  (Torr.)  A.  Gr. 
"      cyperinus  (L.)  Kunth. 
Eryophorum  virginicum  L. 
Rynchospora  alba  (L.)  Vahl. 
Carex  alata  Torr. 

"        scirpoides  Schkuhr. 

"       retroflexa  Muhl. 

"       vulpinoidea  iXIichx. 

"       decomposita  Muhl. 

"       diandra  Schrank. 

"       diandra    ramosa    (Boott.) 
Fernald. 

"       stipata  Muhl. 

"       aquatilis  Wahl. 

"       stricta  Lam. 

"  ,     leptalea  Wahl. 

"       limosa  L. 

"        filiformis  L. 

"       pseudo-cyperus  L. 

"       comosa  Boott. 


3o6 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 


Peltandra  virginica  (L.)  Kunth. 
Spirodela  polyrhiza  (L.)  Schleid. 
Lemna  trisulca  L. 

"       minor  L. 
Wolffia  Columbiana  Karst. 

Wolffiella     floridana     (J.     D.     Sm.) 

Thomp. 
Juncus  effusus  L. 

"      brachvcephalus    (Engelm.) 

Buch. 
"       canadensis  J.  Gay. 
Habenaria  clavellata   (Mx.)  Spreng. 
"  lacera  (Michx.)  R.  Br. 

"  leucophaea  (Nutt.)  Gray 

Pogonia   ophioglossoides    (L.)    Ker. 
Arethusa  bulbosa  L. 
Limodorum  tuberosum  L. 
Gyrostachys  cernua  (L.)  Kimtze. 
Salix  pedicillaris  Pursh.   (S.  myrtil- 
loides  (Grav  man.  Ed.  6.) 
"      discolor  Muhl. 
"      sericea  Marsh. 
Alnus  rugosa  (Du  Roi)  vSpreng. 
Quercus  palustris  Du  Roi. 
"       imbricaria  Michx. 
Adicea  pumila  (L.)  Gray. 
Boehmeria  cylindrica  (L.)  Sw. 
Rumex  verticillatus  L. 

"       brittanica  L. 
Polygonum  emersum  (Michx.)  Britt. 
"  punctatum  Ell. 

"  arifolium  L. 

Acnida  tamariscina   (Nutt.)    Wood. 
Nymphaea  advena  Ait. 
Castalia  odorata  (Dryand)  Woodv. 

and  Wood. 
Nelumbo  lutea  (Willd.)  Pers. 
Ceratophyllum  demersum  L. 
Batrachium  trichophyllum  (Chaix.) 

Bossch. 
Roripa  palustris  (L.)  Bess. 

"       americana  (A.  Gr.)  Britt. 
Cardamine  bulbosa  (Schreb.)B.S.P. 
Drosera  rotundifolia  L. 
Rubus  nigrobaccus  Bailey. 
Comarum  palustre  L. 
Geum  canadense  Jacq. 

"        virginianum  L. 
Agrimonia  parviflora  Soland. 
Rosa  Carolina  L. 
Aronia  arbutifolia  (L.)  Medic. 
"       atropurpurea  Britt. 
"       nigra  (Willd.)  Britt. 
Prunus  virginiana  L. 


Lathyrus  palustris   L.   var.   lineari- 

folius  Ser. 
Apios  apios  (L.)  MacM. 
Rhus  vemix  L. 
Ilex  verticillata  (L.)  A.  Gr. 
Acer  rubrum  L. 
Impatiens  biflora  Walt. 
Hibiscus  moscheutos  L. 
Triadenum  virginicum  (L.)  Raf. 
Viola  blanda  Willd. 
Decodon  verticillatus  (L.)  Ell. 
Epilobium  strictum  Muhl. 
Onagra  biennis  (L.)  Scop. 
Cicuta  bulbifera  L. 
Sium  cicutaefolium  Schrank. 
Cornus  stolonifera  Michx. 
Gaylussacia  resinosa  T.  and  G. 
Oxycoccus  macrocarpus    (Ait.)Pers. 
Bartonia  virginica  (L.)  B.  S.  P. 
Menyanthus  trifoliata  L. 
Asclepias  incarnata  L. 
Convolvulus  sepium  L. 
Cuscuta  gronovii  Willd. 
Teucrium  canadense  L. 
Scutellaria  lateriflora  L. 
Lycopus  virginicus  L. 
Mentha  canadensis  L. 
Solanum  dulcamara  L. 
Chelone  glabra  L. 
Gerardia  paupercula  (Gr.)  Britt. 
Utricularia  vulgaris  L. 

"  minor  L. 

Dianthera  americana  L. 
Cephalanthus  occidentalis  L. 
Galium  trifidum  L. 

"      asprellum  Michx. 
Sambucus  canadensis  L. 
Campanula  aparinoides  Pursh. 
Eupatorium  purpureum  L. 
"  perfoliatum  L. 

Solidago  uliginosa  Nutt. 

"        pa  tula  Muhl. 
Aster  puniceus  L. 

"    puniceus  lucidulus  Gray. 

"    paniculatus  Lam. 
Leptilon  canadense  (L.)  Britt. 
Eclipta  alba  (L.)  Hassk. 
Bidens  cernua  L. 

"         comosa  (A.  Gr.)  Wieg. 

"         discoidea  (T.  and  G.)  Britt. 

"        frondosa  L. 

"         trichosperma  (Michx.) Britt. 

"         trichosperma  tenuilolDa   (A. 
Gr.)  Britt. 
Erechtites  hieracifolia  (L.)  Raf. 


April,  1911.]         New  Species  of  Diptera  of  the  Genus  Erax.  307 

NEW  SPECIES  OF  DIPTERA  OF  THE  GENUS  ERAX. 

James  S.  Hine. 

The  various  species  of  Asilinae  known  by  the  generic  name 
Erax  have  been  considered  difficult  for  a  long  time.  This  largely 
comes  from  the  fact  that  the  genus  has  not  been  treated  with 
reference  to  all  the  North  American  species  included,  but  various 
writers  have  described  such  species  as  have  come  to  their  atten- 
tion in  collections  that  have  been  made  here  and  there  throughout 
the  country.  From  the  study  we  have  made  of  various  species 
with  a  view  to  a  treatment  of  the  entire  genus  eventually  we  are 
convinced  that  quite  satisfactory  characters  are  available  for  the 
separation  of  the  various  forms  when  they  are  assembled  so  that 
careful  comparison  may  be  made.  But  until  that  time  comes 
students  may  depend  upon  it  that  they  will  have  abundance  of 
trouble  in  their  attempts  at  determining  these  rather  large  and 
attractive  insects,  even  though  they  may  appear  easy  to  one 
unacquainted  with  them. 

In  western  North  America  there  is  a  group  of  species  of  the 
genus  with  two  submarginal  cells,  the  first  of  which  is  long,  or 
with  its  base  distinctly  anterior  to  the  base  of  the  second  posterior 
cell.  In  the  male  the  abdomen  is  entirely  or  in  large  part  silvery- 
white  pollenose  and  two  or  more  of  the  segments  are  furnished 
with  long  white  hair  which  is  parted  at  the  middle  and  directed 
outward.  The  costa  is  not  expanded  and  a  thoracic  crest  is  never 
present. 

Williston  and  Osten  vSacken  have  named  four  species  of  the 
group,  stramineus,  dubius,  splendens  and  rapax  and  six  others  are 
described  in  this  paper.  It  seems  that  stramineus  and  rapax  are 
very  much  alike  and  I  am  not  sure  but  that  they  are  one  species. 
I   have  seen  other  undescribed  species  from  the   Pacific  coast 


region. 


Erax  rapax  Osten  Sacken.  M\"stax  straw-yellow,  legs  black 
except  the  bases  of  the  tibiae  which  are  reddish,  clothed  with 
abundance  of  straw-yellow  hair  and  scattering  black  bristles. 
Wings  hyaline.    Length  18  to  23  millimeters. 

Palpi  black  with  straw-yellow  hairs,  beard  pale  yellow,  occip- 
ito-orbital  and  ocellar  bristles  black,  face  and  front  yellow  polli- 
nose.  Thorax  yellowish-brown  pollinose  with  pale  hairs  on  the 
sides  and  black  hairs  and  bristles  on  the  dorsum,  but  the  vestiture 
of  this  region  is  somewhat  variable  and  specimens  occur  with 
these  bristles  and  hairs  partly  3^ellow. 

First  two  segments  of  the  male  abdomen  colored  like  the  tho- 
rax, segments  three  to  five  silver  white  and,  except  seven,  furnished 
with  white  hair  parted  at  the  middle  and  directed  outward;  the 
posterior  part  of  the  second  segment  may  show  a  few  white  hairs 


3o8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 

directed  outward  in  some  specimens.  Hypopygium  rather  larc:^e 
with  an  extension  at  the  apex  and  clothed  with  rather  long  yellow 
hairs  among  which  are  some  black  ones. 

Female  abdomen  nearly  uniform  yellowish  pollinose  with  pale 
hairs,  ovipositor  about  five  millimeters  in  length,  equivalent  to  the 
last  three  abdominal  segments.  Several  specimens  from  Colorado 
and  New  Mexico. 

Erax  dubius  Williston.  Gray  all  over,  femora  black,  tibiae  and 
tarsi  red,  the  latter  somewhat  darker  than  the  foniier,  tibiae  with 
apices  somewhat  darkened.  Total  length  of  the  male,  21  mil- 
limeters. 

]\l3^stax  and  beard  white,  ocellar  bristles  rather  large  and 
black,  occipito-orbital  bristles  mostly  black,  otherwise  the  hairs 
and  bristles  of  the  rear  of  the  head  are  white,  palpi  black  and 
clothed  with  white  hairs;  legs  with  black  bristles  and  white  hairs, 
on  the  tibiae  this  white  hair  is  long  and  conspicuous,  but  on  the 
femora  it  is  in  large  part  short  and  recumbent ;  wings  hyaline,  very 
slightly  darkened  at  extreme  apex;  thorax  gray  pollinose,  most  of 
the  hairs  and  bristles  of  the  dorsum  black,  of  the  sides  white, 
scutellum  with  white  hair,  and  black  bristles  on  the  margin. 

First  four  abdominal  segments  with  long  white  hairs  which  on 
two,  three  and  four  are  parted  at  the  middle  and  directed  outward, 
fifth  and  following  segnnents  white  and  w4th  very  short  white 
hairs.  Hypopygivim  from  above  narrower  than  the  last  abdominal 
segment,  black,  with  hairs  mostly  white,  apex  truncate  except  that 
the  upper  part  of  each  valve  is  extended  backward  and  inward 
toward  its  fellow  of  the  opposite  side  thus  producing  a  prominence 
from  lateral  view. 

I  take  this  to  be  the  species  to  which  Williston  gave  the  name 
dubius  in  the  Transactions  of  the  American  Entomological  Society 
XII,  page  64.  No  description  of  the  species  appears  to  have  been 
written  but  the  name  is  inserted  in  the  key  and  enough  characters 
pointed  out  to  make  identification  reasonably  certain.  There  are 
two  males  before  me  from  southern  Arizona. 

Erax  argentifrons  n.  sp.  Much  like  ra]:)ax.  Front  white  pol- 
linose, mystax  white,  legs  with  white  hair.  Length  IS  to  23 
millimeters. 

Palpi  black  with  white  hair,  occipito-orbital  and  ocellar 
bristles  black,  antennae  black,  first  two  segments  with  white  hair, 
beard  white.  Thorax  yellowish-brown  with  the  usual  middorsal 
stripe  darker,  hairs  of  the  sides  almost  unifonnly  pale,  of  dorsum 
variable  between  pale  yellowish  and  black;  wings  hyaline,  legs 
black,  except  the  extreme  bases  of  the  tibiae  which  are  reddish- 
yellow,  clothed  with  white  hairs  and  black  bristles. 

First  two  segments  of  the  male  abdomen  colored  like  the 
thorax,  segments  three  to  seven  inclusive  silver  white,  apex  of 
two,  all  of  three  and  four  with  long  white  hair  parted  at  the  mid- 


April,  1911.]         New  Species  of  Diptera  of  the  Genus  Erax.  309 

die  and  directed  outward,  hypopygium  much  narrower  than  in 
stramineus,  clothed  with  black  and  white  hair,  and  distinctly 
notched  at  the  apex. 

Female  abdomen  uniformly  yellowish  pollenose  and  clothed 
with  pale  hairs,  ovipositor  about  four  millimeters  in  length, 
equivalent  to  the  last  three  abdominal  segments. 

Specimens  of  both  sexes  taken  in  Clark  County,  Kansas,  by 
Dr.  F.  H.  Snow. 

As  has  been  stated  the  species  has  much  the  appearance  of 
rapax,  but  the  somewhat  stouter  form,  the  white  mystax  and 
beard  and  much  slenderer  hypopygium  designate  it  as  wholly 
distinct  from  that  species. 

Erax  truncatus  n.  sp.  Thorax  yellowish-brown,  above,  abdo- 
men gray,  first  four  segments  with  long  white  hair,  legs  black 
with  the  exception  of  the  basal  part  of  each  tibia  which  is  light 
reddish.     Total  length  22  to  30  millimeters. 

Alystax  and  beard  white,  occllar,  occipito-orbital  and  a  trans- 
verse row  of  bristles  on  the  dorsum  of  the  prothorax  black,  palpi 
black  with  black  and  white  hairs  intermixed,  dorsum  of  the 
thorax,  and  the  scutellum  with  many  black  hairs  and  bristles  but 
there  are  some  white  ones  intermixed,  wings  hyaline. 

First  segment  of  the  male  abdomen  with  long  white  hairs  on 
each  side,  second,  third  and  fourth  segments  with  long  silvery 
hair  parted  at  the  middle  and  directed  outward,  fifth,  sixth  and 
seventh  segments  silvery  white  pollenose  but  without  long  hair; 
hypopygium  rather  large,  from  dorsal  view  about  as  wide  as  the 
last  segment  of  the  abdomen,  from  side  view  most  prominent 
near  middle  above  and  cut  off  at  tip  so  as  to  give  a  truncate 
appearance. 

First  seven  segments  of  the  female  abdomen  silvery  white, 
ovipositor  slender,  shining  black,  about  seven  millimeters  in 
length. 

Several  specimens  from  the  Huachuca  Motmtains,  Arizona, 
July  28,  1907. 

The  large  compact  hypopygium  of  the  male  and  the  long  ovi- 
positor of  the  female  give  this  species  a  distinct  appearance  which 
makes  its  separation  from  others  easy. 

Erax  pallidulus  n.  sp.  A  pale  colored  species  with  black  legs 
and  hyaline  wings.  The  male  has  the  hypopygium  small  and, 
from  dorsal  view,  very  narrow.     Total  length,  18  to  28  millimeters. 

Alystax  very  pale  yellowish,  beard  white,  palpi  black  with 
white  hair,  occipito-orbital  and  ocellar  bristles  mostly  black; 
thorax  dorsally  pale  yellowish  gray  with  short  black  hair  anteri- 
orly and  black  and  white  bristles  and  hairs  posteriorly,  scutellum 
with  pale  hairs  and  bristles,  legs  black,  except  bases  of  tibiae 
which  are  pale,  wings  hyaline. 


310  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 

Alale  abdomen  silver  white,  first  four  segments  with  long  white 
hair,  two,  three  and  four  with  the  hair  parted  at  the  middle  and 
directed  outward,  five,  six  and  seven  without  long  hair,  hypo- 
pygium  small,  black,  narrowed  toward  apex  where,  froin  lateral 
view,  it  appears  nearly  evenly  rounded. 

Three  male  specimens  from  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico, 
collected  by  J.  R.  AVatson. 

Erax  argyrosoma  n.  sp.  Body  nearh-  unifonnly  white  all  over, 
middorsal  stripe  of  the  thorax  not  plainly  marked.  Length, 
23  to  25  millimeters. 

Mystax  and  beard  white,  palpi  black  with  white  hair,  some  of 
the  occipito-orbital  bristles  black  and  some  white;  legs  black 
except  the  basal  parts  of  the  tibiae  which  are  yellowish-red,  wings 
hyaline;  anterior  part  of  the  dorsum  of  the  thorax  with  short 
black  hair,  posterior  part  and  the  scutellum  with  black  and  white 
bristles  and  hairs. 

First  four  abdominal  segments  of  the  male  with  long  white 
hair,  on  two,  three  and  four;  this  is  parted  at  the  middle  and 
directed  outward,  segments  five,  six  and  seven,  silver  white  but 
without  long  hair,  hypopygium  black  with  short  white  hair,  some 
what  notched  at  the  apex  with  the  lower  part  extended  into  a 
prominence. 

Female  abdomen  gray  pollinose,  ovipositor  shining  black,  four 
millimeters  in  length. 

Taken  by  J.  R.  Watson  near  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico. 

Erax  inflatus  n.  sp.  A  dark  colored  species  with  the  mystax 
composed  of  black  and  gray  hairs  intermixed,  wings  hyaline, 
slightly  fumose  at  apices,  legs  black  with  the  exception  of  the 
extreme  bases  of  the  tibiae  which  are  yellowish-red.  Length  of  the 
males  20  to  2.5  millimeters,  of  the  females  22  to  26  millimeters. 

Front  3^ellowish-gray  pollenose,  antennae  black,  first  two  seg- 
ments clothed  with  gra}'  hair,  occipito-orbital  bristles  and  ocellar 
bristles  black,  mystax  composed  of  black  and  gray  hairs  inter- 
mixed, beard  silky  white,  palpi  black  with  black  hairs;  thorax 
brownish-gray  pollinose  with  a  dark  middorsal  stripe  abbreviated 
posteriorly,  clothed  with  gray  and  black  hairs  and  bristles  existing 
in  different  proportions  in  difterent  specimens;  legs  black,  except 
the  extreme  apices  of  the  tibia  which  are  yellowish-red,  furnished 
with  white  hairs  and  black  bristles  and  some  golden  pile  on  the 
under  side  of  some  of  the  segments;  wings  hyaline,  slightly  dark- 
ened at  the  apex. 

Male  abdomen  with  the  apex  of  the  second  segment  and  all  of 
the  segments  from  three  to  seven  inclusive  silver  white,  segments 
two  and  three  with  long  white  hair  parted  at  the  middle  and 
directed  outward,  four  and  five  shows  this  arrangement  somewhat 
but  the  hairs  are  short;  hypopygium  clothed  inostly  with  white 
hair,  enlarged  at  apical  half  until  it  is  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  the 
seventh  abdominal  seginent. 


April,  1911.]         New  Species  of  Diptera  of  the  Genus  Erax.  311 

Female  abdomen  Avith  each  segment  white  pollinose  at  sides 
and  apex,  otherwise  black  above,  ovipositor  black,  scarcely  five 
millimeters  in  length,  equivalent  to  the  last  three  abdominal 
segments. 

Twenty  specimens  received  from  F.  Grinnell,  Jr.,  and  taken  in 
Los  Angeles  County,  California.  A  very  distinct  species  on 
account  of  the  male  hypopygium  which  appears  as  if  inflated  and 
is  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  the  seventh  abdominal  segment. 

Erax  nemoralis  n.  sp.  A  dark  colored  species  with  yellowish 
mystax  and  fumose  wings.  Femora,  tarsi  and  apices  of  the 
tibiae  black,  bases  of  tibiae  reddish-brown.  Length,  male  about 
25  millimeters,  female  to  the  tip  of  the  ovipositer,  2-4  to  27 
millimeters. 

Face  and  front  covered  with  yellowish  dust,  mystax  and  beard 
pale  yellow,  occipito-orbital  and  ocellar  bristles  black,  as  are 
most  all  of  the  hairs  and  bristles  of  the  front,  palpi  black,  fur- 
nished with  many  black  hairs  which  often  are  intermixed  with 
pale  yellow  ones.  Prothorax  mostly  clothed  with  pale  hairs, 
remainder  of  thorax  with  many  black  hairs  and  bristles,  but 
these  often  are  reduced  by  the  presence  of  greater  or  less  numbers 
of  pale  ones;  middorsal  stripe  dark  and  well  marked,  abbreviated 
behind  and  divided  anteriorly,  on  either  side  the  markings  are  in 
the  form  of  ill-defined  spots  caused  by  the  difference  in  intensity 
of  the  n.ist -colored  dust  which  gives  the  thorax  its  peculiar  color; 
legs  black  except  the  bases  of  the  tibiae  which  are  reddish-brown, 
clothed  with  black  bristles  and  pale  hairs  of  different  lengths,  the 
shorter  ones  recumbent,  some  of  the  segments  inwardly,  more 
especially  the  metatarsi  and  front  tibia,  clothed  with  golden 
recmnbent  pile. 

In  the  male  abdominal  segments  one,  two  and  base  of  three 
dark,  largely  clothed  with  black  hair,  apex  of  three  and  all  of  four, 
with  the  exception  of  a  small  black  triangle  on  each  anteriorly, 
white  with  long  white  hair  parted  at  the  middle  and  directed  out- 
ward, five  and  six  silver  white  with  very  short  hair,  remainder  of 
the  abdomen  black,  with  black  hair,  however,  in  some  specimens 
part  of  seven  is  whitish  and  there  may  be  a  few  pale  hairs  on  the 
hypop3^gium. 

In  the  female  the  segments  of  the  abdomen  are  gray  on  the 
sides  and  hind  margin,  otherwise  black  above  but  the  latter  color 
is  not  well  defined,  especially  if  viewed  with  a  lense;  ovipositor 
about  six  millimeters  in  length,  equivalent  to  the  last  fotir 
abdominal  segments. 

Several  specimens  of  both  sexes  procured  in  a  brushy  woodland 
at  New  Roads,  Louisiana,  July  15,  1905.  The  specimens  were 
captured  while  resting  near  or  on  the  ground.  It  is  a  predaceous 
insect  of  possible  value  on  account  of  its  size. 


312  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 

THE  ANCIENT  VEGETATION  OF  OHIO  AND  ITS  ECOLOG- 
ICAL CONDITIONS  FOR  GROWTH.* 

Alfred  Dachnowski. 

It  is  generally  agreed  that  the  life  relations  between  plants  and 
their  habitats  are  an  outcome  of  certain  definite  processes  linked 
inseparately  with  the  past.  Whatever  the  possible  method  of 
evolutionary  advance,  whether  under  pressure  of  unusual  envir- 
onmental conditions  or  of  different  inherent  irreversible,  limits  of 
organic  variability,  the  behaviour  of  plants  under  analytical 
experimental  tests  will  continue  to  contribute  the  generalizations 
of  real  interest  and  importance.  The  facts  and  the  conditions  of 
the  present  alone  can  aid  in  the  interpretation  of  the  past. 

The  comparatively  abundant  infoniiation  which  we  possess  as 
to  the  present  vegetation  in  aspect,  form,  structure  and  function 
as  related  to  differences  in  physical,  chemical  and  biological  fac- 
tors is  in  striking  contrast  to  the  absence  of  a  correlation  of  sim- 
ilar data  as  regards  environmental  conditions  during  geological 
periods.  From  the  point  of  view  of  Ecology,  either  as  geographic 
ecology  interpreting  similarities  and  differences  in  vegetation 
identifiable  with  factors  of  latitude  and  climate,  physiographic 
ecology  constituting  evidence  of  more  local  and  genetic  forces 
and  concomitant  organic  response,  or  physiological  ecology  which 
is  less  floristic  in  aspect  than  either  of  the  preceding  views  and 
which  offers  the  adequate  basis  of  organic  response  from  exper- 
imental evidence  of  the  physiological  behaviour  of  plants  tmder 
kno\yn  conditions,  to  one  and  all  the  vegetation  conditions  of  the 
past  are  of  considerable  value,  whatever  the  method  of  endeavor 
to  understand  the  factors  which  the  fossil  plants  record.  Those 
who  have  confined  their  ecological  study  to  the  environmental 
investigations  of  the  present  must  sooner  or  later  test  and  supple- 
ment their  investigations  by  reference  to  the  past.  And  the  aim 
should  be  to  reproduce  not  only  an  accurate  fragment  of  botanical 
history  from  the  study  of  fossils  and  their  respective  strata,  but 
to  correlate  stitictural  characteristics  with  physiological  condi- 
tions of  growth,  appl\-ing  the  knowledge  of  relations  gained  from 
living  plants.  Whether  or  not  the  data  can  be  accepted  as  sound 
links  in  the  chain  of  evidence  rests  largely  in  the  value  of  the 
experimental  work  at  hand  and  in  the  degree  with  which  they 
inter]3ret  many  apparent  anomalies. 

The  limiting  climatic  and  physiographic  features  which 
characterize  bogs,  and  the  structural  features  and  functions  of 
the  vegetation  peculiar  to  them,  have  seemed  to  the  writer  of  suf- 
ficient interest  to  invite  attention  to  an  inquiry  on  the  probable 


*  Published  by  permission  of  the  State  Geologist.     Contribution  from 
the  Botanical  Laboratories  of  Ohio  State  University,  No.  62. 


April,  1911.]  The  Ancient  Vegetation  of  Ohio.  313 

cause  of  the  xerophily  of  many  of  the  carboniferous  plants  which 
lived  in  swampy  areas.  The  present  paper  is  intended  therefore, 
as  a  continuation  of  the  ecological  studies  which  appeared  from 
time  to  time  on  the  vegetation  of  an  Ohio  bog  and  peat  deposit. 
(7-10).  The  problems  involved  in  the  following  discussion  are 
by  no  means  to  be  solved  within  the  limits  of  this  paper;  merely 
an  adjustment  of  perspective  is  made,  leading  from  a  considera- 
tion of  the  fossiliferous  plant  remains  of  the  coal  measures  of  Ohio. 

In  attempting  to  sketch  an  outline  of  the  geological  history  of 
Ohio  it  is  obviously  impossible  to  go  into  any  details  of  descrip- 
tion, or  closely  follow  the  development  up  to  the  present.  At 
most  only  the  briefest  introduction  can  serve  and  only  a  general 
resume  can  be  noted  here.  For  the  specific  Geology  of  the  state 
and  a  fuller  treatment  of  the  subject,  the  reader  is  referred  to  the 
volumes  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Ohio  and  to  the  literature 
here  cited. 

Were  we  to  make  a  rock  section  deep  enough  to  reach  to  the 
lowest  limits  of  the  known  stratified  deposits,  to  the  great  founda- 
tions of  the  continent,  the  geological  strata  underlying  the  state 
would  show  as  a  stage  of  early  growth  a  predominance  of  lime- 
stone and  shale  in  the  lower  half  of  the  section,  and  as  a  stage  of 
relative  maturity  widespread  horizons  of  sandstone  and  conglom- 
erate in  the  upper  half  of  the  section.  The  strata  would  char- 
acterize the  gradual  dominance  of  atmospheric  over  hydrospheric 
and  volcanic  action  in  a  succession  of  changes,  often  interrupted 
and  repeated,  of  which  a  mountainous  elevation  and  the  graded 
plain  near  sea  level  are  the  extreme  fonns  in  the  physiographic 
cycle. 

The  strata  belong  to  five  principal  divisions  or  ages  which 
named  in  ascending  order  are  as  follows:  Lower  vSilurian  or 
Ordovician;  Upper  vSilurian;  Devonian;  Sub-carboniferous  or 
Alississippian;  and  Carboniferous,  Pennsylvanian,  or  Coal- 
Aleasures.  Over  the  northern  and  north-western  half  of  the 
state  these  are  covered  by  heavy  beds  of  clay,  sand,  and  bowlders 
which  taken  together  constitute  glacial  drift.  No  evidences  have 
been  found  in  Ohio  of  that  group  of  strata  below  the  Ordovician 
known  as  the  Cambrian,  and  pre-Cambrian  (Laurentian,  Huro- 
nian  and  Keweenawan),  or  the  great  series  of  systems  comprising 
the  Mesozoic  and  Tertiary  time  divisions.  They  either  left  no 
record  within  the  limits  of  the  state,  or  much  erosion  must  have 
taken  place  immediately  succeeding  their  formation. 

Each  of  the  rock  systems  is  again  subdivided,  and  inasmuch  as 
the  new  stratigraphical  divisions  are  coming  into  use  more  gener- 
ally and  are  replacing  the  geological  names  of  the  older  surveys, 
the  following  table  taken  from  Bulletin  7,  (21),  has  been  added  to 
show  the  place  in  the  scale,  the  relationship  of  old  and  new  names 
for  the  fomiations,  and  the  thickness  assigned  to  the  various 
formations: 


GEOLOGICAL  SCALE  OF  OHIO. 


Orton,  1S95. 

Prosser,  1905. 

Thick- 
ness 

Glacial  drift. 

Alluvium  and  Glacial. 

0-550' 

Upper  Barren  Coal  Measures. 

Dunkard  formation. 

525' =t 

Upper  Productive  Coal  Measures    Monongahela  formation. 

200-250' 

Lower  Barern  Coal  Measures.          Conemaugh  formation. 

400-500' 

Lower  Productive  Coal  Measures    Allegheny  formation. 

165-300' 

Conglomerate  Group.                          Pottsville  formation. 

250' ± 

Sub-carboniferous  limestone. 

Maxville  limestone. 

25' ± 

Logan  Group. 

Logan  formation. 
Black  Hand  formation. 

100-150' 
50-500' 

Cuyahoga  shale.                                '  Cuyahoga  formation. 

150-500' 

Berea  Shale.                                       j  Sunbury  shale. 

5-30' 

Berea  grit.                                             Berea  grit. 

5-175' 

Bedford  shale. 

Bedford  Shale. 

50-150' 

Cleveland  shale. 
Ohio  shale.      ]  Erie  shale. 
Huron  shale. 

[Cleveland  shale. 
Ohio  shale.     <^  Chagrin  formation. 
[Huron  shale. 

300-2600' 

Olentangy  shale. 


Olentangy  shale. 


20-35' 


Upper  Helderberg  or  Cornif-            Delaware  limestone, 
erous  limestone.                            Columbus  limestone. 

30-40' 
110' 

Lower  Helderberg  limestone, 
or  Waterlime. 

T^T       „    .-       ['Lucas  limestone. 
Monroe  tor-J  g^^^^^^.^  sandstone. 

mation.     [Tymochtee  member  (?) 

50-600' 

Niagara 
Group. 

Hillsboro  sandstone. 
Guelph  or  Cedarville 

limestone. 
Niagara  limestone. 
^Niagara  shale. 

"Niagara   . 
Group." 

Hillsboro  sandstone. 
Cedarville  limestone. 
Springfield  limestone. 
West  Union  limestone. 
^Osgood  beds. 

150-350' 

Clinton  limestone. 

Clinton  limestone. 
Belfast  bed. 

10-50' 
50-150' 

Medina  shale. 

vSaluda  bed.                                             ,         20' ± 

Hudson  River  Group. 

Richmond  formation. 
Lorraine  formation. 
Eden  shale. 

300' ± 
300' 
250' 

Utica  shale,  not  seen  in  outcrop. 

Trenton  limestone. 

Trenton  limestone.                                             130' 

April,  1911.]  The  Ancient  Vegetation  of  Ohio.  315 

Thus  the  Lower  Silurian  or  Ordovician  system  includes  the 
lowest  of  Ohio's  stratified  and  fossiliferous  rocks,  the  Trenton 
limestone  and  the  several  formations  of  the  Hudson  River  group. 
The}'  suggest  that  a  broad  but  shallow  arm  of  an  ancient  ocean 
then  covered  Ohio.  (5).  As  in  the  following  geologic  periods,  the 
sediments  were  derived  from  the  various  rocks  carbonated,  oxi- 
dized, and  exposed  to  erosion  and  solution,  the  beds  of  limestone 
representing  for  the  most  part  an  accmnulation  of  comminuted 
particles  of  shells  and  lime-secreting  plants  in  a  clear  sea,  and  the 
shales  representing  the  deposits  of  mud  made  in  still  water  nearer 
the  land.  The  adjacent  lands  were  probably  too  low  or  too  far 
away  to  3'ield  abundant  sand  or  permit  wave-action  sufficiently 
vigorous  to  keep  the  mud  from  settling.  Comparatively  very  few 
fossil  plants  of  Ohio  have  been  obtained  from  the  geological 
formations  of  this  period  (17) ;  but  the  records  of  the  life  of  the  era 
in  the  United  States  and  in  Europe  though  meager,  are  sufficient 
to  indicate  that  development  of  life  was  well  advanced  long  before 
the  known  strata  were  deposited,  and  that  less  diversity  of  climate 
existed  than  now.  The  testimony  of  the  ancient  organisms 
implies  nearly  uniform  soil  conditions.  The  plant  forms,  which 
in  such  rocks  must  necessarily  be  rare  as  fossils,  were  relatively 
simple,  living  along  the  shore  and  in  open  water  in  definite  zones, 
and  appear  to  have  varied  with  the  nature  and  the  slope  of  the 
bottom,  the  depth  and  clearness  of  water,  etc.,  much  as  it  is 
today.  Immense  quantities  of  microscopic  unicellular  plants 
were  undoubtedly  present  as  plankton  in  the  protected  bays  with 
sandy  and  muddy  bottoms  to  form  the  food  supply  for  the  large 
and  varied  fauna  of  that  time.  At  the  close  of  that  period  a 
folding  resulted  in  an  uplift  of  a  broad,  fiat  island-like  area  about 
Cincinnati.  This  arch  known  as  the  Cincinnati  axis  traversed  in 
a  northeasterly  direction  from  Tennessee  and  Kentucky  to  the 
lake  basin  into  Canada.  From  that  time  on  Ohio  was  nearer  sea- 
level  and  in  places  the  land  areas  were  so  far  elevated  as  to  allow 
sluggish  streams  and  basins,  bordered  by  plants  (13,  4,  11). 

The  Upper  Silurian  period  includes  the  Saluba  and  Belfast 
beds,  the  highly  crystalline  Clinton  limestone,  the  several  elements 
of  the  Niagara  group,  and  the  Monroe  fonnation.  It  extended 
over  a  vast  period  of  time,  pointing  to  oscillations  of  level  which 
covered  wide  ranges  of  latitude.  The  great  lagoons  and  inclosed 
salt-water  basins  which  were  present  suilered  rapid  evaporation. 
They  are  signs  indicating  that  an  unusually  arid  atmosphere  pre- 
vailed. The  severity  of  the  conditions  restricted  life  almost 
wholly  to  the  lowland  and  the  shore  of  other  more  favorable 
regions.  Probably  the  Arctic  regions  were  then  the  most  favor- 
able for  growth  and  development.  The  fossil  plants  are  few  and 
at  times  of  doubtful  affinity;  the  data  are  altogether  inadequate 
to  give  any  idea  of  the  vegetation  and  its  ecological  conditions  for 


3i6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 


& 


growth.  This  relative  absence  of  fossils,  together  with  the  char- 
acter of  the  sediments,  the  frequent  aeolian  crossbedding  and 
frequent  niudcracks — are  the  mark  of  periods  of  exposure;  they 
point  to  near-shore  deposits  if  not  to  land  origin,  and  to  conditions 
of  aridity  with  tropical  climate,  This  does  not  mean,  however, 
that  a  prolific  vegetation  and  perhaps  of  an  advanced  order  did 
not  exist.  Though  nothing  that  can  be  called  a  land  flora  existed, 
or  at  least  is  yet  known,  the  plants  of  the  following  period  show 
such  marked  differentiation  and  the  ancestral  relations  are  so 
uncertain,  that  a  long  previous  history,  or  else  a  rapid  evolution 
and  extinction  of  intermediate  forms  would  be  the  only  alterna- 
tives on  which  to  base  an  interpretation.  A  number  of  species 
common  to  Kentucky,  Michigan  and  some  parts  of  Europe  have 
been  described;  among  them  are  Buthrotrephis  ramulosa  (16), 
which  bears  a  close  resemblance  to  Galium  (Bedstraw),  and 
Trichophycus  venosus,  regarded  as  a  plant  from  the  Eden  and 
Lorraine  formations.  The  animal  fossils  have  many  character- 
istics in  common  with  the  European  Siluric. 

The  sea  again  invaded  the  land  and  submerged  it  wholly.  A 
general  period  of  quiet  prevailed  during  the  larger  part  of  the 
following,  the  Devonian  Age.  Toward  the  close  of  the  Mid- 
Devonic  renewed  emergence  was  accompanied  by  erosion.  The 
era  includes  the  Columbus  and  Delaware  limestones,  and  the 
Olentangy  and  Ohio  shales.  Where  the  changes  in  the  relations 
of  land  and  water  were  favorable,  a  rapid  intercontinental  migra- 
tion and  expansion  of  life  followed,  checked  only  by  barriers  and 
by  occasional  submergence.  The  record  of  plants  (18)  is  too 
imperfect  in  Ohio  for  definite  discussion,  but  fossil  evidences  show- 
that  gigantic  marine  algae  were  abundant  in  the  seas  together 
with  fish  and  ostracodenns,  while  on  the  land-islands  then  exposed, 
there  were  insects,  and  mollusks,  and  in  the  flat  lowland  surfaces 
were  broad  marshes  covered  with  plants,  the  larger  number  of 
which  were  herbaceous  and  highly  differentiated.  The  Devonian 
plants  of  contiguous  areas  show  no  annual  rings  to  bear  evidence 
of  seasonal  changes  in  temperature  or  intervals  of  prolonged 
drought  (25).  The  flora  is  far  richer  than  that  of  the  Silurian, 
and  of  great  botanical  interest,  since  in  this  period  occurred  great 
migrations  of  plants  from  the  Arctic  regions,  and  the  development 
if  not  the  actual  beginning  of  land  plants.  These  facts  suggest 
distinct  edaphic  as  well  as  other  environmental  changes.  The 
great  inland  basins  contained  a  vegetation  archaic  in  many 
features  yet  not  unlike  that  now  living  in  swamps  and  in  the 
tropics.  The  plants  were  largely  the  primitive  forenmners  of 
ferns  and  their  allies,  and  the  lower  fern-like  gymnosperms  with 
an  undergrowth  of  soft  thallose  fornis,  very  much  like  the  liver- 
worts of  today;  their  decay  was  accelerated  by  bacterial  action 
(22).    The  Devonian  types  were  in  many  respects  similar  to  those 


April,  1911.]  The  Ancient  Vegetation  of  Ohio.  317 

of  the  Carboniferous  period,  and  as  the  latter  are  much  better 
preserved  and  represented  in  the  Coal  flora,  a  conception  of  their 
ecological  conditions  for  growth  may  be  deferred  with  advantage 
until  the  discussion  of  that  period. 

A  renewed  expansion  of  the  sea  entrapped  the  fauna  and  flora 
in  beds  of  sediment  of  great  depth.  This  organic  matter  is  the 
chief  source  of  the  oil  and  gas  in  use  today.  It  is  impossible  as 
yet  to  state  with  certainty  how  these  fuels  have  been  formed  and 
concentrated.  Chemists  suggest  an  inorganic  origin  for  these 
products.  It  is  thought,  and  the  theory  is  supported  by  lab- 
oratory experiments,  that  the  great  supplies  of  petroleum  were 
produced  through  the  agency  of  iron  carbides  within  the  earth, 
generating  the  hydrocarbons  upon  access  with  percolating  water. 
But  the  quantities  traceable  to  such  a  source  are  insignificant  in 
comparison  with  the  great  repositories  containing  the  oil.  Buried 
accumulations  either  of  plants,  animals  or  both  can  alone  account 
for  the  origin  of  gas  and  oil  under  the  observed  conditions.  The 
production  of  hydrocarbon  compounds  has  been  studied  in  coal 
mines  as  the  "fire  damp,"  in  bogs  and  swamps  as  "marsh  gas" 
and  in  the  fermentation  of  cellulose  by  anaerobic  bacteria.  Sea- 
weeds and  diatoms  are  known  to  contain  globules  of  oil ;  other  oily 
substances  of  organic  origin  are  the  "cholesterol"  found  in  plants 
and  the  fatty  parts  of  animals.  The  optical  phenomena  of 
organic  oil,  that  is,  the  power  of  rotating  the  plane  of  polarization 
of  light,  is  not  shown  by  inorganically  formed  hydrocarbons.  In 
nature  an  accvimulation  of  organic  debris,  the  exclusion  of  air, 
and  the  existence  of  an  impervious  protecting  sedimentary  stratum 
seem  to  be  the  essential  condition  toward  rendering  the  process  of 
distillation  and  transformation  possible.  It  is  often  surprising 
the  quantity  of  oil  which  an  apparently  dense  rock  stratum  can 
hold.  Pressure,  temperature,  viscosity,  the  nature  of  surround- 
ing rocks,  and  a  flow  of  the  liquids  and  gases  into  porous  rocks 
and  cavities,  no  doubt,  must  all  be  taken  into  account  when  con- 
sidering the  changes  involved  in  the  origin  of  gas  and  oil;  but  at 
present  the  organic  origin  of  these  fuels  seems  to  have  the  strongest 
support  (2). 

The  Sub-carboniferous  or  Mississippian  period  which  fol- 
lowed the  interval  of  widespread  submergence  consists  of  the 
Bedford  shale,  Berea  grit,  the  Cuyahoga,  Black  Hand,  and  Logan 
formations,  and  the  Maxville  limestone.  An  increased  land  area 
gave  increased  contact  between  the  atmosphere  and  the  rocks. 
In  the  western  half  of  Ohio  the  period  was  one  largely  of  sea 
extension.  Disintegration  and  much  erosion  must  have  taken 
place  to  give  the  sedimentary  material  of  the  equivalent  fomia- 
tions.  A  gulf  which  extended  east  of  the  great  arch-island  enabled 
plants  as  well  as  animals  to  flourish  in  isolation  for  a  period 
sufficienth^  long  to  differentiate  species  of  its  own.     For  Ohio  the 


3i8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 

record  of  plant  life  is  poor  (2-1:).  But  enough  fossil  vegetation  has 
been  recovered  in  the  surrounding  states  to  show  that  all  the  lead- 
ing groups  of  the  Devonian  flora  were  represented  with  an  asso- 
ciated insect  life.  The  different  areas  exhibit  distinct  floral  and 
growth-form  differences,  and  suggest  either  barriers  or  differences  of 
water  content  in  the  soil.  The  plant  associations  are  varied  and 
of  several  aspects.  The  vegetation  is  remarkably  cosmopolitan 
in  distribution  which  would  premise  the  absence  of  climatic  zones. 
Alany  plants  exliibit  a  striking  xerophily;  the  leaves  are  reduced 
to  linear  organs,  the  stomata  have  special  constructions  and  are 
heavih^  coated  and  hardened;  the  stems  show  development  of 
water  storage  tissue;  the  roots  are  extended  horizontally.  The 
general  desiccation  effects  of  the  habitat  resulted,  however,  not 
in  the  extennination  of  plants  favoring  free  water,  but  in  the  lim- 
itation of  their  functional  activity  to  periods  of  moist  or  rainy 
seasons  and  in  the  increase  of  functional  responses.  The  differen- 
tiation has  become  a  factor  in  distribution  and  has  given  the 
plants  a  greater  range  of  dispersal;  the  new  place-functions  had  a 
survival  value  in  the  competitive  struggle  among  the  organisms, 
and  in  the  environmental  selection.  These  phenomena,  as  will  be 
shown  below,  are  not  suggestive  of  greater  severity  of  climate,  but 
indicate  unfavorable  conditions  in  the  peat}^  substratum  of  the 
marshes. 

The  era  was  brought  to  a  close  by  an  emergence  of  consid- 
erable areas  of  shallow  lowland  which  with  their  vegetation  con- 
stitute the  great  Carboniferous  or  Pennsylvanian  system  and 
its  important  Coal-measures.  The  land  area  of  Ohio  grew  in 
spite  of  the  fact  that  it  was  periodically  depressed  and  degraded. 
The  withdrawal  of  the  sea  ultimately  resulted  in  the  union  of 
separate  land  masses  and  the  extension  to  its  present  borders. 
The  formations  are  a  series  of  beds  somewhat  unlike  any  hereto- 
fore considered.  Irregularly  distributed  through  the  Carbonif- 
erous series  are  six  or  eight  strata  of  sandstone,  part  of  them  con- 
glomerates, characterized  by  the  presence  of  quartz  pebbles  which 
sometimes  are  of  large  size.  Next  to  them  are  beds  of  shale  in 
great  variety  of  colors;  they  are  frequently  replaced  with  sand- 
stone la3^ers  or  sheets  of  limestone.  The  former  are  frequently 
crossbedded,  the  agents  of  deposition  being  rivers  or  the  wind;  the 
latter  are  all  of  them  thin  and  partly  of  fresh  water  origin,  and 
partly  of  marine  origin  as  is  shown  b}'  the  abundant  fossils  which 
they  contain.  The  limestones  ai^e  in  many  cases  deposits  of  a 
calcareous  nature,  and  frequently  associated  with  beds  of  iron  ore 
or  with  a  layer  of  clay  of  varying  degree  of  purity.  The  clays  are 
always  overlain  with  seams  of  coal  ranging  from  a  mere  black  line 
to  a  dozen  feet  and  more  in  thickness.  Each  of  these  coal  seams 
stands  for  a  former  low  and  undrained  land  surface  and  its  vegeta- 
tion cover.     The  well-marked  order  of  arrangement  of  the  strata 


April,  1911.]  The  Ancient  Vegetation  of  Ohio.      •  319 

underlying  the  coal  seams  is  intimately  connected  with  a  long- 
continued  growth,  sudden  submergence,  and  subsequent  fossiliza- 
tion  of  marshes  adjacent  to  an  ancient  sea,  and  of  great  inland 
xerophytic  vegetation  formed  in  island-like  masses  very  much  like 
the  peat  bogs  of  today,  but  over  much  wider  areas  than  any  single 
present  day  bog  occupies.  The  Carboniferous  S3'stem  includes 
the  Pottsville,  Allegheny,  Conemaugh,  Monangahela  and  Dankard 
formations,  all  of  which  have  been  described  in  great  detail  in  the 
later  volumes  of  the  Geological  Survey.  Over  these  rocks  of  at 
least  two-thirds  of  Ohio  are  spread  in  var^dng  thickness  the 
deposits  of  the  glacial  drift.  The  glacial  formations  of  Ohio  have 
been  very  fully  described  by  Leverett  (12) ;  a  brief  account  follows 
in  another  paper  in  connection  with  the  present  distribution  of 
vegetation  in  Ohio  lakes  and  peat  deposits  and  the  physiography 
of  the  state. 

The  mode  of  arrangement  of  all  geological  formations  is  that  of 
sheets  resting  one  upon  another,  but  not  horizontally.  Slow  and 
comparatively  gentle  movements  of  the  earth's  crust,  unaccom- 
panied by  fractures  or  displacements  have  given  rise  in  the  state 
to  a  system  of  northeast  and  southwest  foldings.  The  most 
important  of  these  is,  as  has  been  stated  at  the  outset,  the  Cin- 
cinnati axis  which  traverses  the  state  as  an  arch  from  Cincinnati 
to  the  lake  shore  and  beyond  into  Canada.  The  other  lines  of 
elevation  are  relatively  weak  and  come  into  Ohio  from  Pennsyl- 
vania and  West  Virginia,  and  are  known  respectively  as  the 
Appalachian  fold,  the  Fredericktown  and  Salisbury  anticlines,  and 
the  Wellsburg,  Cadiz,  and  Cambridge  anticlines,  located  near 
places  of  that  name.  They  are  undoubtedly  folds  of  the  great 
series  to  which  the  Allegheny  mountains  of  Pennsylvania  and 
West  Virginia  belong.  This  emergence  of  the  rocks  of  the  state 
has  its  approximate  date  at  the  close  of  the  Lower  Silurian  period, 
and  has  never  been  more  than  a  low  mountain  chain. 

Along  a  large  part  of  the  Cincinnati  axis  the  strata  which  once 
arched  over  it  have  been  extensively  worn  away.  They  are  found 
resting  in  regular  order  on  cither  side.  The  geological  map  of 
Ohio  recently  published  shows  the  areas  covered  by  the  principal 
systems  and  their  series  of  strata.  In  the  region  about  Cincinnati 
the  erosion  has  been  greatest,  exposing  there  the  oldest  rocks. 
The  direction  of  the  draining  streams  of  the  western  half  of  the 
state  has  been  mainly  determined  by  this  great  anticlinal  axis. 
It  forms  the  divide  between  the  waters  of  the  Scioto  and  the 
Aliami,  and  between  the  Sandusky  and  the  Maumee.  On  the 
east  side  of  the  anticlinal  axis  the  rocks  dip  down  into  a  basin  in 
which  all  the  strata  form  trough-like  layers,  their  edges  outcrop- 
ping eastward  on  the  flanks  of  the  Allegheny  mountains.  The 
older  rocks  are  deeply  buried,  and  the  surface  is  here  underlaid 
by  the  highest  and  most  recent  of  rock  formations,   the  Coal- 


320  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 

measures  or  ancient  vegetation  deposits.  In  the  northwestern 
corner  of  the  state  the  strata  dip  northwest  from  the  anticlinal 
axis  and  pass  under  the  Michigan  coal  basin,  precisely  as  the  same 
series  east  of  the  anticlinal  dip  beneath  the  Allegheny  coal  field, 
of  which  Ohio's  coal  area  forms  a  part. 

The  well-marked  order  of  arrangement  which  the  coal  fields 
of  Ohio  present,  suggests  that  at  the  beginning  of  the  Carbonifer- 
ous age  an  ami  of  an  ancient  shallow  lake  extended  inland  and 
continued  in  an  unbroken  sheet  up  to  the  Cincinnati  arch  which 
made  its  western  boundary.  Year  after  year  for  many  centuries 
an  exceedingly  dense  luxuriant  growth  of  vegetation  covered  the 
surface  of  the  shallow  basins  as  scattered  swamps  and  bog-like 
marshes  sometimes  running  into  a  long  connected  chain,  and 
sometimes  quite  isolated.  The  vegetation  was  doubtless  of  many 
kinds  of  trees,  especially  giant  ferns  and  clUb-mosses,  with  an 
undergrowth  of  shrubs,  and  plants  like  grasses  and  sedges.  There 
were  many  minor  differences  between  the  vegetation  of  different 
basins;  zones  of  predominating  lycopods  alternated  w4th  ferns. 
The  vegetation  must  have  moved  into  the  open  water  of  pro- 
tected bays  and  inland  water  basics  progressively,  as  groups, 
distinct  in  physiognomy  and  growth-form,  the  zones  varying  in 
width  with  the  definite  conditions  of  life  and  the  selective  action 
of  the  habitat.  The  plankton  formation  must  have  been  followed 
by  plants  nearer  the  margin  and  submerged  along  the  gently 
sloping  shore  lines.  Free  floating  forms  similar  to  Azolla,  Salvinia, 
and  to  various  algae  mxust  have  existed  in  great  masses,  easily 
transported  by  winds  and  currents,  at  times  completely  covering 
the  quiet  pools.  As  their  debris  formed  a  slowly  rising  deposit  in 
the  basin,  the  littoral  or  shore  formation  must  have  advanced 
toward  the  center  of  the  water  basin  fomiing  a  mat  of  interwoven 
rhizomes  and  roots,  harboring  various  societies  and  layers  accord- 
ing to  the  light  and  water  conditions.  In  time  the  basin  became 
filled  with  the  debris  of  the  vegetation.  In  many  cases  the  vege- 
tation accumulated  to  a  depth  of  more  than  fifty  feet,  but  this 
great  distance  from  the  mineral  substratum  or  the  deficiency  of 
mineral  substances  never  rendered  it  difficult  or  impossible  for 
the  plants  to  grow  luxuriantly.  Green  plants  utilize  water  and 
the  carbon  dioxide  of  the  air  to  form  food,  the  starches,  sugar 
fats,  and  proteins  necessary  to  their  nourishment  and  for  the 
successive  phases  of  a  nonnal  development.  The  mineral  soil- 
constituents  are  not  the  food  of  plants ;  they  are  indispensable  but 
their  amount  is  very  small  in  organic  substances,  and  alone  they 
are  incapable  of  sustaining  life  in  plants. 

Trees  standing  erect  within  a  bed  of  coal,  their  horizontal  roots 
still  embedded  in  the  underlying  stratum;  the  corky  bark,  the 
wood,  branches,  leaves,  spores,  and  fruits  of  many  plants,  and 
even  the  remains  of  fosil  micro-organi.sms  (22)  have  given  their 


April,  1911.]  The  Ancient  Vegetation  of  Ohio.  321 

testimony  to  what  once  existed.  Though  not  reported  in  the 
Coal-measures  of  Ohio,  the  aggregations  and  often  large  masses 
of  resinous  bodies,  amber,  fossil  coral,  and  a  multitude  of  similar 
substances  by  their  varying  quantities  show  the  exact  character 
of  the  vegetation.  With  the  flora  many  animals  commingled; 
and  where  they  were  most  abundant,  their  fossil  remains  are 
found.  Little  is  known  of  the  characteristic  plants  of  the  upland 
vegetation.  There  are  descriptions  of  about  150  species  for  Ohio 
(14,  19,  24,  25),  but  most  of  the  interesting  fossil  plants  were 
found  in  the  roof  of  Coal  No.  1,  that  is  in  the  marshes  near  the 
base  of  the  Coal-measures.  In  Ohio  this  stratigraphical  position 
is  "more  than  two  thousand  feet  above  the  base  of  the  series,  as 
revealed  in  the  geosynclinal  basin  of  West  Virginia,  which  was 
first  filled  with  strata  of  the  Coal-measures  and  long  before  any 
similar  formations  took  place  upon  the  ancient  marginal  Waverly 
plateau  of  Ohio"  (1.) 

The  flowering  plants  (Anthophyta)  had  not  yet  appeared. 
Bacteria  (22,  23)  and  other  fungi  were  present,  no  doubt,  in  great 
abundance.  Liverworts  and  Mosses  (Bryophyta)  were  probably 
in  existence  but  they  still  held  an  unimportant  place.  There 
were  principally  ferns  (Pteridophyta)  which  at  this  time  had 
reached  their  greatest  development  and  differentiation.  Their 
first  appearance  is  as  strange  and  distinctive  among  plants  as 
that  of  the  brachiopods  among  the  animals.  They  were  in  part 
more  primitive  than  now  and  in  part  more  ad^'anced  representing 
transitional  types;  but  they  surpassed  all  other  forms  in  number 
and  persistency  of  type.  There  were  scouring  rushes  (Calamo- 
phyta)  of  much  higher  and  varied  organization  and  of  greater 
height  and  diameter  than  the  present  forms.  The  several  species 
of  the  Sphenophyllales  long  since  extinct,  were  of  tree-like  aspect, 
bearing  small  wedge-shaped  leaves,  and  sporophylls  in  cones; 
most  of  them  are  found  as  undergrowth  beneath  the  shade  of 
giant  lycopods.  The  Equisetales  had  hollow  jointed  stems  with 
very  small  narrow  leaves;  they  are  mostly  extinct  plants  of  which 
but  one  genus,  Equisetum,  has  survived.  The  Calamariales  also 
long  since  extinct,  grew  in  dense  thickets;  they  often  were  of  tree- 
like aspect  and  dimensions,  with  narrow  distinct  leaves  in  which 
the  stomata  were  deeply  set.  The  branches  and  leaves  were 
placed  in  whorles  on  jointed  hollow  stems  which  arose  from 
underground  rhizoms  and  increased  in  diameter  by  the  growth  of 
a  cambial  zone;  their  wounds  were  healed  by  a  development  of 
cork.  There  were  the  Lycopods  (Lepidophyta)  the  largest  of  the 
carboniferous  plants,  in  the  form  of  Lepidodendron  and  Sigillaria, 
both  with  long  needle-shaped  leaves  and  stomata  in  deep  furrows 
on  the  under  side,  often  protected  by  a  hairy  covering;  the  trees 
were  surface-rooted,  the  roots  spreading  out  in  all  directions  from 
the  trunk.   There  were  the  Cycads  (Cycadophyta) ,  fern-like  gymno- 


32  2  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 

spernis  related  to  the  modern  conifers  and  flowering  plants  of 
which  indeed  they  nia}^  have  been  the  ancestors.  Of  these  the 
best  known  are  Cordaites,  Megalopteris,  Alethopteris  and  possibly 
Lyginopteris  with  its  spiny  stem  and  highly  dissected  xerophilous 
foliage,  Bennettites,  and  perhaps  Ginkgo.  All  these  were  strik- 
ingly cosmojiolitan  in  distribution,  extending  to  high  latitudes. 
They  were  at  their  climax  of  vigor  and  height,  and  verged  into 
more  recent  types. 

How  the  coal  fields  were  formed  hundreds  of  centuries  ago 
may  be  seen  at  any  of  our  lakes  today.  Our  lakes  and  ponds 
represent  only  one  of  the  several  conditions  under  which  vege- 
table matter  accumulates.  Other  but  less  important  ways  possi- 
ble to  form  coal  beds  are  accumulations  (1)  built  up  from  the 
ground  by  successive  elevations  of  the  water  table;  (2)  in  sea 
bottoms  beneath  "sargasso"  vegetation;  and  (3)  in  marine 
swamps  including  mangrove  swamps  and  coastal  salt  luarshes. 
The  slight  admixture  of  sediment  which  indicates  the  absence  of 
waves,  tidal  currents,  wind-formed  currents  and  eroding  rivers, 
and  the  fact  that  at  present  only  one  kind  of  tree,  the  mangrove, 
grows  in  salt-water,  is  against  the  view  that  the  coal  was 
fomied  in  salt-water.  No  records  exist  to  show  that  in  earlier 
ages  the  vegetation  of  the  ocean  differed  greatly  in  kind  from  that 
now  predominating.  Ferns  and  mosses  are  entirely  absent  from 
the  ocean;  the  main  marine  vegetation  is  still  formed  by  algae, 
often  highly  differentiated,  which  belong  to  diverse  orders.  The 
manner  in  which  the  bed  of  vegetable  matter  accumulated,  and 
how  it  was  kept  from  decay,  is  a  long  and  interesting  chapter. 
The  process  has  been  described  elsewhere  (10)  in  more  detail. 

Critical  periods  suddenly  arrived,  possibly  subsidence  accom- 
panied with  a  deluge  of  water  from  an  adjacent  sea,  lake  or 
aggrading  stream,  carrying  silt,  l^urying  the  vegetation  under 
deposits  of  mud  and  sand  and  converting  the  submerged  portion 
into  dry  land.  The  rise  in  water  level  brought  with  it  the  recur- 
rence of  swamp  conditions,  but  the  succeeding  shallow  lake  had  a 
narrower  area  than  its  predecessor,  and  around  its  shores  and  in 
island-like  masses  flourished  again  a  dense  luxuriant  vegetation. 
In  long-continued  growth  it  existed,  filling  the  lake  with  an  accu- 
mulation of  vegetable  debris  to  the  depth  and  the  margin  which  it 
still  retains  as  the  present  coal  field.  During  its  formation  the 
nature  of  the  sub-soil  on  which  the  vegetation  grew,  and  the 
drainage  relations  affected  then  as  now  the  character  of  the  plants 
predominating  in  an  area,  and  thus  influenced  the  percentage  and 
kind  of  ash  in  the  vegetable  debris.  Frequent  local  or  general 
disturbances  in  topography  and  sedimentation  during  times  of 
flood  brought  about  the  occurrence  of  partings  and  seams  in  coal 
beds.  Not  infrequently  the  vegetation  was  buried  under  sheets 
of  limestone  that  accumulated  through  precipitation  in  the  invad- 


April,  1911.]  The  Ancient  Vegetation  of  Ohio.  323 

ing  water.  In  the  subsequent  submergence  and  fossilization  there 
followed  other  marshes  and  bog-like  swamps.  These  coal  beds 
represent  in  some  places  submerged  forests,  and  in  others  the 
coal  was  probably  formed  not  by  the  slow  growth  of  vegetation 
in  situ,  but  from  drifted  vegetable  material.  But  every  successive 
coal  forming  area  had  a  narrower  lowland  basin  than  its  pred- 
ecessor. This  indicates  that  the  changes  in  the  relative  level  of 
water  were  not  accompanied  by  oscillations  in  land  level. 

The  geological  evidences  of  the  earlier  periods  of  the  state's 
development  show  that  CO2  existed  in  much  larger  quantities 
than  tiow,  since  enonnous  amounts  have  been  fixed  in  the  beds  of 
limestone.  The  depletion  of  the  COo  content,  it  may  be  pre- 
sumed, produced  effects  on  the  atmospheric  blanket  which  tended 
to  lower  the  average  temperature  and  moisture  and  this  changed 
the  climatic  character  of  the  region  (5).  Similarly  the  tremen- 
dous amounts  of  carbon  stored  in  the  basins  of  the  coal  measures 
by  the  work  of  green  plants  undoubtedly  produced  a  marked 
effect  on  the  atmospheric  content  of  carbon  dioxide.  Far  reach- 
ing changes  in  climate  must  have  followed,  such  as  are  exemplified 
in  the  periodic  glaciations  of  the  Pleistocene. 

The  duration  of  the  Carboniferous  period  must  have  been  a 
very  long  one  to  yield  deposits  of  coal  of  such  thickness,  for  it 
should  be  remembered  that  a  large  part  of  ihe  vegetable  matter, 
about  four-fifths,  escaped  as  gas  in  the  making  of  coal,  and  the 
remainder  has  been  compressed  to  a  fraction  of  the  original  layer 
of  vegetable  debris.  It  is  estimated  that  from  15  to  30  feet  of 
peat  are  required  to  make  one  foot  of  coal.  By  a  series  of  changes 
which  are  plainly  traceable,  vegetable  matter,  peat,  lignite, 
bituminous  or  soft  coal,  and  anthracite  form  a  series  of  substances 
which  grade  one  into  another  in  an  unbroken  line  from  complex 
organic  partly  oxidized  compounds  at  one  end  to  nearly  pure 
carbon  at  the  other.  The  succession  is  not  necessarily  a  strictly 
lineal  one,  since  degree  of  decomposition  and  chemical  changes, 
previous  exposure  of  the  vegetation  to  reduction  action  or  to 
oxidation,  affect  the  alterations  in  various  ways.  The  meta- 
morphic  changes  are  hastened  where  the  structural  condition 
of  the  overlying  rock  favors  the  escape  of  the  gaseous  products. 
Ligno-cellulose  compounds  are  the  initial  substances  which  grad- 
ually loose  carbon  dioxide,  marsh  gas  and  water,  and  so  yield  the 
series  of  products  represented  by  the  different  kinds  of  coal. 
Chemical  analysis  (3)  in  which  the  probable  combination  of  ele- 
ments is  given  grouped  as  moisture,  volatile  hydrocarbons,  fixed 
carbon,  ash  and  sulphur  show  that  the  value  of  coal  for  fuel  is 
determined  mainly  by  the  relative  amounts  of  its  volatile  hydro- 
carbons and  the  fixed  carbons.  The  former  represents  the  free 
burning  constituents  of  coal  and  the  latter  its  heating  power. 
Ash  and  sulphur  illustrate  the  objectionable  impurities.     Up  to  a 


324  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6^ 

certain  point  the  fuel  value  or  fuel  ratio  of  coal  can  therefore  be 
determined  by  dividing  the  fixed  carbon  percentage  by  that  of 
the  volatile  hydrocarbons.  A  number  of  different  kinds  of  coal 
are  recognized  in  the  United  vStates  whose  differentiation  depends 
largely  upon  these  characteristics.  But  in  whatever  variety  of 
fonn,  coal  is  derived  from  vegetation  which  grew  in  lowland,  in 
ponds  and  lakes  in  a  manner  as  we  find  in  sub-tropical  swamps 
and  in  peat  bogs  of  temperate  and  northern  regions  today;  it  was 
buried  under  successive  layers  of  matter  like  itself,  and  of  sedi- 
ments such  as  sand  and  clay;  thus  protected  from  atmospheric 
oxidation  and  subjected  to  gradually  increasing  heat,  and  the 
pressure  of  overlying  porous  rocks,  the  vegetation  became  trans- 
formed to  the  form  we  now  use.  The  search  for  coal  today  is  a 
search  for  these  ancient  marshes,  bogs  and  swamp-forests  hidden 
under  layers  of  sandstone,  shales,  and  drift  (20) . 

What  Coxditioxs  Determixed  Xeromorphy  axd  the  Origix 

OF  Laxd  Plaxts. 

The  characteristic  xerophily  of  the  carboniferous  vegetation 
has  been  interpreted  by  geologists  (5)  as  indicative  of  a  warmer, 
moister  atmosphere,  more  heavily  charged  with  carbon  dioxide 
than  at  present.  To  the  writer  the  facts  are  hardly  consistent 
with  the  external  conditions  assumed.  The  supposition  that 
xeromorphy  involves  factors  of  climate  is  not  necessarily  wrong, 
but  calls  for  a  fuller  consideration  and  comparison  along  with 
additional  factors,  the  character  and  magnitude  of  which  is 
capable  of  producing  like  results.  A  more  satisfactory  interpre- 
tation of  the  phenomenon  of  xerophily  would  be  found  in  the  fact 
that  the  present  vegetation  of  undrained  swamps  and  of  bogs  has 
many  of  these  xerophytic  features  none  of  which  are  correlated 
with  atmospheric  influences  only.  The  chief  cause  for  both  the 
xerophily  of  the  coal  flora  and  the  great  accumulation  of  vege- 
table matter  is  not  to  be  looked  for  merely  in  climatic  implica- 
tions. High  temperature  and  humid  air  promote  in  a  high 
degree  decomposition.  The  great  thickness  of  the  deposits  sug- 
gests rather  that  the  preservation  of  the  debris  was  favored  by  a 
temperate  climate  and  by  agents  in  the  soil  such  as  are  involved 
in  the  accumulation  of  peat  today.  Similarly  the  force  of  the 
inference  from  the  xerophytic  aspect  of  the  carboniferous  veg- 
etation— namely,  the  peculiarities  of  leaf  size  and  leaf  stiticture 
for  maintaining  a  balance  between  supply  and  loss  of  water — 
gives  additional  support  to  the  view  that  the  plants  encountered 
adversities  of  soil-water  content  rather  than  of  climate.  A  sat- 
isfactory explanation  of  the  phenomenon  has  been  found  in  the 
experimental  investigations  of  the  writer  on  the  reduction  action 
and  toxic  character  of  bog  water  and  bog  soil  (10),  the  results  of 


April,  1911.]  The  Ancient  Vegetation  of  Ohio.  325 

which  are  briefly  as  follows:  Poorly  drained  and  undraincd 
water  basins  and  lowlands  whether  in  areas  characterized  by  lime- 
stone formations,  by  sandstone,  or  glacial  drift,  become  physio- 
logically arid  habitats  with  the  accumulation  of  vegetable  debris. 
Although  water  is  so  abundant  in  bogs  and  swamps,  yet  it  is 
largely  unavailable  to  the  plants  on  account  of  various  decom- 
position products  due  to  the  activity  of  low  organisms  in  the 
debris-substratum,  especially  such  saprophytes  as  bacteria  and 
fungi.  Peat  soils  contain  bacteria  and  other  fungi  in  greater 
number  than  supposed  hitherto,  inducing  diastatic,  inverting, 
proteolytic,  cytohydrolytic  and  reducing  action  in  the  upper 
layer  of  the  substratum.  They  vary  in  kind  and  number  with 
the  nature  of  the  substratum,  and  show  marked  interdependence 
as  well  as  antagonistic  action.  It  has  been  found  that  as  a  gen- 
eral rule  there  is  an  accumulation  of  injurious  substances  which 
must  be  removed  if  no  deleterious  action  is  to  follow,  and  if  com- 
plete decomposition  of  the  debris  is  not  to  be  retarded. 

The  complex  and  rather  ill-defined  "humus  acids,"  more 
■Specifically  humic,  ulmic,  crenic,  and  apocrenic  acids,  are  not 
the  important  constituents  to  which  peat  owes  its  antiseptic 
properties  and  which  interfere  with  the  action  of  bacterial  organ- 
isms. In  Ohio  peat  deposits,  at  least,  the  presence  of  injurious 
substances  in  the  substratum  is  not  in  direct  relation  to  acidity 
in  the  soil.  Tests  on  the  reducing  powers  of  peat  soils  show  that 
the  wind  driven  aeration  has  httle  effect  on  the  peat  substratum 
beneath  the  two-feet  level.  A  shallow  superficial  zone  of  oxida- 
tion exists  in  peat  soils,  and  the  debris  below  this  is  sometimes  so 
charged  with  injurious  decomposition  products  and  gases,  and  so 
far  unaerated  as  to  be  inhospitable  to  all  organisms  but  anaerobic 
bacteria. 

In  the  growing  season  the  temperature  of  peat  soil  in  the 
more  xerophytic  of  the  succeeding  bog  associations  is  not  below 
that  of  other  soils.  Rapid  and  passing  changes  of  air  tem- 
peratures and  the  occasional  extremes  do  not  affect  the  sub- 
stratum temperatures.  Only  average  effects  prevail  and  the 
great  periodic  changes  of  the  dominant  climate.  The  tempera- 
tures of  the  deeper  peat  strata  indicate  that  there  is  scarcely 
anything  of  a  seasonal  descent  analogous  to  the  circulation  or 
"overturn"  in  lakes  or  in  ocean. 

The  continued  growth  and  persistence  of  the  closely  related 
plant  association  and  the  slow  succession  of  vegetation  types  in  a 
habitat  of  that  character  is  no  longer  incomprehensible  if  we 
remember  that  the  vegetation  grows  on  top  of  the  accumulating 
debris  and  that  the  water  table  is  always  at  a  high  level.  The 
disturbance  of  the  balance  produced  in  the  soil  is  thus  not  unfavor- 
able to  the  dominance  of  the  associations.  There  occur  natural 
successions  which  are  determined,  however,  not  by  a  deficiency  of 


326  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 

mineral  nutrients,  but  by  an  excessive,  defective  or  preventive 
action  in  the  substratum.  The  lack  of  mineral  constituents  such 
as  lime,  potash,  and  phosphoric  acid  does  not  even  render  it 
difficult  for  mesophytic  shrtibs  and  trees  to  invade  and  grow  as 
the  deposit  is  built  up  and  oxidation  processes  become  prominent 
in  the  surface  layer  of  the  substratum.  To  what  extent  bog 
plants  require  the  organic  compounds  arising  in  peat  soils  is  still 
undetennined.  The  assimilation  of  organic  nitrogenous  sub- 
stances is  undoubtedly  made  less  difficult  on  account  of  the 
number  of  saprophj'tic  fungi  and  the  endotrophic  mycorhiza 
usually  present. 

The  characteristic  foliage  of  bog  plants  is  distinctly  an 
effect  to  a  habitat  with  a  moderate  or  scanty  physiological 
soil-water  content.  Extreme  xeromorphy  is  reached  in  the 
upper  layer  of  open  shrub  associations;  here  the  CO2  percent- 
age of  the  vertical  gradient  is  least  and  approximates  that  of 
the  free  air;  the  combined  effect  of  the  intensity  of  light  and  the 
greater  saturation  deficiency  of  the  air  is  provided  for  by  an 
increased  thickness  of  the  mesophyll  layer  in  the  foliage  to  min- 
imize disturbances  in  the  carbon  dioxide  supply.  This  and  the 
narrow  leaves  with  restricted  stomata  confined  to  deep  furrows 
and  in  some  cases  protected  by  hairs,  wax,  or  heavy  cuticle,  are 
devices  common  to  plants  in  bogs  where  the  plants  must  protect 
themselves  against  unfavorable  water  content  in  the  substratmn, 
and  not  against  unfavorable  atmospheric  influences.  The  aerial 
parts  of  plants  are  constantly  losing  water  by  transpiration,  a 
process  similar  to  evaporation  but  controlled  by  the  plants  within 
certain  limits.  To  re-establish  equilibrium  this  water  loss  is 
replaced  by  the  supply  of  water  from  the  substratum  by  root 
absorption.  The  taller  plants  are  thus  subjected  to  a  difficulty 
in  maintaining  the  balance  between  absorption  and  transpiration 
in  the  same  manner  as  are  plants  living  in  deserts  or  in  sandy 
regions.  Though  the  amount  of  transpiration  exhibited  by 
plants  is  partly  influenced  by  the  physical  conditions  of  the 
atmosphere  such  as  tem]jerature,  humidity  and  wind,  yet  these 
factors  are  much  more  unifonn  than  are  the  amounts  of  available 
water  supply.  The  limitations  of  this  paper  do  not  pemiit  going 
into  greater  detail  in  respect  to  the  nature  arid  the  degree  of 
toxicity  in  bogs,  or  in  respect  to  the  kinds  of  plants  or  the  parts  of 
plants  which  are  most  afl^ected. 

The  nearest  analogue  of  the  accumulation  and  the  conditions 
of  growth  for  the  vegetation  of  the  coal  measures  are  the  bogs 
and  marshes  of  today.  Were  there  no  other  trustworthy  records 
of  the  occurrence  of  bacteria  and  fungi  in  Palaeozic  times  (22),  it 
would  still  be  a  natural  supposition  that  these  organisms  were 
abundantly  represented,  and  produced  physical  and  chemical 
changes    in    the    substratum.     The    transfonnation    products    of 


April,  1911.]  The  Ancient  Vegetation  of  Ohio.  327 

whatever  nature  checked  the  activity  of  the  roots  of  plants  and 
depressed  their  transpiration.  The  strildng  similarity  of  the 
aerial  shoots  of  the  carboniferous  plants  to  those  of  modem  times 
in  bogs  and  undrained  swamps  restrain  one,  therefore,  from 
assuming  that  the  atmosphere  differed  greatly  in  temperature  and 
humidity,  or  was  different  in  the  chemical  constituents  from  what 
it  is  now.  There  may  have  been  moderate  variations  in  the 
carbon  dioxide  content  of  the  air,  but  this  would  require  experi- 
mental proof  upon  bog  plants  and  the  groups  of  plants  similar  to 
those  which  lived  in  carboniferous  times,  the  scouring  rushes,  the 
lycopods,  ferns,  cycads  and  gymnosperms,  to  assign  its  limits. 
The  statements  in  current  literature  as  to  the  strengths  of  that 
gas  which  green  plants  can  endure  are  conflicting  (G),  and  call  for 
further  work  in  the  field  and  in  the  laboratory. 

The  consideration  of  these  facts  leads  to  another  point — the 
inevitable  conclusion  that  the  form  characters  and  the  funda- 
mental resistance  to  drought  and  dessication  distinctive  of  xero- 
phytic  plants  whether  in  bogs  or  deserts  must  have  made  their 
appearance  within  early  geologic  time.  They  are  not  of  recent 
development  (15).  The  climate  of  northern  America  has  under- 
gone oscillations  between  periods  of  maximum  aridity  and  max- 
imum precipitation  and  humidity,  with  extreme  variations  in 
temperature  during  and  following  the  several  glacial  periods;  the 
amplitude  occupying  periods  of  perhaps  many  thousands  of 
years.  Variations  in  climate  so  wide  apart  indicate  an  almost 
complete  change  in  the  character  of  the  flora  during  the  geologic 
periods.  The  xerophytic  features  which  characterize  bogs  and 
deserts  are  not  to  be  taken,  therefore,  as  having  come  about  by  a 
direct  and  continuously  increasing  edaphic  or  climatic  aridity. 
Aside  from  the  question  as  to  the  methods  and  the  activating 
conditions  in  evolutionary  development,  it  seems  certain  that  the 
origin  of  xeroph}' tic  forms  is  not  one  of  recent  development  in 
the  vegetable  kingdom  but  must  have  been  concomitant  with  the 
diastrophic  and  gradation  processes  of  the  great  geologic  periods. 
The  great  floral  evolutions  of  geologic  history  were  principally 
one  of  growth-form,  physiognomy,  and  functional  behaviour,  and 
not  of  floral  structure  alone.  Water  has  always  been  the  most 
important  of  all  the  life  relations  in  the  environment  of  plants. 
In  the  early  tyjoes  of  gametophytic  vegetation  it  remained  neces- 
sarily of  greatest  importance  for  the  movements  of  gametes  in 
effecting  fertilization  and  for  dissemination.  The  luxurious 
development  of  these  fonns  in  the  ancient  areas  of  low  lying  land 
became  checked  in  the  stress  of  aridity  encountered  with  the 
accumulation  of  their  debris.  With  the  origin  and  the  develop- 
ment of  the  sporophytic  types  of  vegetation,  which  were  from  the 
first  less  dependent  upon  free  water,  the  prolongation  of  vegeta- 
tion activity  enabled  the  plants  to  occupy  the  areas  with  greater 


D 


28  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 


habit  reactions.  The  effects  of  dessication  in  the  physiologically 
arid  habitats  resulted  in  greater  differentiation  of  organs,  in  pro- 
tective and  resistance  features  (9),  and  in  a  greater  range  of 
dispersal.  The  vegetation  had  now  developed  to  forms  capable 
of  occu]3ying  dr}^  land,  and  able  to  maintain  themselves  as  bog  or 
desert  vegetation  in  localities  restricting  functional  activity.  The 
general  movement  finally  resulted  in  a  land  flora  of  which  the 
mesophytes  are  the  highest  expression.  The  lowland  basins  and 
regions  of  coal  formation  were  undoubtedly  the  regions  of  the 
evolution  of  the  flora  as  a  whole  and  of  the  several  natural  plant 
formations  which  include  many  diverse  species  in  a  unity  of 
characteristic  physiognomy  and  growth  form.  Probably  the 
arctic  regions  were  then  the  most  favorable  for  the  growth  and 
development  of  xeromorphic  forms.  Migration  from  northern 
centers  of  dispersal,  the  periods  of  climatic  aridity,  and  the 
changes  immediately  before  and  after  ice  invasion,  undoubtedly 
accentuated  the  ecological  evolution  of  this  type  of  vegetation. 

The  extensive  change  in  floral  types  which  is  particularly  evi- 
dent through  the  subordination  of  the  ferns  to  grasses  and  heath 
plants,  and  the  elimination  and  replacement  of  the  primitive 
gymnosperais  by  the  later  gymnospenns  and  angiosperms  is 
largely  one  of  range  and  variability  of  protoplasmic  forces.  In 
some  types  the  characteristics  often  bear  no  apparent  relation  to 
the  environment  and  are  retained  under  the  most  varied  condi- 
tions, yet  many  other  types  arc  profoundly  and  rapidly  modified 
by  changes  in  climate,  physiography,  and  soil  processes. 

The  great  development  of  form  in  response  to  the  environ- 
mental stress  was  attended  by  a  rapid  and  luxuriant  expansion  in 
range,  in  successions  of  vegetation  fomiations,  and  in  sequence  of 
associations.  Several  forms  of  cycads,  Bennettites  and  conifers 
now  inhabit  desert  areas.  Not  less  interesting  is  the  fact  that 
many  species  of  heather-plants  of  Europe  such  as  Calltma, 
Empetrum,  several  species  of  pines  (Pinas  sylvestris,  P. 
montana),  Juniper  (Juniperus  communis),  birches  (Betula, 
pubescens,  B.  nana),  Labrador  tea  (Ledum  palustre),  bladder- 
wort  (Utricularia  cornuta),  and  others,  can  grow  both  on  extremely 
dry,  warm  soil  and  on  extremely  cold  or  wet  soils.  The  observa- 
tion has  repeatedly  been  made  b}'  the  writer  that  in  the  northern 
parts  of  Michigan  several  species  of  bog  plants  leave  the  peat 
soils  entirely  and  are  only  found  upon  dry  and  poor  soils.  This 
is  notably  the  case  with  tamarack  (Larix  laricina),  the  choke- 
berries  (Aronia  nigra,  A.  arbutif olia) ,  the  blueberries  (Vaccinium 
corym.bosum,  V.  canadense),  the  black  huckleberry  (Gaylussaccia 
bacata),  the  shrubby  cinquefoil  (Potentilla  fruticosa),  sweet  gale 
(Myrica  gale),  the  steeple  bush  (Spiraea  tomentosa)  and  several 
other  xerophytes  of  the  peat  bogs  of  Ohio.  The  cranberries 
(Vaccinium  sp.),  creeping  snowberry  (Chiogenes  hispidula),  and 


April,  1911.]  The  Ancient  Vegetation  of  Ohio.  329 

wild  rosemary  (Andromeda  polifolia)  occur  in  moist  ravines  and 
rich  woods,  while  leather  leaf  (Chamaedaphne  calyculata),  the 
buck  bean  (Menyanthes  trifoliata)  and  Labrador  tea  (Ledum 
groenlandicum)  are  found  along  slow  streams.  The  majority  of 
these  plants  occur  in  Europe  and  Asia,  in  habitats  of  similar 
conditions.  They  are  bog  plants  only  in  the  southern  part  of 
their  range.  This  departure  is  in  no  sense  an  adaptation  to 
climatic  influences  but  is  an  equilibrium  relation  or  balance 
between  the  absorbing  organs,  the  conducting  shoots  and  the 
transpiration  surface  against  drought  conditions  common  to 
either  habitat.  The  structures  and  distribution  habits  are 
induced  by  physiological  aridity  or  poverty  of  available  water; 
morphological  limitations  in  the  conduction  of  water  do  not  play 
a  role.  The  j^hysiological  water  relation  alone  must  be  taken  into 
account  for  the  form  and  habits  of  bog  and  swamp  xerophytes, 
even  if  the  plants  inhabit  regions  of  pronounced  rainfall  and 
milder  temperatures.  The  appearance  of  such  differentiation  can 
not  be  taken  as  one  of  rapid  and  notable  evolutionar\'  develop- 
ment or  as  one  of  the  most  important  in  the  history  of  plants;  nor 
would  it  be  safe  to  assume  that  bog  and  desert  floras  owe  their 
origin  to  gradual  adaptations  resulting  from  the  action  of  climatic 
changes.  The  possibilities  of  survival  are  very  great  for  forms 
thrown  into  the  complex  conditions  of  a  locality  where  the  func- 
tional and  structural  capacities  are  suitable  for  the  limiting 
physico-chemical  factors  encountered  in  the  habitat.  The  plants 
are  functionally  fitted  to  occupy  the  place  in  a  zone  with  its  sys- 
tem of  factors.  The  qualities  of  growth  which  enable  competition 
and  the  crowding  out  of  other  forms  are  not  of  primary  importance 
in  the  struggle  and  selection  where  physiological  capacities  have 
the  survival  value  for  activity  during  drier  seasons.  Invaders 
would  not  exclude  the  forms  b\'  which  a  bog  or  a  desert  is  char- 
acterized, except  where  the  influence  of  external  conditions  has 
produced  irre\'crsible  changes  in  a  hereditary  line.  The  struc- 
tural alterations  in  roots  and  shoots  of  bog  plants  can  not  be 
looked  u}3on  as  of  coinparativeh'  recent  origin.  The  phenonemon 
of  xeromorphy  has  exhibited  itself  too  generally  in  a  variety  of 
plants  of  conditions  in  space  and  time;  as  such  it  is  the  general 
response  in  plants  to  minimize  or  balance  disturbed  physiological 
water  relations. 

Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 


Literature  Cited. 

1.  i\NDRE\vs,  E.  B.    Descriptions  of  fossil  plants  from  lower  car- 

boniferous strata.      Gcol.   vSin-v.   Ohio,   Palaeontology  II: 
413-42(3,  1S75. 

2.  BowNOCKER,  J.  A.    The  occurrence  and  exploitation  of  petro- 

leum and  natural  gas  in  Ohio,  Geol.  Surv.  Ohio,  Bull.  I, 
1903. 

3.  BowNOCKER,  y.  A.,  Lord,  N.  W.,  Somermeyer,  E.  E.    Coal, 

Geol.  Surv.' Ohio,  Bull.  9,  19US. 

4.  Claypole,  E.  W.     On  the  occurrence  of  a  fossil  tree  in  the 

Clinton,   limestone   base   of   the   Upper   Silurian   of   Ohio. 
Geol.  Mag.,  2,  V:  55S-564,  LS78. 

5.  Chamberlin,  T.  C.  and  Salisbury,  R.  D.     Geologv,  New 

York.     190(). 

6.  Czapek,   F.      Die   Ernahrungsphysiologie   der   Pfianzen   seit 

1896.    Progressus  Rei  Botanicae  I;  468.    1907. 

7.  Dachnowski,  a.    The  toxic  property  of  Bog  Water  and  Bog 

vSoil.    Bot.  Gaz.  46;  130-143.  1908^' 

8.  Bog  toxins  and  their  effect  upon  soils.     Bot.  Gaz. 

47:  389-405,  1909. 

9. Physiologically  arid  habitats  and  drought  resistance 

in  plants.'  Bot.  Gaz.' 49:  325-340.  1910. 

10.  The  yegetation  of  Cranberry  Island,  Ohio,  and  its 

relations  to  the  substratum,  temperature  and  evaporation. 
Bot.  Gaz.  ol:  241-000.  1911. 

11.  Foerste,  a.  F.    An  examination  of  Glyptodendron,  Claypole, 

and  of  other  so-called  Silurian  land  plants  of  Ohio.     Am. 
Geol.  12:  133.    1893. 

12.  Leverett,  F.     Glacial  formations  and  drainage  features  jof 

the  Erie  and  Ohio  basins.    LL  S.  Geological  vSurvey  41,  1902. 

13.  Lesquereux,   L.      Land   plants   recently   discovered  in   the 

Silurian  rocks  of  the  United  States.     Proc.  Am.   Philos. 
Soc.  17:  163-173.    1877. 

14.  Description  of  the  coal  flora  of  the  Carbonifer- 
ous formation  in  Pennsylvania  and  throughout  the  United 
States.    Geol.  Sury.  Pennsylyania,  II:  695-977,  1884. 

15.  McDougal,  D.  T.    Influence  of  Aridity  upon  the  evolutionary 

development  of  plants.   The  Plant  Worid  12:  217-230,  1909. 

16.  Miller,  vS.  A.    (Description  of  Species.)    Cincinnati  Ouarterly 

Journal  of  Science  I:  235,  1874;  II:  24-39  and  104-118,  1879. 

17.  Newberry,  J.  S.    On  the  so-called  land  plants  from  the  lower 

Silurian  of  Ohio.    Am.  Jour.  Sci.  3d  S.  8:  110-113,  1874. 
IS. Devonian    plants    from    Ohio.       ]o\\v.    Cincinnati 

Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  22:  48.  1898. 
19. Descriptions  of  fossil  plants.      Geol.   Sury.   Ohio, 

Palaeontology  I:  359-385,  1873. 


April,  1911.]         Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  I'nionidae.  331 

20.  Orton,  E.    The  coal  fields  of  Ohio.    Geol.  Surv.  Ohio  7:  255- 

290,  1893.    See  also  subject  index  of  Ohio  reports  in  BibH- 
ography  of  Ohio  Geology;  Geol.  Surv.  Ohio,  Bull.  6,  1906. 

21.  Prosser,  C.  S.    Revised  nomenclature  of  the  Ohio  Geological 

formations.    Geol.  Surv.  Ohio,  Bull.  7,  1905. 

22.  Renault,  B.    Recherches  sur  les  bacteriacees  fossiles.    Ann. 

des.  sci.  nat.  bot.  VIII  serie,  T  II:  275-349,  1896. 

23.  Scott,   D.   H.     The  present  position  of  palaeozoic  botany. 

Progressus  Rei  Botanicae  I:  139-217,  1907. 

24.  Ward,   L.   F.      The  geological  distribution  of  fossil  plants. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Washington  D.  C.,  1889. 

25.  White,  D.    The  upper  Palaeozoic  floras,  their  succession  and 

range;  in  Willis,  B.  and  Salisburv,  R.  D.  Outlines  of  geo- 
logic history:  138-160,  1910. 


NOTES  ON  THE  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE 

UNIONIDAE.* 

V.  Sterki. 

The  Unionidae  are  not  only  the  most  conspicuous  part  of  otu" 
molluscan  fauna,  but  also  the  most  interesting.  Some  of  their 
anatomical  and  physiological  features  have  come  to  our  knowl- 
edge only  recently,  and  in  few  groups  of  animals,  have  the  last  ten 
to  fifteen  years  brought  such  radical  changes  of  classification. 
Up  to  1900,  the  genera  were  generally  based  upon  the  shells:  those 
with  complete  (regarding  the  family)  hinges  were  called  Unio, 
those  with  more  or  less  defective  hinges  were  Alasmidonta,  or 
Margaritana,  and  those  without  hinge  teeth  were  Anodonta.  Con- 
chologists  generally  know  that  the  groups  and  genera  are  now 
established  principally  on  the  soft  parts,  mainly  the  branchiae, 
not  exactly  coincident  with  the  formation  of  the  shells.  The 
branchiae,  or  gills,  of  this  group  of  moUusca,  have  three  very 
diftcrent  functions:  respiration,  nutrition  (as  food  gatherers),  and 
as  brood  chambers  for  the  ova  and  embr^^os. 

The  general  morphology  and  anatomy  of  the  fresh-water 
mussels  is  well  known,  but  the  special  features  are  frequently  not 
mentioned,  or  very  fragmentarily,  in  text  books  on  zoology,  and 
not  even  in  recent  special  works  on  mollusca.  Our  lowest  form, 
at  least  in  one  group,  and  in  one  direction,  the  small  Anodonta 
imbecillis  Say,  is  hermaphrodite,  that  is:  part  of  the  gonad  is 
ovar}^  another  is  testis.  Other  Anodontae  have  not  been  suffi- 
ciently examined  in  this  respect.  The  balance  of  our  Unionidae 
are  typically  unisexual,  yet  among  Quadrula,  and  even  Lampsilis 
(parva,  Barnes),  bisexual  individuals  are  occasionally  found. 

*  Presented  at  the  Akron  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,. 
November  25,  1910. 


332  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 

It  is  known  that  the  ova,  from  the  ovary,  pass  through  an 
oviduct  on  each  side  into  the  branchiae,  where  they  develop  into 
embryos,  the  so-called  glochidia.  The  glochidium,  of  about  the 
size  of  the  ovum,  has  a  two-valved  shell,  very  different  from  the 
postembryonal  shell,  and  also  of  markedly  different  formation  in 
the  several  groups,  and  a  very  primitive  formation  of  the  soft 
parts,  without  alimentary  canal,  ganglia,  branchiae,  etc. 

The  formation  of  the  female  reproductive  branchiae  is  varied 
and  furnishes  principal  characters  for  classification.  In  some  of 
the  groups,  the  Unioniiiae  (Ihiio,  Pleurohcma,  Quadrula),  also  the 
Anodontinac  (Aiiodoiita,  Alasmidonta,  Gymphynota.  etc.),  the 
branchiae  which  receive  the  ova,  in  their  whole  extent,  show 
only  slight  and  macroscopically  barely  noticeable  differences  from 
the  male  branchiae,  and  the  non-receptive  of  the  female.  In  a 
still  higher  group,  only  a  part  of  each  of  the  outer  branchiae  is 
noticeably  differentiated,  the  so-called  marsupium,  consisting  of 
ovisacs,  their  number  being  very  different  in  the  several  groups, 
and  approximately  constant  in  adult  individuals  of  each  species. 
Also  their  configuration  shows  differences,  when  barren,  and  much 
more  so  when  charged.  This  is  the  groui),  or  subfamily  Lanip- 
silinae,  and,  with  some  differences,  Proptera.  In  Ptychohranchus 
(e.  g.  phaseolus  Hildreth),  the  outer  branchiae  are  differentiated  in 
their  whole  extent,  and  of  a  formation  markedly  different  from 
that  of  the  others,  when  gravid. 

In  the  lower  forms,  there  are  no  or  slightly  marked  differences 
of  the  shells  between  males  and  females.  With  the  appearance  of 
the  marsupium  which,  when  filled  and  distended,  projects  more 
or  less  over  the  general  contour  and  the  lower  edge  of  the  branchiae, 
there  comes  a  corresponding  distension  of  the  shell  in  the  female, 
not  or  slightly  marked  in  some  forms,  strongly  so  in  others,  e.  g., 
most  of  the  species  of  Lampsilis.  It  reaches  its  highest  grade  in 
TrunciUa,  W'here  that  part  of  the  female  shell  is  not  only  greatly 
distended  but  also  of  a  fomiation  and  sculpture  different  from 
the  rest  of  the  mussel. 

These  differences,  gradations,  of  both  soft  parts  and  shell,  are 
naturally  not  in  a  straight  line,  the  same  as  in  other  groups  of 
animals,  but  with  ramifications  and  gaps,  which  latter  would 
probably  be  bridged  over  by  extinct  forms,  and  possibly  by  such 
as  are  living  in  other  zoo-geographical  provinces. 

In  connection  wath  the  different  fomiation  of  the  gravid 
branchiae,  there  are  also  different  w^ays  of  discharging  the  embryos. 
In  the  Unioninae  the  young  are  expelled  upward  from  the  brood 
chambers  into  the  suprabranchial  canal  and  from  there  out  into 
the  water  through  the  anal  siphonal  mantle  opening.  But  in  the 
Lampsilinae,  each  ovisac  opens,  at  its  inferior  end,  and 
the  contents,  coherent  as  a  cake  ("placenta"),  makes  its  exit 
through  that  rent,  and  out  either  through  the  branchial  siphonal 


April,  1911.]         Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Unionidae.  333 

opening,  or  simply  through  the  great  slit  of  the  mantle  on  the 
ventral  side. 

Of  the  first  stages  of  post-embryonal  development,  we  still 
know  little.  It  has  been  observed,  in  Europe,  many  years  ago, 
that  the  glochidia  of  Anodoiita  attached  themselves  on  fins,  gills, 
etc.,  of  fishes,  are  there  inclosed  in  a  cyst-like  cavity  by  local 
hypertrophy  of  the  host's  epidermis  or  epithelium,  and  live 
as  parasites  for  weeks  or  months.  In  our  country,  some  observa- 
tions of  this  kind  have  been  made,  but  I  have  not  seen  a  report  on 
them.  There  is  an  excellent  opportunity  here  for  observations 
and  experiments. 

At  a  later  stage,  small  mussels — some  less  than  two  milli- 
meters long — are  found  with  post-embryonal  shells,  still  bearing 
the  glochiclium  valves  in  the  centers  of  the  beaks.  Young  Lamp- 
silis  develop  a  byssus  thread,  about  the  thickness  of  a  horse 
hair,  and  several  inches  long,  fastened  to  a  stone,  or  shell.  The 
young  mussel  begins  to  develop  its  gonad  in  about  the  third  year, 
and  at  that  age  has  comparatively  few  ova  and  young  in  its 
marsupia.  Only  from  that  age  on,  young  Lampsilinae  begin 
to  show  sexual  differences  of  the  shells. 

There  is  another  physiological  feature  of  interest.  By  examin- 
ing thousands  of  speciinens  at  various  seasons  of  many  years,  it 
has  been  found  that  the  mussels  of  the  several  groups  are  producing 
their  young  at  different  times.  The  Unioninae,  also  Margaritana, 
are  found  with  their  branchiae  barren  through  autumn,  winter 
and  spring,  but  ova,  and  spenus  developed  in  the  gonads.  In  the 
summer,  about  June,  the  ova  are  transferred  to  the  branchiae 
develop  into  glochidia  within  a  week  or  two,  and  the  young  are 
discharged  soon ;  the  whole  process  taking  about  four  weeks.  In 
the  Lampsilinae,  and  the  Anodontinae,  the  marsupia  become 
gravid  in  fall,  in  some  as  early  as  August;  the  transformation  into 
glochidia  here  also  takes  only  a  week  or  two,  and  then  the  embryos, 
without  any  noticeable  changes,  are  retained  over  winter  and 
early  spring,  that  is  for  eight  to  even  ten  months.  The  former 
were  called  short  period  or  summer  breeders,  the  latter  long 
period  or  winter  breeders. 

To  sum  up :  From  these  condensed  and  fragmentary  outlines, 
it  becoines  evident  that  our  Unionidae  are  not  of  the  simple  and 
unifomi  organization  as  was  supposed,  and  that  their  study 
reveals  many  interesting  features.  For  these  reasons,  they  well 
deserve  more  attention  than  has  been  given  them,  as  an  object  of 
study  in  the  zoological  laboratory,  for  their  morphology,  anatomy 
and  physiology. 

In  conclusion,  it  may  not  be  amiss  to  point  out  briefly  the  princi- 
ple differences  between  the  two  groups  of  our  fresh  water  Pelecypoda : 
the  Unionidae  of  the  Naiadacea,  and  the  Sphaeriidae  {Sphaerium, 
Mncsitlini,  Pisidium  and  En  per  a)  of  the  Cyrenacea      The  latter. 


334  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 

of  which  we  have  about  a  hundred  species,  now  known,  in  North 
America,  and  well  worth  being  studied,  are  of  much  smaller  size, 
the  mussels  being  1.5  to  20  mill,  long  when  mature;  their  hinges 
are  more  complete;  the  mantle  is  less  open  and  the  siphons  are 
closed,  and  tubes;  the  four  branchiae  are  differently  arranged;  the 
young  are  developed  in  a  special,  brood  pouch  on  the  inside  of 
the  inner  branchiae  on  each  side;  the  young,  when  mature,  are 
much  larger  than  the  glochidia  of  the  Unionidae  and  fully 
developed. 

New  Philadelphia,  Ohio. 


THE  OCCURRENCE  OF  APPLE  BLOTCH  IN  OHIO. 

W.  O.  Gloyer. 

In  the  early  part  of  September  of  this  year  there  came  an 
inquiry  to  the  Department  of  Botany  of  the  Ohio  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station  from  an  orchard  grower  of  Sharon,  Noble 
County,  seeking  advice  in  regard  to  the  blotched  appearance  of 
some  of  the  apples  found  in  his  orchard.  Examination  of  the 
specimens,  by  Mr.  Arzberger,  of  this  department,  revealed  the 
presence  of  the  Apple  Blotch,  PhyUostlcta  soUtaria,  E.  &  E.  This 
disease  was  reported  by  Scott*  in  1909  as  being  quite  prevalent 
in  our  southern  states,  causing  a  great  deal  of  dainage  in  the 
orchards  infected.  Investigations  in  the  orchards  in  the  vicinity 
of  Wooster  showed  its  presence  on  a  local  variety  of  apple  known 
as  "Butter  Apple."  All  the  trees  of  this  variety  in  the  orchard 
were  infected  to  about  sixty  per  cent  of  their  crop,  while  other 
trees  under  similar  conditions  were  immune. 

Inquiries  and  inspection  of  the  orchards  in  our  southern 
counties  revealed  the  fact  that  the  apple  blotch  was  quite  prev- 
alent in  sprayed  as  well  as  unsprayed  orchards.  Usually  one 
variety  in  an  orchard  .suffers  to  a  great  degree  while  the  remainder 
of  the  orchard  is  not  infected.  In  one  orchard,  for  instance, 
twenty  barrels  of  Pippins  were  infected  to  about  ninety  per  cent, 
while  the  other  varieties  were  immune.  The  investigations  in 
Lawrence,  Gallia  and  Jackson  Counties  showed  that  Phyllosticta 
solitaria  occurred  frequently  on  Smith's  Cider,  Baldwin,  Ben 
Davis,  Stark,  Pippin,  and  Rome  Beauty.  Often,  as  was  the  case 
with  the  Pippin,  the  entire  crop  was  laiined  by  this  disease.  The 
disease  has  also  been  found  in  Wayne,  Noble,  and  Athens  Counties. 

The  fungus  is  not  only  found  on  the  fruit,  but  its  presence  is 
also  noted  on  the  leaves  and  twigs;  nevertheless,  the  disease  is  not 
suspected  in  the  orchard  unless  the  disease  has  made  itself  evident 
on  the  apples.     The  dark-brown  stellar  spots   (Figs.    1   and  3), 


U.  S.  Bull.  144,  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry. 


April,  1911.]         Occurrence  of  Apple  Blotch  in  Ohio. 


335 


formed  by  the  fungus  are  irregular  in  shape,  varying  from  a  quar- 
ter of  an  inch  to  an  inch  in  diameter.  However,  they  may  coalesce 
and  cover  a  larger  portion  of  the  apple.  Not  until  the  final  stages 
does  the  fungus  penetrate  more  than  a  few  millimeters  below  the 
epidermis  where  it  gives  the  infected  portion  a  dry  pulpy  texture. 


Fig.   1.  Apple  blotch   (Phyllosticta  solitaria),  showing  the  nature  of 
the  disease. 

Fig.  2.  Pycnida  of  P.  solitaria  and  sunken  areas  of  infected  tissue. 

Fig.  3.  A  group  of  Smith's  cider  apples  showing  the  typical  blotches. 

Fig.  4.  Cankers  of  P.  solitaria  on  apple  twigs. 

At  the  time  the  apples  are  about  to  be  harvested  the  blotches  are 
most  prevalent  and  at  this  time  the  pycnidia  begin  to  appear  in 
the  diseased  spots  below  the  epidermis  (Fig.  2).  They  are  not 
found  in  any  definite  position,  but  generally  they  are  only  seen  in 
the  older  infected  tissue  at  the  center.  In  the  mature  pycnidia 
are  found  the  one-celled,  ovoid,  hyaline  spores  varjdng  somewhat 
but  usually  9x6  microns.  In  certain  cases  we  have  transverse 
cracking  of  the  infected  areas  which  is  soon  followed  by  a  general 
decav. 


336  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  6, 

The  fungus  is  also  present  on  the  water  sprouts  (Fig.  4)  and 
fruit  spurs  where  it  fomis  tan-colored  cankers.  These  cankers  on 
the  water  sprouts  are  variable  in  size,  often  attaining  a  length  of 
two  inches,  and  a  width  of  about  one-half  inch.  The  cankers  on 
the  fruit  spurs  are  smaller,  being  usually  about  a  quarter  of  an 
inch  in  diaineter.  However,  the  cankers  are  more  numerous  than 
on  the  water  sprouts  and  often  give  the  fruit  spurs  a  very  rough, 
ragged  appearance  due  to  the  cracking  of  the  cankered  tissue. 
vSometimes  the  cracks  may  entirely  separate  the  infected  from 
healthy  tissue,  and  then  the  canker  wound  will  be  healed  by  the 
growth  of  the  new  tissue  which  crowds  away  the  infected  bark. 
The  pycnidia  are  found  scattered  over  the  entire  canker  surface 
and  the  spores  therein  are  similar  to  those  found  on  the  fruit. 

The  leaves,  when  infected  with  Phyllosticta  solitaria,  show 
small  yellow  spots  about  a  sixteenth  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  In 
the  center  of  these  irregular  spots  there  usually  can  be  found  one 
or  more  pycnidia  which  contain  the  spores.  The  presence  of  the 
spots  on  the  leaves  are  often  lacking,  especially  when  the  foliage 
has  been  protected  b\'  ijropef  spraying. 

From  the  trees  observed  in  this  state,  it  is  evident  that  very 
little  infection  comes  from  the  infected  leaves,  but  the  perennial 
cankers  on  twigs,  with  their  numerous  pycnidia,  are  the  great 
source  of  infection.  The  blotches,  which  give  the  apples  their 
unsightly  appearance,  begin  to  appear  late  in  July  or  in  the  early 
part  of  August  and  increase  in  size  vmtil  harvesting  (Fig.  2). 
These  apples  when  kept  in  storage  soon  decay,  because,  through 
their  injured  epidermis  other  fungi  enter. 

As  to  the  control  of  the  apple  blotch,  it  is  reported  by  several 
of  the  fruit  growers  that  spraying  will  control  this  disease.  How- 
ever, it  has  been  observed  that  the  blotch  was  prevalent  to  a  great 
degree  on  certain  trees  that  were  well  sprayed.  The  blotched 
apples  in  such  cases  would  tend  to  discredit  the  nse  of  sprays  were 
it  not  for  the  fact  that  the  trees  were  usually  not  well  pruned, 
and  hence  the  cankers  were  allowed  to  send  forth  their  spores 
unhindered.  It  appears  that  spray  treatment  must  extend 
throughout  the  season  after  the  manner  of  sprays  for  bitter-rot. 
Thus  it  is  clearly  seen  that  while  spraying  is  a  great  factor  in  the 
control  of  the  apple  blotch,  ])runing  plays  just  as  important  a 
role  in  checking  a  disease  which  is  costing  many  bushels  of  apples, 
and  which,  if  not  checked,  will  ruin  some  of  the  choice  crops  in 
this  state. 

Date  of  Publication,  April  ,5,  1911. 


The  Ohio  T\(^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni-versity. 
Volume  XI.  MAY,    1911.  No.  7. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Metcalf— Preliminary  Report  on  the  Life-history  of  Two  Specie.s  of  Syrpliidae 337 

DiCKEV— A  Note  on  the  Evaporation  Gradient  in  a  Woodlot 347 

Stover — Notes  on  New  Ohio  Agarics  III 349 

Stover— An  Ohio  Station  for  Mitremyees  cinnabarinus 350 

Stover— Two  Unreported  Ohio  Species  of  Uncinnla 351 

Wells— Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club 352 


PRELIMINARY    REPORT    ON    THE    LIFE-HISTORIES    OF 
TWO  SPECIES  OF  SYRPHIDAE. 

C.  L.  Metcalf. 

For  many  years  it  has  been  well  known  that  the  lar\'ae  of 
certain  genera  of  Syrphidae  feed  upon  plant  Hce  (Aphidae)  and 
are  important  agents  in  keeping  these  highly  injurious  insects  in 
check.  It  is  therefore  believed  that  the  following  notes  on  the 
immature  stages  of  two  species  of  these  flies,  although  incom- 
plete, are  of  enough  interest  to  warrant  this  preliminary  report. 

The  work  has  been  done  under  the  able  direction  of  the  Pro- 
fessors of  Entomology  at  the  Ohio  State  University.  It  was 
taken  up  at  the  suggestion  of  Professor  James  S.  Hine,  to  whom  I 
am  especially  indebted  for  man}^  valuable  suggestions  and 
criticisms. 

DESCRIPTION. 

Didea  fuscipes  Loew. 

LARVA. 

Length,  12-15  mm.,  width  5-6  mm.,  height  3-4  mm.  The 
larvae  are  testaceous  brown,  footless,  eyeless  grubs.  The  head 
is  not  distinctly  differentiated.  Shape  flattened,  sub-cylindrical 
blunt  at  the  posterior  end,  tapering  and  obtusely  pointed  in  front 
when  extended  (Fig.  2.)  The  head  segments  are  usually  very  much 
retracted  when  the  larva  is  at  rest  giving  to  the  anterior  end  a  bluntly 
rounded  appearance.  The  body  is  divided  up  into  twelve  more 
or  less  apparent  segments,  each,  except  the  first  two  and  the  last, 
marked  by  several  transverse  folds  of  the  integument.  On  the 
elevations  of  these  folds  in  each  segment  are  situated  twelve  long 
bristles  in  a  transverse  row.  Of  these  the  four  nearest  the  mid- 
337 


33^  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  7, 

dorsal  line  crown  the  summits  of  prominent  conical  projections 
which,  like  the  rest  of  the  dorsum,  are  close-set  with  short  radiating 
black  bristles.  The  second  of  these  projections  from  the  middle 
line  on  each  side  is  about  one-third  as  large  as  the  first  and  situated 
on  the  succeeding  fold.  These  transverse  folds  are  continued 
laterally  into  distinct  V-shaped  prominences  which  with  those  of 
other  segments  fonn  a  zig-zag  longitudinal  carina  along  each  side 
of  the  body.  The  third  spine  from  the  middle-line  on  each  side 
is  situated  at  the  apex  of  this  V;  the  fourth  at  the  apex  of  a  sim- 
ilar, underlying  lateral  cone  or  V;  in  front  of  which  a  small  vent- 
rall3^-projecting  fold  fonns  two  smaller  spiny  prominences  bear- 
ing the  fifth  and  sixth  bristles.  These  fomi  the  lateral  borders  of 
the  larva  and  give  to  it  a  \'ery  irregular  outline  of  sharp  angular 
projections. 

On  the  ventral  part  of  the  first  segment  are  situated  the  inouth- 
parts  and  dorsal  to  these  the  antennae.  The  mouth-parts  consist 
of  two  jaw-like  pieces  working  longitudinalh^  and  at  the  sides  of 
these  three  pairs  of  mouth-hooks  adapted  to  work  transversely 
(Fig.  3.)  The  jaws  are  continued  internally  into  a  tube-like 
oesophagus  or  gullet.  All  the  parts  are  black  and  fimily  chitinised. 
The  antennae  are  ver}-  small  consisting  of  a  single  fleshy  joint 
with  two  minute  rounded  segments  side  by  side  at  its  apex. 
Surrounding  these  parts  are  a  dozen  or  more  small  sensory  papillae. 

In  the  middle  of  the  third  segment  is  a  pair  of  anterior  spiracles. 
These  are  light  brown,  conical,  with  a  semi-circular  slit  near  the 
apex  (Fig.  4). 

On  the  anterior  part  of  the  dorsum  of  the  last  segment  is  sit- 
uated the  posterior  breathing  organ  (Figs.  2,b;5).  This  consists  of 
two  closely  apposed,  short,  cylindrical  breathing-tubes,  united 
along  the  middle  line,  slightly  divergent  at  the  tip.  They  are 
hard,  black,  finnly  chitinised  structures,  each  with  three  slit-like 
spiracles  raised  on  radiating  carinae.  ilnteriorly  near  the  middle 
line  each  is  inarked  by  a  smooth  circular  plate;  and  the  surface  of 
the  appendages  between  the  spiracles  bears  several  sharp  irregular 
ridges.     The  alimentar\'  canal  opens  ventrally  on  the  last  segment. 

The  integument  of  these  larvae  is  exceedingly  tough  but  trans- 
parent. The  entire  dorsal  and  lateral  surfaces  are  beset  with 
numerous,  minute,  short  black  bristles.  The  ventrum  is  bare. 
Along  the  mid-dorsal  line  for  the  greater  part  of  its  length  the 
dorsal  blood-vessel  is  visible  through  the  body-wall.  It  is  a 
poorly-defined,  dark  line  with  five  or  six  lateral  expansions. 

This  fl}'  is  only  tolerably  common  about  Columbus.  I  was 
able  to  find  the  young  fairly  common  in  the  autumn  of  1909;  but 
they  were  rare  in  1910,  owing  perhaps  to  the  greater  scarcity  of 
their  food  the  latter  season.  From  the  observations  made  it  is 
probable  that  the  larvae  of  the  autumn  generation  of  this  fly  do 
not  appear  before  the  last  week  in  September  or  the  first  of  Octo- 


May,  1911.]  Two  Species  of  Syrphidae.  339 

ber.  The  middle  of  September  none  were  to  be  found.  On 
October  10,  1910,  four  larvae  of  this  species  were  collected  from 
S3"camore.  Eight  days  later  one  of  them  pupated.  I  have  not 
determined  accurately  the  duration  in  the  larval  stage. 

The  larvae  of  Didea  fuscipes  live  in  the  colonies  of  the  large 
aphid,  Longistigma  {Lachnus)  caryae  Harris  which  appear  so 
abundantly  in  fall  on  the  under  sides  of  the  lower  horizontal 
branches  of  the  Sycamore  (Platanus  occidentalis  L.).  I  have  also 
found  the  larvae  on  a  Basswood  tree  (Tilia  americana  L.)  affected 
with  these  plant  lice.  They  are  apparently  closely  restricted  in 
food-habits  to  the  body  fluids  of  this  one  kind  of  aphid  and  may  be 
expected  wherever  Longistigma  caryae  occurs  with  any  regularity. 
They  are  rather  sluggish  and  probably  often  spend  their  entire 
lifetime  among  the  particular  group  of  plant-lice  in  which  they 
hatch. 

When  feeding  the  larva  seizes  an  aphid  with  the  hooks  of  its 
mouth-parts.  The  body-wall  is  punctured  and  the  juices,  which 
alone  are  eaten,  are  slowly  sucked  out  leaving  the  body-wall 
shrunken  and  crumpled.  These  dried-up  skins  can  frequently  be 
found  on  the  branches  where  larvae  have  fed.  It  is  ni}^  belief 
that  these  flies  destroy  large  enough  numbers  of  the  aphids  to  be 
of  considerable  economic  importance  in  keeping  them  in  check. 

The  excrement  of  the  larva  is  dark  purplish  in  color  and  leaves 
conspicuous  blotches  on  the  white  sycamore  bark.  The  moist 
excrement  seems  to  be  of  use  in  helping  the  larva  to  cling  to  the 
surface  of  the  bark. 

I  have  discovered  no  habits  of  protection  in  the  larval  stage 
more  than  that  derived  from  the  surrounding  colon\^  of  aphids. 
They  are  certainly  not  conspicuous  when  so  located.  The  loca- 
tion on  the  under  side  of  the  twigs  is  no  doubt  a  protection  from 
the  weather  and  from  some  birds;  but  this  is,  I  think,  entirely 
incidental  to  the  similar  location  of  their  prey.  The  covering  of 
spines  and  especially  the  conspicuous  bristly  prominences  may 
be  defensive. 

I  have  found  no  particular  enemies  of  this  stage. 

PUPA. 

The  pupa  is  concealed  in  the  hardened,  slightly  inflated, 
sub-cylindrical,  last  larval  skin,  within  which  the  changes  to  the 
adult  form  take  place.  As  the  larva  approaches  metamorphosis 
it  attaches  itself  usually  to  a  somewhat  protected  place  on  the 
under  surface  of  the  limb.  The  anterior  segments  are  retracted, 
the  skin  becomes  inflated  filling  out  the  wrinkles  characteristic  of 
the  larva.  It  rounds  out  anteriorly  and  dorsally,  the  point  mid- 
way between  the  fourth  and  fifth  segments  coming  to  lie  at  the 
anterior  pole,  the  mouth  being  shunted  backward  on  the  ventral 
side 


34°  ,     The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  7, 

Length  9.5-10  mm.,  width  4.5-5  mm.,  height  about  4.5  mm. 
Color,  Roman  sepia,  a  little  darker  than  the  larva.  The  puparium 
is  broadest  a  little  back  of  the  sixth  larval  segment,  is  nicely 
rounded  in  front,  and  tapers  gradually  to  the  last  segment  which 
remains  somewhat  flattened,  especially  at  the  sides.  The  cover- 
ing of  small  black  bristles  is  retained  and  the  black  conical  prom- 
inences become  even  more  cons])icuous  owing  to  the  inflation 
(Figs.   (),  7).     The  posterior  breathing  appendages  are  retained. 

The  date  of  pupation  was  about  the  middle  of  October.  Indoors 
the  duration  in  the  pupal  stage  was  about  20  days. 

I  have  made  no  observations  which  would  indicate  that  the 
larvae  crawl  far  before  changing  to  the  pupae.  I  have  found 
pupae  on  the  under  sides  of  the  horizontal  branches  of  the  Syca- 
more not  far  from  the  colonies  of  plant  lice  among  which  they  fed. 

The  shining  brown  color  together  with  the  black,  s]Diny, 
conical  projections  on  the  dorsal  side  give  to  the  pupa  of  Didea 
fuscipes  a  characteristic  appearance  easily  distinguished  from 
that  of  the  other  Syrphidae  I  have  seen.  The  pupae  are  protected 
by  the  indurated  puparium  and  somewhat  by  the  sheltered  posi- 
tion on  the  bark  taken  up  by  the  larvae. 

I  have  found  the  pupa  late  in  November  and  it  is  probable 
that  the  fly  passes  the  winter  in  this  stage. 

The  adults  have  been  taken  from  the  middle  of  May  to  the 
last  of  September.  I  have  studied  only  the  autumn  generation 
of  larvae. 

The  adults  emerge  by  bursting  off  a  circular  lid  of  the  pupa 
case  (Fig.  7).  This  is  accomplished  by  expansion  of  the  lower 
part  of  the  face 

ADULT. 

9  ,  cf.     Length  11-15  mm. 

Description,  sHghtly  modified  from  Williston.  Bull.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.,  No.  31,  89  (ISS(l).  Face  yellow,  with  a  small 
elongate  brownish  si:)ot  on  the  tubercle.  Front  yellow,  with 
two  brownish  spots  abo\'e  the  antennae,  or,  in  the  female, 
with  an  inverted  V-shaped  brown  stripe  connected  with  the 
black  of  the  upper  part  of  the  front.  Eyes  bare.  Orbits 
thickly  yellowish  pollinose,  posteriorly  with  a  fringe  of  yellowish- 
whitish  pile.  Antennae  black,  the  third  joint  at  the  base  some- 
times reddish,  elongate  oval,  obtusely  pointed  at  the  tip;  arista 
reddish.  Thorax  shining  greenish  black,  on  the  meso-,  ptero-,  and 
sterno-pleurae  yellow,  thickly  covered  with  similar  colored  pollen 
and  pile.  Scuttelum  light  yellow,  translucent.  Wings  grayish 
hyaline,  the  base  before  the  humeral  cross- vein  ■  and  the  stigma 
brown;  the  remainder  of  the  sub-costal  cell  and  the  costal  cell 
may  be  brownish ;  third  vein  rather  deeply  curved  near  the  middle 
of  the  first  posterior  cell.  Legs  brown,  the  posterior  tibiae  and  all 
the  tarsi  blackish;  sometimes  the  legs  are  luteous,  the   base  of 


May,  1911.]  Two  Species  of  Syrpliidae.  341 

femora,  distal  portion  of  tibiae,  and  the  tarsi  brown.  Abdomen 
black,  with  four  yellow  cross  bands,  the  first  consisting  of  two 
large  ovate  spots,  narrowly  separated  and  reaching  the  lateral 
margins  in  nearly  their  full  width;  second  and  third  cross-bands 
broad  separated  from  the  lateral  margins  b\^  a  black  narrow 
keeled  border;  they  are  much  narrower  in  the  middle  of  the  seg- 
ments, the  front  margin  straight,  touching  the  anterior  edge  of 
the  segments ;  fourth  band  similar,  but  much  smaller  and  attaining 
the  margin;  all  the  black  is  velvety  opaque  except  the  narrow 
posterior  margin  of  the  segments  which  is  shining,  dilated  in  the 
middle. 

Syrphus  torvus  Osten  Sacken 

LARVA. 

Length,  10-12  mm.,  width  3-4  mm.,  height  about  2  mm. 
Shape  sub-cylindrical,  tapering  rapidly  in  front  to  the  mouth 
parts,  slightly  narrowed  but  blunt  and  emarginate  at  posterior  end. 

The  body  consists  of  twelve  more  or  less  apparent  segments 
each  except  the  first  two  and  the  last  crossed  by  a  transverse  row 
of  twelve  light-colored  spines.  Ten  of  these  are  in  line,  the  most 
ventral  on  each  side  being  situated  in  front  of  the  others.  The 
integument  is  raised  into  numerous  transverse  folds  continued 
laterally  into  a  distinct  longitudinal  keel  on  each  side  (Fig.  10). 
First  three  body  segments  small,  retractile,  gradually  thicker; 
next  eight  sub-equal;  tenninal  segment  flattened,  bearing  on  its 
dorsal  surface  the  caudal  spiracles.  These  as  in  Didea  are 
borne  upon  two  short  cylindrical  approximate  appendages  and 
are  placed  within  clefts  at  the  summit  of  three  radially  arranged 
carinae  on  each  appendage  (Fig.  13).  These  carinae  are  narrower 
and  longer  than  those  in  Didea.  The  rounded  plate-like  piece  is 
present  on  the  anterior  part  but  the  surface  shows  only  a  few 
blunt  projections.  On  the  ventral  part  of  this  segment  is  the 
opening  of  the  alimentary  canal.  The  mouth-parts  are  tenninal 
and  are  similar  to  those  of  Didea  except  for  an  additional  pair  of 
black  chitinous  recurved  hooklets  at  the  sides  (Fig.  11).  Sur- 
rounding them  on  the  first  two  segments  are  a  number  of  small 
sense  papillae  (Fig.  11,  h).  The  first  segment  also  bears  the  anten- 
nae (Fig.  11,/).  These  are  very  small,  similar  to  preceding  species. 
Between  the  second  and  third  segments  dorsally  is  a  pair  of  small 
brownish  anterior  spiracles  (Figs.  10a,  11^);  conical,  the  semi- 
circular slit  guarded  by  seven  rounded  teeth  (Fig.  12). 

The  general  color  of  the  larvae  is  brown  pink.  The  integ- 
ument is  tough  but  transparent;  naked  but  very  finely  papillose. 
The  black  mid-dorsal  blood  vessel  is  more  prominent  than  in 
Didea  and  in  the  living  active  larvae  the  blood  may  be  seen 
pulsating  regularly  from  posterior  to  anterior  end.  Laterad  to 
this  blood  vessel  are  two  long  yellowish  bundles  of  fat  irregularly 


342  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  7, 

outlined  extending  practicalh'  the  full  length  and  var^'ing  in 
width.  At  the  approach  to  metamorphosis  these  adipose  masses 
increase  in  extent  sometimes  covering  nearly  the  entire  dorsum 
except  the  blood-vessel.  At  times  also  the  body  fluid  invades 
more  or  less  the  fatty  bodies  appearing  as  outlying  pulsating 
pockets. 

This  fly  is  abundant  in  this  region  and  has  been  taken  from 
April  1  to  September  1(J.  The  stages  have  not  been  followed 
throughout  the  year  and  the  egg  has  not  been  studied. 

The  autumn  generation  of  larvae  appears  on  cabbage  affected 
by  plant  lice  usually  during  the  latter  half  of  September,  becom- 
ing abundant  from  the  first  to  the  middle  of  October.  During 
the  fall  of  1909  the  study  was  not  taken  up  until  about  the  middle 
of  Octol:)er.  At  this  time  larvae  were  j^lentiful  and  were  found  at 
the  University  farm  until  the  first  of  November  when  the  host 
plants  were  removed.  When  the  writer  returned  to  Columbus 
the  middle  of  September,  1910,  very  few  aphids  or  larvae  of 
Syrphidae  were  to  be  found  and  none  of  Syrphus  tonus.  The 
latter  appeared  after  those  of  other  species,  not  becoming  abund- 
ant until  the  first  week  in  October.  They  were  still  fairly  plen- 
tiful the  middle  of  October. 

I  have  not  determined  the  duration  in  the  larval  stage.  Some 
larvae  taken  Octover  15  and  kept  on  sparse  diet  remained 
unchanged  December  3,  showing  their  great  tenacity  of  life. 

The  larvae  live  on  cabbage  and  related  plants  crawling  about 
on  the  surface  of  the  outer  leaves  and  as  far  inward  as  is  accessible 
without  boring.  The  food  of  the  larvae  is  usually  the  body  juices 
of  the  cabbage  plant-louse  (Aphis  brassicae  Linn).  I  have  found 
some  of  this  species  on  Sycamore  feeding  on  Longistigma  caryae 
but  they  are  much  more  abtnidant  on  cabbage.  Confined  larvae 
readih'  change  to  the  latter  kind  of  food  in  absence  of  the  cabbage 
aphids.  The  larvae  are  sometimes  found  on  plants  on  which 
there  are  no  aphids;  but  usually  there  is  an  abundance  of  prey  at 
hand. 

The  louse  is  seized  by  the  hooks  and  jaws  of  the  mouth  of  the 
larva  and  held  in  the  air  while  the  juices  of  its  body  are  sucked  out. 
I  have  found  no  particular  enemies  of  this  stage.  They  are  often 
well  protected  from  birds  among  the  inner  leaves. 

PUPA. 

In  changing  to  the  pupa  the  lar\'al  skin  contracts  to  form  a 
puparium.  The  body  becomes  shorter,  more  oval,  expanded 
dorsally  in  front  and  of  a  darker  color.  Length  S-S.25  mm., 
width  .3.5-4.3  mm.,  height  3.75-4  mm.  Testaceous  brown,  naked, 
smooth  except  for  slight  remains  of  the  transverse  wrinkling  of 
larva.  (Fig.  14).  Broadest  in  front  of  the  middle,  nicely  rounded 
in  front,  descending  rapidly  at  the  posterior  end  to  the  projecting 
caudal  spircales  (Fig.  15). 


May,  1911,]  Two  Species  of  Syrphidae.  343 


ADULT. 

Length,  cf    9   10-12.5  mm. 

Description,    slightlv   modified   after   Osten   Sacken.       Proc. 
Bost.  Soc.  N.  H.,  XVIII,  139  (1S75). 

Female  (Fig.  9) :  Face  and  cheeks  yellow  with  a  very  slight  blu- 
ish reflection,  covered  with  fine  scattered  yellow  and  black  pile;  a 
faint  grayish  spot  on  the  cheeks  under  the  eyes;  oral  margin  in 
front  nan-owly  brownish.  Front  and  vertex  shining  black  with 
black  pile;  the  front  on  both  sides  along  the  eyes  with  a  broad 
border  of  ^-ellowish  pollen  sometimes  meeting  the  similar  border 
of  the  opposite  side.  This  pollen  continues  in  dilute  form  down 
the  sides  of  the  face  crossing  narrowly  beneath  the  antennae. 
Eyes  pubescent  (in  many  specimens  the  pubescence  is  very 
much  rubbed  off  and  very  difficult  to  perceive)  posterior  orbits 
covered  with  white  pile  and  pollen.  Antennae  inserted  beneath 
a  double  arched  ledge  of  front.  The  dark  color  of  the  front 
begins  immediately  above  their  root  form.ing  a  blackish  brown 
arch  with  a  projecting  angle  in  the  middle.  Antennae  dark 
brown;  third  antennal  joint  below  and  the  bare  arista  sometimes 
more  or  less  reddish.  Face  in  profile  perpendicular  beneath  the 
antennae  produced  but  little  below  the  eyes,  slightly  concave 
beneath  the  antennae  to  obHque  tubercle,  receding  below  (Fig. 
16).  Thorax  dull  greenish  with  but  little  lustre;  in  well  preserved 
specimens  with  three  faint  dorsal  longitudinal  darker  stripes, 
divergent  posteriorly;  scutellum  dull  yellowish  with  a  slight 
bluish  reflection.  The  black  pile  of  scutellum  and  dorsum  of 
thorax  changes  to  yellow  on  the  sides  of  the  latter  where  it  is  also 
much  thicker  and  longer.  Wings  large  considerably  longer  than 
abdomen.  Third  longitudinal  vein  nearly  straight;  anterior 
cross-vein  a  third  of  the  way  from  base  to  apex  of  the  discal  cell; 
anterior  outer  angle  of  flrst  posterior  cell  acute.  Entire  sub- 
costal cell  brown;  root  of  wings  as  far  as  humeral  cross-vein  and 
the  costal  cell  sHghtly  tinged  with  brown.  Legs  slender;  coxae 
and  basal  third  of  femora  black ;  on  the  hind  pair  the  black  reaches 
beyond  the  middle  of  the  femora ;  hind  tibiae  often  with  a  brown- 
ish ring;  four  anterior  tarsi  brown  the  root  of  the  first  joint  often 
reddish;  hind  tarsi  dark  brown. 

Abdomen  oval  slightly  broader  than  thorax;  about  twice  as 
long;  with  three  prominent  yellow  cross  bands,  the  first  inter- 
rupted in  the  middle,  all  attaining  the  lateral  margins.  First 
segment  entirely  black;  second  segment  with  a  yellow  elliptical 
spot  about  the  middle  on  each  side  prolonged  usually  as  a  narrow 
neck  which  reaches  forward  and  touches  the  margin.  Third  and 
fourth  segments  each  with  a  yellow  cross-band  on  its  anterior  half,, 
the  hind  margins  of  these  bands  very  gently  biconvex  with  a  very 
shallow  sinus  at  the  middle;  on  each  side  the  cross  bands  are 


344  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  7, 

attenuated  and  curved  forward  so  as  to  reach  the  anterior  margin 
of  the  segment.  The  band  on  the  fourth  segment  also  touches  its 
anterior  margin  in  the  middle,  while  that  on  the  third  is  more 
remote  from  the  anterior  margin;  the  black  interval  between  the 
bands  is  twice  as  broad  as  the  bands.  The  fourth  and  fifth  seg- 
ments have  yellow  posterior  margins,  the  fifth  usually  with  two 
yellow  spots  on  each  side  at  the  anterior  margin. 

Male.  "Similar  to  the  female  but  abdominal  cross  bands 
broader,  the  biconvexity  on  their  hind  side  stronger,  and  the 
sinus  in  the  middle  deeper;  the  gray  spot  on  the  cheeks  under  the 
eye  often  larger,  sometimes  occupying  a  considerable  portion  of 
the  cheek;  the  brown  ring  on  the  hind  tibiae  usually  expanded  so 
as  to  reach  the  tip  of  the  tibiae.  The  eyes  (contiguous)  are  more 
distinctly  pubescent,  the  front  is  beset  with  yellow  pollen  except  a 
narrow  black  space  above  the  antennae." 


Explanation  of  Plates  XVI  and  XVII. 
Figures  1-S,  Didea  fiiscipes  Loew. 

Fig.    1.     Adult  female  x6. 

Fig.    2.     Larva  about  six    times  natural  size;  a,  anterior  spiracle;  h,  caudal 

spiracles. 
Fig.    3.     Antero-ventral  view  of  head  and  mouth-parts  of  larva,  enlarged; 

a,  upper  jaw  with  a  small  pair  of  hooklets  at  the  side;  b,  lower 

jaw;  c  and  d,  lateral  hooklets;  e,  antenna;/,  sense  papillae. 
Fig.    4.     Right  anterior  spiracle  much  magnified. 
Fig.    5.     Posterior   breathing    organs   enlarged;    a,    one    of    the    radiating 

spiracles. 
Fig.    6.     Dorsal  view  of  puparium  a  little  more  than  five  times  natural  size; 

a,  caudal  spiracles. 
Fig.    7.     Puparium  from  the  side  showing  arrangement  of  spines  and  line  of 

cleavage  for  escape  of  adult. 
Fig.    8.     Head  of  male  in  profile. 

Figures  9-16  Syrf^hus  lorvus  Loew. 

Fig.    9.     Adult  male  natural  size  and  enlarged. 

Fig.  10.     Larva  natural  size  and  enlarged;  a,  anterior  spiracle;  b,  posterior 

spiracles. 
Fig.  11.     Antero-ventral  view  of  head  and  mouth-parts  much  enlarged;  a 

and  h,  upper  and  lower  jaw  partially  separated;  c,  outer  pair  of 

mouth-hooks;    d    and    e,    two    inner   pairs    of    mouth-hooklets; 

/,  antenna;  g,  anterior  spiracle;  h,  sense  papillae. 
Fig.  12.     Anterior  spiracle  of  larva  highly  magnified. 
Fig.  13.     Posterior  breathing  appendages  much  enlarged;  a,  one  of  the  six 

caudal  spiracles. 
Fig.  14.     Puparium   from    above    natural    size    and    enlarged;    a,    posterior 

spiracles. 
Fig.  15.     Puparium  from  side  showing  line  of  cleavage  for  escape  of  adult. 
Fig.  16.     Head  of  female  in  profile. 


^ 


5; 


< 


K 
O 


S^ 


■;« 


s 

-?*" 


^^%J 


°'    Ji%; 


,^ 


^■' ,  ^;>: 


/■  Yv'-   t-fvi^f  '■^i.ifc;^'  V"" 


^^^  .:;r^ 


'^f  '^^'t^^'  '''f'V^^S^    '"f^'*^^  "^ 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XVII. 


% 


15 


Metcalf  on  "Species  of  Syrphidae." 


May,  1911.]  Evaporation  Gradient  in  a  IVoodlot.  347 

A  NOTE  ON  THE  EVAPORATION  GRADIENT  IN  A 

WOODLOT.* 

Malcolm  G.  Dickey. 

The  subject  of  evaporation  has  received  much  attention 
within  the  past  few  years.  Very  significant  results  have  been 
obtained  from  the  standpoint  of  plant  physiology,  and  ecology  as 
well  as  meteorology.  The  question  in  general,  as  to  its  relation 
to  plant  societies,  has  been  discussed  in  connection  with  an  earlier 
paper  on  evaporation  in  a  local  bog  habitat. f 

More  recently,  further  work  has  been  carried  on  in  the  same 
habitat  to  ascertain  the  evaporation  at  different  heights, J  and  in 
this  connection,  it  was  thought  desirable  to  obtain  similar  data  as 
to  the  evaporation  gradient  in  a  wooded  area. 

Owing  to  the  intimate  relation  between  forests,  climate,  and 
waterflow,  and  the  important  bearing  of  the  subject  upon  our 
national  conservation  policy,  forest  meteorology  has  been  made 
the  subject  of  a  very  careful  study.  Of  especial  value  are  the 
results  of  investigations,  extending  over  a  number  of  years, 
conducted  by  the  Gennan  Forest  Service.  A  summary§  of  these 
results  reveals  the  fact  that  the  average  evaporation  from  the 
ground  within  woods  is  about  44%  of  that  within  the  fields. 
This  reduction  of  evaporation  is  accounted  for  by  a  greater  relative 
humidity  due  to  lower  temperature  by  shade,  breaking  of  winds, 
and  the  protection  of  the  soil  litter.  The  forest,  though  perhaps 
less  effective  in  adding  moisture  to  the  air  than  some  other  types  of 
vegetation  formations,  gives  off'  a  more  unifonn  supply,  and  con- 
tinues to  do  so  when  elscAvhere  the  saturation  deficiency  of  the  air 
is  relatively  high. 

Although,  some  general  conclusions  have  been  presented  as  to 
the  vertical  gradient  of  temperature  and  humidity  in  the  forest, 
there  seem  to  be  no  similar  data  for  evaporation.  The  experiment, 
discussed  here,  was  undertaken  with  a  view  to  gaining  some  light 
on  this  phase  of  the  subject.  The  station  selected  was  located  in 
a  woodlot  about  ten  miles  north  of  Columbus.  The  predom- 
inating species  is  beech,  (Fagus  americana),  with  a  mixture  of 
white  oak,  (Quercus  alba),  maple  (Acer  Saccharum),  and  hickory 
(Hicoria  ovata).     The  stand  is  fairly  dense,  and  the  ground  is 

*Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratories  of  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, No.  63. 

jDiCKEY,  M.  G.  Evaporation  in  bog  habitat.  Ohio  Xatur,\list  10: 
17-23.  1909. 

JD.^CHNOwsKi,  Alfred.  Vegetation  of  Cranberry  Island  (Ohio),  and  its 
relation  to  the  substratum,  to  temperature,  and  evaporation.  Bot.  Gaz. 
51.     1911. 

§Harrin'Gtox,  M.  W.  Review  of  forest  meteorological  observations.  In 
Forest  Influences.  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Div.  of  Forestry.    Bull.  7.  1893. 


348 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XI,  No.  7, 


well  shaded.     The  undergrowth  is  quite  sparse  and  the  soil  is 
covered  with  a  thick  layer  of  leafy  litter. 

The  instruments  were  the  porous  cup  atmometers  similar  to 
those  used  in  previous  experiments.  A  graduated  cylinder  served 
the  purpose  of  a  reservoir.  The  cups  were  loaned  by  the  Carnegie 
Desert  Laboratory  at  Tucson.  Four  instruments  were  installed, 
one  on  the  ground,  at  the  three-inch  level,  one  at  one  foot  above 
the  soil,  another  on  an  upright  support  at  6  feet,  and  a  fourth 
resting  on  a  light  framework  which  was  raised  to  a  height  of 
thirty-five  feet.  The  instruments  were  set  up  on  May  28,  and 
weekly  readings  were  begun  on  May  30,  and  continued  until 
June  27.  At  this  time,  the  cups  at  the  one  foot,  and  six  foot  levels 
were  removed,  and  returned  to  the  laboratory  to  be  used  in  other 
investigations.  The  remaining  instruinents  were  read  for  three 
weeks  longer.  The  sixth  reading,  June  27  to  July  12,  is  for  a 
period  of  two  weeks,  and  cannot  be  compared  with  the  other 
readings.  It  was  the  intention  to  supi^lement  the  evaporation 
readings  with  the  temperature,  and  htunidity  data,  but  unfortu- 
nately, the  instruments  were  not  available  at  the  time.  The 
data  are  indicated  in  the  following  table: 

Table  To  Show  The  Evapor.'Mion  Gradient  In  A  Woodlot. 


Date 

3  Inches 

1  Foot 

6  Feet 

35  Feet 

May  28-30 

30.6 
41.5 
36.7 
91.1 
83.1 
74.2 
54.4 

29.8 
36.5 
38.2 
74.7 
73.8 

61.6 

77.0 

75.9 

154.0 

140.8 

Maj'  30  to  June  6 

June  6-13 

June  1.3-20 

June  20-27 

June  27  to  July  12.  .  .. 
July  12-18 

56.0 

54.0 

126.0 

116.0 

198.0 

88.0 

It  will  be  seen  by  comparison  of  the  readings  at  the  various 
levels,  that  the  greatest  evaporation  has  occurred  in  every  case  at 
the  six  foot  level,  pointing  to  a  decrease  in  relative  humidity  from 
below  upwards.  The  thirty-five  foot  reading  exhibits  a  modifica- 
tion of  this  relation,  which  is  due  to  the  moisture  given  off  in  the 
transpiration  of  the  leaves  in  the  forest  crown.  Contrary  to 
results  obtained  from  similar  investigations  on  Cranberry  Island 
at  Buckeye  Lake,  1.  c.  2  and  also  to  the  observations  of  Yapp  in  an 
English  marsh,*  the  data  do  not  show  a  unifonn  increase  of  the 

*Yapp,  R.  H.  On  Stratification  in  the  vegetation  of  a  marsh,  and  its 
relations  to  evaporation,  and  temperature.  Annals  of  Botany  23:275-320. 
1909. 


May,  1911.]  Evaporation  Gradient  in  a  Woodlot.  349 

saturation  deficiency  from  the  lowest  level  upward.  With  the  one 
exception  of  the  reading  of  June  6-13,  which  is  doubtful  in  its 
accuracy,  and  is  further  made  unreliable  on  account  of  heavy 
rainfall  during  the  week,  a  greater  evaporation  has  occurred  at  the 
one  foot  level  than  at  the  three  inch  level.  Bigelow*  has  pointed 
out  a  similar  relation  in  evaporation  from  open  pans  over  a  sandy 
desert  soil,  and  explains  it  by  data  which  show  that  the  temper- 
ature at  the  ground  level  was  from  one  to  two  degrees  higher  than 
that  at  ten  inches.  It  may  be  said,  of  course,  that  there  is  a 
marked  difference  between  the  sandy  soil  of  the  desert  exposed  to 
the  rays  of  the  sun,  and  the  shaded  forest  floor.  However,  similar 
temperature  phenomena  have  been  observed  in  Cranberry  bogs 
of  Wisconsin!  which  have  entirely  filled  the  former  lake  basin. 
They  consequently  differ  from  the  bog  at  Buckeye  Lake  in  that 
they  are  not  surrounded  by  an  exposed  water  surface,  and  have  a 
much  lower  water  table.  There  is  also  a  distinct  difference 
between  the  vegetation  cover  with  its  high  water  table  in  the  bog 
at  Bucke}'e  Lake,  and  the  forest  litter  of  our  station.  Temper- 
ature readings  at  the  bog  show  a  much  greater  range  at  the  three 
inch  level  than  at  one  foot  or  five  feet.  In  the  forest,  the  litter  of 
leaves,  and  mold  acts  as  an  insulator  and  prevents  rapid  changes 
in  evaporation,  absorption,  and  radiation  from  the  soil.  A  much 
more  constant  temperature  might  therefore  be  expected  here,  and 
a  more  unifomily  low  evaporating  power  of  the  air.  Whether 
this  explanation  is  sufficient  to  account  for  the  difference  pointed 
out,  can  not  be  stated  with  certainty.  Further  data  are  needed 
to  throw  light  on  the  subject. 


*Bigelo\v,  F.  H.  Studies  on  the  phenomena  of  the  evaporation  of 
water  over  lakes,  and  reservoirs.  Monthlv  Weather  Review,  U.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.  36:437.  1908. 

t  Cox,  H.  J.  Frost  and  temperature  conditions  in  the  Cranberry  marshes 
of  Wisconsin.    U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.  Weather  Bureau.  Bulletin  T. 


NOTES  ON  NEW  OHIO  AGARICS  III. 

WiLMER  G.  Stover. 

The  following  Agarics,  collected  at  Oxford,  Ohio,  by  the 
writer  during  1909  and  1910,  have  not  been  previously  reported 
for  this  state. 

Russula  ochrophylla  Peck.  Pileus  5-9  cm.,  dark  red  or  pur- 
plish red,  convex,  becoming  depressed,  dry,  glabrous,  smooth, 
margin  even;  flesh  white,  taste  mild.  Lamellae  ochraceous  yel- 
low, dusted  with  the  spores,  6-S  mm.  broad,  rather  close,  adnate, 
interspaces  venose.  Spores  ochraceous,  globose,  echinulate,  8-9 
microns.  Stipe  -1-7X1-2.5  cm.,  pale  reddish,  nearly  equal,  solid 
or  spongy  within.  Growing  on  ground  beneath  beech  trees. 
August. 


35°  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  7, 

Mycena  cyaneobasis  Peck.  Pileus  7-20  mm.,  conical  to  sub- 
campanulate,  often  deep  blue  or  brownish  blue  when  young, 
usualh"  fading  to  gray  or  dingy  white  when  older  or  in  drying, 
margin  striate.  Lamellae  white  or  grayish,  close,  narrow,  adnexed. 
Spores  white,  subglobose,  6-S  microns.  Stipe  as  much  as  11  cm. 
long,  whitish  above,  pale  brownish  below,  mycelium  at  the  base 
often  blue.     The  plants  were  growing  in  leaf  mold  in  woods.  May. 

Marasmius  semihirtipes  Peck.  Pileus  1-2  cm.,  reddish 
brown  becoming  alutaceous,  glabrous,  margin  sometimes  striate. 
Lamellae  white,  narrow,  subdistant,  adnate.  Stipe  3-5  cm.  XI 
mm.,  brown  or  reddish-brown,  velvety-tomentose  at  base  to  nearly 
glabrous  above.     Growing  among  old  leaves  and  grass.     June. 

Marasmius  scorodonius  Fr.  Pileus  1-1.5  cm.,  iDay  or  reddish 
brown,  convex  then  plane,  dry,  glabrous,  even.  Lamellae  whit- 
ish, narrow,  subdistant,  interspaces  venose.  Stipe  2-3  cm.  long, 
blender,  horny,  dark  brown  below  to  pallid  at  apex,  hollow, 
smooth,  polished.  Growing  in  grass  at  base  of  pine  tree.  May  be 
readily  recognized  by  its  odor  of  garlic  when  fresh.     July. 

Hard  in  his  mushroom  book  (p.  144,  Fig.  109),  gives  an  excel- 
lent illustration  of  this  species.  He  also  describes  Russula  ochro- 
phylla  (p.  187)  and  Marasmius  semhirtipes  (p.  145).  In  none 
of  these  cases,  however,  does  he  state  that  the  plants  were  col- 
lected in  Ohio.  It  has  been  thought  advisable,  therefore,  to  report 
them  at  this  time  as  members  of  the  Ohio  flora. 


AN  OHIO   STATION  FOR  MITREMYCES  CINNABARINUS. 

WiLMER  G.  Stover. 

During  the  early  part  of  April,  Mr.  B.  W.  Wells  brought  into 
the  laborator}^  several  specimens  of  Mitremyces  cinnabarinus 
Desv.  which  he  had  collected  near  Gibsonville,  Hocking  County. 
A  specimen  in  the  state  herbarium  shows  that  the  species  had  been 
collected  near  the  same  place,  April  5,  1910,  by  Prof.  R.  F.  Griggs. 
The  plants  were  growing  in  leaf  mold  in  a  deep  ravine  among 
hemlocks,  tulip-trees  and  undergrowth. 

Morgan*  refers  all  the  American  plants  of  this  genus  to  M. 
lutescens  Schw.,  but  had  no  Ohio  specimens.  Lloydf  states  that 
its  range  is  from  Massachusetts  to  Florida  and  that  it  does  not 
extend  into  the  Mississippi  basin.  Hard|  gives  an  illustration 
but  says  that  while  he  has  seen  it  growing  in  the  mountains  of 
West  Virginia  he  has  never  collected  it  in  Ohio.  So  this  is  the 
first  the  plant  has  been  found  in  the  central  West. 

*  Morgan,  A.  P.     North  American  Fungi.       jour.  Cin.  Soc.  Nat.   Hist. 
12:21.     1889. 

t  Lloyd,  C.G.     The  Genus  Mitremyces.     Myc.  Notes  2:239.     1905. 
I  Hard,  M.  E.     Mushrooms,  Edible  and  Otherwise,     f.  481,  p.  563. 


May,  1911.]  Ohio  Species  of  Uncinula.  35 1 

The  plant  is  sometimes  known  as  Calostoma  cinnabarinum. 
The  thick  rooting  base  is  made  up  of  a  number  of  anastomosing, 
somewhat  gelatinous,  cord  like  fibers.  The  fruiting  portion  of  the 
plant  is  subglobose  and  has  two  coats.  The  outer  coat  (exoper- 
idium)  is  gelatinous  when  wet  and  at  maturity  breaks  into  pieces 
and  falls  away.  The  inner  (endoperidium)  is  thin  and  bright  red 
when  fresh  but  soon  fades.  The  mouth  is  a  radiate  opening,  red 
on  the  inner  margin  and  with  the  border  raised.  Lining  the 
endoperidium  is  a  special  membrane  which  contains  the  spores. 
At  maturity,  this  is  said  to  contract  so  as  to  force  the  spore  mass 
out  through  the  rayed  mouth.  The  spores  were  shed  from  all 
our  specimens  but  are  said  to  be  elliptical  and  G-SX 10-20  microns 
in  size. 

This  find  extends  the  range  of  this  species  and  adds  to  the 
number  of  known  Ohio  Gastromycetae. 


TWO   UNREPORTED    OHIO    SPECIES   OF   UNCINULA. 

WiLMER  G.  Stover. 

In  the  Ohio  Naturalist  for  May,  1910,  W.  C.  O'Kane*  listed 
and  described  six  Ohio  species  of  Uncinula.  Recently,  in  working 
over  material  collected  at  Oxford,  Ohio,  in  1908  and  1909,  the 
writer  has  found  two  other  species  of  that  genus.  Though  doubt- 
less collected  by  others,  this  seems  to  be  the  first  published  notice 
of  their  occurrence  in  the  state.  Specimens  haA^e  been  placed  in 
the  State  Herbarium. 

In  the  descriptions  which  follow,  the  writer  has  drawn  rather 
freely  from  Salmon's  paper  on  the  Erysiphaceae.f 

Uncinula  parvula  Cooke  &  Peck.  Amphigenous;  mycelium 
evanescent;  cleistothecia  usually  hypophyllous,  scattered,  86-122 
microns  in  diameter;  appendages  50-160,  one-half  to  three-fourths 
the  diameter  of  the  cleistothecium,  simple,  colorless,  nonseptate, 
smooth,  3-4  microns  wide,  apex  simply  uncinate;  asci  5-8,  broadly 
ovate;  spores  4-7.  On  leaves  of  Celtis  occidentalis.  Oxford,  O. 
October,  1908. 

Uncinula  geniculata  Gerard.  Epiphyllous;  mycelium  thin, 
forming  definite  patches  or  more  or  less  effused,  sometimes  evan- 
escent; cleistothecia  somewhat  gregarious  on  the  patches  or  scat- 
tered, 90-120  microns  in  diameter;  appendages  24-46,  one  and 
one-fourth  to  twice  the  diameter  of  the  cleistothecium,  3-4  microns 
wide,  some  usually  abruptly  bent  or  geniculate,  simple,  colorless, 

*0'Kane.  W.  C.  The  Ohio  powdery  mildews.  Ohio  Naturalist  10: 
166:176.  pL  9-10.  1910. 

t  Salmon,  Erxest  S.  A  monograph  of  the  Erysiphaceae.  Memoir  Torr. 
Bot.  Club  9:1-292.  pi.  1-9.  New  York.  1900. 


352  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  7, 

nonseptate,  smooth  or  minutely  roughened  at  the  base,  apex 
simply  uncinate;  asci  5-8,  broadly  ovate;  spores  4-6.  On  leaves  of 
Mortis  rubra.    Oxford,  O.    October,  1909. 

These  species  may  be  distinguished  from  other  Ohio  species  by 
the  narrow,  colorless  appendages  and  the  4-7  spored  asci;  from 
each  other,  by  the  number  and  length  of  the  appendages. 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  Jan.  IGth,  1911. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  president,  Dr.  Dach- 
nowski.  The  minutes  were  read  and  approved.  Dr.  William  E. 
Henderson  then  favored  the  society  with  an  interesting  and 
instructive  address  on  "Some  Recent  Theories  of  Solution  and 
Osmosis  and  Their  Biological  vSignificance.  He  gave  an  exposi- 
tion of  the  kinetic  theory  and  contrasted  it  with  the  recent  solu- 
tion theory  of  Kahlenberg.  The  importance  of  possessing  true 
and  definite  conceptions  concerning  osmotic  phenomena  when 
attacking  physiological  problems,  was  made  very  evident  by 
the  speaker. 

After  a  discussion  of  the  address,  the  society  listened  to  a 
report  of  the  American  Association  meeting  at  Minneapolis,  by 
Prof.  Barrows  and  a  report  of  the  meeting  of  American  physiol- 
ogists at  Yale  University  by  Prof.  Seymour.  In  the  short  bus- 
iness meeting  Prof.  T.  M.  Hills  was  elected  a  member  of  the 
society.  No  further  business  being  presented,  the  society 
adjourned. 


Orton  Hall,  Feb.  13th,  1911. 

The  president.  Dr.  Dachnowski,  called  the  meeting  to  order. 
The  minutes  were  read  and  approved.  The  first  of  a  series  of 
papers  on  the  history  of  biology  was  presented  by  B.  W.  Wells. 
The  early  history  of  biological  science  was  covered  down  to  the 
time  of  Galen.  Mr.  B.  B.  Fulton  gave  a  description  of  Hocking 
County  as  a  collecting  ground,  setting  forth  the  wild  and  primitive 
conditions  that  still  obtain  in  this  locality.  Mr.  J.  L.  King  pre- 
sented a  paper  on  "Insect  Photography,"  in  which  he  outlined  the 
essentials  necessary  for  success  in  this  special  line  of  work  and 
discussed  the  methods  used  by  experiment  stations  in  illustrating 
their  entomological  bulletins.  A  number  of  lantern  slides,  made 
from  photographs  by  the  speaker,  were  of  much  interest. 

A  short  business  meeting  was  held  in  which  Mr.  A.  R.  Shadle 
was  elected  a  member  of  the  clul),  after  which  the  society 
adjourned. 

Bertram  W.  Wells,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  May  9,  1911. 


ne  Ohio  Naturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University. 


Volume  XI.  JUNE,    1911.  No.  8. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

OVERHOLTS— The  Known  Polyporaceae  of  Ohio 353 

NiswoNGER— Two  Species  of  Diptera  of  the  Genus  Drosophila 374 

Bembowee— Pollination  Notes  from  the  Cedar  Point  Region 378 

Wells— Meetin,i.'i<  of  the  Biological  Club 384 


THE  KNOWN  POLYPORACEAE  OF  OHIO.^ 

L.  O.  OVERHOLTS. 

The  purpose  of  the  present  paper  is  to  give  a  Hst  of  the  Poly- 
poraceae that  have  been  reported  from  Ohio.  While  it  is  highly 
probable  that  some  species  have  been  overlooked,  yet  the  list  is 
as  complete  as  could  be  made  from  the  literature  at  hand.  The 
floral  literature  of  Ohio  is  singularly  wanting  in  published  lists  of 
our  fungi.  Perhaps  no  Basidiomycetes  are  more  difficult  to  iden- 
tify than  those  annual  foniis  of  the  Polyporaceae  which  have  the 
white  pileus  and  white  context.  Even  our  best  mycolygists  have 
trouble  in  distinguishing  them.  More  than  half  of  the  species  listed 
have  been  collected  in  the  Miami  valley  by  the  writer  and  others 
connected  with  the  Department  of  Botany  of  Miami  University. 

The  nomenclature  followed  is  that  of  Mr.  W.  A.  Mm-rill  in  his 
monograph  of  the  family.  The  most  generally  used  synonyms 
have  been  added  to  correlate  this  paper  with  other  writings  on 
the  famih^  A  bibliography  of  the  best  American  and  foreign 
literature  has  been  appended  and  an  effort  has  been  made  to  cite 
as  many  illustrations  as  possible.  The  paper  has  been  prepared 
with  the  hope  that  a  number  of  persons  will  become  sufficiently 
interested  to  do  collecting  in  various  parts  of  the  state.  From 
such  the  writer  would  be  glad  to  receive  specimens,  and  will 
determine  all  sent  to  him  for  that  purpose.  Any  species  not 
included  in  this  list  and  those  marked  as  doubtful,  are  especially 
wanted  for  examination. 

The  writer  wishes  to  express  his  thanks  to  all  who  have  aided 
in  the  preparation  of  the  paper.  Especial  thanks  are  due  to 
the  Lloyd  Brothers  of  Cincinnati,  for  free  access  to  the  liter- 
ature contained  in  the  Lloyd  library;  to  Mr.  C.  G.  Lloyd  for  his 
determinations  and  verifications  and  for  access  to  his  excellent 
herbarium;  to  Mr.  W.  A.  Murrill  for  determinations  and  verifi- 
cations and  to  Dr.  Bruce  Fink  under  whose  direction  the  work 
has  been  done. 


'  Contributions  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  Miami  University.  V. 


354  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

1.  Hydnoporia  fuscescens  (Schw.)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :3. 

19U7. 
Sislotrema  fuscescens  Schw. 

Generally  known  as  Irpex  fuscescens  Schw.  and  I.  cin- 
namomeus  Fr.  This  species  is  wholly  resupinate,  with  a 
narrow,  sterile  border.  The  tubes  are  at  first  very  short 
but  soon  become  elongated  and  irpiciform.  The  color  is  a 
dark  yellowish  brown.  Rather  common  on  dead  branches 
of  oak  and  sugar  trees,  over  the  state. 

2.  Fuscoporia   ferruginosa    (Schrad.)    Murrill,    N.   Am.    Flora 

9  :  5.     1907. 
Boletus  ferruginosus  Schrad. 

Known  as  Poria  ferruginosa  (Schrad.)  Fr.  On  dead  decid- 
uous wood.     Not  common. 

3.  Fomitiporia  obliquiformis  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :  9.  1907. 

Collected  near  Cincinnati  on  hardwood  logs  by  Morgan 
and  referred  to  Poria  obliquus  Pcrs.,  a  European  species. 
Common. 

4.  Fomitiporella  inermis  (Elhs  &  Ev.)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora 

9  :  13.     1907. 
Poria  inermis  Ellis  Sc  Ev. 

On  deciduous  wood.     Not  common. 

5.  Melanoporia  nigra  (Berk.)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :  15.  1907. 
Polyporus  niger  Berk. 

Characterized  by  a  black  hymenium.  On  oak  wood. 
Probabh'  rare. 

6.  Irpiciporus  mollis  (Berk.  &  Curt.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club 

32  :471.     190.5. 
Irpex  mollis  Berk.  &  Curt. 

Also  known  as  I.  crassus  Berk.  &  Curt.  On  dead  decid- 
uous wood.     Not  common. 

7.  Irpiciporus  lacteus  (Fr.)  Murrill  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :  15.  1907. 
Sislotrema  lacteum  Fr. 

Commonly  known  as  Irpex  tulipifcra  Fr.  The  most 
common  of  all  the  resupinate  forms.  It  is  found  on  all 
sorts  of  dead  deciduous  branches,  frequently  with  the  inar- 
gin  reflexed  on  both  sides. 

Illustration:  Hard,  p.  448,  f.  376. 

8.  Poronidulus    conchifer    (Schw.)    Murrill,    Bull.    Torr.    Club 

31  :42G.      1904. 
Boletus  conchifer  Schw. 

Known  as  Polyporus  conchifer  Schw.  and  as  P.  virgineus 
Schw.  This  species  is  a  very  peculiar  one.  The  young 
plant  is  a  sterile,  cup-shaped  body  about  1  cm.  in  diameter, 
varying  in  color  from  pure  white  to  dark  brown,  and  marked 


June,  1911.]  The  Known  Polyporaeeae  of  Ohio.  355 

with  dark  concentric  rings.  The  pileus  develops  from  the 
under  side  of  this  cup,  which  often  entirely  disappears. 
The  pileus  is  fan-shaped  and  generally  narrowly  attached. 
The  species  is  easily  recognized  by  the  sterile,  concen- 
trically zoned,  cup  shaped  structure.  Very  common  on 
fallen  elm  branches,  from  September  until  winter. 

9.     Coriolus  versicolor  (L.)  Quel.  Ench.  Fung.  175.  1SS6. 
Boletus  versicolor  L. 

Commonly  known  as  Polyporus  versicolor  (L.)  Fr.  The 
most  common  and  variable  of  all  the  Polypori  of  this  region. 
The  writers'  specimens  include  seA^eral  collections  from  dif- 
ferent localities  and  no  two  of  them  are  alike  in  their  com- 
binations of  colored  zones.  It  is  frequently  found  encircling 
small  twigs  in  a  spiral  manner.  It  may  be  found  from 
July  until  December  on  all  kinds  of  deciduous  wood,  in  the 
woods,  fields,  yards,  or  along  the  roadsides.  It  is  frequently 
found  on  the  lilac  and  is  said  to  cause  a  serious  disease  of 
that  plant.  Readily  recognized  by  its  thin,  coriaceous, 
multizonate,  pileus. 

Illustrations:  Hard,  p.  143,  f.  343;  Sow.  Eng.  Fungi,  pi.  229 

10.  Coriolus  hirsutulus  (Schw.)  IMurrill,  BuH.  Torr.  Club  32  :  643. 

1900. 
Polyporus  hirsutulus  Schw. 

This  plant  is  closely  related  to  C.  versicolor  and  may  be 
but  a  variety  of  that  species.  On  dead  deciduous  wood. 
Common. 

11.  Coriolus    pubescens    (Schum.)    Murrill,    Bull.    Torr.    Club 

32  :  045.     1900. 
Boletus  pubescens  Schum. 

Commonly  known  as  Polyporus  pubescens  (Schum.)  Fr. 
The  entire  plant  is  white  or  yellowish  and  the  pileus  is 
pubescent  but  becomes  glabrous  with  age.  The  hymenium 
has  a  silky  luster  and  the  walls  of  the  pores  are  sometimes 
lacerated.  The  writer  has  seen  rotten  beech  logs  entirely 
covered  with  this  fungus.  Found  from  September  until 
winter,  on  dead  wood,  especially  beech. 

Illustration:  Hard,  p.  410.  f.  339. 

12.  Coriolus  nigromarginatus  (Schw.)  Alurrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club 

32  :  409.     190(i. 
Boletus  nigromarginatus  Schw. 

Known  as  Polyporus  hirsutus  (Wulf.)  Fr.  This  is  a  very 
common  species  in  this  region.  It  is  ver}'  variable,  espe- 
cially in  the  character  of  the  pileus.  The  typical  form  is 
rather  thick,  hirsute,  and  concentrically  zoned,  and  has  a 
dark  colored  margin.     The  hymenium  varies  in  color  from 


356  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

white  to  brown,  but  the  mouths  of  the  tubes  are  ahvays 
regular  and  have  thick  dissepiments.     Found  on  all  sorts  of 
dead  deciduous  wood  throughout  the  3^ear. 
Illustration:    Hard,  p.  412,  f.  342. 

13.  Coriolus  biformis  (Klotzsch)  Pat.  Tax.  Hymen.     94.     1900. 
Polyporus  biformis  Klotzsch. 

A  very  constant  species  found  on  logs  and  stumps  from 
September  until  winter.  The  hymenium  is  at  first  porous 
but  soon  becomes  lacerate  and  irpicifonii  and  dries  out  to  a 
light  bay  color.  It  is  frequently  found  much  imbricated 
and  laterally  confluent,  sometimes  for  several  feet  along 
the  log.     Common. 

Illustration:    Hard,  p.  412,  f.  341. 

14.  Coriolus  prolificans  (Fr.)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :  27.    1907. 
Polyporus  prolificans  Fr. 

Also  known  as  P.  pergamenus  Fr.  A  variable  species 
quite  common  on  sugar  maple,  elm,  wild  cherry,  and  other 
deciduous  wood.  The  mouths  of  the  tubes  are  a  beautiful 
purple  color  when  the  plant  is  young,  but  they  fade  out  to 
bay  or  almost  white.  The  hymenuim  becomes  irpiciform 
at  an  early  stage.  The  purple  colored  hymenium  will  serve 
to  identify  this  species.     It  is  found  from  July  until  winter. 

Illustration:    Hard,  p.  41.5,  f.  345. 

15.  Coriolellus  sepium  (Berk.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  32  :  481. 

1905. 
Tr a  metes  sepium  Berk. 

Common  on  fence  posts,  dry  rails,  pickets,  and  old  struc- 
tural timber.  The  single  pilei  are  never  more  than  1  cm.  in 
length  but  they  are  often  found  laterally  confluent  and 
sometimes  almost  wholly  resupinate.  The  species  can  be 
readih'  distinguished  by  its  size,  habitat,  and  b}"  the  pores, 
which  are  very  large  for  such  a  small  plant. 

16.  Coriolellis  serialis  (Fr.)  Mumll,  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :  29.    1907. 
Polyporus  serialis  Fr. 

Generalh^  known  as  Trametes  serialis  Fr.  This  species 
was  reported  by  Morgan,  but  is  probably  rare  in  this  state. 
On  deciduous  wood. 

17.  Tyromyces  guttulatus  (Peck)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :  31. 

1907. 
Polyporus  guttulatus  Peck. 

A  doubtful  species  for  Ohio.     On  coniferous  wood. 

IS.     Tyromyces  spraguei  (Berk.  &  Curt.)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora 
9  :  33.     1907. 
Polyporus  spraguei  Berk.  &  Curt. 

The  writer  has  collected  this  species  but  twice,  both  col- 
lections being    taken    from  beech  logs.       The    whole  plant 


June,  1911.]  The  Known  Polyporaceae  of  Ohio.  357 

is  white,  becoming  more  or  less  dingy  with  age,  and  is 
easily  identified  by  its  very  disagreeable  odor.  When  fresh 
and  growing,  the  plant  is  soft  and  watery,  but  when  dried  it 
becomes  exceedingly  hard.  Found  during  July  and  August. 
Perhaps  not  common. 

19.  Tyromyces  caesius  (Schrad.)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :  34. 

1907. 
Boletus  caesius  Schrad. 

Known  as  Polypoiiis  caesius  (Schrad.)  Fr.  The  pileus  is 
white  with  a  bluish  tinge.  Probably  rare.  On  dead  limbs 
on  the  ground. 

20.  Tyromyces    semiDileatus    (Peck)    Miirrill.    N.    Am.    Flora 

9  :  35.     1907.' 
Poly  par  us  semipileatus  Peck. 

A  doubtful  species  for  Ohio.     On  deciduous  wood. 

21.  Tyromyces  chioneus  (Fr.)  Karst.      Rev.  Myc.  3^  :  17.    ISSl. 
Polyporus  chioneus  Fr. 

On  deciduous  wood.     Rare. 

22.  Tyromyces  lacteus  (Fr.)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :  36.    1907. 
Polyporus  lacteus  Fr. 

Probably  rare.     On  beech  wood. 
Illustration:    Fries,  Ic.  Hymen,  pi.  1S2,  f.  1. 

23.  Spongipellis  unicolor  (Schw.)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :  37. 

1907. 
Boletus  unicolor  Schw. 

Also  known  as  Polyporus  obtusus  Berk.  Rare.  On  living 
maple  trees. 

Illustrations:  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  16:  pi.  13-16;  Kalchbr. 
Ic.  H^^men.  Hung.  pi.  34,  f.  1. 

24.  Spongipellis  borealis  (Fr.)  Pat.  Tax.  Hymen.  84.  1900. 
Polyporus  borealis  Fr. 

This  species  is  found  only  on  the  wood  of  the  spruce  tree. 
Rare  in  Ohio. 

25.  Spongipellis  delectans  (Peck)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :  3S. 

1907. 
Polyporus  delectans  Peck. 

On  living  maj^le  trees.     Common. 

Illustration:  Jour.  Cine.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  S  :  99.  pi.  1. 

26.  Spongipellis  galactinus  (Berk.)  Pat.  Tax.  Hymen.  84.  1900. 
Polyporus  galactinus  Berk. 

On  deciduous  wood.     Rare. 

27.  Bjerkandera  adusta  (Willd.)  Karst.  Medd.  Soc.  Faun.  Fl. 

Fenn.  5  :  38.    1879. 
Boletus  adustus  Willd. 


358  •         The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

Known  as  Polyporus  adustus  (Willd.)  Fr.  A  very  abun- 
dant and  rather  variable  species,  common  on  dead  decid- 
uous wood,  especially  of  the  beech  and  elm.  The  pileus  is 
white  or  pallid  and  the  hymenium  is  smoke-colored  in  the 
young  plants,  but  becomes  black  in  older  specimens.  It  is 
.'  •  sometimes  found  partly  resupinate  and  always  much  imbri^- 
cated.     From  August  until  winter. 

Illu.strations :  Bull.  Herb.  Fr.  pi.  501,  f.  2;  vSow.  Eng. 
Fungi  pi.  231. 

28.  Bjerkandera  fumosa   (Pers.)   Karst.  Medd.  Soc.  Faun.  Fl. 

Fenn.  .)  :  3S.     1879. 
;        Boletus  fiimosus  Pers. 

Known  as  Polyporus  fumosus  (Pers.)  Fr.  This  plant  is 
closely  related  to  the  preceding  species,  but  is  larger  and 
thicker.  The  hymenium  is  lighter  in  color  and  the  mouths 
of  the  tubes  are  larger  and  more  irregular.  On  willow  and 
elm.     Common. 

29.  Bierkandera   puberula    (Berk.    Sz   Curt.)    Alurrill,    N.    Am. 

Flora  9  :41.     1907. 
Daedal ea  puberula  Berk.  &  Curt. 

More  commonly  kno^^'n  as  Polyporus  puberula  Berk.  & 
Curt.,  and  P.  fragrans  Peel-:.  This  plant  can  be  easily  recog- 
nized by  its  fragrant  odor  which  persists  even  after  the 
plant  has  been  dried.  The  tubes  are  dark  colored;  the 
mouths  are  large,  unequal,  and  becoming  lacerate  at  matur- 
ity. Found  most  frequently  on  dead  elm  wood,  from  Octo- 
ber until  DeccmVjer. 


32 


30.  Trametes  suaveolens  (L.)  Fries,  Gen.  Hymen.  11.  18c 
Boletus  suaveolens  L. 

Also  known  as  T.  odora  Fr.  The  willow  tree  is  the  only 
host  of  this  species.     Probably  rare  in  Ohio. 

Illustrations:  Hussey,  111.  Brit.  Myc.  pi.  43;  Sow.  Eng. 
Ftuigi  pi.  228. 

31.  Piptoporus  suberosus  (L.)  MiuTill.  Jour.  Myc.  9  :  94.    1903. 
Boletus  suberosus  L. 

Generally  known  as  PolyiDorus  betulinus  (Bull.)  Fr. 
Common  in  the  northern  imrt  of  the  state  on  birch  trees. 

Illustrations;  Bull.  Herb.  Fr.  pi.  312;  Sow.  Eng.  Fungi 
pi.  212;  Hard,  p.  40S,  f.  337. 

Porodisculus  pendulus  (Schw.)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :  47. 

1907. 
Peziza  pendula  Schw^ 

Also  known  as  Polyi^orus  pocula  (Schw.)  Berk.  8c  Curt., 
and  as  P.  cupulacformis  Berk.  &  Curt.  Found  on  chestnut 
and  sumac  bushes.     Rare. 


June,  1911.]  The  Known  Polyporaceac  of  Ohio.  559 

33.  Hexagona  alveolaris  (DC.)  .Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  31  :  3.27, 

UH)4. 
Merullus  alveolaris  DC. 

Also  known  as  Favolus  canadensis  Klotzsch,  and  F. 
europaeus  Fr.  This  is  the  only  species  that  we  have  in 
which  the  pores  radiate  outward  from  the  point  of  attach- 
ment of  the  pileus.  The  color  of  the  pileus  is  reddish  brown, 
due  to  radiating  fibrils  of  that  color.  The  fibrils  disappear 
with  age  and  the  pileus  becomes  pallid  and  glabrous.  The 
pores  are  large.  The  stipe  is  sometimes  well  developed,  but 
more  often  it  is  short  or  altogether  wanting.  When  present 
it  is  always  lateral.  The  plant  is  common  on  dead  decid- 
uous wood,  especially  hickory,  and  is  found  from  early 
spring  until  winter. 

34.  Hexagona   striatula    (Ellis  &  Ev.)    Murrill,   N.  Am.   Flora 

9  :  4S.     1907. 
Favolus  striatulus  Ellis  &  Ev. 

Closely  resembles  H.  alveolaris,  but  distinguished  by  its 
smaller  pores.    On  wood  of  the  birch  and  the  beech.     Rare. 

35.  Polyporus    polyporus     (Retz.)     Murrill,    Bull.    Torr.    Club 

3U  :  33.     1904. 
Boletus  polyporus  Retz. 

Known  as  P.  brumalis  (Pers.)  Fr.  A  common  and  beau- 
tiful species  found  in  the  fall,  and  often  persisting  far  into 
the  winter.  The  pores  are  angular,  somewhat  resembling 
those  of  Hexagona,  and  the  pileus  is  generallv  umbilicate. 

Illustrations:  Bull.  Herb.  Fr.  pi.  469;  Hard,  p.  406,  f.  335; 
Atk.  vStud.  Amer.  Fung.  f.  186. 

36.  Polyporus  arcularius  (Batsch)  Fries,  Syst.  Myc.  1  :  342.  1821. 
Bolclus  arcularius  Batsch. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  the  preceding  one,  but 
the  pores  are  larger  and  more  decurrent  and  the  pileus  is 
less  umbilicate.  It  occurs  more  abundantly  in  the  spring 
on  all  kinds  of  dead  deciduous  wood. 

Illustrations:  Micheh,  Nov.  PI.  Gen.  pi.  70,  f.  5;  Hard, 
p.  407,  f.  336. 

37.  Polyporus   caudicinus    (Scop.)    Murrill,   Jour.    Myc.    9  :  89. 

1903. 
Boletus  caudicinus  Scop. 

The  same  as  Polyporus  ulmi  Paulet,  and  also  P.  squamosus 
(Huds.)  Fr.  It  is  a  large  wound  fungus  found  on  elm  and 
maple  trees.     Not  common. 

Illustrations:  Schaeff.  Fung.  Bavar.  3:  pis.  101,  102;  Sow. 
Engl.  Fungi  pi.  266;  Bull.  Herb.  Fr.  pis.  19,  114. 


360  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

38.  Polyporus  elegans  (Bull.)  Fries,  Epic.  Myc.  440.  1838. 
Boletus  elegans  Bull. 

This  plant  resembles  the  next  species  in  color  and  form, 
but  it  is  very  much  smaller  and  has  smaller  pores.  The 
stipe  is  black  at  the  base.  Abundant  in  some  parts  of  the 
state,  on  dead  deciduous  wood. 

Illustrations:  Bull.  Herb.  Fr.  pi.  124;  Pat.  Tab.  Fung, 
f.  137. 

39.  Polyporus  fissus  Berk.  Lond.  Jour.  Bot.  6  :  318.    1847. 

This  plant  has  been  generally  known  to  American  mycol- 
ogists as  P.  picipes  Fr.  It  is  very  common  from  September 
until  December  on  dead  deciduous  wood,  especially  hickory 
and  elm.  It  is  easily  recognized  by  the  reddish  brown,  leath- 
ery, pileus,  which  is  depressed  or  infundibulifonii,  and  by  the 
stipe,  which  is  black  at  the  base.  The  pileus  sometimes 
reaches  a  width  of  20  cm.  or  more,  and  the  stipe  is  eccentric 
or  lateral. 

Illustration:    Hard,  p.  388,  f.  319. 

40.  Abortiporus    distortus    (vSchw.)    Murrill,    Bull.    Torr.    Club 

31  :  422.     1904. 
Boletus  distortus  vSchw. 

Known  as  Polyporus  distortus  Schw.  A  very  variable 
species  found  in  the  late  fall  around  sttmips  of  deciduous 
trees,  especially  of  the  ash.  It  is  normally  stipitate  and 
alutaceous  in  color,  but  specimens  in  the  writer's  collection 
named  by  Mr.  Murrill  are  entirely  resupinate  and  pure  white 
in  color.     Common. 

41.  Scutiger  radicatus  (Schw.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  30  :  430. 

1903. 
Polyporus  radicatus  Schw. 

This  species  is  characterized  by  having  a  black,  rooting 
stipe.  It  grows  on  the  ground  and  is  found  from  September 
until  December.  The  stipe  is  central  and  the  tubes  are 
decurrent.  The  pileus  reaches  a  width  of  from  5-9  cm.  and 
the  stipe  is  about  10  cm.  long.     Not  common. 

Illustrations:  Ohio  Mvc.  Bull.  10:  f.  40;  Hard,  p.  400, 
f.  329. 

42.  Grifola  poripes  (Fr.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  31  :  335.  1904. 
Polyporus  poripes  Fr. 

Also  known  as  P.  fiavovirens  Berk.  &  Rav.  On  the  ground 
in  woods.    Probably  rare. 

43.  Grifola  sumstinei  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  31  :  335.     1904. 

This  plant  was  collected  by  Morgan  and  referred  to  P. 
giganteus  (Pers.)  Fr.,  and  has  been  known  vnider  that 
name.  According  to  Mr.  Murrill,  P.  giganteus  is  a  Euro- 
pean species  to  which  our  plant  is  closely  related.     It  is  not 


June,  1911.]  The  Known  Polyporaceae  of  Ohio.  361 

uncommon  to  find  several  large  clusters  of  the  plant  about 
the  base  of  a  stump,  especially  beech.  It  resembles  G. 
frondosa  (Dicks.)  Gray,  but  the  pileoli  are  fewer  in  number 
and  much  larger.  In  the  fresh  specimens  the  hymenium 
turns  to  black  when  bruised,  and  this  characteristic  will 
identify  the  species.     Found  from  July  until  September. 

44.  Grifola  frondosa  (Dicks.)  Grav,  Nat.  Arr.  Brit.  PL  1  :  643. 

1S21. 
Boletus  frondosus  Dicks. 

Commonly  known  as  Polyporus  frondosus  (Dicks.)  Fr. 
Resembles  the  preceding  species  in  form  and  habit  but 
easily  separated.  The  pileoli  are  much  narrower  and  more 
numerous,  and  are  grayish  cinerous  in  color.  The  plant 
generally  attains  a  breadth  of  20  or  30  cm.  and  a  height  of 
20  or  more  cm.  Found  at  the  bases  of  elm  and  oak  stumps 
during  the  late  fall. 

Illustrations:  Sow.  Eng.  Fungi  pi.  S7;  Atk.  Stud.  Am. 
Fungi  f.  181,  182;  Mcllv.  Am.  Fungi  pi.  128;  Hard,  p.  391, 
f.  321. 

45.  Grifola    ramosissima    (Scop.)    Murrill,    Bull.    Toit.    Club 

31  :33G.     19U4. 
Boletus  ramosissinius  Scop. 

Generally  known  as  Polyporus  umbellatus  Fr.  Found  at 
the  base  of  oak  trees.  Reported  from  the  sotithem  part  of 
the  state,  but  probably  rare. 

Illustrations:  Schaeff.  Fung.  Bavar.  pi.  Ill;  Atk.  Stud. 
Am.  Fungi  f.  178;  Hard,  p.  390,  f.  320. 

46.  Grifola  berkeleyii  (Fr.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  31  :  337. 

1904. 
Polyporus  berkeleyii  Fr. 

The  same  as  P.  anax  Berk.  ''Nobilissimus  inter-omnes 
mihi  cognitos  Polyponis,"  to  quote  from  Fries.  A  rather 
common  species  found  around  oak  or  ash  stumps  in  August 
and  September.  It  has  globose,  echinulate,  spores  which 
will  identify  it,  as  no  other  closely  related  species  has  such. 
Capt.  Mcllvaine  cites  an  instance  of  a  plant  of  this  species 
being  found  near  Boston  several  years  ago,  which  "was 
ftdly  four  feet  high  and  from  two  to  three  feet  broad. "^ 

Illustration:    Hard,  p.  393,  f.  323. 

47.  Pycnoporus  cinnabarinus  (Jacq.)  Karst.    Rev.  Myc.  3"  :  18. 

1891. 
Boletus  cinnabarinus  Jacq. 

Commonly  known  as  Polyporus  cinnabarinus  (Jacq.)  Fr. 
This  species  is  easily  identified  by  its  color,  which  is  a  cinna- 


-  One  Thousand  American  Fungi,  p.  484. 


362  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

bar  red  both  on  the  pileus  and  on  the  hynienium,  although 
the  pileus  fades  out  with  age.  The  fungus  is  quite  common 
on  dead  wood  of  the  wild  cherry,  sugar,  etc.  From  August 
until  December. 

Illustrations:  Jacq.  Fl.  Austr.  pi.  304;  Bull.  Herb.  Fr.  pi. 
501,  f.  1;  Hard,  p.  409,  f.  338. 

48.  Aurantiporus    pilotae    (Schw.)    Murrill,    Bull.    Torr.    Club 

32  :  487.     190.3. 
Polyporus  pilotae  Schw. 

A  very  rare  plant  in  this  state  and  is  said  to  grow  on  oak 
and  chestnut  wood. 

49.  Laetiporus    speciosus    (Batt.)    Murrill,    Bull.    Torr.    Club 

31  :  007.     1904. 
Agaricus  speciosus  Batt. 

Known  as  Polyporus  sulphurus  (Bull.)  Fr.  Polyporus 
cincinnatus  Morg.  is  the  same  plant.  Easily  recognized  by 
the  color  of  the  hymenium,  which  is  a  bright  sulphur  yellow. 
The  pileus  varies  in  color  from  yellow  to  reddish  orange 
and  specimens  in  the  writer's  collection  are  faded  to  almost 
white.  It  frequently  occurs  as  a  parasite  and  is  said  to 
cause  much  damage  to  forest  trees.  It  is  always  found 
much  imbricated  and  often  substipitate.  Common  from 
August  until  November,  on  stumps  and  trunks  of  oak, 
locvist,  etc. 

Illustrations:  Batt.  Fung.  Hist.  pi.  34,  f.  B;  Bull.  Herb. 
Fr.  pi.  429;  Gibson,  pi.  20;  Hard,  p.  397,  f.  326. 

50.  Cerrenella  farinacea  (Fr.)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora  9  :  74.  1907. 
Irpex  farinaceiis  Fr. 

Ohio  is  almost  out  of  the  range  of  this  species,  which  is 
more   common   farther   south.     On   dead   deciduous   wood. 

51.  Coriolopsis  rigida  (Berk.  &  Mont.)  Murrill,  N.  Am.  Flora 

9  :  75.     1907. 
Trametes  rigida  Berk.  &  Mont. 

A  semi-resupinate  form  found  on  dead  wood,  especially  of 
the  sugar-maple.  The  pileus  is  never  more  than  2  cm.  in 
width,  and  is  often  entirely  wanting.  The  hyinenium  is 
wood-colored.     Common. 

52.  Funalia  stuppea  (Berk.)  Murrill.  Bull.  Torr.  Club  32  :  356. 

1905. 
Trametes  stiippeus  Berk. 

Easily  recognized  by  the  very  villous  pileus,  the  dark 
colored  hymenium,  and  the  large  angular  pores,  which  are 
about  1  mm.  in  diameter.  Most  frequently  found  on  poplar 
and  Cottonwood  logs,  but  also  on  willow.  Probably  rare,  at 
least  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state. 


June,  1911.]  The  Known  Polyporaeeae  of  Ohio.  363 

53.  Hapalopilus  rutilans   (Pers.)   Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  31: 

410.     10U4. 
Boletus  rutilans  Pers. 

The  same  as  Pol3"porus  nidulans  Fr.  Not  common.  On 
dead  deciduous  wood. 

54.  Hapalopilus  gilvus  (Schw.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  31  :  418. 

19U4. 
Boletus  gilvus  Schw. 

Known  as  Polyporus  gilvus  Schw.  Common  on  dead 
deciduous  wood,  especially  beech.  In  very  young  specimens 
the  pileus  is  often  covered  with  a  purplish  tomentum  which 
disappears  with  age.  The  pileus  is  generally  rough  and  of  a 
tawny  color.  The  hymenium  is  darker  in  color  than  the 
pileus.  The  plant  is  generally  found  imbricated  but  is 
frequently  found  singly. 

55.  Ischnoderma  fuliginosum  (Scop.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club 

31  :  GUG.      1904. 
Boletus  fuliginosus  Scop. 

Known  as  Polyporus  resinous  Schrad.  A  handsome 
fungus  with  dark  pileus.  When  young  the  plant  is  soft  and 
fleshy  and  filled  with  a  colored  juice.  As  the  plant  gets 
older  the  pileus  becomes  harder.  The  pore  surface  is  pallid 
and  turns  immediately  to  brown  when  touched.  The 
pores  are  very  minute.  Common  from  October  until 
December  on  dead  deciduous  logs. 

Illustrations:  Fries,  Ic.  Hymen,  pi.  4S3,  f.  2;  Hard,  p. 
403,  f.  331. 

56.  Antrodia  mollis   (Sommerf.)   Karst.   Medd.   Soc.   Faun.   Fl. 

Fenn.  5  :  40.     1879. 
Daedalea  mollis  Sommerf. 

Known  as  Trametes  mollis  (Sommerf.)  Fr.  and  as  T. 
cervinus  Pers.  A  sessile  or  resupinate  form  on  dead  wood. 
Not  common. 

57.  Inonotus  hirsutus  (Scop.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  31  :  594. 

1904. 
Boletus  hirsutus  Scop. 

Reported  by  Morgan  as  Polyporus  endocrocinus  Berk. 
Also  known  as  P.  hispidus  (Bull.)  Fr.  On  trunks  of  deciduous 
trees.     Rare  in  Ohio. 

Illustrations:  Bull.  Herb.  Fr.  pi.  210;  vSow.  Eng.  Fungi 
pi.  345. 

58.  Inonotus  dryophilus   (Berk.)   Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  31: 

597.     1904. 
Polyporus  dryophilus  Berk. 

Very  rare.     Always  found  on  oak  wood. 


364  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

59.  Inonotus  perplexus  (Peck)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  31  :  596. 

19U4. 
Polyporus  perplexus  Peck. 

This  species  is  a  very  variable  one.  When  fresh  and 
growing  it  is  spongy  and  tonientose,  but  becomes  quite 
glabrous  with  age.  The  mouths  of  the  pores  are  grayish 
brown,  becoming  darker.  A  common  fungus  on  dead  wood, 
especiallv  of  the  beech,  from  September  until  December. 

Illustration:  Hard,  p.  -tOl,  f.  330. 

60.  Inonotus  radiatus  (Sow.)  Karst.  Rev.  Myc.  3  :  19.     1881. 
Boletus  radiatus  Sow. 

Known  as  Polypoitis  radiatus  (Sow.)  Fr.  Found  on  the 
alder.     Rare. 

61.  Coltricia    cinnamomea    (Jacq.)    Murrill,    Bull.    Torr.    Club 

31  :343.     1904. 
Boletus  cinnamomeus  Jacq. 

The  same  as  Polyporus  subsericeus  Peck  and  Polystictus 
cinnamomeus  Jacq.  The  distinguishing  characteristic  of 
this  species  is  its  thin,  shining  pileus,  bright  cinnamon  in 
color  and  marked  by  silky  striations.  It  is  a  small  plant, 
with  a  slender,  central  stipe,  and  usually  grows  on  mossy 
ground.  The  pileus  is  always  somewhat  depressed  at  the 
center,  and  sometimes  very  much  so.  A  rare  plant  as  far  as 
the  writer's  collecting  goes,  but  it  is  small  and  easily  over- 
looked. 

Illustrations:  Atk.  Stud.  Am.  Fungi  f.  187;  Hard,  f.  344; 
Jacq.  Coll.  pi.  2;  Myc.  Notes  f.  200. 

62.  Coltricia  perennis  (L.)  Murrill,  Jour.  Myc.  9  :  91.    1903. 
Boletus  perennis  L. 

Known  as  Polyporus  perennis  (L.)  Fr.  Very  similar  to 
the  preceding  species  but  lacks  its  shining  zones.  Probably 
rare.     Cn  ground  in  woods. 

Illustnitions:  Sow.  Eng.  Fungi  pi.  192;  Bull.  Herb.  Fr. 
pi.  28. 

63.  Coltricia  focicola  (B^rk.  (.%  Curt.)     Mm-rill.  N.  Am.  Flora 

9  :92.     1907. 
Polyporus  focicola  Berk.  &  Curt. 

Known  as  Polyporus  connatus  Schw.  On  ground  in 
woods.     Not  common. 

64.  Coltricia    obesa    (Ellis    &    Ev.)    Murrill,    Bull.    Torr.    Club 

31  :34().      1904. 
Polystictus  obesus  Ellis  &  Ev. 

This  fungus  was  collected  in  the  Miami  Valley  by  Lea  and 
referred  to  P.  montagnei  Fr.  by  him.  Rare.  On  ground 
in  woods. 


June,  1911.]  The  Known  Polyporaceae  of  Ohio.  365 

65.  Fomes  roseus  (Alb.  &  Schw.)  Cooke,  Grevillea  14  :  21.   1SS5. 
Boletus  roseus  Alb.  &  Schw. 

Known  as  Fomes  carneus  Cooke.  On  dead  wood  not 
common. 

Illustrations:  Nees,  Nova  Aceta  Acad.  Leop.  Carol.  13: 
pi.  3;  Fries,  Ic.  Hymen,  pi.  180,  f.  1. 

66.  Fomes  fraxineus  (Bull.)  Cooke,  Grevillea  1-1  :  21.     1S85. 
Boletus  fraxineus  Bull. 

A  rare  species  for  this  country,  although  a  few  good  col- 
lections have  been  made,  all  of  which  are  annual.  Generally 
found  on  ash  trees. 

Illustration:    Bull.  Herb.  Fr.  10:  pi.  433,  f.  2. 

67.  Fomes  ohiensis   (Berk.)   Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  30  :  230. 

1903. 
Trametes  ohiensis  Berk. 

This  little  fungus  (very  small  for  the  genus  Fomes)  is 
found  abundantly  on  fence  posts,  rails,  pickets,  dead  spots 
on  certain  deciduous  trees,  and  on  old  structural  timber. 
The  pileus  becomes  black  only  at  the  base,  and  the  tubes  are 
longer  than  in  F.  scutellatus  (Schw.)  Cooke  with  which  it 
is  often  confused.  The  hymenium  is  white  and  the  walls  of 
the  tubes  are  almost  as  thick  as  the  diameter  of  the  mouths. 

68.  Fomes  scutellatus  (Schw.)  Cooke,  Grevillea  14  :  19.     1885. 
Polyporus  scutellatus  Schw. 

Rare,  growing  only  on  the  alder  in  this  state. 

69.  Fomes  fraxinophilus  (Peck)  Sacc.  Syll.  Fung.  6  :  172.    1888. 
Polyporus  fraxinophilus  Peck. 

This  species  is  found  on  species  of  Fraxinus  and  is  a 
wound  parasite.  It  grows  to  be  very  large,  specimens 
having  been  brought  in  which  were  30  cm.  across.  It  is 
perennial  and  most  commonly  grows  from  30  to  40  feet 
above  the  ground.  The  pileus  is  at  first  white  but  becomes 
black  and  rimose  with  age.     Common. 

Illustrations:  Bull.  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  PL  Ind.  32:  pi.  2. 
1903;  Hard,  p.  421,  f.  3.50. 

70.  Fomes  populinus  (Schum.)  Cooke,  Grevillea  14  :  20.     1885. 
Boletus  populinus  Schum. 

Known  as  F.  connatus  Gill.  Always  found  at  the  bases  of 
sugar  trees,  between  the  roots,  and  generally  covered  with 
moss.    Common. 

Illustrations:  Fries,  Ic.  Hymen,  pi.  185,  f.  2;  Gill.  Champ. 
Fr.  pi.  466. 


o 


66  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 


71.  Pyropolyporus    igniarius    (L.)    Murrill,    Bull.    Torr.    Club 

30  :  IIU.     iyU3. 
Boletus  igniarius  L. 

Fomes  nigricans  Fr.  is  the  same  plant.  A  large  perennial 
fungus  with  a  woody  pileus  which  becomes  black  and  rimose 
with  age.     Occurring  on  deciduous  trees,  but  not  common. 

Illustration:    Gill.  Champ.  Fr.  pi.  290. 

72.  Pyropolyporus    fulvus    (Scop.)    Murrill,    Bull.    Torr.    Club 

30  :  112.     1903. 
Boletus  fulvus  vScop. 

Listed  by  Morgan  as  P.  supinus  Fr.  Also  known  as  Fomes 
fulvus  (Scop.)  Gill,  and  F.  pomaceus  Pers.  Found  only  on 
plum  trees.     Frequent. 

73.  Pyropolyporus  everhartii  (Ellis  &  Gall.)  Murrill.  Bull.  Torr. 

Club  30  :  114. 
Mucronoporus  everhartii  Ellis  &  Gall. 

Known  as  Fomes  everhartii  Ellis  &  Gall.  Generally 
found  on  oak  wood.     Not  common. 

Illustration:  Jour.  Myc.  5:  pi.  12.  LSS9. 

74.  Pyropolyporus  robiniae   Murrill,   Bull.   Torr.   Club  30  :  114. 

1903. 

Generally  known  to  American  mycologists  as  Fomes 
rimosus  Berk.  A  wound  parasite  found  onh'  on  living 
trunks  of  Robinia  pseudacacia.  It  is  quite  a  large  fungus, 
and  the  pileus  becomes  black  and  rimose  with  age.  The 
hynienium  is  tawny.     Common. 

Illustrations:  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Card.  12:  pi.  1-3;  Hard, 
p.  41,S,  f.  347. 

75.  Pyropolyporus  conchatus   (Pers.)   Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club 

30  :  117.     1903. 
Boletus  conchatus  Pers. 

Commonly  known  as  Fomes  conchatus  (Pers.)  Fr.  This 
species  is  a  very  variable  one,  generally  found  wholly  resupi- 
nate  on  the  under  side  of  dead  deciduous  logs,  especially  the 
oak.  It  is  perennial  and  the  hymenium  is  a  dark  chestnut 
brown.  In  the  pileate  forms  the  pileus  is  concentrically 
zoned  and  black.     Common. 

Illustration:    Fries,  Ic.  Hymen,  pi.  IS."),  f.  2. 

ro.     Porodaedalea  pini  (Thore)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  32  :  367. 
190.3. 
Boletus  pini  Thore. 

Commonly  known  as  Trametes  pini  Fr.  A  parasitic, 
perennial  fungus,  easily  identified  by  the  black,  ungulate 
surface  and  yellowish  brown  hymenium,  with  more  or  less 
labyrinthiform  pores. 


June,  1911.]  The  Known  Poly poraceae  of  Ohio.  367 

77.  Globifomes  graveolens    (Schw.)    Mtirrill,   Bull.   Torr.   Club 

31  :424.      11)U4, 
Boletus  graveolens  Schw. 

Known  as  Polyporus  conglobatus  Berk,  and  Fomes 
graveolens  (Schw.)  Cooke.  A  very  peculiar  fungus,  forming 
an  imbricated,  cylindrical  mass  of  overlapping  pileoli. 
Generally  found  on  beech  logs.  The  color  while  growing  is 
a  rusty  brown,  but  the  old  plants  become  black.  Found  in 
September  and  October.  Not  common.  Commonly  called 
"sweet  knot"  on  accomit  of  its  fragrant  odor.  The  writer's 
specimens  were  collected  in  a  growing  condition,  but  no 
odor  was  noticeable. 

Illustrations:  Ohio  Myc.  Bull.  9:  f.  41 ;  Hard,  p.  405,  f.  334. 

78.  Elfvingia  fomentaria  (L.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  30  :  298. 

1903. 
Boletus  fomentarius  L. 

Commonly  known  as  Fomes  fomentarius  (L.)  Fr.  On 
beech  and  birch.     Rare. 

Illustrations:  Gill.  Champ.  Fr.  pi.  467;  Sow.  Eng.  Fungi 
pi.  133. 

79.  Elfvingia  lobata  (Schw.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  30  :  299. 

1903. 
Fomes  lobatus  Schw. 

Known  as  Fomes  reniformis  Morg.  An  annual  fungus, 
which,  however,  frequently  revives,  but  the  second  year's 
growth  comes  out  below  that  of  the  previous  year. 
This  point  distinguishes  it  from  the  next  species,  which  it 
resembles.     Rather  common  about  the  bases  of  old  stumps. 

SO.     Elfvingia  megaloma  (Lev.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  30  :  300. 
1903. 
Polyporus  megaloma  Lev. 

Known  as  Fomes  leucophaeus  Mont,  and  incoiTectly 
called  Polyporus  applanatus  Pers.  It  is  perennial  and  in 
point  of  size  is  perhaps  the  largest  of  all  that  are  found  in 
the  state.  A  specimen  collected  at  Oxford,  Ohio,  in  June  of 
1909  measures  50x30x30  cm.  It  frequently  grows  imbri- 
cated, but  more  often  it  is  found  single.  Very  common 
throughout  the  year  on  all  kinds  of  dead  deciduous  logs  and 
stumps,  and  frequently  on  living  trees.  It  is  generally 
found  near  the  ground,  but  the  writer  has  seen  specimens  on 
a  living  sugar  tree,  40  feet  above  the  ground.  At  certain 
seasons  of  the  year  the  pileus  is  covered  with  the  brown 
conidia  which  are  produced  on  the  upper  surface.  When 
fresh,  the  hymenium  turns  brown  w^hen  rubbed. 


368  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

81.  Ganoderma  curtisii  (B.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  29  :  602. 

1902. 
Polyporus  curtisii  Berk. 

Closely  related  to  the  next  species,  but  probably  rare  in 
this  state.     vSaid  to  grow  on  ash  and  maple  wood. 

82.  Ganoderma  sessile  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  29  :  604.    1902. 

This  species  has  always  been  known  to  American  col- 
lectors as  Polyporus  lucidus  (Leys)  Fr.  Collectors  should 
have  no  trouble  in  identifying  it,  as  it  is  the  only  species 
with  a  varnished  pileus  that  is  at  all  common  here.  It 
occurs  both  with  and  without  a  stipe,  but  when  the  stipe  is 
present  it  is  always  lateral.  Common  at  the  bases  of  stumps 
of  different  deciduous  trees. 

Illustrations:    Atk.  Stud.  Am.  Fung.  p.  192,  pi.  72;  Hard. 
'       p.  404,  f.  332. 

83.  Cerrena  unicolor  (Bull.)  Murrill,  Jour.  Myc.  9  :  91.     1903. 
Boletus  unicolor  Bull. 

Known  as  Daedalea  unicolor  (Bull.)  Fr.  The  collector 
who  finds  this  plant  for  the  first  time  is  very  likely  to  decide 
immediately  that  it  belongs  to  the  genus  Coriolus,  as  the 
thin,  leathery,  pileus  and  irpiciform  hymenium  would 
indicate.  But  the  hymenium  is  at  first  plainly  labyrinthi- 
form,  and  only  becomes  irpiciform  with  age.  The  hymenium 
is  at  first  white  but  later  takes  on  a  darker  color.  The 
pileus  is  densely  strigose- villous,  mtilti-zonate,  and  frequently 
covered  with  a  green  alga.  Common  on  all  kinds  of  dead 
deciduous  wood.  The  writer  frequently  finds  specimens 
which  have  continued  their  growth  the  second  year  from  the 
margin  of  the  first  vear's  growth. 

Illustrations:  Bull.  Herb.  Fr.  pi.  408,  501;  Bolt.  Hist. 
Fung.  app.  pi.  16;  Sow.  Eng.  Fungi  pi.  325. 

84.  Daedalea  quercina  (L.)  Pers.  Syn.  500.     1801. 
Agaric  us  querciiius  L. 

On  dead  oak  wood.  Said  to  be  common  in  some  i^arts  of 
the  state. 

Illustrations:  Sow.  Eng.  Fungi  pi.  181.;  Bull.  Herb.  Fr. 
pi.  352;  Hard,  p.  42S,  f.  357. 

85.  Daedalea  confragosa  (Bolt.)  Pers.  Syn.  500.    LSOl. 
Boletus  confragosus  Bolt. 

Trametes  rubescens  Fr.  is  a  thin  form  of  this  plant.  It  is 
the  only  species  of  the  genus  that  is  at  all  common  here. 
Various  conditions  of  the  hymenium  are  found,  grading 
from  strictly  poroid  to  labyrinthiform  and  lamellate,  some- 
times all  stages  being  found  in  one  plant.  The  hymenium 
changes  from  white  to  reddish  brown  when  touched.  Found 
from  August  until  December,  on  dead  willow  wood. 

Illustrations:  Bolt.  Halifax  Fung.  Suppl.  pi.  160;  Alb.  & 
Schw.  Consp.  Fung.  pi.  11,  f.  2;  Hard,  p.  429,  f.  358. 


June,  1911.]  The  Known  Polyporaceae  of  Ohio.  369 

86.  Daedalea  aesculi  (Schum.)  Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.  Club  32  :  89. 

1905. 
Boletus  aesculi  Schum. 

Commonly  known  as  D.  ambigua  Berk.  Very  common  in 
some  parts  of  the  state.  The  whole  plant  is  pure  white. 
On  dead  deciduous  wood. 

Illustration:    Hard,  p.  427,  f.  355-356. 

87.  Lenzites  betulina  (L.)  Fries,  Epicr.  Myc.  405.    1838. 
Agaricus  betulinus  L. 

Because  of  its  lamellate  hymenium,  this  plant  is  often 
given  under  the  white  spored  Agarics.  It  is  very  common 
on  dead  deciduous  wood.  The  lamella  are  thick  and  often 
anastamose.  The  pileus  is  multi-zonate  and  variously 
colored.  May  be  found  at  any  time  of  the  year,  on  all 
kinds  of  deciduous  wood. 

Illustrations:  Sow.  Eng.  Fungi  pi.  182;  Hard,  p.  230,  231, 
f.  184.  185. 

88.  Gloeophyllum    trabeum    (Pers.)    Murrill,  Bull.  Torr.    Club 
31  :  605.    1904. 

Agaricus  traheus  Pers. 

Known  as  Lenzites  vialis  Peck.  A  common  species  over 
the  state,  occurring  on  dead  wood. 

Illustration:    Sow.  Eng.  Fimgi  pi.  182. 

89.  Gloeophyllum  hirsutum  (Schaeff.)  Murrill,  Jour.  Myc.  9  :  94. 

1903. 
Agaricus  hirsutus  Schaeff. 

Same  as  Lenzites  saeparia  Fr.  Found  only  on  pine  wood. 
Not  common. 

Illustration:    Sow.  Eng.  Fungi  pi.  418. 

90.  Cycloporus  greenei   (Berk.)    Murrill,   Bull.   Torr.   Club  31: 

423.     1904. 
Cyclomyces  greenei  Berk. 

A  curious  fungus  with  the  pores  arranged  in  concentric 
circles.     Grows  on  the  ground.     Rare. 

Illustrations:  Lond.  Jour.  Bot.  4:  pi.  11;  Hard,  p.  430, 
431,  f.  360,  361. 

Besides  the  above  species,  there  are  a  few  which  have  not  been 
provided  for  in  Mr.  Murrill's  classification.  His  work  on  the 
species  with  the  gelatinous  hymenium  and  on  the  Porias  which 
have  a  white  hymenophore,  has  not  yet  been  pubHshed.  The 
following  is  a  list  of  those  recorded  from  Ohio : 

91.  Fistulina  hepatica  Fr.     Not  common. 

92.  Fistulina  pallida  Berk.  &  Rav.  Rare.    On  chestnut  and  oak 

wood. 

93.  Polyporus  rhipidium  Berk.     Not  common. 


37°  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

94.     Polyporus  dichrous  Fr.     Common.     Has  a  reddish  purple 

lix'nu'tiiuni. 
9.5.     Poria  purpurea  Fr.     Not  common. 
90.     Poria  attenuatus  Peck.     Not  common. 

97.  Poria  rufa  Schrad.     Rare. 

98.  Poria  xantholoma  Schw.     Perhaps  common. 

99.  Poria  contiguus  (Pers.)  Fr.  Common. 

100.  Poria  unita  Pers. 

101.  Poria  bombycina  Fr. 

102.  Poria  cinerea  Schw. 

103.  Poria  vulgaris  Fr.    The  same  as  P.  pulchella  vSchw. 

104.  Poria  obducens  Pers. 
10.3.  Poria  mollusens  Fr. 

100.  Poria  viridans  Berk.  &  Br. 

107.  Poria  gordoniensis  Berk.  &  Br. 

108.  Poria  vaporarius  Fr. 

109.  Poria  tenuis  Schw. 

110.  Poria  callosa  Fr. 

111.  Poria  spissus  Schw. 

112.  Merulius  tremellosus  Schrad.    Common. 

113.  Merulius  rubellus  Peck.     Common. 

114.  Merulius  himantioides  Fr. 
11.3.  Merulius  corium  Fr. 

110.  Merulius  molluscus  Fr. 

117.  Merulius  porinoides  Fr. 

118.  Merulius  lachrymans  Fr. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Albertini,  J.  B.  DE,  and  Schweinitz,  L.  D.  von.  Conspectus 
Fungoitnn  in  Lusiatae  superioris  Agro  Niskiensi  Crescentium, 
I-XXIX.  1~37().  pi.  1-12.  Lipsiae.  Sumptibus  Kummerianis. 
180.3. 

Atkinson,  George  F.  Mushrooms,  Edible,  Poisonous,  etc.  ed.  2. 
I-VII.  1-322.  f.  1-2.30.  pi.  1-SG.  New  York.  Henry  Holt  & 
Company.     1903. 

Battarra,  Antonio.     Fungorum  Agri  Ariminensis  Historia.  ed. 

2.  I-VIII.  1-80.  pi.  1-40.  Faventiae.  Typ.  Ballanti.  1759. 
Bolton,  James.    An  Historv  of  Funguses  growing  about  Halifax. 

I-XVI.  1-182.  f.   1-200.  p].  1-51.  Huddersfield.  1788-1791. 

Bulliard,  Pierre.  Herbier  de  la  France,  pi.  1-002.  1780-1793. 
(Consisting  of  plates  only.) 

Cooke,  M.  C.  Praecusores  ad  Monographia  Polyporum.  Grev. 
14:  1-130.  London.  WilHams  and  Norgatc.  1885-1886. 

Fries.  Elias.  Systema  Mycologicum.  1  :  I-LVH.  1-520.  1821. 
2  :  1-020.  1822.  3  :  1-524.  1829.  Gryphiswaldiae.  Ex  officina 
Berlin  qui  ana. 


June,  1911.]  The  Known  Polyporaceae  of  Ohio.  371 

Gibson,  W.  H.    Our  Edible  Toadstools  and  Mushrooms,  and  how 

to  distinguish  them.     1-337.  pi.  1-3S.  New  York.    Harper  & 

Brothers.   1S95. 
GiLLET,   C.   G.      Les  Champignons  de  France.    1-230.  Alencon. 

E.  DeBroise.  1S79. 
Gray,  vS.  F.     A  Natural  Arrangement  of  British  Plants.     1  : 1- 

XXVIII.    1-824.      2  :  1-757.    London.    Baldwin   Cradock   & 

Joy.     1821. 
Hard,^M.  E.     Mushrooms,  Edible  and  Otherwise.  I-X.   1-G09. 

f.   1-5U4.  Colmnbus,  Ohio.  The  New  Franklin  Printing  Co. 

1908. 
HussEY,  Mrs.  T.  J.   Illustrations  of  British  Myeologv.   1  :  I-VIII. 

pi.  1-90.  1847.  2  :  pi.  1-50.  1855. 
Jacquin,  N.  J.   Florae  Austriacae.  1-289.  pi.  1-500.  Viennae.  1775. 
Jacquin,  N.  J.     Collectanea  Austriaca  ad  Botanicum.  1  :  1-386. 

pi.  1-22.  1786.  2  :  1-374.  pi.  1-18.  1788.  3  :  1-306.  pi.  1-23. 

1789.   4  :  1-359.   pi.    1-27.    1790.   5  :  1-171.   pi.    1-16.    1796. 

Vindobonnae.    Ex  ofhcina  Wappleriana. 
Kalchbrenner,  C.  and  Schulzer,  S.  von  Muggenburg.  Icones 

Selectae  Hymenomvcetem  Hungariae.  1-150.  pi.  1-30.  Pest. 

1873-1878. 
Karsten,  p.  a.     Enumeratio  Boletinearum  et  Polyporum  Fen- 

nicarum.  Rev.  Myc.  3  :  16-19.  1881. 
Kellerman,  W.  a.    Mvcological  Bulletin.    1  :  33,  35,  36,  39,  43. 

1902.  3  :  109,  128,  175,  176.  1905.    4  :  203,  221,  259,  263,  276. 

1906.   5  :  352,  354,  466.  1907.  Columbus,  Ohio.   Vance  Poland 

Co.  (Articles  without  titles.) 
McIlvaine,  Charles  and  Macadam,  Robert  K.    One  Thousand 

American    Fungi.      ed.    2.    I-XXXVIII.    1-729.    pi.    1-181. 

Indianapolis,  Ind.    The  Bowen-Merrill  Co.  1902. 
MiCHELi,    P.   A.      Nova   Plantarum   Genera   iuxta   Tourneforth 

Methodum  Disposita.  1-234.  pi.  1-108.  Florentiae.  1729. 
Morgan,  A.  P.    The  Mycologic  Flora  of  the  Miami  Valley.   Jour. 

Cine.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  8  :  91-174.  pi.  1.  1885.     9  :  1-7.  1886. 

10  :  14-15.  1887. 
MuRRiLL,  William  A.     The  Polvporaceae  of  North  America-1. 

The  Genus  Ganoderma.     Bull.  Torr.  Club  29  :  25-26.  1902. 
MuRRiLL,  W.  A.     A  New  Family  of  the  Basidiomycetes-Xylo- 

phagaceae.    Torreya  3  :  1-7.  1903. 
MuRRiLL,  W.  A.    A  Historical  Review  of  the  Genera  of  the  Poly- 
poraceae.   Jour.  Myc.  9  :  87-102.    1903. 
MuRRiLL,  W.  A.     The  Polyporaceae  of  North  America — II.     The 

Genus  Pyropolyporus.    Bull.  Torr.  Club  30  :  109-120.    1903. 
MuRRiLL,  W.  A.    The  Polyporaceae  of  North  America — III.    The 

Genus  Fomes.    Bull.  Torr.  Club  30  :  225-232.    1903. 
MuRRiLL,  W.  A.     The  Polyporaceae  of  North  America — IV.     The 

Genus  Elfvingia.     Bull.  Torr.  Club  30  :  296-301.     1903. 


^to^ 


372  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

MuRRiLL,  W.  A.    The  Polyporaceae  of  North  America — V.    The 

Genera  Cryptoporus,   Piptoporus,   Scutiger  and  Porodiscus. 

Bull.  Torr.  Club  30  :  423-434.    1903. 
MuRRiLL,  W.  A.    The  Polvporaceae  of  North  America — VI.    The 

Genus  Polyporus.    Bull.  Torr.  Club  31  :  29-44.    1904. 
MuRRiLL,  W.   A.      The   Polyporaceae  of  North  America — VII. 

The    Genera    Hexagona,    Grifola,    Romellia,    Coltricia    and 

Coltricella.    Bull.  Torr.  Club  31  :  325-348.    1904. 
MuRRiLL,  W.  A.     The  Polyporaceae  of  North  America — VIII. 

Hapalopilus,  Pycnoporus  and  New  Monotypic  Genera.    Bull. 

Torr.  Club  31  :  415-428.     1904. 
MuRRiLL,   W.   A.      The   Polyporaceae   of   North   America — IX. 

Inonotus,  Sesia  and  Monotypic  Genera.     Bull.  Torr.  Club 

31  :  593-GlO.     1904. 

MuRRiLL,  W.  A.    A  Key  to  the  Perennial  Polyporaceae  of  North 

America.    Torreya  4  :  165-167.     1904. 
MuRRiLL,    W.    A.     The    Polyporaceae    of    North    America — X. 

Agaricus,  Lenzites,  Cerrena  and  Favolus.     Bull.  Torr.  Club 

32  :  83-103.     1905. 

MuRRiLL,  W.  A.    The  Polyporaceae  of  North  America — XI.     A 

vSvnopsis   of   the   brown   pileate   species.     Bull.    Torr.    Club 

32:353-371.     1905. 
MuRRiLL,  W.  A.     The  Polyporaceae  of  North  America — XII.    A 

vSynopsis   of  the   white   and   bright   colored   pileate   species. 

Bull.  Torr.  Club  32  :  469-493.    1905. 
MuRRiLL,  W.  A.     The  Polyporaceae  of  North  America — XIII. 

The  Described  Species  of  Bjerkandera,  Trametes  and  Cori- 

olus.    Bull.  Torr.  Club  32  :  633-656.     1905. 
MuRRiLL,  W.  A.     The  Polyporaceae  of  North  America.    N.  Am. 

Flora   9  :  1-131.      New   York.      The   New   York   Botanical 

Garden.     1907. 
Patouillard,   N.      Essai  Taxonomiquc  sur  les  Families,  et  les 

Genres  des  Hymenomycetes.     1-184.  Paris.  Lucien  declume. 

Lons-Le-Saumier.    1900. 
Patouillard,  N.     Tabulae  Analyticae  Fungorum.     3  fascicles. 

f.  1-700.  Poligny.  Jules  Gindre.  1883. 
Persoon,   D.   C.   H.      vSynopsis  Methodis  Fungorum.      I-XXX. 

1-706.    Gottingae.    Henricum  Dietcrich.  1801. 
QuELET,  L.     Enchiridion  Ftmgorum.  I-XI.  1-352.  Lutetiae.  Ex. 

Typ.  Renaudet. 
Saccardo,  p.  a.    Sylloge  Fungorum.    6  :  1-928.    Patavii.  Typis 

Seminarii.  1888. 
ScHAEFFER,  J.  C.    Fungorum  qui  in  Ba\'aria  et  Palatinatu  circa 

Ratisbonam  nascunter  icones.   ed.    1.   pi.   330.   Regensburg. 

1762-1774. 
ScHRENK,  Hermann  von.    A  Disease  of  the  Black  Locust.    Rep. 

Mo.  Bot.  Card.    12  :  26-31.  pi.  1-3.  St.  Louis,  Mo.  1901. 


June,  1911.]  The  Known  Polyporaceae  of  Ohio.  373 

ScHRENK,  Hermann  von.  A  Disease  of  the  White  Ash  caused  by 
Polyporus  fraxinophilus.  Bull.  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  PL  Ind. 
32  : 9-20.  pi.  2-5.  Washington,  D.  C.  The  Government 
Printing  Office.     1903. 

SowERBY,  James.  Colored  Figures  of  EngHsh  Fungi  or  Mush- 
rooms, pi.  1—440.  London.  Davis.  1797-1809. 

Spaulding.  Perley.  a  Disease  of  Black  Oaks  caused  by  Poly- 
porus 'obtusus  Berk.  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  16  :  109-116. 
pi.  13-16.     St.  Louis,  Mo.  1905. 


374  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

TWO  SPECIES  OF  DIPTERA  OF  THE  GENUS  DROSOPHILA. 

H.  R.  NiSWONGER. 

The  minute  flies  of  the  genus  Drosophila  are  especially  abun- 
dant about  decomposing  vegetables,  and  fermented  fruit,  around 
€ider  refuse,  wine  vats,  vinegar,  etc. ;  attracted  to  these  substances 
for  food  and  as  places  of  oviposition,  since  the  larvae  live  in 
-decaying  organic  matter.  The  two  species  under  consideration  are 
Drosophila  busckii  Coq.  and  Drosophila  funebris  Fab. 

The  species  of  this  genus  arc  of  a  dusty  red,  yellow  or  black, 
.and  somewhat  plump  appearance.  The  feathered  or  comb-like 
.arista  of  the  antennae,  the  distinct  oral  vibrissae,  and  the  peculiar 
venation  of  the  wings  are  es]Dccially  characteristic.  The  arista  is 
plumose  or  feathered  on  both  sides  mostly  on  the  upper  from  the 
middle  on.  The  wings  are  longer  than  the  abdomen,  the  distance 
between  the  anterior  and  posterior  cross-veins  less  than  the  third 
segment  of  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein.  The  second  basal  cell 
is  united  with  the  discal  cell  and  consequently  seeming  to  be 
.absent.    The  costa  reaches  to  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein. 

Drosophila  busckii  Coq.  This  species  is  recorded  as  reared 
from  rotten  potatoes  and  from  the  burrows  of  "Chion  cinctus" 
one  of  the  long-horned  beetles  whose  larva  tunnel  in  the  solid 
wood  of  hickory  trees.  The  writer  succeeded  in  having  this  spe- 
cies oviposit  in  decayed  fruit,  but  was  unable  to  carry  the  life 
history  any  farther  than  the  egg  stage.  Decaying  vegetables 
seem  to  be  the  chief  breeding  places.  The  exact  period  of  the 
different  stages  was  not  determined,  but  about  two  weeks  are 
required  for  the  develo]3mcnt  from  the  egg  to  the  adult.  The 
eggs  are  laid  in  the  decaying  matter  and  the  entire  larval  period 
is  passed  within  this.  About  the  time  the  larva  enters  the  pupal 
stage  it  leaves  the  decaying  material  and  i)upates  near  by  within 
the  old  larval  skin.     The  adult  emerges  in  a  few  days. 

Description  of  insect:  Egg,  Fig.  Ic.  The  egg  is  elongated  in 
fonn  and  white  in  color.  Near  the  cephalic  end  are  slender 
appendages  varying  in  number  from  three  to  five.  The  egg  with 
appendages  is  about  five-tenths  (.5)  millimeters  in  length,  and  the 
whole  surface  is  ornamented  with  a  net-like  pattern. 

Larva.  Fig.  Id.  The  larva  is  a  slender  white  maggot  and  when 
full  grown  measures  about  four  (4)  millimeters  in  length.  It  is 
widest  near  the  middle  and  tapering  toward  each  end,  more 
toward  the  cephalic  end  than  the  caudal.  The  main  trachael 
trunks  are  visible,  the  cephalic  spiracle  prominent,  compound, 
consisting  of  several,  usually  eight  divisions,  each  division  opening 
separately.  Fig.  If.  This  compound  spiracle  may  be  exerted  quite 
a  distance  or  may  be  withdrawn  into  the  prothoracic  segment.  Two 
■caudal  spiracles  project  prominently  backward.     Caudal  segment 


June,  1911.]  Two  Species  of  Diptera.  375 

truncated  bearing  dorsad  a  pair  of  blunt  tubercles  and  a  longer 
pair  situated  laterad  of  the  caudal  spiracles.  The  dorsal  surface 
of  the  abdomen  bears  six  rows  of  tubercles,  segmentally  arranged, 
the  two  outer  rows  larger  than  the  other  four  which  are  ver}^ 
small;  laterad  of  each  outer  row  is  a  row  of  small  tubercles.  The 
mouth  is  armed  with  two  strong  black  curved  parallel  hooks 
which  are  used  in  rasping  the  food.  The  black  oral  hooks  and 
the  two  pair  of  spiracles  are  visible  to  the  naked  eye  but  their 
structure  can  only  be  made  out  by  the  aid  of  the  microscope. 

Pupa.  Fig.  le.  The  pupa  is  shorter  than  the  larva,  about 
three  and  seven-tenths  (3.7)  millimeters  in  length  but  much 
thicker.  The  cephalic  and  caudal  spiracles  projecting,  the 
fonner  very  conspicuously;  the  two  larger  rows  of  tubercles 
visible.  There  is  a  large  concavity  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the 
cephalic  end. 

Adult.  Fig.  1.  Head  and  thorax  yellow,  with  black  bristles  and 
hairs;  two  rusty  yellow  frontal  vittae;  two  pairs  of  outer  vertical 
bristles;  three  pair  of  orbital  bristles,  the  anterior  pair  directed 
forward  the  others  backward;  a  few  short  bristly  hairs  at  the  base 
of  each  antennae.  First  two  joints  of  antennae  dark  rusty  yel- 
low, the  third  dark  brown.  Fig.  lb.  Black  ocellar  dot.  Eyes 
pale  red;  mouth  parts  yellow.  Dorsal  surface  of  abdomen  inarked 
sometimes  by  five  black  vittae,  usually  four,  of  which  the  medium 
one  is  forked  posteriorly;  the  pleuron  marked  by  three  black 
vittae.  Abdomen  black,  a  median  yellow  vittae.  the  first  seg- 
ment light  rusty  yellow,  the  others  marked  anteriorly  by  yellow 
cross  bands;  legs  yellow;  wings  hyaline,  the  costa  reaching  to  the 
fourth  longitudinal  vein.    . 

Drosophila  funebris  Fab.  This  species  is  common  to  Europe 
and  North  America  and  its  habits  resemble  the  species  Drosophila 
ampelophila,  described  by  Comstock.  It  is  recorded  as  breeding 
in  rotten  cherries  and  in  the  waste  of  pressed  olives. 

Adult.  Fig.  2.  Thorax  rusty  yellow,  a  little  glossy,  marked 
with  dark  spots  giving  it  a  brownish  appearance;  abdomen  broad, 
black,  a  median  pale  yellow  vittae,  the  first  segment  usually  black 
the  others  marked  at  outer  angles  by  3"ellow  cross  bands  and  a 
pale  yellow  line,  often  whitish,  at  the  posterior  border;  under  side 
of  face  yellow;  front  broad  dark  rusty  yellow,  above  the  antennae 
lighter;  a  black  ocellar  dot;  three  pair  of  orbital  bristles,  the  two 
bristles  composing  the  anterior  pair  directed  forward,  the  others 
baclcward;  pair  of  ocellar  bristles;  two  pairs  of  outer  vertical 
bristles,  pair  of  median  vertical  bristles;  antennae  reddish  yellow, 
third  segment  the  longest,  often  dark;  arista  long,  for  a  distance 
plumose,  the  under  side  of  the  basal  part  naked;  legs  pale  yellow 
often  becoming  darker;  wings  of  a  very  pale  yellow  tint,  veins 
rusty  yellow;  the  distance  between  the  two  cross  veins  somewhat 
smaller  than  the  ultimate  segment  of  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein. 


376  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 


BlBLIOGR.\PHY. 

Drosophila  busckii,  Coq. 

Coquillet,  Ent.  News  XII.  18. 

Howard,  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  II.  590. 
Drosophila  funebris  Fab. 

Howard,  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,   II.  590. 

Schiner,   Fauna  Austr.,   II.   278. 

EXPL.ANATION  OF  Pl.\TE  XVIII. 

Fig.  1.     Drosophila  busckii. 

la.  Head  from  the  side. 

lb.  Antenna  enlarged. 

Ic.  Eggs  with  appendages. 

Id.  Full  grown  larva-dorsal  view. 

le.  Pupa — dorsal  view. 

If.  Compound  spiracle,  magnified. 

Fig  .2.     Drosophila  funebris. 


Ohio  Naturai^ist. 


Plate  XVIII 


NiswoNGER  on  "  Two  Species  of  Diptera  of  the  Genus  Drosophila. 


378  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

POLLINATION  NOTES  FROM  THE  CEDAR  POINT  REGION. 

Wm.  Bembower. 

An  extremely  interesting  phase  of  the  study  of  Ecology  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  Ohio  State  Lake  Laboratory  is  that  of  pollination. 
There  are  various  reasons  for  this:  the  plants  range  from  purely 
Hydrophytic  to  quite  Xerophytic,  with  numerous  intennediate 
groups,  and  there  are  represented  self -pollinated  as  well  as  all  of 
the  various  classes  of  cross-pollinated  plants. 

Another  interesting  feature  is  that  during  the  summer  term 
only  one  specimen  of  the  Honey  Bee  (Apis  mellifica)  was  taken  on 
Cedar  Point.  The  supposition  is  that  there  are  no  colonies  of  the 
bees  on  the  Point  and  that  the  occasional  visitor  came  over  from 
the  mainland,  three  miles  distant.  A  common  pollinator  is  thus 
eliminated  from  the  Cedar  Point  list. 

Of  the  self-pollinated  types  of  flowers,  as  found  on  Cedar 
Point,  there  are  the  cleistogamous  flowers  of  the  violet  which  are 
fertilized  before  the  buds  open,  as  well  as  the  various  types  in 
which  self-pollination  is  inevitable  from  the  situation  of  the  stig- 
matic  surface  below  the  discharging  anthers. 

In  the  cross-pollinated  types  we  find  most  of  the  different 
general  classes  represented;  as,  wind,  pollinated,  insect-pollinated, 
bird-pollinated,  snail-pollinated,   and  water-pollinated  flowers. 

The  wind-pollinated  flowers  are  easily  recognized  by  their 
inconspicuousness ;  by  the  absence  of  any  particular  attraction  for 
animals,  such  as  odors,  food,  etc.;  and  by  the  abundance  of  pollen. 
The  water-pollinated  type  is  represented  by  the  Eel  Grass  (Val- 
lisneria  spiralis)  in  the  coves  on  the  south  shore  of  the  Point. 

Of  the  bird-pollinated  plants  only  a  few  observations  were  made. 
The  Humming  Bird  was  observed  to  visit  the  Pickerel  Weed 
(Pontcderia  cordata)  and  the  Buttonbush  (Ccphalanthus  occi- 
dentalis)  about  the  20th  of  July,  at  about  which  time  this  bird  is 
recorded  to  put  in  its  appearance  each  year  on  the  Point.  This  is 
presumably  after  the  nesting  season,  after  the  young  have  flown 
from  the  nest,  and  as  in  the  two  plants  mentioned  seeds  which 
were  approaching  maturity  were  observed  previous  to  this  date 
the  conclusion  is  that  the  bird  may  aid  in  pollination  but  is  not 
essential  to  it. 

Turning  now  to  the  Entomophilus  or  insect-pollinated  plants 
which  comprise  the  largest  class  on  the  Point  we  find  many  adap- 
tations between  plants  and  insects.  Many  ingenious  theories 
have  been  devised  to  explain  why  certain  insects  are  attracted  to 
certain  flowers  and  considerable  experimentation  has  been  carried 
on  in  attempts  to  prove  these  theories.  For  the  most  complete 
work  on  this  subject  we  have  referred  to  a  three-volume  work  by 
Knuth.^     Quotations  will  be  made  from  this  work  having  ref- 


'Knuth,  Dr.  Paul.   Handbook  of  Flower  Pollination.   3  vols.   Translated 
by  J.  R.  Ainsworth  Davis.     Oxford.    1906-1909. 


Jnue,  1911.]  Pollination  Notes.  379, 

erence  to  various  structures  of  some  of  the  Cedar  Point  plants 
upon  which  insect -visitors  were  collected.  Most  of  the  insects- 
observed  were  members  of  the  following  orders,  namely:  Diptera,, 
Lepidoptera,  Coleoptera,  and  Hymenoptera. 

We  will  now  take  up  a  consideration  of  some  of  the  character- 
istics of  a  few  of  the  summer-blooming  plants  of  Cedar  Point  and 
note  some  of  their  insect -visitors.  These  studies  were  carried  on 
under  the  direction  of  Mr.  O.  E.  Jennings,  Instructor  in  Ecology 
during  the  term  of  1910. 

Nymphaeaceae   (Water  Lily  Family). 

"The  large  floating  flowers  are  protected  from  creeping  ani- 
mals by  their  aquatic  habitat,  and  are  only  accessible  to  flying 
insects.  The  inner  side  of  the  sepals  is  colored  like  the  petals,  so 
that  both  whorls  are  conspicuous.  A  more  or  less  distinct  odor 
of  honey  also  serves  as  a  further  attraction  to  insects."^ 

Castalia  tuberosa.  "The  faintly  odorous  large  white  flowers 
which  open  in  the  morning  and  close  towards  evening  are  homo- 
gamous,  according  to  observations.  Kemer  states  that  the 
stigmatic  papillae  are  mature  at  the  beginning  of  antithesis, 
remaining  receptive  for  several  days.  The  anthers  dehisce  a  day 
— or  rarely  a  few  da^^s — later.  Tlie  filaments  bend  into  the  form 
of  a  siclde,  so  as  to  bring  the  anthers  above  the  stigmas,  which 
spread  out  into  a  plate-like  surface  so  that  self-pollination  must 
result  from  the  falling  of  pollen.  Insect  visitors  may  effect  either 
cross-  or  self-pollination,  but  they  are  few  in  number."-^ 

Visitors:  Diptera;  EristaJis  flavipes. 
Nymphaea  advena.     This  water  lily  also  may  be  self-  or  cross- 
polHnated.     The  visitors  taken  are  as  follows: 

Visitors:  Diptera;  Mesograpta  marginata;  Coleoptera;  Dona- 
cia  pus  ill  a. 
Nelumbo  lutea.     Sprengel  says:    "The  increased  size  and  yel- 
low color  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  sepals  have  taken  on  the 
function  of  the  corolla,  and  the  under  sides  of  the  petals  secrete 
honey"  which  serves  to  attract  insects. 

Visitors:  Diptera;  Allograpta  obliqua,  Eristalis  teiiax,  Meso- 
grapta marginata;  Coleoptera;  Disonyca  penn- 
syhaniea,  Diabrotica  12-punctata;  Hymenoptera; 
Microbembex  monodonta,  Agapostemon  radiatus. 

Malvaceae  (Mallow  Family). 
Hibiscus  moscheutos.    This  plant  is  quite  conspicuous  on  the 
edge  of  the  marsh  and  with  its  pink  or  whitish  color  and  its  abund- 
ance of  pollen  proves  attractive  to   certain  insects.     Insect  vis- 
itors are  essential  to  pollination  since  the  stigma  is  slightly  above 

20p.  cit.,  II.  59. 
»0p.  cit.,  II.  59. 


380  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

and  to  one  side  of  the  anthers.  The  stigmatic  surface  furnishes  a 
convenient  Hghting  place  for  insect  visitors  when  they  first 
arrive,  thus  affecting  cross-pollination. 

Visitors:  Diptera;  Phthiria  sulpJiurea,  Lucilia  caesar;  Cole- 

optera;  Disonycha  pcnnsylvanica;  Hymenoptera; 

Agapostemon  splendens,  Monarda  macidata.     A 

Bombus,  probably  B.  americana,  was  observed 

but  not  taken. 

Rosaceae  (Rose  Family). 
Rosa  Carolina.     A  not  uncommon  plant  around  the  edge  of  the 
marsh  or  around  ponds  and  swampy  places. 

Visitors:  Diptera;  Eristalis  americana,  Eristalis  tenax,  Allo- 
grapta  obliqua;  Hymenoptera;  Agapostemon  radi- 
atus. 

Cactaceae  (Cactus  Family). 

Opuntia  rafinesquii.  This  cactus,  a  true  Xerophyte,  has  a  yel- 
low flower  that  attracts  many  insects  which  may  efTect  either  self- 
or  cross-pollination.  The  filaments  are  sensitive  to  mechanical 
stimulation.  They  incline  inwards  on  being  touched  by  insects, 
or  ev^en  spontaneously,  and  thickly  cover  the  stigmas  with  pollen. 
Autogamy  thus  regularly  takes  place  and  is  always  effective.* 

In  observing  the  opening  of  a  bud  it  was  noted  that  within  ten 
minutes  after  the  petals  began  to  separate  a  visitor  (Ceratina 
dupla)  appeared  and  began  delving  into  the  base  of  the  stamens. 
Here,  as  well  as  among  some  of  the  other  fiow^ers  observed,  it  was 
noted  that  while  a  given  insect  is  visiting  certain  flowers  they 
usually  confine  themselves  to  that  species  alone,  this  of  course 
being  advantageous  in  effecting  cross-pollination. 

Visitors:  Coleoptera,  Trichius  piger,  Strigoderma  arboricola, 
Cciitrinits  scutcUum-albnm;  Ilymoioptcra;  Micro- 
bembcx  monodonta,  Agapostemon  radiatus,  Bom- 
bus americana,    Vespa  borealis,  Ceratina  dupla. 

Cornaceae  (Dogwood  Family). 

Cornus  amomum.  "Here  the  flowers  are  homogamous  with 
exposed  nectar,  secreted  by  a  ring  st:rrounding  the  style.  The 
stamens  and  stigmas  develop  simultaneously.  The  anthers  are 
introrse  and  at  the  same  level  as  the  stigma,  though  some  distance 
from  it.  Larger  insects  will  effect  cross-pollination  while  small 
flies  and  beetles,  owing  to  their  erratic  movements,  will  sometimes 
effect  cross-,  sometimes  self-pollination."^ 

Visitors:  Diptera;  Lucilia  caesar,  Polenia  rudis;  Coleoptera; 
Cyrtophorus  verrucosus,  CryptorJiopalum  triste; 
Hymenoptera;  El  is  plum  pies,  Polistcs  pallipes, 
Xylocopa  virginica,   Microbembex   monodonta. 

*See  Op.  cit.,  II.  45S-459. 
^Op.  cit.,  II.  518-519. 


June,  1911.]  Pollination  Notes.  381 

Rubiaceae  (Madder  Family). 
Cephalanthus  occidentalis  (Button  Bush.    This  curious  plant 
with  flowers  arranged  in  a  sperical  cluster  offers  nectar  to  several 
species,  the  only  one  taken  being  Eristalis  tenax.     The  Humming 
Bird  previously  recorded  was  also  a  visitor. 

Compositae  (Composite  Family). 
Cirsium  arvense  (Canada  Thistle).     Numerous  visitors  were 
collected  on  this  Composite,  as  follows: 

Visitors:  Diptera;  Odontomyia  virgo,  Lucilia  sericata,  Strat- 
iomyia  lalivciitris,  Helophilus  chrysostomus,  Syr- 
phiis  amcricanus,  Musciiia  assimilis,  Eristalis 
flavipes,  Eristalis  tenax,  Stomoxys  calcitrans; 
Lepidoptera;  Chrysophaniis  thoe,  Argynnis  cybele. 

Apocynaceae  Dogbane  Family). 
Apocynum  hypericifolium.     (Clasping-leaved  Dogbane). 

Visitors:  Diptera;  Chrysopus  mocreus,  Phormia  regina,  Eris- 
talis dimidiatus,  Stratiomyia  lativentris;  Lepidop- 
tera; Argynnis  cybele,  Chrysophaniis  thoe,  Hari- 
sina  americana,  Alypia  octomaculata;  Coleoptera; 
Donacia  pusilla;  Hymenoptera;  Microbembex 
monodonta. 

Asclepiadaceae  (Milkweed  Family). 

"In  the  sub-family  Cynanchatae  the  five  filaments  are  broad- 
ened, generally  fused  into  a  tube,  and  provided  with  external 
appendages,  .  .  .  pollen  aggregated  into  polHnia,  attached  in 
pairs  to  the  clip  glands  of  the  large  capitate  stigma.  The  cHps 
grasp  the  legs  of  the  insect-visitors  when  the  nectar-secreting  spots 
are  on  the  same  radii  as  the  stamens  (Asclepias),  or  the  proboscis 
if  these  spots  alternate  with  the  stamens.  .  .  .  The  clips  are 
thus  drawn  out  of  their  recesses  by  the  legs  or  proboscis  of  visit- 
ors, and  transferred  to  other  flowers.  (Pinch-trap  Flowers).  The 
extremely  specialized  flower  mechanisms  are  adapted  to  insect 
visitors  in  a  very  perfect  manner,  so  that  a  comparison  may  be 
made  with  orchids,  though  in  this  case  there  is  nothing  like  the 
same   variety.'"' 

Asclepias.     Pinchtrap  Flowers. 

Pollination  is  here  effected  by  the  legs  of  insects. 

Asclepias  syriaca.  This  plant  bears  flowers  of  a  kind  adapted 
to  bees,  the  claws  of  which  become  entangled  in  the  clips  and 
carry  off  the  pollinia  to  be  introduced  into  the  stigmatic  chambers 
of  other  blossoms.  An  odor  of  honey  is  exhaled.  The  petaloid 
appendages  of  the  anthers  are  in  the  form  of  fine  fleshy  nectar 
pockets,  which  alternate  with  the  clips.     From  the  bottom  of  each 

60p.  cit.,  III.  90. 


382  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

of  the  nectar  pockets  arises  a  curved  horn-shaped  process  that 
bends  inwards  over  the  stigmatic  disc. 

"An  insect  searching  for  nectar  shps  about  on  the  smooth 
flowers  which  make  up  the  umbel  until  its  feet  get  a  firm  hold  in 
the  lower  part  of  a  slit.  When  it  wishes  to  go  and  draws  up  the 
leg  the  claws  are  guided  upwards  in  the  slit  so  that  the  clip  becomes 
attached  to  the  foot.  During  the  subsequent  movements  the 
pollinia  are  introduced  into  one  of  the  slits  of  another  flower,  and 
effect  cross-pollination,  while  at  the  same  time  another  clip  affixes 
itself. 

The  development  of  the  pollinia  was  investigated  by  Corry. 
He  also  found  that  flowers  are  infertile  not  only  with  their  own 
pollen,  but  also  with  that  from  plants  raised  vegetatively  from 
the  same  stock.  Pollination  is  fully  effective  only  when  it  takes 
place  between  flowers  belonging  to  plants  grown  from  the  seeds  of 
•different  stocks.  Stadler  worked  out  the  histological  details  of 
the  secretion  of  nectar  and  found  that  this  is  produced,  not  only 
in  the  petal oid  cuculli,  but  also  by  internal  nectaries  on  the  inner 
wall  of  the  stigmatic  chamber.  The  approximated  lower  edges 
of  the  slits  serve  as  nectar-covers  for  the  latter.' 

The  fact  of  the  plants  being  infertile  to  their  own  pollen  as 
well  as  to  pollen  from  plants  raised  vegetatively  from  the  same 
stock  probably  explains  the  small  number  of  fertile  pods  observed 
later  in  the  season  as  compared  with  the  large  number  of  flowers 
originally  observed. 

Visitors:  Diptera;  PoUenia  rudis,  Lucilla  caesar,  Chrysopus 
moercus:  Lepidoptera;  Harrisina  amcricana;  Hy- 
mcnoptera;  Microbembex  monodoiita. 

Asclepias  incarnata  (Swamp  Milkweed). 

Visitors:  Diptera;  Peleteria  robust  a,  Midas  cahatus,  PJior- 
niia  regina,  Lucilia  sericata,  Phthiria  sidphurea; 
Lepidoptera;  Anosia  plexippiis,  Satyrodes  eury- 
dice,  Argynnis  cybele;  Cokoptera;  Donaeia  pusilla 
Hymenoptera;   Microbembex   mouodonta. 

Asclepias  tuberosa  (Butterfly-weed). 

Visiiovs:  Lepidoptera;  Ilarrisiiia  americaiia,  Anosia  plex- 
ippiis; Hymenoptera;  Microbembex  monodoiita, 
Xylocopa  virginica. 

Bignoniaceae  (Bignonia  Famih'). 
Tecoma  radicans.  In  making  collections  on  this  plant  it  was 
found  that  most  of  the  visitors  had  little  to  do  with  pollination 
but  were  busy  collecting  some  material  from  the  calyx.  The  nectar, 
which  is  secreted  at  the  base  of  the  long  corolla-tube  is  availa- 
ble to  certain  insects  onh'.      The  arrangement  of   the  stamens 


^Op.  cit.,  III.  93-94. 


June,  1911.]  Pollination  Notes.  3^3 

and  pistil  is  interesting  as  they  were  found  in  every  case  to  be  on 
the  upper  side  of  the  fused  corolla-tube  so  that  an  insect  of  similar 
proportions  to  a  Bombus  would  be  effectual  in  cross-pollination. 
Visitors:  Diptcra;  Mesogramma  geminata;  Coleoptera;  Stri go- 
derma  arboricola;  Hymcnoptera;  Pollstes  paUipes, 
Microbembex     monodonta,     Chorion    caeruleum, 
Spharophtalma  ferruginata,  Agapostemon  radia- 
tus. 

Family  Labiatae  (Mint  Family). 

Monarda  fistulosa.  (Wild  Bergamot). 

Visitors:  Lepidoptcra;  Hemaris  diffinis;  Hymenoptera;  Bom- 
bus separatus,  Agapostemon  splendens,  Apathus 
ciirans,  Cetrania  dupla. 

Nepeta  cataria.  (Catnip). 

Visitors:  Diptcra;  Eristalis  tenax,  Mesograpta  marginata; 
Lepidoptcra;  Pieris  rapae,  Chrysophanus  hypo- 
phlaeas;  Coleoptera;  Trichius  pigcr;  Hymenop- 
tera; Ccratina  dupla,  Elis  plumipcs,  Microbembex 
monodonta,  Coclioxys  S-dentata,  Mcgachile  pru- 
ina,  and  Mcgachile  sp. 

Pontederiaceae  (Pickerelweed  Family). 

Pontederia  cordata.  Here  we  have  an  example  of  a  tri-mor- 
phous  flower.  Apparently  no  observations  had  been  made  on  this 
plant,  as  Knuth  made  no  record  of  such.  On  this  account  special 
care  was  taken  in  collecting  and  labeling  the  various  visitors. 
During  the  collecting  it  was  noted  that  a  bee-fly  (Eristalis  fiavipes) 
visited  about  sixty  individual  flowers,  on  several  spikes,  during 
a  one-minute  period. 

Visitors:  Diptcra;  Helophilus  chrysostomus,  Eristalis  ft  auipes; 
Lepidoptcra;  Hemaris  thisba,  Papilio  polyxcnes, 
Pieris  rapae;  Coleoptera;  Megilia  maculata, 
Strigoderma  arboricola,  Disonycha  pennsyhanica, 
Trirhabda  tomcntosa;  Hymenoptera;  Bombus 
virginicus,  Agapostemon  splendens,  Agapostemon 
radiatus,  Mcgachile  (several  species  unidentified) 

In  the  above  list  of  plants  studied  we  have  seen  various  types  of 
pollination,  in  fact,  hardly  two  of  the  families  show  any  close 
similarity.  Many  more  collections  might  have  been  inade  on 
the  plants  studied,  as  well  as  others  of  the  same  vicinity,  but  time 
would  not  pennit.  Insects  laden  with  pollen  and  others  who 
sought  only  nectar  were  observed  but  no  special  studies  were 
made  of  these.  It  is  the  chief  aim  of  this  paper  to  emphasize  the 
broadness  of  this  field  of  work  on  Cedar  Point  and,  possibly,  to 
bring  the  subject  to  the  attention  of  some  one  who  can  add  or 
encourage  succeeding  chapters  on  this  subject  for  the  Naturalist. 


384  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XI,  No.  8, 

MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  March  7,  1911. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  Dr.  Dach- 
nowski,  and  the  minutes  of  the  preceding  meeting  read  and 
approved.  The  President  then  introduced  Dr.  Wm.  McPherson, 
of  the  Department  of  Chemistry  who  addressed  the  society  on 
The  Formation  of  Carbohydrates  in  Plants.  The  address. was  a 
review  of  the  speaker's  recent  paper  in  Science  on  this  subject. 
He  gave  a  summary  of  the  theoretical  and  experimental  results 
accomplished  up  to  the  present  time  and  emphasized  the  necessity 
of  the  botanist  and  chemist  working  conjointly  in  the  solution  of 
the  intricate  problems  presented.  The  address  was  followed  by  a 
lively  and  interesting  discussion. 

The  next  topic  of  the  evening  w^as  the  second  of  a  series  of 
papers  on  the  History  of  Biology.  The  period  from  Galen  to 
Lamarck  was  treated  in  a  very  interesting  manner  by  Miss  Marie 
McLellan. 

No  business  being  presented  the  society  adjourned. 

Bertram  W.  Wells,  Secretary. 


Orton  Hall,  April  4,  1911. 

The  President,  Dr.  Dachnowski,  called  the  meeting  to  order 
and  the  minutes  of  the  preceding  meeting  were  read  and  approved. 
Dr.  R.  J.  Seymotir  then  read  a  paper  on  A  Theory  of  Nerve 
Activity,  in  which  he  presented  an  interesting  theory  proposed  by 
Herring.  This  theory  supposes  the  nerve  fibres  to  be  qualitatively 
and  inherently  different.  The  hypothesis  was  discussed  in  its 
various  aspects  and  it  was  pointed  out  that  w^hile  not  yet  proven 
the  theory  had  no  w^eighty  arguments  against  it. 

Mr.  Clell  L.  Metcalf,  followed  with  the  third  of  a  series  of 
papers  dealing  with  the  history  of  biology,  discussing  the  period 
from  Cuvier  to  Pasteur.  His  paper  was  particularly  valuable  in 
that  it  made  prominent  a  ntunber  of  the  less  well  known  biologists 
of  that  period. 

Mr.  A.  R.  Shadle  reported  that  he  had  observed  a  pair  of 
evening  grosbeaks  on  Alarch  19th,  at  Delaware,  Ohio.  This,  it 
appears,  is  one  of  a  number  of  observations  made  this  year  of  this 
western  bird  in  the  eastern  Mississippi  Valle}'  and  New  England. 

No  business  being  presented  the  society  adjourned. 

Bertram  W.  Wells,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  June  2,  1911. 


T^he  Ohio  ^J^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University, 
Volume  XII.  NOVEMBER.    1911.  No.   1. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Fink  and  Lantis— Climatic  Conditions  and  Plant  Growth  in  Southwestern  Ohio     385 

Metcalf— Life-Histories  of  Syrphidiie  II 397 

■GoETZ— Fluctuating  Characteristics  of  Apples 406 


CLIMATIC    CONDITIONS    AND    PLANT    GROWTH    IN 
SOUTHWESTERN  OHIO  IN  1908  AND  1909. 

Bruce  Fink  and  Verxon  Laxtis. 

The  spring  of  190S  was  cold,  wet  and  backward,  and  it  was 
almost  impossible  to  plant  eariy  in  fields  or  gardens.  It  rained 
or  snowed  nearly  every  da}^  in  April.  The  sky  cleared  before 
noon  on  the  second  day  of  May,  and  there  was  no  further  precip- 
itation of  moisture  at  Oxford,  Ohio,  where  the  observations  given 
in  this  paper  were  made,  until  the  twentieth  of  June,  except  two 
showers  that  barely  laid  the  dust.  July  second,  third  and  fourth 
gave  showers,  which  altogether  wet  loose  soil  down  one  to  two 
inches.  vSimilar  showers  came  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  of  August 
and  again  on  the  twelfth  and  seventeenth  of  the  month,  but  at 
no  time  was  loose  soil  wet  down  more  than  two  inches.  A  rain 
on  the  twenty-eighth  of  September  wet  down  one  inch,  and  another 
like  it  came  during  the  last  week  of  October.  From  the  middle 
to  the  last  of  November,  we  had  several  light  showers  that  set 
the  grass  growing.  The  soil  of  cultivated  fields  was  watched  for 
three  days  after  each  shower  or  series  of  showers,  and  for  six 
months,  from  the  second  of  May  to  the  middle  of  November,  it 
was  at  no  time  wet  by  rain  to  a  depth  greater  than  two  inches. 
The  total  number  of  light  rains  during  the  six  months  was  nine. 
The  drought  that  occurred  during  these  six  months  was  probably 
the  most  severe  and  disastrous  known  in  this  locality  since  its 
settlement. 

The  precipitation  for  March  and  April,  1908,  was  excessive, 
and  the  government  Monthly  Weather  Review  for  both  months 
put  us  in  the  area  of  four  to  six  inches.  We  were  also  put  in  the 
area  of  four  to  six  inches  precipitation  for  May,  190S;  but  this  is 
very  likely  an  error  of  compilation  from  few  stations  for  a  large 
.area,  since  so  much  precipitation  probably  did  not  occur  before 

^Contributions  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  Miami  University.    VII. 

385 


386  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  1, 

noon  of  the  second  day  of  the  month.  For  June  we  were  put  in 
the  area  of  2  to  4  inches,  with  a  considerable  area  of  0  to  2  inches 
a  short  distance  north  of  us,  extending  from  Illinois  to  the  Atlantic 
coast.  This  is  an  error,  and  we  should  have  been  included  in  the 
latter  area.  For  July  we  were  near  the  border  of  a  small  area  marked 
0.83  inches.  We  were  in  this  area  again  in  August  and  September; 
and  the  area  gradually  increased  until  it  covered  a  large  portion 
of  the  United  States  east  of  the  Mis.sissippi  River,  and  there  was 
inaugurated  one  of  the  most  extensive  and  severe  droughts  ever 
experienced  in  the  region.  The  area  was  still  larger  in  October, 
extending  from  the  Gtilf  of  Mexico  far  north  into  Canada  with 
precipitation  ranging  from  0  to  2  inches  and  marked  about  0.25 
inches  for  our  area.  The  dry  area  changed  form  in  November, 
the  northern  and  southern  portions  of  it  receiving  more  precip- 
itation, but  w^e  were  still  in  the  area  with  precipitation  not  exceed- 
ing one  inch  for  the  month.  The  map  for  December  shows 
another  change  of  form  of  this  area,  but  our  region  is  still  included 
with  0  to  2  inches  precipitation. 

Putting  together  our  local  observations  of  showers,  which 
were  carefully  recorded,  and  the  government  reports,  it  is  certain 
that  however  the  areas  of  drought  changed  from  the  first  of  May, 
1908,  until  the  first  of  January,  1909,  our  area  where  observations 
were  made,  at  Oxford,  was  always  included.  In  Chart  XI  of 
the  Monthly  Weather  Review  for  May,  1909,  our  area  is  included 
in  the  only  one  in  the  Mississippi  valley  having  a  deficiency  of 
precipitation  as  high  as  10  inches  for  the  year  1908.  The  area  is 
a  small  one  covering  about  one-fourth  of  southwestern  Ohio  and 
extending  westward  to  Indianapolis.  The  Ohio  portion  of  the 
area  extends  to  the  south  boundary  of  the  state  at  Cincinnati. 
This  Review  says  that  the  Ohio  valley  experienced  "one  of  the 
most  disastrous  droughts  in  the  meterological  history  of  the 
district.  *  *  *  'pj^g  drying  up  of  the  streams  and  springs 
greatly  incon\'cnicnced  farmers  in  procuring  water  for  their 
cattle  and  domestic  supplies,  and  the  supplies  to  cities  and  towns 
were  greatly  reduced.  *  *  *  t^q  occurrence  of  this  drought 
rather  late  in  the  season  of  crop  growth  and  develo]3ment  did  not 
result  in  such  widespread  disaster  to  agricultural  interests  as. 
might  have  resulted  had  it  occurred  slightly  earlier."  The 
above  quotation  expresses  well  the  conditions  in  towns  and  in  the 
country  as  seen  in  October  and  November,  1908,  while  botanizing 
in  the  Miami  valley.  However,  the  drought  was  on  at  Oxford, 
and  at  least  in  other  portions  of  Butler  County,  by  the  last  of 
May  so  that  vegetation  suffered  more  severely  here  than  in  most 
other  portions  of  the  country  that  suffered  from  drought  in  1908. 
One  of  the  writers  visited  northern  Illinois  the  latter  part  of 
September,  and  central  Kentucky  a  month  later.  All  of  the  region 
covered  was  reported  very  dry,  but  the  region  of  dead  grass 
scarcely  extended  forty  miles  from  Oxford,  either  southeast  cr 
northwest. 


Nov.,  1911.]         Climatic  Conditions  and  Plant  Growth.  387 

It  is  unfortunate  that  no  record  of  precipitation  of  moisture  is 
kept  nearer  Oxford  than  Cincinnati,  30  miles  distant.  However, 
the  figures  kept  there  are  valuable  for  our  piu"pose  and  are  given 
below : 


The  Record 

OF  Pr] 

ECU 

>iat: 

noN 

AT   i 

Cincinnati 

FOR  1908. 

January 

1.40 

inches. 

Relation  to  i 

normal  precipitation  — 2.0  inches. 

February 

4.50 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

+  1.2 

II 

March 

3.66 

u 

it 

u 

u 

u 

0.0 

II 

April 

4.07 

u 

u 

a 

a 

u 

+1.1 

11 

May 

.5.84 

u 

a 

a 

a 

II 

+2.3 

It 

June 

2.00 

ti 

a 

a 

u 

II 

—2.0 

It 

July 

0.83 

a 

a 

u 

a 

II 

—2.7 

It 

August 

1.69 

a 

a 

a 

a 

II 

—1.6 

II 

September 

0.26 

a 

u 

a 

a 

II 

—2.0 

It 

October 

0.35 

If 

a 

u 

a 

II 

—2.1 

It 

November 

1.09 

It 

a 

u 

ti 

II 

—2.1 

If 

December 

1.60 

a 

a 

a 

u 

II 

—1.3 

It 

Total 

27.29 

inches. 

Defi 

.cienc 

y  for 

the  year, 

11.13  inches. 

Cincinnati  does  not  fall  within  the  area  given  by  the  govern- 
ment reports  as  having  a  deficiency  as  high  as  10  inches  for  the 
year;  but  the  precipitation  for  the  year  was  only  27.29  inches, 
which  is,  according  to  the  figures  of  the  government  observations, 
11.13  inches  below  the  normal  38.42  inches  for  the  station  at 
Cincinnati.  The  record  of  precipitation  at  Cincinnati  for  May 
very  probably  exceeds  ours,  and  ovir  deficiency  for  the  year  was 
almost  certainly  not  less  than  14  inches.  Taking  into  account  our 
lack  of  rain  in  May  and  the  table  for  Cincinnati,  which  shows  a 
deficiency  of  13.80  inches  for  the  last  seven  months  of  the  year,  it 
will  be  seen  that  our  deficiency  for  the  last  eight  months  of  the 
year  was  probably  more  than  16  inches. 

We  shall  want  to  compare  climatic  and  vegetation  conditions 
for  1908  with  those  obtaining  in  1909,  and  the  precipitation 
record  for  Cincinnati  for  1909  is  given  below  to  be  used  in  these 
comparisons : 

The  Record  of  Precipitation  at  Cincinnati  for  1909. 
January       2. .50  inches.     Relation  to  normal  precipitation  — 0.8  inches. 


February- 

5.65 

11 

March 

2.44 

It 

April 

3.62 

It 

May 

4.21 

It 

June 

6.05 

If 

July 

3.83 

II 

August 

1.82 

II 

September 

1..30 

It 

October 

3.20 

It 

November 

1.42 

ti 

December 

2.40 

It 

Total 

38.44  : 

inches 

ft 

It 

It 

It 

It 

It 

II 

It 

It 

ft 

+2.4 

If 

—1.2 

tf 

+0.7 

ft 

+0.7 

ft 

+2.1 

ft 

+0.3 

If 

—1.5 

ff- 

—0.9 

it. 

+0.7 

ti. 

—1.8 

ft 

—0.5 

tf 

0.02  inches. 

Excess  for  the  year 

The  figures  for  1909  show  the  year  to  have  been  about  normal 
for  total  precipitation,  but  to  have  had  an  excess  of  4.4  inches 
for  the  four  growing  months,  April,  May,  June  and  July.     The 


388  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  1, 


bearing  of  this  excess  on  our  stvidies  of  vegetation  will  be  seen 
later.  It  is  remarkable  that,  though  the  month  of  August  showed 
numerous  heavy  storms  in  southern  Ohio  and  the  northern  half 
of  Kentucky,  with  rainfalls  of  more  than  3  inches  in  twenty-four 
hours,  and  in  two  instances  more  than  4  inches,  the  station  at 
Cincinnati  showed  a  record  below  nornial.  In  spite  of  this 
record,  August,  1909,  was  a  very  wet  month  over  the  portions  of 
Ohio  and  Kentucky  named. 

The  year  1908  was  regarded  a  very  dry  one  for  Ohio  generally 
and  the  following  year  a  wet  one.  In  order  that  the  conditions 
endured  by  vegetation  in  southwestern  Ohio  may  be  compared 
with  the  average  conditions  endured  over  the  state,  the  precip- 
itation records  for  the  two  years  are  given  below: 

Precipitation  Records  eor  Ohio  in  190S  and  1909. 

1908  1909 

January 1.S2  inches  3.24  inches 

February 4.10  "  5.39  " 

March 2.43  "  2.77  " 

April 3.09  "  4.13  " 

May 4.72  "  4.72  " 

June 2.52  "  5.86  " 

Julv 4.08  "  3.90  " 

August 2.59  "  3.68  " 

vSeptember 0.58  "  1.56  " 

October ' 1.17  "  2.46  " 

November 1.06  "  1.93  " 

December 2.33  "  2.68  " 

Totals 31.09  "  42.32  " 

The  mean  annual  precipitation  for  the  state  for  twenty-seven 
years,  according  to  the  meteorological  summaries  published  by 
the  Experimental  Station  at  Wooster  is  37.56  inches.  This 
makes  1909  little  less  above  the  average  for  total  precipitation 
than  was  190S  below,  the  deficiency  for  the  latter  year  being  6.49 
inches.  This  deficiency  is  to  be  compared  with  one  of  10  to  12 
inches  or  more  endured  by  vegetation  in  southwestern  Ohio 
in  1908. 

The  monthly  mean  temperatures  for   1908  and   1909  are  as 

follows  in  degrees  Fahrenheit: 

1908  1909 

January 29.1  degrees          32.2  degrees 

FebruaVy 26.6  "  34.7  " 

March 45.5  "  37.3  " 

April 51.7  "  49.1  " 

May 62.2  "  58.7  " 

June 69.2  "  70.1  « 

"July 73.9  "  66.4  " 

August 71.2  "  72.1  " 

September 68.0  "  63.7  " 

October 54.1  "  49.2  " 

November 41.7  "  40.4  " 

December 33.1  "  26.1  " 

Year 52.1  "  50.7  " 


Nov.,  1911.]         Climatic  Conditions  and  Plant  Growth.  389 

From  the  tabulation  it  is  seen  that  the  year  1908  was  1.4 
degrees  warmer  than  1909;  but  what  is  more  to  the  point,  the 
wami  gro'^A'ing  months  from  April  to  September  inclusive  averaged 
2.8  degrees  wamier  in  1908  than  in  1909.  This  higher  temper- 
ature made  the  drought  more  disastrous  for  plant  life. 

A  porous  cup  atmometer  was  operated  near  Oxford,  by 
Professor  S.  R.  Williams,  through  the  months  from  June  to  Sep- 
tember, 1908,  inclusive.  The  work  was  done  for  Messrs.  Burton 
E.  Livingston  and  Forrest  Shreve,  who  have  kindly  given  us  the 
figures  for  use.  Without  correcting  for  depth,  the  figures  are 
valuable  in  showing  the  atmospheric  conditions  under  which 
vegetation  existed  here  for  these  months,  and  in  making  possible 
comparisons  with  those  obtaining  in  other  portions  of  the  country. 
The  porous  cup  atmometer  records  the  evaporating  power  of  the 
air  as  this  affects  the  water  layer  covering  the  moist  clay  surface 
of  the  cup.  This  surface  is  in  many  respects  comparable  to  that 
offered  by  transpiring  foliage  under  the  influence  of  air  conditions. 
The  cups  were  operated  during  the  same  months  at  a  large  number 
of  selected  stations  in  various  portions  of  North  America,  and 
the  results  obtained  near  Oxford  may  be  compared  readily  with 
those  found  elsewhere.  The  average  weekly  evaporation  in  the 
vicinity  of  Oxford  was  as  follows:  June,  1.32  cc. ;  July,  182  cc; 
August,  211  cc;  September,  212  cc.  The  evaporation  for  June 
over  the  region  east  of  the  100th  meridian  was  somewhat  more 
than  100  cc.  per  week.  In  July  there  was  a  local  area  covering 
northeastern  Ohio,  eastern  Michigan  and  a  large  part  of  Penn- 
sylvania and  New  York  that  showed  a  weekly  average  of  about 
200  cc.  The  conditions  remained  about  the  same  over  this  area 
during  August.  Comparison  proves  that  we  were,  during  all  of 
this  time,  in  a  region  of  very  dry  atmospheric  conditions  where 
the  evaporation  was  high,  compared  with  records  for  other  portions 
of  eastern  North  America. 

The  evaporation  from  the  porous  cup  atmometer  is  independent 
of  soil  moisture  and  depends  upon  the  atmospheric  conditions. 
Therefore,  conditions  of  soil  moisture  can  not  be  deduced  from 
evaporation  figures,  but  must  be  worked  out  separately.  Our 
study  of  soil  moisture  conditions  began  early  in  October,  1908, 
when  the  drought  was  at  its  height  and  the  cumulative  effect  on 
the  soil  was  marked.  The  study  was  continued  for  nine  months, 
extending  into  July,  1909.  The  results  would  have  been  more 
valuable,  had  the  study  begun  five  months  earlier.  Below  is 
given  the  table  of  soil  moisture: 


^  c 

(LI    <u    •-. 


t--  >— I  to  00  02  lO 

GO  c;  "*  -*  CO  t^ 


C:  C:  C^l  (M  1-^  -^ 


ic  iM  cc  t^  c;  CO 

iM  ^  Oa  CO  O  t^ 


lO  IC  t^  t^  i-t  Lt 


'^  IC  ^  CO 

.-H   O  I^  '^ 


-f  -f  CO  -f 


CO  "+  lO  >— I 

o  00  ;o  r^ 


(M  X  ^  ^ 
01  ^  01  oi 


o  -i^  r^  o 

OC  C5  t^  o 


LO  lO  C<1  CO 


(M  00  O  00 

CO  10  o  ■* 


CO  (M  "*  t^ 


CU    OJ    M 


00  C^l  t^  c:  t^  ^H 

o  o  o  o  — t"  o 


oc  c;  --  -H  o  o 


CO  ^  -tT  O  CC  !M 
(M  ^  t-^  CC'  CO  -f 


CO  CO  ^  -*  O  O 


cr.  iM  00  ici 

CO  CO  o  t^ 


03  iM  (M  <M 


00^  O  '^ 
O  00  00  QO 


00  »o  t^  t^ 


Ci  LO  CO  lO 

o  t^  CO  i-o 


CO  CO  -—I  1— I 


^  r^  (M  00 
>— I  >— I  CO  00 


I  IM  TjH 


u 

o 


in 

+-I 


M 


u 


>-0  O  C-.  (M  LO  O 

o  ^H  CO  ^  o  r^ 


C-l  C:  iC  O  O  O 

•-<  GC'  -^  CO  O  C5 


lO  ^H  CO  CO 
CO  CO  -+  CO 


o  o  ooco 

1:^  CO  O  00 


o  o  lo  CO 

O  10  t^  00 


CO  CO  o  »o 
00  00  o  o 


10  10  CO  O  ' — ^10 
(M  C^l  01  (M  C^l  01 


>C  lO  iO  O  Ol  lO 
01  C^l  01  (M  C^  IM 


01  'O  'C  lO 
(M  CM  (M  (M 


-rfH   O  ^  10 

(M  (M  CN  (M 


>0  C<1  LO  LO 
(M  (M  !M  <M 


(M  (M  (M  (M 


T3 

o 
o 

C/3 


PlH 


>— I  LO  CO  O  CO  o 

CO  00  c;  1^  (M  o 


'^^  00  cr-  O  -^  t^ 
t^  CO  CO  O  CO  o 


CO  O  CO  o 

o  ■-<  o  0 


t^  CT-  CO  t^  "O  O 

CO  CO  X  CO  O  lO 

1--  t^  i^  zr.  X  X 


--H  CO  CO  O  CO  t^ 
l^  O  CO  t^  ^  X 
X  X  X  X  X  t^ 


00x0 
C-.  t^  O  -f 

I-  t^  t^  t^ 


O  CO'  ; 
C  I-  ■ 


O  O'O 


CO  CO  O  ^^  'O  o 
iC  CO  CO  CO  X'  CO 

X  X  X  cr.  X  C-. 


C^l  lO  CO  t-~  o  o 


o  »c  to  o 
X  -r  o  i^ 


to  10  to  CO  to  to 

X  O  "O'  O  to  iM 

C:  C-.  C:  C:  X  X 


to  CO  X  o 
C:  CO  X  '^ 
X  X  l^  X 


r^  X  o  o 

to  t^  to  o 


O  CO  o  o 
X  -*  t^  o 


CO  (M  CO  O 
(M  Tf<  X  (M 


-t  O  to  t-^ 
C  "M  C".  to 
t^  t^  1^  o 


■^  CO  O  X 
CO  CO  CO  (M 
X  1^  c;  1>- 


10  CO  01  to 
X  '—I  X  to 
t^  X  O  1> 


(M  t^  '^  (N 

to  X  CO  CO 


<— I  to  c^j  to 

^H  CO  'O  'CO 


O  O  CO  r)H 

to  ^  ^^  (M 


(M  CO  ^  (M 

CO  CO  -*  t^ 

X  X  cs  t^ 


<M  to  CO  CO 
X  CO  CO  o 
O  X  O  X 


CO  CO  Ci  CO 
t-^  O  CO  CO 
X  C2  t^x 


o 

Q.S 


CO  O  CO  O  ' — ^  1— < 
CO  CO  to  to  X  X 


>— I  >— I  CO  CO  CO  CO 
'^i  ■*  to  to  >— I  i-H 


O  CO  o  o 
(M  <M  to  to 


CO  CO  CO  CO 
CO  CO  to  to 


X  X  CO  CO 
CO  CO  to  to 


t^  t^  X  X 
(M  (M  ^  Tf< 


o 

ci 

o 


03   o   c 

'^   o   o 

^pq  ci 

+J  o 

v^  t  <A  o 

o 


:  (M 


+J 

r;; 

h/- 

0 

3 

/, 

m 

P-lc= 

p 

T^ 

0 

n 

Cu 

0 

-t-» 

r-i 

J:; 

S 

0 

CO 

0 

fo 


o 


M  O 


O  +-I 


■r. 

A! 


o 

z 

S.2 
pq 


^co 

n   4::;      O 


fo    « 


d 
o 


>»t/^ 


CQ 


rt  +-> 


O 
OJ  ,-1 

cc:  X 
O  o 


X  X  X  X  X  X 


10  to  to  to  to  to 


O    O    O    O    O    CJ 

O  O  C  O  O  O 


+->    +J    +J    -M    +->    -M 
O    O    O    O    O    CJ 

000000 


(M  (M  O)  (M 


CO  CO  CO  ^ 


+J    4J    +J    -1-^ 
CJ    CJ    O    CJ 

0000 


>  >  >  > 

0000 


>  >  >  > 
0000 

22Z2 


CO  CO  CO  CO 
(M  (M  (M  05 


0000 

CJ  o  <u  o 

PQQP 


o 


T-H  C-l  CO  -^  to  'CO 


I  <M  CO  Tt^  to  CO 


t^XC:2 


O    O    O    O    O    'O 


000000 


0000 
ZZZZ 


r- 1   -f   to   r-H 


<M  t^COCO 


0000 

ZZZZ 


0000 
ZZZZ 


i(N  CC* 


0000 

ZZZZ 


u 

o  ; 


o, 

a; 
Pi 


0^ 


cc! 
O 
h4 


o- 


no  OCi  O  •* 
<S  lO  Ci  '-^ 


lO  O  --H  1— I 

CC  (M  ^  O 


CO  r^  ■— I  ci 

C5  O  (M  O 


Oi  CO  lO  C2 
CO^  lO  o 


I  O  CO  o 
,  T-f.  CO  CO 


oo  '00  o  C2 


'Tf  io  00  00 

OJ  (M  r^  -— I 


CO  r^  t^  t^ 

(M  (M  (M  (M 


t^  t^  t^  t^ 

C^l  (M  (M  (M 


uo  CO  I^  O 
iM  (M  ^  IM 


■to  O  C:  t^ 

M<  O  O  CO 


:  CO  ; 

I  CO  '^ 


CO  t-^  35  ^ 

ca  CO  CO  CO 


00  lO  O  Tfi 
CO  lO  CO  ■* 


m  c^  ct  ao 

-t  ~  t^  o 


t>  i>c;  X 


■  O  'O  'O 
I  (M  .-^  ^ 


(M  (M  (M  (N 


!M  (M  (M  (M 


O  O  '^f  t^ 
(N  (M  -^  rt 


»0  CO  (M  O 

02  t^  O  00 


f^  O  iC  o 

00  C5  00  CO 


<M  CO  O  O 
00  GC'  (M  (M 


O  t-^O  00 
CO  lO  ^  CO 


-f  00  o  CO 

(M  O  fM  CO 


1— I  tc  C^  CO 
(N  (M  Oa  (M 


Tf  ^  IQ  O 

(M  C^  OJ  (>) 


^  lO  (M  't* 
<M  (M  !M  (M 


O  lO  CO  o 
(M  C^  IM  !M 


iM  10  lO  -t< 
(M  C^l  CI  C^ 


00  o  o  o 

^  C;  !M  3 


(M  O  O  CO 
CO  O  CO  CO 


(M  CO  ^  Tt< 
C:  CO  CO  (M 


O  O  LQ  O 
00  00  C-5  O 


t--  (M  O  O 
CO  C.  lO  O 


00  iM  (M  C» 

^  -*i  rt  c^ 


lO  r- 1   t^  00 

»0  C;  CO  X 
CO  o  t^  t^ 


O  CO  -f  t^ 
C2  CO  X  1^ 
l^  CO  CO  CO 


CO  C5  t^  o 
CO  Ci  T— I  ut 
l^  CO  t^  CO 


X  '-0  !M  CO 
o;  CO  CO  o 

l^  CO  l^  t^ 


oo  ^  o 

O  O  ■-<  iC- 


o  o  oo 

LO  CO  o  t^ 


CO  lO  lO  (M 


X  O  O  r-4 

(M  lO  O  "O 


O  O  <M  CO 

C^  t^  rt  rl 


lO  (M  ^  ;;:H 

o  o  c;  o 


1^  ^  X  (M 
xco  ^  ^ 
t>.  X  X  C2 


t^  (M  t^  t^ 

»0  -— I  CO  d 

X  X  X  X 


(M  t-  O  -^ 

O  O  X  CI 
O  X  X  t^ 


iM  X  CO  !M 
I^  CO  t^  !M 
C:  X  X  X 


O  C2  o  o 
(N  (M  ^  "^ 


X  X  CO  CO 
^  "^  CO  CO 


CO  CO  lO  lO 
1^5  lO  CO  CO 


o  o  ^  -* 

CO  CO  lO  ItO 


X  X  Ol  Ol 

04  (M  CO  O 


w^  lO 


a. ! 


o 


o  t"  rt 

o 
4-:i 


CM 


c5    G 

OS 

tH  '+3 

aj  ci 


"I 

Qj   c;; 

h4 


M  O 

>^  1-    ccj 

g  tuOC/3 

m 


•X  ^  6 
■Sos 

ii   O  +2 


CO  00  CO  CO 


o  o  o  o 

(D    O    'OJ    'O 

OPQQ 


ICCO  I>X 


<M  (M  C^l  !M 


r^    r^    r^    r^ 

OJ    (U    dj    o 


T-^  C^  CO  -+1 


1-H        1-H        1^        Vh 

a  ex  a<  a 


X  X  X  X 


lO  CO  t^  X 


^  !M  CO  '^ 


X  X  X  X 


>,  >.  >,  >, 


lO  CO  t^  X 


o  o  o  o 
^2ZZ 


o  o  o  o 
ZZ22 


o  o  o  o 

ZZZ2 


o  o  o  o 
Z22Z 


o  o 


Z2Z2 


o 

ID  3 

c 


o 


6 


o 


u 


o 


o==    o 


O     CO 

(US     'd  : 


13- 
c 

o 


392  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  1,. 

In  the  soil  studies,  two  samples  were  taken  from  the  same 
place  and  the  same  depth  at  the  same  time  in  order  that  each 
might  serve  as  a  check  upon  the  other.  In  order  to  compare  soil 
moisture  for  different  locations,  dctenninations  were  made  of  soil 
taken  from  both  places  on  the  same  day  and  at  about  the  same 
depth.  In  order  to  decrease  the  chances  of  error,  a  considerable 
amount  of  soil  was  taken  in  each  sample.  The  drying  process 
was  continued  until  several  weighings  made  at  intervals  of  four 
or  five  hours,  gave  exactly  the  same  results.  In  no  case  was  the 
temperature  allowed  to  rise  to  100°  C.  The  instruments  used 
were  a  shovel,  a  hoe,  a  meter  rule,  a  number  of  quart  tin  cans, 
and  an  oven.  The  geotome  was  not  used  because  the  amount  or 
soil  taken  for  each  sample  made  this  instrument  impracticable. 

The  location  of  a  station  once  decided  upon,  all  the  soil  was 
quickly  remo\^ed  to  the  depth  at  which  the  two  samples  were  to 
be  taken.  If  any  loose  soil  rolled  into  the  excavation  before  the 
samples  were  secured,  it  was  carefully  removed,  so  that  the 
samples  would  be  entirely  of  the  soil  at  the  depth  decided  upon. 
The  excavations  were  made  large  enough  so  that  a  surface  of 
about  two  square  feet  w^ould  be  exposed.  Then  a  layer  of  soil 
not  exceeding  one  inch  in  depth  was  loosened  carefully  so  as  not 
to  get  any  soil  from  a  higher  level  mixed  with  it.  put  into  the  cans, 
and  the  lids  tightly  sealed.  The  cans  were  taken  to  the  labora- 
tory, w^here  they  were  weighed.  The  lids  were  then  removed 
and  the  drying  process  begun.  In  some  instances  the  drying 
extended  over  a  period  of  four  days,  the  cans  being  kept  where 
they  w^ould  be  undisturbed  and  at  a  temperature  below  100°  C. 
so  that  no  humus  would  be  burned.  After  the  drying  was  com- 
pleted, the  cans  w^ere  weighed  again  and  the  percentage  of  moisture 
for  both  moist  and  dry  soil  calculated.  For  instance  in  the  first 
sample  in  the  table'  (853— 7S7.01)-^  (853—125.05)  gives  the 
proportion  of  moisture  relative  to  the  weight  of  the  moist  soil. 
This  reduced  to  per  cent  gives  S.9S.  For  getting  the  per  cent  drv 
soil  weight  for  the  first  sample  we  used  (853 — 787.61)^787.61 — 
125.05).  The  five  stations  were  selected  mainly  to  represent 
different  types  of  soil,  as  the  red  clay  of  station  number  one,  the 
mixture  of  red  and  white  clay  of  station  number  2,  the  loam  and 
white  clay  of  station  number  3  and  the  loam  of  station  number  4. 
Stations  numbers  1  and  2  were  in  the  open  and  heavily  sodded  > 
A  large  elm  stood  16  feet  from  the  first  station.  There  were  no- 
trees  within  100  feet  of  the  second  station.  Station  3  was  among 
apple  trees  planted  in  April  of  the  same  year.  A  poor  crop  of 
oats  had  been  harvested;  and  the  ground  had  been  seeded  to 
clover  and  timothy,  which  failed  because  of  drought.  The 
ground  was  hard  and  dry  at  the  surface,  and  had  not  been  stirred 
since  sowing  the  grain  in  April.  vStation  4  was  a  rich,  black  loam 
that  had  been  carefully  worked  all  summer,  up  to  the  time  when 


Nov.,  1911.]         Climatic  Conditions  and  Plant  Growth.  393 

the  first  samples  were  taken.  Station  5  was  of  the  beech  forest 
type.  The  surface  is  nearly  level  at  all  of  the  stations.  Stations 
1  and  2  are  35  rods  apart,  and  stations  3  and  4  are  15  rods  apart. 
Stations  3  and  4  are  656  feet  lower  than  stations  1  and  2,  and 
about  one-third  of  a  mile  distant.  Station  5  is  a  few  rods  distant 
from  station  2. 

The  difficulties  of  studies  of  soil  moisture  are  very  great  owing 
to  daily  variations  of  temperature,  of  evaporation  rate  at  different 
hours,  and  other  variable  factors.  While  we  have  given  the  per  cents 
of  water  based  both  on  moist  soil  and  dry  soil,  we  shall  use  in  the 
discussion  only  the  former.  A  given  per  cent  of  water  in  one  soil 
may  mean  a  very  different  condition  for  the  plant  than  the  same 
per  cent  in  another  soil,  and  a  given  per  cent  in  any  soil  affects 
different  jDlants  differently.  Clay  soils  will  hold  approximately 
40  to  50  per  cent  of  water;  and  most  land  plants  can  not  secure 
water  from  clay  when  the  per  cent  falls  below  9  or  10,  while  few  if 
any  can  secure  water  from  such  soil  containing  less  than  6  per  cent. 
Loams  and  humus  will  hold  approximately  50  to  65  percent  of 
water;  and  most  plants  cannot  extract  water  when  the  percent 
falls  below  10,  and  few  if  any  when  it  falls  below  6.  Sand  will 
scarcely  hold  more  than  15  per  cent  of  water,  but  most  plants  can 
still  obtain  water  from  sand  when  the  per  cent  falls  below  one. 
Plants  that  can  obtain  sufficient  water  only  when  the  per  cent  is 
high  are  hydrophytes,  those  that  can  obtain  it  when  the  per  cent 
is  moderate  are  mesophytes  and  those  that  can  still  obtain  it 
when  the  per  cent  is  low  are  xerophytes. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  table  above  that  the  soil  moisture  on 
October  8,  190S,  at  station  number  1  had  reached  the  point  where 
mesophytes,  which  include  most  of  the  land  plants  of  the  region, 
whether  wild  or  cultivated,  would  have  great  difficidty  in  securing 
water  from  the  clay  at  a  depth  of  36  cm.  At  station  number  2 
on  October  15,  190S,  mesophytes  could  secure  water  from  the  clay 
at  depths  of  56  and  41  cm.,  but  not  at  a  depth  of  13  cm.,  where 
even  xerophytes  might  fail  utterly  to  secure  soil  moisture.  At 
station  number  3,  on  October  21,  1908,  mesophytes  could  secure 
soil  moisture  at  50  and  26  cm.  deep,  but  with  some  difficulty. 
But  at  the  same  station,  on  July  8,  1909,  mesophytes  would  have 
no  difficulty  in  securing  abundant  soil  moisture  at  these  depths. 
At  station  number  4,  on  November  6,  1908,  garden  plants  should 
be  able  to  obtain  soil  moisture,  though  probably  with  some 
difficulty.  But  in  this  station,  on  July  8,  1909,  garden  plants 
would  have  no  difficulty  in  securing  sufficient  soil  moisture.  At 
station  number  5,  in  the  heavy  beech  woods,  most  plants  would 
not  be  able  to  secure  soil  moisture  from  the  clay  soil  at  depths  of 
29  and  40  cm.  on  December  23,  1908,  while  moisture  could  be 
secured  easily  at  such  depths  on  April  19,  1909.  Hundreds  of 
stations  and  daily  testings  throughout  the  season  would  be  neces- 


394  The  Ohio  NaturaliaL  [Vol.XIT,  No.  1, 

sary  to  give  results  as  accurate  as  possible,  but  our  figures  indicate 
that  most  plants  would  fail  to  secure  soil  moisture  or  would  secure 
it  with  difficulty  at  the  depths  tested  on  the  dates  on  which  the 
samples  were  taken  in  1908.  Our  data  are  valuable  only  when 
con-elated  with  the  observations  below  regarding  the  character 
of  plants  that  were  able  to  remain  green  above  ground  throughout 
the  season  of  1908. 

Related  to  the  lack  of  rain  after  May  2,  1908,  stands  the  fact 
that  corn  planted  after  the  middle  of  Ma}-  came  up  very  unevenly 
and  in  some  fields  scarcely  at  all.  Much  of  the  corn  failed  to 
produce  ears  and  drie>1  up  in  August.  Other  fields,  often  near  the 
poor  ones,  made  a  good  showing  of  ears.  The  difference  was  due 
in  part  to  difference  in  tending  as  well  as  to  local  climatic  and  soil 
conditions.  The  crop  reports  probably  overestimate  the  amounts 
harvested  in  Butler  Count}-  in  1908;  but  the  bushels  per  acre 
reported  for  some  of  our  principal  crops  for  1908  and  1909 
respectively,  are  winter  wheat,  16.2  and  Ki,  oats  10.4  and  33, 
com  28.1  and  34,  potatoes  44.0  and  73.  Winter  wheat  was  a  very 
unpromising  crop  in  the  fall  of  1908,  and  much  that  was  sown  did 
not  germinate  until  the  following  February.  In  some  fields  the 
seed  failed  completely  in  the  fall.  But  a  heavy  snow  came  in 
January,  1909,  and  when  this  disappeared  early  in  February,  the 
seed  had  germinated;  and  in  many  places  the  fields  were  green 
with  wheat  about  an  inch  high.  Frost  killed  much  of  this,  and 
the  prospects  were  very  poor.  But  the  spring  rains  came,  and  the 
wdieat  stooled  so  that  25  and  30  stalks  from  one  kernel  were 
reported  by  reliable  agriculturists.  Thus,  fields  that  were  so 
thin  in  early  spring  that  it  seemed  scarcely  worth  while  to  let 
them  stand  produced  about  a  normal  amount  of  straw,  but  too 
many  stalks  from  a  single  kernel  for  a  good  yield.  So  the  effect  of 
the  drought  of  1908  was  felt  in  the  wheat  crop  of  1909  as  well  as 
in  that  of  1908.  Of  the  other  three  crops,  the  average  for  1908 
was  little  more  than  half  that  for  1909,  according  to  the  statistics 
for  the  two  years. 

The  pastures  were  browm  and  the  grass  dead  above  ground 
from  the  middle  of  June  until  late  in  November.  The  timothy 
and  blue  grass  of  the  hay  fields  were  dead  above  ground  soon 
after  the  hay  was  cut.  From  the  middle  of  August  until  Novem- 
ber, the  country,  except  cultivated  fields,  presented  the  appear- 
ance of  a  desert  with  scattered  vegetation  consisting  of  xerophytes 
with  succulent  stems,  deeply  penetrating  roots,  tough  exteriors,  or 
milky  juice.  In  open  fields,  along  roadsides  and  in  yards  and 
gardens  were  seen  conspicuously  resisting  the  drought,  dandelion 
(Taraxicum  officinale),  mullein  (Verbascum  thapsus),  moth 
mullein  (Verbascum  blattaria),  wild  carrot  (Daucus  carota),  milk 
purslanes  (Euphorbia  maculata  and  E.  preslii),  amaranths 
(Amaranthus  retroflexus,  A.  blitoides  and  A.  graecizans),  asters 


Nov.,  1911.]         Climatic  Conditions  and  Plant  Growth.  395 

(species  of  Aster),  sunflowers  (species  of  Helianthus),  goldenrods 
(Solidago  canadensis  and  S.  nemoralis),  plantains  (Plantago 
major,  P.  rugelii  and  P.  lanceolata),  yard  grass  (Polygonum 
aviculare),  docks  (species  of  Rumex),  goosefoots  (Chenopodiimi 
album  and  C.  urbicum),  milkweeds  (Asclepias  cornuti),  lettuces 
(Lactuca  scariola  and  L.  canadensis),  purslane  (Portulaca  oler- 
acea),  evening  primrose  (Oenothera  biennis)  and  crab  grass 
(Panicum  sanguinale).  Some  of  the  above  ripened  or  succumbed 
sooner  than  others.  In  woods,  in  low  meadows  and  along  streams 
grasses  and  sedges  were  able  to  persist  in  good  quantity,  but  on 
higher  open  ground  wild  grasses  and  sedges  were  for  most  part 
dead  and  brown  above  ground  by  the  middle  of  August. 

The  leaves  of  many  trees,  especially  maples  and  ashes,  became 
dry  and  brown  before  the  middle  of  September,  and  it  was  sus- 
pected that  a  considerable  number  of  these  would  die  the  following 
season.  The  many  planted  trees  of  the  campuses  of  Miami  Uni- 
versitv  and  The  Western  College  for  Women,  at  Oxford,  were 
carefully  watched  through  the  season  of  1909.  The  campus  of 
the  former  institution  has  a  shallow  soil,  the  solid  limestone 
rocks  being  within  three  to  six  feet  of  the  surface,  while  rocks 
have  not  been  reached  on  the  campus  of  the  latter  institution  in 
digging,  except  in  very  low  places.  Many  large,  planted  trees 
have  died  on  the  campus  of  Miami  University  since  the  summer 
of  1908;  but  only  two  planted  trees  have  died  on  the  campus  of 
The  Western  during  the  same  years,  and  these  two  were  badly 
injured  by  Cenangium  abictis.  Of  213  maple  trees  on  the  campus 
of  Miami  University  before  the  drought,  9  were  dead  in  the  fall 
of  1909;  and  3S  more  were  in  a  dying  condition  as  shown  by  thin 
foliage  or  more  frequently  by  more  or  less  of  the  crown  of  the 
tree  being  dead.  Of  90  planted  ashes,  9  showed  a  larger  or  smaller 
number  of  dead  branches,  and  7  died  before  the  summer  of 
1911.  Of  10  spruces,  4  were  in  a  dying  condition  in  1909. 
About  35  other  trees  died  or  were  in  a  dying  condition  in  1909; 
but  these  were  scattered  through  many  genera,  and  while  the  num- 
ber is  large,  great  damage  was  not  shown  by  any  of  the  genera 
involved.  Trees  have  been  dying  on  the  campus  of  Miami 
University  in  considerable  numbers  since  1908,  and  the  dying  is 
largely  confined  to  the  trees  that  showed  the  injurious  effects  of 
the  drought  of  1908.  The  superintendent  of  grounds  for  Miami 
University  informs  us  that  not  a  single  large,  planted  tree  on  the 
campus  died  from  1898  to  1908,  but  that  dying  has  been  going  on 
constantly  since  the  latter  date. 

The  contrast  in  crop  conditions  between  1908  and  1909  has 
been  given  above.  Other  contrasts  in  vegetation  conditions 
were  also  very  marked.  In  1909,  all  kinds  of  herbaceous  vegeta- 
tion of  the  region  was  green  and  luxuriant  throughout  its  natural 
cycle,  and  trees  not  considerably  injured  by  the  drought  of  the 


39^  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XII,  No.  1, 

previous  year  showed  abundant  foliage.  Botrydium  wallrothii 
and  Cyathus  vernicosus  appeared  on  black  loam  of  gardens  and 
fields  in  such  abundance  as  is  seldom  seen.  In  1908  Botrydium  and 
Anthoceros  could  not  be  found  in  sufficient  quantity  for  class  use; 
but  in  1909,  the  latter,  like  the  fornier,  was  remarkably  abundant. 
It  could  be  found  in  the  average  woods  of  the  region,  wherever 
soil  was  bare,  in  five  minutes.  This  is  remarkable  since  in 
ordinary  years,  Anthoceros  is  rarely  seen  here  and  only  along 
shaded  clay  banks.  The  fleshy  fungi  were  also  very  abundant 
in  1909.  At  "Beechwood  Camp,"  in  August,  students  brought 
in  such  an  array  of  Russulae,  Lactariae,  Amanitac,  Boleti,  and 
other  forms  as  is  seldom  seen  in  these  days  of  depleted  forest 
lands.  Contrasted  with  this,  there  was  almost  a  total  absence  of 
these  fungi  during  the  same  month  in  1908.  Of  the  Boletaceae, 
only  a  few  specimens  of  SkUIcUus  luridus  were  seen  in  19UN,  while 
Gyroporus  castaneus,  Tylopilus  felleus,  T.  indecisus,  Ceriomyces 
auriporus,  C.  retipcs,  C.  miniato-olivaceus,  C.  hicolor,  C.  fumosipes, 
C.  communis,  SitillcUus  luridus,  Strobilomyces  strobilaccus  and 
BolctincUus  meruUoidcs  were  all  collected  in  1909. 

To  have  accomplished  results  of  great  ccologic  value,  it  would 
have  been  necessary  to  keep  several  operators  at  work  during  two 
years,  obtaining  data  regarding  precipitation,  temperature,  light, 
evaporation,  soil,  and  vegetation  conditions  in  a  limited  area  and 
at  the  level  of  vegetation.  Though  it  was  not  possible  to  carry 
out  the  work  with  such  detail  and  accuracy,  it  is  believed  that 
our  results  are  valuable  for  record  for  the  locality  and  the  state. 


Nov.,  1911.]  Life- Histories  of  Syrphidac  II.  397 

LIFE-HISTORIES  OF  SYRPHIDAE  II. 

C.  L.  Metcalf. 

Paragus  bicolor  (Fabricius). 

Larva. 

Length  about  S  mm.,  height  about  2.5  mm.,  width  3.25  mm. 
(Fig.  21).  In  superficial  appearance  somewhat  suggesting  larva 
of  Didea  fasciato  fuscipes.* 

Elongate-oval  in  outline,  somewhat  fiattened-dorso-ventrally, 
attenuated  gradually  to  the  obtusely  pointed  anterior  end  slightly 
to  the  truncate  posterior  end.  The  color  of  the  integument  is 
light  yello\\dsh  brown,  but  it  is  semi-transparent  and  various 
tints  of  visceral  organs  show  through,  making  a  light  line  along 
each  lateral  carina  limited  medially  by  darker.  The  mid-dorsal 
region  surrounding  the  black  pulsating  blood-vessel  is  a  light 
brick-red  color  about  one-third  the  width  of  the  larva,  due  to 
underlying  fatty  bodies.  On  each  side  of  this  for  a  third  the 
remaining  width  jet-black  visceral  matter  shows  through  fre- 
quently in  pulsating  pockets.  This  is  limited  laterally  by  a 
little  wider  band  of  yellowish  white  as  contrasted  with  the  narrow 
remaining  margin  and  the  conical  elevations  which  appear  drab. 
However,  the  color  varies  considerably  with  different  larvae  and 
at  different  times  in  the  same  larva. 

The  integument  is  tough  but  pliable  thrown  into  numerous 
transverse  folds;  papillose  but  bare. 

There  are  apparently  twelve  body-seginents  the  anterior  three 
strongly  retractile  so  that  when  the  larva  is  at  rest  segment  four 
usually  forms  the  anterior  outline  of  the  body.  Each  of  these 
segments  except  the  first  few  and  the  last  is  marked  by  about 
four  lateral  wrinldes  or  folds  and  bears,  as  in  Didea,  twelve  conical 
elevations  each  with  a  spine  or  bristle  at  the  summit.  (Fig.  22). 
For  convenience  of  reference  we  may  name  these  segmental 
spines  and  the  elevations  on  which  they  are  borne  according  to 
their  position.  Beginning  at  the  mid-dorsal  line  on  either  side 
they  are  in  order:  median,  dorsal,  dorso-lateral,  lateral  and  two 
ventro-laterals,  a  posterior  ventro-lateral  and  an  anterior  ventro- 
lateral, as  one  is  in  front  of  the  other.  This  will  be  made  clear  by 
refrering  to  Figures  27  and  28  where  these  spines  are  indicated  on 
the  puparium.  The  fourth  and  fifth  body-segments  in  Paragus 
bicolor  have  the  median,  dorsal,  dorso-lateral  and  lateral  eleva- 
tions of  about  equal  size  (see  Fig.  21).  The  third  and  the  sixth 
to  the  eleventh  segments,  inclusive,  have  the  dorsal  ones  very 
much  shorter,  about  one-sixth  as  large,  almost  obscure,  and  sit- 
uated on  the  succeeding  fold  of  the  integument.     The   dorso- 

*The  Ohio  Naturalist,  Vol.  XI,  No.  7,  pp.  337-344,  2  plates,  May,  191L 


398  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  1, 

lateral  elevations  are  continuous  at  their  base  with  two  of  the 
transverse  folds  in  each  segment  and  these  are  so  produced  as  to 
make  a  distinct,  zig-zag,  longitudinal  carina  along  each  side  of 
the  body.  The  lateral  elevations  make  a  similar  underh'ing 
carina  less  pronounced.  The  ventro-laterals  are  small,  situated 
on  projecting  folds  antero-ventral  to  the  laterals.  Ventrally  in 
segments  five  to  eleven,  there  are  seven  pairs  of  small  rounded 
bare  elevations  of  the  integument  which  serve  as  pro-legs. 

The  other  appendages  consist  of  mouth-parts,  antennae  and 
anterior  and  posterior  spiracles.  The  mouth-parts  are  terminal; 
they  consist  (Fig.  32)  of  two  beak-Hke  jaws  (Fig.  23,  d  and  /), 
working  vertically,  and  four  pairs  of  mouth-hooks  (Fig.  23, 
a  and  e).  The  upper  jaw  is  a  V-shaped  chitinous  piece  with 
slender  arms,  sharply  pointed  at  the  apex;  the  lower  one  slenderer, 
more  hooked,  of  solid  chitin  nearly  to  the  base  where  there  is  a 
spur-like  projection  ventrally  on  either  side.  Three  pairs  of  the 
mouth-hooks  are  at  the  sides  of  the  jaws;  slender,  the  bases 
embedded  in  the  flesh  for  half  their  length,  the  outer  one  broader 
distally  and  with  a  lateral  spur  ventrally;  the  fourth  pair  consists 
of  two  triangular  hooks  well  separated  from  the  other  parts  along 
the  side  of  the  first  segment.  The  mouth  parts  are  all  black, 
firmly  chitinizcd  and  the  jaws  arc  continuous  internally  with 
broad  chitinous  plates  surrounding  the  oesophagus  (Fig.  23,  b). 
Just  dorsal  to  the  mouth-parts  is  the  pair  of  short  antennae  each 
with  a  basal  sub-conical  fleshy  piece  and  two  rotmded  tenninal 
segments.  (Figs.  21,  a,  and  23,  c).  On  the  anterior  part  of  the 
third  body-segment  is  a  pair  of  very  small  spiracles  (Fig.  2 1 ,  ^) .  These 
are  difficult  to  see  clearly  but  apparently  consist  of  a  crescent- 
shaped  slit  guarded  by  seven  rounded  teeth-like  lobes  (Fig.  24). 
The  posterior  respiratory  organ  (Fig.  21,  c)  consists  as  in  other 
species  of  two  short  cylindrical  appendages  fused  along  the 
middle  line  and  each  bearing  on  the  end  three  slit-like  spiracles 
radiating  from  a  dorsal  circular  plate.  The  appendage  in 
Paragus  bicolor  (Figs.  25,  26),  is  slightly  longer  than  broad,  the 
length  being  from  0.25  mm.  to  0.4  mm.,  the  width  0.25  to  0.3  mm. 
About  mid-length  is  a  slight  constriction  beyond  which  the 
appendage  is  strongly  chitinized  and  the  surface  smooth,  tes- 
taceous brown;  proximal  to  the  constriction  the  surface  of  the 
tube  is  roughly  papillose  and  nearly  black.  The  spiracles  are 
well  elevated  above  the  surface  of  the  appendage  and  are 
noticeably   curved  in  their  extent.    (Figs.    25   and   2(5,    b). 

The  inter-spiracular  spines*  are  inconspicuous  but  the  one 
median  to  the  rather  inconspicuous  circular  plate  (Fig.  26,  c),  is 
large,  spoon-shaped,  broad  dorso-ventrally,  narrower  from  side 
to  side  and  concave  laterally  (Figs.  25  and  26,  a). 

*  Inter-spiracular  spine,  a  projection  of  the  chitinous  surface  between 
any  two  of  the  spiracles  on  the  posterior  respiratory  organ. 


Nov.,  1911.]  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  II.  399 

The  anus  is  ventral  on  the  last  segment. 

These  larvae  were  first  taken  at  Columbus,  Ohio,  on  May  31, 
1911,  when  a  dozen  or  more  of  various  sizes  were  collected  on 
Curled  Dock  {Rtimex  crispus  L.)  very  badly  infested  with  an 
aphid  (Myzus  sp.). 

On  June  4,  eggs  and  larvae  were  taken  from  the  same  host, 
the  eggs  hatching  the  following  day.  The  young  thus  made  their 
first  appearance  at  this  station  the  latter  half  of  May  and  the 
first  of  June.  At  Lakeville,  Ohio,  seventy  miles  north-east, 
larvae  of  differing  sizes  were  collected  from  both  Curled  Dock  and 
Broad  Leaf  Dock  {Rumex  obtusijolius  L.)  June  15-18.  At  San- 
dusky, on  Lake  Erie,  larvae  of  this  species  nearly  full  grown  were 
collected  from  Curled  Dock  on  June  21  and  July  1.  At  Castaha, 
June  29,  larvae  were  abundant  on  Common  JBurdock  {Arctium 
minus  Schk.)  On  July  8  both  pupae  and  larvae  were  taken  in 
considerable  numbers  from  Burdock  at  Kelley's  Island.  Again  on 
August  27th  larvae  were  found  on  thistle  {Carduus  sp.)  at 
Lakeville,  Ohio,  among  aphids  {Aphis  sp.). 

From  all  the  observations  made  on  this  species  two  distinct 
generations  seem  evident :  one  appearing  in  spring  at  dates  varying 
from  the  middle  of  May  to  the  middle  of  June  or  a  Httle  later  in 
different  parts  of  the  State,  a  second  appearing  in  August  and 
perhaps  later. 

On  Rumex  these  larvae  are  to  be  found  among  the  aphids 
{Mvzus  sp.)  which  cluster  especially  on  the  heads  or  flower 
spikes  and  the  smaller  leaves ;  on  thistle  on  the  upper  tender  parts 
of  stems;  on  Arctium  they  are  more  especially  on  the  under  side 
of  the  large  lower  spreading  leaves.  They  are  parasitic  on  the 
aphid  colonies  catching  the  individuals  with  their  mouth-parts 
and  killing  them  by  slowly  picking  out  and  sucking  out  all  the 
soft  body-contents  within  the  chitinous  wall.  During  this 
process  the  mouth  parts  are  manipulated  by  strong  muscles 
which  also  move  the  large  chitinous  plates  about  the  oesophagus 
out  and  in  like  a  battering  ram.  The  anterior  two  or  three  seg- 
ments are  pushed  inside  the  sac-like  body-wall,  and  the  contents 
very  carefully  and  completely  picked  out  all  around  and  into  the 
bases  of  the  appendages.  Empty  skins  are  dropped  and  may 
sometimes  be  noted. 

The  larvae  are  sluggish  when  plenty  of  food  is  at  hand,  usually 
nicely  protected  by  position  among  the  aphids  and  somewhat  by 
colors  similar  to  those  of  the  host  plant.  They  can,  however, 
move  actively  by  looping  movements  with  the  assistance  of  the 
pro-legs.  When  in  search  of  food  the  larva  advances  a  short 
distance,  raises  the  anterior  half  of  the  body  and  lashes  it  rapidly 
from  side  to  side,  then  advances  again  and  repeats  the  side  lashing 
until  it  touches  the  desired  food. 


400  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  1, 

The  only  particular  enemy  noted  is  a  small  Ichneumonid 
parasite  (Bassus  sp.)  which  oviposits  through  the  skin  of  the  larva. 
The  parasitic  larva  does  not  prevent  the  formation  of  a  more  or  less 
complete  puparium,  but  emerges  as  adult  about  four  weeks  after 
pupation  of  host  by  gnawing  a  small  irregular  hole  in  the  anterior 
end  of  the  puparium  (see  Fig.  3G).  The  first  indication  of  the 
presence  of  the  parasite  is  usually  a  failure  of  the  pupal  envelope 
to  inflate  completely,  remaining  less  rounded  up  dorsally  and  often 
with  the  anterior  segments  but  little  retracted  ventrally.  Very 
soon  the  pupa  becomes  darker  in  color  than  normal,  in  this  species 
becoming  purplish  instead  of  testaceous  brown.  These  char- 
acters should  be  easily  told  and  one  with  a  very  little  experience 
might  do  great  good  by  destroying  all  such  parasitized  pupae 
before  the  hymenopteron  has  time  to  emerge. 

Pupa. 

Dimensions,  average  of  ten:  Length  5.3  mm.,  height  2.2  mm., 
width  2.4  mm.  Pupation  takes  place  within  the  indurated 
larval  skin  which  becomes  inflated  dorsally  and  anteriorly, 
retracted  ventrally  so  that  the  mouth  comes  to  lie  well  back  on 
the  ventral  side.  As  seen  from  above  (Fig.  27)  the  puparium  is 
near  oval  in  outline  but  with  sides  somewhat  straightened  and 
with  the  breathing  appendages  giving  a  more  extended  outline 
posteriorly.  From  in  front  the  puparium  is  almost  circular  in 
outline.  As  seen  from  the  side  (Fig.  28),  the  ventrum  is  nearly 
straight,  dipping  down  slightly  anteriorly  and  posteriorly,  thence 
rounding  up  strongly  to  the  dorsum.  In  many  specimens  the 
anterior  end  of  the  larva  has  been  more  strongly  retracted  ventrally 
and  the  anterior  and  posterior  ends  more  equally  rounded  up 
than  is  shown  in  Fig.  2S. 

The  color  varies  from  brown-pink  to  darker  sometimes  with 
obliquely  transver.se  banding  of  testaceous  brown  and  blackish. 

The  long  segmental  spines  contrasted  with  the  short-dorsals, 
or  their  apparent  absence  on  the  principal  segments,  and  the 
short  posterior  respiratory  appendage  with  its  prominent  spoon- 
shaped  spurs  at  the  end,  dorsally,  should  serve  easily  to  identify 
the  species. 

Date  of  pupation:  Columbus,  June  6th  and  later;  Lakeville, 
June  23  to  26;  Sandusky,  July  3  and  later;  Kelley's  Island,  Lake 
Erie,  July  8  to  13.  The  duration  in  the  pupa  stage  was  from 
5  to  15  days  with  the  majority  about  12  days. 

The  pupae  are  to  be  found  lodged  and  fastened  among  the 
flowers  in  the  spike  and  the  axils  of  the  leaves,  or  on  the  upper 
side  of  the  leaves  of  the  host  plant.  They  are  stuck  to  the  leaves 
by  their  posterior  end.  Protective  coloration  may  be  of  some 
importance  to  the  pupae  as  well  as  to  the  larvae. 

The  adult  emerges  by  pushing  off  a  circular  operculum  from  the 
anterior  end  of  the  pupa-case. 


Nov.,  1911.]  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  II.  40 r 


Adult. 
Genus  Paragus  Latrcille. 
Description  slightly  modified  from  Williston.  Btill.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.,  No.  31,  89,  (1SS6),  p.  17.  vSmall  neariy  bare  species, 
abdomen  curved  downward  at  the  tip  black  or  greenish  black 
with  yellow  on  the  face  and  reddish  on  the  abdomen.  Head 
broader  than  thorax;  antennae  about  as  long  as  the  head,  first  and 
second  joints  short  third  longer  than  first  two  together;  arista 
before  the  middle  bare.  Face  convex  with  an  obtuse  tubercle. 
Eyes  pilose,  narrowly  contiguous  and  often  with  an  area  of 
erilarged  facets  on  the  upper  anterior  part  in  the  male.  Abdomen 
as  wide  as  thorax  and  twice  as  long  of  nearly  equal  width  through- 
out, a  shallow  transverse  depression  on  each  segment,  the  distal 
end  bent  downward.  Hind  metatarsi  much  thickened  as  long  as 
the  remaining  joints  together.  Marginal  cell  of  wing  open,  third 
longitudinal  vein  straight,  anterior  cross-vein  near  the  base  of 
discal  cell,  the  last  section  of  fourth  vein  sinuate,  terminating  in  a 
right  angle  on  the  third  vein  at  a  considerable  distance  before  the 
tip. 

Paragus  bicolor  (Fabricius). 

cf  9  Length  5-(3  mm.  Eyes  pubescent,  the  pile  mostly  grouped 
in  two  vertical  stripes  separated  by  a  distinct  vertical  glabrous  stripe 
(Figs.  29,  30).  Face  in  the  female  white  pilose  with  a  shining 
black  stripe  reaching  from  antennae  to  the  oral  margin,  narrower 
below;  in  the  male  wholly  pure  light  sulphury  yellow  with  yellow 
pile.  Oval  margin  and  cheeks  shining  black.  Antennae  black 
with  some  whitish  pollen,  the  under  side  of  the  third  joint  reddish. 
Front  of  female  narrowed  above,  not  more  than  half  as  wide  at  the 
vertex  as  at  the  base  of  the  antennae  (Fig.  30) ;  shining  black 
narrowly  dusted  with  whitish  on  the  sides  below,  the  latter  not 
quite  reaching  the  light  color  on  the  sides  of  the  face;  frontal 
triangle  sulphur  yellow,  the  eyes  touching  midway,  and  for  about 
one-fifth  the  distance,  between  the  anterior  ocellus  and  the  base 
of  the  antennae;  "vertical  triangle  black  light  pollinose  in' front. 
Thorax  black,  a  little  shining  with  yellowish  pile,  in  front  with  two 
whitish  pollinose  stripes.  Pleurae  silvery  white  pilose.  Scutellum 
with  a  whitish  border  not  extending  to  the  anterior  angles. 
Abdomen  chiefly  red,  but  variable  in  color;  first  segment  black; 
second  segment,  often  wholly  black  sometimes  more  or  less  red 
behind,  sometimes  only  black  on  the  sides.  The  black  usually 
extends  narrowly  along  the  sides  of  the  third  segment,  sometimes 
of  the  fourth  and  fifth  also ;  rarely,  the  third  segment  has  a  blackish 
band.  Pile  on  the  sides  of  the  segments  in  front  and  on  the  lateral 
margins,  and  on  the  fifth  segment,  white,  elsewhere  obscure. 
Legs  variable,  frequently  the  basal  portion  of  the  front  and  mid- 
dle femora  and  the  hind  femora  except  the  tip  are  black,  elsewhere 
yellowish.     Wings,   nearly  hyaline;   stigma,    dilutely  yellowish." 


402  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  1, 

Paragus  tibialis  (Fallen). 

Larva. 

Length  about  7.5  mm.,  width  2  to  2.5  mm.,  height  1.5  mm. 
Similar  in  superficial  appearance  to  the  previously  described 
Paragus  bicolor  but  slenderer  and  smaller.  Color  markings 
variable.  Ususally  the  heart  line  is  rather  prominent  as  is  also  a 
similar  looking  dark  line  along  each  side  of  the  body  about  under 
the  dorsal  segmental  spines.  The  reddish  color  is  of  much  less 
-extent  than  in  P.  bicolor  and  is  largely  replaced  by  a  sulphur 
yellow  tinge.  In  some  specimens  the  general  color  is  unifomi  light 
yellowish  brown.  The  segmental  spines  are  shorter  and  situated 
■on  smaller  conical  elevations  than  those  of  P.  bicolor  (Fig.  32), 
but  the  dorsal  one  in  segments  (J  to  11  is  less  reduced  proportion- 
ately, being  about  one-third  as  long  as  the  median  and  dorso- 
lateral ones.  (See  Fig.  31). 

The  most  convenient  means  of  separation  of  the  two  species 
in  the  larval  stage  is  in  the  length  of  the  posterior  breathing 
appendage.  This  in  P.  iibialis  ranges  from  about  O.-i  mm.  to 
0.G5  or  0.7  mm.,  with  an  average  of  about  0.5  mm.  as  compared 
with  P.  bicolor  where  the  length  is  near  0.3  mm.  The  width  at 
the  tip  is  about  0.25  to  0.3  mm.  as  in  P.  bicolor.  The  appendage 
besides  being  distinctly  longer  is  somewhat  more  bifurcate  at  the 
tip  in  P.  tibialis  and  the  general  surface  is  slightly  more  depressed 
between  the  spiracular  elevations.  This  will  be  made  clearer  by 
reference  to  Figs.  25,  26,  33  and  34. 

Larvae  were  taken  from  common  Burdock  (Arctium  minus 
Schk.)  at  Lakeville,  Ohio,  June  21st;"  at  Sandusky,  Ohio,  from 
July  30  to  August  5;  and  at  Kelley's  Island,  July  8th.  They 
were  found  on  the  upper,  but  chiefly  on  the  lower  side  of  the 
leaves  of  Burdock  parasitic  in  colonies  of  aphids  (species  unde- 
termined) the  body  fluids  and  viscera  of  which  they  devour  in 
the  usual  manner. 

They  were  found  parasitized  to  a  slight  extent  by  the 
hymenopteron  Bassus  sp. 

Pupa: 

Dimensions,  average  of  flve:  length  4.3  mm.,  width  l.S  mm., 
height  1.75  mm.  Nicely  rounded  out  anteriorly  and  dorsally, 
flattened  to  the  surface  of  the  leaf  ventrally  and  attenuated 
strongly  to  the  posterior  respiratory  appendage  both  by  depression 
and  by  compression  (Fig.  35).  The  posterior  appendage  is  very 
frequently  turned  to  one  side  or  other  from  the  middle  line. 
General  color  unifonn  pale  brown  to  darker,  the  six  spiracular 
elevations  black. 

Compared  with  P.  bicolor  the  puparium  is  less  rounded  up 
posteriorly,  more  attenuated  (Fig.  35,  cf.  Fig.  28).  The  characters 
of  the  posterior,  breathing  appendage  and  the  segmental  spines 


Nov.,  1911.]  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  II.  403 

remain  essentially  as  in  the  larva  viz.,  the  appendage  is  longer 
than  in  P.  bicolor  the  tubes  slightly  divergent  at  the  tip  and  the 
spoon-shaped  spine  at  their  tips  longer;  the  segmental  spines  as  a 
whole  are  shorter,  the  dorsal  ones  in  segments  6-11  becoming 
inconspicuous  or  entirely  invisible. 

Pupa  from  the  larva  taken  at  Lakeville,  Ohio,  June  ISth,  was 
formed  June  23.  Pupae  were  common  in  the  field  at  Kelley's 
Island,  July  8.  They  were  taken  at  Sandusky,  Ohio,  August  2. 
Duration  in  the  pupal  stage  was  from  5  to  11  days.  Pupation  is 
accomplished  within  the  hardened  larval  skin.  The  posterior 
part  especially  flattens  out  on  the  surface  of  the  leaf  becoming 
glued  fast  to  it  while  the  anterior  end  becomes  inflated,  the  head 
segments  being  retracted  ventrally. 

For  the  emergence  of  the  pupa  the  operculum  splits  off  usualh^ 
between  larval  segments  5  and  6  dorsally  and  jtist  back  of  the 
mouth-parts  ventrally.  The  adult  emerges  with  wings  crumpled 
and  a  conspicuous  U-shaped  loop  in  the  costal  margin  about  the 
temiination  of  the  first  longitudinal  vein.  The  wings  expand  and 
harden  in  an  hour  or  so  and  the  fly  is  ready  for  flight. 

Adults  have  been  taken  from  the  tenth  of  May  to  the  latter 
part  of  August  more  often  in  the  flrst  half  of  June  and  the  first 
half  of  August.  They  are  flower  feeders  but  found  most  com- 
monly in  deep  meadowy  wooded  spots  hovering  in  the  sunlight  or 
may  be  taken  by  beating. 

Adidt. 

Paragus  tibialis  (Fallen). 

cf  9  Length  3  to  5  mm.  Antennae  nearly  as  long  as  the 
head,  blackish  brown  varying  to  yellowish  brown  on  parts.  Face 
light  yellow  pilose ;  yellow  on  the  sides  with  a  broad  median  black 
band  from  antennae  to  oral  margin;  projecting  below  and  with  a 
distinct  tubercle  above  the  oral  margin  (Fig.  37).  Front  in 
female  black,  with  black  pile  of  nearly  equal  width  throughout 
(Fig.  38).  Frontal  triangle  in  male  yellow,  vertical  triangle  large, 
black,  yellowish  pilose  at  the  apex,  elsewhere  the  pile  darker. 
Eyes  pilose,  the  pile  not  massed  in  tivo  vertical  stripes,  dilute. 
Thorax  entirely  greenish-black,  shining,  with  yellowish  pile. 
No  yellow  on  the  scuteUum.  Legs  light  yellow,  black  on  the  base  of 
the  femora;  the  hind  femora  all  black  except  at  the  tip.  Wings 
hyaline  slightly  tinged  with  grayish. 

Schiner  in  Fauna  Austrica  cites  several  varieties  separated  on 
the  color  of  the  abdomen.  The  ones  I  have  reared  from  larvae 
:show  the  following  abdominal  markings :  In  the  male  the  first  and 
second  segments  are  black,  the  following  ones  reddish  brown 
with  some  black,  whitish  yellow  pilose.  In  the  female  entirely 
.greenish-black  like  the  thorax  with  more  or  less  whitish  pile. 


Fig. 

24 

Fig. 

25 

Fig. 

2G 

Fig. 

27 

404  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  1, 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XIX. 
Figures  21-30  Paragus    hicolor    (Fab.) 

Fig.  2L     Mature  larva  x  10;  a,  antenna;   b,  anterior  spiracle;  c,  posterior 

respiratory  organ. 
Fig.  22.     A  segmental  spine  of  the  larva  x  40. 
Fig.  23.     Antero-lateral   view    of   mouth-parts    of   larva,    much    enlarged; 

a,  outer  pair  of  mouth  hooks;  b,  broad  chitinous  plates  sur- 
rounding the  oesophagus;  c,  antenna;  d,  upper  jaw;  e,  three 
pairs  of  lateral  mouth-hooks;/,  lower  jaw. 

Right  anterior  spiracle  highly  magnified. 

Dorsal  view  of   posterior   respiratory  organ  x  60;  a,  the  dorsal 

spine;  b,  one  of  the  radiating  spiracles. 
End  view  of  posterior  respiratory  organ  x  70;  a,  its  dorsal  spine; 

b,  a  spiracle;  c,  the  circular  plate. 
Dorsal  view    of   puparium  x  0;    a,  posterior   respiratory    organ; 

b,  median  segmental  spine  of  sixth  larval  segment;  c,  dorsal 
and  d,  dorso-lateral  spines  of  sixth  and  seventh  larval  segments, 
respectively. 
Fig.  28.  Lateral  view  of  puparium  x  5;  a,  posterior  respiratory  organ; 
b,  median  spine;  d,  dorso-lateral  spine;  e,  lateral  spine;  /,  pos- 
terior ventro-Iateral;  and  g,  anterior  ventro-lateral. 

Adult  male  about  seven  times  natural  size. 

Front  view  of  head  of  female  x  12. 

Figures  31-38  Paragus  tibialis  Fallen. 

Posterior  part  of  a  young  larva  from  the  side  greatly  enlarged. 
Segmental  spine  of  a  full  grown  larva  x  40. 

Dorsal  view  of  posterior  respiratory  organ  of   larva  x  60;  a,  the 
dorsal  spine;  b,  one  of  the  paired  radiating  spiracles. 
Fig.  34.     End  view  of  posterior  respiratory  organ  x  60;  a,  its  dorsal  spine, 

b,  a  spiracle;  c,  the  circular  plate. 
Fig.  35.     Lateral  view  of  puparium  x  5;  a,  posterior  respiratory  organ. 
Fig.  36.     Puparium  which  has  been  parasitized  by  hymenopteron,  Bassus 
sp.  showing  typical  form  and  the  irregular  hole  through  which 
the  parasite  has  escaped. 
Fig.  37.     Outline  drawing  of  adult  male  from  the  side  x  8. 
Fig.  38.     Head  of  female  x  12. 


Fig. 

29 

Fig. 

30 

Fig. 

31 

Fig. 

32 

Fig. 

33 

Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XIX 


Metcalf  on  "  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  II." 


4o6  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XII,  No.  1, 

FLUCTUATING  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  APPLES. 

C.   H.   GOETZ. 

In  taking  up  the  study  of  fluctuating  characteristics  in  apples, 
the  intention  was  to  show  in  how  far  there  was  a  fluctuation  of 
characteristics  in  apjiles.  The  work  was  carried  on  at  Pullman, 
Washington,  dtiring  the  years  1909  and  1910. 

In  the  fall  of  the  year  as  the  apples  ripened  in  the  orchard  of 
the  Washington  State  College,  there  was  gathered  from  the  trees 
of  fifty  different  varieties  of  apples,  enough  fruit  to  make  one 
hundred  apples  of  each  variety,  for  use  in  the  investigation. 
These  apples  were  taken  promiscuously  from  the  trees.  They 
were  stored  in  boxes  in  the  cold  storage,  each  box  being  marked 
with  name  and  number. 

During  the  winter  the  apples  were  cut  up  for  investigation  and 
study.  One-half  of  them  were  cut  lengthwise  for  a  study  of  the 
longitudinal  outline  fonn;  for  size;  shape,  form  and  size  of  tube, 
for  shape  of  core  line;  depth,  size  and  fonii  of  cavity  and  basin: 
for  position  of  stamens,  and  length  of  stem. 

The  other  half  of  the  apples  were  cut  into  cross  sections  for  the 
study  of  the  core  line  or  fibro  vascular  bundles;  for  size,  shape  and 
nature  of  cavities;  for  cross-section  outline;  for  position  form  and 
nature  of  core. 

These  halves  of  the  apples  were  as  near  as  possible  true  halves. 
They  were  inked  with  indelible  pencil  on  the  face  in  such  a  way  as 
to  have  them  make  clear  cut  and  true  impressions  of  the  form  and 
various  characteristics  of  the  apples  as  they  were  pressed  upon 
paper. 

Two  impressions  were  made.  The  first  impression  was  made 
on  an  absorbing  paper,  making  a  very  strong  impression.  This 
was  used  for  making  a  tracing  of  the  apples.  The  second 
impression  was  made  on  a  fine  grained  paper,  to  be  used  for 
further  study. 

The  investigation  of  the  fluctuating  characteristics  of  the 
apples  brings  out  the  following: 

1.  That  there  is  a  more  or  less  fluctuation  in  certain  char- 
acteristics and  that  this  is  true  more  of  certain  varieties  of  apples 
than  of  others. 

2.  That  certain  varieties  of  apples  show  a  tendency  toward  a 
constancy  of  characteristics,  while  others  have  a  great  tendency 
toward  fluctuation. 

Perhaps  the  most  fluctuating  characteristic  in  all  apples  is 
found  in  size,  shape  and  appearance  of  the  seed  cavities. 

Second  to  this  comes  the  fluctuation  in  the  length  of  the 
peduncle  in  any  variety. 


Nov.,  1911.]         Fluctuating  CharaHeri sties  of  Apples. 


407 


U3 


> 
O 


0 

C 

u 

0 

1-  c 

% 

29 

% 

56 

% 

37 

% 

30 

30 

45 

44 

35 

29 

45 

44 

35 

33 

52 

66 

88 

31 

23 

12 

43 

11 

77 

22 

13 

18 

41 

17 

16 

89 

21 

6 

41 

16 

87 

31 

32 

87 

74 

68 

76 

75 

77 

68 

81 

92 

84 

14 

43 

37 

68 

67 

39 

6 

9 

88 

25 

33 

85 

4 

13 

92 

6 

95 

4 

89 

58 

59 

77 

76 

69 

32 

21 

17 

36 

75 

85 

46 

65 

66 

42 

85 

66 

39 

28 

13 

82 

21 

32 

50 

48 

53 

34 

48 

38 

53 

16 

92 

37 

84 

32 

34 

24 

15 

25 

54 

37 

25 

43 

67 

77 

43 

29 

77 

66 

25 

28 

96 

36 

28 

19 

85 

/o 

23 

12 

62 

74 

34 

28 

83 

90 

39 

30 

88 

16 

37 

19 

11 

78 

88 

33 

69 

84 

35 

27 

53 

76 

35 

52 

75 

18 

29 

77 

54 

63 

27 

37 

53 

77 

73 

83 

83 

29 

18 

20 

53 

27 

38 

44 

91 

85 

31 

17 

90 

51 

80 

69 

60 

71 

65 

39 

60 

16 

10 

82 

94 

95 

97 

38 

64 

75 

88 

64 

90 

16 

87 

83 

86 

74 

28 

42 

c 
a, 


0) 

t-i 

0 
0 

c 
S 

+-> 

to 

4J 
U 
0 

0 

% 
76 

% 

54 

% 

25 

% 

20 

82 

33 

24 

61 

82 

77 

49 

73 

64 

32 

23 

37 

76 

45 

21 

21 

9 

8 

32 

8 

71 

78 

31 

11 

95 

39 

13 

7 

86 

84 

25 

27 

22 

74 

84 

73 

76 

92 

43 

41 

75 

83 

19 

74 

63 

84 

42 

77 

78 

68 

14 

75 

92 

86 

10 

7 

8 

66 

37 

53 

17 

58 

76 

78 

18 

86 

17 

58 

84 

75 

16 

18 

61 

47 

16 

89 

84 

7 

39 

87 

8 

18 

29 

67 

38 

54 

65 

35 

38 

54 

65 

46 

79 

15 

96 

42 

77 

11 

39 

27 

76 

85 

88 

87 

27 

29 

36 

27 

72 

61 

28 

67 

17 

18 

8 

16 

86 

85 

24 

35 

80 

70 

42 

60 

72 

82 

47 

48 

11 

32 

24 

60 

20 

65 

28 

86 

65 

37 

74 

46 

20 

95 

49 

63 

67 

26 

34 

55 

64 

84 

82 

53 

25 

73 

54 

68 

14 

13 

21 

88 

83 

48 

47 

88 

80 

64 

62 

53 

53 

72 

78 

88 

30 

74 

18 

61 

77 

11 

72 

31 

8 

14 

83 

12 

84 

56 

43 

58 

88 

89 

19 

85 

78 

17 

29 

65 

% 
28 
23 
24 
25 
33 
19 
27 
9 
36 
19 
28 
65 
9 
8 
5 
11 
20 
21 
22 
26 
32 
26 
46 
44 
10 
26 
13 
64 
26 
9 
38 
31 
60 
28 
19 
35 
83 
10 
73 
26 
15 
23 
54 
55 
38 
33 
10 
40 
9 
23 


Janet 

North  Carolina 

Pickapoo 

Smith 

Limber  Twig 

Houghtahng 

Ortlcv 

Rock 

Jones 

Gold  Ridge 

Agrippa 

Nancy  Jackson 

Shakleford 

Black  Warrior 

Nelson 

Hugenot 

Goin 

Gill 

Duncan 

Stark 

Williams    Early  Red. . 

Stone's  Eureka 

Nansemond 

Black  Annette 

Fink 

Stayman 

Kinnaird 

Red  Siberian 

Andrews'  Winter 

Crotts 

Red  Romanite 

Yates 

Belmont 

Vanoz 

Marshal 

Arabka 

Plumb  Cider 

Latah 

Hiley  Eureka 

Bomshell 

Rome  Beauty 

Indiana  Favorite 

Lowver 

Fallen  Water 

Lankford 

Lake  Winter 

York  Imperial 

Loy 

Superior 

Longevity 


% 
75 
80 
65 
50 
57 
66 
76 
85 
76 
68 
90 
83 
69 
71 
8 
57 
88 
73 
94 
77 
63 
59 
65 
14 
63 
57 
72 
45 
67 
51 
54 
68 
89 
78 
85 
70 
53 
67 
66 
76 
73 
63 
72 
59 
86 
58 
57 
84 
62 
71 


% 
49 
66 
67 
25 
23 
10 
28 

8 
69 
21 
72 
24 
49 
86 
93 

7 
84 
65 
78 
41 
27 
15 
43 
33 
24 
26 
32 
11 
74 
23 
98 
69 
81 
10 
30 
56 
81 
32 
38 
56 
92 
28 
78 
70 
82 
26 
29 
29 
36 
28 


4o8  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XII,  No.  1, 

Third  in  line,  is  the  fonn,  size  and  outline  of  the  apple,  and 
also  the  core  line. 

Fourth  in  rank  of  inconsistency  is  the  tube,  while  the  stamens, 
apical  and  lower  basins  fluctuate  least. 

As  far  as  could  be  observed  there  is  very  little  fluctuation  in 
shape,  size  or  form  of  the  calyz  in  any  variety  of  apples. 

In  general,  while  there  are  no  two  apples  exactly  alike  in  any 
one  variety,  yet  there  is  a  certain  similarity  running  through  one 
'variety  that  makes  the  apples  look  alike. 

On  the  following  pages  is  shown  in  percentages  the  amount 
of  fluctuation  of  each  variety  along  the  various  parts  of  the  apples 

The  per  cent  indicated  shows  the  per  cent  of  fluctuation  while 
the  negative  amount  is  the  per  cent  of  constancy. 

In  conclusion  it  might  be  said  that  the  investigation,  if  it  were 
continued  with  all  the  difl:erent  varieties  of  apples  that  we  have, 
would  probably  bring  out  the  same  facts  as  have  been  brought 
out  in  the  study  of  these  fifty  varieties. 

There  is  a  slight  possibility  that  where  only  one  variety  is 
grown  in  an  orchard  there  may  not  be  such  a  great  tendency 
toward  fluctuation  of  characteristics  as  there  would  be  in  an 
orchard  like  the  State  College  of  Washington  orchard  where  there 
are  hundreds  of  different  varieties  of  apples. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

1.  The  American  Fruit  Culturist,  John  J.  Thomas. 

2.  Systematic  Pomology,  F.  A.  Waugh. 

3.  Principles  of  Fruit  Culture,  Bailey. 

4.  Encyclopedia  of  Agriculture,  Bailey. 

5.  The  Apples  of  New  York,  Beech. 


The  Ohio  V\(^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity, 


Volume  XII.                                DECEMBER,    1911. 

No.  2. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

SCHAFFNER— The  Classification  oi  Plants,  VII  

MacCoughey— The  Birds  of  Darke  County,  Ohio 

409 

420 

Fox — Ohio  Grown  Perilla  

40fi 

THE  CLASSIFICATION  OF  PLANTS,  VII.^ 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

There  can  be  little  question  as  to  the  general  importance  of  a 
correct  taxonomy;  for  the  views  of  all  botanists,  whether  they 
deal  directly  with  classification  or  not,  must  be  more  or  less 
influenced  by  the  scheme  of  supposed  relationships  which  they 
follow.  On  the  arrangement  accepted  must  depend  one's  ideas 
of  what  are  high  and  low  plants,  and  this  again  must  have  its 
effect  on  one's  views  about  derivation  and  evolution.  Thus  one 
finds  the  arguments  advanced  by  various  authors  based  very 
largely  on  the  classification  followed.  The  viewpoint  must 
certainly  be  fundimentally  different  when,  on  the  one  hand, 
primitive  forms  are  recognized  in  such  remarkably  specialized 
trees  as  Casuarina,  or,  on  the  other,  in  a  general  type  like  Magnolia. 

Ecological  adaptations  must  be  explained  on  the  same  basis. 
One  must  determine  whether  anemophilous  and  hydrophilous 
flowering  plants  are  the  more  primitive  or  those  that  are  ento- 
mophilous ;  whether  the  bisporangiate  or  monosporangiate  flowers 
represent  the  original  type;  whether  vestigial  organs  are  to  be 
regarded  as  being  derived  from  normal  ones  and  thus  as  indicat- 
ing lines  of  evolution. 

When  a  correct  series  is  established,  there  is  often  a  remarkable 
parallelism  between  the  evolutionary  development  and  special- 
ization of  the  flower  and  the  completeness  of  the  ecological  adap- 
tation. Thus  in  the  lowest  Alismales  the  plants  are  aerial  with 
showy  bisporangiate  flowers  having  numerous  parts  in  spirals 
and  usually  possessing  nectar  glands,  while  the  most  specialized 
species  are  completely  aquatic  with  reduced  monecious  or  diecious 
flowers    without    perianth    and    with    hydrophilous    pollination. 

1.  Contributions  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  Ohio  State 
University,  64. 

409 


41  o  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  2, 

Such  a  sequence  can  be  traced  more  or  less  completely  in  other 
hydrophytic  groups. 

Anemophily  has  also  been  developed  indeiDcndently  in  numer- 
ous groups;  nearl}^  always  accompanied  by  the  monosporangiate 
condition,  loss  of  part  or  all  of  the  perianth,  and  general  reduction 
of  the  flower  and  the  inflorescence. 

Peculiar  morj^hological  conceptions  of  development  arc  fre- 
quently formulated  on  the  basis  of  an  improper  taxonomy,  and 
transformations  and  re-creations  are  either  tacitly  or  openly 
advocated,  the  acceptance  of  which  would  require  a  credulity 
greater  than  a  belief  in  an  innumerable  series  of  special  creations. 
Even  the  interpretation  of  the  geological  history  of  plants  depends 
somewhat  on  our  scheme  of  classification;  since  the  geological 
history  of  plants,  so  far  deciphered,  is  exceedingly  incomplete 
and  must  still  be  interpreted  through  the  morphology  of  living 
species. 

Three  general  systems  of  plant  classification  have  been  in 
vogue:  (1)  the  artificial  system,  (2)  the  so-called  natural  system, 
and  (3)  the  phyletic  or  evolutionary  system.  For  the  larger 
groups,  the  old  natural  system  is  still  largely  in  use,  and  in  the 
detailed  arrangements  of  genera  and  species,  one  can  still  detect 
much  of  the  artificial  method.  The  natural  system  was  not  based 
on  evolutionary  principles,  and  probably  prevented  many  of  its 
followers  from  accepting  the  doctrine  of  descent  because  of  the 
impossible  transformations  which  would  have  been  required  to 
obtain  genetic  continuity  in  the  series  of  plant  fomis  expressed 
in  the  classifications  of  the  time. 

To  reconstruct  classification  on  a  phyletic  basis  will  require 
much  shifting,  not  only  of  the  larger  phyla  and  classes  but  also 
of  orders,  families,  genera,  and  species.  But  we  may  safely 
formulate  a  principle  of  procedure  which,  although  not  always 
giving  final  results  at  present,  will  eventually  lead  to  a  true  "nat- 
ural" classification  and  will  give  us  a  more  or  less  reliable  present- 
ation of  the  evolutionary  history  of  the  plant  kingdom. 

In  tracing  derivative  relationships  between  two  groups  of 
plants,  one  of  the  essential  considerations  is  the  possibilit}^  of 
the  transformation  of  the  structures  of  the  one  into  the  other. 
Every  morphological  structtire  of  the  entire  organism  must  be 
reasonably  derived  from  some  ancestral  type,  and  the  fact  kept 
constantly  in  mind  that  one  organ  may  be  evolving  or  specializing 
rapidly  while  another  is  undergoing  little  change.  In  discussions 
of  this  nature  carried  on  by  those  who  do  not  follow  the  phyletic 
idea  but  divide  plants  arbitrarily  by  some  more  or  less  constant 
peculiarity,  which  may  or  may  not  indicate  relationship,  the 
result  often  becomes  so  artificial  that  whole  groups  of  normal  or- 
gans are  derived  bodil}'  from  the  most  extreme  vestiges.  So  long 
as  we  do  not  see  the  course  of  evolution  proceeding  from  vestigial 


Dec,  1911.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  VII. 


Lll 


to  normal  organs  it  is  not  necessary  to  give  much  weight  to  such 
results.  In  the  higher  plants  vestiges  are  exceedingly  abundant 
and  give  a  plain  index  to  the  course  of  phylogenetic  development. 
Derivations  or  supposed  relationships  are  also  frequently  based 
on  assumptions  from  isolated  morphological  peculiarities  which 
can  be  explained  equally  well  on  other  assumptions  that  will  not 
require  the  complete  re-creation  of  the  species  from  its  supposed 

ancestor. 

The  basis  of  a  modern  taxonomy  must  at  all  events  include  the 

following  principles : 

1.  The  comparative  study  of  the  organography  and  anatomy 
of  plants,  proceeding  from  the  simple  to  the  more  complex. 

2.  The  definite  recognition  of  primordia  and  transformations 
on  the  one  hand  and  of  vestiges  on  the  other. 

3.  A    study    of    incepts,    embryological    developments    and 

juvenile  forms. 

4.  The  investigation  of  lines  of  degeneration  and  special- 
ization, in  both  low  and  high  types,  leading  from  complex  to  simple 

structures. 

5.  The  segregation  of  the  units  into  genetically  or  phylogenet- 

ically  related  groups. 

6.  The  arrangement  of  the  branches  thus  segregated  into 
series  extending  from  the  lowest  and  least  differentiated  to  the 
most  highly  specialized. 

7.  In  a  word,  the  whole  scheme  of  classification  must  show 
the  result  which  has  come  about  through  progressive  evolution, 
segregation,  degredation,  and  specialization. 

In  the  sixth  article  of  this  series  of  papers,  an  arrangement 
of  the  orders  and  families  of  Anthophyta  found  in  the  North- 
eastern United  States  was  given.  Since  then  the  scheme  has 
undergone  some  slight  change  in  the  writer's  hands.  It  is  be- 
lieved that  after  this  no  important  changes  need  be  made  foi^ 
some  time  except  perhaps  the  transfer  of  a  few  families  after  a 
wider  knowledge  of  them  is  gained.     The  changes  are  as  follows :; 

Transfer  the  Limnanthaceae  to  the  Geraniales  following  the 
Oxalidaceae. 

Interchange  the  subfamilies  Melanthatae  and  Liliatae,  placing 
the  latter  as  the  lowest  group  of  the  Liliaceae. 

Divide  the  Hydrangeaceae  into  two  subfamilies,  Philadel- 
phatae  and  Hydrangeatae. 

Following  the  order,  Saxifragales,  insert  the  order  Thyme- 
leales  including  in  sequence  the  families,  Lythraceae,  Thyme- 
leaceae,  Elaeagnaceae. 

A  preliminary  synopsis  is  now  given  of  the  subclasses  and 
orders  of  the  Anthophyta.  It  is  hoped  that  this  may  present  a 
better  view  of  the  phyletic  classification  as  applied  to  the  higher 
plants  and  stimulate  to  further  study. 


412  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol,  XII,  No.  2, 

The  Alismales  and  Ranales  lead  in  the  two  classes,  Monoco- 
tylae  and  Dicotylae.  The  Helobiae  do  not  represent  the  most 
primitive  leaf  and  stem  arrangements  because  of  nmnerous 
hydrophytic  adaptations.  These  adaptations  are,  however,  direct 
modifications  of  primitive  types.  But  the  flowers  in  the  lowest 
Alisimales  and  Nymphaeales  are  by  far  the  most  primitive  to  be 
found  among  Monocotyls.  However,  the  frequent  dichotomous 
venation  of  certain  species  is  very  suggestive  of  primitive  seed 
plants  and  ferns.  The  more  primitive  leaf  and  stem  arrangements 
to  be  found  among  the  Monocotyls  are  preserved  in  such  groups  as 
the  palms,  screw-pines  and  yuccas. 

Following  the  synopses,  a  complete  classification  is  given  of 
the  phyla,  classes  and  subclasses,  with  a  slight  improvement  over 
the  schemes  published  in  fonner  papers. 

'Synopsis    of   the   vSubclasses   and   Orders    of   Anthophyta. 

HELOBIAE. 

Usually  aquatic  or  marsh  herbs  with  hypogynous  or  epigynous, 
actinomorphic,  spiral  or  cyclic,  bisporangiate  or  monosporangiate 
flowers;  flowers  solitary,  axillary,  racemose,  or  occasionally 
closely  clustered;  perianth  frequently  with  prominent  corolla, 
sometimes  undifferentiated,  vestigial  or  absent;  carpels  in  the 
lower  forms  numerous  and  free,  in  the  higher  few  and  united; 
sperms  in  the  pollengrain  two. 

Synopsis. 

I.  Flowers  hypogynous  or  somewhat  perigynous;  carpels  free  or 

united,  spiral  or  cyclic. 

1.  Plants  nomial,  with  chlorophyll. 

a.  Hypocotyledonary  expansion,  if  present  not  lobed  or 

only  slightly  notched;  ovules  usually  anatropous  or 
campylotropous ;  leaves  often  narrow,  not  peltate 
and  not  with  a  narrow  basal  sinus  but  sometimes 
sagitate,  or  deeply  cordate.     Alismales. 

b.  Hypocotyledonary  expansion  parted  into  two  lobes  or 

deeply  notched ;  ovules  orthotropous ;  aerial  or  float- 
ing leaves  peltate,  with  a  deep  basal  sinus,  or  if  some- 
what sagitate  then  with  carpels  mimerous  and 
united.     Nymphaeales. 

2.  vSmall  yellowish  or  reddish  phagoph\'tes.     Triuridales. 

II.  Flowers  epigynous;  carpels  united,  cyclic.     Hydrocharitales. 

SPADICIFLORAE. 

Trees,  herbs,  or  climbing  plants,  usually  with  clustered  flowers; 
the  inflorescence  being  a  crowded  panicle,  spike  or  spadix,  rarely 
reduced;  flowers  hypogynous,  often  monosporangiate,  the  perianth 
present  or  absent,  not  definitely  differentiated  into  calyx  and 
corolla  and  commonh^  inconspicuous;  carpels  4-1,  usually  3,  free 
or  united. 


Dec,  1911.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  VII.  413 


Sy)iopsls. 
I.  Inflorescence  not  a  typical  spadix. 

1.  Leaves  usually  plicate  and  more  or  less  split  at  maturity. 

a.  Carpels  free  or  united,  usually  3,  forming  a  unilocular 

or   plurilocular   ovulary   with   one   ovule   for   each 
carpel.     Palmales. 

b.  Carpels   united;    ovulary   unilocular   with   numerous 

seeds  on  2  or  4  parietal  placentae.    Cyclanthales. 

2.  Leaves  linear  or  sword-shaped,  not  plicate  and  not  splitting 

at  maturity;  flowers  monecious,  spikate  or  capitate, 

Pandanales. 
XL   Inflorescence  a  fleshy  spadix,  with  or  without  a  spathe;  or 
minute  plants  without  leaves  floating  free,  the  flowers  few 
or  solitary  on  the  modified  stem.    Arales. 

GLUMIFLORAE. 

Usually  grass-like  herbs  or  rarely  woody  plants  with  hypo- 
gynous,  inconspicuous  flowers;  carpels  united,  with  3-1  stigmas; 
perianth  of  G-2  chaffy  segments,  or  none;  inflorescence  usually 
consisting  of  spikelets  or  spikes;  endosperm  mealy  or  starchy. 

Synopsis. 

I.  Ovulary  3-1-locular;  ovules  solitary  in  the  cavities,   ortho- 

tropous,  pendulous.    Restionales. 

II.  Ovulary   unilocular,    l-o\'uled,    ovules    anatropous,    erect   or 

ascending.     Graminales. 

LILIIFLORAE. 

Herbs,  sometimes  shrubs,  lianas  or  trees,  usually  with  prom- 
inent flowers,  with  showy  petals  or  staminodes,  hypogynous  or 
epigynous,  solitary  or  clustered;  carpels  3  or  sometimes  2,  united; 
flowers  pentacyclic  and  trimerous  or  some  modification  of  this 
type,  usually  bisporangiate  but  occasionally  monecious  or  diecious, 
actinomorphic  in  the  lower  and  prominently  zygomorphic  in  the 
higher  types;  endosperm  mealy,  fleshy,  or  homy,  sometimes  none. 

Synopsis. 

I.  Flowers  hypogynous,  seeds  -with  endospemi.     Liliales. 
II.  Flowers  partly  or  completely  epigynous. 

1.  Seeds  with  endosperm. 

a.  Flowers  mostly  regular.    Iridales. 

b.  Flowers  very  irregular,  usually  zygomorphic. 

Scitaminales. 

2.  Seeds   without   endosperm,    very  numerous   and   minute; 

flowers  usually  irregular  and  zygomorphic.     Orchidales. 


414  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  2, 


THALAMIFLORAE. 

Herbs  or  woody  plants  with  hypogynous,  choripetalous  or 
apetalous  flowers,  calyx  commonly  of  distinct  sepals  and  inserted, 
with  the  other  parts  of  the  flower,  directly  on  the  floral  axis. 

Synopsis. 
I.  Carpels  many  to  one,  spiral  or  cyclic,  usually  free  or  only 
shghtly  united;  stamens  usually  numerous.    Ranales. 
II.  Carpels  more  or  less  united,  cyclic. 

1.  Herbs  with  insectivorous  leaves;  carpels  .5-3.  Sarraceniales. 

2.  Herbs     or     woody     plants     with     normal     leaves,     not 

insectivorous. 

a.  Carpels  2  or  more  with  parietal  placentae;  perianth 

usually    with    an    even    number    of    segments,    the 
flowers  commonly  isobilateral.     Brassicales. 

b.  Carpels  mostly  5  or  3;  stamens  mostly  10  or  5,  or  a 

reduction  from  10;  ovules  pendulous.     Geraniales. 

c.  Carpels  many  to  3,   ovules  few;  stamens  indefinite, 

monadelphous,  branched  or  clustered,  or  by  reduc- 
tion separate  and  few;  sepals  valvate.    Malvales. 

d.  Carpels  2  or  more,  commonly  with  parietal  placentae; 

stamens  usually  indefinite ;  sepals  and  petals  usually 
5,  sepals  imbricated  or  convolute.      Guttiferales. 

CENTROSPERMAE. 

Mostly  herbaceous  plants  Avith  hypogynous  syncarpous 
flowers;  usually  apetalous  except  in  the  lowest  families;  ovulary 
usually  with  a  central  basal  ovule  or  with  many  ovules  on  a 
central  placenta. 

Synopsis. 
I.  Perianth  present  consisting  of  a  calyx  and  corolla  or  of  a 
calyx  only. 

1.  Embryo  curved,  coiled,  or  annular,  fruit  not  an  achene. 

a.  Emit  a  capsule,  berry,  or  anthocar]r,  calyx  present; 

corolla  present  or  absent.     Caryophyllales. 

b.  Fruit   a  utricle;   calyx   present,    corolla   none. 

Chenopodiales. 

2.  Embryo  straight  or  nearly  so;  fruit  an  achene.  Polygonales. 
II.  Perianth  none  or  vestigial;  ovules  usually  orthotropous. 

Piperales. 

CALYCIFLORAE. 

Perianth  and  stamens  usually  borne  on  a  perigynous  disk  or 
hypanthium  which  is  sometimes  united  with  the  ovulary;  carpels 
free  or  united;  calyx  usually  of  united  sepals,  petals  when  present 
separate. 


Dec,  1911.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  VII.  415 


Synopsis. 

I.  Carpels  free  or  united,  spiral  or  cyclic. 

1.  Endosperm   usually   little   or   none;    leaves   mostly   with 

stipules;  carpels  spiral  or  cyclic,  often  reduced  to  one, 

usually  free  or  only  slightly  united,  with  a  few  evident 
exceptions.    Resales. 

2.  Endospemi  present  and  usually  copious;  leaves  usually 

without   stipules;    carpels   cyclic,  free  or   united,  some- 
times slightly  epigynous.    Saxifragales. 
II.  Carpels  united,  cyclic. 

1.  Hypanthium    tubular    or   urn-shaped,    often    constricted 

above  and  enclosing  the  ripe  fruit;  endosperm  commonly 
little  or  none.    Thymeleales. 

2.  Receptacle    developing   a    glandular,    annular,    or    turgid 

disk  which   is  somewhat  united  with   the   perianth   or 
ovulary,  endosperm  present  or  none.     Celastrales. 

3.  Disk  tumid,  united  with  the  perianth,  sometimes  reduced; 

endosperm  usually  none.    Sapindales. 

AMENTIFERAE. 

Mostly  trees  or  shi-ubs  with  hypogynous  or  perigynous  flowers, 
commonly  in  aments  or  ament-like  clusters;  flowers  mostly 
apetalous  or  naked,  generally  monecious  or  diecious. 

Synopsis. 

I.  Flowers  not  in  typical  aments,   often  in  pendant  heads  or 
ament-like  spikes  or  clusters;  usually  monosporangiate. 

1.  Leaves  alternate  or  rarely  opposite. 

a.  Stamens   alternate   with   the   petals    (when   present), 

or  numerous;  perianth  sometimes  none.  Platanales. 

b.  Stamens  mostly  4,  opposite  the  usually  4  sepals. 

(a)  Calyx  not  petaloid.    Urticales. 

(b)  Calyx  petaloid;  stamens  usually  united  with 

the  sepals.    Proteales. 

2.  Leaves    whorled,    reduced    to    scales,    ovulary    unilocular 

with  two  ovules.     Casuarinales. 
II.  Flowers,    at    least    the    staminate    ones,    in    aments,    mono- 
sporangiate. 

1.  Seeds  not  with  a  tuft  of  hairs,  fruit  a  typical  or  modified 

nut,  achene  or  samara;  plants  monecious  or  diecious. 

a.  Fruit  2-or  more-seeded,  ovules  with   1  integiunent. 

Balanopsidales. 

b.  Fniit  usually  1  seeded.     Fagales. 

2.  Seeds  with  a  tuft  of  hairs  at  one  end;  several  in  the  capsule; 

flowers  diecious  without  perianth;  leaves  usually  alter- 
nate.    Salicales. 


4i6  _  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No. 2, 


MYRTIFLORAE. 

Epigynous  plants  usually  with  large  showy  flowers,  with  or 
without  a  prominent  hypanthium;  more  commonly  chorijjetalous, 
but  sometimes  sympetalous  or  completely  apetalous;  ovules 
commonl}-  ntunerous. 

Synopsis. 
I.  Fleshy  usually  prickly  and  spiny  plants  with  jointed  stems  and 
reduced  leaves;  perianth  segments  usually  very  numerous. 

Cactales. 
II.  Herbs,  shruljs  or  trees  not  spiny  like  the  preceding;  calyx- 
segments  rarely  more  than  5. 

1.  Petals  usually  present,  choripetalous ;  sometimes  apetalous 

or  sympetalous. 

a.  Flowers  usually  bisporangiate,  placentae  usually  axile 

or  apical,  rarely  basal.     Myrtales. 

b.  Flowers  bisporangiate  or  monosporangiate;  placentae 

usually  parietal;  mostly  herbs  or  herbaceous  vines. 

Loasales. 

2.  Petals  usually  absent;  if  present  either  choripetalous  or 
sympetalous. 

a.  Ovulary    with    several    ca^^ities,    usualh"    6-locular; 

herbs  or  vines.     Aristolochiales. 

b.  Ovulary  unilocular;  mostly  parasitic  herbs  or  shrubs. 

Santalales. 

HETEROMERAE. 

Low,  often  evergreen,  shrubs,  trees,  or  herbs  usually  with 
hypogynous  flowers  which  are  usually  sympetalous  but  sometimes 
choripetalous;  perianth  usually  regular  or  nearly  so  inserted  on 
the  floral  axis;  stamens  united  with  the  corolla  or  free,  usually  as 
many  or  twice  as  many  as  the  corolla-lobes;  carpels  usually  5-3. 

Synopsis. 

I.  Ovulary  mostly  unilocular  and  usually  with  a  free  central 
placenta;  stamens  opposite  the  petals  or  more  ntunerous, 
united  with  the  corolla,  mostly  herbs.     Primulales. 
II.  Ovulary  mostly  2-or  more  locular  or  with  parietal  placentae; 
herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees. 

1.  Stamens  mostly  free  from  the  corolla,  alternate  with  its 

lobes  or  twice  as  many;  seeds  minute;  flowers  bispo- 
rangiate, hypogynous,  sometimes  choripetalous.  Ericales. 

2.  Stamens  united  with   the   corolla,    opposite  its  lobes   or 

twice  as  many  or  more;  seeds  usually  solitary  or  few, 
usually  large;  flowers  hypogynous  or  sometimes  epi- 
gynous, sometimes  choripetalous.     Ebenales. 


Dec,  1911.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  VII.  417 


TUBIFLORAE. 

Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees  with  hypogynous,  sympetalous,  occa- 
sionally choripetalous  or  apetalous  flowers;  flowers  normally 
tetracyclic,  usually  with  two  united  carpels;  stamens  united  with 
the  corolla,  as  many  as  its  lobes  and  alternate,  or  fewer. 

Synopsis. 

I.  Corolla  not  scarious,  nerved. 

1.  Fruit  usually  a  capsule,  follicle,  berry,  drupe,  or  samara; 

carpels  commonly  several-to-many-seeded. 

a.  Corolla  regular;  stamens  usually  of  the  same  number 

as  the  corolla  lobes. 

(a)  Leaves   alternate   or  opposite;    ovularies  not 

separating.     Polemoniales. 

(b)  Leaves  usually  opposite;  ovularies  frequently 

separating  below,  with  a  common  style;  if 
not  separating,  usually  with  two  cavities 
or  two  placentae.    Gentianales. 

b.  Corolla  mostly  irregular  or  oblique;  fertile  stamens 

commonly  fewer  than  the  corolla  lobes. 

Scrophulariales. 

2.  Fruit    indehiscent    but    usually    splitting    and   fomiing   -l 

nutlets  around  the  style;  carpels  1-2-seeded.  Lamiales. 
IL  Corolla  usually  scarious,  nerveless;  calyx  and  corolla  4-lobed. 

Plantaginales. 

INFERAE. 

Mostly  herbs,  occasionally  shrubs,  trees,  or  lianas,  with  epi- 
gynous,  choripetalous  or  sympetalous,  or  rarely  apetalous  flowers; 
stamens  usually  as  many  as  the  petals  or  corolla  lobes  and  alter- 
nate with  them;  carpels  two  or  more,  united;  calyx  often  vestigial. 

Synopsis. 
I.  Anthers   separate. 

1.  Corolla  choripetalous;  flowers  usually  in  umbels  or  cymes. 

Umbellaies. 

2.  Corolla  sympetalous.    Rubiales. 

IL  Anthers,  with  few  exceptions,  united;  corolla  sympetalous. 

1.  Flowers  not  in  involucrate  heads.    Campanulales. 

2.  Flowers  in  dense  involucrate  heads;  gynecium  of  two,  or 

rarely  three,   united  carpels,   unilocular;   seed  one. 

Compositales. 

Phyla,  Classes,  and  Subclasses  of  Plants. 
Phylum  L     SCHIZOPHYTA.     Fission  Plants. 
Class  1.     Cyanophyceae.     Blue-green  Algae. 
Class  2.     Glaucocysteae. 
Class  3.     Schizomycetae.     Fission  Fungi. 
Class  4.     Myxoschizomycetae.     Slime  Bactera. 


4i8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  2, 

Phylum  II.  MYXOPHYTA.     Slime  Molds. 
Class  5.     Plasmodiophoreae.   (?) 
Class  6.     Myxomycetae. 
Subclasses,  Acrasieae. 

Myxogastreae. 

Phylum  III.     ZYGOPHYTA.     Conjugate  Algae. 
Class  7.     Diatomeae.     Diatoms. 
Class  8.     Conjugatae. 

Phylum  IV.     GONIDIOPHYTA.     Zoospore  Plants. 

Class    9.  Pleurococceae. 

Class  10.  Protococceae. 

Class  11.  Archemycetae. 

Class  12.  Hydrodictyeae. 

Class  13.  Monoblepharideae. 

Class  14.  Siphoneae.     Tube  Algae. 

Class  15.  Conferveae. 

Phylum  V.     PHAEOPHYTA.     Brown  Algae. 
Class  IG.     Phaeosporeae. 
Class  17.     Cyclosporeae. 
Class  18.     Dictyoteae. 

Phylum  VI.     RHODOPHYTA.     Red  Algae. 
Class  19.     Bangieae. 
Class  20.     Florideae. 

Phylum  VII.     CHAROPHYTA.     Stoneworts. 
Class  21.     Chareae. 

Phylum  VIII.     MYCOPHYTA.     Higher  Fungi. 
Class  22.     Zygomycetae. 
Class  23.     Oomycetae. 
Class  24.     Ascomycetae.     Sack  Fungi. 

Subclasses,  Hemiascae.     Intemiediate  Sack  Fungi. 

Aspergilleae.     Tuber  Fungi. 

Discomycetae. 

Discolichenes. 

Pvrenoinycetae. 

Pyrenolichenes. 

Exoascae. 

Deuteromycetae.     Imperfect  Fungi. 
Class  25.     Laboulbcnieae.     Beetle  Fungi. 
Class  26.     Teliosporeac.     Brand  Fungi. 
Class  27.     Basidiomycetae.     Basidium  Fungi. 
Subclasses,  Protobasidiae. 

Hymcnomycetae. 

Hymcnolichenes. 

Gastromycetae. 


Dec,  1911.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  VII.  419 

Phylum  IX.  BRYOPHYTA.     Mossworts. 
Class  28.     Hepaticae.     Liverworts. 
Class  29.     Sphagneae.     Bogmosses. 
Class  30.     Andreaeae.     Granite  Mosses. 
Class  31.     Musci.     True  Mosses. 
Class  32.     Anthoceroteae.     Hornworts. 

Phylum  X.     PTENOPHYTA.     Fernworts. 
Class  33.     Filices.     Ferns. 

Subclasses,  Eusporangiatae.     Primitive  Ferns. 
Leptosporangiatae.     Modem  Ferns. 
Class  34.     Hydropterides.     Water-ferns. 
Class  35.     Isoeteae.     Quillworts. 

Phykmi  XL     CALAMOPHYTA.     Horsetails  and  Allies. 
Class  36.     Equiseteae.     Horsetails. 
Class  37.     Calamariae  (Fossil)  Calamites. 
Class  38.     Sphenophylleae  (Fossil)  Wedge-leaf  Calamites. 

Phylum  Xn.     LEPIDOPHYTA.     Lycopods  and  Allies. 
Class  39.     Lycopodieae.     Lycopods. 
Class  40.     Selaginelleae.     Selaginellas. 

Phyllum  XIII.     CYCADOPHYTA.     Cycads  and  AlKes. 
Class  41.     Pteridospermae  (Fossil)  Seed  Ferns. 
Class  42.     Cycadeae.     Cycads. 
Class  43.     Cordaiteae  (Fossil).     Cordaites. 
Class  44.     Ginkgoeae.     Maiden-hair-trees. 

Phylum  XIV.     STROBILOPHYTA.     Conifers  and  AlHes. 
Class  45.     Coniferae.     Conifers. 
Class  46.     Gneteae.     Joint -firs. 

Phylum  XV.     ANTHOPHYTA.     Flowering  Plants. 
Class  47.     Monocotylae.     Monocotyls. 
Subclasses,  Helobiae. 

Spadiciflorae. 

Glumiflorae. 

Liliiflorae. 
Class  48.     Dicotylae.     Dicotyls. 
Subclasses,  Thalamiflorae. 

Centrospermae. 

Calyciflorae. 

Amentiferae. 

Myrtifiorae. 

Heteromerae. 

Tubiflorae. 

Inferae. 


420  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  2, 

THE  BIRDS  OF  DARKE  COUNTY,  OHIO. 

Vaughan  MacCoughey. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  birds  of  the  Darke  County  region, 
in  southwestern  Ohio.  During  the  years  1902-1904,  inclusive, 
while  the  author  was  a  lad  in  High  school,  the  observations 
leading  to  this  list  were  made.  His  coinpanions  in  many  pleasant 
rambles  were  Mr.  Robert  Boice,  deceased,  and  Air.  Walter  Sawyer, 
and  identifications  by  one  were  commonly  checked  by  the  other 
two. 

Darke  County  is  a  distinctly  agricultural  region,  a  large  por- 
tion of  the  land  being  under  the  plow.  There  are  many  scattered 
woodlands,  and  meandering  meadow-land  streams  or  "creeks". 
There  are  no  coniferous  forests,  no  marsh  formations,  and  no 
"rough"  lands  worthy  of  mention. 

The  sequence  and  nomenclature  is  that  of  Chapman's  Hand- 
book of  Birds  of  Eastern  North  America. 

1.  Green-winged  Teal,  Anas  carolinensis  Gmel.    Seen  A]3ril  4, 

190.3. 

2.  Pintail  Duck,  Dafila  acuta  (Linn).     Seen  Sept.  5,  1903. 

3.  Lesser  Scaup  Duck,  Aythya  aflinis  (Eyt).  Seen  Dec.  27,  1902. 

4.  Canada  Goose,  Branta  canadensis  (Linn).  Seen  April  29,  1903 

5.  American   Bittern,    Botaurus  lentiginosus    (Montag).     First 

seen,  April  27,   1903;  May  6,   1904.     Summer  resident, 
A]jril  to  vSeptember. 

6.  Great  Blue  Heron,  Ardea  hcrodias  Linn.      Seen  April  2,  1904. 

7.  Little  Green  Heron,  Ardea  viresccns  Linn.      First  seen  May 

11,    1904.     Siunmer  resident.  May  to  October.    ' 
S.  Virginia  Rail,  Rallus  virginianus  Linn.     Seen  April  4,  1903. 
9.  Sora  Rail,  Porzana  Carolina  (Linn).    Seen  Sept.  2S,  1903. 

10.  American  Coot,  Fulica  americana  Gmel.     Seen  April  14,  1903. 

11.  American  Woodcock,  Philohcla  minor,  (Gmel).  Seen  April  10, 

1903;  March  20,  1904. 

12.  Wilson's  Snipe,  GalHnago  dclicata  (Ord).  Seen  April  2S,  1903. 

March  24,   1«)()4. 

13.  Semipalmated  Sandpiper,  Ereunctes  pusillus  (Linn).     Seen 

April  29,  1903. 

14.  Yellow-legs,  Totanus  flavipes  (Gmel).   Seen  April  30,  1903. 

15.  Solitary   Sandpiper,   Totanus   solitarius    (Wils).     First   seen 

A]jril   29,    1903,    1904.     Transient   visitant   April,    May, 
and  August,  vSeptember. 

16.  Spotted    Sandpiper,    Actitis   macularia    (Linn).     First    seen 

May   7,    1903;  May   11,    1904.     Summer  resident.   May 
to  September. 


Dec,  1911.]  The  Birds  of  Darke  County,  Ohio.  421. 

17.  Killdeer,  Aegialitis  vocifera  (Linn).  First  seen  March  10, 
liiU2;  March  2,  1903;  Feb.  29,  1904.  Summer  resident, 
March  to  November. 

IS.  Bob-White,  Cohnus  virgianus  (Linn).   Permanent  resident. 

19.  Mourning  Dove,  Zcnaidura  macroura  (Linn).       Pennanent 

resident,  common,  except  in  winter. 

20.  Turkey  Vulture,  Cathartes  aura  (Linn).     First  seen,  March 

20,   1904.     Summer  resident,  March  to  October. 
2L  Cooper's    Hawk,    Accipiter    cooperi    (Bonap).       Pemianent 
resident. 

22.  Red-tailed    Hawk,    Buteo    boreahs    (Gmel).        Permanent 

resident. 

23.  Pigeon  Hawk,  Falco  cohimbarius  Linn.      Seen  Aug,  22.  1903. 

24.  Sparrow  Hawk,  Falco  sparverius  Linn.    Permanent  resident. 

25.  Fish  Hawk,   Pandion  hahaetus  carolinensis   (Gmel) .     First 

seen,  May  7,   1903;  April  16,   1904.     Summer  resident, 
April  to  vSeptember. 
2().  Short-eared  Owl,  Asio  accipitrinus  (Pall).   Seen  Nov.  2,  1902. 

27.  Barred  Owl,  Symium  nebulsoum  (Forst).  Seen  April  12,  1902. 

28.  Screech  Owl,  Megascops  asio  (Linn).    Permanent  resident. 

29.  Great  Horned  Owl,  Bubo  virginianus  (Gmel).   Seen  April  26, 

1903. 

30.  Yellow-billed  Cuckoo,  Coccyzus  americanus  (Linn).     First 

seen.  May  21,  1904.     Summer  resident.  May  to  Sept. 

31.  Black-billed    Cuckoo,    Coccyzus    erythrophthalmus    (Wils). 

First  seen,  May  17,  1902;  May  7,  1903;  May  23,  1904. 
Summer  resident,  May  to  September. 

32.  Belted    Kingfisher,    Ceryle   alcyon    (Linn).  Permanent 

resident. 

33.  Hairy  Woodpecker,  Dryobates  villosus  (Linn).      Permanent 

resident. 

34.  Downy  Woodpecker,  Dryobates  pubescens  (Linn).     Perma- 

nent resident. 

35.  Yellow-bellied  Sapsucker,  Sphyrapicus  varius  (Linn).    First 

seen,  March  21,  1903;  April  2,  1904.     Transient  visitant, 

March,  A])ril  and  September,  October. 
3().  Red-headed      Woodpecker,      Melanerpes     erythrocephalus 

(Linn).     Permanent  resident. 
37.  Red-bellied    Woodpecker,     Melanerpes    carolinus     (Linn). 

Permanent  resident. 
3S.  Flicker,  Cokptes  auratus  (Linn).     Permanent  resident. 

39.  Whip-poor-whill,    Antrostomus    vociferus    (Wils).  Seen 

May  10,  1903. 

40.  Night-hawk,    Chordeiles    virginianus    (Gmel).     First    seen, 

April    24,     1902;    May    25,     1904.     Summer    resident, 
April  to  October. 


42  2  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  2, 

41.  Chimney  Swift,  Chaetura  pelagica  (Linn).  First  seen,  April 

19,    1902;    April    11,    1903;    April    16,  1904.     Summer 
resident,  April  to  October. 

43.  Ruby-throated   Humming-bird,    Trochilus  colubris    (Linn). 

First    seen,    May    7,    1903;    May    11,    1904.     Summer 
resident.  May  to  September. 

44.  Kingbird,  Tyrannus  tvrannus  (Linn).     First  seen.   May  2, 

1902;  April  29,  1903;  May  20,  1904.     Stmimer  resident, 
April  to  vSeptember. 

45.  Great  Crested  Fly-catcher,  Myiarchus  crinitus  (Linn).    First 

seen.  May  18,  1902;  May  4,  'l903;  May  24,  1904.     Summer 

resident . 
40.  Phoebe,  Sayornis  phoebe,  (Lath).  First  seen,  March  14,  1903; 

March  '20,  1904.     Summer  resident,  March  to  October. 
47.  Wood  Pewee,  Contopus  virens,  (Linn).    First  seen,  May  12, 

1903;  May  11,  1904.     Summer  resident.  May  to  October. 
4S.  Least  Flycatcher,  Empidonax  minimus    Baird.      First    seen, 

April  27,   1902;  May  9,   1903.     Summer  resident,  April 

to  AucTList. 

49.  Horned  Lark,  Otocoms  alpestris   (Linn).     Winter  visitant, 

November  to  April. 

50.  Blue  Jay,  Cyanocitta  cristata  (Linn).    Permanent  resident. 

51.  Crow,  Corvus  americanus  Aud.     Permanent  resident. 

52.  Bobolink,  Dolichonyx  oryzivorus  (Linn).   First  seen.  May  12, 

1 903 ;  May  11,  i  904 . '    Summer  resident . 

53.  Cowbird,  Molothrus  ater  (Bodd).    First  seen,  April  23,  1902; 

Alarch    14,     1903;    April    4,     1904.     Summer    resident, 
March  to  October. 

54.  Red-winged  Blackbird,  Agelaius  phocniceus   (Linn).     First 

seen,  April  12,   1902;  March   13,   1903;  March  8,   1904. 
Summer  resident. 

55.  Meadowlark,  Sturnella  magna  (Linn).    Permanent  resident. 
50.  Baltimore  Oriole,  Icterus  galbula  (Linn).  First  seen,  April  23, 

1902;  April  28,  1903;  April  25,  1904.     Summer  resident, 
Ai^ril  to  September. 

57.  Rusty  Blackbird,  Scolecophagus  carolinus  (Mull).    Transient 

\-isitant,  Sci:)tember  and  October. 

58.  Bronzed  Grackle,  Ouiscalus  quiscala  aeneus  (Ridgw).    First 

seen,  March  l,l902;  March  Ki,  1903;  April  4,  1904. 

59.  Purple     Finch,     Carpodacus     purpureus,     (Gmel).     Winter 

visitant,  October  to  April. 

00.  English    Sparrow,    Passer    domesticus    (Linn).     Pemianent 

resident. 

01.  American    Goldfinch,    Spinus    tristis    (Linn).       Permanent 

resident. 


Dec,  1911.]  The  Birds  of  Darke  County,  Ohio.  423 

()2.  Vesper    Sparrow,    Poocaetes    gramineus    (Gmel).     Summer 

resident,  March  to  October.     First  seen,  April  30,  1903; 

March  19,  1903;  March  23,  1904. 
03.  Grasshopper  Sparrow,  Ammodramus  savannarum  passerinus 

(Wils).     Seen    May     13,     1904.     Probably    a    smiimer 

resident. 
G4.  Lark    Finch,    Chondestes    grammacus    (Say).     First    seen, 

March  26,  1903.     Spring  migrant,  March  and  April. 

65.  White-crowned    Sparrow,    Zonotrichia    leucophrvs    (Forst). 

First  seen,  Alay  15,  1902;  May  12,  1903;  May  10,  1904. 
Spring  migrant.  May. 

66.  White-throated     Sparrow,     Zonotrichia    albicollis     (Gmel). 

First  seen,  April   17,    1902;  March   IS,    1903;  April  23, 
1904.     Migrant,  March  to  May,  and  Sept. -Oct. 

67.  Tree  Sparrow,  Spizella  monticola  (Gmel).     Winter  resident, 

November  to  April. 

68.  Chipping  Sparrow,  Spizella  socialis  (Wils).   First  seen,  March 

22,    1902;  Alarch  21,    1903;  March  26,   1904.     Summer 
resident,  March  to  September. 

69.  Field  Sparrow,  Spizella  pusilla  (Wils).    Permanent  resident. 

70.  Junco,  Junco  hyemalis  (Linn).  Winter  resident,  Oct.  to  April. 

71.  Song     Sparrow,     Melospiza    fasciata     (Gmel).     Pennanent 

resident. 

72.  Lincoln's  Sparrow,  Melospiza  lincolni  (Aud).    Seen  Nov.  6, 

1903. 

73.  Swamp   Sparrow,   Melospiza  georgiana   (Lath).     First  seen, 

April  18,  1903.     Migrant,  April  and  September-October. 

74.  Fox  Sparrow,  Passcrella  ihaca  (Merr).       First  seen,  April  20, 

1902;  Alarch  21,  1903;  March  20,  1904.     Migrant,  March 
April  and  September-October. 

75.  Townee,   Pipilo  erythrophthalmus    (Linn).     In  some  years 

probably   a   pennanent    resident;    my   records    show   it 
]:)resent  from  February  to  November,  inclusive. 

76.  Cardinal,      Cardinalis      cardinalis      (Linn).  Permanent 

resident. 

77.  Indigo-bird,  Passerina  cvanea  (Linn).     First  seen,   May  1, 

1902;  May  4,   1903; 'May  24,   1904.     Summer  resident. 
May  to  August. 

78.  Dickcissel,   Spiza  americana   (Gmel).     First  seen.  May  17, 

1902;  May  IS,  1903;     Spring  migrant,  May-June. 

79.  Rose-breasted  Grosbeak,  Habia  ludoviciana  (Linn).      Seen 

September  17,  1903. 

80.  Scarlet  Tanager,  Piranga  erythromelas  Vieill.        First  seen, 

April  29,   1903;  Mav  11,   1904.     Spring  migrant,  April- 
May. 


424  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  2, 

81.  Purple  Martin,  Progne  subis  (Linn).     First  seen,  April  18, 

1902;  April  19,  1903;  April  10,  1904.    Summer  resident, 
April  to  August. 

82.  Barn  Swallow,  Chelidon  erythrogaster  (Bodd).     First  seen, 

Alay  2,    1902;  May  2,   1903;  April  29,   1904.     Simimer 
resident,  April  to  September. 

83.  Bank  Swallow,  Clivicola  riparia  (Linn).     First  seen,  April  30, 

19(13.     Summer  resident,  April  to  September. 

84.  Rough-winged    Swallow,    Stelgidopteryx   serripennis    (Aud). 

First  seen.  May  19,  1902;  April  29,  1903;  April  30  1904. 
Summer  resident,  April  to  September. 

85.  Cedar   Wax-wing,   Ampelis   cedrorum    (Vieill).     First   seen, 

May  21,  1902;  April  14,  1903;  May  24,  1904.     Summer 
resident,  April  to  October. 

86.  Loggerhead     Shrike,     Lanius    ludovicianus     Linn.        First 

seen,  Alarch  23,  1902;  iMarch  22,  1903;  March  23,  1904. 
Summer  resident,  March  to  September. 

87.  Red-eyed    Vireo,    Vireo    olivaceus    (Linn).     Fall    migrant, 

Se]jtember. 

88.  Philadelphia     Vireo,     Vireo     philadelphicus     (Cass).     Very 

rare  fall  migrant ;  September. 

89.  Warbling  Vireo,  Vireo  gilvus  (Vieill).     First  seen,  April  28, 

1903;  May  11.   1904.     Summer  resident,  April  to  Sept. 

90.  Yellow-throated  Vireo,  Vireo  flavifrons  Vieill.        First  seen, 

May  7,  1903.     Summer  resident,  May  to  September. 

91.  White-eyed  Vireo,  Vireo  noveboracensis  (Gmel).    Seen  May 

12,   1904. 

92.  Black  and  White  Warbler,  Mniotilta  varia  (Linn.)     First 

seen.  May  1,   1902;  May  4,   1903.     Migrant,  May  and 
Sei^tember. 

93.  Blue-winged  Warbler,  Helminthopliila  pinus  (Linn).     First 

seen,  April  28,  1 903 ;  April  29,  1 904.     Migrant,  April-May 
and  vScptember. 

94.  Yellow    Warbler,    Dendroica    aestiva    (Gmel).     First    seen, 

May   1,    1902;  April  18,    1903;  April  23,   1904.     Spring 
migrant,  April-May. 

95.  Black-throated  Blue  Warbler,  Dendroica  caerulescens  (Gmel). 

First  seen,  Alay  4,  1903.     Migrant,  May  and  Sept-Oct. 
90.  Yellow-rumped  Warbler,  Dendroica  coronata  (Linn).    First 
seen,  April  26,  1903;  May  20,  1904.     Migrant,  April-May 
and  vScpt .  -November. 

97.  Magnolia    Warbler,     Dendroica    maculosa     (Gmel).     First 

seen.  May  15,  1902;  May  11,  1904.     Migrant,  A'lay  and 
August. 

98.  Chestnut-sided  Warbler,   Dendroica  pennsylvanica   (Linn). 

Seen  September  20,  1903. 


Dec,  1911.]  The  Birds  of  Darke  County,  Ohio.  425 

99.  BlackpoU  Warbler,  Dendroica  striata  (Forst) .     Seen  May  11, 
1904. 

100.  Blackburnian    Warbler,    Dendroica    blackburniae    (Gmel). 

First  seen,  April  29,  1903.     Migrant,  April  and  Sept. 

101.  Black-throated  Green  Warbler,   Dendroica  virens   (Gmel). 

First    seen,    October    12,    1902;    September    20,    1903. 
Migrant,  September-October. 

102.  Yellow  Red-poll  Warbler,  Dendroica  palmarum  hypochry- 

sea  Ridg.     Seen  May  3,  1903. 

103.  Oven-Bird,     Seiurus    aurocapillus     (Linn).     Seen    only    in 

September. 

104.  Water-Thrush,  Seiurus  noveboracensis  (Gmel).     First  seen, 

May  17,   1903.     Seen  only  in  May. 

105.  Louisiana  Water-Thrush,   Seiurus  motacilla   (Vieill).     Seen 

May  11,  1904. 
lOG.  Kentucky  Warbler,  Geothlypis  formosa  (Wils).     First  seen, 

vSc]3teml;)cr  13,  1903.     Seen  only  in  September. 
107.  Maryland  Yellow-throat,  Geothlypis  trichas  (Linn).     First 

seen,   April   27,    1902;  April  29,    1903;  April   29,    1904. 

Summer  resident,  April  to  September. 
lOS.  Yellow-breasted   Chat,    Icteria   virens    (Linn).     First   seen, 

Mav  1,   1902;  May  9,  1903;  May  11,   1904.     Seen  only 

in  May. 

109.  Canadian  Warbler,  Sylvania  canadensis  (Linn).     Seen  May 

11,  1904. 

110.  American  Redstart,  Setophaga  ruticilla  (Linn).     First  seen, 

May  4,  1903;  May  11,  1904.  Migrant,  May  and  Sept. 

111.  American  Pipit,  Anthus  pensilvanicus   (Lath).     First  seen, 

October  4,  1902.     Seen  only  in  October. 

112.  Catbird,  Galeoscoptes  carolinensis  (Linn).    First  seen,  April 

27,  1902;  April  29,  1903;  April  28,  1904  Summer  resident, 
April  to  October. 

113.  Brown  Thrasher,   Harporvnchus  i-ufus   (Linn).     First  seen, 

April  17,   1902;  Aprif4,   1903;  April  ,5,   1904.     Summer 
resident,  April  to  September. 

114.  Carolina    Wren,    Thryothorus    ludovicianus    (Lath).      Per- 

manent resident,  uncommon  in  winter. 

115.  Bewick's  Wren,  Thryothorus  bewickii  (Aud).      First  seen, 

May  18,  1902.   Smnmer  resident.  May  to  October. 
IIG.  House  Wren,  Troglodytes  aedon  Vieill.       First  seen.  May  1, 
1902;  April  4,  1903;  April  2,  1904.   Summer  resident. 

117.  Winter   Wren,   Troglodytes  hiemalis  Vieill.         First   seen, 

March   19,    1903;  April  5,    1904.     Recorded  in  March, 
April,  Ma3%  Se]5tember,  October. 

118.  Short-billed    Marsh    Wren,    Cistothorus    stellaris    (Licht). 

One  record,  April  1902. 


426  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XII,  No.  2, 

119.  Long-billed    Marsh    Wren,    Cistothoixis     palustris    (Wils). 

One  record,  October  11,  1902. 

120.  Brown    Creeper,    Certhia    familiaris    americana    (Bonap). 

Winter  resident,  October  to  April. 

121.  White-breasted   Nuthatch,   Sitta    carolinensis    Lath.       Per- 

manent resident. 

122.  Red-bellied     Nuthatch,     Sitta    canadensis  Linn.     Migrant 

A] nil  and  September-October. 

123.  Tufted  Titmouse,  Parus  bicolor  (Linn).    Permanent  resident. 

124.  Chickadee,  Parus  atricapillus  (Linn).     Permanent  resident, 

most  aVjtmdant,  Sc])tember  to  May. 

125.  Golden-crowned  Kinglet,   Regulus  satrapa  Licht.         First 

seen,  March  19,  1903;  March  29,  1904.     Migrant,  March, 

and  April,  October  and  November. 
120.  Ruby-crowned   Kinglet,    Regulus   calendula    (Linn).      First 

seen,  Ajnil  IS,  1903.     Migrant,  April. 
127.  Blue-gray   Gnatcatcher,    Polioptila   caerulea    (Linn).      First 

seen.    May    17,    1902;   April    14,    1903;   May    11,    1904. 

^Migrant,  April-May  and  September. 
12S.  Wood    Thrush,    Turdus    mustelinus    Gmel.  First    seen, 

May  31,  1904.     Migrant,  May  and  September. 

129.  Veery,  Turdus  fuscescens  Steph.        First  seen,  April  7  1903;. 

]\Iay  11,  1904.     Spring  migrant,  April-May. 

130.  Olive-backed  Thrush,  Turdus  ustulatus  swainsonii   (Cab). 

First    seen,    May    10,    1904.     Migrant,    May-June    and 
Se])tember. 

131.  Hermit  Thrush,  Ttuxlus  aonalaschkae  pallasii  (Cab).     First 

seen,  April  3,  1903;  April  17,  1904.     Migrant,  April-May 
and  September-October. 

132.  Robin,    Meitila    migratoria    (Linn).       Permanent    resident, 

uncommon  in  December  and  January. 

133.  Blue-bird,  Sialia  sialis  (Linn).    Permanent  resident;  uncom- 

mon in  December  and  January. 

In  all  cases  dates  given  are  inclusive.  First  seen  means  the 
first  record  of  the  year  for  the  species  mentioned.  Unfortunately, 
my  records  do  not  contain  the  dates  of  departure  for  migratory 
species. 

It  should  be  distinctly  understood  that  the  above  records  are 
those  of  a  lad  interested  in  bird-lore,  rather  than  the  field-results 
of  a  mature  and  experienced  ornithologist.  The  determinations 
were  all  made  in  the  field,  with  the  aid  of  opera-glasses. 

The  College  of  Hawaii,  Honolulu. 


Dec,  1911.]  Ohio  Grown  Perilla.  427 

OHIO  GROWN  PERILLA. 

Chas.  p.  Fox. 

The  Perilla  plant  is  an  indigenous  Labiatae  of  China,  Japan 
and  India.  Several  varieties  of  Perilla  nankensis  are  grown  as 
ornamental  plants.  Perilla  ocimoides  is  not  an  ornamental  plant, 
but  is  grown  to  a  large  extent  in  Japan  and  China  for  its  oil. 
Perilla  ocimoides  is  a  tall,  rough  plant  with  square,  much  branched 
stems,  simple,  ovate  leaves  of  light  green.  Blooms  in  September. 
Flowers,  small,  white,  blotched  with  purple,  numerous,  in  compact 
spike.  Seeds  ripen  soon  after  flowering.  Perilla  seeds  are  1-16 
inch  in  diameter,  irregular,  about  the  same  color,  and  much  resem- 
ble those  of  the  radish.  They  have  a  pleasant,  slightly  sweet, 
oily  taste.  Outer  surface  of  seed  reticulated.  All  portions  of  the 
plant  contain  a  volatile  oil  or  camphor,  with  strong  minty  odor. 

The  seed  contains  a  fixed  oil  similar  in  taste,  odor  and  drying 
qualities  to  our  common  linseed  oil.  In  Manchuria,  this  oil  is 
used  for  edible  purposes.  In  Japan,  the  drying  qualities  of  the 
oil  are  utilized  in  waterproofing  paper  umbrellas,  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  paints,  varnishes  and  lacquers,  in  making  transparent 
paper  for  windows,  and  in  fabricating  artificial  leather.  Its  use 
in  manufacture  of  window  paper  is  very  important.  Commercial 
name  of  this  oil  is  Yo-Goma. 

In  September,  1910,  U.  S.  Consul  Sammon,  at  Yokahama, 
Japan,  reported  on  the  uses  of  this  plant  and  suggested  its  intro- 
duction into  the  United  States.  According  to  this  report,  (Daily 
Trade  Reports,  Bureau  of  Manufactures,  Sept.  14,  1910),  the 
plant  thrives  on  the  sandy  soils  of  the  colder  portions  of  Japan 
and  China. 

In  Japan,  300,000  bushels  are  produced  annually.  About  20 
bushels  per  acre  is  the  average  yield.  The  oil  is  obtained  by 
pressing,  a  bushel  of  seed  producing  a  gallon  of  oil.  The  oil  has 
a  ready  market  at  35c  per  sho  or  70c  per  gallon.  The  seed  sells 
at  10c  per  pound. 

Following  the  suggestion  of  Mr.  Sammon,  we  imported, 
direct  from  Japan,  early  in  1911,  a  small  quantity  of  this  seed. 
Seed  sown  in  mid  April  on  the  dry,  sandy  upland  soil  of  West 
Akron.  Its  growth  during  the  following  summer,  indicated  that 
it  is  not  a  drought  resisting  plant.  The  plant  develops,  at  an 
early  date,  a  strong  root  system  made  up  of  many  fine  rootlets. 
These  roots  are  surface  feeders  and,  on  this  account,  the  plant  is 
easily  affected  by  dry  weather.  On  moist,  clayey  soil  the  growth 
was  much  better.  Estimates  made  on  the  basis  of  a  small  area 
gave  a  yield  of  400  pounds  of  clean  seed  per  acre.  Our  crop  did 
not  fill  well.      Only  about  80%  of  the  seed  pockets  contained  a 

1.  Presented  at  the  Twenty-first  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of 
Sci.,  December  1,  1911,  Columbus. 


428  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  2, 

good  sound  seed.  Many  of  the  seeds  were  light.  Compared 
with  the  original  Japanese  seed,  Ohio  grown  seed  is  fully  19% 
lighter  in  weight  per  equal  volume. 

According  to  Lewkowitsch  (Oils,  Vol.  3,  p.  38),  Perilla  oil 
occurs  to  the  extent  of  36%  in  the  nutlets  of  Perilla  ocimoides. 
In  our  own  sample  of  Japanese  perilla,  we  found,  by  extraction 
with  benzol,  45%  oil.  Ohio  grown  perilla  from  same  seed,  by  the 
same  method,  gave  41%  oil.  Ohio  grow  perilla  oil  is  much  darker 
and  thinner  than  oil  of  Japanese  origin,  and  when  first  extracted 
retains  the  strong  odor  of  the  growing  plant. 

Perilla  oil  when  exposed  to  warm  air,  drys  rapidly  to  a  film. 
In  Japan,  the  boiled  hot  oil  is  applied  by  means  of  bnish  or  cloth, 
to  the  common  paper  sun  shades  and  the  treated  articles  exposed 
to  the  sun  for  five  hours. 

The  drying  qualities  of  perilla  oil  is  said  by  authorities  to  be 
inferior  on  account  of  the  tendency  of  the  oil  to  gather  in  drops 
during  the  spreading  operation.  We  do  not  find  this  to  be  the 
case.  Japanese  perilla  oil  and  linseed  oil  agree  very  closely  in 
their  spreading  qualities.  In  their  drying  qualities  they  differ, 
linseed  oil  drying  much  faster.  Perilla  oil,  however,  gives  a  smooth 
film.     Films  are  equal  in  toughness  and  strength. 

With  paper,  duplication  of  Japanese  umbrella  test,  linseed 
shows  to  the  l^etter  in  giving  a  perfectly  dry  coating  in  much 
shorter  time  than  perilla.  Quality  of  coatings  practically  the 
same.  In  the  same  test,  Japanese  oil  gave  better  results  than  the 
Ohio  oil.  This  poor  showing  ma}^  be  due  to  the  newness  of  the 
seed.  Old  flaxseed  oil  or  tanked  linseed  oil  dries  much  better  than 
new  oil.  Ohio  oil,  however,  is  much  more  fluid  than  oil  of  Japanese 
origin.  This,  also,  may  be  due  to  the  presence  of  the  natural 
stearoj^tencor  perilla  camphor  found  in  the  fresh  plant. 

Compared  with  flax,  the  crop  with  which  it  will  compete,  we 
get  this  data:  An  acre  of  flax  yields  9  bushels  or  504  pounds  of 
seed  containing  176. 4  pounds  (22.6  gallons)  of  oil,  making,  at  90c 
per  gallon,  an  oil  value  of  .'ii>20.34  per  acre.  To  this  must  be  added 
the  returns  from  two  valuable  by-products,  oil-cake  and  fibre. 

An  acre  of  perilla  will  give  400  pounds  of  seed  containing  164 
potmds  (21.3  gallons)  oil,  making,  at  70c  per  gallon,  an  oil  value 
of  SI 5. 61  per  acre.  Perilla  stems  arc  worthless  for  fibre  or  fodder, 
and  the  value  of  the  press  cake  for  cattle  food  or  fertilizer  is 
unknown.  It  is  possible  that  the  cake  residue  could  be  directed 
towards  a  supply  of  bread  stuft"  and  that  the  essential  oil  or  camphor 
could  be  obtained  on  the  same  lines  as  the  peppermint  oil  industry. 
Assuming  that  the  cost  of  production  is  the  same,  and  that  other 
conditions  are  equal,  facing  a  loss  of  $4.73  per  acre,  it  is  hardly 
probable  that  this  new  crop  will  supplant  flax  as  an  Ohio  crop.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  argument  presented  points  to  the  substitution 
of  flax  for  perilla  in  Japanese  agriculture  and  in  the  old  opium 
fields  of  the  new  Chinese  Republic. 

Akron,  Ohio. 


The  Ohio  T^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity, 
Volume  XII.  JANUARY,    1912.  No.  3. 

TABLE     OF    CONTENTS 

FoERSTE— The  Arnheim  Formatiou  within  the  Areas  Traverseil  by  the  Cincinnati 

Geanticline 429 

SCHAFFNER— New  and  Rare  Plants  of  Ohio 457 

Metcalf — Meetiniis  of  the  Biological  Club 458 


THE    ARNHEIM    FORMATION    WITHIN    THE   AREAS 
TRAVERSED   BY  THE   CINCINNATI   GEANTICLINE. 

By  Aug.  F.  Foerste. 

CONTENTS. 

1.  Subdivisions  of  the  Arnheim 429 

2.  Eastern  Kentucky,  from  Maysville  to  Stanford 431 

3.  Central  Kentucky,  from  Stanford  to  Lebanon 435 

4.  Western  Kentucky,  from  Nelson  to  Trimble  Counties 437 

5.  Indiana 439 

6.  Ohio 440 

7.  Nodular  top  of  Arnheim  in  Ohio 443 

8.  Arnheim  includes  first  advent  of  Richmond  fauna 445 

9.  Adair   County,    with   outcrops   in   Marion   and   Casey   Counties, 

Kentucky 445 

10.  Western  Tennessee 446 

11.  Southern  Kentucky,  along  the  Cumberland  River 447 

12.  Globular  bryozoans  in  Casey  and  Lincoln  Counties,  Kentucky  ....   447 

13.  Diastrophic  movements  during  the  deposition  of  the  Arnheim 448 

14.  Origin  of  the  Arnheim  fauna 449 

1.     Subdivisions  of  the  Arnheim. 

Along  the  eastern  line  of  outcrop  of  the  Ordovician  formations 
in  Kentucky,  and  in  the  immediately  adjacent  parts  of  Ohio,  the 
lower  part  of  the  Arnheim  inember  of  the  Richmond  is  compara- 
tively unfossiliferous,  while  the  upper  part  is  abundantly  supplied 
with  fossils.  The  transition  is  sufficiently  abrupt  to  be  traced 
readily  in  the  field.  In  fact,  the  line  of  separation  between  the 
lower,  comparatively  unfossiliferous  division  and  the  upper 
richly  fossiliferous  part  of  the  Arnheim  may  be  traced  more 
readily,  with  greater  exactness,  and  for  a  greater  distance  than  any 
other  horizon  in  the  Richmond  along  its  eastern  line  of  outcrop. 
For  this  reason,  the  line  of  separation  between  the  upper  and  lower 
Arnheiin  is  inore  definitely  known  than  any  other  horizon  in  the 
Richmond  of  eastern  Kentucky,  and  it  has  been  found  convenient 

429 


43° 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 


to  give  special  designations  to  these  divisions;  the  upper  Arnhcim 
being  called  the  Oregonia  division,  and  the  lower  Amheim,  the 
Sunset  division. 

The  ease  with  which  the  two  divisions  of  the  Arnheini  may  be 
traced  is  due  largely  to  the  fact  that  the  Oregonia  division  includes 
a  characteristic  fauna  which  may  be  identified  readily  even  by  a 
beginner  in  the  study  of  fossils.  This  fauna  includes  Dinorthis 
carleyi,  Rhynchotrema  dentata  var.,  Leptaena  richmondensis  va 
and  Platystrophia  ponder osa.  BH 

In  Ohio  and  Indiana  Dinorthis  carleyi  recurs  in  a  slightly 
different  form  at  the  base  of  the  Blanchester  division  of  the 
Waynesville  member;  Rhynchotrema  dentata  is  found  in  the 
Blanchester  division  of  the  Waynesville  member  and  near  the 
upper  part  of  the  Whitewater  member;  and  Leptaena  richmonden- 
sis ranges  from  the  Clarksville  division  of  the  Waynesville  to  the 
top  of  the  Whitewater.  But  none  of  these  fossils  is  found  asso- 
ciated with  Platystrophia  ponder  osa  anywhere  except  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  Oregonia  division  of  the  Arnheim.  It  is  this  association 
of  fossils  which  gives  them  such  great  value  as  horizon  markers. 
Moreover,  if  attention  be  confined  to  Kentucky,  then  Dinorthis 
carleyi  and  Rhynchotrema  dentata  here  occur  only  in  the  Oregonia 
division,  and  within  this  limited  territory  they  are  strictly  charac- 
teristic of  the  upper  Arnheim. 


TABLE  OF  SUBDIVISIOXS  OF 

CINCINNATIAN  STRATA 

' 

[Elkhorn 

'  Whitewater 
_Saluda 

Liberty 

Waynesville 

Richmond   < 

Laughcry 

Blanchester 
Clarksville 
Fort  Ancient 

Arnheim 

Arnheim 

Oregonia 
Sunset 

. 

{ 

'Mount  Auburn 
-  Corryville 

McMillan 

Maysville    , 

,,Bellevue 

Fairview 

. 

f 

/Fairmount 
iMount  Hope 

'McMicken 

Eden 

Eden 

1 Southgate 
1  Economy 
[Fulton 

Catheys       J 

Catheys 

/Nicholas 
\Greendale 

Jan.,  1912.]  The  Arnheim  Formation.  431 


2.     Eastern  Kentucky,  from  Maysville  to  Stanford. 

Platystrophia  ponderosa  ranges  from  the  middle  Fairmount  to 
the  base  of  the  Richmond.  Alone  ,it  does  not  designate  any  special 
horizon  within  this  large  vertical  range,  unless  advantage  be  taken 
of  some  of  the  slight  variations  in  form  which  may  be  recognized 
at  certain  horizons.  However,  associated  with  any  of  the  other 
fossils  mentioned  above,  it  at  once  designates  the  Oregonia  division 
of  the  Arnheim. 

At  weathered  exposures,  the  upper  or  Oregonia  division  usually 
is  represented  by  a  limestone  rubble.  This  term  is  used  to  desig- 
nate a  mass  of  small,  irregular  limestone  fragments.  The  lime- 
stones from  which  the  fragments  are  derived  are  thin,  their  upper 
and  lower  surfaces  frequently  are  irregular,  they  are  more  or  less 
penetrated  by  argillaceous  material,  and  they  break  readily, 
especially  along  the  surfaces  of  the  included  fossils.  Some  layers 
consist  chiefly  of  entire  shells  and  large  fragments  of  fossils  em- 
bedded in  a  matrix  of  clay  which  is  somewhat  more  indurated  than 
the  clays  immediately  above  and  below.  This  induration  is  due 
to  a  greater  lime  content,  probably  owing  to  the  imbedded  fossils 
which  may  have  given  up  part  of  their  lime  to  the  infiltrating 
waters.  On  weathering,  these  layers  are  reduced  to  a  mass  of 
fossils,  partly  free,  but  largely  attached  to  one  another  more  or  less 
irregularly  at  their  surfaces  of  contact.  These  masses  of  free 
fossils,  of  fossils  partly  cemented  together  by  lime  or  indurated 
clay,  and  of  irregular  fragments  of  limestone  are  very  character- 
istic of  the  upper  or  Oregonia  division  of  the  Arnheim. 

The  lower  or  Sunset  division  of  the  Arnheim  presents  a  very 
different  lithological  appearance,  but  this  appearance  varies  along 
the  line  of  exposure. 

At  the  deep  railroad  cut  three  miles  southeast  of  Maysville,  in 
Kentucky,  the  Sunset  division,  16  feet  thick,  consists  chiefly  of 
comparatively  unfossiliferous  argillaceous  limestone  layers  inter- 
bedded  with  clay.  The  limestone  layers  usually  are  several  inches 
thick,  they  are  of  rather  even  texture,  and  their  upper  and  lower 
surfaces  are  not  conspicuously  irregular.  They,  therefore,  do  not 
wear  into  a  rubble,  as  in  the  case  of  the  upper  division  of  the 
Arnheim. 

Northward,  in  Ohio,  the  quantity  of  clay  interbedded  with  the 
limestones  of  the  lower  division  of  the  Arnheim  increases,  fossils 
become  fairly  numerous,  some  of  the  limestone  layers  are  distinctly 
less  argillaceous,  and  the  strata  forming  the  upper  and  lower  divi- 
sions of  the  Arnheim  are  less  readily  distinguishable,  except  by 
means  of  their  fossil  content,  the  species  of  Platystrophia,  Leptaena^ 
Rhynchotrema,  and  Dinorthis,  mentioned  above,  occurring  at  the 
base  or  in  the  lower  part  of  the  upper  or  Oregonia  division  of 
the  Arnheim. 


432  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

South  of  Maysville,  however,  the  hthologic  differences  between 
the  upper  and  lower  Arnhehn  become  even  more  striking. 

About  a  third  of  a  mile  southwest  of  Sunset,  and  two  miles 
southwest  of  Hillsboro,  in  Fleming  county,  Kentucky,  the  Sunset 
division,  13  feet  thick,  consists  of  a  rather  uniform  section  of 
dense,  argillaceous,  dark  blue  limestone,  nearly  unfossiliferous, 
but  containing  a  few  specimens  of  Platystrophia  ponderosa  about 
three  feet  below  the  top.  The  overlying  Oregonia  division  contains 
considerable  clay,  interbedded  with  fossiliferous  limestone  which 
has  weathered  into  a  limestone  rubble. 

East  of  Wyoming,  four  miles  south  of  Sunset,  the  lower  Am- 
heim,  15  feet  thick,  presents  the  same  lithological  appearance  as 
at  Sunset.  Occasional  specimens  of  Platystrophia  ponderosa 
occur  at  different  elevations.  A  variety  of  Lcptacna  ric/iinoiidensis 
and  one  of  Rhynchotrema  dentata  are  found  at  the  base  of  the 
Oregonia  division. 

The  dark  blue  argillaceous  limestone  phase  of  the  lower  or 
Sunset  division  of  the  Arnheim  bed  may  be  traced  as  far  south  as 
Howards  Mill,  five  miles  east  of  Mount  Sterling,  Kentucky.  East 
of  the  mill,  it  is  18  feet  thick  and  contains  occasional  specimens  of 
Platystrophia  ponderosa  near  the  base.  The  overlying  Oregonia 
division  consists  of  rubble  limestone  with  numerous  bryozoans. 

South  of  Howards  Mill,  the  lower  division  of  the  Arnheim 
becomes  more  shaly  and  weathers  into  a  more  sandy  rock.  Platys- 
trophia ponderosa  disappears,  southward,  from  the  lower  division 
but  becomes  more  abundant  in  the  upper  division.  Half  a  mile 
southwest  of  Howards  Mill,  the  lower  division,  14  feet  thick, 
consists  of  rather  unfossiliferous,  brown,  shaly,  sandy  rock, 
weathering  to  a  sandy  clay.  In  the  overlying  Oregonia  division, 
Rhynchotrema  dentata  is  rather  rare  and  Heterospongia  subramosa 
occurs.     Platystrophia  ponderosa  is  abundant. 

At  the  mouth  of  the  Red  river,  at  Merritts  Ferry,  Platystrophia 
ponderosa  is  abundant  in  the  lower  8  feet  of  the  Oregonia  division. 
Leptaena  richmondensis  is  found  at  the  base,  and  Rhynchotrema 
dentata  occurs  one  foot  above  the  base  of  this  division.  The  top 
of  the  lower  division  is  formed  by  a  very  fine  grained,  bluish 
limestone,  containing  small  gasteropods,  chiefly  Lophospira. 
Traces  of  this  limestone  are  found  as  far  northward  as  Indian 
Fields,  eight  miles  northeast  of  Merritts  Ferry. 

The  same  limestone,  blue,  fine  grained,  and  containing  gas- 
teropods, occurs  one  mile  east  of  College  Hill,  four  iniles  south  of 
Merritts  Ferry.  Here  the  upper  layer  of  limestone  is  one  foot 
thick,  the  lower  layer  is  a  foot  and  a  half  thick,  and  the  underlying 
shaly  part  of  the  lower  Arnheim  has  a  thickness  of  11  feet.  In  the 
Oregonia  division,  Platystrophia  ponderosa  is  confined  to  a  section 
about  two  feet  thick,  two  feet  above  the  base  of  the  division. 


Jan.,  1912.]  The  A rnheim  Formation.  43  > 

At  Cobb  Ferry,  0  miles  south  of  the  mouth  of  the  Red  river, 
only  the  upper  third  of  the  shaly  part  of  the  lower  Arnheim  is 
exposed.  The  fine  <2jraincd,  blue  limestones,  with  gasteropods,  at 
the  top  of  this  division  forms  a  section  about  4  feet  thick.  In 
descending  order  this  section  consists  of  one  foot  of  limestone, 
two  feet  of  sandy  shale  with  several  thin  limestone  layers,  and  one 
foot  of  limestone,  underlaid  by  the  upper  third  of  the  characteristic 
shaly  section.  The  Oregonia  division  here  appears  practically 
unfossiliferous. 

East  of  the  reservoir,  two  and  a  half  miles  east  of  Richmond, 
Kentucky,  the  shale  bed  fonning  the  major  portion  of  the  lower  or 
Sunset  division  of  the  Arnheim,  is  11  feet  thick.  It  is  overlaid 
by  very  fine  grained  blue  limestone,  one  foot  thick;  thin  layers, 
poorly  exposed,  having  a  total  thickness  of  two  feet;  and  hard 
dense  limestone,  two  feet  thick,  probably  forming  the  top  of  the 
lower  Arnheim  division.  The  basal  part  of  the  Oregonia  division 
consists  of  very  dark  shaly  rock,  one  foot  thick.  This  is  overlaid 
by  hard  blue  limestone,  4  feet  thick,  containing  fossils;  spalling 
clay  rock,  two  feet  thick;  and  light  colored  clay,  bluish  or  greenish 
in  tint,  assumed  to  form  the  base  of  the  Waynesville  or  the  top  of 
the  Arnheim  section.  According  to  this  interpretation,  the  thick- 
ness of  the  Oregonia  division  of  the  Arnheim  here  is  about  7  feet. 

The  light  colored  clay,  which  occurs  at  the  top  of  the  Arnheim 
section  east  of  Richmond,  is  seen  also  east  of  College  Hill,  where  the 
thickness  of  the  Oregonia  division  is  estimated  at  11  feet.  At 
^Merritts  Ferry,  there  is  a  layer  of  light  blue  clay  sixteen  and  a  half 
feet  above  the  base  of  the  Oregonia  division.  At  Ophelia,  four 
miles  north  of  Richmond,  the  light  colored  clay  is  11  feet  above  the 
base  of  the  Oregonia  division.  These  data  suggest  a  local  thin- 
ning of  the  Oregonia  division  southward  as  far  as  Richmond, 
accompanied  by  a  diminution  of  its  fossils  content. 

North  of  Ophelia,  only  the  upper  part  of  the  lower  Arnheim 
division  is  well  exposed.  The  lower  part  of  the  exposure,  5  feet 
thick,  consists  of  rather  shaly  limestone.  The  immediately  over- 
lying part  of  the  section,  4  feet  thick,  consisting  of  fine  grained 
limestone  more  or  less  interbedded  with  clay  shale,  is  regarded  as 
fonning  the  top  of  the  lower  Arnheim.  Two  of  the  component 
limestone  layers  contain  small  gasteropods.  The  lower  part  of 
the  Oregonia  division,  six  and  a  half  feet  thick,  consists  of  rubble 
limestone,  containing  Platystrophia  ponderosa,  Leptaena  rich- 
mondensis,  and  Rhynchotrema  dentata.  This  more  fossiliferous 
part  of  the  section  is  overlaid  by  4  feet  of  argillaceous  strata 
containing  Stromatocerium  in  the  lower  half. 

Stromatocerium  occurs  in  the  upper  half  of  the  Oregonia  divi- 
sion also  at  Alerritts  Ferry,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Red  river.  Here 
it  is  found  9  feet  above  the  base  of  this  division,  above  the  richly 
fossiliferous  horizon,  and  7  feet  below  the  top  of  the  Arnheim. 


434  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

Stromatocerium  occurs  also  four  and  a  half  miles  south  of  Paint 
Lick,  or  15  miles  southwest  of  Richmond.  Here  it  occurs  about 
S  feet  above  the  base  of  the  Orcgonia  division.  The  richlv  fos- 
siliferous  part,  containing  PJatystrophia  ponderosa  and  Lcptaena 
richmondensis,  forms  the  lower  five  and  a  half  feet  of  this  division. 
The  top  of  the  lower  Arnheim  consists  of  fossiliferous  dove  colored 
limestone,  5  feet  thick,  representing  the  fine  grained  limestone 
layers  containing  gasteropods,  as  seen  at  Cobb  Ferry,  College  Hill, 
and  at  the  mouth  of  Red  river.  Below  the  dove  colored  limestone, 
the  characteristic  shale  bed  of  the  lower  Arnheim,  13  feet  thick, 
is  found. 

The  unfossiliferous  shaly  layers,  characteristic  of  the  lower  or 
Sunset  division  of  the  Arnheim,  may  be  traced  with  confidence  as 
far  west  as  Stanford.  At  three  localities  along  the  southwestern 
border  of  Garrard  county,  the  thickness  of  the  shaly  layers  varies 
from  16  to  17  feet,  and  that  of  the  overlying  dove  colored  lime- 
stones, at  the  top  of  the  lower  Arnheim,  from  four  to  five  and  a 
half  feet.  These  localities  are:  half  a  mile  east  of  the  northern  end 
of  Preachersville ;  three  miles  southeast  of  Lancaster,  a  few  hun- 
dred yards  west  of  the  pike,  along  Gilbert  creek;  and  two  and  a 
half  miles  southwest  of  Lancaster,  west  of  the  pike  to  Stanford. 
Farther  westward,  apparently,  the  shaly  part  of  the  lower  Arnheim 
thins  rapidly.  Two  miles  northeast  of  Stanford,  and  also  two  and 
three-quarter  miles  north  of  Stanford,  along  the  road  to  Lancaster, 
the  thickness  of  the  shaly  section  is  reduced  to  7  feet,  the  overlying 
dove-colored  limestone,  at  the  top  of  the  lower  Arnheim,  measur- 
ing three  and  five  feet  respectively. 

The  territory  between  Stanford  and  the  mouth  of  Red  river 
may  be  regarded  as  representing  a  distinct  phase  of  the  Arnheim 
sedimentation.  Within  this  territory  the  lower  Arnheim  is 
characterized  by  an  unfos.'-'iliferous  shaly  rock  overlaid  by  a  thinner 
section  of  dove  colored  limestones.  The  basal  part  of  the  upper- 
Arnheim  division  contains  Lcptaena  richmondensis  and  RJiyncho- 
trema  denlata,  the  latter  at  a  slightly  higher  elevation  whenever  a 
difference  in  elevation  is  noted.  The  overlying  part  of  the  upper 
Arnheim  section  usually  is  richly  fossiliferous,  and  contains  among 
other  fossils  rather  numerous  specimens  of  Platystrophia  ponderosa. 
At  the  top  of  the  Arnheim  section  there  is  a  layer  of  light  colored 
clay,  one  or  two  feet  thick,  frequently  containing  numerous 
specimens  of  bryozoans.  This  clay  layer  has  been  assumed  to 
form  the  base  of  the  Waynesville  bed,  but  it  may  be  necessary  to 
revise  this  classification  when  the  fauna  is  better  known.  It  is 
probable  that  most  of  these  features  ma\'  be  detected  as  far  north 
as  Howards  Mill,  in  the  eastern  part  of  Alontgomery  county. 

The  territory  from  Montgomer}'  county  to  Mason  county, 
already  described,  includes  another  phase  of  Arnheim  sedimenta- 
tion.    Here    the    lower   Arnheim   consists   of   a   rather   uniform 


Jan.,  1912.]  The  Arnheim  Formation.  435 

argillaceous  limestone  section  containing  few  fossils,  although 
occasional  specimens  of  Platystropkia  ponderosa  are  found.  The 
shaly  layers  and  the  dove  colored  limestone  are  absent.  Platys- 
tropkia ponderosa  is  not  abundant  in  the  upper  Arnheim  at  any 
horizon,  but  specimens  occur  in  moderate  quantities  at  the  base 
of  this  upper  division.  The  exact  horizon  of  the  various  fossils 
has  not  been  worked  out  in  all  of  this  territory,  but  at  Maysville, 
and  northward,  the  Plalystrophia  ponderosa  horizon  is  below,  not 
above,  the  horizons  containing  Leptaena  richmondensis  and 
Rhynchotrema  dentata. 

3.     Central  Kentucky,  from  Stanford  to  Lebanon. 

The  most  western  locality  in  Lincoln  county  at  which  Leptaena 
richmondensis  at  present  is  known  from  the  Arnheim  is  found  by 
going  from  the  center  of  Stanford  three-quarters  of  a  mile  south- 
ward and  then  the  same  distance  south  west  ward.  The  nearest 
point  at  which  Rhynchotrema  dentata  is  known,  is  four  miles 
northeast  of  Stanford,  three-quarters  of  a  mile  directly  south  of 
Gilbert  Creek  station.  West  of  these  localities  there  is  a  gap  of 
14  miles  within  which  no  specimens  of  Leptaena  or  Rhynchotrema 
are  known  in  the  Arnheim.  Within  this  gap  it  has  been  found 
difficult  to  assign  definite  limits  between  the  upper  and  lower 
divisions  of  the  Arnheim,  although  a  few  data  are  known  which 
may  prove  of  assistance. 

At  the  locality  a  mile  and  a  quarter  southwest  of  Stanford, 
already  mentioned,  it  is  possible  to  identify  the  light  colored  clay 
with  bryozoans,  at  the  top  of  the  Arnheim;  the  richly  fossiliferous 
zone  containing  Platystrophia  ponderosa  and  forming  the  lower 
part  of  the  upper  or  Oregonia  division  of  the  Arnheim;  and  the 
Leptaena  richmondensis  horizon  at  the  base  of  this  division.  At 
the  top  of  the  lower  or  Sunset  division  of  the  Arnheim,  dove 
colored  limestones  occur,  and  these  contain  a  globular  bryozoan, 
which  has  been  called  Prasopora  in  the  field. 

This  globular  bryozoan  occurs  three  and  a  half  miles  southwest 
of  Stanford,  a  mile  south  of  the  Turnersville  pike,  east  of  the  former 
site  of  a  creamery  at  the  home  of  Katie  Ador.  Here  the  globular 
bryozoan  is  fairly  common  in  massive  argillaceous  rock,  4  feet 
thick.  The  layers  with  HeberteUa,  and  a  species  of  Platystrophia 
near  PI.  clarksvillensis,  are  regarded  as  equivalent  to  the  light 
colored  clay  layer  at  the  top  of  the  Arnheim.  It  was  not  possible 
to  assign  a  definite  limit  to  the  base  of  the  Arnheim. 

The  same  globular  bryozoan  occurs  also  on  the  hill  northwest 
of  McKinney;  in  the  railroad  cut  south  of  Moreland;  and  north  of 
Knob  Lick  branch,  a  mile  south  of  Shelby  City  station.  The 
significance  of  this  globular  bryozoan  horizon  can  be  best  under- 
stood after  an  examination  of  some  of  the  sections  still  farther 
west,  at  which  Leptaena  and  Rhynchotrema  again  occur  at  the 
Arnheim  horizon. 


43^6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

One  of  the  most  instructive  sections  in  this  connection  is  that 
exposed  along  the  lower  part  of  Walloway  creek,  opposite  the  home 
of  J.  W.  Isaacs,  in  Marion  county.  The  locality  may  be  reached 
by  going  one  mile  west  of  Rileys  station  and  then  following  a  road 
southward  almost  two  miles.  The  section  is  described  in  descend- 
ing order. 

Argillaceous  nodules  and  globular  bryozoan 1  ft.  10  in. 

Interval  with  various  fossils 3  ft.    6  in. 

Richly  fossiliferous  horizon  with  Platystrophia  ponderosa 6ft.    Gin. 

Leptaena  richmondensis  at  various  levels,  Ijut  rare  except  at  base.  5  ft.    6  in. 

Argillaceous  limestone,  fossils  few 3  ft.    6  in. 

Large  branching  bryozoans  resembling  Batostoma 1  ft. 

Same  large  bryozoans  and  the  globular  bryozoans   resembling 

Prasopora 6  in. 

Argillaceous  limestone  with  the  same  large  branching  bryozoans  1  ft. 

Argillaceous  rock,  fossils  few 3  ft. 

Dove  colored  limestone  with  Platystrophia  ponderosa 5  ft. 

Opposite  home  of  J.  F.  Crews,  remainder  of  section  down  stream 

not  visited. 

In  this  section,  the  Leptaena  horizon  is  regarded  as  the  base 
of  the  upper  or  Oregonia  division  of  the  Arnheim.  Globular 
bryozoans  occur  at  two  horizons ;  at  the  top  of  the  Arnheim  section, 
associated  with  argillaceous  nodules;  and  a  short  distance  below 
the  Leptaena  horizon  in  strata  which  may  belong  to  the  lower 
division  of  the  Arnheim  but  whose  exact  stratigraphical  equivalent 
can  be  determined  only  after  further  study.  It  is  possible,  for 
instance,  that  the  lower  Arnheim  practicall}'  thins  out  west  of 
Stanford.  The  two  horizons  for  the  Prasopora  usualh'  may  be 
distinguished  readily.  At  the  upper  horizon,  argillaceous  nodules 
frequently  are  present,  and  both  the  globular  bryozoans  and  the 
nodules  occur  in  a  whitish  or  light  colored  clay  which  is  regarded 
as  the  stratigraphical  equivalent  of  the  light  colored  clay  at  the 
base  of  the  Waynesville  section  northeast  of  Stanford  as  far  as  the 
mouth  of  the  Red  river.  This  liorizon  is  always  above  the  highest 
layers  containing  Platystrophia  ponderosa.  The  lower  horizon 
with  the  globular  bryozoan  occurs  at  the  top  of  a  section  consisting 
of  dove  colored  limestones  and  usually  is  overlaid  by  a  small 
section  of  strata  containing  Platystrophia  ponderosa.  Near  the 
base  of  this  upper  Platystrophia  ponderosa  horizon,  Leptaena 
richmondensis  and  Rhynchotrema  dentata  occur  at  numerous 
localities,  but  where  the  latter  species  arc  fotmd,  the  globular 
bryozoan  is  not  needed  as  a  horizon  marker. 

The  globular  bryozoan  has  a  fair  distribution  at  both  the 
upper  and  the  lower  horizon.  At  the  upper  horizon  it  occurs 
from  the  vicinity  of  Lebanon  as  far  east  as  Scrubgrass  creek 
southwest  of  Mitchellsburg  in  Boyle  county,  and  a  mile  east  of 
Harveyton,  in  Casey  county.  Southward  it  is  known  as  far  as 
Rush  Branch,  in  the  southeastern  corner  of  Marion  county.  At 
the  lower  horizon,  it  is  known  at  numerous  localities  southwest  of 


Jan.,  1912.]  The  Arnheim  Formation.  437 

Rileys,  in  Marion  county,  and  thence  southward  to  Rush  Branch 
and  eastward  to  Gravel  Switch  in  Marion  county,  and  EUisburg,  in 
Casey  county.  At  several  localities,  among  these  the  one  about 
a  mile  east  of  Harveyton,  in  Casey  county,  the  globular  bryozoan 
occtu"s  apparently  immediately  above  the  horizon  containing 
Leptaena  richmondensis  and  Rhynchotrema  dentata. 

At  most  of  the  localities  in  Marion,  Boyle,  and  Casey  counties, 
at  which  Leptaena  richmondensis  and  Rhynchotrema  dentata  occur, 
the  latter  arc  found  about  IG  to  18  feet  below  the  top  of  the  upper 
horizon  at  which  the  globular  bryozoans,  associated  with  the 
argillaceous  nodules  occur.  Below  the  Leptaena  horizon,  within 
a  moderate  distance,  dove  colored  limestones  are  found.  Near 
Lebanon,  these  dove  colored  limestones  occur  sufficiently  far 
below  the  Leptaena  horizon  to  suggest  their  equivalence  to  strata 
elsewhere  assigned  to  the  upper  Corryvillc.  In  the  area  between 
Hankla,  in  Boyle  county,  and  the  locality  southwest  of  vStanford, 
within  which  Leptaena  richmondensis  and  Rhynchotrema  dentata 
are  unknown,  these  dove  colored  limetsones  appear  to  lie  nearer  the 
lower  Prasopora  or  globular  bryozoan  horizon,  suggesting  a  thin- 
ning of  the  lower  Arnheim  and  the  absence  of  the  Mount  Auburn 
along  this  axial  region  of  the  Cincinnati  geanticline. 

4.     Western  Kentucky,  from  Nelson  to  Trimble  Counties. 

Between  Lebanon  and  Cox  Creek,  seven  miles  north  of  Bards- 
town,  a  total  distance  of  25  miles,  the  Arnheim  horizon  has  not 
been  studied.  North  of  Cox  Creek,  on  the  pike  to  Mount  Wash- 
ington and  Louisville,  Leptaena  is  associated  with  Plastytrophia 
ponderosa.  Seven  miles  farther  northward,  in  the  southwestern 
corner  of  Spencer  county,  between  High  Grove  and  Smithvillle 
Leptaena  richmondensis  and  Rhynchotrema  dentata  occur  in  the 
Arnheim  member.  The  exposures  here  are  so  evidently  related 
lithologically  to  those  near  Mount  Washington,  in  Bullitt  county, 
about  five  miles  farther,  toward  the  northwest,  that  they  will  be 
discussed  in  the  same  relation. 

Southwest  of  Mount  Washington,  along  the  pike  to  Smithville 
and  Bardstown,  the  following  section  is  exposed: 

Argillaceous   limestone   with  Platystrophia   ponderosa   and    Con- 

stellaria  polystomella 2  ft.    8  in. 

Hard  fossiliferous  limestone  forming  a  small  fall  near  the  home 

of  F.  C.  Porter,  where  a  fence  crosses  the  creek 2  ft.    6  in. 

Richly  fossiliferous  argillaceous  rock  with  Platystrophia  pon- 
derosa a  foot  and  a  half  from  the  top  and  with  Leptaena 
richmondensis  near  the  base , 5  ft.    4  in. 

Argillaceous  rock  and  thin  limestone,  richly  fossiliferous,  with 
Leptaena  richmondensis  at  various  intervals.  Platystrophia 
cypha-conradi  occurs  rather  abundantly.  Rhynchotrema 
dentata  is  present  at  the  base,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
creek,  where  a  wagon  road  crosses  the  creek  near  the  level, 
485  feet  above  sea 14  ft. 


438  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

Interval  with  Leptaena  richmondensis  rather  common  in  the 
upper  part,  the  lowest  specimens  occurring  near  the  home 
of  J.  D.  Stansbury 10  ft. 

Strongly  cross  bedded,  rather  coarse  grained  limestone  layers, 
forming  crescentic  sweeps  of  strongly  inclined  limsetone 
laminae,  striking  in  a  general  way  North  40°  West.  The 
concave  sides  of  these  crescentic  curves  face  the  southwest. 
The  length  of  the  curves  averages  about  20  feet.  The  total 
thickness  of  this  crossbedded  section  is  not  known;  it  can 
not  be  less  than  6  feet  and  may  equal 12  ft. 

The  base  of  the  strongly  cross-bedded  section  is  directly  east  of 
the  most  northern  farm  house  seen  on  the  western  side  of 
the  creek. 

The  most  striking  features  of  this  section,  southwest  of  Mount 
Washington,  are:  The  presence  of  Leptaena  richmondensis 
throughout  a  vertical  range  of  24  feet,  with  Rhynchotrema  dentata 
near  the  middle  of  this  range.  The  presence  of  Platystrophia 
ponderosa  for  a  distance  of  10  feet  above  the  Leptaena  horizon. 
This  strongly  cross  bedded  limestone  is  regarded  as  equivalent  to 
the  lower  Amheim  elsewhere.  It  suggests  the  presence  of  shallow 
waters  with  strong  currents  and  in  this  respect  is  in  rather  strong 
contrast  with  the  exposures  so  far  described.  Possibly  the  thick- 
ness of  the  strata  containing  Leptaena,  and  the  thickness  of  the 
underlying  cross  bedded  limestone  section  have  been  greatly 
exaggerated,  in  attempting  to  estimate  their  thickness  along 
the  creek. 

About  two  and  a  half  miles  sovitheast  of  Mount  Washington, 
Leptaena  richmondensis  has  a  vertical  range  of  14  feet.  Platys- 
trophia cypha-conradi  is  common.  Dinorthis  carleyi  occurs  at  the 
base.  Platystrophia  ponderosa  occupies  a  section  about  4  feet 
thick,  at  a  distance  10  feet  above  the  Leptaena  horizon.  Cross 
bedded  limestones  occur  at  the  base  of  the  Amheim  section,  but 
some  of  the  layers  near  the  top  also  are  coarse  grained. 

The  greatest  thickness  of  coarsed  grained,  cross  bedded  lime- 
stone at  the  base  of  the  Amheim  section  is  seen  about  a  mile 
northwest  of  High  Grove,  in  the  southwestern  corner  of  Spencer 
county.  Here  it  is  12  feet  thick,  and  is  immediately  overlaid  by 
strata  containing  Leptaena  richmondensis  and  Rhynchotrema 
dentata.  The  vertical  range  of  Leptaena  has  not  been  established 
here. 

About  a  mile  southeast  of  Smithvillc,  along  the  pike  to  Bards- 
town,  coarse  grained  limestone,  5  feet  thick,  occurs  below  layers 
containing  Leptaena  richmondensis  and  Dinorthis  carleyi.  Loose 
specimens  of  Rhynchotrema  dentata  also  are  found.  The  exact 
succession  has  not  been  established  beyond  doubt. 

About  a  mile  west  of  Smith\'ille,  on  the  north  side  of  vSalt  river, 
the  coarse  grained  limestone  in  the  Arnheim  section  is  about 
three  and  a  half  feet  thick.  Platystrophia  ponderosa  occurs  at 
a  higher  level. 


Jan.,  1912.]  The  Arnheim  Formation.  439 

Near  the  home  of  Asa  Lutes,  southwest  of  the  Grinwell  ford, 
Leptaena  is  present  within  two  feet  above  a  cross  bedded  Hmestone 
containing  PlatystropJiia  ponderosa. 

In  this  area  inckiding  the  eastern  part  of  BulHtt  county,  the 
southeastern  part  of  Jefferson  county,  and  the  adjacent  parts  of 
Spencer  county,  the  Arnheim  is  more  variable  from  exposure  to 
exposure  than  in  any  other  known  area  of  equal  size.  This  prob- 
ably is  due  to  shallow  water  conditions  and  current  action. 

About  a  mile  west  of  Fisherville,  Dinorthis  carleyi  is  overlaid 
by  strata  containing  Leptaena  richmondensis  and  Rhynchotrema 
dciitata,  and  the  latter  by  layers  containing  PlatystropJiia  pon- 
derosa. 

This  is  the  most  northern  locality  at  which  Platystrophia 
ponderosa  is  known  to  occur  above  the  Leptaena  horizon,  on  the 
western  side  of  the  Cincinnati  geanticline.  North  of  Fisherville, 
Platystrophia  ponderosa  is  known  only  froin  below  the  Leptaena 
horizon.  A  similar  succession  is  noted  on  tracing  the  Arnheim 
strata  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Cincinnati  geanticline  northward. 
As  far  as  the  mouth  of  the  Red  river  and  Howards  Mill,  Platys- 
trophia ponderosa  is  found  above  the  Leptaena  horizon  as  well  as  in 
the  underlying  Maysville  beds,  but  toward  the  Ohio  river  and 
northward,  this  species  occurs  only  below  the  Leptaena  horizon. 

About  a  mile  northeast  of  Pendleton,  in  Henry  county,  Dinor- 
this carleyi  occurs  immediately  above  a  section,  two  feet  thick,  in 
which  Leptaena  richmondensis  is  common,  but  the  latter  species 
occurs  also  6  feet  farther  up. 

At  Scott's  Hill,  in  the  eastern  part  of  Trimble  cotmty,  four 
miles  east  of  Bedford,  Dinorthis  carleyi  and  Leptaena  richmondensis 
occur  in  the  Arnheim,  and  they  occur  also  at  Milton,  on  the  Ohio 
river,  with  Dinorthis  carleyi  about  two  feet  above  the  Leptaena 
richmondensis  horizon. 

5.     Indiana. 

Along  the  railroad  in  the  northwestern  part  of  Madison, 
Indiana,  Dinorthis  carleyi  is  rather  common  in  a  section  abotit  a 
foot  and  a  half  thick.  Leptaena  richmondensis  occurs  about  four 
feet  lower,  and  the  horizon  for  Platystrophia  ponderosa  is  seven 
and  a  half  feet  farther  down. 

Platystrophia  ponderosa  is  not  known  in  the  Arnheim  of  Indiana 
anywhere  north  of  Madison.  Leptaena  richmondensis  is  associated 
with  Dinorthis  carleyi  about  a  mile  southeast  of  Sparta,  or  eight 
miles  west  of  Lawrenceburg ;  five  miles  east  of  Brookville,  on  Big 
Cedar  creek;  and  a  mile  north  of  Brownsville  or  five  miles  north- 
west of  Liberty.  It  is  a  comparatively  rare  fossil  in  Franklin  and 
Union  counties,  however,  and  it  has  not  been  found  at  any  locality 
between  Franklin  county  and  the  Ohio  river  except  at  Madison. 
Even  Dinorthis  carleyi  is  comparatively  rare  in  the  area  south  of 


44^  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

Franklin  county,  although  this  is  the  only  one  of  the  fossils  charac- 
teristic of  the  basal  part  of  the  upper  or  Orcgonia  division  of  the 
Arnheini  which  has  a  fairly  general  geographic  distribution  in  the 
area  designated.  In  most  of  this  territory,  the  Arnheim  consists 
of  argillaceous  limestone,  and  indurated  clay  layers  interbedded 
with  much  larger  quantities  of  soft  clay.  The  lower  Arnheim 
does  not  differ  lithologically  from  the  upper  part. 

The  chief  characteristic  of  the  Arnheim  in  Franklin  and  Union 
counties,  in  Indiana,  is  the  presence  of  a  variety  of  Dahnanclla 
jugosa  in  rather  large  numbers.  Northwest  of  the  home  of  William 
Bauman,  two  miles  southwest  of  Brookville,  DalmaneUa  has  a 
considerable  vertical  range  above  the  Dinorthis  carlcyl  horizon. 
At  New  Trenton,  Indiana,  Dahnauclla  has  a  considerable  vertical 
range  below  the  Dinorthis  carle yi  layer;  in  fact,  it  occurs  even  as 
low  as  the  Mount  Auburn.  North  of  Brookville,  as  far  as  the 
northern  boundary  of  Franklin  county,  DalmaneUa  ranges  from 
several  feet  above  the  DinortJiis  carleyi  horizon  to  at  least  10 
feet  below  that  level. 

6.     Ohio. 

DalmaneUa  has  a  considerable  vertical  range  in  the  Arnheim 
also  in  the  western  half  of  Hamilton  and  Butler  counties,  in  Ohio. 
Farther  eastward,  as  far  as  Adams  county,  on  the  Ohio  river, 
DalmaneUa  is  restricted,  in  the  Arnheim,  to  a  vertical  range  of  only 
a  few  inches,  at  or  immediately  above  the  Plaiystrophia  ponderosa 
horizon,  and  distinctly  beneath  the  Leptaena  richmondensis  and 
Dinorthis  carleyi  horizons.  Wherever,  at  these  more  eastern 
localities,  DalmaneUa  has  a  considerable  vertical  range,  it  is  known 
to  characterize  the  Waynesville  member.  The  result  is  that, 
fsirther  eastward,  DalmaneUa  may  be  used  to  identify  readily  the 
Waynesville  member,  especially  the  lower  part,  where  other  con- 
spicuous characteristic  fossils  are  not  common,  while  in  the  western 
part  of  Butler  and  Hamilton  counties,  and  in  Franklin  county, 
this  species  may  prove  misleading  if  only  a  superficial  study  be 
given  to  a  line  of  outcrops. 

A  most  peculiar  section,  differing  in  some  respects  from  any 

other  known,  occurs  about  a  mile  north  of  Collinsville,  or  eight 

miles  northwest  of  Hamilton,   Ohio.     The  top  of  the  Arnheim 

is  not  exposed. 

Nodular  argillaceous  limestone  near  the  top  of  the  Arnheim...   2ft. 

Interval   with   Byssonychia   and   Rafinesquina   common 11  ft.  6  in. 

Clay   with   DalmaneUa    and    with    a   single    loose    specimen   of 

Dinorthis  carleyi  which  may  have  come  from  this  horizon.  .   3  ft.    6  in. 

Clay  and  limestone.    Topmost  layer  wave-marked 7  ft.    4  in. 

DalmaneUa  abundant  in  clay  and  thin  limestone 6  ft.    8  in. 

'Clay  interbedded  with  limestone G  ft.    9  in. 

Argillaceous  rubble  limestone 2  ft.    9  in. 

Highest  Leptaena  richmondensis  horizon. 

Interval  with  Plaiystrophia  ponderosa  at  various  levels 1  ft.    9  in. 

Leptaena  richmondensis. 

Interval 1  ft.    8  in. 

Flalyslrophia  ponderosa  just  above  creek  level. 


Jan.,  1912.]  Ihe  Arnheim  Formation.  44 1 

Lithologically,  the  rock  from  the  creek  level  as  far  up  as  the 
argillaceous  rubble  limestone  above  the  highest  Leptaena  horizon 
resembles  the  rock  forming  the  Mount  Auburn  member  in  most  of 
Ohio  and  adjacent  Kentucky.  Moreover,  there  is  a  considerable 
interval  between  this  part  of  the  section  and  the  Dinorthis  carleyi 
horizon.  However,  Leptaena  richmondensis  is  unknown  in  the 
Mount  Auburn  member  from  any  of  the  numerous  exposures 
where  this  horizon  has  been  definitely  identified.  Hence,  the 
CoUinsville  section  may  be  merely  an  Arnheim  exposure  in  which 
the  interval  between  the  PlatystropJiia  ponder osa  horizon  and  the 
Dinorthis  carleyi  horizon  is  represented  by  an  unusual  thickness 
of  strata. 

As  a  rule,  Leptaena  richmondensis  occurs  in  the  Arnheim  of 
Ohio  only  a  short  distance  below  the  Dinorthis  carleyi  horizon. 
The  interval  rarely  exceeds  five  feet,  and  frequently  is  reduced  to 
only  a  few  inches. 

At  the  Blacksmith  hollow,  a  short  distance  north  of  the  railroad 
station,  at  Oregonia,  Ohio,  six  miles  northeast  of  Lebanon,  the 
following  section  is  seen : 

Massive  nodular  argillaceous  limestone 5  ft.    6  in. 

One  specimen  of  Strophomena  concordensis . 
Rubble  clay  rock  with  some  argillaceous  limestone 15  ft. 

Dinorthis  carleyi  common 6  in. 

Rubble  clay  rock  with  Dinorthis  at  various  intervals 5  ft. 

Rubble  clay  rock  with  Rafinesquitia 1  ft. 

Dinorthis  carleyi  common  and  one   specimen   of   Leptaena 
richmondensis  in  thin  limestone. 

Interval 9  in. 

Dinorthis  carleyi,  one  specimen. 

Leptaena   richmondensis  common 1  ft.    6  in. 

Rubble  clay 1  ft.    6  in. 

PlatystropJiia  ponderosa  rare. 
Rubble    clay    rock,    with    Cyclonema    humerosnm,    Rafinesquina 

loxorhytis,    and    Zygospira    modesta 12  ft. 

Interval  not  exposed 17  ft. 

Estimated  level  of  base  of  Arnheim.    No  exposures  here. 

A  similar  succession  of  strata  is  found  near  the  home  of  G.  W. 
Robertson,  at  the  mouth  of  Lick  run,  opposite  the  mouth  of 
Caesar  creek,  less  than  three  miles  north  of  Oregonia: 

Nodular  limestone,  forming  small  falls. 

Interval 15  ft.    6  in. 

Dinorthis  carleyi  at  various  intervals 6  ft. 

Leptaena    richmondensis    common 6  in. 

Interval 3  ft.    6  in. 

Strongly  wave  marked  limestone  layer,  trend  of  ridges  about 
north  and  south. 

Interval 3  ft. 

Platystrophia  ponderosa  rather  common 4  in. 

A  similar  succession  of  strata  is  seen  three  miles  northeast  of 
Goshen,   at  the  middle  part  of  the  northern  edge  of  Clermont 


442  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

county.  Here  Dinorthis  carleyi,  Leptaena  richmondensis,  Dal- 
manella  jiigosa,  and  PlatystropJiia  poiidcrosa  are  found  in  descend- 
ing order. 

The  typical  exposure  of  the  Arnheini  bed  is  located  on  Straight 
creek,  about  a  mile  south  of  Arnheim,  and  five  miles  northeast  of 
Georgetown,  in  Brown  county: 

Strophomena  concordensis  near  top  of  blue,  nodular  clay  rock.  .  .  .6  ft. 

Limestone  interbcddecl  with  much  clay 12  ft. 

Strongly  wave-marked  limestone. 

Limestone  interbedded  with  clay 7  ft. 

Dinorthis  carleyi  rare. 

Thin    limestones    and   clay,    with   Leptaena    richmondensis    and 

Rhynchotrenia  den  lata 6  in. 

Limestone  and  clay  with  Leptaena  richmondensis 9  in. 

,  Clay  with  layers  of  nodules 2  ft.    4  in. 

Thin  limestone  with  Leptaena  richmondensis  abundant 2  in. 

Limestone  and  clay 5  ft. 

Platystrophia  ponderosa  abundant  in  limestone 8  in. 

Dalmanella  jugosa  var.,  abundant,  largest  specimens  22  milli- 
meters wide,  associated  with  Platystrophia  ponderosa,  rather 
few 9  in. 

Poorly  exposed 7  ft. 

Coarse    grained,    cross    bedded    limestone,    with    wave-marked 

layer  five  inches  above  the  base 5  ft.    6  in. 

Limestone  and  clay  interbedded , 7  ft.    6  in. 

Raftnesquina  very  aljundant 4  ft.     6  in. 

Limestone  with  bryozoans  and  other  fossils 1  ft.    6  in. 

Mount  Auburn  top,  consisting  of  clayey  limestone  with  Platy- 
strophia ponderosa  rather  abundant 3  ft.    9  in. 

Wave-marked  limestone  layer. 

At  Eddies  run,  one  mile  east  of  the  line  between  Brown  and 

Adams  counties,  and  about  six  miles  west'  of  West  Union,  the 

following  section  is  seen : 

Strophomena  concordensis  common  in  nodular  clay  rock 5  ft. 

Interval 18  ft.    6  in. 

Leptaena  richmondensis  rare 4  in. 

Interval .5  ft. 

Leptaena  richmondensis  abundant 1  ft. 

Interval 10  ft. 

Platystrophia  ponderosa  and  Dalmanella  jugosa   var.    associated 

in  the  same  layers 1  ft. 

Half  a  mile  east  of  Manchester,  the  Beasley  fork  pike  to  West 
Union  crosses  Island  creek,  and  a  mile  northward  the  Mount 
Auburn  bed  is  exposed.  A  quarter  of  a  mile  farther  northward, 
northwest  of  the  home  of  A.  H.  Foster,  Leptaena  richmondensis  is 
exposed  five  feet  above  layers  containing  Dalmanella  jugosa  var. 
and  Platystrophia  ponderosa.  Strophomena  concordensis  occurs 
farther  up  stream. 

About  three  miles  south  of  Maysville,  in  Kentucky,  the  deep 
cut  at  the  highest  point  reached  by  the  railroad  exposes  the 
following  section : 


Jan.,  1912.]  The  Arnheivi  Formation.  443 


Strophomena  concordensis,  associated  with  Dahnanella  jugosa  in 

bluish  limestone 2  ft. 

Argillaceous  limestone 16  ft. 

Dinorthis  carleyi  occurs  somewhere  in  this  argillaceous 
limestone  section.  Loose  specimens  have  been  found  at 
various  intervals  between  five  and  eight  feet  above  the 
base  of  this  argillaceous  limestone,  but,  although  the  spec- 
imens are  fairly  abundant  in  the  rock  quarried  out  while 
making  the  cut,  no  specimens  have  been  seen  in  place. 

Leptaemi  richinondensis  abundant 1  ft. 

Rhynchotrema  dentata  belongs  somwehere  near  this  horizon 
since  it  occurs  loose  on  the  slopes  below. 

Argillaceous  limsetone 3  ft.    6  in. 

Softer  clay  rock,  weathering  back 1  ft.    6  in. 

Limestone 10  in. 

Platystrophia  ponderosa 2  ft.    4  in. 

Dalmanella    jugosa     abundant,     associated     with     Platystrophia 

ponderosa 6  in. 

Argillaceous    limestone    interbedded    with    considerable    clay, 

forming  the  Sunset  division  of  the  Arnheim 18  ft. 

Mount  Auburn  member. 

The  presence  of  Platystrophia  ponderosa  and  Dalmanella  jugosa 
var.  at  the  base  of  the  upper  or  Oregonia  division  of  the  Arnheim 
may  be  detected  throughout  the  Ohio  area  of  exposure,  although 
these  fossils  are  common  as  a  rule  only  in  the  more  eastern  expo- 
sures and  are  entirely  absent  at  many  of  the  western  localities. 

At  Pisgah,  ten  miles  southeast  of  Hamilton,  the  following 
section  is  seen: 

Dinorthis  carleyi  fairly  common 4  ft, 

Dinorthis  carleyi  rare,  associated  with  Leptaena  richmondensis.. . .  2  ft. 

Interval 2  ft.    6  in. 

Platystrophia  ponderosa  rare 2  ft. 

At  Reileys,  seven  miles  west  of  Hamilton,  a  thin  horizon  con- 
taining Dalmanella  is  overlaid  by  Leptaena  richmondensis,  and  the 
latter  by  Dinorthis  carleyi. 

Along  the  railroad  northwest  of  Bridgetown,  seven  and  a  half 
miles  northwest  of  the  center  of  Cincinnati,  a  single  specimen  of 
Platystrophia  ponderosa  was  found  just  beneath  Leptaena  rich- 
mondensis and  Dinorthis  carleyi. 

7.     Nodular  Top  of  Arnheim  in  Ohio. 

The  so-called  nodular  argillaceous  limestone  at  the  top  of  the 
Arnheim  section  in  many  parts  of  Ohio,  is  in  reality  not  nodular 
at  all,  in  the  ordinary  acceptance  of  this  temi.  The  limestone  is 
irregular  bedded  and  breaks  up  into  lumps,  so  that  the  term 
lumpy  limestone  is  more  descriptive.  It  forms  a  very  character- 
istic part  of  the  Arnheim  sections  first  studied,  namely  those  near 
Lebanon  and  Oregonia,  in  Warren  county,  Ohio.  Similar  exposures 
occur  at  the  southern  edge  of  Montgomery  county,  opposite  the 
Franklin  Chautauqua.  At  Oregonia  the  thickness  of  this  lumpy 
limestone  is  five  and  a  half  feet.     North  of  Lebanon,  it  is  four  and 


444  The  Ohio  NaturaiisL  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

a  quarter.  At  the  Franklin  Chautauqua,  it  is  three  feet.  About 
four  miles  west  of  Middletown,  or  two  and  a  half  miles  south  of  the 
southeastern  corner  of  Preble  county,  the  thickness  of  the  massive 
argillaceous  limestone  at  the  top  of  the  Arnheim  section  is  two 
feet  three  inches.  These  data  suggest  a  thinning  of  the  lumpy 
limestone  section  westward,  and  indicate  why  it  is  so  difficult  to 
identify  the  so-called  nodular  limestone  at  the  top  of  the  Arnheim 
section  still  farther  westward. 

At  the  locality  on  the  Dry  fork  of  Elk  run,  four  miles  west  of 
Middletown,  the  following  section  is  seen: 

Massive  argillaceous,  more  or  less  lumpy,  limestone 2  ft.  3  in. 

Interval  with  Anomalodonta  gigantea,  Rafinesquina  loxorhytis,  and 

Cyclonema  hitmerosum  at  various  intervals 11  ft.  6  in. 

Dinorthis  carleyi 4  ft.  6  in. 

The  interval  between  Dinorthis  carleyi  horizon  and  the  lumpy 
limestone  may  have  been  considerably  greater  than  12  feet  since 
it  was  measured  along  the  creek  which  here  has  a  very  low  gradient. 

Two  and  a  quarter  miles  northwest  of  Hamilton,  and  also  a 
mile  southwest  of  McGonigle,  or  seven  miles  a  little  north  of  west 
from  the  center  of  Hamilton,  the  base  of  the  Waynesville  bed 
consists  of  very  coarse  grained,  cross  bedded  limestone,  five  feet 
thick  at  the  latter  locality.  In  this  limestone,  Dahnanella  jugosa 
is  abundant.  Southward  from  these  localities,  in  the  western 
parts  of  Butler  and  Hamilton  counties,  it  is  difficult  to  draw  an 
exact  line  between  the  Waynesville  and  Arnheim  beds,  although 
the  approximate  position  of  this  line  is  indicated  by  the  first 
appearance  of  limestones  with  Dahnanella,  which  on  weathering 
tend  to  take  a  reddish  hue.  The  Dahnanella  bearing  beds  at  the 
Arnheim  horizon  appear  not  to  be  inclined  to  take  this  tint,  and 
are  more  likely  to  change  to  yellowish  or  brownish  colors. 

Strophomena  coneordensis  appears  limited  to  the  lumpy  lime- 
stone horizon  at  the  top  of  the  Arnheim  bed,  but  it  is  not  known 
farther  west  than  the  southeastern  part  of  Butler  county,  or 
farther  north  than  Lebanon  and  Oregonia,  in  Warren  county. 
Southeastward  from  these  localities,  Strophomena  coneordensis  is 
found  at  practically  every  exposure  of  the  top  of  the  Arnheim  as 
far  as  Maysville  and  Concord,  in  Kentucky.  As  a  rule,  the  lumpy 
limestone  section  is  about  five  feet  thick,  and  Strophomena  con- 
eordensis often  ranges  throughout  the  entire  section.  South  of 
Arnheim,  in  Brown  county,  the  lumpy  limestone  is  about  six  feet 
thick,  and  the  Strophomena  occurs  chiefly  near  the  top.  The 
lumpy  argillaceous  character  of  the  limestone  continues  through 
Adams  county  nearly  as  far  as  the  Ohio  river.  Three  miles  south 
of  the  Ohio  river,  at  Maysville,  Strophomena  coneordensis  occurs 
in  a  limestone,  weathering  reddish  and  containing  numerous 
specimens  of  Dahnanella  jugosa,  difficult  to  distinguish  litholog- 
ically  from  the  overlying  Waynesville  section. 


Jan.,  1912.]  The  Arnheim  Formation.  445 

Along  the  creek  directly  east  of  Concord,  Lewis  county, 
Kentucky,  Strophomena  concordensis  is  confined  to  an  argillaceous 
rock,  similar  to  the  lumpy  limestone,  and  a  foot  in  thickness.  This 
exposure  is  unique  among  all  those  known  in  Ohio,  Indiana, 
Kentucky,  and  Tennessee,  in  containing  Strcpielasma  canadensis 
and  Opisthoptera  casei  five  and  a  half  feet  below  the  Strophomena 
concordensis  horizon,  and  Streptelasma  canadensis  and  Columnaria 
alveolata  five  feet  above  this  Strophomena  layer. 

The  only  other  locality  at  which  Columnaria  alveolata  is  known 
from  the  Arnheim  is  at  Clifton,  on  the  Tennessee  river,  in  western 
Tennessee,  where  it  is  associated  with  Dinorthis  carleyi,  Rhyn- 
chotrema  dentata,  Leptaena  ric/imondensis,  and  a  variety  of  Dal- 
manella  jugosa. 

8.  Arnheim  includes  first  advent  of  Richmond  fauna. 

The  presence  of  Strophomena  concordensis,  Streptelasma  cana- 
densis, and  Colicmnaria  alveolata  at  the  top  of  the  Arnheim  bed, 
at  Concord,  Kentucky,  suggests  the  advent  of  the  Richmond 
fauna.  In  fact,  the  nodular  or  lumpy  limestone,  at  the  top  of  the 
Arnheim  section  as  originally  defined,  could  with  propriety  be 
removed  to  the  Waynesville  member  of  the  Richmond.  However, 
Leptaena  richmondensis,  Rhynchotrema  dentata,  and  Dinorthis 
carleyi,  near  the  base  of  the  upper  or  Oregonia  division  of  the 
Arnheim,  also  suggest  the  advent  of  a  Richmond  fauna,  and 
although  limited  to  only  a  part  of  the  Oregonia  division,  the  latter 
also  may  be  added  to  the  Richmond  section.  The  Sunset  division 
is  included  in  the  Richmond  only  for  the  reason  that  southward, 
in  Kentucky,  it  represents  a  period  of  diastrophic  movement, 
the  nearest  thing  to  a  sandstone  sedimentation  found  in  this  part 
of  the  Cincinnatian  section,  and  is  regarded  as  inaugurating  a  new 
period  of  sedimentation  rather  than  closing  a  former  period.  It 
is  quite  in  keeping  with  this  view,  that  northward,  where  no 
similar  diastrophic  movements  are  recorded,  there  should  be  no 
e\'idence  of  a  faunal  break  sufficient  to  demand  the  separation  of 
the  lower  or  Sunset  division  of  the  Arnheim  from  the  Mount 
Auburn  member. 

Before  discussing  this  subject  further,  some  of  the  more 
southern  exposure  of  the  Arnheim,  in  southern  Kentucky,  and  in 
Tennessee,  should  be  noted. 

9.  Adair  County  with  nearest  outcrops  in  Marion  and  Casey 

Counties,  Kentucky. 

The  most  southern  localities,  in  the  widespread  Ordovician 
area  including  central  and  northern  Kentucky,  southwestern 
Ohio  and  southeastern  Indiana,  at  which  the  characteristic  fauna 
of  the  Arnheim  has  been  found,  occur  along  the  South  Fork  of 
Rolling   Fork.     In  the   southeastern   corner   of   Marion   county, 


446  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  southwest  of  Rush  Branch  postoffice, 
Leptaena  richmondensis  and  Rhynchotrcma  dentata  occur  at  the 
base  of  several  feet  of  argillaceous  limestone  containing  Platys- 
trophia  ponder osa.  On  the  Steele  Knob  road  from  Chilton  post- 
office  to  Liberty,  about  a  mile  south  of  South  Fork  of  Rolling 
Fork,  near  the  northwestern  edge  of  Casey  county,  Leptaena 
richmondensis  occurs  three  feet  below  strata  containing  Platys- 
trophia  ponder  osa. 

Near  the  northeastern  edge  of  Adair  county,  about  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  south  of  the  road  from  Dunnville  to  Neatsville,  along 
Damron  creek,  twenty  miles  south  of  the  localities  on  the  South 
Fork  of  Rolling  Fork,  Leptaena  richmondensis  and  Platystrophia 
cypha-conradi  occur  in  the  following  section: 

Greenish  clay  shale 7  in. 

Irregular  hard  cla^^  nodules 1  in. 

Greenish  clay  shale 5  in. 

Argillaceous  limestone  rublsle  interbedded  with  irregular  indu- 
rated fossiliferous  clay  masses  and  consideraljle  softer  clay, 
containing  Leptaena  richmondensis,  Platystrophia  cypha- 
conradi,  Anomalodonta  gigayitea,  Byssonychia  radiata,  Heher- 
tella  occidentalis  and  other  fossils 3  ft.    2  in. 

Spalling  clay  rock 1  ft.    2  in. 

Shaly  material  weathering  into  small  fragments 5  in. 

Argillaceous  limestone 8  in. 

Argillaceous  rock,  splitting  into  irregular  thin  layers  and  break- 
ing up  into  small  fragments  owing  to  vertical  cracks 6  ft. 

Interval,  covered 4  ft.    6  in. 

Damron  Creek. 

Platystrophia  ponderosa  is  exposed  at  a  lower  horizon,  farther 
up  the  creek,  in  hard,  fine  grained,  bluish  limestone,  apparently 
corresponding  to  the  dove  colored  limestones  below  the  Arnheim 
horizon  in  Lincoln,  Garrard,  and  Madison  counties,  northward. 

10.     Western  Tennessee. 

Nearly  a  hundred  miles  southwest  of  Damron  creek,  nearly 
four  miles  north  of  Gallatin  along  the  railroad  toward  South 
Tunnel,  Leptaena  richmondensis  associated  with  Platystrophia 
ponderosa  occurs  at  the  Arnheim  horizon  in  a  section  about  12  feet 
thick.  In  the  lower  half  of  this  section  consisting  of  argillaceous 
limestone,  both  species  are  common.  In  the  upper  part,  consisting 
of  more  coarse  grained  limestone,  only  occasiorial  specimens  of 
Leptaena  occur.  At  the  very  top  of  the  section,  small  specimens 
of  Dalmanella  are  found.  Platystrophia  ponderosa  continues 
common  for  ten  feet  below  the  lowest  strata  at  which  Leptaena 
occurs. 

Rhynchotrcma  dentata  is  common  in  the  Arnheim  eight  miles 
northeast  of  Goodletsville,  about  ten  miles  west  of  Gallatin,  in 
Tennessee.  It  occurs  in  the  Arnheim,  associated  with  Dalmanella 
jngosa  var.  and  an  occasional  specimen  of  Platystrophia  ponderosa, 


Jan.,  1912.]  The  Arnheim  Formation.  447 

also  at  Newsom,  about  15  miles  southwest  of  Nashville.  At 
Clifton,  on  the  Tennessee  river,  about  So  miles  southwest  of  Nash- 
ville, Rhynchotrema  dentata  occurs  associated  with  Dinorthis 
carleyi,  Leptaena  riclimondensis,  DalmaneUa  jugosa  var.,  and 
Cohunnaria  alveolata,  at  the  Arnheim  horizon. 

The  connection  of  these  Arnheim  localities  in  Tennessee  with 
those  in  Kentucky  is  hidden  at  present  by  the  covering  of  later 
rocks.  This  connection  probably  extended  from  the  vicinity 
of  Gallatin,  in  Tennessee,  northward  toward  Bullitt  county,  in 
Kentucky.  It  is  significant  that  the  most  southern  exposures  in 
Kentucky  containing  Dinorthis  carleyi  are  in  the  northern  part  of 
Nelson  county,  on  the  western  side  of  the  Cincinnati  geanticline, 
and  in  Mason  county,  on  the  eastern  side.  In  the  large  series  of 
exposures  of  the  Arnheim,  connecting  these  localities  across  central 
Kentucky,  Dinorthis  carleyi  is  unknown.  Moreover,  even  Lep- 
taena richmondensis  and  Rhynchotrema  dentata  disappear  from  the 
Arnheim  along  the  axial  part  of  the  Cincinnati  geanticline  and  along 
its  eastern  side  long  before  reaching  the  Cumberland  river  in 
southern  Kentucky. 

11.  Southern  Kentucky  along  the  Cumberland  River. 

Richmond  strata,  containing  Streptelasma,  Stromatocerium, 
and  Cohunnaria,  probably  Coluninaria  vacua,  are  exposed  along 
the  Cumberland  river,  in  the  northern  part  of  Wayne  cotmty, 
opposite  the  mouth  of  Forbush  creek,  and  about  a  mile  farther 
west,  below  the  mouth  of  Little  Cub  creek.  This  horizon  probably 
"Corresponds  approximately  to  the  base  of  the  Liberty  member  of 
the  Richmond,  as  exposed  in  central  Kentucky.  Farther  down 
the  river,  the  thin  bedded  strata,  fonning  the  Waynesville  member, 
are  exposed.  Along  the  southern  border  of  Russell  county,  at  the 
northern  end  of  the  first  bend  made  by  the  Cumberland  river  on 
reaching  the  county,  a  globular  Prasopora  and  Heterospongia 
-subramosa  are  present  immediately  above  strata  containing 
Tlatystrophia  ponderosa.  Stratigraphically,  this  Prasopora  here 
occurs  at  the  Arnheim  horizon,  but  no  diagnostic  fossils  were 
found.  The  same  horizon  is  exposed  again  at  Harmon  creek 
shoals,  about  four  miles  farther  down  the  river. 

No  specimens  of  Prasopora  have  been  seen  at  the  exposures 
below  Creasy  creek,  below  Indian  creek,  below  Willis  creek,  or  at 
any  of  the  other  exposures  farther  down  the  Cumberland  river, 
in  Kentucky,  where  strata  equivalent  to  the  Arnheim  might  be 
expected  to  occur. 

12.  Globular  bryozoans  in  Casey  and  Lincoln  Counties,  Kentucky. 

At  Kidd's  store,  in  Casey  county,  about  eight  miles  northeast 
of  Liberty,  on  the  road  to  Huston ville,  a  globular  bryozoan  identi- 
iied  in   the  field   as   Prasopora,  occurs  at  the  Arnheim  horizon, 


448  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

above  strata  in  which  Platystrophia  ponderosa  is  rare.  It  is  im- 
portant to  remember  that  the  globular  bryozoan  frequently  referred 
to  Prasopora  in  this  discussion  has  not  been  subjected  to  micro- 
scopic investigation,  so  that  its  real  affinities  remain  to  be  deter- 
mined. 

Northwest  of  Ellisburg,  Prasopora  occurs  eleven  feet  below  a 
light  blue  clay  layer  containing  clay  nodules.  In  the  lower  part 
of  the  intervening  section,  interpreted  as  upper  Arnheim,  Platys- 
trophia ponderosa  occurs.  Prasopora  is  abundant  on  the  hill 
supporting  the  stand-pipe  northwest  of  McKinney,  in  Lincoln 
county;  also  along  the  railroad,  a  short  distance  south  of  Moreland. 
About  a  mile  south  of  Shelby  City,  where  the  pike  crosses  Knob 
Lick  branch,  Prasopora  occurs  below  strata  containing  Platys- 
trophia ponderosa.  The  locality  at  the  former  site  of  the  creamery, 
three  and  a  half  miles  southwest  of  Stanford  has  been  mentioned. 
All  of  these  localities  belong  to  the  territory  in  which  Leptaena 
richmondensis  and  Rhynchotrema  dentata  are  absent.  Even 
Prasopora  is  not  present  at  all  of  the  exposures  regarded  as  belong- 
ing to  the  Arnheim  horizon,  at  least  approximately.  In  its 
absence,  the  identification  of  the  Arnheim  becomes  difficult,  in 
the  territory  under  discussion. 

Possibly  the  difficulty  of  identifying  the  Arnheim  in  some 
parts  of  Casey  and  Lincoln  counties  may  be  due  to  a  thinning  out 
of  this  member  of  the  Richmond  southeastward.  This  might 
account  also  for  the  disappearance  of  the  Leptaena  and  Rhyncho- 
trema fauna  at  all  the  more  southern  exposures  in  Kentucky, 
with  the  single  exception  of  the  exposure  along  Damron  creek,  in 
the  northeastern  corner  of  Adair  county. 

13.     Diastrophic  movements  during  deposition  of  the  Arnheim. 

The  Arnheim  period  of  deposition  apparently  began  with  a 
slight  diastrophic  elevation  on  the  southeastern  side  of  the  Arnheim 
sea.  This  gave  rise  to  the  thin  bedded,  unfossiliferous,  argilla- 
ceous strata  forming  a  characteristic  part  of  the  Lower  or  Sunset 
division  of  the  Arnheim,  in  Kentucky,  from  Lincoln  county  north- 
ward beyond  the  mouth  of  the  Red  river.  It  produced  apparenth* 
the  paucity  of  life  in  the  argillaceous  limestones  forming  the 
Lower  Arnheim  farther  northward,  from  the  vicinity  of  Howards 
Mill  to  the  Ohio  river  at  Maysville.  Still  farther  northward, 
there  was  a  sudden  extinction  of  the  great  Platystrophia  pon- 
derosa colonies  which  characterized  the  Mount  Auburn  in  many 
parts  of  Ohio.  In  Indiana,  there  is  no  evidence  of  any  consider- 
able change  either  in  the  character  of  the  sedimentation  or  of  the 
enclosed  fauna  on  passing  from  the  Mount  Auburn  to  the  Lower 
Arnheim. 

Possibly  the  lower  Arnheim  thins  out  southward  also  on  the 
western  side  of  the  Cincinnati  geanticline,  at  least  locally.     The 


Jan.,  1912.]  The  Arnheirn  Formation.  449 

coarse  grained,  more  or  less  cross  bedded  limestones  at  the  base 
of  the  Amheim  section,  in  the  southern  part  of  Jefferson  county, 
in  Kentucky,  and  thence  southward  to  the  northern  part  of  Nelson 
county,  suggest  the  presence  of  strong,  irregular  currents,  but 
do  not  necessarily  indicate  an  elevation  of  the  sea  bottom. 
These  coarse  grained  limestones  ma}^  represent  in  part  the  lower 
division  of  the  Arnheim,  east  of  the  Cincinnati  geanticline. 

The  sudden  influx  of  Leptaena  richmondensis,  Rhynchotrema 
dcnlata,  and  Dinorthis  carleyi  during  the  deposition  of  the  lower 
part  of  the  upper  or  Oregonia  division  of  the  Arnheim,  suggests 
the  lowering  of  some  barrier  which  for  long  geologic  periods  had 
kept  any  representatives  of  this  group  of  species  from  Cincinnatian 
areas.  The  most  astonishing  feature  of  this  faunal  immigration 
is  its  great  geographical  range  compared  with  its  extremely  short 
duration.  What  were  the  favorable  conditions  which  in  a  brief 
time  permitted  this  fauna  to  reach  points  as  remote  as  southern 
Tennessee  and  southwestern  Ohio?  What  were  the  unfavorable 
conditions  which  with  equal  suddenness  caused  the  disappearance 
of  this  fauna'  Where  was  the  basin  from  which  this  fauna 
entered    the    Cincinnatian    areas? 

14.     Origin  of  Arnheim  faunas. 

These  questions  are  easier  asked  than  answered.  For  instance, 
the  general  geographical  distribution  of  Dinorthis  carleyi  in  south- 
western Ohio,  southeastern  Indiana,  and  western  Kentucky,  as 
far  south  as  Nelson  county,  suggest  its  origin  from  some  northern 
source,  until  it  is  remembered  that  this  species  occurs  also  at 
Clifton,  in  southwestern  Tennessee.  The  northern  origin  of 
Dinorthis  carleyi  is  favored  also  by  the  greater  abundance  of  this 
species  and  by  its  greater  vertical  range  in  southwestern  Ohio  com- 
pared with  its  occurrence  in  southeastern  Indiana,  western  Ken- 
tucky, or  southwestern  Tennessee.  Moreover,  the  species  attains  a 
larger  size  and  the  valves  are  thicker  as  a  rule  in  Ohio.  In  most 
of  Kentucky,  and  at  almost  all  localities  in  western  Tennessee, 
from  which  the  Arnheim  is  known,  Dinorthis  carleyi  is  absent. 
These  facts  suggest  that  the  conditions  were  much  more  favorable 
for  the  growth  of  this  species  northwards,  rather  than  southwards. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  however,  the  Arnheim  is  absent  also  along 
Lake  Huron  and  Lake  Ontario,  and  no  trace  of  it  has  been  recorded 
from  Wisconsin  or  Minnesota  on  the  northwest,  nor  from  Pennsyl- 
vania or  New  York  on  the  northeast.  Dinorthis  carleyi  is  so 
closely  related  to  Dinorthis  retrorsa  from  the  Bala  group  of  Wales 
that  it  certainly  must  be  regarded  as  a  derivative,  but  by  what 
path  did  it  enter  Cincinnatian  areas?  Billings  figured  a  specimen 
of  Dinorthis  retrorsa  from  the  Trenton  in  the  vicinity  of  Ottawa, 
in  Canada,  but  this  species  is  not  mentioned  by  Dr.  Ami,  in  any  of 
his  more  recent  studies  from  this  locality. 


45°  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

The  species  of  Dalmanella,  which  occurs  so  abundantly  in  the 
Arnheim  of  southwestern  Ohio,  is  found  also  in  the  adjacent  parts 
of  Indiana.  vSouthward,  it  is  absent  until  the  exposures  at  Newsom 
and  Clifton,  in  western  Tennessee  are  reached.  There  may  have 
been  a  connection  between  southwestern  Ohio  and  Tennessee  by 
a  path  farther  west  than  any  now  exposed.  The  origin  of  the 
Dalmanella  found  in  the  Arnheim  of  southwestern  Ohio  and  the 
adjacent  part  of  Indiana,  however,  may  have  been  indigenous. 
In  Franklin  and  Dearborn  counties,  in  Indiana,  Dalmanella 
occurs  at  various  levels  in  the  Arnheim,  being  quite  abundant  in  the 
low^er  half.  It  occurs  in  the  same  area  also  at  various  levels  in 
what  is  identified  as  the  Mount  Auburn.  Near  Brookville,  it  is 
very  abundant  in  the  Corryville,  and  it  occurs  in  moderate  numbers 
also  in  the  more  northern  exposures  of  the  Corryville  in  Ohio. 
Not  all  of  the  specimens  of  Dalmanella  found  in  the  Fainiiount 
belong  to  Dalmanella  fairmountensis.  That  species  has  a  rather 
restricted  geographical  range.  A  derivative  of  Dalmanella 
multisecta  is  rather  widely  distributed  at  the  Strephomena  plano- 
convexa  horizon,  and  it  is  from  the  Eden  Dalmanella  multisecta  that 
the  Arnheim  species  may  have  evolved.  The  vertical  distribution 
of  Dalmanella  is  limited  to  the  lower  part  of  the  upper  or  Oregonia 
division  of  the  Arnheim  southeast  of  Butler  and  Hamilton  counties, 
in  Ohio,  suggesting  an  entry  into  this  area  from  the  northwest, 
from  Indiana. 

Leptaena  richmondensis  is  one  of  the  most  widely  distributed 
species  found  in  the  Arnheim.  It  occurs  almost  over  the  entire 
area  investigated,  both  north  and  south,  wherever  the  Arnheim 
is  known.  It  is  a  typical  eastern  Richmond  species,  and  was 
certainly  not  derived  from  Leptaena  unicosta,  the  western  Rich- 
mond form.  It  is  the  latter  species  which  has  varied  most  from 
the  primitive  form.  Leptaena  richmondensis  is  least  abundant  in 
sotitheastern  Indiana,  and  is  entirely  absent  in  southern  Kentucky, 
along  the  Cumberland  river.  It  is  most  abundant  in  southwestern 
Ohio  and  in  central  Kentucky.  Probably  the  latter  areas  were 
once  connected  by  Arnheim  deposits  which  since  have  been 
eroded  away,  since  there  is  a  small  area  in  western  Lincoln  and 
eastern  Casey  and  Boyle  counties,  in  Kentucky,  from  which 
Leptaena  is  ab.sent.  Rhynchotrema  dentata  is  absent  from  the  same 
area,  in  central  Kentucky,  and  may  have  used  the  same  hypo- 
thetical passage  a  moderate  distance  northward. 

Rhynchotrema  dentata  is  much  more  abundant  southwards,  in 
Kcntuck}',  than  northwards,  and  in  Ohio  and  Indiana  it  is  confined 
to  the  most  southern  exposures.  Certainly,  it  would  be  difficult 
to  imagine  a  northern  origin  for  this  species,  as  far  as  its  entry 
into  the  Arnheim  is  concerned.  Moreover,  it  occurs  also  at 
Goodletsville,  Newsom,  and  Clifton,  in  western  Tennessee.  As 
in  the  case  of  Dinorthis  carleyi,  and  Leptaena  richmondensis,  it  had 


Jan.,  1912.]  The  Arnheim  Formation.  451 

its  precursors  already  in  the  Trenton.  The  Trenton  of  New  York, 
and  New  Jersey,  for  instance,  contains  a  species  of  Rhynchotrema 
which  is  sufficient!}"  like  the  Arnheim  form  to  have  served  at  least 
as  an  ancestral  form.  But  this  does  not  furnish  a  hint  as  to  the 
direction  from  which  the  Arnheim  fauna  invaded  the  Cincin- 
natian  areas. 

Platystrophia  ponderosa  is  another  species  which  appears  to 
have  entered  the  Cincinnatian  areas  from  the  south.  The  species 
may  have  been  of  indigenous  origin.  It  certainly  is  known  in 
Kentucky  as  early  as  the  Fairmount,  if  not  the  upper  Eden,  and 
was  ver}'  abundant  during  the  Corryville,  and  locally  also  during 
the  Mount  Auburn.  In  the  Mount  Auburn  it  is  found  in  great 
numbers  froin  the  eastern  half  of  Hamilton  and  Butler  counties, 
in  Ohio,  southeastward  to  Maysville,  in  northern  Kentucky,  and 
thence  southward  toward  Lincoln  county.  It  is  very  rare  at  the 
Mount  Auburn  horizon  in  most  parts  of  Indiana  and  in  the  adja- 
cent parts  of  western  Kentucky.  During  the  lower  or  Sunset 
division  of  the  Arnheim  it  occurs  apparently  only  in  the  dark 
blue,  argillaceous  limestone  between  the  southern  part  of  Fleming 
county  and  the  eastern  part  of  Montgomery  county.  It  occurs 
here  in  such  small  numbers  that  it  is  difficult  to  believe  that  it 
could  have  spread  during  the  upper  Arnheim  over  by  far  the  larger 
part  of  the  Cincinnatian  areas  from  such  a  restricted  source. 
During  the  earlier  part  of  the  upper  Arnheim,  before  the  advent  of 
Lcptaena  richmondensis,  Rhynchotrema  dentata,  and  Dinorthis 
carlcyi,  it  spread  over  southwestern  Ohio,  and  along  the  eastern 
side  of  the  Cincinnati  geanticline  as  far  south  as  Maysville, 
Kentucky. 

Along  the  more  southern  exposures  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
Cincinnati  geanticline,  from  the  eastern  part  of  Montgoinery 
county,  in  Kentucky,  southward  to  Lincoln,  and  westward  to 
Marion  county,  Platystrophia  ponderosa  occurs  distinctly  above  the 
Leptaena-Rhynchotrema  horizon.  Between  the  more  northern 
areas,  in  which  Platystrophia  ponderosa  occurs  beneath  the  Lcp- 
taena richmondensis  horizon,  and  the  more  southern  areas  in 
which  Platystrophia  ponderosa  occurs  chiefly  above  the  Leptaena 
horizon,  there  is  an  intermediate  area,  on  both  sides  of  the  gean- 
ticline, in  which  Platystrophia  ponderosa  and  Leptaena  richmon- 
densis occur  together,  in  the  same  restricted  zone,  near  the  base 
of  the  upper  or  Oregonia  division  of  the  Arnheim.  The  anomalous 
association  of  these  fossils  at  Collinsville,  in  the  northern  part  of 
Butler  county,  has  been  mentioned  already. 

The  occurrence  of  Stromatocerium,  in  the  Arnheim  is  limited 
to  a  relatively  small  area  in  central  Kentucky,  where,  usually,  it 
is  quite  rare  excepting  at  a  few  localities.  A  single  locality  is 
known,  in  the  southern  part  of  Fleming  county,  where  Stroma- 


452  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

toccrium  is  present  in  the  Mount  Auburn  bed.  In  southern 
Kentucky,  along  the  Cumberland  river,  it  occurred  already 
during  the  upper  Fairmount,  often  in  great  numbers.  During 
the  deposition  of  the  Waynesville  and  later  deposits  of  the  Rich- 
mond, the  species  has  a  much  wider  geographical  distribution. 

In  the  table  of  Cincinnatian  strata,  the  temi  Laughery  is  used 
to  include  the  Waynesville  and  Liberty  members  of  the  Richmond, 
the  Saluda  being  regarded  as  deposited  during  one  of  the  more 
important  diastrophic  movements  during  this  period.  The  typical 
exposures  occur  along  the  Laughery  creek,  in  Ripley  county,  from 
the  vicinity  of  Versailles  to  Osgood,  Indiana. 

On  the  accompanying  charts,  the  letters  designate  the  localities 
at  which  the  writer  found  the  species  in  question.  The  letters 
have  the  following  signification: 

D — Dinorthis  carleyi. 

R — Rhynchotrema  dentata — arnheimensis. 

L — Leptaena  richmondensis — precursor. 

P — Platystrophia  ponderosa. 

A — Dalmanella  jugosa,  var. 

S — Stroinatocerium  huronense. 

Platystrophia  and  Leptaena  occur  also  10  miles  south  of  the 
southern  margin  of  the  area  covered  by  these  charts,  in  Adair 
county,  Kentucky,  as  indicated  by  the  direction  of  the  small 
arrow  on  the  charts.     (See  plates  XX,  XXI.) 


Jan.,  1912.]  The  Arnheim  Formation.  453 


PLATE  XXII. 

Fig.  1.  Dalmanella  jugosa.  A,  B,  pedicel  valv'es;  C,  D,  brachial  valves. 
E,  F,  G,  interiors  of  brachial  valves;  H,  interior  of  pedicel  valve. 
Arnheim  bed,  south  of  Arnheim,  Ohio. 

Fig.  2.  Heterospongia  subramosa-knotti.  Lateral  view  showing  osculum 
surrounded  by  radiating  channels.  Arnheim  bed,  northwest  of 
home  of  Col.  J.  B.  Wathen,  about  a  mile  west  of  Lebanon,  Ky. 

Fig.  3.  Platystrophia  cypha-conradi.  A,  pedicel  valve;  B,  C,  anterior 
views.  Arnheim  bed,  half  a  mile  south  of  Smithville,  in  Bullitt 
County,  Kentucky.  These  figures,  in  the  order  named,  represent 
other  views  of  the  specimens  illustrated  by  figures  14  A,  7  B,  and 
7  A,  on  Plate  IV,  in  Volume  XVI,  of  the  Bulletin,  Scientific 
Laboratories,  Denison  University,  1910. 

Fig.  4.  Platystrophia  with  outline  of  PI.  clarksvillensis,  but  the  prominent 
median  fold  on  the  brachial  valve  has  the  two  median  plica- 
tions much  more  conspicuously  elevated  than  the  lateral  ones  on 
the  fold,  as  in  PI.  cypha,  to  which  it  is  closely  related.  Arnheim 
bed,  south  of  Arnheim,  Ohio.  • 

Fig.  5.  Platystrophia  cypha.  Anterior  view  of  specimen  represented  by 
Figure  5,  on  Plate  III,  Bulletin,  Denison  University,  1910.  Arn- 
heim bed,  three  miles  south  of  Maysville,  Kentucky,  in  deep 
railroad  cut. 

Fig.  G.  Platystrophia  wallowayi.  A,  brachial  valve;  B,  C,  posterior  views; 
D,  anterior  view;  E,  lateral  view  with  the  beaks  directed  down- 
ward. Arnheim  bed,  on  Walloway  Creek,  two  miles  south  of 
Rileys,  in  Marion  County,  Kentucky.  Horizon,  15  feet  above  the 
lowest  strata  containing  Leptaena  richmondensis.  A  globose  form 
with  rather  strong  growth  striae  in  the  majority  of  specimens. 

Fig.  7.  Leptaena  richmondensis-precursor.  Brachial  valve.  Arnheim  bed, 
one  mile  south  of  Pisgah,  in  the  southeastern  corner  of  Butler 
County,  Ohio. 

Fig.  S.  Dinorthis  carleyi.  A,  brachial  valve;  B,  C,  pedicel  valves;  D, 
interior  of  pedicel  valve.  Arnheim  bed,  Oregonia,  Ohio.  In 
Dinorthis  retrorsa,  of  Wales,  the  median  part  of  the  brachial 
valve  is  figured  as  more  angular  in  its  elevation,  with  somewhat 
flattened  lateral  slopes. 

Fig.  9.  Rhynchotrema  dentata-arnheimensis.  A,  pedicel  valve,  from 
Arnheim,  Ohio,  from  same  .specimen  as  Fig.  12,  Plate  IV,  Volume 
XIV,  Bulletin,  Denison  Univ.,  1909.  B,  lateral  view,  of  specimen 
from  Mount  Washington,  Bullitt  County,  Kentucky.  Arnheim 
bed. 

Fig.  10.  Strophemona  concordensis.  A,  interior  of  brachial  valve,  three 
miles  south  of  Maysville,  Kentucky;  B,  interior  of  pedicel  valve, 
more  abruptly  thickened  along  the  anterior  and  lateral  margin 
than  in  the  great  majority  of  .specimens.  Arnheim, bed,  on  Eddies 
Run,  in  Adams  County,  one  mile  east  of  Clermont  County,  along 
the  pike  from  West  Union  to  Decatur,  Ohio. 

Fig.  11.  Platystrophia  ponderosa.  Pedicel  valve,  rather  strongly  water 
worn,  with  holes  bored  by  some  other  animal.  Arnheim  bed, 
south  of  Arnheim,  Ohio. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XX 


^^' 


PENDLETON 


FalmoutK/ 


CLERMoKrr- :  l'^y/L^>^'i°'^'^M^  ■•;  i :  '-'^ 

•;>4.-'?'»''°""v/- •ADAMS 


OWEN 


O 

Willitimtown  \ 


-^.'l  (HENRY 

LD:  "" 


0 

Owenlon 


BRACKEN 

\  Brooksvillc  o 


t  Olliti 

o 


ROBERTSON 


HARRISON 


Cynlhiancl 


SCOTT 


^-S^^^^S-i^^^^*^^^ 


FRANKU^ 

Ffankfon  ^ 


kWOODFORDf 


BULUTT  ^>rA''i'y->r7^^^^^- 


O 

►  VetiaJlles 


Georgclown  \. 

0 


FAYETTE 


BOURBON 

P.rii 


J  WincKMler 

o 


M«ysvKle6_,  ^i^ 

i^///  /'''.'.•''.■'!■' 
'•lASONVrr  "■ 
1/  / 


^a^'A' 


..*^'>  BATH-/  'V^Z/yTT'^ 


-?».//» 


JESSAMINE  ' 
0 

Nicholas  villc^ 


i'^A'^^Ria^^ 


/'MENEFEE 


-.'^RL'-'-////;^'-//;; 


//,  POWELL 


HAR 


I  .<^\/    ^/  OCampbtifc.ilfc;/*""^,  :  Liberty  /J^'>////AV//«<r777\/'^    ///^  ,   ',  >  ',/'Q\ 


JACKSON 


)A'^^\ 


DISTRIBUTION  OF  DINORTHIS  CARLEYI,  RHYNCHOTREMA  DENTATAVAR., 
AND  LEPTAENA    RICHMONDENS  IS  VAR.  IN  THE  ARNHEIM  . 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XXI. 


HANCOCK 


WAYNE 

Richmond  jO 


->V^/^  Liberty  - 
'UNION' 


PREBLE 


EdlonO) 


MONTCOMERY~3°,, 


_;  Hamilton'  ^  <^  ^  ' 


-'•x '<-  '^,  • 


gp 


Springfield 

CLARK 


OXci 


GREENE 


,^;:jWarren**/^ 

">•  ' ':;  ,.  .Lebanon'- 1  -      "^J' 


OWjIr 


iington 


rTr 


■0^- 

%. 


PA^<^/'^:^^^-'>^''x/<V-.  CLINTON 


ERMONT'';^i<<;/PA  BROWN  ^.,  /-■ 


CLERMONT '-/N^'VPA  BRpWN    . ,  ^  ^ 

Ai„.„dna\..  t'^X'^>;pA^-;;/?k^;, 

k.«ivi(-BLLL  1       ..  /       •f<,V;OG™'e'io«;'' ^/ MADAMS 

yy/^  ^y/,  ^p/Wei,  Union  Q 

PENDLETON    \  "ViJf*^°"'*yiH^x^%^^-v/^'* 

BRACKEN 


IBrooltsvillco 


MaV5%i!lcb^ 


l^OBERTSON 


LEWIS 


P 

NELSON 

"Bardslown^ 


MERCER 


•  •  0  .  ,  .  . v.  Ai'*  •  '  V— , 

Nlcholasvilit         ^/^      trOC^ 


WASHINGTON 

O  Springfield 


Hairodsbutp  J 
I  0 


Danville 

o 


=,t*o^^ 


;P^ 


LARUE] 
0 

Hodgen! 


HART 


'  MARION  , 


BOYLE 


O  Lebanon         o   pi     P 

pp  ^Jw 


.GARRARD 


.bUnc 
\P 


•  CLARK 

MADISOri,'  ■ 


MENEFEE 


POWELL 


5T11X 


TA'iLOR 


CASEY 


P     P  ^ 

*     Stanford  bP       p\P 

xpP 

Pi  p 

p      p\  UNCOLN 


ROCKCASTLE 

OMi.  Vernon- 


McKee'O 


/Camplono 

VWOLFE 


.  Bealtyville 

QjLEE 


booncvijle 

OWSLEY 


(     GREENE    \  ••.  ifrSi   :  /^     X  /  om    v        .'^  JACKSON    \ 

I  ;  \  OCampbelliville:/  S*"    ^Libertv     /^  \  y (  O  Ml.  Vernon        )  \ ■ 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  PL^TYSTROPHIA  PONDEROSA,   DAlMANELLA    JU 
AND   STROMATOCERIUM   HUKONENSE    IN   THE   ARNHEIM. 
STROMATOCERIUM  AT  BASE  OF  MOUWT  AUBURN. =  A. 


}yxi\ 


GOSA, 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XXII. 


Foerste  on   "The  Arnheim  Fonualioii." 


Jan,  1912.]  New  and  Rare  Plants  of  Ohio.  457 


NEW  AND  RARE  PLANTS  OF  OHIO. 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

The  following  interesting  plants  have  been  added  to  the  Ohio 
State  Herbarium  during  the  year  1911.  Several  species  show  a 
considerable  extension  of  the  range  hitherto  known: 

Lycopodium  clavatum  L. 

South  Blooming\411e,  Hocking  Co.     R.  F.  Griggs. 

Chenopodium  vulvaria  L.     Fetid  Goosefoot. 

Columbia  Station,  Lorain  Co.  Sent  by  E.  L.  Fullmer;  col- 
lected by  Rev.  E.  H.  Thompson. 

Acnida  concatenata  Moq.     Glomerate  Water-hemp. 

Columbus,  Franklin  Co.  John  H.  Schaffner  and  Forest  B. 
H.  Brown. 

Acnida  tamariscina  fNutt.)  Wood.     Western  Water-hemp. 

Columbus,  Franklin  Co.  John  H.  Schaffner  and  Forest  B. 
H.  Brown. 

Magnolia  tripetala  L.     Umbrella  Magnolia. 

On  Turkey  Creek,  near  Portsmouth,  Scioto  Co.  Edmund 
Secrest. 

Fragaria  vesca  alba  (Ehr.)  Rydb.     White  Strawberry. 
Big  Pine  Creek,  Hocking  Co.     R.  F.  Griggs. 

Opuntia  humifusa  Raf.     Western  Prickly-pear. 

Adams  County,  Ohio,  opposite  Vanceburg,  Ky.  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Jesse  E.  Hyde. 

Pyrola  rotundifolia  L.     Roundleaf  Wintergreen. 

South  Bloomingville,  Hocking  Co.     John  H.  Schaffner. 


^Presented  at  the  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  Columbus, 
X)ecember  1,  1911. 


458  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  May  1,  1911. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  iDy  the  President,  Dr. 
Dachnowski,  and  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  read  and 
approved.  The  major  paper  of  the  evening  was  by  Prof.  J.  H. 
Schaffner,  who  gave  an  interesting  and  instructive  address  on 
"The  Classification  of  the  Flowering  Plants,"  presenting  in 
general  outline  his  own  system  of  classification  and  arrangement. 
He  emphasized  the  importance  of  working  from  a  strictly  evolu- 
tionary standpoint  out  of  which  a  natural  phyletic  arrangement 
of  the  various  large  groups  is  bound  to  come.  The  actual  working 
out  of  the  phyletic  groups  is  a  most  difficult  problem  but  this 
should  not  in  the  least  minimize  its  importance.  Concerning 
plant  organs  and  structures  as  a  basis  for  classification,  attention 
must  constantly  be  given  to  their  progressive  development, 
segregation  of  parts,  degeneration  and  their  degree  of  specialization. 
The  season  made  it  possible  for  the  speaker  to  illustrate  his 
address  with  numerous  flowers  both  cultivated  and  wild. 

The  next  paper  of  the  evening  was  by  Mr.  Wencil  J.  Kostir  on 
"Evolutionary  Thought  in  the  Nineteenth  Century";  The 
speaker  gave  a  very  concise  yet  thorough  resume  of  the  rise  and 
development  of  modem  evolutionary  conceptions  and  presented 
the  present  day  ideas  relative  to  the  important  factors  of  the 
evolutionary  process.  This  paper  was  the  last  of  a  series  contin- 
ued through  the  year  on  the  History  of  Biology. 

A  short  business  meeting  was  held  in  which,  on  motion  by 
Prof.  Schaffner,  the  president  was  directed  to  appoint  a  nominating 
committee  of  three  to  select  editors  for  the  Ohio  Naturalist 
for  the  ensuing  year.  No  further  business  being  presented  the 
society  adjourned. 

Bertram  W.  Wells,  Secretary. 


Orton  Hall,  October  2,  1911. 

The  Biological  Club  met  with  President  Dachnowski,  presiding. 
C.  L.  Metcalf  was  appointed  secretary  pro  tem.  Messrs.  Metcalf, 
King  and  Fulton  were  named  as  a  committee  to  nominate  a  staft' 
for  the  Ohio  Naturalist.  The  reading  of  the  minutes  of  the 
previous  meeting  was  postponed.  On  motion  the  chair  appointed 
Prof.  Hine,  Miss  Detmers  and  Mr.  Kostir  a  committee  to  nominate 
officers  for  the  Club. 

The  program  of  the  evening  consisted  of  reports  of  summer 
work  or  observations.  Prof  Schaffner  gave  a  short  discussion  of 
nutation  habits  of  plants.     Prof.    Hine  spoke  of   the   Southern 


Jan,  1912.]  Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club.  459 

Cotton  Wonn  which  is  an  occasional  visitor  far  to  the  North  of  its 
usual  range.  The  past  year  this  insect  occurred  in  extremely- 
large  numbers  in  the  State  as  far  north  as  Lake  Erie.  It  is  unable 
to  winter  even  in  the  northern  part  of  the  cotton  belt  and  is  believed 
to  fly  northward  in  fall.  The  adults  have  been  reported  as 
puncturing  the  fruit  of  the  peach. 

Prof.  Griggs  reported  finding  Lycopodium  davatum  near  Rock- 
bridge in  Hocking  Co.  This  plant  has  been  reported  only  once 
before  for  Ohio,  and  the  present  report  extends  its  known  range 
about  100  miles. 

Mr.  Bentley  Fulton  spoke  of  a  large  colony  of  the  Cicada-killer 
which  he  observed  in  the  Hocking  county  region.  Mr.  Schadle 
also  collected  in  Hocking  county.  Mr.  Lyonel  King  spoke  of  the 
condition  of  forest  near  Lake  of  Bays,  in  northern  Canada. 
Although  distant  from  a  railroad  this  region  is  well  settled  and  very 
little  virgin  forest  remains.  Many  of  the  trees  are  similar  to  those 
in  Ohio.  Mr.  Kostir  spent  the  summer  in  Hocking  county,  and 
spoke  of  the  interesting  topography  of  the  region.  Miss  Sweatman 
devoted  some  time  to  the  study  of  bird's  nesting  habits  on  Cedar 
Point  and  found  that  the  natural  materials  at  hand  were  largely 
used.  Miss  McAvoy  told  of  finding  the  mocking  bird  in  large 
numbers  in  Hamilton  county,  where  they  nest.  Mr.  Brown  gave 
an  interesting  report  of  an  experiment  in  landscape  gardening. 
Prof.  Dachnowski  spent  a  part  of  the  time  in  the  Geological 
Survey  and  the  latter  part  of  the  summer  in  Europe. 


Orton  Hall,  November  0,  1911. 

The  Club  met  at  the  usual  time.  After  reading  and  approval 
of  the  minutes  the  following  ofificers  were  elected  for  the  year. 

President,  W.  M.  Barrows;  Vice  President,  T.  M.  Hills;  Secre- 
tary, C.  L.  Metcalf. 

The  committee  reported  the  following  nominations  for  the 
staff  of  The  Ohio  Naturalist: 

Editor-in-Chief,  John  H.  Schaffner;  Business  Manager, 
James  S.  Hine. 

ASSOCIATE    EDITORS. 

Zoology,  W.  M.  Barrows;  Botanv,  Robert  F.  Griggs;  Geology, 
W.  C.  Morse;  Physiography,  T.  M.  Hills;  Archeology,  W.  C.  Mills; 
Ornithology,  J.  C.  Hambleton. 

ADVISORY   BOARD. 

Herbert  Osborn,  John  H.  Schaffner,  Charles  S.  Prosser. 

This  report  was  accepted  and  the  staff  elected.  Mr.  Forest 
Brown,  Mr.  Charles  K.  Brain  and  Miss  Blanche  McAvoy  were 
elected  members  of  the  club. 


46o  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  3, 

Vice-President  Hills  then  took  the  chair  and  the  society  was 
favored  with  an  address  by  the  retiring  President,  Dr.  Alfred 
Dachnowski.  Prof.  Dachnowski  spoke  on  "Modern  Tendencies 
in  Science  and  their  Relation  to  the  Individual."  He  pointed 
out  the  restless  activity  of  industry  and  the  international  organi- 
zation of  scientific  work.  The  question  was  raised  whether  we 
are  fitting  men  for  institutions  or  institutions  for  men  and  whether 
we  are  proceding  in  biological  sciences  and  in  politics,  commer- 
cialism, etc.,  on  the  principle  that  all  things  are  made  for  man, 


sovereign  over  inanimate  things. 


Date  of  Publication,  January  19,  1912. 


C.  L.  Metcalf,  Secretary. 


The  Ohio  Vs(^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity. 
Volume  XII.  FEBRUARY,    1912.  No.  4. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Walton— Symbiotes  duryi,  a  New  Species  of  Endomychidae 461 

LiNNELL— The  Mallows  of  Ohio  465 

Fox— Another  C»hio  Grown  Rubber 469 

Claa&en— Plants  Not  Reoorded  in  the  Ohio  List  from  Cuyahoga  and  Lake  Counties. . .  471 

Fullmer— A  Preliminary  List  of  the  Myxomycetes  of  Cedar  Point 472 

Fullmer -Additions  Made  to  the  Cedar  Point  Flora  During  the  Summer  of  1911 473 

ScHAFFNER— The  Diurnal  Nodding  of  the  Wild  Carrot  and  Other  Plants 474 

Claasen — Plants  Recognized  on  a  Dumping  Ground  at  Foot  of  Ninth  St.,  Cleveland,  O.  475 


SYMBIOTES  DURYI,  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF 
ENDOMYCHIDAE.^ 

L.  B.  Walton. 

(Contributions  from  the  Biological  Laboratory,  Kenyon  College,  No.  7.) 

The  genus  Syinbiotes  of  the  family  Endomychidae  belonging 
to  the  Coleoptera  has  prior  to  the  year  1908,  been  unrepresented 
by  any  described  species  from  North  America  although  Leconte 
and  Horn  (1883)  erroneously  referred  Rhymhus  ulkei  Crotch,  and 
Rhymbus  minor  Crotch,  to  this  genus  in  their  classification  of  the 
Coleoptera  of  North  America. 

Consequently  it  was  with  much  interest  that  the  writer  in 
November,  1907,  collected  two  specimens  at  Gambler,  O.,  which 
through  acquaintance  \vith  the  European  representatives  of 
Symbiotes  were  immediately  referred  to  that  genus.  This 
occurred  only  a  few  days  prior  to  the  annual  Thanksgiving  meeting 
of  the  Ohio  Academy  of  vScience  at  Oxford,  presided  over  by  the 
President,  Mr.  Charles  Dury,  of  Cincinnati,  an  indefatigable 
collector  of  Coleoptera  as  well  as  a  keen  student  of  nature.  It 
therefore  seemed  most  appropriate  that  the  name  duryi  should  be 
conferred  upon  the  species  which  had  so  opportunely  presented 
itself,  an. idea  Avhich  was  carried  into  effect  at  the  ineeting,  the 
specimens  also  being  exhibited. 

This  was  noted  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  for  1907 
(mailed  about  June  1,  1908).  Blatchley,  (1910),  after  communi- 
cating with  the  writer  as  to  the  systematic  arrangement  of  the 

iRead  before  the  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Academv  of  Science,  Columbus, 
December  1,  1911. 

461 


462 


The  Ohio  Naturalut. 


[Vol.  XII,  No.  4, 


Endomycliidae  and  the  generic  characters  of  the  genus  Symbiotes 
for  his  forthcoming  paper  on  the  Coleoptera  of  Indiana,  gave  a 
description  of  "Symbiotes  duryi  Walton  MS"  (p.  536)  in  that 
most  excellent  report.  The  collection  and  study  of  representatives 
of  the  genus  however,  had  not  at  that  time  proceeded  sufficiently 
so  that  the  description  is  of  value  in  differentiating  this  species 
from  the  several  other  species  of  vSymbiotes  occurring  in  North 
America. 


6"  5 


Fig.  1.  Symbiotes  duryi  n.  sp.  (x25). 
Is  =  longitudinal  sulcus.  ss  =  subsutural 
stria. 


The  genus  was  founded  by  Redtenbacher  in  1849  for  the  recep- 
tion of  5'.  latus  the  generic  name  being  based  on  the  supposition 
that  the  sijccies  was  myrmekophilous.  While  at  times  S.  latus  as 
well  as  other  European  forms  appear  to  have  been  found  in  associa- 
tion with  ants,  it  is  evidently  not  characteristic  in  general  of  the 
species  and  the  actual  habitat  is  rather  one  of  association  with  the 
lower  forms  of  fungi  on  the  spores  of  w^hich  the  individuals  feed, 
as  noted  in  another  part  of  the  present  paper. 

Only  six  species  of  Symbiotes  have  thus  far  been  described, 
three  from  the  European  region,  two  from  Japan,  and  one  from 
South  America. 

The  two  representatives  of  the  species  which  have  been  found 
were  taken  under  a  slightly  decayed  hardwood  log  near  the  south 
side  of  the  "Hotel  Hill"  road  bridge  at  Gambler,  the  log  being 
partially  covered  with  one  of  the  lower  forms  of  fungi,  on  the  spores 
of  which  the  Symbiotes  feed.  In  accordance  with  other  represent- 
atives of  the  genus,  the  species  is  exceedingly  small,  being  less 
than  2  mm.  in  length.  The  drawings  below  (Fig.  2)  indicate  cer- 
tain anatomical  details.     The  description  follows: 


Feb.,  1912.]      Symbiotes  duryi,  a  New  Species  of  Endomychidae       463 

Symbiotcs  duryi  n.  sp. 

Characters. — Form  more  or  less  broadly  oval,  moderately 
convex,  scarcely  pubescent,  color  dull  testaceous;  head  scarcely 
punctuate,  antennae  with  club  moderate  in  size,  1.  segment  large, 
2.  segment  narrow  but  of  approximately  the  length  of  the  1.  segment 
and  equal  to  the  3.  and  4.  together,  3.-8.  subequal  in  length  but 
slightly  increasing  in  diameter,  9.  larger,  triangular,  10.  transverse, 
about  three-fourths  as  long  as  the  9.  11.  asymmetrically  pointed. 
Prothorax  twice  as  wide  as  long,  strongly  rounded  anteriorly, 
broadest  at  middle,  margins  toothed,  median  region  convex,  base 
with  a  strong  transverse  sulcus  from  the  lateral  portions  of  which 
extend  on  each  side  triangular  longitudinal  sulci  reaching  anter- 
iorly about  half  the  length  of  the  prothorax. 


B 


A 


C 


Fig.  2.  Symbiotes  diiryi.  A  =  head  (xoO).  ep  =  epicranium.  o  =  eye. 
a= second  segment  antennae.  Cl  =  clypeus.  mp  =  distal  segment  maxillary 
palpus.    lb  =  labrum.    md.  =  mandible. 

B  =  antenna  (x.50).    C  =  metathoracic  tarsus  (xlOOj. 


Elytra  short,  oval,  decidedly  broader  than  the  prothorax, 
attaining  their  greatest  width  about  one-fifth  of  their  length  from 
the  base;  punctures  arranged  in  more  or  less  confused  rows; 
subsutural  striae  broadly  curved  at  the  scutellum  and  attaining 
the  middle  of  the  base  of  the  elytra;  composed  of  extremely  large 
punctures  which  reach  their  maximum  size  near  the  scutelltmi. 

Length  1.9  min. 

Distribution. — Gambier,  Ohio,  (U.  S.  A.). 

The  species  is  easily  distinguished  from  its  nearest  ally  S.  gib- 
berosus  Lucas,  of  Europe,  and  from  other  undescribed  North 
American  species,  through  the  comparatively  much  broader  elytra 
and  the  extremely  large  punctures  near  the  scutellmii  in  the 
subsutural  striae.  Furthermore  it  is  darker  in  color,  and  there  is 
a  difference  in  the  arrangement  of  the  ordinary  elytral  striae. 

One  of  the  specimens  was  partially  dissected  which  afforded  an 
opportunity  of  observing  the  contents  of  the  digestive  tract.     This 


464  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  4, 

was  found  to  contain  a  mass  of  minute  spores  each  somewhat 
oval  in  form  and  10  mic.  in  length.  The  entire  tract  from  the  mid 
portion  of  the  metathorax  was  filled  with  the  spores,  and  by 
counting  the  number  in  a  given  area,  an  approximation  of  the  total 
gave  13,500  for  the  number  in  the  tract.  Unfortunately  the 
fungus  with  which  the  species  was  in  association  was  not  collected, 
so  even  the  family  to  which  it  belonged  cannot  be  noted  with 
certainty. 

It  seems  certain  that  S}anbiotes  will  be  found  widely  distributed 
in  North  America. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Redtenbacher,   L.,   1849.   Fauna  Austriaca.      Die  Kafer  nach  der  Analy- 
tischen  Methode  bearbeitet.    Wein. 

Gerstaecker,  a.,  1858.  Monographic  der  Endomychiden.  Leipzig. 

LeConte   and    Horn,    1883.    Classification    of    the    Coleoptera    of    North 
America. 

Walton,  L.  B.,  1907,  Proceedings  of  tlie  Ohio  State  Academy  of  Science, 
Vol,  V,  pt.  1. 

Blatchley,  1910.    Coleoptera  or  Beetles  of  Indiana.    Bull.  Ind.  Dept.  Geol. 


Feb.,  1912.]  The  Mallows  of  Ohio.  465 

THE  MALLOWS  OF  OHIO. 

Mary  B.  Linnell. 

MALVACEAE    Mallow  Family. 

Mucilaginous,  innocent  herbs  or  shrtibs  with  alternate,  pal- 
mately- veined  leaves  and  small  deciduous  stipules.  Flowers 
hypogynous,  regular,  often  large  and  showy,  usually  bisporangiate ; 
calyx  usually  of  5  sepals  more  or  less  united,. often  with  bracts  at 
the  base;  corolla  of  5  petals,  convolute;  andrecium  of  numerous 
stamens,  the  filaments  united  into  a  tube  around  the  gynecium 
and  also  united  with  the  base  of  the  petals;  ovulary  with  several 
cavities,  styles  united  below,  distinct  above;  stigmas  usually  as 
many  as  the  cavities  of  the  ovulary.  Fruit  a  capsule  with  several 
cavities;  the  carpels  falling  away  entire  or  else  loculicidally 
dehiscent. 

Synopsis  of  Genera. 

I.  Stamen-column  anther-bearing  at  the  tip;  carpels  5-20  in  a  ring  around 

a  prominent  central  axis  from  which  they  separate  when  ripe. 

A.  Carpels  1-seeded. 

1.  Flowers  bisporangiate. 

(1)  Stigmas  linear,  on  the  inner  face  of  the  styles. 

a.  Involucre  of  1-3  bracts. 

(a)  Carpels  beakless;  petals  obcordate.      Malva. 

(b)  Carpels  beaked;  petals  truncate.     Callirrhoe. 

b.  Involucre  of  6-9  bracts.    Althaea. 

(2)  Stigmas  terminal,   capitate.     Sida. 

2.  Flowers  monosporangiate,  diecious.     Napaea. 

B.  Carpels  2 — several  seeded.     AbutUoti. 

II.  Stamen-column  naked  at  the   .5-toothed  tip;   carpels   forming  a  loculi- 

cidal  capsule. 
A.  Involucre  of  many  bracts.     Hibiscus. 

Key. 
1.     Flowers  without  an  involucre.    2. 

1.  Flowers  with  involucre  below  the  calyx.    4. 

2.  Leaves  not  lobed;  flowers  bisporangiate.     3. 

2.  Leaves  deeply  lobed;  flowers  diecious.     Napaea. 

3.  Leaves  broadly  cordate,  abruptly  acuminate.    Abutilon. 

3.  Leaves  ovate-lanceolate,  acute.     Sida. 

4.  Stamen-column  anther-bearing  below  the  entire  or  5-toothed  summit; 

involucre  of  numerous  linear  bracts.     Hibiscus. 

4.  Stamen-column  anther-bearing  at  the  summit.     5. 

5.  Involucre  of  6-9  bracts  united  at  the  base.     Althaea. 
0.     Involucre  usually  of  3  free  bracts.     6. 

6.  Carpels   beakless;   petals   obcordate;   leaves   divided   or   only   slightly 

lobed.     Malva. 
6.     Carpels  beaked;  petals  truncate;  leaves  parted  or  divided.    Callirrhoe. 

Malva  L. 

Pubescent  or  glabrate  herbs  with  dentate,  lobed,  or  dissected 
leaves,  and  axillary  or  terminal,  solitary  or  clustered  flowers. 
Carpels  beakless,  arranged  in  a  circle,  indehiscent;  cavities  of 
ovulary  several  or  numerous,  1-ovuled;  seed  ascending. 


466  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  4, 

1.     Leaves  with  shallow  rounded  lobes;  flowers  clustered  in  the  axils.     2. 

1.  Leaves  deeply  5-7  lobed  or  pinnatified;  flowers  only  in  the  upper  axils.  4. 

2.  Stems  procumbent;  root  perennial;  petals  1-2  times  the  length  of  the 

calyx.     M.  rotundifolia. 

2.  vStems  erect,  annual  or  biennial.    3. 

3.  Leaf  margins  not  much  crisped;  biennial;  petals  2-4  times  the  length  of 

the  cah^x.     M.  sylvestris. 

3.  Leaf  margins  very  much  crisped;  annual;  petals  1-2  times  the  length  of 

the  calyx.     M.  crispa. 

4.  Stem  leaves  5-parted;  the  divisions  pinnatified  into  linear  lobes,  carpels 

downy,  cleft,  the  divisions  broad.    M.  moschata. 
4.     Stem  leaves  deeply  5-lobed,  carpels  smooth.    M.  alcea. 

1.  Malva  sylvestris  L.     High  ^Mallow. 

Biennial,  erect  or  ascending,  pubescent  with  spreading  hairs; 
leaves  obicular  and  renifomi,  tnnicate  or  cordate  at  the  base; 
flowers  reddish  purple,  carpels  about  10.  In  waste  places  and 
along  roadsides.     Auglaize,  Cuyahoga  Co. 

2.  Malva  rotundifolia  L.     Roundleaf  Mallow. 

Anmial  or  biennial,  procumbent  and  spreading;  leaves  orbicular 
renifomi;  blades  2  inches  wide,  petioles  about  6  inches  long.; 
flowers  clustered  in  the  axils,  petals  pinkish  white  with  3  reddish 
nerves,  carpels  about  15.     In  fields  and  waste  places.     General. 

3.  Malva  crispa  L.     Curled  Mallow. 

Annual,  glabrous,  or  nearly  so;  leaves  nearly  orbicular  with 
shallow,  angular,  crenate  lobes  with  wrinked  crisped  margins; 
blades  5  inches  wide;  petioles  5  inches  long;  flowers  3^  inch  long, 
y2  inch  in  diameter.     In  waste  places.     No  specimens. 

4.  Malva  alcea  L.     European  Mallow. 

Perennial,  procmnbent,  pubescent.  Stem  leaves  only  once 
5-7  parted  or  cleft,  the  lobes  dentate  or  incised,  blades  3  inches 
long,  43^  inches  wide,  petiols  13^  to  -ij^  inches  long;  flowers 
1^  inches  in  diameter.  In  waste  places.  Escaped  in  Cuya- 
hoga Co. 

5.  Malva  moschata  L.     Musk  Mallow. 

Perennial,  ptiljescent  with  long  hairs.  Basal  leaves  orbicular 
with  broad,  rounded,  dentate  lobes;  stem  leaves  deeply  divided  into 
linear  or  crenate,  pinnatified  or  cleft  segments;  stem  leaf  blades 
2  inches  long,  2  inches  wide,  petiols  Ij^  inches  long.  Flowers  13^ 
to  2  inches  in  diameter.  In  waste  places.  Northern  part  of  the 
State  as  far  south  as  Muskingum  Co. 

CALLIRRHOE  Nutt. 

Herbs  with  lobed  or  divided  leaves  and  showy  flowers.  Bracts 
of  the  involucre  1-3,  separate,  or  none.  Petals  ctmeate,  often 
toothed  or  flmbricate.  Carpels  beaked,  10-20,  forming  an  ovulary 
with  equal  number  of  cavities.     Cavities  1-ovuled  and  1-seeded. 


Feb.,  1912.]  The  Mallows  of  Ohio.  467 

1.  Callirrhoe  involucrata  (T.  &  G.)  A.  Gray.  Purple  Poppy- 
mallow. 
Perennial,  procumbent,  ascending  herbs,  1-2  feet  long,  pube- 
scent with  long  hispid  hairs ;  taproot  fleshy  sometimes  reaching  to 
depth  of  10  or  more  feet.  Leaves  cordate-orbicular,  the  lobes 
dentate  or  incised,  blades  3  inches  wide,  2^/2  inches  long;  petioles 
3-5  inches  long.  Flowers  bright  red  purple,  l}^  inches  wide. 
A  waif  in  Franklin  Co. 

ALTHAEA  L. 

Pubescent  herbs  with  lobcd  or  divided  leaves  and  solitary  or 
racemose  flowers.  Livolucre  of  6-9  united  bracts;  carpels  and 
cavities  of  the  ovulary  numerous,  separating  at  maturity  into 
1 -seeded  fruits. 

1.     Leaves  more  or  less  -S-lobed,  very  velvety,  the  lobes  acute. 

A .  officinalis. 
1.     Leaves  with  .5-7  rounded  lobes,  with  hairy  pubescence.     A.  rosea. 

1.  Althaea  officinalis  L.     Marsh -mallow. 

Perennial  plants;  leaves  ovate,  dentate,  and  generally  3-lobed, 
blades  23^2  inches  broad  and  2^  inches  long.     Waif  in  Scioto  Co. 

2.  Althaea  rosea  Cav.  Hollyhock. 

Perennial  plants  10  feet  or  less  tall;  leaves  cordate,  dentate, 
blades  3-6  inches  broad,  3^4=  to  4^  inches  long,  petioles  3-7  inches 
long;  flowers  4  inches  in  diameter.  Lucas,  Erie,  Madison,  A-Iont- 
goniery,  Brown,  and  Scioto  Co. 

SIDA  L. 

Herbs  with  serrate,  crenate,  or  lobed  leaves  and  bisporangiate 
flowers.  Involucre  none,  cavities  of  the  ovrdary  1-ovuled,  inde- 
hiscent,  or  two-valved  at  apex. 

1.     Leaves  not  lobed,  ovate,  or  oblong-lanceolate.    5.  spinosa. 
I.     Leaves  palmately  lobed  or  i5almately  veined,  glabrous, or  nearly  so,  tall. 

S.  hermaphrodita. 

1.  Sida  spinosa  L.     Pricldy  Sida. 

Anntial  ascending,  finely  pvibesccnt;  leaves  ovate,  blades 
1  inch  wide,  2  inches  long,  petiole  1  inch  long.     Rather  general. 

2.  Sida  hermaphrodita  (L.)  Rusby.     Tall  Sida. 

Perennial;  leaves  ovate,  orbicular,  deeply  3-7  lobed,  the  lobes 
lanceolate  or  ovate,  incised,  dentate,  acute  or  acuminate,  blades 
4  inches  wide,  5^  inches  long;  flowers  white  and  numerous. 
No  specimens. 

NAPAEA  L. 

Erect,  perennial  herbs,  with  palmately-lobed  leaves  and  small, 
white  diecious  flowers  in  corymbose  panicles;  involucre  none, 
carpels  8-10,  separating  at  maturity  into  1-seeded  fruits. 


468  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  4, 

Napaea  dioica  L.     Glade-mallow. 

Stems  and  leaves  glabrous,  or  nearly  so,  leaves  5-9  lobed,  lobes 
incisely  cut  and  acute,  leaf  blades  S-20  inches  wide,  4-10  inches 
long;  flowers  white,  diecious.  Defiance,  Clark,  Madison,  Franklin, 
Fairfield  and  Highland  Co. 

ABUTILON  Gaertn. 

Ours  annual  herbs,  soft  pubescent  with  cordate  leaves;  in- 
volucre none;  carpels  usually  1{)-15  tinited,  each  cavity  3-9 
ovuled,  dehiscent  at  maturity. 

Abutilon  abutilon  (L.)  Rusby.     Velvet-leaf. 

Annual,  stout,  G  feet  high,  densely  velvety  pubescent;  leaves 
long  petioled,  cordate,  orbicular,  dentate  or  nearly  entire;  l^lades 
3-9  inches  wide,  3-9  inches  long.     General  and  abundant. 

HIBISCUS  L. 

Herbs  or  shrubs  with  dentate  or  lobed  leaves  and  showy 
campanulate  flowers.  Bracts  of  the  involucre  nirmerous  and 
narrow;  gynecium  of  5  united  carpels,  ovulary  5-locular  with 
3  or  more  ovules  in  each  cavity,  capsule  5-valved. 

1.     Leaves  lobed.     2. 

1.  Leaves  deeply  divided.     H.  trionum. 

2.  Leaves  ovate,  not  prominently  lobed,   obtuse  at  the  base;  stem  and 

lower  surface  of  leaves  pubescent.    H.  moscheutos. 
2.     Leaves   commonly    halberd-form;   three-lobed,    truncate   at    the   base; 
stem  and  leaves  glabrous.     H.  militaris. 

Hibiscus  moscheutos  L.     Swamp  Rose-mallow. 

Erect,  leaves  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  cordate  or  obtuse  at 
the  base,  acute  or  acuminate  at  the  apex,  sometimes  lobed  at  the 
middle,  palmately  veined,  dentate  or  crenate,  leaf  blades  33^-4 
inches  wide,  4-5^  inches  long,  petiole  2-23/2  inches  long;  flowers 
6  inches  in  diameter.  Ashtabula,  Cuyahoga,  Erie,  Wayne, 
Licking,  and  Perry  Co. 

Hibiscus  militaris  Cav.  Halberd-leaf  Rose-mallow. 

Erect,  nearly  glabrous,  leaves  ovate  in  outline,  acute  or  acimi- 
inate,  cordate  or  trtmcate  at  the  base,  margins  dentate-crenate, 
the  lower  or  all  of  them  hastately  lobed,  leaf  blades  33^  inches 
wide  at  the  base,  33^^-4  inches  long,  petioles  23/2~3  inches  long; 
flowers  23^2  inches  in  diameter;  reddish  pink  in  color.  Lucas, 
Defiance,  Paulding,  Auglaize,  Shelby,  and  Franklin  Co. 

Hibiscus  trionum  L.     Bladder  Ketmia. 

Annual,  pubescent;  leaves  ovate  or  orbicular  in  outline,  3-7 
lobed  or  divided,  lobes  obtuse,  dentate-crenate  or  cleft,  leaf  blades 
134  inches  wide,  1-2  inches  long;  fruiting  calyx  inflated,  mem- 
branous, 5-winged.     General. 


Feb.,  1912.]  Another  Ohio  Grown  Rubber.  4«9 

ANOTHER  OHIO  GROWN  RUBBER.' 

Chas.  p.  Fox. 

Of  the  many  kinds  of  crude  nibber,  the  botanical  family, 
Apocynaceae,  produces  its  share  of  good  grades.  Mangabeira 
(genus  Hancomia  in  Brazil),  Benguela  root  rul^ber  (Landolphia) 
and  Funtunia,  both  Africans,  are  notable  examples. 

The  Apocynaceae  are  trees,  shrubs,  and  herbs,  with  a  milky 
acrid  juice,  numbering  some  1000  species,  grouped  into  130 
genera,  inhabiting  sub-tropical  areas.  This  family  of  plants 
produces  a  varied  line  of  economic  products,  such  as  edible  fruits, 
dyes,  drugs,  fibres,  ornamental  plants  and  caoutchouc.  The 
]\iadagascar  Ordeal  Plant,  whose  seed  contains  the  most  powerful 
poison  known,  and  Eden's  Forbidden  Fruit,  register  here. 

Several  members  of  the  type  genus  Apocynum,  of  this  family, 
are  common  to  the  United  vStates,  the  so-called  Indian  Hemp, 
Apocynum  cannabinum  and  A.  androsaemifolium.  During  the 
past  summer,  I  have  examined  the  latex  of  the  latter  species  for 
quantity  and  quality  of  its  rubber.  The  results  of  this  investi- 
gation show  that  the  latex  of  this  plant  gives  a  small  quantity  of 
good  grade  rubber. 

The  latex  is  white,  viscous,  neutral  or  slightly  acid,  and  has  the 
strong  acrid  odor  peculiar  to  this  plant.  The  latex  reacts  with 
the  usual  coagulating  reagents,  in  the  following  manner: 

Acids  do  not  coagulate;  latex  becomes  thin. 

Alkalies  do  not  coagulate;  restore  the  viscosity;  change  the 
color  from  white  to  brownish  yellow. 

Boiling  coagulates  slightly  and  slowly. 

Acetone  in  proportion  of  1/10  volume,  coagulates  immediately 
and  completely;  liquid  is  colored  chocolate  red. 

Formaldehyde  coagulates  readily,  but  is  much  slower  than 
acetone. 

Phenol  coagulates  the  latex,  but  gives  a  soft  product. 

Salt  Solution  coagulates  slowly,  giving  a  finely  divided  precip- 
itate, hard  to  coalesce.  Boiling  the  saline  solution  gives  a  soft 
product;  not  successful.  Of  the  above  methods,  the  use  of 
acetone  or  alcohol,  and  formalin,  are  the  only  ones  recommended. 
Of  these  two,  acetone  is  preferred. 

The  latex  of  Apocynum  differs  from  that  of  Asclepias  in  that  it 
coagulates  spontaneously,  even  if  it  is  kept  in  closed  containers. 
The  spontaneously  coagulated  latex  gives: 

Liquid  portion G7.58% 

Cheese  (wet) 32.42% 

1.  Presented  at  the  Twenty-first  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of 
Sci.,  Dec.  1,  1911,  Columbus. 


47°  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  4, 

The  liquid  is  white,  slightly  acid  and  acrid  odor.  This  liquid 
failed  to  coagulate  after  addition  of  more  acid.  Slight  excess  of 
alkali  increased  its  viscosity,  changed  its  color  from  white  to 
brownish  \'ellow,  but  did  not  coagulate  or  precipitate  it.  Boiling 
had  no  effect.  Excess  of  acetone  gave  a  finely  divided  precipitate 
the  particles  of  which  were  not  cohesive.  Evaporation  of  the 
mixture,  after  washing  with  water  and  treatment  with  boiling 
acetone,  gave  a  small  quantity  of  black,  soft  rubber,  destitute  of 
strength.     The  cheese  was  composed  of: 

Water 33.46% 

Rubber 3.99% 

Resin 62.95% 

Working  up  this  cheese  of  the  plant  in  the  usual  manner  with 
solvents,  straining  through  gauze  to  remove  dirt,  evaporating, 
with  low  heat,  the  excess  of  solvent  adding  an  excess  of  precipitant, 
washing  the  precipitant  and  dissipating  the  precipitating  agent, 
gave  a  good  grade  rubber. 

The  rubber  obtained  in  this  manner  is  black,  finii,  not  tacky, 
odorless  and  strong.  In  qtiality  it  is  much  better  than  the  product 
obtained  from  its  neighbor.  Milkweed.  The  qualities  of  this 
rubber  confirm  the  old  adage  "that  blood  is  thicker  than  water," 
and  proves  a  more  apt  one,  "that  Apocynaceous  rubbers  are  good 
rubbers." 

Milkweed  latex,  however,  is  richer  in  rubber  than  that  of 
Indian  Hemp.  The  proportion  of  rubber  in  the  entire  plant 
remains  on  the  same  ratio  as  the  ainount  of  latex  remains  equal, 
and  in  both  cases  is  entirely  too  small  to  be  profitable.  Of  the 
total  rubber  present  in  the  latex,  96%  of  it  is  won  in  the  cheese 
formed  by  the  natural  coagulation  of  the  latex.  Ninety-six 
per  cent  of  the  total  rubber  found,  ranks  as  Grade  A,  and  four 
per  cent  grades  as  C. 

The  resin  is  mahogany  red,  transparent,  medium  hard,  slight 
characteristic  odor  and  tasteless. 

During  this  investigation  we  have  found  that  the  soil  condi- 
tions under  which  the  plant  was  grown,  exerts  an  influence  upon 
the  amount  of  rubber  in  the  latex.  Plants  grown  upon  dry, 
sandy  soil  of  West  Akron,  gave  a  latex  containing  2.27%  rubber 
and  20.69%  resin.  The  latex  of  plants  grown  upon  the  wet  swamps 
of  South  Akron,  contained  1.12%  rtibber  and  15.04%  resin. 
Rubber  from  dry  grown  plants  is  of  better  quality  than  that  of 
wet  grown  plants. 

Natural  latex  from  dr}^  land  Apocynum  contains: 

Water 72.29% 

Solids 26.21% 

Ash 1.59% 


Feb.,  1912.]        Plants  from  Cuyahoga  and  Lake  Counties.  471 

This  rubber  content  in  fresh  latex  is  2.36%. 

The  above  figures  refer  to  latex  taken  from  plants  near  the 
end  of  the  gro\ving  season. 

Apocynum  also  gives  apocyiiin,  a  drug  having  a  similar 
action  to  digitalis  and,  according  to  Biddle,  being  an  efficacious 
remedy  in  dropsy.  The  bark  of  this  plant  gives  a  strong,  tough 
fibre,  at  one  time  much  esteemed  by  the  American  Indians  for 
bowstrings  and  fishing  nets. 

Akron,  Ohio. 


PLANTS  NOT  RECORDED  IN  THE  OHIO  LIST  FROM 
CUYAHOGA  AND  LAKE  COUNTIES. 

Edg  Claassen. 

1.  Crucibulum  vulgare,  Tul.  On  dead  willow-bark.  Cuyahoga 
and  Lake;  on  manure:  Cuyahoga;  on  plant-remnants:  Cuyahoga. 

2.  Cyathus  stercoreus,  (Schw.)  De  Ton.  On  manure: 
Cuyahoga. 

3.  CA^athus  striatus,  (Huds.)  HofTm.  On  the  ground  and 
on  decayed  bark  between  moss:  Cuyahoga. 

4.  Cyathus  vemicosus,  (Bull.)  DC.  On  clayey  ground; 
Cuyahoga. 

5.  Erysiphe  cichoraceanim,  DC.  Cuyahoga.  On  Aster 
macrophyllus,  L.;  collected  September  10.  Helianthus  tuberosus, 
L.;  collected  September  20  and  October  10.  Phlox  paniculala,  L. ; 
collected  October  10  and  16. 

6.  Microsphaera  alni,  (DC.)  Winter.  Cuyahoga.  On  Ligus- 
trum  vulgare,  L.  (cult.),  collected  October  2  and  10  and  20. 

1.  Aristida  oligantha,  Michx. ;  Cuyahoga. 

2.  Eragrostis  pectinacea,  (Michx.)  Steud.;  Cuyahoga. 
Specimens  of  the  above  plants  are  contained  in   the  writer's 

herbarium. 


472  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  4, 


A  PRELIMINARY  LIST  OF  THE  MYXOMYCETES  OF 

CEDAR  POINT.i 

E.  L.  Fullmer. 

Eight  species  were  represented  by  specimens  in  the  herbarium 
at  Cedar  Point  at  the  beginning  of  the  present  season,  as  follows: 
Arcyria  nutans  (Bull.)  Grev. 
Dictydium  cancellatum  (Batsch)  Macbr. 
Diderma  crustaceum  Peck. 
Lachnobolus  globosus  (Schw.)  Rost. 
Lindbladia  effusa  (Ehr.)  Rost. 
Mucilago  spongiosa  (Leyss.)  Morg. 
Physarclla  oblonga  (B.  &  C.)  Morg. 
Trichia  inconspicua  Rost. 

Specimens  representing  the   following  fourteen  species   were 
added  to  the  herbarium  during  the  summer  of  1911. 

Arcyria  cincrea  (Bull.)  Pers. 
Arcyria  dcnudata  (L.)  Sheld. 
Badhamia  orbiculata  Rex. 
Didymium  squamulosum  (A.  &  S.)  Fr. 
Didymium  crustaceum  Fr. 
Hemitrichia  intorta  List. 
Lycogala  epidendnmi  (Buxb)  Fr. 
Lycogala  flavo-fuscum  (Ehr.)  Rost. 
Ophiotheca  wrightii  B.  &  C. 
Stemonitis  fenestrata  Rex. 
Stemonitis  maxima  Schw. 
Stemonitis  smithii  Macbr. 
Tilmadoche  alba  (Bull.)  Macbr. 
Tubifera  ferruginosa  (Batsch)  Macbr. 

1.  Presented  at  the  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of  Sci.,  Dec.  1,  1911. 


Feb.,  1912.]         Additions  to  the  Cedar  Point  Flora.  473 


ADDITIONS  MADE  TO  THE  CEDAR  POINT  FLORA 
DURING  THE  SUMMER  OF  1911.i 

E.  L.   Fullmer. 

Additions  made  to  the  Cedar  Point  Flora  during  the  summer 
of  1911: 

Lithospermum  arvense  L. 

At  the  edge  of  a  recent  lagoon  near  the  Breakwater,  and 
growing  in  the  Juncus  association,  Jmie  28,  1910.  O.  E. 
Jennings.  Seed  very  likely  reached  this  place  by  means  of 
water  transportation. 

Cycloloma  atriplicifolium  (Spreng.)  Coult. 

On  sandy  banks  of  newly  fonned  lagoons  near  the  Break- 
water. O.  E.  Jennings,  June  26,  1911.  Prof.  Moseley  had 
known  of  the  occurrence  of  this  species  here  in  previous  years 
but  evidently  had  not  reported  it.  Probably  introduced  by 
water-transportation  frojm  the  upper  Great  Lake  region. 

Archangelica  atropurpurea  (L.)  Hoffm. 

In  marshy  vegetation  surrounding  a  lagoon  near  the 
Breakwater.    O.  E.  Jennings,  June  2G,  1911. 

Dipsacus  sylvestris  Huds. 

In  wave-washed  debris  along  the  shore  of  the  Bay  about 
two  miles  south  of  the  Laboratorv.  0.  E.  Jennings,  July 
13,  1911. 

Triadenum  virginicum  (L.)  Raf. 

Around  the  shore  of  the  Lily  Pond,  northwest  of  the 
Breakers  Hotel.  O.  E.  Jennings,  July  IS,  1911.  The  sudden 
appearance  of  this  species  around  the  pond  in  a  narrow  strip 
of  vegetation,  which  had  been  thoroughly  surveyed  the 
year  before,  suggests  that  birds  must  have  brought  in  the 
seeds. 

Miss  Blanche  McAvoy  did  some  work  upon  the  Grasses  and 
Sedges  of  Cedar  Point  and  as  a  result  of  her  work  the  following 
three  species  are  added  to  the  list: 

Panicum  ovale  Ell.   June  23,  1911. 
Panicum  villosissimum  Nash.   June  23,  1911. 
Scirpus  occidentalis  (Wats.)  Chase.   June  27,  1911. 


1.  Presented  at  the  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of  Sci.,  Dec.  1,  1911. 


474  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  4, 


THE  DIURNALlNODDING   OF  THE  WILD   CARROT  AND 

OTHER  PLANTS. 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

Many  plants  exhibit  periodical  movements  during  the  twenty- 
four  hours  of  a  day.  Among  the  more  interesting  of  such  move- 
ments is  the  daily  nodding  in  the  evening,  shown  by  a  number  of 
species  common  along  the  roadside. 

During  the  past  summer  the  writer  obtained  considerable 
pleasure  in  making  observations  on  some  of  the  common  plants  of 
Columbus.  One  of  the  most  striking  in  this  respect  is  the  wild 
carrot  (Daucus  carota  L.)  In  thrifty  plants  there  are  usually  a 
number  of  branches  which  all  begin  to  nod  at  an  early  age  and 
continue  the  habit  until  the  plant  is  in  full  bloom.  The  best  time 
to  study  this  peculiar  jjhenomenon  is  from  the  middle  of  June  to 
the  middle  of  July.  The  long  peduncles,  bearing  the  young 
umbels  nod  before  the  sun  goes  down,  the  curving  being  prominent 
by  six  o'clock.  The  various  branches  nod  in  a  radial  manner 
outward  from  the  central  axis  of  the  plant.  The  length  of  time 
taken  to  develop  the  curve  was  not  ascertained  but  it  was 
observed  that  the  peduncles  are  erect  in  the  morning  and  remain 
so  during  the  day.  Late  in  the  afternoon,  the  curving  begins  and 
continues  until  in  some  cases  the  peduncle  describes  nearly  a 
circle.  The  nodding  is  most  striking  just  before  the  blooming 
period  in  plants  with  numerous  long  peduncles.  At  this  period 
the  umbel  frequently  moves  through  an  angle  of  over  270°. 
Frequently  the  upper  face  of  the  umbel  touches  the  side  of  the 
peduncle.  The  diameter  of  the  curve  in  a  medium  sized  peduncle 
is  about  two  inches.  The  curved  peduncle  is  quite  rigid  and  should 
show  an  interesting  cellular  condition  if  properly  studied.  The 
diurnal  nodding  of  the  peduncle  stops  at  the  time  of  anthesis, 
although  there  are  subsequent  interesting  movements  in  the  rays 
of  the  umbel  itself  at  a  later  period. 

The  common  Dogfennel  (Anthemis  cotula  L.)  also  has  the 
diurnal  nodding  habit.  Its  numerous  lateral  branches  bearing 
heads  of  flowers  nod  in  the  evening  and  at  night  and  become  erect 
again  early  in  the  morning.  The  nodding  takes  place  in  the 
same  radial  manner  as  in  the  wild  carrot. 

In  Lactuca  hirsuta  Muhl.,  before  and  dviring  anthesis  a  decided 
drooping  or  nodding  of  the  large  flower  cluster  occurs,  the  main 
axis  bending  about  six  inches  from  the  tip.  The  stems  were 
found  erect  in  the  morning.  Euphorbia  nutans  Lag.,  as  its 
name  indicates,  also  has  a  nodding  of  the  tips  of  the  stems  each 
evening  and  a  return  to  the  erect  position  in  the  morning. 

One  may  well  ask  as  to  the  purpose  of  the  nodding  habit  so 
prominently  developed  in  the  wild  carrot.     Is  the  cause  of  the 


Feb.,  1912.]         Plants  Recognized  on  a  Dumping  Ground. 


475 


movement  the  lowering  of  the  temperature,  the  decrease  of  light, 
or  the  fatigue  of  the  protoplasm?  These  problems  are  for  the 
plant  physiologist.  But  anyone  will  find  the  habits  interesting 
in  themselves.  They  show  that  there  is  a  real  plant  behavior  as 
well  as  an  animal  behavior  and  by  taking  an  evening  ramble 
before  and  after  sunset  the  fact  will  become  evident  that  many 
plants  change  their  ]30sitions  with  the  coming  of  the  night  even  as 
do  most  of  the  animals. 


PLANTS  RECOGNIZED  ON  A  DUMPING  GROUND  AT  THE 
FOOT  OF  NINTH  STREET,  CLEVELAND,  OHIO. 

Edo  Claassen. 

It  was  during  the  month  of  June  that  I  visited  this  locality. 
Being  quite  surprised  by  the  great  number  of  different  plants  I 
saw  growing  there,  I  resolved  to  make  a  close  inspection  of  a 
part  (about  40  acres)  of  this  tract  of  land  in  the  course  of  several 
weeks.  The  result  is  contained  in  the  following  list,  which  is. 
arranged  in  confonnitv  with  "Britton  and  Brown's  Flora." 


Mosses. 
Funiiria  hygrometrica,  L. 
Bryum  argenteum,  L. 
Leptodon  piriforme,  Hampe. 

Gramineae,  Jnss. 
Agrostis  alba,  L. 
Avena  sativa,  L. 
Cenchrus  tribuloides,  L. 
Eragrostis    eragrostis,    (L.)    Karst. 
Eragrostis  pilosa,   (L.)  Beauv. 
Festuca  elatior,  L. 
Hordeum  vulgare,  L. 
Ixophorus  glaucus,   (L.),  Nash. 
Panicum  capillare,  L. 
Panicuni  crus  galli,  L. 
■Panicum  proliferum,  Lam. 
Panicum  virgatum,  L. 
Phleum  pratense,  L. 
Poa  annua,  L. 

Poa  compressa,  (L.)  Bcauv. 
Poa  pratensis,  L. 

Syntherisma  sanguinale,  (L.)  Nash. 
Triticum  vulgare,  L. 
Zea  Mays,  L. 

Juncaceae,  Vejtt. 
Juncus  bufonius,  L. 

Salicaceae,  Lindl. 
Populus  alba,  L. 
vSalix  nigra.  Marsh. 


Polygonaceae,  Lindl. 
Polygonum  aviculare,  L. 
Polygonum  cilinode,  Michx. 
Polygonum  erectum,  L. 
Polygonum  lapathifolium,  L. 
Polygonum  persicaria,  L. 
Rumex  acetosella,  L. 
Rumex  altissimus,  L. 
Rumex  crispus,  L. 
Rumex  obtusifolius,  L. 

Chenopodiaceae ,  Dumort. 
Atriplex  hastata,  L. 
Chenopodium  album,  L. 
Chenopodium  ambrosioides,  L. 
Kochia  scoparia,  (L.)  Roth. 
Salsola  Tragus,  L. 

Amaranlhaceae,  J.  St.  Hil. 
Amaranthus  graecizans,  L. 
Amaranthus  retroflcxus,   L. 

Aizoaceae,  A.  Br. 
Mollugo  verticillata,  L. 

Cruciferae,  B.  Juss. 
Lepidium  Virginianum,  L. 
Sisymbrium  altissimum,  L. 
Sisymbrium  officinale,  (L.)  Scop.. 

Rosaceae,  B.  Jtiss. 
Potentilla  Monspeliensis,  L. 

Driipaceae,  DC. 
Amygdalus  persica,  L. 


476 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XII,  No.  4, 


Papilionaceae,  L. 
Medicago  sativa,  L. 
Melilotus  alba,  Desv. 
Melilotus  officinalis,  (L.  )Lam. 
Trifolium  pratense,  L. 
Trifolium  repens,  L. 

Oxalidaceae,  Lindl. 
Oxalis  stricta,  L. 

Euphorhiaceae ,  J.  St.  Hil. 
Euphorbia  maculata,  L. 

Malvaceae,  Neck. 
Malva  rotundifolia,  L. 

Onagraceae,  Dumort. 
Onagra  biennis,  (L.)  Scop. 

Umbelliferae,  B.  Jiiss. 
Anethuni  graveolens,  L. 
Daucus  carota,  L. 

Convohmlaceae,  Vent. 
Convolvulus  sepium,  L. 

Verbenaceae,  J.  St.  Hil. 
Verbena  hastata,  L. 

Labiatae,  B.  Juss. 
Nepeta  cataria,  L. 

Solanaceae,  Pers. 
Datura  Stramonium,  L. 
Lycopersicum  Lycopersicum, 

(L.)  Karst. 
Physalis  pruinosa,  L. 


Solanum  carolinense,  L. 
Solanum  nigrum.  L. 
Solanum  tuberosum,  L. 

Scrophulariaceae ,  Lindl. 
Verbascum  thapsus,  L. 

Plantaginaceae,  Lindl. 
Plantago  major,  L. 

Cichoriaceae,  Reichenb. 
Lactuca  canadensis,  L. 
Lactuca  Seariola,  L. 

Ambrosiaceae,  Reichenb. 
Ambrosia  artemisiaefolia,  L. 
Xanthium  canadense,  Mill. 

Compositae,  Adans. 
Achillea  millefolium,  L. 
Anthemis  cotula,  L. 
Arctium  Lappa,  L. 
Artemisia  biennis,  L. 
Aster  paniculatus.  Lam. 
Bidens  cernua,  L. 
Bidens  frondosa,  L. 
Carduus  arvensis,  (L.)  Robs. 
Carduus  lanceolatus,  L. 
Erigeron  annuus,  (L.)  Pers. 
Erigeron  canadensis,  L. 
Erigeron  ramosus,   (Walt.)  B.  S.  P. 
Euthamia   graminifolia,    (L.)    Nutt. 
Galinsoga  parviflora,   (Cav.)  DC. 
Helianthus  annuus,  L. 
Solidago  canadensis,  L. 


Date  of  Publication,  February  16,  1912. 


T^he  Ohio  ^N^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University, 


Volume  XII.  MARCH,    1912.  No.  5. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Metcalf— Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  III -177 

SCHAFFNER— A  Revised  Taxonomy  of  the  Grasses 490 

TIiNE— Ohio  Moles  aud  Shrews 494 


LIFE-HISTORIES  OF  SYRPHIDAE  III. 

C.  L.  Metcalf. 

Syrphus  Americanus  Wiedemann. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  common  species  in  the  state,  the  adults 
especially  abundant  about  all  kinds  of  blossoms  in  July  and  August, 
as  well  as  very  early  in  the  spring.  The  larvee  are  active  and 
greedy  and  found  preying  on  a  number  of  different  aphids  in  large 
numbers.  It  would  seem  to  be  one  of  the  most  important  species 
of  Syrphidae  in  the  state  from  an  economic  standpoint 

Egg. 

Elongated-ovate  in  outline,  sub-cylindrical,  narrower  and 
truncate  at  micropylar  end,  nicely  rounded  off  at  the  opposite 
end,  broadest  in  front  of  the  middle  (Fig.  42);  somewhat  flat- 
tened to  the  surface  to  which  it  is  attached,  slightly  humped  or 
rounded  up  above  (Fig.  41).  Length  about  0.9  mm.,  diameter  at 
middle  about  0.3  mm.  Color  chalk  white,  hence  conspicuous  on 
the  darker  surface  of  leaf  or  twig  on  which  it  is  usually  deposited. 

The  entire  exposed  surface  of  the  egg  is  beautifully  sculptured 
except  a  small  region  around  the  dark  micropyle.  This  sculptur- 
ing consists  of  microscopic  projections  of  the  surface  arranged  in 
lines  running  longitudinally-obliquely  around  the  egg.  Each 
projection  consists  of  a  long,  slender,  irregular  body  (seven  or 
eight  times  as  long  as  broad)  sometimes  bent,  with  about  twelve 
to  twenty  slender  arms  reaching  out  in  all  directions  from  it.  The 
space  between  these  bodies  is  roughly  a  half  wider  than  the  body 
itself.  Into  these  spaces  the  anns  project,  most  of  them  meeting 
similar  projections  from  the  same  or  another  body,  many  branching 
so  as  to  form  a  delicate  network  of  slender  white  anns  between  the 
larger  bodies.  Fig.  43  is  a  fair  representation  of  a  small  part  of 
the  surface  of  the  egg-shell,  highly  magnified.  The  projections 
are  chalk  white,  the  depressions  between  them  shaded,  appearing 


477 


478  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  5, 

grayish  or  yellowish.  The  bodies  are  of  such  a  size  that  one  may 
count  about  25  the  length  of  the  egg  and  about  50  around  it. 
transversely. 

Eggs  of  this  species  were  deposited  on  braches  and  leaves  of 
apple  at  Columbus,  the  spring  of  1911,  from  about  May  8  to  May 
15.  As  this  was  a  late  season,  however,  oviposition  for  the  first 
spring  generation  may  usually  be  expected  somewhat  earlier. 

Two  females  taken  on  May  8,  about  blossoming  apple  oviposited 
late  the  same  day  and  on  the  following  day.  35  to  40  eggs  were 
deposited  by  each  female.  Oviposition,  although  rapid  at  times, 
extended  over  parts  of  two  days.  Apparently  at  times  the  hind 
legs  assisted  in  deposition  of  the  eggs.  They  are  deposited  singly 
sometimes  not  over  a  minute  apart  but  usually  some  little 
distance  away. 

At  Cedar  Point,  Ohio,  eggs  were  found  on  Phragmites  from 
June  20  to  July  10.  At  Lakevillc,  Ohio,  on  Dock  {Rumex  sp.) 
June  1.5-20. 

Duration  in  the  egg  stage  indoors  at  a  temperature  of  about 
90°  Fahr.  was  from  55  to  60  hours. 

On  apple  these  eggs  were  laid  on  the  smaller,  tenderer  shoots 
and  on  young  leaves,  the  parts  most  affected  by  plant  lice.  On 
dock  they  are  placed  on  leaves,  on  buds,  in  leaf -axils,  or  on  the 
stems.  On  Phragmites  the  eggs  were  found  on  both  the  under  and 
the  upper  side  of  the  leaves.  On  Black  Willow  along  the  smaller 
outer  twigs. 

The  eggs  are  deposited  on  the  surface  of  the  twigs  and  leaves. 
They  lie  flat  and  are  glued  rather  firmly  so  that  sometimes  they 
break  before  being  dislodged.  Flies  imprisoned  in  glass  jars 
oviposit  mostly  on  the  surface  toward  the  light  although  twigs  or 
leaves  enclosed  receive  some  eggs. 

The  eggs  of  Syrphidee  so  far  as  known  to  me  have  a  rather  char- 
acteristic appearance.  The  shape  and  white  color  may  serve  to 
distinguish  them  from  eggs  of  many  other  insects.  I  know  of  no 
naked  eye  characters  that  are  specific.  The  size  of  the  egg  and 
number  and  characteristics  of  the  microscopic, sculptured  bodies, 
as  described  above,  may  serve  to  distinguish  those  of  Syrphiis 
americaniis. 

I  have  noted  no  methods  of  natural  protection  unless  it  be  the 
sheltered  positions  in  which  they  are  sometimes  placed;  nor  have 
I  discovered  any  egg  parasites. 

Larva. 

There  is  a  considerable  change  in  appearance  and  character- 
istics during  the  growth  of  the  larva.     Just  after  hatching  the 
characters  are  as  follows  (Fig.  45) :     Length  1.2  mm.,  width  0.2  to 
0.3  mm.     Shape  sub-cylindrical,  smaller  anteriorly,  not  enlarged 
.medially.     Color,  light  yellow  or  with  a  greenish  tinge.     Body 


Mar.,  1912.]  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  III.  479 

surface  wrinkled,  sides  irregular.  Segmental  spines  on  second 
thoracic  (Ith)  to  penultimate  (Uth)  segments,  inclusive,  and  the 
dorso-lateral  ones  on  the  prothoracic  (ord)  very  long,  slender, 
black,  gi\'ing  the  young  larva  a  very  hairy  appearance,  so  far  as 
I  know  characteristic  of  this  species.  The  posterior  breathing 
appendages  are  short,  slightly  divergent  (Fig.  45,  a).  General 
body  surface  bare.  The  dorsal  blood-vessel  shows  faintly  in  the 
posterior  half  of  the  body. 

During  subsequent  growth  these  slender  segmental  hairs  are 
replaced  by  shorter,  stouter,  more  spine-like  bristles ;  the  posterior 
breathing  appendages  are  slightly  elevated  becoming  united  on 
the  median  line;  and  minute  black  spines  appear  all  over  the 
dorsal  surface  of  the  body. 

Mature  larva:  Length  11  mm.,  width  2.5  mm.,  height  2  mm. 
(Fig.  -16).  Eruciform,  legless.  The  segments  are  not  all  definitely 
marked.  On  the  basis  of  the  segmental  spines  ten  segments  can 
be  clearly  made  out  posterior  to,  and  including,  the  one  bearing  the 
anterior  spiracles  (Fig.  40,  b).  These  spiracles  may  be  considered 
prothoracic,  hence  we  have  ten  segments  exclusive  of  the  head. 
The  head  segments  are  small  retractile  somewhat  indefinite  with 
some  appearance  of  being  two  in  number.  For  convenience  of 
reference,  therefore,  the  total  number  has  been  considered  as  12, 
making  the  prothoracic,  number  3. 

Compared  with  many  other  aphidaphagous  larvae  those  of  this 
species  are  noticably  slenderer,  in  outline  with  more  nearly  parallel 
sides.  Segments  6  to  11  are  of  nearly  equal  width;  the  last  one  is 
narrower  and  much  depressed;  while  anterior  to  segment  6  the 
body  tapers  evenly  to  the  mouth-parts  when  extended,  or  rounds 
off  at  segment  4  when  at  rest,  with  the  head  segments  retracted. 

The  body  wall  is  prominently  wrinkled,  transversely,  and  with 
the  usual  two  longitudinal  carinae  at  each  side.  From  above  as  in 
Figure  46,  the  ventral  of  these  carinae  is  hidden  by  the  dorsal  one. 

General  color  yellowish,  or  salmon-brown,  marked  with  black 
and  white  or  yellowish  white.  The  whitish  markings  consist  of 
a  transverse  rectangular  bar  on  each  segment  from  0  to  11  and  a 
narrow  line  along  each  side  of  the  larva  in  the  dorsal  lateral 
carinfe.  Interrupted  by  the  transverse  white  bars  in  the  median 
line  is  the  heart  line  or  dorsal  blood-vessel,  consisting  of  six, 
elongate,  wedge-shaped  black  marks  broadly  margined  with  brown. 
Laterad  of  the  brown  are  other  prominent  black  blotches  extending 
obliquely  outward  and  back  to  the  whitish  lateral  carinte.  The 
anterior  end  for  two  or  three  segments  is  unmarked  with  the  black 
or  brown  and  is  light  greenish  yellow  in  color. 

Examined  more  in  detail  the  color  markings  may  be  described 
as  follows :  The  brown  color  is  resident  in  bodies  of  globular  fatty 
material  w^hich  is  visible  through  the  thin  and  transparent,  though 
tough,  body  wall.     It  begins  in  the  head  segments  where  there  is 


48o  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  5, 

a  small  rounded  mass;  runs  in  a  narrow  median  line  back  to  seg- 
ment 5 ;  forks  around  the  first  division  of  the  heart  Hne ;  and  thence 
the  forks  extend  as  broader  and  broader  lines  to  the  posterior  end 
of  the  body.  In  each  segment  back  of  5  these  forks  are  connected 
by  a  whitish  bar,  already  mentioned,  just  beneath  the  two  median 
segmental  bristles;  and  more  or  less  by  scattered  brownish  globules 
between  the  dorsal  segmental  bristles. 

These  bundles  of  fat,  and  consequently  the  amount  of  brown 
color,  vary  considerably  in  extent  in  different  individuals,  or  at 
different  times  in  the  same  individual.  Frequently  they  cover  the 
entire  dorsum  except  the  blood-vessel  in  segments  10,  11,  12. 
Usually  anterior  to  this  the  black  body-fluid  appears  again  next 
the  surface  in  the  lateral  pockets,  already  described,  entirely 
surrounded  and  somewhat  interrupted  by  the  adipose  mass.  The 
sides  of  the  body  appear  yellowish  white. 

When  magnified  the  entire  dorsum  of  the  larva  is  seen  to  be 
covered  with  short,  close  set  black  spines.  The  segmental  bristles 
are  larger,  but  light  in  color  and  not  conspicuous,  about  equal  in 
size,  situated  on  slight  elevations.  Ten  of  the  body  segments 
show  twelve  such  bristles,  situated  as  previously  described  in 
Paragns  bicolor* 

The  posterior  breathing  appendages  on  the  dorsum  of  the  last 
segment,  (Figs.  46,  c;  49;  and  50)  are  short  (0.2-0.25  mm.  long) 
and  nearly  twice  as  broad  (0.4-0.5  mm) ;  divergent  for  half  their 
length;  the  dorsal  spiracular  spines  (Figs.  49  and  50,  a)  moderately 
long,  sharply  conical,  with  a  very  small  lateral  sub-basal  spur. 
The  six  elongate  spiracles  (b)  are  irregularly  and  considerably 
curved,  about  0.2-0.25  mm.  long,  the  median  one  on  each  side 
nearer  to  the  ventral  than  to  the  dorsal  one. 

The  anterior  prothoracic  spiracles  on  the  third  segment 
(Figs.  40,  b\  47,  a)  are  small,  sub-crescent  shaped,  the  lip  of  the 
spiracle  marked  by  nine  rounded,  tooth-like  lobes,  (Fig.  48). 

The  head  segments  bear  antennje,  (Figs.  40,  a;  47,  b)  and 
mouth  parts  (Fig.  47,  r,  d,  c).  The  antenna  are  short,  fleshy, 
rudimentary.  The  mouth  parts  consist  of  the  usual  i^air  of  beak- 
like jaws  (c,  d)  and  three  pairs  of  mouth-hooks  {e).  The  jaws  are 
V-shaped,  sharp,  slightly  hooked  at  the  tip,  somewhat  shorter  than 
usual,  the  dorsal  extending  slightly  beyond  the  ventral  when 
apposed.  The  latter  has  a  ventrally  projecting  basal  spur  on 
each  side.  The  mouth  booklets  are  unequal  in  size  the  outer  pair 
largest;  the  other  two  ]jairs  are  situated  close  beside  the  jaws, 
the  dorsal  ones  heavier,  the  ventral  pair  small,  slender. 

To  the  mouth  parts  is  attached  internally  a  complex  system 
of  strong  muscles  and  a  broad,  chitinous,  oesophageal  framework 
(Fig.  5l',  d). 


The  Ohio  Naturalist,  Vol.  XII,  No.  1,  p.  397,  Nov.,  1911. 


Mar.,  1912.]  Life- Hi  stories  of  Syrphidae  III.  481 

The  ventrum  of  the  body  is  bare;  seven  pairs  of  ventral  folds 
of  the  body-wall  making  fairly  well-defined  prolegs. 

The  larva  emerges  from  the  egg  very  slowly.  The  anterior  end 
of  the  egg  splits  and  the  sides  spread  under  the  contractions  and 
expansions  of  the  larva.  Then  by  stretching  out  and  clinging  to 
some  object  it  pulls  itself  out  little  by  little.  The  egg  shell  is 
tough  rather  than  rigid  and  yields  to  the  contortions  of  the  larva. 

When  first  hatched  the  larvae  are  inactive  and  will  lie  quietly 
for  hours  if  undisturbed.  If  an  aphid  is  forced  upon  them  they 
will  often  attack  it  and  attempt  to  eat  it  frequently  with  the  result 
that  they  are  carried  away  by  the  larger  insect  and  finally  dis- 
lodged. However,  after  the  lapse  of  eight  or  ten  hours  the  larvae 
begin  active  crawling  movements  in  search  of  food.  Apparently 
their  prey  is  located  not  by  a  chemotropism  but  by  thigmotropism 
as  they  frequently  pass  by  an  aphid  so  closely  as  almost  to  touch 
it  and  go  on  in  search  of  others.  The  characteristic  movements  of 
these  larvae  when  searching  for  food  are  familiar  to  many  and  have 
been  described  for  another  species  (l.  c).  Frequently  the  larvse 
grasp  first  a  leg  or  antennae  of  the  aphid  and  cling  to  it  until  they 
can  reach  the  thorax  or  abdomen. 

A  young,  one-da^'-old  larva  barely  a  millimeter  and  a  half  long 
looks  preposterous  attacking  an  aphid  fully  three  times  its  size. 
Yet  so  firmly  does  the  larva  cling  or  become  cemented  to  the  surface 
by  its  posterior  end  that  the  aphid  is  tmable  to  escape. 

These  younger  larvs  do  not  eat  rapidh\  I  have  at  various 
times  observed  them  in  one  place  sucking  the  juices  of  a  single  aphid 
for  from  a  half  to  two-and-a-half  hours.  Sometimes  the  aphids 
continued  to  struggle  for  an  hour  or  more. 

Growth  is  rapid.  By  the  end  of  the  second  day  some  of  the 
specimens  had  reached  a  length  of  7  or  S  mm.  and  a  width  of 
1.2  mm. 

In  order  to  determine  something  of  the  capacity  of  these  insects 
for  devouring  plant  lice  and  hence  their  degree  of  economic 
importance,  the  writer  tried  feeding  them  with  cabbage  aphids 
{Aphis  brassiccB.  Linn.)  The  aphids  were  touched  to  the  mouth 
of  a  larva  which  had  not  been  kept  from  food.  A  four  day  old 
larva  devoured  the  first  aphid  in  4.5  minutes,  a  second,  third, 
fourth,  and  fifth  smaller  than  the  first  in  2,  1,  1,  and  0.5  minutes 
respectively.  The  sixth  a  larger  one  was  retained  for  3.25  minutes. 
These  were  very  thoroughly  eaten,  all  the  viscera  and  body 
fluids  being  picked  and  sucked  out.  After  this  the  lice  tendered 
were  not  eaten  so  closely,  but  killed,  a  seventh  in  2  minutes  an 
eighth  in  1.75  ininutes  and  a  ninth  in  1.5  minutes. 

On  another  occasion  the  same  test  was  made  with  an  older 
larva  which  devoured  a  dozen  or  two  before  the  writer's  patience 
became  exhausted.  The  tests  were  sufficient,  however,  to  establish 
the  voraciousness  of  the  appetites  of  these  larvae. 


482  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  Xll,  No.  5,- 

It  is,  of  course,  not  probable  that  any  larva  would  ever  norm- 
ally devour  aphids  so  rapidly.  Yet  when  plenty  are  at  hand  the 
number  eaten  by  a  larva  during  its  life  of  eight  days  to  two  weeks 
or  more  must  be  very  considerable.  It  should  be  kept  in  mind 
also  that  it  is  not  the  actual  individuals  eaten,  alone,  that  deter- 
mines the  amount  of  benefit  from  these  insects;  but  the  fact  that 
in  this  way  the  production  of  enomious  numbers  of  aphids  may  be 
prevented.  If  as  Reaumour  has  calculated,  and  others  have 
substantiated,  one  aphid  may  be  the  progenitor  of  over  5,000,000- 
000  individuals  during  her  existence  of  a  month  or  six  weeks,  we 
can  see  at  once  the  important  benefit  that  must  arise  from  the 
destruction  of  one  or  two  of  these  aphids  early  in  the  establish- 
ment of  the  colony.  It  is  a  fact  that  the  eggs  of  Syrphidas  are 
often  deposited  on  the  host-plant  very  early  or  even  in  anticipation 
of  the  arrival  of  the  aphids. 

The  great  factor  in  determining  the  duration  in  the  larval  stage 
seems  to  be  the  abundance  or  scarcity  of  food.  Indoors  with 
plenty  of  food  at  hand  the  larval  period  from  emergence  from 
egg  to  formation  of  puparium  was  8  to  9  days.  When  less  food 
was  supplied  this  period  was  extended  frequently  to  two  weeks 
sometimes  as  much  as  20  days.  The  larva  are  very  tenacious  of 
life,  some  of  them  existing  for  over  three  weeks  with  very  little 
food. 

Out-of-doors  the  larva  seem  to  be  little  affected  by  climatic 
conditions  so  long  as  food  is  available.  They  endure  very  wet 
weather  and  I  have  seen  them  in  Autumn  sur^'ive  several  periods 
of  cold  freezing  weather. 

In  my  experience  these  larvee  may  be  expected  wherever 
aphids  or  other  soft-bodied  insects  occur  in  colonies.  They  are 
not  restricted  to  one  kind  of  prey.  I  have  found  them  most  abund-- 
antly  on  cabbage  and  some  other  cruciferae  at  Columbus  the  latter" 
half  of  May  in  an  open  greenhouse,  and  out-of-doors  in  Autumn 
from  the  latter  part  of  September  to  the  middle  of  October;  and 
on  Phragmites  at  Cedar  Point  from  the  last  week  in  June  to  the  first 
week  in  August. 

On  cabbage  they  are  very  destructive  to  Aphis  brassicae  Linn. 
On  Phragmites  they  were  predaceous  in  large  numbers  on  a  very 
abundant  unidentified  aphid.  I  have  also  found  them  commonly 
on  apple  feeding  on  the  European  grain  aphis  {Siphocoryne  avenae 
Fab.)  during  May.  Occasionally  on  curled  Dock  {Rumex  crispiis 
L.)  and  broad-leafed  Dock  {R.  obtusijoJius  L.)  among  Aphis 
rumicus  Linn,  the  first  of  June.  One  of  these  larvse  w^as  observed 
devouring  a  Syrphid  larva  (Paragus  bicolor  Fab.)  from  the  same 
host  plant.  On  Black  Willow  the  larva?  parasitized  colonies  of 
the  Willow  Grove  Plant-house  {Melanoxanthus  soliciti  Harris.)  on 
the  University  campus  the  first  half  of  October. 


Mar.,  1912.]  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  III.  483 

On  these  plants  the  position  of  the  larvas  is  determined  by  that 
of  the  aphids.  On  cabbage  they  are  largely  on  the  under  side  of 
the  outer  drooping  leaves  but  may  be  found  well  in  among  the 
more  compact  leaves  of  the  head.  On  Phragmites  they  are  mostly 
on  the  upper,  but  also  on  the  under  side  of  the  long  linear  leaves ; 
on  Rumex  spp.  chiefly  among  the  flower  spikes,  and  lower  leaves; 
and  on  apple  and  willow  on  the  outer  small  and  tender  twigs. 

Parasites. 

I  have  noted  one  very  bad  enemy  of  Syrphus  americanus — the 
Ichneumonid  parasite,  Bassus  laetatorius  Fabr.  I  have  reared 
this  species  from  larvse  and  pupae  not  only  of  6".  americanus  but 
also  of  Paragus  bicolor,  Paragus  tibialis,  Allograpta  obliqua,  and 
Sphaerophoria  cylindrica. 

It  appears  most  abundantly  on  5'.  americanus  especially  during 
irddsummer,  July  and  August,  on  Phragmites  and  again  in  Septem- 
ber to  November  on  specimens  from  cabbage.  At  times  I  have 
found  fully  75%  of  those  collected  were  destroyed  by  this  parasite, 
I  have  not  reared  the  parasite  from  specimens  taken  previous- 
to  July. 

This  parasite  oviposits  through  the  body  wall  of  the  larvas,  the 
eggs  hatch  and  the  larvae  develop  without  preventing  the  fonnation 
of  a  more  or  less  complete  puparium  by  the  host.  Within  the 
puparium  the  development  of  the  larval  parasite  goes  on  at  the 
expense  of  the  Syrphid.  The  latter  is  entirely  devoured  and  the 
parasitic  larva  reaches  in  size  nearly  the  capacity  of  the  puparium. 
Pupation  then  takes  place  and  the  adult  emerges  by  gnawing  a 
small  irregular  hole  in  the  anterior  end  of  the  dipterous  puparium 
about  3  or  4  weeks  after  pupation  of  the  host.  Only  one  parasite 
develops  in  each  host  individual. 

The  larvae  when  full  grown  measure  about  4  mm.  in  length  by 
1.8  mm.  in  height,  by  2  mm.  in  width.  They  are  plump,  whitish, 
erusiform,  ovate  in  outline;  median  segments  largest,  humped 
dorsally  and  with  the  posterior  end  smaller  than  the  anterior.  As 
their  orientation  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  puparium  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  full  grown  larva  fits  very  nicely,  in  size  and  shape,  the 
puparium  of  the  host.  There  are  14  body-segments  clearly 
shown;  the  only  conspicuous  appendage  is  a  U-  or  V-shaped 
chitinous  piece  in  the  region  of  the  mouth.  Sketches  of  a  larva 
and  a  pupa  are  given  as  Figures  58,  59. 

The  adult  may  easily  be  recognized  by  the  following  descrip- 
tion from  G.  C.  Davis'  "A  monograph  of  the  Tribe  Bassini" 
Trans.  Am.  Ento.  Soc.  XXII,  p.  19,  Feb.  '95,  who  also  states  that 
it  is  one  of  the  most  common  arid  wide  spread  species  in  Europe 
and  America. 


484  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  5, 

"  9  .  Length  6  mm.  Head,  thorax,  base  and  tip  of  abdomen, 
hind  tarsi ,  base  and  lower  middle  of  hind  tibiae  black ;  four  anterior 
legs,  posterior  coxse,  femora,  and  often  tips  of  tibiae,  tip  of  abdom- 
inal segment  1,  whole  of  2  and  .'3  and  more  or  less  of  4,  rufous; 
anterior  orbits,  mouth,  tegulae,  spot  in  front,  line  beneath,  cunei- 
form spots  on  mesonotum,  scutellum,  post-scutellum,  and  band 
on  posterior  tibise  white. 

cT — Differs  only  in  having  the  face,  scape  beneath  and  a  stripe 
on  pleura  yellowish  white.  " 

As  previously  pointed  out  for  Paragus  hicolor  (I.  c.)  the  pres- 
ence of  the  parasite  is  usually  indicated  at  the  time  of  pupation  by 
a  failure  of  the  pupariuni  to  inflate  completely  anteriorly  and 
dorsally,  and  retract  on  the  ventral  side,  and  also  by  its  darker 
color.  The  following  are  the  average  dimensions  of  15  puparia 
from  which  Bassus  laetatorius  had  emerged:  length  6  mm.,  height 
2.25  mm.,  width  2.45  mm.  Compared  with  the  dimensions  of 
an  equal  number  of  unparasitized  individuals  as  given  below,  it 
will  be  seen  that  these  are  slightly  less  in  all  dimensions  than  the 
nomial  ones,  with  a  little  more  difference  in  height  than  in  length 
or  width.  The  difference  in  shape  is  more  conspicuous  than 
these  figures  would  indicate  (See  Fig.  56)  and  together  with  the 
difference  in  color  makes  them  rather  easy  to  distinguish  when 
once  the  characteristics  are  learned. 

As  suggested  in  the  previous  paper  it  ought  to  be  easy  to 
accomplish  a  great  deal  of  good  by  destro3-ing  these  parasitized 
puparia  before  the  parasite  emerges. 

Pupariuni. 

Dimensions,  average  of  15:  length  6.5  mm.,  height  2.5  mm., 
width  2.6  mm.  (Fig.  55).  Pupation  occurs  within  the  indurated 
larval  skin  after  shortening  and  dorsal  and  lateral  inflation  espec- 
ially at  the  anterior  end.  The  head  segments  are  retracted 
ventrally  so  that  segments  3  to  5  lie  at  the  anterior  pole  and  the  tip 
of  the  mouth-parts  (tenninal  in  the  larva)  are  about  0.5  cm.,  back 
on  the  ventral  side.  The  wrinkling  of  the  skin,  characteristic  in 
the  larva  is  largely  lost,  due  to  the  inflation.  The  vestiture 
remains  as  in  the  larva,  the  segmental  spines  inconspicuous,  but 
the  exposed  parts  of  the  wrinkles  of  the  larva,  densely  covered 
with  very  small,  short,  sharp,  black  spines.  Sometimes  this  gives 
a  rather  prominent  transverse  banding  of  black  where  the  spines 
are  thickest. 

The  posterior  three  segments  are  proportionately  less  inflated 
than  the  middle  ones.  Shape  from  dorsal  aspect  ovate  with  the 
last  segment  and  its  respiratory  appendage  projecting;  very 
slightly  broadest  in  front  of  the  middle,  nicely  rounded  out  in 
front.     From  the  side  (Fig.  56)  the  anterior  and  dorsal  inflation 


Mar.,  1912.]  Life- Histories  of  Syrphidae  III.  485 

is  evident;  the  puparium  is  not  strongly  elevated  posteriorly, 
being  eonvexly  depressed  gradually  from  about  the  middle.  From 
in  front  the  puparium  appears  nearly  circular  in  outline,  very 
slightly  flattened  ventrally. 

The  posterior  breathing  appendage  (Fig.  55,  a)  is  as  in  the  larva 
but  entirely  black,  the  segment  inflated  beneath  it.  The  anterior 
spiracles  remain  visible  externally,  antero-dorsal  to  the  tip  of  the 
mouth-parts,  with  parts  of  the  tracheae  leading  from  them  visible 
flattened  against  the  inside  of  the  puparium  (Fig.  51,  a).  The 
larval  mouth  parts  also  become  flattened  against  the  puparium  on 
their  right  or  left  side.  (Fig.  51,  b,  c,  d).  At  first  the  pupa 
shrinks  away  from  these  parts  but  later  as  the  adult  head  develops 
fills  up  the  space  again.  A  fine  of  weakness  develops  in  the 
puparium  i-unning  from  the  apex  of  the  mouth-parts  dorsally 
between  segments  6  and  7.  The  expanse  of  the  ventral  part  of 
the  face  then  forces  off  a  circular  operculum  along  this  line  for  the 
emergence  of  the  adult.  Posteriorly  part  of  the  large  tracheal 
trunks  remain  in  connection  with  the  spiracles. 

Color  of  the  puparium,  empty:  pale  brown,  transparent;  with 
pupa  enclosed:  variable,  darker  brown,  strongly  tinted  with 
salmon.  A  day  or  two  before  emergence  the  prominent  colors  ol 
the  adult  become  plainly  visible. 

Pupa. 

The  coarctate  pupa  (Fig.  54)  is  covered  with  a  delicate  trans- 
parent membrane  {a)  with  pockets  encasing  the  developing  legs, 
wings,  etc.  The  changes  visible  externally  are  gradually  produced 
and  give  little  indication  of  the  radical  internal  histolysis  and 
histogenesis. 

At  an  early  stage  (Fig.  53)  when  the  dorsal  part  of  the  abdomen 
is  simply  a  mass  of  fatty  granules  as  in  the  larva  with  the 
position  of  the  dorsal  blood  vessel  indicated  and  the  head  and 
thorax  irregular,  angular  masses;  the  legs,  or  the  cases  enclosing 
them  (Fig.  53,  a,  b,  c)  have  already  reached  their  full  size;  although 
there  is  no  vestiture  developed  on  them  and  their  outline  and 
segmentation  are  indefinite.  The  wing-pads,  also,  (</),  are  as 
large  as  they  will  become  before  emergence  but  show  no  signs  of 
the  venation  which  is  proininent  at  a  later  stage.  They  are  folded 
ventrally  about  the  sides  of  the  body. 

The  mouth-parts  are  visible  as  long,  cylindrical,  fleshy  buds  {e). 
The  eyes  are  not  indicated  externally  except  as  irregular  oval 
areas  about  half  the  size  of  the  adult  eye  antero-dorsal  in  position, 
bounded  by  a  slightly  elevated  ridge. 

A  considerably  later  stage  shows  the  abdomen  still  cylindrical 
without  color  and  with  only  a  little  vestiture,  the  segments  faintly 
indicated  by  constrictions,  the  fatty  granules  gone.     The  head  is. 


486  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  5, 

well  developed,  the  eyes  pale  but  full  sized,  the  facets  faintly 
marked.  The  ocelli  are  white,  rounded  projections.  The  anten- 
nse  full-sized  but  colorless,  bent  ventrally,  arista  pale  extending 
laterally.  The  thorax  is  hardly  fully  expanded,  pale  fleshy,  the 
vestiture  very  faint.  A  decided  flexure  at  the  junction  of  thorax 
and  abdomen  throws  the  scutellum  beneath  the  anterior  part 
of  the  abdomen. 

The  mouth-parts  are  short,  thick,  fleshy  cjdinders.  The  eyes 
approach  each  other  at  the  lower  part  of  the  head  more  closely 
than  in  the  adult.  The  legs  are  definiteh^  segmented  and  of 
definite  outline  the  vestiture  and  claws  pale.  The  femora  extend 
antero-laterally,  the  fore  and  middle  tibiae  and  tarsi  postero- 
medially  parallel  to  the  femora.  The  hind  tibi«  however  develops 
a  strong  flexure  (Fig.  52,  a).  This  leg  is  bent  up  under  the  wing- 
pad  and  back,  the  tarsus  projecting  to  the  tip  of  the  abdomen  on 
the  median  ventral  line.  The  tibia  is  bent  beyond  the  middle  at 
an  angle. of  150°  thus  shortening  the  extent  of  the  leg  posteriorly. 

The  wings  are  pale  and  fleshy  but  show  the  de\-elopment  of 
the  adult  venation.  There  is  a  prominent  U-shaped  loop  about 
the  middle  of  the  costal  margin  and  the  rest  of  the  wing  is  very 
much  crumpled  and  folded. 

In  a  later  stage  (Fig.  54)  very  shortly  before  emergence,  the 
dark  reddish-brown  color  of  the  eyes  and  the  black  and  yellow 
banding  of  the  abdomen  showed  clearly;  the  vestiture  was  well 
developed  and  the  shape  and  segmentation  that  of  the  adult  with 
the  following  exceptions:  The  scutellum  is  broader  and  flatter 
than  in  the  adult  condition,  the  thorax  flesh}',  without  any  of  the 
adult  coloring,  but  with  the  \'estiture  well  developed,  showing 
three  longitudinal  bands.  The  mouth-parts  are  fleshy,  flattened, 
unextended.  Wings  much  as  in  the  earlier  stage  but  with  hairs 
on  the  margin,  veins  black.  The  two  wing  membranes  are  not 
apposed  and  much  corrugated,  blue-gray  in  color. 

Since  the  generations  are  considerably  confused  during  any 
season,  the  date  of  pupation  can  be  stated  only  in  a  general  wa}^ 
This  ma^'  be  inferred  from  the  dates  given  for  the  occurrance 
of  the  larvte.  In  experiments  indoors  from  the  flrst  eggs  deposited 
in  spring,  I  secured  pupas  on  May  22.  AVinter  is  sometimes 
passed  in  the  pupa  stage  but  whether  this  is  the  only  method  of 
wintering  I  cannot  say. 

This  stage  is  for  the  most  part  passed  in  the  same  location  as 
the  larval.  I  have  found  puparia  glued  by  the  posterior  segment 
to  leaves  of  cabbage  and  among  flower-  and  leaf -axils  of  Rumex 
crispus.  Some  of  the  specimens  kept  on  potted  cabbage,  were 
found  as  pupa?  buried  under  a  half  inch  or  more  of  the  soil  in  the 
pot.   The  puparium  becomes  very  hard  and  more  or  less  impervious. 


Mar.,  1912.]  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  III.  487 


Adult. 

Description  after  Wiedemann,  Auss,  Zw.  Ins.  II,  129,  22,  and 
Osten  Sacken,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  XVIII,  Ho. 

cf ,  9  .  Length  S-10  mm.  Female.  Face  yellow,  in  certain 
positions  with  a  pearly  luster,  with  a  brown  stripe  in  the  middle, 
which  begins  at  the  oral  margin  but  does  not  reach  the  antenna; 
the  latter  brownish-black,  reddish  on  the  underside  of  the  third 
joint.  Cheeks  blackish,  but  separated  from  the  mouth  by  a  narrow 
yellow  border,  which  on  the  underside  of  the  mouth  completely  cuts 
off  connection  between  the  black  color  on  both  sides.  Front 
brownish  bronze  color,  powdered  with  yellow  on  each  side.  Im- 
mediately above  each  antenna  there  is  a  brownish  spot  sometimes 
continued  above  into  an  indefinite  black  stripe;  vertex  metallic 
bronze  or  black,  eyes  bare.  Thorax  metallic  greenish  black, 
unstriped;  with  scattered  luteous  pile;  on  the  sides,  in  front  of 
the  base  of  the  wing,  yellowish;  elsewhere  metallic  green;  scutel- 
lum  metallic  yellow,  with  a  bluish  reflection  and  sparse  3^el- 
low  pile.  First  abdominal  segment  metallic  blue;  the  rest  of  the 
abdomen  black  with  bright  yellow  cross-bands.  The  first  abdom- 
inal cross-band  is  not  interrupted  but  co-arctate  in  the  middle; 
its  ends  do  not  touch  the  margin  of  the  abdomen,  but  are  separated 
from  it  by  a  narrow  black  l3order;  sometimes  a  brownish  mark  in 
the  middle  of  this  band  gives  it  the  appearance  of  being  sub- 
interrupted.  The  second  cross-band  is  nearly  as  broad  as  the 
black  cross-band  between  it  and  the  next  yellow  band ;  it  is  usually 
perfectly  straight  (in  some  specimens  the  hind  margin  is  gently 
sinuate) ;  its  ends  do  not  touch  the  lateral  margin  of  the  abdomen ; 
they  are  cut  obliquely,  fonning  a  sharp  angle  anteriorly,  and  a 
rounded  one  posteriorly ;  the  fornier  almost  touches  the  margin  of 
the  abdomen.  The  third  band  is  similar  to  the  second,  only  its 
hind  margin  is  more  perceptibly  arcuated.  The  posterior  margin 
of  the  fourth  segment  has  as  usual,  a  narrow  yellow  border;  the 
fifth  likewise,  and  two  yellow  spots  at  the  base  besides.  Femora 
yellow;  the  four  anterior  ones  in  some  specimens  brownish  at  the 
extreme  base  only ;  the  hind  pair  with  a  more  or  less  dictinct  brown 
ring  on  the  distal  half;  four  anterior  tibia?  and  tarsi  yellow;  the 
hind  tibiae  sometimes  with  a  brownish  ring,  the  hind  tarsi  brownish. 

Male  (Fig.  44).  Front  yellow,  with  a  more  or  less  distinct 
brown  spot  above  each  antenna;  cross-bands  on  the  abdomen 
broader  than  in  the  female,  and  distintly  broader  than  the  black 
interval  between  them;  posteriorly,  they  are  often  nearly  straight, 
sometimes  distinctly  arcuate,  especially  the  third  band.  The 
yellow  spots  on  the  second  segment  are  not  coalescent,  but  sepa- 
rated by  a  narrow  black  interval  (in  some  specimens  sub-coales- 
cent) ;  the  fifth  segment  is  yellow,  with  a  black  spot  in  the  middle. 
The  four  anterior  femora  are  black  at  the  base;  the  hind  femora 


488  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  5, 

are  usually  black,  with  a  yellow  tip;  sometimes  there  is  a  trace  of 
^•ellow  at  the  base;  hind  tibiae  usually  with  a  brown  ring  in  the 
middle. 

The  adults  have  been  taken  in  large  numbers  about  blossoming 
willow  (Sah'x  sp.)  as  early  as  the  last  few  days  of  Alarch  and  the 
first  of  April,  and  again  about  blossoming  apple  and  pear,  the 
first  of  Alay.  They  are  abundant  in  mid-summer  and  can  be 
taken  about  all  kinds  of  blossoms. 

They  are  pollen  and  nectar  feeders  and  doubtless  of  consider- 
able importance  as  pollenizers  of  fruit  trees  and  other  plants. 
For  this,  and  their  work  in  checking  a]:)hids,  they  are  worthy  every 
jDrotection  that  can  possibly  be  afforded  them. 


Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 

41, 
42 
43 

Fig. 
Fig. 

44 
45 

EXPLAXATIOX  OF  PLATE  XXIII. 

Egg  from  the  side  x  17. 
Dorsal  view  of  egg  x  17. 
A   small  part   of   the   surface   of   egg-shell   showing   sculpturing, 

highly  magnified. 
Adult  cf  about  5  times  natural  size. 
Larva  just  hatched  x  50;  a,  posterior  respiratory  appendage. 

Fig.  4G.  Full-grown  larva  x  7;  a,  antenna,  h,  anterior  spiracle,  c, 
posterior  respiratory  appendage. 

Fig.  47.  Anterior  view  of  larva,  much  enlarged,  showing  mouth-parts, 
antennae,  etc.;  a,  right  anterior  spiracle;  b,  antenna;  c,  upper 
jaw;  d,  lower  jaw;  e,  the  three  pairs  of  mouth-hooks. 

Fig.  48.     Dorsal  view  of  right  anterior  spiracle,  highly  magnified. 

Fig.  49.  End  or  posterior  view  of  posterior  respiratory  organ  x  55;  a, 
dorsal  spiracular  spine;  b,  one  of  the  three  pairs  of  slit-like 
spiracles. 

Fig.  .50.  Side  or  dorsal  view  of  posterior  respiratory  organ  x  oo\  lettering 
as  in  Fig.  49. 

Fig.  51.  Appearance  of  a  part  of  the  puparium  externally  in  the  region  of 
the  mouth-parts  much  enlarged;  a,  right  anterior  spiracle  with 
short  piece  of  trachea  attached;  b,  lower  jaw  of  larva;  c,  upper 
jaw  of  larva;  d,  chitinous  oesophageal  framework;  e,  mouth- 
hooks  of  larva. 

Fig.  .52.     Hind  leg  of  pupa  showing  flexure  of  tibia  at  a. 

Fig.  53.  An  early  pupal  stage  from  the  side;  a,  b,  and  c,  developing  legs; 
d,  wing-pad;  e,  mouth-parts. 

Fig.  .54.  A  much  later  pupal  stage,  ventral  view;  a,  the  delicate  investing 
membrane. 

Fig.  55.     Dorsal  view  of  puparium  x  5;  a,  posterior  respiratory  organ. 

Fig.  .56.  Outline  of  puparium  from  the  side.  The  dotted  outline  is  given 
to  show  the  typical  shape  of  a  parasitized  puparium. 

Fig.  57.     Lateral  view  of  head  of  female  x  7. 

Fig.  58.     Larva  of  parasite,  Bassus  laetatorius,  mouth-parts  at  a,  ventral  view. 

Fig.  .59.     Pupa  of  B.  laetatorius,  ventral  view. 

Figs.  53,  .54,  .58,  and  .59  each  about  5  times  natural  size. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XXIII. 


53  z^  ^    54 

Metcalf  on  " Life-Histories  of  Syrpliidae  III." 


*55 


49°  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  5, 


A  REVISED  TAXONOMY  OF  THE  GRASSES.^ 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

Ha\'ing  had  occasion  to  study  the  grass  flora  of  Ohio  in  connec- 
tion with  the  preparation  of  a  forthcoming  catalog  of  Ohio  plants 
and  having  paid  considerable  attention  to  the  phyletic  arrange- 
ment of  the  flowering  plants,  it  soon  became  evident  to  the  writer 
that  the  usual  arrangement,  as  given  in  recent  systematic  works, 
reverses  the  order  of  nature  and  the  rational  method  of  presenta- 
tion. To  begin  the  grass  series  with  plants  having  such  specialized 
structures  as  one  finds  in  Zea,  Coix,  and  Tripsacum,  is  to  intimate 
that  the  grasses  have  been  evolving  from  the  specialized  to  the 
unspecialized,  from  the  unique  to  the  nomial,  from  the  particular 
to  the  general. 

If  one  makes  a  general  study  of  the  spikelet  and  flower,  the 
order  of  progress  is  indicated  in  a  remarkably  clear  manner  by  a 
long  series  of  degenerations  and  vestigial  parts.  The  evidence 
is  incontrovertable  to  anyone  ^^'ho  can  entertain  any  modern 
views  on  the  doctrine  of  evolution  as  applied  to  these  plants.  The 
conclusion  seems  inevitable — the  bamboos  and  arundinarias  are 
the  most  primitive  grasses  while  gama-grass,  Job's-tears,  and 
Indian  corn  are  among  the  most  extreme  specializations  to  be 
found  not  alone  in  the  Graminaceae  but  even  in  the  whole  group  of 
flowering  plants. 

In  order  to  present  the  arrangement  clearly  to  students  of 
systematic  botany,  a  brief  description  of  the  teniiinology,  with  a 
synopsis  of  the  tribes  usually  recognized  and  a  systematic  list  of 
the  local  genera,  is  given  below. 

TERMINOLOGY    OF    THE    GRASS    INFLORESCENCE 

The  inflorescence  of  a  grass  is  made  up  of  compact  flower- 
bearing  branchlets  known  as  spikelets.  In  general,  the  spikelet 
of  a  grass  is  of  the  same  importance  in  identification  as  the  flower 
in  most  other  groups.  The  spikelet  usually  has  two  bracts  at  the 
base  which  are  called  the  empty  glumes.  These  may  be  disting- 
uished as  the  outer  and  inner  empty  glumes.  Each  flower  is  also 
normally  inclosed  in  two  bracts,  called  the  flowering  glumes.  The 
outer  of  these  glumes  is  called  the  lemma  the  inner  the  palet.  All 
of  these  bracts  can  thus  be  called  glumes  collectively.  Through 
reduction  of  the  spikelet  and  degeneration  of  the  flower,  part  of 
the  glumes  may  be  absent  or  vestigial,  or  extra  glumes  may 
be  present.  Usually  there  are  2  (sometimes  3)  minute  bracts  or 
scales  at  the  base  of  the  flower,  within  the  flowering  glumes.  These 


1  Contribution.s     from     the     Botanical     Laboratory     of     Ohio     State 
University,  67, 


Mar.,  1912.]        A  Revised  Taxonomy  of  the  Grasses.  491^ 

are  called  lodicules  and  are  supposed  to  represent  a  vestigial 
perianth. 

The  synopsis  given  below  corresponds  quite  closely  with  that 
of  Bessey,  given  in  his  "Outline  of  Plant  Phyla,  Second  Edition." 
I  might  add  however,  that  my  own  arrangement  was  worked  out 
independently  several  >'cars  ago  before  I  knew  that  Dr.  Bessey 
was  working  on  the  same  problem.  To  anyone  interested,  a 
coinparison  of  the  two  synopses  will  indicate  in  some  degree  the 
basis  on  which  phyletic  classification  rests  and  the  extent  of 
agreement  to  be  attained  by  workers  not  influenced  by  nor  follow- 
ing any  adopted  "authority. " 

SYNOPSIS    OF    THE    TRIBES    OF    GRASSES. 

I.  Spikelets  many — 1-flowered;  rachilla  usually  articulated  above 
the  empty  glumes  which  are  persistent  after  the  fall  of  the 
flowers;  spikelets  usually  more  or  less  laterally  compressed. 

1.  Aerial  stems  entirely  woody  or  at  least  woody  at  the  base, 

perennial;    lodicules  usually  3;    leaf -blade  with  a 
short  petiole  articulated  with  the  sheath. 
Subfamily,  Bambusatae. 

a.    Tribe,    BambusecB. 

2.  Aerial  stems  herbaceous  and  annual;  lodicules  usually  2; 

leaf-blades  sessile,  without  a  joint. 
Subfamily,  Poacatae. 

(1).  Spikelets  2 — many-flowered;  in  panicles,  spike-like 
panicles  or  racemes. 

a.  Flowering  glumes  as  long  or  longer  than  the  empty 

glumes,  unawned  or  with  a  straight  awn  from 
the  apex.  Tribe,    Festucea. 

b.  Flowering  glumes  generally  shorter  than  the  empty 

glumes,  usually  with  a  bent  awn  on  the  back; 
callus  and  usually  the  rachilla-joints  hairy. 

Tribe,    AvenecB. 

(2).  Spikelets  1 — several-flowered,  in  rows,  forming  an 
equilateral  or  1 -sided  spike  or  raceine ;  sometimes 
monosporangiate . 

a.  Spikelets  sessile  in  2  opposite  rows,   forming  an 

equilateral  spike;  leaf -blades  bearing  at  base  a 
more  or  less  well-marked  pair  of  auriculate 
appendages.  Tribe,   H  or  decs. 

b.  Spikelets  sessile  in  2  rows  on  one  side  of  a  flattened 

axis,  fonning  1 -sided  spikes  which  are  digitate 
or  paniculate,  or  sometimes  solitary. 

Tribe,    Chloridece. 


492  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  5, 

(3).  Spikelets  with  but  one  perfect  flower,  or  monosporan- 
giate;  always  in  panicles  or  racemes,  not  in  rows. 

a.  Spikelets  with  4  or  more  glumes. 

(a).  Third  glume  enclosing  a  perfect  flower  just 
above  the  empty  glumes ;  palet  of  the  perfect 
flower  usually  2-nerved.     Tribe,  Agrostidece. 

(b).  Fifth  ghmie  enclosing  a  perfect  flower  on  the 
top  of  the  spikelet ;  palet  of  the  perfect  flower 
usually  1 -nerved  or  nerveless. 

Tribe,    PhalaridecB. 

b.  Spikelets  usually  with  but  2  glumes,  or  the  lower 

empty  glumes  reduced;  spikelets  often  mono- 
sporangiate.  Tribe,  Oryzea. 

II.  Spikelets  usually  2-flowered  or  by  degeneration  1 -flowered; 
rachilla  articulated  below  the  empty  glumes  which  are  thus 
deciduous  with  the  flowers;  spikelets  more  or  less  dorsally 
compressed;  aerial  stems  annual. 

Subfamily,  Panicatae. 

1.  Flowering  glumes,  at  least  of  the  perfect  flowers,  similar  in 

texture  to  the  empty  glumes,  or  frequently  coria- 
ceous or  chartaceous  (indurated),  never  thin 
and  hyaline. 

a.  Flowering  glumes  of  the  perfect  flowers  chartaceous  or 

coriaceous,  very  different  from  the  empty  glumes. 

Tribe,    PanicecB. 

b.  Flowering  glumes  membranous. 

(a).  Inflorescence  paniculate,  spikelets  deciduous 
singly  from  the  ultimate  branches;  first  empty 
glume  usually  smaller  and  narrower  than  the  rest. 

Tribe,  Tristeginece. 

(b).  Inflorescence  spikate;  spikelets  deciduous  singly 
or  in  groups;  first  empty  glume  usually  larger 
than  the  rest,  the  second  one  often  spiny. 

Tribe,    ZoysiecB. 

2.  Flowering  glumes  thin  and  hyaline,  much  more  delicate  in 

structure  than  the  thick-membranous  or  coriaceous 
empty  glumes. 

a.  Spikelets  in  pairs,  one  usually  sessile  the  other  pedi- 

cellate, the  sessile  spikelet  with  a  perfect  flower, 
the  pedicellate  one  with  a  perfect,  staminate,  or 
sterile  (vestigial)  flower;  lemmas  of  the  perfect 
flowers  usually  awned.         Tribe,   Andropogonece. 

b.  Spikelets  monosporangiate,  in  separate  inflorescences 

or  in  different  parts  of  the  same  infloresence,  the 
carpellate  portion  or  inflorescence  below,  the 
staminate  above;  lemmas  awnless. 

Tribe,  Maydece. 


Mar.,  1912.]         .4  Revised  Taxonomy  of  the  Grasses. 


493 


SERIAL    LISTS    OF 


Bromus. 

Uniola. 

Melica. 

Festuca. 

Panicularia. 

Poa. 

Dactylis. 

Eragrostis. 

Danthonia. 
Arrhenatherum. 
Trisetum. 
A vena. 


Lolium. 
Agropyron. 
Triticum. 
Secale. 


Spartina. 

Beckmannia. 

Capriola. 

Sporobolus. 

Calamagrostis. 

Agrostis. 

Apcra. 

Cinna. 

Ammophila. 

Alopecurus. 

Heleochloa. 


Savastana. 
Phalaris. 

Homalocenchrus. 
Zizaniopsis. 

Panicum . 

Syntherisma. 

Echinochloa. 


Sorghum. 
Sorghastrum. 


Tripsacum. 
Coix. 


THE  LOCAL  GENERA  OF  GRASSES. 

Festucece. 

Eatonia. 

Koeleria. 

Korycarpus. 

Tricuspis. 

Triplasis. 

Cynosurus. 

Phragmites. 


Avenece. 


Hordece. 


Chloridece. 


AgrostidecE. 


Phalaridece. 

OryzecB. 

Panicece. 

AndropogonecE. 
Maydece. 


Deschampsia. 

Aira. 

Holcus. 


Elynius. 
Hystrix. 
Hordeum. 


Eleusine. 

Atheropogon. 

Bouteloua. 


Phleum. 

Muhlenbergia. 

Brachyelytrum. 

Milium. 

Oryzopsis. 

Stipa. 

Aristida. 


Anthoxanthum . 


Zizania. 


Paspalum. 

Chaetochloa. 

Cenchrus. 


Manisuris. 
Andropogon. 

Zea. 


494  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  5, 


OHIO  MOLES  AND  SHREWS. 

Jas.  S.  Hixe. 

The  Ohio  members  of  the  Order  Insectivora,,  coinmonlY  called 
moles  and  shrews,  have  been  quite  extensively  collected  in  the 
state  and  some  things  in  regard  to  their  habits  and  distribution 
msij  be  said.  The  moles  are  easily  distinguished  from  the  shrews 
by  their  larger  size  and  wider  front  feet.  Three  of  each  have  been 
taken  and  there  is  a  possibility  that  other  species  of  shrews  exist 
within  our  territory,  at  least  the  adjoining  states  that  have  pub- 
lished lists  of  mammals  all  enumerate  more  than  three,  but  as 
Ohio  is  between  the  East  and  the  West  from  the  famial  standpoint 
one  is  not  surprised  when  some  of  the  species  listed  from  Pennsvl- 
vania  and  Indiana  are  not  taken. 

The  common  or  short  tailed  shrew,  Blarina  brevicauda,  is  the 
most  abundant  species  of  the  order  in  the  state.  Trapping  in 
any  section  and  under  various  conditions  is  sure  to  reveal  this 
species  at  the  outset  and  it  continues  to  appear  in  the  traps  day 
after  day  until  the  collector,  who  is  always  desirous  of  variety, 
feels  more  or  less  disgusted  and  resolves  to  try  another  locality 
only  to  find  the  same  condition  of  things.  Deep  woods,  open 
fields,  high  or  low  grounds  seem  to  attract  it,  in  fact,  one  is  not 
able  to  name  a  single  place  where  it  may  not  be  found. 

This  little  animal  is  near  the  size  of  the  common  house  mouse 
and  is  largely  camiverous  in  its  feeding  habits.  Some  authors 
state  that  habitually  it  never  takes  vegetable  food.  Insects  of 
various  kinds  are  taken  in  large  numbers,  angle  worms  and  snails 
are  eaten  commonly  and  small  rodents,  like  mice  of  some  species, 
often  lose  their  lives  to  satisfy  its  insatiable  appetite.  Shull  has 
given  a  very  full  account  of  the  short-tailed  shrew  in  the  American 
Naturalist  from  observations  taken  at  Ann  Arbor  and  one  should 
read  this  paper  in  order  to  know  the  ecomonic  value  of  the  species. 
Since  mice  and  injurious  insects  are  so  often  used  as  food  by  it  the 
amount  of  good  done  is  considerable  and  since  it  is  not  known  to 
eat  anything  of  special  value  we  should  consider  this  shrew  almost 
wholh^  beneficial  and  worthy  of  consideration. 

The  shrews  do  not  have  the  habit  of  heaving  the  ground  to  the 
same  extent  as  the  moles  and  consequently  are  not  considered 
particularly  injurious  from  that  standpoint.  Although  the 
common  shrew  is  so  abundant  and  found  in  every  section  of  the 
state  it  is  not  seen  usually  by  people  who  are  not  looking  for  it. 
Its  retiring  and  more  or  less  nocturnal  habits  prevent  it  from  being 
:  seen  often,  and  the  odor  which  is  associated  with  it  is  more  or  less 
.^  of  a  protection  from  some  animals  which  would  otherwise  prove 


Mar.,  1912.]  Ohio  Moles  and  Shrews.  495 

to  be  its  serious  enemies.  Hawks  and  owls  as  well  as  various  spe- 
cies of  snakes  are  known  to  feed  upon  the  common  shrew  occasion- 
ally but  it  seems  that  this  animal,  although  so  abundant,  is  not 
used  as  food  by  various  camiverous  animals  to  the  extent  that  is 
the  case  with  some  of  the  small  rodents. 

The  least  shrew,  Blarina  parva,  appears  to  be  present  in  most 
parts  of  Ohio  as  it  has  been  observed  and  taken  in  Ashtabula, 
Summit,  Franklin  and  Hamilton  counties.  The  appearance  of 
the  species  in  Ashtubala  county  is  of  interest  as  most  authors  do 
not  record  it  so  far  north.  R.  J.  Sim,  who  lives  at  Jefferson, 
states  that  he  usually  sees  three  or  four  each  year  without  making 
special  efforts  to  find  them,  so  it  is  not  particularly  rare.  In  Summit 
county  numerous  specimens  have  been  taken  and  some  of  them 
are  in  the  museum  at  the  University. 

The  long-tailed  or  masked  shrew,  Sorex  personatus,  has  been 
taken  in  Mahoning  and  Ashtabula  counties  only,  but  from  its 
range  in  adjoining  states,  probably  exists  in  other  sections  but  on 
account  of  its  retiring  habits  and  small  size  has  been  overlooked. 

The  prairie  mole,  Scalop  aquaticus  machrinus,  is  known  to  be 
distributed  quite  generally  over  western  Ohio.  It  is  a  subspecies 
of  the  common  mole  of  eastern  United  States  east  of  the  Allegheny 
Mountains.  Rhodes  studied  the  fauna  of  Pennsylvaina  west 
of  the  Allegheny  Mountains  very^  carefully  without  finding  evi- 
dence of  the  existence  of  either  the  common  mole  or  its  subspecies. 
Since  the  prairie  mole  is  known  to  be  veiy  common  in  western 
Ohio  from  Michigan  to  the  Ohio  River,  the  eastern  limit  of  this 
subspecies  falls  within  the  state  and  so  we  are  interested  in  deter- 
mining the  most  eastern  station  where  specimens  liave  been 
taken.  It  is  well  known  from  Columbus  but  in  the  vicinity  of 
Akron  where  I  have  collected  quite  extensively  it  has  not  been 
taken.  Because  one  does  not  take  a  certain  species  in  a  locality 
is  not  always  conclusive  proof  that  it  docs  not  occur  but  on  the 
other  hand  the  distribution  of  animals  is  stated  from  the 
actual  evidence  procured  and  this  evidence  points  towards  the 
conclusion  that  the  mole  in  question  does  not  appear  in  Summit 
and  Medina  counties  but  is  replaced  by  the  two  other  species  of 
Ohio  moles,  both  of  which  have  been  taken.  It  is  very  desirable 
that  persons  finding  any  of  the  moles  and  shrews  in  their  localities, 
let  the  facts  be  known  so  that  some  of  these  questions  of  distribu- 
tion may  be  better  understood. 

The  very  peculiar  star-nosed  mole,  Condylura  cristata,  is 
known  to  be  a  resident  of  Ohio  by  the  capture  of  more  than  a 
dozen  specimens,  including  one  taken  as  late  as  1910.  Summit 
county  can  claim  most  records,  for  at  least  nine  specimens  have 
been  captured  in  this  county  as  the  records  kept  by  Eugene  F. 
Cranz,   of   Ira,    show.     The   species   is   known   from   Ashtabula,. 


496  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  5, 

Cuyahoga,  Richland  and  other  counties,  and  if  the  facts  were 
known  I  suspect  it  occurs  throughout  northern  Ohio,  at  least 
wherever  suitable  conditions  are  to  be  found. 

The  hairy-tailed  or  Brewer  mole,  Parascolops  breweri,  is 
abundant  in  some  parts  of  eastern  Ohio  where  its  injuries  to  lawns 
and  gardens  compare  favorably  with  the  work  of  the  prairie 
mole  in  the  western  part  of  the  state.  Records  of  the  occurrence 
of  the  species  are  at  hand  from  Cuyahoga,  Summit,  Franklin  and 
Adams  counties  which  so  far  as  known  marks  what  has  been  con- 
sidered somewhere  near  the  western  limit  of  the  range  of  the  species, 
although  recently  Hahn  mentions  it  in  his  Mammals  of  Indiana 
and  says  that  the  occurrence  in  that  state  is  not  beyond  the  range 
of  possibilities.  I  would  like  to  know  of  any  records  which  extend 
the  known  distribution  of  this  mole  westward  from  the  line 
indicated  by  the  comities  named. 

It  develops  therefore  that  the  known  records  of  Ohio  moles 
give  each  species  a  somewhat  definite  distribution  in  the  state 
and  that  so  far  no  locaHty  is  known  to  have  all  three  although  two 
are  known  from  \^arious  places. 


Date  of  Publication,  March  15,  1912. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni-versity. 
Volume  XII.  APRIL,    1912.  No.  6. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 

SCHAFFNER— The  North  American  Lycopods  without  Terminal  Cones 497 

Conger— Some  EIntomophilous  Flowers  of  Cedar  Point,  Ohio 500 

ScHAFFXER— Key  to  the  Fruits  of  the  Genera  of  Trees  of  the  Northern  United  States,  506 
JI ETC ALF— Meeting  of  the  Biolog:eal  Club 512 


THE    NORTH    AMERICAN    LYCOPODS   WITHOUT 
TERMINAL  CONES. 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

There  has  been  some  hesitancy  among  fern  students  in  recog- 
nizing the  validity  of  Lycopodimii  porophikmi  Lloyd  and  Under- 
wood as  a  species.  By  some  it  is  regarded  as  a  variety  or  form  of 
L.  lucidulum  Mx.  This  is  probably  due  to  the  intermediate 
character  of  the  juvenile  forms.  Mature  plants  of  L.  porophilum, 
however,  as  determined  by  the  writer  resemble  L.  selago  L.  more 
closely.  In  Ohio  one  can  collect  either  form  without  difficulty 
and  numerous  specimens  have  been  sent  to  the  Ohio  vState  Her- 
barium. The  species  was  reported  for  Ohio  by  the  writer  in  the 
spring  of  1905  (Ohio  Nat.  5:  301)  as  occurring  in  Fairfield  county. 
In  December,  1906,  while  in  New  York  the  matter  was  discussed 
with  Dr.  Underwood  himself  and  a  careful  examination  was  also 
made  of  the  original  specimens  at  the  New  York  Botanic  Garden. 
Since  that  time  the  Ohio  plants  have  been  L.  porophilum  to  the 
writer  and  the  species  a  good  species. 

Underwood's  description  in  "Our  Native  Ferns  and  their 
Allies,  Sixth  Edition,  Revised"  defines  the  typical  Ohio  specimens 
very  well  and  also  gives  the  characterization  of  the  two  related 
species  correctly  in  their  typical  form,  although  it  does  not  empha- 
size the  character  of  the  general  habit.  Condensations  of  the 
species,  descriptions  arc  as  follows: 

Lycopodium  porophilum.  Leaves  flattened  at  their  bases 
and  ultimately  more  or  less  reflexed.  Prostrate  portion  of  stems 
short,  abundantly  rooting,  curving  upwards,  then  dichotomously 
branching  1-3  times  to  form  a  rather  dense  tuft  (.^-4-  in.  high)  of 
vertical  stems,  densely  clothed  ivith  spreading  or  reflexed  leaves;  leaves 
entire  or  very  minutely  denticulate.     Sandstone  rocks. 

497 


498  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  6, 

Lycopodium  lucidulum.  Leaves  flattened  at  their  bases  and 
ultimately  more  or  less  reflexed.  Prostrate  portion  of  stem  longer, 
freqtientlv  rooting,  curving  upward,  and  dichotomously  branching 
1-3  times  to  form  a  loose  cluster  4-8  in.  high.  Margin  (of  leaf) 
erose  denticulate  above  the  middle 

Lycopodium  selago.  Leaves  hollow  at  their  bases  and  ap- 
pressed.  Prostrate  portion  of  stem  very  short,  abundantly  rooting, 
soon  curving  upward  and  dichotomously  branching  to  form  compact 
tufts  {2-7  in.  high)  of  vertically  placed  branches  with  dense  foliage; 
leaves  more  or  less  appressed,  or  at  least  upwardly  directed,  entire. 


^ig    1       Lycopodium  lucidulum,  Hocking  County,  Ohio. 
JFig!  2.     Lycopodium   porophilum,    Fairfield    County,    Ohio.       Photograph 
by  Forest  B.  H.  Brown. 

The  accompanying  figures  are  given  as  representative  speci- 
mens of  the  three  species.  The  L.  lucidulum  was  collected  ni 
Hocking  countv,  while  the  L.  porophilum  comes  from  Fairfield 
county.  L.  lucidulum  is  successively  dichotomous  in  habit  at  rather 
regular  intervals';  L.  porophilum  is  several  times  dichotomous  in 
close  succession  with  long  unbranched  branches.  The  leaves  agree 
with  Llovd  and  Underwood's  descriptions. 

There  has  been  some  question  as  to  whether  the  Ohio  forms 
referred  to  L.  porophilum  might  not  be  L.  selago.  In  order  to  gain 
an  insight  into  the  character  of  the  European  L.  selago,  the  speci- 
mens at  the  United  States  Natural  Herbarium  were  studied. 
Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  W.  R.  Maxon,  an  English  specimen 
and  an  Alaskan  specimen  were  loaned  to  the  writer  for  special  study. 


April,  1912.] 


North  American  Lycopods 


499 


Photographs  of  what  are  regarded  as  typical  examples  are  here 
presented.  The  English  plant  was  from  Tilgate  forest,  Sussex. 
Both  the  American  and  European  plant  show  plainly  that  the 
branching  habit  of  L.  selago  is  similar  to  that  of  L.  lucidulum. 
The  branching  is  a  successive  dichotomy  at  rather  regular  intervals. 
In  the  European  specimens  the  leaves  are  smoother  and  more 
rigid  in  appearance  than  in  the  Alaskan  jjlants.  In  the  Alaskan 
specimens  the  lea\-es  are  slightl\'  crinkled  and  not  so  rigid  and  the 
surface  has  a  silk}--glossy  appearance.  Specimens  in  the  Ohio 
State  Herbarium  from  Europe  and  from  the  Roan  Mountains  of 
North  Carolina  show  the  same  differences.  The  Ohio  specimens 
of  L.  porophilum  do  not  show  the  crinkled  character  nor  the  silky- 
glossy  surface  of  the  American  L.  selago.  Although  there  is  a 
slight  difference  between  the  American  and  European  L.  selago, 
it  is  too  insignificant  to  be  considered. 


.*K« 


Fig.  3.     Lycopodium  selago,  from  Tilgate  Forest,  Sussex,  England. 
Fig.  4.     Lycopodium  selago,  from  Alaska.     Photograph  by  Forest  B.  H. 
Brown. 


L.  porophilum  is  readily  distinguished  from  L.  selago  by  its 
mode  of  branching  and  by  its  refiexed  lower  leaves.  Mature 
specimens  seem,  however,  to  be  frequently  included  with  L. 
selago  in  collections. 

As  stated  above,  incorrect  determinations  may  easily  be  made 
from  young  specimens,  but  the  recapitulation  of  ancestral  charac- 
ters does  not  invalidate  a  species  that  is  well  differentiated  at 
maturity.  The  figures  presented  above  show  that  we  have  in 
America  three  very  characteristic  fomis  of  the  group  of  Lycopods 
under  consideration  each  of  which  is  distinct  enough  to  be  regarded 
as  a  valid  species. 


500  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.6, 


SOME   ENTOMOPHILOUS  FLOWERS   OF  CEDAR   POINT, 

OHIO. 

Allex  C.  Conger. 

In  a  region  with  such  a  diverse  flora,  and  where  even  the 
casual  observer  is  struck  by  the  great  numbers  of  Hymenoptera 
(bees)  and  Diptera  (flies),  it  is  but  natural  that  the  study  of  those 
flowers  depending  upon  insects  for  pollination  should  prove 
interesting  and  instructive.  The  observations  which  fonn  the 
basis  for  this  article  were  made  during  the  summer  of  1911  under 
the  direction  of  Dr.  O.  E.  Jennings,  Instructor  in  Plant  Ecology 
at  the  Lake  Laboratory,  Cedar  Point,  Ohio,  and  his  suggestions 
have  been  of  great  aid.  Reference  has  been  freely  made  to  books 
at  hand,  especially  to  the  "Hand-book  of  Insect  PolHnation" 
by  Knuth. 

Sir  John  Lubbock  and  Hemiann  Mueller  state  that  blue 
flowers  are  the  favorites  of  bees  and  the  occurrence  in  this  region 
of  a  fauna,  rich  in  H}nmenoptera,  especially  the  solitary  forms, 
and  a  flora  marked  by  many  blue  and  violet  flowers,  especially 
in  or  near  the  sandy  spots  chosen  by  the  bees  for  their  burrows 
would  tend  to  confirm  this  theory. 

Labiates  and  others  alike  show  a  remarkable  similarity  in  the 
relative  positions  of  stamens  and  stigma.  The  majority  of  types 
under  consideration  possess  two  pairs  of  stamens  of  unequal 
length,  the  outer  pair  being  the  longer.  In  nearly  all  cases  the 
anthers  are  found  in  the  upper  lobe  of  the  two-lipped  corolla, 
this  being  the  most  advantageous  position  for  scattering  pollen 
upon  the  insect  visitor.  In  addition,  such  a  position  makes 
difficult  the  stealing  of  pollen  by  unwelcome  visitors,  especially 
the  creeping  forms.  The  styles,  especially  in  the  Labiates  were 
found  to  elongate  with  age  and  undoubtedly  in  some  cases  self- 
pollination  could  occur  as  the  stigmatic  surface  was  being  pushed 
past  the  anthers. 

The  species,  with  one  exception  are  found  in  Knuth 's  Class  4, 
Flowers  with  Concealed  Nectar.  This  class  of  flowers  shows 
much  zygomorphism,  thus  indicating  a  high  degree  of  flower 
specialization.  Reds,  blues,  and  violets  are  the  predominating 
colors  as  opposed  to  the  whites  and  yellows  of  the  flowers  with 
more  exposed  nectar.  The  higher  degree  of  specialization  in  the 
flowers  calls  for  a  corresponding  advance  in  the  specialization  of 
their  visitors.  The  nectar  can  be  conveniently  sipped  by  short- 
tongued  bees  and  long-tongued  wasps,  as  well  as  by  certain  of  the 
Diptera  (Bombylidae  and  Syrphidae)  and  a  number  of  the  Lep- 
idoptera.  This  is  more  difficult  for  the  shorter  tongued  flies 
(Muscidae)  and  for  the  same  reason  the  beetles  are  very  infre- 


A.pril,  1912.]        Entomophilous  Flowers  of  Cedar  Point.  501 

quent  visitors.  A  comparison  with  the  observations  of  Bem- 
bower,  made  in  the  summer  of  1910,  shows  a  remarkable  but  not 
unexpected  contrast  in  the  type  of  insect  visitors  noted.  The 
shorter-tongued  flies  and  the  flower  beetles  (Donacia  and  Dia- 
brotica)  were  not  observed  on  the  flowers  under  consideration  in 
this  report,  while  in  the  white  and  yellow  forms  studied  by  Bem- 
bower  these  were  almost  invariable  visitors.  Undoubtedly  some 
of  the  flowers  under  consideration  are  hymenopterid  flowers,  that 
is,  flowers  modified  especially  for  the  Hymenoptera.  Knuth 
states  (Hand-book  of  Insect  Pollination,  Vol.  1,  p.  117)  that  in 
the  case  of  flowers  with  completely  concealed  nectar,  accessible 
to  bees,  similarly  colored  species  are  in  flgjvq:;  tog'ether.  This 
was  especially  noteworthy  in  the  case  Of  Stachys,  Teucrium, 
Verbena,  and  Mimulus,  as  described  below. 

Nearly  all  the  species  observed  were  found  to  be  protandrous, 
which  appears  to  be  a  common  method  for  preventing  self-pollin- 
ation in  entomophilous  flowers. 

Labiatae    (Mint  family.) 
Blephilia  ciliata. 

Found  here,  growing  in  communities  closely  associated  with 
Nepeta  cataria  (catnip)  this  bluish-purple  flower,  though  small  in 
size,  the  corolla  tube  being  about  9  mm.  in  length,  is  conspicuous 
because  of  the  dense,  globose  whorls  of  the  inflorescence.  The 
corolla  is  nearly  equally  two-lipped;  the  upper  lip  entire,  the  lower 
three-cleft,  the  lateral  lobes  rounded  and  longer  than  the  middle 
one.  The  throat  of  the  corolla  tube  is  dilated  and  here  are  found 
the  style  and  anthers,  the  fonner  slightly  exceeding  the  latter 
in  length. 

Visitors — Diptera;  Syritta  pipiens;  Hymenoptera;  Micro- 
bembex  monodonta,  Agapostemon  radiatus,  A.  splendens,  Odyn- 
erus  forminata,  Bombus  virginicus,  B.  fervidus,  Megachile  lati- 
manus:  Lepidoptera;  Pieris  rapae. 

Stachys  tenuifolia,  var.  aspera. 

Found  along  the  shores  of  the  coves  and  marshes,  closely 
associated  with  Teucrium.  The  lilac  or  pinkish  corolla  is  bila- 
biate, the  upper  lip  arched  and  entire,  the  lower  lip  longer  and 
spreading,  three-lobed,  with  the  middle  lobe  entire  and  marked 
by  a  darker  colored  nectar  guide.  Nectar  is  secreted  at  the  base 
of  the  ovulary  and  stored  in  the  smooth  lower  part  of  the  corolla 
tube,  which  is  8  mm.  long.  The  flowers  are  protandrous.  The 
four  stamens  are  in  two  pairs  of  unequal  length,  the  outer  dehis- 
cing first,  followed  by  the  shorter,  inner  pair.  The  former  then 
diverge  so  that  they  project  laterally  between  the  lips  of  the 
corolla.  The  style  elongates  with  age,  so  that  the  stigma  lobes 
are  brought  to  the  mouth  of  the  flower,  thus  receiving  pollen  from 
the  dorsiun  of  the  larger  insect  visitors. 


502  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  6, 

Visitors — Diptera;  Sphaerophora  cylindrica:  Hymenoptera; 
Microbembex  monodonta,  Agapostemon  radiatus,  Odynenis  fora- 
miiiata,  Bombus  fervidus,  B.  affinis,  Andrena  carlini,  Megachile 
latimanus. 

Teucrium  canadense. 

This  species,  which  varies  in  color  from  cream  to  purple,  is 
common  along  the  shores  of  the  coves  in  this  region.  It  was 
observed  that  the  species  was  closely  associated  in  habitat  with 
Asclepias  incarnata  (swamp  milk-weed),  a  flower  of  about  the 
same  hue,  and  insects  were  seen  to  be  attracted  first  to  the  Ascle- 
pias, then  later  to  visit  the  Teucrium. 

The  corolla  is  very  irregular,  the  four  upper  lobes  are  approxi- 
mately equal  in  size,  but  so  placed  and  directed  forwards  that  there 
appears  to  be  no  upper  lip,  the  lower  lip  is  larger  and  forms  a  con- 
venient landing-place  for  insects.  The  four  stamens  are  unequal 
in  length,  the  outer  pair  exceeding  the  inner  by  about  3mm.  The 
style,  which  lies  between  the  inner  pair  is  approximateh^  the 
length  of  the  outer  pair,  but  curves  less,  so  that  without  external 
causes  self-pollination  would  not  occur. 

The  larger  bees  alight  on  the  lower  corolla  lobes  and  insert  the 
proboscis  at  either  side  into  the  corolla  tube.  As  the  bee's  head 
is  pushed  down  into  the  corolla  the  anthers  are  brought  into 
contact  with  the  dorsal  part  of  the  visitor's  thorax,  which  in  many 
bees  is  distinctly  pilose,  and  thus  pollen  is  dusted  off.  Since  this 
could  hold  true  for  larger  insects,  the  writer  does  not  believe  that 
smaller  Hymenoptera  or  Diptera  are  important  factors  in  cross- 
pollination.  Several  smaller  species  of  Hymenoptera  and  Syr- 
phidae  were  observed  to  alight  directly  on  the  anthers,  grasping 
the  filaments  for  support,  and  possibl}^  in  this  way  could  affect 
cross-pollination. 

Visitors — Diptera;  Syritta  pipiens,  Allograpta  obliqua,  Syr- 
phus  americana,  Eristalis  tenax:  Hymenoptera;  Agapostemon 
radiatus,  A.  splendens,  Ccratina  dupla,  Odynerus  foraminata, 
Melissodes  sp.,  Bombus  virginicus,  B.  americanorum,  B.  affinis, 
Psittyrus  clatus,  Xylocarpa  virginica,  Andrena  carlini,  Elis 
plumipes:  Lepidoptera;  Papilio  philenor,  Epargyreus  tityrus, 
Pieris  rapae. 

Acanthaceae  (Acanthus  family.) 
Dianthera  americana. 

Along  the  water's  edge  on  the  sand  spits  in  Sandusky  Bay, 
the  water  willow  forms  close  communities.  The  corolla  is  two- 
lipped  and  spreading,  the  upper  lip  notched,  the  lower  spreading 
and  three-parted.  The  anthers  are  bi-lobed,  the  lobes  separated 
and  somewhat  unequal,  giving  to  the  genus  its  name,  since  the 
separated  lobes  appear  like  two  anthers  on  each  filament.  The 
styles  lies  against  the  upper  lip,  its  position  being  marked  by  a 


April,  1912.]        Entomophilous  Flowers  of  Cedar  Point.  503 

groove  in  the  basal  part  of  the  lip.  The  corolla  tube  is  short, 
being  about  4  mm.  in  length,  and  the  nectar  is  more  accessible  than 
in  the  other  species  under  consideration.  Microbembex  mono- 
donta,  which  was  the  most  frequent  visitor,  either  alighted  in  the 
lower  lip  thus  coming  in  contact  with  the  anther  lobes  facing 
inward,  or  alighting  on  the  upper  lip  reaching  the  nectar  by  crawl- 
ing down  with  in\'erted  body,  thus  touching  the  anther  lobes  on 
the  ends  of  the  filaments. 

Visitors — Coleoptera;  Anomala  lucicola:  Lepidoptera;  Pieris 
rapae;  Diptcra:  Syritta  pipiens,  Tropidia  quadrata,  Lucilia 
caesar:  Hymenoptera;  Microbembex  monodonta,  Agapostemon 
radiatus,  Andrena  sp.,  Megachile  latimanus. 

Scrophulariaceae   (Figwort  family.) 

Minulus  ringens. 

This  rather  conspicuous  blue  flower  is  found  in  the  marshes 
along  the  bay  shores  of  Cedar  Point.  The  corolla  is  irregular 
bi-labiate,  with  a  narrow  tubular  throat  15  mm.  in  length;  the 
upper  lip  bi-lobed  and  erect,  the  lower  lip  three-lobed  and  spread- 
ing, the  middle  lobe  with  a  yellow  platform  or  palate  which  par- 
tially guards  the  entrance  to  the  corolla  tube.  The  stamens  are 
arranged  as  in  Stachys.  The  style,  which  exceeds  the  outer 
stamens  in  length,  lies  between  the  inner  pair  and  bears  a  bi-lobed 
plate-like  stigma.  No  evidences  of  protandry  or  protogyny  were 
noted,  but  the  action  of  the  irritable  stigma  renders  this  unneces- 
sary, for  an  insect  forcing  its  way  into  the  flower,  first  comes  in 
contact  with  the  stigmatic  lobes,  and  these  being  irritable  close, 
preventing  self-pollination . 

ViTiSTORS — Diptera;  S3^ritta  pipiens,  Allograpta  obliqua,  Sphaer- 
ophora  cylindrica,  Syrphus  americana:  Lepidoptera;  Papilio 
philenor,  Epargyreus  tityrus:  Hymenoptera;  Microbembex  mono- 
donta, Agapostemon  splendens,  A.  radiatus,  Ceratina  dupla, 
Bombus  virginicus,  B.  americanorum,  Megachile  latimanus. 

Verbenaceae   (Vervain  family.) 

Verbena  hastata. 

This  well-known  herb,  the  "Simpler's  Joy",  decorates  the 
sedge  communities  along  the  cove  shore  with  its  slender  spikes  of 
small  blue  flowers.  The  corolla  tube  is  about  4  mm.  in  length, 
with  a  distinct  curve  so  that  the  upper  part  of  the  tube  lies  hori- 
zontal, affording  both  nectar  and  pollen  protection  from  dew 
and  rain. 

The  limb  of  the  corolla  is  five-lobed,  the  lower  three  lobes 
slightly  exceeding  the  upper  two.  The  throat  of  the  slender 
corolla  tube  i=  closed  by  a  ring  of  stifT  hairs  that  efTectually  pro- 
tects   against    .       entrance   of   creeping   forms.     The   stamens, 


504  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  6, 

which  are  of  two  lengths,  are  united  with  the  corolla  tube  for  some 
distance  above  the  stigmatic  surface.  As  the  bee's  proboscis  is 
inserted  into  the  flower  it  pushes  past  the  retrorse  anthers  to  the 
nectar  at  the  base  of  the  tube.  As  the  proboscis  is  withdrawn,  in 
passing  the  anthers  it  bends  them  upward  so  that  the  dehisced 
surfaces,  which  nonnally  lie  downward  and  against  the  corolla 
tube,  deposit  pollen  upon  the  tip  of  the  proboscis  wet  with  nectar. 
Should  insect  visits  fail,  automatic  self-pollination  may  occur 
between  the  shorter  stamens  and  the  stigma,  according  to  Knuth. 
Visitors — Lepidoptera;  Epargyreus  tityrus,  vSpragueia  ona- 
grus,  Lycaena  scudderi:  Diptera;  Syritta  pipiens,  Allograpta 
obliqua,  Sphaerophora  cylindrica,  Tropidia  quadrata,  Helophilus 
latifrons,  Phthiria  cyanoceps;  Hymenoptera;  Microbembex  mono- 
donta,  Agapostemon  radiatus,  Ceratina  dupla,  Odynerus  for- 
aminata,  Megachile  latimanus. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXIV. 

Fig.  1.     Blephilia  ciliata. 

Fig.  2.     Stachj^s  tenuifolia,  showing  relative  po-sition  of  anthers  and  stigma. 

Fig.  3.     Teucrium  canadense,  showing  relation  of  anthers  to  stigma. 

Fig.  4.     Dianthera  americana  showing  separated  anther  lobes. 

Fig.  5.     Mimulus  ringens. 

Fig.  6.     'Verbena  hastata. 

Fig.  7.     Longitudinal  section  of  V.  hastata,  showing  ring  of  hairs  in  throat 

of  corolla,  retrorse  anthers  with  dehiscent  surfaces  downward  and 

against  corolla  tube. 


•Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XXIV. 


Conger  on  "  Entomophilous  Flowers." 


5o6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  6, 

KEY  TO  THE  FRUITS  OF  THE  GENERA  OF  TREES  OF  THE 
NORTHERN  UNITED  STATES. 

John  H.  Schafkner. 

The  complete  fruit  at  maturity,   including  the  peduncle,  is  recjuired 
for  determination. 

1,     Fruit  a  cone,  a  cone-like  catkin,  a  compact  aggregate,  or  an 
ordinary  catkin.     2. 

1.  Fruit  simple,  consisting  of  a  single  carpel  or  set  of  united 

carpels,  not  cone-like  or  catkin-like,  but  often  clustered.  22. 

2.  Fruit  drv  at  maturity.     3. 

2.  Fruit  fleshy.     16. 

3.  Fruit   a   globular   aggregate   of   flowers   on   a   long   slender 

peduncle.     4. 

3.  Fruit  not  globular,  except  in  some  true  cones,  but  ovoid  or 

cylindrical,  peduncle  short  or  if  rather  long  then  thick 
and  rigid.     5. 

4.  Fruit  an  aggregate  of  dehiscent  spiny-pointed  capsules  with 

several  seeds     Liquidambar. 

4.  Fruit  an  aggregate  of  1-seeded  nutlets,  not  spiny-pointed. 

Platanus. 

5.  Fruit  a  true  cone  with  naked  seeds,  or  an  aggregate  of  closed 

carpels   showing  stamen,   petal   and   sepal   scars   on   the 
peduncle.     6. 

5.  Fruit  a  catkin  or  a  cone-like  catkin.     19. 

6.  Seeds  in  closed  carpels,  the  cone-like  fruit  showing  stamen, 

petal,  and  sepal  scars  at  the  base  on  the  peduncle.     7. 

6.  Fruit  a  tnie  cone  wnth  naked  seeds,  not  showing  stamen, 

petal,  and  sepal  scars  on  the  peduncle.     S. 

7.  Carpels  of  the  fruit  forming  dehiscent  follicles  at  maturity; 

the  fleshy  seeds  suspended  from  the  ]^ink  or  rose  tissues  of 
the  fruit  by  slender  threads.     Magnolia. 

7.  Carpels  samara-like,  dry  and  indehiscent.     Liriodendron. 

8.  Cones  with  numerous  ovuliferous  scales,  more  than  15.     9. 
S.     Cones  with  3-12  ovuliferous  scales.     12. 

9.  Cones  erect,  their  scales  deciduous  from  the  persistent  axis;. 

ovuliferous  scales  orbicular  or  broad,  obtuse.     Abies. 
9.     Cones  pendulous  or  projecting  from  the  branch,  the  scales 
persistent.     10. 
10.     Cone  scales  woody  and  thickened  at  the  outer  end,  elongated, 
often  with  a  rigid  point,  spine,  or  prickle.     Pinus. 

10.  Cone  scales  sub-orbicular  or  oval,  sometimes  with  erose  or- 

emarginate  tips.     11. 

11.  Cone  with  subulate  leaf -scales  at  the  base.     Larix. 

11.     Cone  without   subulate  leaf -scales  at  the  base,   short  and 
ovoid,  usually  less  than  13^2  in.  long.     Tsuga. 


April,  1912.]         Key  to  the  Fruits  of  the  Genera  of  Trees.  507 

11.  Cone  without  subulate  leaf-scales  at  the  base,  cylindric  or 

long  ovoid,  usually  1-G  in.  long,  scales  often  with  erose 
or  emarginatc  tips.     Picea. 

12.  Carpels  spirally  arranged.     13. 

12.  Carpels  opposite.     14. 

13.  Cone  globose,  the  scales  closely  compressed  on  the  outside, 

seeds  not  winged.     Taxodium. 

13.  Cone  ovoid,  with  subulate  leaf-scales  at  the  base,  the  car- 

pellate  scales  loose  and  open;  seeds  somewhat  winged. 

Larix. 

14.  Cone  oblong  or  ovoid;   the   scales   not   peltate,   each  with 

2,  winged  seeds.     Thuja. 

14.  Cone  globular  or  spherical,  the  scales  peltate.     15. 

15.  Carpellate  scales  with  many  narrowly-winged  seeds. 

Cupressus. 

15.  Carpellate  scales  with  2-3  more  or  less  winged  seeds. 

Chamaecyparis. 

16.  Fruit  globose,  over  2  in.  in  diameter.     17. 

16.  Fruit  elongated,  ovoid  or  cylindrical.     IS. 

17.  Fruit  green  or  yellowish-green,  3-5  in.  in  diameter.   Toxylon. 

17.  Fruit  an  aggregate  of  red  drapes  projecting  beyond  the  per- 

sistent perianths.     Broussonetia. 

18.  Fruit  very  juicy,   consisting  of  a  catkin-like  aggregate  of 

small  fleshy  flowers.     Morus. 
18.     Fruit  an  aggregate  of  carpels,  the  ripe  follicles  dehiscent, 
and  the  seeds  pendant  from  slender  threads.     Magnolia. 

18.  Frait  a  small  blue  berry-like  cone.     Juniperus. 

19.  Catkin    composed   of  capsules  with  numerous  seeds  having 

tufts  of  cottony  hairs.     20. 

19.  Catkin   containing  1-seeded  nutlets,  achenes,  or  samara-like 

nutlets.     21. 

20.  Capsule  with  a  little  cup  at  the  base.     Populus. 

20.  No  cup  at  the  base  of  the  capsule  but  1  or  2  little  glands 

may  be  present.     Salix. 

21.  Fruiting  catkin  with  leaf -like  bracts;  nutlets  with  ridges, 

somewhat  compressed.     Carpinus. 

21.  Fruiting  catkin  hop-like,  with  bladder-like  bracts;  nutlets 
somewhat  compressed,  ridges  inconspicuous.     Ostrya. 

21.  Fruiting  catkin  woody  and  cone-like,  nutlets  small  com- 
pressed, winged  or  wingless.     Alnus. 

21.  Fruiting  catkin  compact  with  rather  thin  scale-like  bracts, 

cone-like;   nutlets   compressed,   membranous-winged;   sa- 
mara-like.    Betula. 

— 22 — 

22.  Fruit  a  dry  or  nearly  dry  samara,  nut,   achene,   bean,  or 

capsule,  or  a  dry  drupe.     23. 
22.     Fruit  fleshy,  indehiscent.     00. 


5o8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  6, 

23.     Fruit  or  the  peduncle  prominently  winged.     2-i. 

23.  Fruit  and  peduncle  not  with  wings.     30. 

24.  Peduncle  of  the  fruit  cluster  with  a  large  wing;  fruit  a  dry 

drupe.     Tilia. 

24.  Peduncle  not  winged;  fruit  a  true  samara,  or  with  1  or  more 
~         prominent  wings.     25. 

25.  Fruit  with  a  prominent  spine-like  beak  at  the  tip  and  with 

2  or  4  wings,  large.     Mohrodendron. 
25.     Fruit  not  with  a  prominent  spine-like  point.     26. 
2C.     Fi*uit  double  with  2  cavities  and  2  large  wnngs.     Acer. 
26'.     vSamara  with  a  wing  all  around  or  with  a  single  wing  at  the 

end.     27. 
27.     Samara  circular,  oval,  or  broader  than  long.     28. 

27.  Samara  elongated.     29. 

28.  Wing  extending  around  the  fruit,  very  veiny,  glabrous;  long- 

peduncled,    calyx    not    present    or    very    inconspicuous; 
cavities  2,  1  usually  empty.     Ptelea. 
28.     Wing  notched  at  the  apex,  usually  veiny;  fniit  long-pedun- 
cled,  calyx  present ;  cavity  1  w4th  1  seed.     Ulmus. 

28.  Wing  on  the  two  sides  of  the  fruit,  with  2  stigmas  at  the  apex; 

fruit  sessile,  small.     Betula. 

29.  Wing  extending  as  far  Ijelow  the  central  seed  as  beyond  it. 

Ailanthus. 

29.  Wing  terminal  or  extending  along  the  sides  of  the  seed  but 

not  beneath  it.     Fraxinus. 

30.  Fruit   a   dehiscent   bean,    follicle,   or  capsule,   usually  with 

several  seeds.     31. 

30.  Fruit  an  indehiscent  nut,  achene,  or  dry  drupe  with  1  cavity 

and  1  seed;  often  partly  or  completely  enclosed  in  a  cup 
or  husk.     47. 

31.  Fruit  a  bean  or  legume  with  1  cavity  and  2  sutures;  seeds 

not  winged.     32. 

31.  Fruit  a  capsule;  if  bean-like  then  with  2  cavities.     35. 

32.  Bean  an  inch  or  more  broad,  mostly  with  pulp.     33. 

32.  Bean  about  }/2  in.  broad,  without  pulp.     34. 

33.  Bean  very  hard  and  thick,  seed  %  in.  long.     Gymnocladus. 

33.  Bean  not  very  woody,  thin,  seed  less  than  I'o  in.  long. 

Gleditsia. 

34.  Bean  with  a  prominent  ridge  on  each  side  of  one  suture, 

apex  long-acute.     Cercis. 
34.     Bean  with  the  2  sutures  nearly  alike,  apex  mucronate,  or  with 

a  slender  point,  sometimes  bristly.     Robinia. 
34.     Bean  usually  irregular  and  somewhat  constricted  into  joints, 

apex  abruptly  acute,  calyx  containing  long  filaments. 

Cladrastis. 
2>o.     Seed  with  wings  or  a  tuft  of  cottony  hairs.     30. 


April,  1912.]         Key  to  the  Fruits  of  the  Genera  of  Trees.  509 

35.  Seed  without  wings  or  hairs.     39. 

36.  Seed  with  a  tuft  of  hairs,  capsule  small.     37. 

36.  Seed   with   wings,    the  wings   sometimes   with   a   fringe   of 

long  hairs.     38. 

37.  Capsvtle  with  a  little  cup  at  the  base.     Populus. 

37.  No  cup  at  the  base  of  the  capsule  but  1  or  2  little  glands 

may  be  present.     Salix. 

38.  Capsule  very  long,  wings  of  seed  with  a  fringe  of  hairs. 

Catalpa. 

38.  Capsule  short,  wing  of  seed  without  hairs.     Paulo wnia. 

39.  Seeds  very  large,  3^-2  in.  in  diameter.     40. 

39.  Seeds  much  less  than  3^2  in-  in  diameter.     41. 

40.  Seed  smooth  with  a  large  light  spot  at  one  end,  without 

ridges  or  angles.     Aesculus. 

40.  Seed  with  two  or  inore  vertical  ridges,  without  a  special  light 

spot — a  nut  in  an  enclosing  husk  which  may  be  mistaken 
for  a  capsule.     Hicoria. 

41.  Seeds  with  a  fleshy,  scarlet  aril,  capsule  lobed.    Euonymus. 

41.  Seeds  without  an  aril.     42. 

42.  Seeds  1  or  2,  capsule  not  bladdery.     43. 

42.  Seeds  several  to  many.     44. 

43.  Capsules  small  without  a  cup  at  the  base.     Xanthoxylum. 

43.  Capsule  woody,   3^2  in.  long,  with  a  prominent  cup  at  the 

base;  seeds  2,  oblong.     Hamamelis. 

44.  Capsule  triocular,  large,  bladdery.     45. 

44.  Capsule  with  5 — ^many  cavities,  small.     40. 

45.  Capsule  3-lobed  at  the  tip,  with  3  styles,  usually  widest  at 

the  middle  or  toward  the  outer  end.     Staphylea. 

45.  Capsule  with  a  long,  acute  tip,  with  a  single  style,  widest 

below  the  middle.     Koelreuteria. 

46.  Capsules  mostly  woody,  oblong,  ]3ubcrulent;  in  corymbose 

or  umbellate  clusters.     Rhododendron. 
46.     Capsules  depressed-globose,  somewhat  5-lobed;  in  corjrmbose 
or  umbellate  clusters.     Kalmia. 

46.  Capsules     ovoid-]jyraniidal,     5-angled;     in     large     panicled 

racemes.     Oxydendrum. 

47.  Fruit  a  dry  diTipe,  or  diiipe-like;  exocarp  softer  than  the  bony 

endocarp.     48. 

47.  Fi"uit  a  nut  or  achene,  the  pericarp  not  in  2  layers;  often 

partly  or  completely  enclosed  in  a  cup  or  husk.     49. 

48.  Fruit  globose,  3<£  in.  or  more  in  diameter,  on  winged  peduncles 

Tilia. 
48.     Fruit  obliquely  ovoid,  compressed,  ridged  on  the  back  and 

covered  with  prominent  soft  processes.     Planera. 
48.     Fruit  subglobose,  nearly  symmetrical,   |  in.  long,  pubescent 

or  if  not  the  stone  striate.     Rhus. 


510  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  6, 

48.  Fruit  obliquely  oblong  or  oval,  compressed,  gibbous,  |  in. 

long,  reticulate-veined.     Cotinus. 

49.  Nut  sharply    3-angled;    usually  2  together  in  the  4-valved 

bur.     Fagus. 

49.  Nut  not  3-angled.     50. 

50.  Nut  less  than  }4  in.  long,  somewhat  compressed.     51. 

50.  Nut  large,  more  than  3^  in.  long,  or  if  not  then  circular  in 

cross-section.     52. 

51.  Nut  with  ridges;  fruiting  bract  3-cleft  and  incised.   Carpinus. 

51.  Ridges  of  the  nutlet  inconspicuous,  fruiting  bract  bladder- 

like.    Ostrya. 

52.  Nut  with  2  or  3  prominent  ridges,  sometimes  with  rough 

wrinkles.     53. 

52.  Nut  not  with  ridges.     54. 

53.  Nut  rugose  or  sculptured;  husk  indehiscent.     Juglans. 

53.  Nut  smooth  or  angled,   husk  at  length  splitting  into  seg- 

ments.    Hicoria. 

54.  Nut  ovoid-oblong  or  subglobose;  cup  with  imbriacted,  more 

or  less  united  bracts.     Quercus. 
54.     Nut  plano-convex  or  rounded ;  bur  globose  and  very  prickly. 

Castanea. 
54.     Seed,  which  may  be  mistaken  for  a  nut,  not  showing  a  style, 
large  and  shining;  capsule  splitting  into  3  valves. 

Aesculus. 


-55- 


55.  Fruit  a  pome,  the  carpels  enclosed  by  an  adnate,  perigynous 

disk  or  hypanthium.     5(3. 
oo.     Fruit  a  berry,  or  berry-like,  wifh  several  seeds.     GO. 
do.     Fruit  a  drupe,  or  drupe-like,  with  a  stone  or  pit  and  with 

1  or  rarely  2  seeds.     66. 

56.  Ripe  carpels  of  the  ]oomc  papery  or  leathery.     57. 

56.  Ripe  carpels  bony.     Crataegus. 

57.  Pome  small  and  berry-like.     58. 

57.  Pome  large,  fleshy  like  the  apple.     59. 

58.  Pome  scarlet  when  ripe,  cavities  not  more  than  5.    Sorbus. 

58.  Pome    purplish-red    to    purplish-blue    when    ripe,    cavities 

usually  10.     Amelanchier. 

59.  Seeds  not  more  than  3  in  each  cavity;  pome  tapering  into  the 

peduncle;  flesh  with  grit-cells.     Pyrus. 
59.     Seeds  not  more  than  3  in  each  cavity;  pome  sunk  in  at  both 

ends,  its  flesh  without  grit-cells.     Mains. 
59.     Seeds  many  in  each  cavity,  flesh  of  pome  hard.     Cydonia. 
(JO.     Berry  large,  very  much  elongated,  green  with  }'ellow  pulp 

and  large  brown  seeds.     Asimina. 
iH).     Berry  ovoid  or  globose.     61. 


April,  1912.]         Key  to  the  Fruits  of  the  Genera  of  Trees.  S^^ 

61.  Berry  about  1  in.  in  diameter,  reddish-yellow,  with  4-12 
large,  flat,  hard  seeds  and  with  the  enlarged  calyx  at  the 
base.     Diospyros. 

61.  Berry  not  over  ]  2  in.  in  diameter.     02. 

62.  Fruit  inferior,  showing  scars  or  parts  of  the  perianth  and 

stamens  at  the  tip.     63. 

62.  Fruit  superior,  showing  only  the  style  at  the  tip,  with  scars 

or  perianth  parts  if  present  at  the  base.     64. 

63.  Fruit  scarlet,  cavities  5.     Sorbus. 

63.     Fruit  purplish-red  to  purplish-blue,  cavities  usually  10. 

Amelanchier. 

63.  Fruit  black,  small,  cavities  .5.     Aralia. 

64.  Fruit  really  a  berry-like  blue  cone,  showing  the  carpel  tips 

on  the  sides,  on  close  inspection.     Juniperus. 

64.  Fruit  not  a  modified  cone,  but  a  true  berry.     Cw. 

65.  Berry-like  drupe  usually  red  or  \-ellowish,  with  4-S  bony  or 

crustaceous  nutlets.     Ilex. 

65.  Berry-like  drupe  black,  with  2-4  seed-like  nutlets. 

Rhamnus. 
Gb.     Berry    very    saponaceous,    dark;    seeds    1-3,    crustaceous, 

globose.     Sapindus. 
(So.     Berry  black,  with  1  erect,  shining  seed.     Bumelia. 

66.  Fruit  large,  usually  2  in.  or  more  in  diameter;  stone  or  nut 

deeply  j^itted,  corrugated,  or  sculptured,  usually  1)^  in,  or 
more  long.     ()7. 

66.  Stone  not  deeply  pitted,  corrugated,  or  sculptured,  not  more 

than   ^i   in.   long;   if  reticulated,    then   less   than   Yl  ii^- 
long.     6S. 

67.  Flesh  of  fruit  black  or  greenish,  hard,  with  strong  odor;  seed 

in  the  nut  much  wrinkled.     Juglans. 

67.  Drupe  pubescent,  its  flesh  sweet;  seed  in  the  stone  smooth. 

Amygdalus. 

68.  Drupe  white-waxy,  less  than   I4   in.   in  diameter,   globose, 

tuberculate.     Myrica. 

68.  Drupe   not   white-waxy,   if   somewhat   resinous   then   much 

larger.     69. 

69.  Fruit  superior,  showing  only  a  style  or  its  scar  at  the  tip  but 

usually  the  remains  of  a  calyx  below.     70. 

69.  Fruit  inferior,  showing  sepals,  petals,  and  stamens  or  .their 

remains  or  scars  at  the  tip.     75. 

70.  Drupe  small,  with  red  acid  hairs,  or  if  gray  then  the  stone 

striated.     Rhus. 

70.  Drupe  not  with  red  acid  hairs  nor  gray  with  striated  stone.  71. 

71.  Drupe  narrowly  oblong,  about  1  in.  long.     Adelia. 

71.  Drupe  globose,  oval,  or  globose-oblong.     72. 

72.  Stone  ridged  and  reticulated,  showing  prominent  teeth  in 

cross-section.     Celtis. 


512  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  6, 

72.  Stone,  smooth,  or  if  somewhat  roughened  then  with  a  promi- 

nent suture  all  around.     73. 

73.  Fruiting  pedicel  much  thickened  below  the  prominent  calyx 

base,  red;  drupe  oblong-globose,  blue.     Sassafras. 

73.  Fruiting  pedicel  not  thickened  below  the  calyx  or  if  so  the 

fruit  not  blue.     74. 

74.  Fruit    light    greenish-yellow;    flesh    with    a    sickening-sweet 

odor  and  a  sticky  juice;  embryo  in  a  large  kernel;  a  gym- 

nospermous  seed.     Ginkgo. 
74.     Drupe  often  large  and  sweet,  stone  with  a  suture  all  around, 

often  flattened.     Prunus. 
74.     Drupe  with  a  4-6  lobed  calyx;  oblong-ovate,  blue;  endosperm 

large  with  a  small  embryo  in  the  center.     Chionanthus. 

74.  Fruit  really  a  small  black  berry;  seed  shining,  with  the  hilum 

at  the  base.     Bumelia. 

75.  Stone  with  2  cavities  and  2  seeds,  calyx  4-toothed;  drupe  with 

stylar  beak,  red,  white,  or  blue.     Cornus. 
75.     Stone  with   1   cavity  and   1   seed,   grooved   and  somewhat 

ccpipressed;  drupe  glabrous,  blue  or  nearly  black. 

Nyssa. 
75.     Fruit  with  prominent  nerves  and  ridges,  with  5  sepal-tips, 

oblong-ovate,  pubescent,  nearly  dry,  nut -like.    Symplocos. 
75.     Stone  1-seeded,  sometimes  flattened;  drupe  with  a  prominent 

stylar  beak,  blue,  black,  or  red.     Viburnum. 


MEETING  OF  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  Dec.  4,  1911. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  W.  M. 
Barrows.  The  minutes  were  read  and  approved.  The  Club  then 
had  the  pleasure  of  listening  to  an  interesting  lecture  by  Prof. 
Herbert  Osbom  on  "Some  Collecting  Trips  in  Western  States." 
The  trips  of  which  Prof.  Osbom  spoke  carried  him  through  about 
forty  states  and  territories.  Their  principal  object  was  the  study 
and  collection  of  Jassidae  affecting  various  forage  crops.  Certain 
of  these  insects  were  found  to  be  strikingly  adapted  to  conditions 
which  must  have  prevailed  for  a  long  period  of  years.  The  talk 
was  illustrated  with  a  number  of  excellent  lantern  slides  and  was 
followed  by  an  interesting  discussion. 

The  meeting  closed  after  a  short  business  session  in  which 
Messrs.  Schlopp,  Mote,  Busby  and  Bilsing  were  elected  to  mem- 
bership. 

C.  L.  Metcalf,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  April  17,  I9I2. 


ne  Ohio  ^JSCaturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biologica.!  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University, 
Volume  XII.  MAY.    1912.  No.  7. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

HiNE— Five  New  Species  of  Xortli  Aiuerican  Tabanidae 613 

Detmees— A  Preliminary  Report  on  a  Physiographic  Study  of  Buckeye  Lalie 

and  Vicinty 517 


FIVE  NEW  SPECIES  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  TABANID^. 

JAS.  S.  HlXE. 

Tabanus   floridensis   n.    sp. 

Female,  length  10  millimeters.  Size  and  general  appearance 
similar  to  T.  pumilus  from  which  it  differs  by  the  distinctly  wider 
front.  Frontal  collosity  transverse,  as  wide  as  the  front,  shining 
black  and  with  a  small  denuded  marking  above  it.  Antenna 
narrow,  distinctly  narrower  than  in  pumilus,  first  and  second 
segments  pale  with  black  hairs  above,  third  segment  nearly  black; 
face  clothed  with  long  white  hair,  palpi  narrow,  pointed,  and 
clothed  with  short  white  hair,  proboscis  dark,  eyes  naked. 
Thorax  dark  gray  above  with  lighter  stripes,  wings  hyaline, 
furcation  of  the  third  vein  without  a  fork,  legs  dark  reddish. 
Abdomen  dark  colored,  hind  margins  of  the  segments,  a  series  of 
more  or  less  plainly  marked  middorsal  triangles  and  a  row  of  rather 
large  spots  on  either  side  gray. 

Type  female  from  Fort  Meade,  Florida,  April  4,  1909.  Twelve 
other  females  taken  at  different  places  in  southern  Florida  in 
April. 

Although  the  species  suggests  pumilus  it  is  entirely  distinct. 
The  front  is  much  wider,  the  antennas  are  narrower,  the  legs  are 
colored  differently  and  the  gray  spots  on  either  side  of  the  abdo- 
men are  larger.  It  is  distinct  from  sparus  and  fratellus  also,  as 
will  be  found  by  comparing  these  same  characters. 

.513 


Ohio  Naturai^ist. 


Plate  XXV. 


1.  Merycomyia  mixta. 

2.  Antenna  of  M.  geminata. 


3.  Antenna  of  M.  mixta. 

4.  Merycomyia  geminata. 


HiNE  on  "North  American   Tabanidae. 


May,  1912.]        New  Species  North  Avieriean  Tahanidae.  5^5 


Tabanus  fulvistriatus  n.  sp. 

Female,  length  8  millimeters.  Antennec  yellow,  sides  of  the 
front  nearly  parallel,  frontal  callosity  shining  blaek,  prominent, 
occupying  the  entire  width  of  the  front  and  with  a  raised  line 
connects  with  the  upper  side.  A  denuded  spot  at  vertex  but  no 
ocelli  present.  Thorax  brown  without  stripes,  wings  dilute 
brownish;  legs  largely  yellow,  front  femora  brown,  apial  half  of 
front  tibiae  and  entire  tarsi  black,  other  legs  with  each  tibia 
narrowly  brow^n  at  apex  and  each  tarsus  almost  wholly  black 
beyond  the  apex  of  the  metatarsus.  Abdomen  brown  in  ground 
color,  a  wide  middorsal  stripe  and  lateral  and  hind  margins  of  the 
segments  pale  yellow;  venter  pale  at  base,  darkened  toward 
the  apex. 

The  type  female  and  one  other  specimen  taken  at  Dona  Maria, 
Chiapas,  Mexico,  by  D.  L.  Crawford. 

This  fly  shows  some  resemblance  to  Tabanus  unistriatus  of 
Costa  Rica  and  appears  to  be  related  to  T.  maculifrons  of  Guate- 
mala. The  small  size,  together  with  the  wide  middorsal  abdom- 
inal stripe  easily  designates  the  species  however. 

Merycomyia  n.   gen. 

Closely  resembling  Tabanus,  but  distinct  on  account  of  the 
presence  of  well  developed  ocelli  in  both  sexes  and  the  anomalous 
antenna  which  show  only  three  annulations  in  the  third  segment 
instead  of  five,  although  this  last  character  shows  some  tendency 
to  vary.  Eyes  naked,  no  spurs  at  the  apex  of  the  hind  tibia,  wing 
venation  as  in  Tabanus,  anal  cell  closed  and  petiolate.  No 
stump  on  the  anterior  branch  of  the  third  vein.  Type  species 
Merycomyia  geminata. 

There  are  in  my  collection  three  specimens  of  two  distinct 
species  of  this  genus.  I  have  held  these  specimens  a  long  time 
and  have  compared  many  descriptions  without  finding  anything 
that  suited,  hence  the  conclusion  to  refer  them  to  a  new  genus, 

Merycomyia  geminata  n.  sp. 

Male,  length  21  millimeters.  A  dark  colored  species  with  pale 
brownish  wings.  Third  segment  of  the  antenna  largely  reddish, 
proboscis  short  and  dark  colored,  eyes  contiguous,  ocelli  promi- 
inent.  Thorax  dark  colored  with  the  usual  gray  stripes,  all  the 
femora  dark  reddish,  tibiae  darker,  tarsi  black;  wings  brownish 
gray  with  the  veins  in  the  anterior  part  quite  plainly  margined 
with  brown.  Abdomen  nearly  black,  slightly  reddish  on  the  sides, 
fourth  segment  with  a  large  transverse  gray  patch  which  is  plainly 
indented  anteriorly  on  the  middorsal  line  by  a  black  triangle,  fifth 
segment  with  two  small  gray  spots. 


5i6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  7, 

Female  much  like  the  male  but  more  reddish  in  ground  color, 
eyes  widely  separated,  front  slightly  widest  below  with  a  rather 
extensive  denuded  patch  but  no  distinct  frontal  callosity.  Total 
length  slightly  less  than  the  male  measurement. 

The  type  male  from  which  the  accompanying  drawing  was 
made,  was  taken  at  Lyme,  Ct.,  by  B.  H.  Walden,  and  sent  in  by 
Dr.  W.  E.  Britton.  The  female  was  procured  at  Wheatlands, 
Indiana,  by  Harold  Morrison. 

The  widely  separated  localities  at  which  the  specimens  were 
taken  indicates  that  the  species  has  an  extensive  distribution. 
There  does  not  appear  to  be  the  least  doubt  but  that  the  two 
specimens  in  m}^  possesion  are  sexes  of  the  same  species. 

Merycomyia  Mixta  n.  sp. 

Female,  length  21  millimeters.  General  color  reddish  brown. 
Eyes  widely  separated,  front  slightly  widest  below  with  an  elongate 
denuded  patch  which  narrows  to  a  point  above.  Ocelli  conspicu- 
ous. Thorax  gray  with  darkened  stripes  above;  wings  wholly 
brown  anteriorly,  veins  widely  margined  with  the  same  color 
posteriorly,  legs  brown.  Abdomen  reddish  brown  with  the  lateral 
margins  and  a  middorsal  marking  nearly  black,  venter  rather 
dark. 

The  type  female  from  which  the  accompanying  drawing  was 
taken  was  procured  at  Bainbridge,  Georgia,  by  J.  C.  Bradley, 
June  2,  1911. 

Stibosoma  flavistigma  n.  sp. 

Female,  length  17  millimeters.  A  black  species  with  apex  of 
the  wings  hyaline  and  a  yellow  marking  including  the  stigma  and 
reaching  from  the  costa  to  the  opposite  side  of  the  discal  cell. 

Front  and  face  black,  antenna  with  the  basal  process  of  the 
third  segment  much  produced.  Thorax  black,  legs  with  all  the 
tibiae  somewhat  swollen,  wing  black,  except  the  apex  is  hyaline 
and  a  patch  in  the  region  of  and  including  the  stigma  is  yellow; 
knob  of  the  halteres  green.  Abdomen  black,  narrow  margins  of 
all  of  the  segments,  both  dorsally  and  ventrally,  gray. 

Type  female,  taken  in  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico,  by  D.  L.  Crawford. 


May,  1912.]         .4  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake  and  Vicinity,  .  517 


A  PRELIMINARY  REPORT  ON  A  PHYSIOGRAPHIC  STUDY 
OF  BUCKEYE  LAKE  AND  VICINITY. 

Freda  Detmers. 

For  the  past  three  years,  beginning  with  the  spring  of  1909,  I 
have  been  engaged  in  a  study  of  the  plant  geography  of  Buckeye 
Lake.  An  understanding  of  the  physiography  and  of  the  physio- 
graphic history  of  any  region  is  essential  to  a  comprehension  of 
the  development  of  the  flora  of  that  region;  therefore  as  the 
physiographic  study  is  so  closely  correlated  with  the  botanical,  the 
two  were  carried  on  at  the  same  time. 

A  careful  inspection  of  the  topography,  and  an  examination  of 
the  literature  on  the  physiography  of  Buckeye  Lake  and  its 
vicinity  soon  developed  three  topics  of  especial  interest.  These 
w^ere:  I,  the  existence  or  nonexistence  of  Lake  Licking,  a  post  or 
interglacial  lake  occupying  the  plains  to  the  south  and  southwest 
of  Newark,  including  Buckeye  Lake;  II,  the  physiographic  history 
of  Buckeye  Lake  and  III,  the  location  and  extent  of  the  Newark 
river  valley,  a  preglacial  valley,  from  Newark  westward  to  the 
Franklin  county  line. 

These  three  problems  are  discussed  in  this  paper  in  the  same 
order  as  presented  above. 

I.  The  existence  or  nonexistence  of  Lake  Licking,  a  large 
post  glacial  lake  south  and  southwest  of  Newark. 

In  the  report  on  the  geological  survey  of  Licking  county,  by 
M.  C.  Read,^  the  statement  is  made  that  to  the  south  and  south- 
west of  Newark  a  lake  of  considerable  size  covered  the  surface 
"in  the  latter  part  of  the  glacial  epoch."  The  statement  gives 
opportunity  for  a  very  wide  interpretation  as  to  the  possible  or 
probable  age  of  this  lake  and  it  makes  no  reference  at  all  to  its 
longevity.  As  the  region  in  question  is  covered  by  the  Illinoian, 
the  early  and  the  late  Wisconsin  drift-sheets,^'^  the  lake  may 
have  been  post  glacial,  that  is:  formed  by  the  recession  of  the  Late 
Wisconsin  ice,  or  interglacial  and  formed  by  the  advance  or  retreat 
of  the  Early  Wisconsin  or  retreat  of  the  Illinoian  and  still  fall 
within  the  "latter  part "  of  the  entire  glacial  epoch. 

In  another  paragraph  of  the  same  report  Mr.  Read*  says: 
"The  larger  channels  are  now  filled  with  water- washed  pebbles 
resting  ordinarily  upon  the  old  rocky  bed,  but  in  places  upon  the 
remains  of  the  original  drift  clay,  by  a  succession  of  terraces  and 
corresponding  water  plains.  South  and  southwest  of  Newark 
these  water  plains  expand  covering  a  large  area."     From  this 

1.  Read  M.  C.  Geology  of  Licking  County.  O.  Geol.  Survey  3:  348-361,  1878. 

2.  Leverett,  Frank.  Mon.  41:  U.  S.  G.  S. 

3.  Chamberlain,  T.  C,  and  Salisbury,  R.  D.  Geology.  Earth  History.  2:  3:  1906. 

4.  Read  M.  C.  Geology  of  Licking  County,  O.  Geol.  Survey  3:  1878. 


5i8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  7, 

statement  I  infer  that  the  "water  plains",  according  to  Mr.  Read 
fonn  the  present  surface  of  the  region  and  were  the  bed  of  the 
former  lake,  presumably  post -Wisconsin,  which  must  have  existed 
until  very  recent  times;  and  that  the  present  and  recently  drained 
swamps  of  this  region  were  remnants  of  the  lake. 

In  June,  1894,  W.  G.  Tight'"^  published  an  article  in  which  several 
pages  are  devoted  to  the  topography  and  present  drainage  of  Lick- 
ing county.  In  this  article  he  says:  "The  South  Fork  of  the 
Licking  flows  with  a  sluggish  current  over  a  broad  alluvial  plain 
which  is  covered  with  a  black  lacustrine  deposit  of  several  feet  in 
thickness.  This  is  especially  true  of  that  portion  lying  between 
the  Licking  Reservoir  and  Newark.  We  have  suggested  the  name 
Lake  Licking  for  the  body  of  water  in  which  these  deposits  were 
made  and  of  which  the  original  lake  in  the  Reservoir  was  a  part, 
occupying  a  large  kettle  hole  in  the  drift  when  the  main  body  of 
water  was  drained  away.  " 

The  aboA^e  statement  by  Mr,  Tight  definitely  refers  Lake  Lick- 
ing to  post  Wisconsin  times;  as  these  "lacustrine  deposits"  and 
Licking  Reservoir,  the  present  Buckeye  Lake,  are  at  the  surface 
and  must  therefore  lie  on  the  drift. 

Black  alluvial  deposits  indicate  river  beds  or  swamps  rather 
than  lakes.  Moreover  black  soil  does  not  prevail  throughout 
this  area,  but  is  seen  only  in  depressions,  which  have  evidently 
been  shallow  kettles. 

The  region  to  the  south  and  southwest  of  Newark  is  charac- 
terized by  a  mature  topography,  as  an  inspection  of  the  country 
or  a  study  of  the  topographic  sheets  of  the  Thurston,  Thornville, 
Granville  and  Newark  quadrangles  clearly  show.  The  hills  are 
low  and  rounded,  with  gentle  slopes;  the  streams  flow  in  broad 
open  valleys,  which  together  with  the  hills  are  deeply  covered  with 
a  drift  mantle  to  a  maximum  depth  of  453  feet.  The  valleys  are 
so  deeply  filled  that  the  present  highest  elevations  are  but  200-214 
feet  above  the  valley  floors.  This  extensive  leveling  up  has 
converted  the  low  lands  into  a  region  with  the  topography  of 
youth,  characterized  by  low  watersheds  separated  by  broad 
plains  and  drained  by  numerous  small,  shallow,  irregular  streams, 
many  of  which  are  wet  weather  streams  only ;  and  also  by  numerous 
surface  depressions  varying  in  size  from  small  kettles  a  few  square 
yards  in  extent  to  swamps  covering  several  hundred  acres. 

There  is  no  well-defined  either  rock  or  morainal  ridge  of  hills 
which  could  serve  as  the  rim  of  a  large  lake.  The  surface  cover, 
except  in  the  kettles  and  beds  of  streams  is  unassorted  glacial  till, 
consisting  of  clay  containing  many  small  sharp  angled  stones, 
and  with  a  srtiking  absence  of  large  boulders.  I  can  nowhere  find 
lake  beaches,  lake  clays,  sand  or  stream  delta  deposits.       Glacial 


Den.  U 


5.     Tight,  \V.  G.    A  contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  the  preglacial  drainage  of  Ohio.  Bull. 
1.  Univ.  8:  1.  .38.  1894. 


May,  1912.]         A  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake  and  Vicinity,  519 

till  devoid  of  boulders  and  composed  largely  of  clay  is  easily 
transported  by  streams  and  readily  lends  itself  to  delta  fomiation. 
This  is  well  shown  by  the  relatively  extensive  deltas  built  by  several 
small  streams  flowing  into  Buckeye  Lake.  One  of  these  called  the 
Southwest  Feeder,  a  distributary  from  the  Licking  River, 
near  Kirkersville,  flows  across  the  plain  in  a  southerly  direction  and 
enters  Buckeye  Lake  just  north  of  Millersport.  The  Feeder  dates 
from  the  completion  of  the  Reservoir  in  1S32  and  is  therefore  80 
years  old.  In  this  time  it  built  a  delta  approximately  200  feet 
long.  A  dense  mat  of  pond  plants  has  so  blocked  the  outlet  that 
but  little  water  is  received  by  the  lake  from  this  source  during 
periods  of  ordinarily  dry  weather. 

The  mouth  of  Buckeye  creek,  one  of  the  largest  tributaries  to 
Buckeye  Lake  from  the  south,  is  so  shallow  and  so  choked  with 
aquatic  and  marsh  plants  that  it  is  obliterated  during  the  summer 
months.  The  same  condition  would  prevail  at  Honey  creek, 
another  tributary  from  the  south,  if  the  channel  were  not  dredged 
and  thus  kept  open. 

Streams  dating  from  the  recession  of  the  Wisconsin  ice  must 
have  built  deltas  so  extensive,  that  they  would  be  readily  recog- 
nizable. Moreover,  there  cannot  have  been  an  extensive  post 
Wisconsin  lake  of  long  duration  if  we  accept  Mr.  Mather's''  con- 
clusion as  to  the  age  of  the  gorge  of  the  Licking  River  at  the 
Licking  Narrows.  From  his  study  of  this  gorge  Mr.  Mather 
concludes  that  it  antedates  the  Wicsonsin  ice  age.  If  this  can  be 
accepted,  a  post  Wisconsin  lake  would  have  been  drained  by  the 
eastward  flowing  Licking  River,  for  this  outlet  is  broad  and 
deep  enough  to  have  prevented  the  retention  of  a  large  body  of 
water  to  the  west  at  the  fort  of  the  glacier. 

It  seems  to  me  that  all  the  positive  and  negative  evidence 
which  the  region  affords  precludes  the  possibility  of  the  existence 
of  a  large  post  Wisconsin  lake  or  anything  more  than  a  temporary 
and  shallow  body  of  water  which  would  naturally  result  from  the 
melting  of  an  extensive  ice  sheet. 

What  is  the  evidence  for  or  against  the  existence  of  a  large 
interglacial  lake  in  the  region  under  discussion?  Such  a  lake  if 
formed  by  the  recession  of  the  Illinoian  ice  sheet,  must  have  extended 
20  miles  from  north  to  south  and  20  or  more  miles  from  east  to 
west  and  with  its  bed  at  least  as  deeply  excavated  as  the  streams 
which  entered  it.  The  record  of  a  gas  well  in  the  Raccoon  creek 
valley,  just  before  it  suddenly  widens  to  join  the  broad  plain  west 
of  Newark  and  f  of  a  mile  north  of  the  crossing  of  the  creek  b}^ 
the  Ohio  Electric  railway,  shows  that  the  rock  has  been  excavated 
to  a  depth  of  453  feet  below  the  present  surface.  This  well  marks 
the  greatest  depth  in  an  old  \'alley  whose  stream  would  have  been 

6.     Mather,  K.  F.   Age  of  Licking  Narrows.   Bull.  Den.  Univ.  U:  174-187.  1908,  '09. 


^ 


I-l 
« 

t-t 
< 
Pi 

< 


May,  1912. J         A  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake  and  Vicinity.  52  [ 

a  tributary  to  this  lake.  Moreover  this  lake  if  not  with  a  larger 
oulet  than  inflow  of  water  must  have  existed  for  a  long  span  of 
time  and  would  have  left  unmistakable  evidence  of  its  presence  in 
lake  beaches,  sand?  and  clay  deposited  on  its  floor  and  deltas  at 
the  mouths  of  its  tributaries. 

All  the  records  of  gas  wells  in  this  region,  from  which  I  was 
able  to  obtain  details,  show  a  thin  mantle,  in  some  wells  but  8-10 
feet  thick,  of  glacial  clay  overlying  a  heavy  bed  of  gravel.  In  one 
such  well  close  to  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  railroad  tracks  and  134 
miles  north  of  the  lake  the  gravel  is  but  2  feet  below  the  surface 
and  is  100  feet  thick.  In  another  well  in  the  field  west  of  the  Ohio 
Electric  railwa\^  and  but  a  few  rods  from  the  north  shore  of  the 
lake,  there  was,  according  to  the  foreman's  notes,  10  feet  of  loam 
and  350  feet  of  sand  and  gravel.  All  the  water  wells  near  Buckeye 
Lake  are  in  the  gravel.  In  one  at  the  Glass  Hotel  on  the  north 
shore,  sand  was  entered  at  10  feet  below  the  surface,  and  the  well 
is  in  gravel  at  75  feet.  In  some  of  these  wells  sand  lies  above  the 
gravel  and  in  others  beneath  it.  This  thick  stratum  of  gravel  was 
not  deposited  in  the  quiet  waters  of  a  lake.  So  massive  a  load  can 
only  have  been  carried  by  the  flood  waters  from  a  glacier.  The 
gravel  is  evidently  an  outwash  deposit. 

II.     The  physiographic  history  of  Buckeye  Lake. 

Btickeye  Lake  is  situated  in  Licking,  Fairfield  and  Perry 
counties,  in  Ranges  17  and  18,  Townships  17,  18  and  19.  It  is  a 
long  irregular  body  of  water  with  its  longest  diam.eter  froin  east  to 
west.  It  is  approximately  7|  miles  long  from  the  southeastern 
most  extremity  to  the  western  and  varies  in  width  from  3<4  niile  in 
the  eastern  portion  to  13^  miles  at  the  extreme  western  end.  The 
area  covered  is  estimated  at  4,200  acres.  The  lake  is  quite 
shallow;  the  water  over  large  areas  does  not  exceed  a  depth  of 
6-8  feet  at  the  normal  water  level;  but  there  are  a  few  deeper 
depressions.  Soundings  just  off  the  south  shore  of  Cranberry 
island  revealed  a  depth  of  15  feet,  and  near  Avondale  a  depth  of 
25  feet,  which  Mr.  Bootin,  the  engineer  of  the  Canal  Coinmission 
assures  me  is  the  greatest  depth  he  has  found. 

This  basin  was  built  in  1832  to  serve  as  a  reservoir  for  the  Ohio 
canal.  On  May  21,  1894,  the  General  Assembly  of  Ohio  passed 
an  act  reserving  it  for  a  public  park  and  summer  resort  to  be  known 
as  Buckeye  Lake. 

The  site  of  the  reservoir  was  a  more  or  less  completely  tree- 
covered  impassable  swamp,  known  to  the  Indians  and  early 
settlers  as  the  "Big  Swamp,"  "Two  Lakes"  or  "Big  and  Little 
Lake."'  It  lay  diagonally  across  the  southeast  corner  of  Town- 
ship 17  and  almost  half  across  the  southern  border  of  Township  19. 
In   shape  and  area  it   approximated  the   present  lake.     In  the 

7.     Graham,  A.  A.    History  of  Licking  County.  O.    Chap.  XVII,  p.  16.5.  1881. 


522  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  7, 

center  of  the  swamp  was,  according  to  the  surveys  of  1799  and 
ISOl,  a  long  narrow  lake  fed  by  several  small  streams.  This  lake 
drained  into  the  South  Fork  of  the  Licking  River  near  the  "Black 
Diamond,  "  3^  mile  southwest  of  the  present  Waste  Weir. 

The  location  seemed  well  suited  for  a  reservoir.  It  was  a 
quite  extensive  natural  basin,  lying  on  a  plain,  with  a  rim  of  hills  to 
the  south,  east  and  northeast  immediately  bordering  the  swamp; 
so  that  no  levee  would  be  necessary  along  these  margins.  To  the 
north  and  west  of  the  present  lake  are  low  fields  which  very  likely 
were  wholly  or  at  least  in  part  included  in  the  original  swamp. 
The  swamp  drained  towards  the  north,  the  lowest  place  in  the 
rim  is  indicated  on  the  topographic  map  of  the  U.  S.  G.  S.  by  a 
small  stream,  which  apparently  unites  Buckeye  Lake  with  the 
South  Fork  of  the  Licking  River.  This  outlet,  however,  no 
longer  exists. 

The  so-called  "Old  Reservoir"  was  begun  on  the  morning  of 
Jiily  4,  LS25,  and  was  finished  in  1S2S.  The  swamp  was  not 
deepened  nor  even  cleared  of  trees.  A  levee,  with  a  maximum 
height  of  18  feet  at  the  "Black  Diamond"  and  decreasing  some- 
what to  the  east  and  west,  was  built  along  the  north  side  from  the 
present  "Park"  to  the  western  extremity  and  was  continued 
around  the  west  end.  This  latter  served  as  the  tow-path  of 
the  canal. 

The  "old  reservoir"  did  not  furnish  the  canal  with  sufficient 
water  to  permit  the  carrying  of  even  half  a  load  during  the  drier 
summer  months,  therefore  an  additional  500  acres  on  the  west  were 
added  in  1S32.  This  addition  was  called  the  "new  reservoir." 
An  additional  supply  of  water  was  also  provided  by  a  distributary 
from  the  Licking  River,  which  taps  the  river  just  north  of 
Kirkersville  and  enters  the  reservoir  |  of  a  mile  north  of  the 
western  exit  of  the  canal. 

The  old  swamp  lay  in  the  preglacial  valley  of  a  tributary  of  the 
Newark  valley,  a  valley  now  occupied  in  part  by  the  west  fork  of 
Jonathan  creek.  Just  east  of  Thorn ville  station  the  tracks  of 
the  Newark  and  Shawnee  Branch  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio 
railroad,  which  parallel  the  east  shore  of  the  lake,  and  the  Zanes- 
ville  and  Western  railroad  from  the  south  meet  in  a  cut  or  gap  and 
continue  eastward  as  parallel  tracks.  The  floor  of  this  gap  is  but 
little  broader  than  the  width  of  the  two  tracks. 

A  loop  moraine  was  formed  in  Late  Wisconsin  time  across  the 
valley  at  this  point  and  completely  blocked  the  then  westward 
flowing  stream.  The  lower  or  westward  portion  of  the  valley  was 
still  filled  with  ice.  As  the  ice  receded,  the  water  ponded  behind 
the  moraine  broke  through  forming  the  gap  now  occupied  by  the 
railroad  tracks,  and  flowed  eastward  down  the  valley.  This  over- 
flow gap  is  very  distinct  and  was  first  referred  to  by  G.  F.  Wright,* 

8.     Wright.  G.  F.    The  glacial  boundary  in  Ohio,  Incl.,  and  Ky.  1884. 


May,  1912.]         A  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake  and  Vicinity.  523 

who  says:  "The  reservoir  occupies  a  great  kettle-hole,  the  rail- 
road which  here  cuts  through  the  moraine  follows  for  several  miles 
towards  the  southeast  an  outlet  for  the  glacial  floods.  " 

The  overflow  channel  is  900  feet  above  sea  level,  whereas  the 
surface  of  the  present  lake  is  892  feet.  This  eastern  outlet  could 
drain  the  lake  only  when  the  water  surface  exceeded  the  900  foot 
level.  During  the  time  when  the  water  stood  at  or  slightly  above 
the  900  foot  level,  the  area  covered  was  much  greater  than  the 
present  one.  The  broad  plain  to  the  north  between  the  present 
lake  and  Newark  is  less  than  900  feet,  with  small  irregular  isolated 
areas  from  900  to  960  feet  above  sea  level.  It  is  10  miles  from 
north  to  south.  At  the  southern  limits  of  Newark  it  is  3  miles 
from  east  to  west  and  10  miles  from  east  to  west  at  the  northern 
margin  of  Buckeye  Lake.  When  therefore  the  ice  receded  from 
this  plain  the  latter  was  covered  by  a  body  of  water  measuring  10 
miles  rom  north  to  south  by  10  miles  from  east  to  west  at  the  south- 
ern and  3  miles  at  the  northern  end.  This  lake,  if  lake  it  can  be  called, 
stood  at  or  above  the  900  foot  level  for  so  short  an  interval  that 
careful  search  has  disclosed  no  beaches,  deltas,  lake  sands  or  clays. 
The  soil  in  the  fields  south  of  Thorn ville  station  at  the  920  foot 
contour  line,  contains  some  fine  sand,  it  is  fine  grained  sandy  loam; 
and  there  is  also  sand  in  the  banks  of  a  small  stream  which  flows 
north  and  enters  the  southwestern  lobe  of  the  lake  at  Thornville 
station.  There  is  however  so  little  sand  that  it  certainly  does  not 
form  a  well  defined  beach. 

The  water  must  have  very  soon  drained  away  to  the 
northeast  and  must  have  been  in  the  nature  of  a  broad  river, 
rather  than  a  lake  over  the  plain  southwest  of  Newark. 

The  recession  of  the  ice  from  this  plain  uncovered  an  outlet 
lower  than  the  900  foot  level  and  the  southeastern  one  at  Thorn- 
ville station  was  abandoned.  This  new  outlet  was  not  deep 
enough  nor  w  th  sufficient  fall  to  completely  drain  the  basin;  for  a 
long,  narrow,  irregular,  typical  finger  lake,  conforming  in  shape  to 
the  old  river  valley  remained  in  the  western  portion  of  the  pre- 
glacial  valley  of  Jonathan  creek.  All  of  this  lake  but  a  narrow 
channel  near  the  center  had  been  reduced  to  a  swamp  by  the  close 
of  the  18th  century. 

That  this  swamp,  which  was  known  as  the  "Big  Swamp," 
dates  from  early  post-Wisconsin  time  is  shown  by  the  presence  of 
a  cranberry-sphagnum  bog  which  still  exists  in  Buckeye  Lake. 
This  bog,  locally  known  as  the  Cranberry  marsh,  lies  in  the  eastern 
part  of  the  lake,  close  to  and  parallel  with  the  north  shore.  It  is 
3,250  feet  from  northeast  to  southwest  by  750  feet  from  northwest 
to  southeast,  and  has  an  approximate  area  of  45  acres,  according 
to  the  survey  made  in  the  winter  of  1910  by  Professor  Chamberlain 
of  the  Civil  "Engineering  Department  of  the  Ohio  State  University. 


a: 


a 
.2 

to 

S 
> 


tn 

-J) 


<u 

> 

o 


< 

as 
p 


O 


o 
> 


May,  1912.]         .4  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake  and  Vicinity.  525 

The  outline  is  very  irregular  due  to  many  indentations  and  small 
fringing  islands,  and  changes  from  year  to  year.  This  is  due  to 
the  frequent  and  extreme  changes  in  water  level  in  the  lake.  For 
four  years  within  my  knowledge,  the  water  was  lowered  every 
summer,  over  6  feet  in  1909,  so  that  repairs  might  be  made.  The 
storm  winds  of  winter  every  year  detach  fragments  of  the  island 
and  sweep  them  away. 

The  vegetation  is  of  peculiar  interest ;  for  it  consists  of  typical 
bog  plants  characteristic  today  of  high  temperate  latitudes  and 
generally  accepted  to  be  relicts  of  early  post-glacial  times,  stranded 
and  persisting  and  now  surrounded  by  the  nomial  vegetation  of 
the  present  climatic  conditions. 

The  typical  bog  plants  are  several  species  of  Sphagnimi,  the 
Cranberry  (Oxycoccus  macrocarpus) ,  the  Sundew  (Drosera  rotun- 
difolia),  several  species  of  bog  sedges  as  Carex  limosa  and  C. 
filifomiis,  the  Buckbean  (Menyanthes  triloba)  and  Scheuchzeria 
palustris  fomiing  a  bog-meadow  bordered  by  a  zone  of  bog-shrubs 
of  which  the  Poison  Simiac  (Rhus  vemix)  the  Black  Alder  (Ilex 
verticillata)  and  the  Choke  Berry  (Aronia  arbutifolia  and  A  nigra) 
are  the  most  characteristic 

Soundings  in  the  bog  revealed  the  presence  of  a  sandy  shell 
marl,  a  lake  deposit,  at  a  depth  of  28  feet.  The  marl  was  still 
foun  in  soine  places  at  the  IS  foot  level  giving  a  depth  of  10  feet 
of  shell  marl.  The  presence  of  marl  may  be  taken  as  an  indication 
of  Characeae  or  Cyanophyceae.  Immediately  above  the  marl 
was  a  dark  brown  or  black  plastic  deposit  with  fragments  of 
Potamogeton  and  Scirpus  lacustris.  These  are  pond  plants 
growing  in  water  not  deeper  than  53^  to  6  feet.  In  another 
sounding  the  core  from  the  22  foot  level  showed  a  fine  gradation 
between  the  marl  and  the  pond  deposit.  At  15  feet  the  core 
showed  a  preponderance  of  sedge  material,  which  indicates  water 
at  less  than  5  feet.  At  7  feet  the  core  contained  Sphagnum 
mixed  with  the  sedge  remains.  At  5  feet  the  peat  was  loosely 
matted,  coarsely  fibrous  but  little  modified  Sphagnum  fragments 
with  roots  and  stems  of  cranberry  and  other  plants.  Large  water 
pockets  were  encountered  near  the  surface  and  even  at  a  depth 
of  17  feet.  At  the  bottom  of  this  series  containing  evidence  of 
lake  and  pond  deposits  is  a  fine  grained  blue  clay.  The  blue  clay 
varied  from  the  28  to  the  40  foot  level.  Soundings  deeper  than 
40  feet  could  not  be  taken  as  that  was  the  maximum  length  of  the 
sounding  rod.  This  fine  grained  blue  clay  belongs  I  believe  to  the 
Illinoian  drift. 

The  records  of  these  soundings  sketch  the  history  of  the  island. 
At  the  northern  margin  of  the  ancient  lake  species  of  Potamogeton 
and  other  aquatics  formed  a  more  or  less  dense  mat.  The  water 
gradually  became  more  shallow  through  the  accumulation  of  silt 
and  plant  remains;  and  the  aquatics  were  succeeded  by  semi- 


t2 


i 


Zt4 


ir. 


u 

u 

XI 

a 

u 


o 

01 


D 


o 


May,  1912.]         A  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake  and  Vicinity.  527 

aquatic  plants  with  fixed  roots  and  submerged  or  floating  leaves. 
Such  plants  as  the  pond  lilies  and  lotus  with  large  leaves  and 
rhizomes  add  rapidly  to  the  vegetal  deposit  and  prepare  the  soil 
for  sedges  and  other  marsh  plants  which  grow  in  quite  shallow 
water.  Sedges  are  well  adapted  to  holding  and  adding  to  the  soil 
and  adding  to  the  mat.  Thus  a  sedge  meadow  was  formed.  The 
sedge  mat  in  turn  was  succeeded  by  a  sphagnum-cranberry  bog. 
In  such  a  mat  the  circulation  of  the  water  becomes  impeded,  gases 
set  free  in  processes  of  decomposition  collect  and  the  mat  is  buoyed 
up  so  that  it  remains  at  or  near  the  surface  of  the  water.  As  the 
mat  increased  in  thickness  the  surface  finally  rose  above  the  water, 
became  better  aerated  and  the  soil  was  prepared  for  shrubs  and 
finally  trees.  The  older  portion  of  the  bog  was  of  course  on  the 
landward  side.  As  the  changes  sketched  were  taking  place  in  the 
bog  it  was  constantly  spreading  out  farther  into  the  lake. 

When  thru  the  conversion  of  the  swamp  into  the  reservoir, 
the  water  level  rose  rapidly,  all  the  fixed  plants  were  submerged 
and  killed  but  the  floating  mat  of  the  cranberry-sphagnum  bog 
was  buoyed  up  on  the  surface  and  escaped  extermination.  Cut 
off  from  the  shore  by  the  water  it  became  an  island. 

The  presence  of  this  bog  presents  conclusive  evidence  that  the 
body  of  water  in  which  it  developed  dates  from  the  close  of  the 
glacial  epoch. 

The  map  of  the  survey  of  18U1  contains  a  number  of  smaller 
swamps  to  the  west  and  northwest  of  the  "Big  Swamp."  All  of 
them  have  been  drained  and  are  either  wood  lots  or  are  under 
cultivation.  They  vary  in  size  from  mere  depressions  in  cultivated 
fields  and  meadows  to  400  acres  in  area.  Of  these  swamps  the 
largest,  known  as  "Bloody  Run"  or  "Pigeon  Roost"  swamp,  is  2 
miles  east  of  Kirkersville  and  3^  mile  south  of  the  Ohio  Electric 
railway.  It  is  now  almost  wholly  under  cultivation,  but  13  years 
ago  it  was  a  bog  forest  of  soft  maple,  swamp  ash  and  white  elm 
with  an  undergro\\1:h  of  willow  and  poison  sumac.  A  drove  well 
on  one  of  the  farms  show^s  17  feet  of  peat,  then  3  feet  of  yellow  clay, 
below  this  hard  pan  covering  the  gravel  from  which  comes  the 
water  supply.  These  smaller  swamps  all  lie  at  a  lower  elevation 
than  the  900  foot  level  and  as  even  the  largest  has  a  substratum  of 
glacial  clay  they  must  have  occupied  depressions  which  were  due 
to  the  inequalities  of  deposition. 

III.  The  location  and  extent  of  the  Newark  river  valley 
from  Newark  westward  to  the  Franklin  county  line. 

Frequent  reference  has  been  made  to  the  existence  of  a  broad 
and  deep  pre-glacial  valley  extending  from  Hanover  westward  to 
the  Scioto  Basin.  Mr.  M.  C.  Read  was,  I  believe,  the  first  to 
mention  this  valley.  In  the  Report  of  the  Geology  of  Licking 
county^  Mr.  Read  writing  of  this  pre-glacial  channel  says:     "A 

9.     Read,  M.  C.  Geology  of  Licking  County,  O.  Geol.  Survey  3:  .348,  1878. 


528  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  7,. 

deep  pre-glacial  channel  from  the  north  enters  the  county  a  little 
west  of  the  Sandusky  Branch  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad, 
extending  southward  to  Newark  and  is  now  occupied  by  the 
northern  branch  of  the  Licking  River.  At  Newark  it  divides, 
one  branch  turning  directly  to  the  east  in  the  valley  of  Licking 
River,  and  one  branch  extending  *north westerly,  through  what 
was  evidently  at  one  period  a  broad  lake,  and  in  which  now  the 
south  branch  of  the  Licking  flows  with  a  reversed  current  to  join 
the  main  stream  at  Newark.  " 

The  presence  of  this  old  valley  has  been  corroborated  by  W.  G. 
Tight^°  and  Frank  Leverett.^^ 

Mr.  Leverett^"  sketches  the  position  and  extent  of  the  old  valley 
in  the  following  paragraphs: 

"Tight  has  shown  that  the  greater  part  of  the  Muskingum 
drainage  system  was  fomierly  connected  with  the  Scioto  system 
by  a  broad  valley  leading  from  Dresden  (a  few  miles  above  Zanes- 
ville)  westward  past  Newark  to  the  Licking  reservoir  and  thence 
into  the  Scioto  Basin  near  Circle ville.  The  present  southward 
course  past  Zanesville  is  there  a  much  narrower  valley  than  the 
old  line  leading  westward  to  the  Scioto  Basin,  and  the  rock  floor 
is  markedly  higher  along  the  present  course  of  the  Muskingum 
than  along  the  old  course. 

"At  Hanover,  an  open  valley  sets  in  which  extends  westward 
to  the  vicinity  of  the  Licking  reservoir,  where  it  is  so  filled  with 
drift  as  to  render  its  further  course  difflcult  to  determine.  A 
series  of  gas  borings  however,  indicate  that  it  passes  southward 
about  to  Hadley  Junction  and  then  turns  westward,  passing  near 
Canal  Winchester  and  Groveport  and  coming  to  the  Scioto  River 
about  midway  between  Columbus  and  Circle  ville,  where  it  seems 
to  have  joined  the  old  Kanawha  system.  " 

I  have  quoted  Mr.  Leverett  at  length,  for  his  location  of  the 
valley  is  in  the  main  verified  by  the  data  I  have  been  able  to  secure. 

The  mantle  of  drift  throughout  this  region  is  so  thick  that  the 
beds  in  the  streams  lie  in  it,  neither  railroad  cuts  nor  water  wells 
cut  through  to  the  rock.  The  only  data  therefore  which  give  the 
entire  depth  of  drift  must  be  obtained  from  gas  wells,  which 
fortunately  are  very  numerous  in  this  section.  I  obtained  records 
from  a  large  number  of  wells  from  Newark  southwestward  to  a 
point  on  the  Little  Walnut  about  2^^  miles  east  of  Lockville. 

'Northwesterly  must  be  an  error.  The  South  Fork  of  the  Licking  flows  from  the  southwest  to 
the  northeast  across  the  plain,  west  and  southwest  of  Newark.  Northwesterly  should  undoubtedly 
read  southwesterly. 

10.  Tight,  W.  G.  Drainage  modifications  in  southeastern  Ohio  and  adjacent  parts  of  W.  Va. 
and  Ky.  U.  S.  G.  S.  Prof.  Paper.  13. 

n.  Leverett,  Frank.  Glacial  formations  and  drainage  features  of  the  Erie  and  Ohio 
Basins.    Mon.  41:  U.  S.  G.  S.  155,  1902. 

12.  Leverett,  Frank.  Glacial  formations  and  drainage  features  of  the  Erie  and  Ohio  Basins. 
Mon.  41:  U.  S.  G.  S.  p.  1.55,  1902. 


May,  1912.]         A  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake  and  Vicinity.  529 

From  these  logs  the  direction,  location,  depth  and  in  many  places 
width  of  Newark  valley  can  be  plotted  quite  accurately. 

Beginning  with  the  southwestern  portion  of  Newark,  a  well 
just  north  of  the  junction  of  the  South  Fork  of  the  Licking  and 
Raccoon  creek  and  half  way  between  the  union  of  these  streams 
and  the  tracks  of  the  Shawnee  Branch  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio 
railroad  shows  that  the  rock  has  been  excavated  to  527  feet  above 
sea  level,  323  feet  below  the  present  river  at  that  point.  From 
this  point  southwestern  for  a  distance  of  5  miles  the  center  of  the 
old  valley  lies  a  little  to  the  west  of  the  Ohio  canal  and  the  Ohio 
Electric  railway.  It  then  turns  directly  south  to  Buckeye  Lake. 
A  well  23^  miles  northeast  of  Hebron  shows  the  rock  to  have  been 
excavated  to  510  feet  above  sea  level,  which  is  360  feet  below  the 
present  surface.  Here  the  width  of  the  ancient  valley  is  clearly 
shown  by  well  defined  valley  walls.  To  the  west  just  north  of 
Luray  on  the  National  road  the  rock  walls  are  930  feet  above  sea 
level ;  but  30  feet  below  the  present  surface ;  and  to  the  east  a  well 
f  of  a  mile  north  of  the  National  road  and  300  feet  east  of  the 
Baltimore  and  Ohio  railroad  tracks  struck  the  rock  at  920  feet 
above  sea  level,  but  40  feet  l^elow  the  present  surface. 

Measuring  from  these  points  I  find  the  valley  to  have  been  4^ 
miles  wide  along  the  National  road.  The  greatest  depth  in  this  area 
was  found  in  a  well  in  the  field  along  the  north  shore  of  Buckeye 
Lake.  Bed  rock  in  this  well  was  struck  at  430  feet  below  the  present 
surface,  450  feet  above  sea  level.  Buckeye  Lake  lies  along  the 
southern  margin  of  the  valley  and  not  in  the  center.  The  trend 
from  the  lake  is  south  and  southwest  to  Basil  and  Baltimore. 
Between  the  lake  and  Baltimore  I  found  but  few  wells  so  that  the 
valley  is  not  so  clearly  defined  in  this  section,  but  it  is  much 
broader  than  immediately  north  of  the  lake. 

Gas  wells  are  very  numerous  at  Basil,  Baltimore  and  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  the  two  towns.  Here  the  valley  is  at  least 
8  miles  wide,  is  open  and  level.  At  Basil  it  turns  more  directly 
to  the  southwest  following  in  general  the  course  of  the  Little 
Walnut.  It  crosses  the  Franklin  county  line  and  connects  with 
the  valley  mapped  by  Dr.  Hubbard^^  in  Franklin  county.  Newark 
valley  as  I  have  traced  it  coincides  quite  closely  with  the  one 
described  by  Tight"  and  Leverett^'^  except  in  the  southern  portion. 
Among  the  well  records  of  this  section  the  greatest  depth  is  re- 
corded in  a  well  in  Basil,  which  shows  that  the  rock  has  been 
excavated  to  452  feet  above  sea  level,  3S8  feet  below  the  level  of 
Little  Walnut  creek.  If  this  greatest  depth  was  approximately 
the  center  of  the  valley  the  stream  was  here  farther  north  than  the 
one  mapped  by  Tight. 

13.  Hubbard,  George  D.    The  Geology  of  Columbus  and  vicinity.    Bull.  14:  Geol.  Survey 
of  Ohio.   1912. 

14.  Tight.  G.  W.     Drainage  modifications  in  southeastern  Ohio  and  adjacent  parts  of  West 
Virginia  and  Kentucky.  U.  S.  G.  S.  Prof.  Paper  13. 

15.  Leverett  Frank.  Mon.  41:  U.  S.  G.  S.  p.  410. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XXIX. 


Le<}e  Tid 

St  re  Q  ms 
Canal 

Ra  I  I  rca.i  S 

Contour    Lines 

C  o  unt  u  L  .Tie 

Prcijlacio  I    Va  Ilai^ 

Map  of  thu  region  to  the  west  and  south  of  Newark,  showing  the  present  streams  (heavy 
unbroken  lines),  and  the  preglacial  Newark  valley  (broken  lines),  from  Newark  southwest  to 
the  Franklin  county  line.  The  largest  preglacial  tributaries  are  also  shown.  The  light  unbroken 
lines  are  the  one  hundred  foot  contours. 


May,  1912.]         .4  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake  and  Vicinity.  531 

Newark  valley  had  several  large  pre-glacial  tributary  valleys. 
There  is  one  from  the  northwest  and  now  occupied  by  Raccoon 
creek,  which  near  its  mouth  must  have  been  of  the  nature  of  a 
gorge,  bordered  on  cither  side  by  rock  hills  ^  of  a  mile  apart ;  and 
now  covered  by  a  thin  drift  mantle.  Two  well  records  in  the 
center  of  the  valley  at  the  mouth  or  point  where  the  pre-glacial 
tributary  joined  the  Newark  valley  show  that  bed  rock  has  been 
excavated  to  436  and  427  feet  above  sea  level,  444  and  453  feet 
respectively  below  the  present  surface  level.  The  valley  of  the 
tributary  broadens  abruptly  from  this  point  into  that  of  the 
Newark  river.  Farther  south  is  a  tributary  from  the  northwest. 
This  valley  is  now  occupied  by  the  South  Fork  of  the  Licking 
river.  It  trends  almost  due  east,  then  turns  abruptly  to  the 
southeast  and  must  have  entered  the  Newark  valley  near  the 
Bloody  Run  Swamp,  where  it  suddenly  widens.  From  the  east 
Newark  valley  received  a  large  branch  which  is  now  occupied  in 
part  by  the  eastern  portion  of  Buckeye  Lake  and  in  part  by  the 
western  portion  of  the  now  eastward  flowing  Jonathan  creek.  It  is 
very  evident  from  an  inspection  of  the  region  and  a  study  of  the 
topographic  maps  of  the  Thorn ville  and  Zanesville  quadrangles, 
that  Jonathan  creek  is  a  composite  stream. ^'^  That  part  of  the 
creek  west  of  its  union  Avith  Turkey  Run  flows  in  a  larger,  more 
open  and  older  valley  than  that  immediately  to  the  east  of  this 
point.  In  the  eastern  portion  to  within  a  mile  of  Fultonham  the 
stream  flows  in  a  narrow  gorge  like  valley  between  rock  hills. 
Turkey  Run,  a  tributary  from  the  south,  flows  northwest,  which 
is  almost  at  right  angles  to  the  course  of  Jonathan  creek,  then  near 
its  outlet  makes  a  decided  curve,  turning  north  and  then  east, 
following  closely  the  base  of  the  hills,  before  it  joins  the  larger  stream. 
The  valley  of  the  headwaters  of  Jonathan  creek  broadens  toward  the 
west.  A  mile  east  of  Thomville  station  it  is  2  miles  wide.  Valley 
Run,  its  largest  tributary  from  the  north,  also  occupies  a  valley 
out  of  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  present  stream.  Moreover  it 
comes  in  from  the  northeast  and  joins  Jonathan  creek  headed  or 
pointed  up  stream.  These  data  seem  sufficient  on  which  to  base 
the  conclusion  that  the  western  portion  of  Jonathan  creek  is  flow- 
ing with  reversed  current  in  an  old  valley,  (a  valley  whose  maturity 
suggest  that  it  is  at  least  pre-Wisconsin,  probably  pre-Illinoian.) 
This  valley  continues  westward  to  its  union  with  Newark  valley, 
at  the  northern  margin  of  the  lake  and  about  a  mile  west  of  the 
Buckeye  Lake  terminal  of  the  Ohio  Electric  railway.  A  gas  well 
record  in  this  field  bordering  the  lake  at  this  point  shows  that  the 
rock  floor  has  been  excavated  to  450  feet  above  sea  level,  442  feet 
below  the  level  of  the  lake.  This  is  the  deepest  record  found  close 
to  the  lake  and  indicates  the  location  of  the  outlet  of  the  ancient 
tributarv. 


16.     Davis,  H.  J.    Modification  in  the  Jonathan  creek  drainage  basin.    Bull.  Den.  University 
U:  16.5-173.  Mar.  1899. 


532  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  7, 


SUMMARY: 

There  seems  to  be  sufficient  evidence  on  which  to  base  the 
conclusion  that  no  large  lake  occupied  the  plain  to  the  west  and 
southwest  of  Newark  after  the  recession  of  the  late  Wisconsin 
time. 

The  heavy  bed  of  gravel  between  the  late  Wisconsin  and 
Illinoian  clays  cannot  have  been  deposited  in  a  lake. 

During  the  recession  of  the  Wisconsin  ice  sheet  a  loop  moraine 
was  fonned  across  the  ancient  valley  of  Jonathan  creek  just  east 
of  Thornville  station. 

The  water  impended  between  the  ice  and  moraine  converted 
the  lower  portion  of  the  valley  into  a  lake. 

The  waters  broke  through  the  moraine  forming  a  well  defined 
overflow  channel,  not  deep  enough  however  to  completely  drain 
the  valley. 

This  ancient  basin  is  now  occupied  by  Buckeye  Lake. 

The  evidence  obtained  from  gas  well  records  corroborates  the 
statements  made  by  Read,  Tight  and  Leverett  of  the  existence 
and  establishes  the  location  and  extent  of  Newark  valley  a  pre- 
Illinoian  valley  from  Newark,  southwest  to  the  Franklin  county 
line. 

This  work  was  done  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  George  D. 
Hubbard,  now  of  Oberlin  College,  to  whom  I  am  much  indebted 
for  the  assistance  given  in  the  field  work  and  thru  suggestions 
concerning  and  criticisms  on  this  paper.  I  also  take  this  oppor- 
tunity to  acknowledge  my  obligation  to  Miss  Clara  G.  Mark  for 
the  excellent  photograph  and  to  Messrs.  Bootin  and  Sawyer  of  the 
Canal  Commission  for  information  of  Buckeye  Lake. 

Date  of  Publication,  May  21,  1912. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University, 


Volume  XII.  JUNE.    1912.  No.  8. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 

Metcalf— Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  IV 633 

Claassen— Alphabetical  List  of  Lichens  Collected  iu  Several  Counties  of  Northern 

Ohio 543 

^rETCALF— Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club 549 


LIFE-HISTORIES  OF  SYRPHIDAE  IV. 

C.  L.  Metcalf. 

Allograpta  obliqua  (Say). 
(Plate  XXX,  Figs.  61-70). 

£.?,?• 
Elongate  oval  in  outline,  narrowing  slightly  to  the  roundly- 
pointed  anterior  end  and  the  truncate,  posterior,  micropylar  end. 
The  egg  is  slightly  inflated  dorsally,  flattened  against  the  surface 
to  which  it  is  attached  ventrally.  Length  about  0.8  mm.,  diame- 
ter 0.3  mm.     (Figs.  61  and  62.) 

Color  chalk-white  with  the  usual  microscopic  sculpturing.  (Fig, 
63).  When  highly  magnified,  sometimes  tinted  with  yellowish  in 
the  depressions  between  the  sculptures.  In  this  case  the  main 
bodies  of  the  projections  are  broader  than  in  Syrphus  americanus 
(3  to  -1  times  as  long  as  broad) ;  somewhat  oval  in  shape,  the  arms 
thicker  and  not  so  long  as  in  S.  americanus;  usually  about  fifteen 
around  each  body.  The  space  between  the  bodies  is  about  two- 
thirds  as  wide  as  the  body.  There  are  about  28  of  these  projections 
the  length  of  the  egg,  about  55  around  it  transversely  at  the 
middle. 

Oviposition  for  the  first  spring  generation  began  about  the 
middle  of  May.  A  female  taken  on  May  17  laid  35  eggs  on  May 
22,  13  the  following  day,  and  by  May  26,  when  she  died,  had 
deposited  nearly  100  eggs.  The  first  of  these  hatched  the  morning 
of  the  25th,  a  few  others  the  26th,  making  the  duration  in  the 
egg-stage  (indoors)  from  2.5  to  3.5  days. 

533 


534  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  8, 

In  the  field  I  have  found  eggs  of  this  species  on  persimmon  trees 
(Diospyros  virgin iaiia  L),  at  the  University  Campus  the  last  of 
May,  and  on  curled  dock  (Rumex  crispus  L.)  at  Lakeville,  Ohio, 
June  16-18.  The  eggs  are  deposited  singly  and  laid  fiat  on  the 
surface  of  the  leaf,  twig,  or  flower. 

I  know  no  way  of  distinguishing  these  eggs  from  those  of  related 
Syrphidas  except  by  the  size,  shape  and  the  microscopic  character- 
istics of  sculpturing  described  above ;  these  may  prove  insufficient 
for  specific  separation  when  the  eggs  of  more  species  are  known. 

Larva. 

When  just  hatched  (Fig.  65)  the  larvae  have  a  length  of  1.2  mm., 
width  0.25  mm.  They  are  irregular  in  outline,  nearly  cylindrical, 
broadest  near  the  middle;  feeble  and  inactive.  Color  whitish, 
with  a  yellowish  or  greenish  tinge.  The  usual  small,  fleshy, 
conical  elevations  are  present,  twelve  to  each  segment,  but  the 
segmental  bristles  were  not  discernible,  apparently  absent.  The 
posterior  breathing  appendages  are  rather  prominent,  longer  than 
in  a  young  larva  of  S.  americanus,  and  light  in  color  like  the  rest  of 
the  body.  Their  tips  are,  at  first,  rather  remote  from  each  other 
though  with  subsequent  growth  and  their  greater  elevation  above 
the  general  body  surface  they  become  contiguous.  The  two  longi- 
tudinal fat  bodies  are  discernible  as  a  white  line  on  each  side  of  the 
dorsal  blood-vessel  which  is  more  prominent  in  the  posterior  half 
of  the  body.     The  skin  is  faintly  wrinkled  transversely. 

From  this  condition  there  seems  to  be  a  gradual  growth  until 
the  larva,  when  full-grown,  has  reached  a  length  of  about  8  mm., 
width  2  mm.,  heigth  1.25  mm.  It  may  then  be  described  as 
follows:  Shape  elongate  oval,  but  much  more  pointed  at  the 
anterior  end  when  extended.  The  outline  is  somewhat  irregular 
due  to  folding  and  wrinkling  of  the  skin.  The  posterior  end  is 
rounding,  truncate  except  for  the  projections  of  the  posterior 
breathing  organ;  (Fig.  tj()). 

Color  green,  very  similar  to  that  of  the  cabbage  leaf  (on  which 
they  occur  commonly)  with  two  longitudinal  white  stripes.  This 
color  is  due  to  colored  visceral  bodies  which  show  through  the 
transparent  skin.  Along  the  mid-dorsal  line  for  two-thirds  the 
length  can  be  seen  the  narrow,  dark,  pulsating  blood-vessel,  its 
prominence  varying  with  different  specimens.  It  is  irregularly 
limited  at  the  sides  by  a  narrow  mass  of  greenish,  fatty  globules 
changing  gradually  to  whitish.  This  whitish  adipose  matter  forms 
the  two  prominent  longitudinal  white  stripes,  0.2  or  0.3  mm.  wide 
and  extending  to  within  a  few  millimeters  of  either  end  where  they 
become  much  attenuated.  The  rest  of  the  body,  except  the  ap- 
pendages is  green,  darker  on  the  sides.  The  breathing  tubes  are 
light  brown,  black  at  the  tips  where  the  spiracles  are  located. 


June,  1912.]  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  IV.  535 

The  skin  is  finely  papillose  when  magnified.  The  character 
of  the  visceral  matter  often  gives  the  larva  a  very  granular  appear- 
ance. The  segments  are  marked  by  the  usual  twelve  bristles  in  a 
transverse  row.  These  are  light  in  color,  not  elongate  and  not  at 
all  consi^icuous ;  and  are  the  only  vestiture  present. 

The  character  of  the  mouth-parts  is  more  or  less  perfectly 
represented  by  Figure  67.  Owing  to  the  lack  of  favorable  material 
I  was  unable  to  verify  this  drawing  and  it  may  not  be  perfectly 
accurate.     The  outer  pair  of  mouth-hooks  is  present. 

The  caudal  branchial  appendage  is  prominent,  elongate,  about 
0.5  mm.  in  length  by  0.125  mm.  in  breadth;  of  two  cylinders  fused 
mesad  except  at  the  extreme  tip  where  they  diverge  slightly(  Figs. 
66,  c;  68).  The  usual  three  elongate  spiracles  and  circular  plate 
are  present  on  each  half.  The  spiracular  elevation  is  about  three 
times  as  long  as  broad.  There  is  a  short,  spur-like  spiracular 
spine  between  each  two  spiracles,  one  between  the  most  dorsal 
spiracle  and  the  plate,  and  one  mesad  from  the  most  ventral 
spiracle.  These  spines  are  continued  down  the  sides  of  the  tube 
as  more  or  less  evident  ridges. 

Larvae  of  this  species  were  fotmd  abundant  on  the  leaves  of 
flowers  and  fruit  of  the  persimmon  {Diospyros  virginiana  L.)  on  the 
University  Campus  June  1  and  2*.  They  were  feeding  on  the 
nymphs  of  an  undetermined  species  of  Aleyrodidce  which  caused  a 
curling  of  the  leaves. 

An  autumn  generation  occurs  commonly  on  cabbage  and  related 
plants  w^here  they  are  predaceous  on  Aphis  hrassicce.  Larvae  were 
taken  from  this  host-plant  at  the  University  Farm  from  September 
20  to  October  10. 

Near  Lakeville  in  Wayne  Co.,  larvae  were  taken  from  curled 
dock,  June  16-18;  and  at  Sandusky,  Ohio,  from  the  same  plant 
June  23.     These  were  among  colonies  of  Aphis  riimiciis. 

The  larvae  are  thus  seen  not  to  be  closely  restricted  in  their 
food  habits,  attacking  at  least  two  species  of  Aphid  idee  and  one  of 
Aleyrodidce. 

These  larvfe  live  entirely  on  the  surface  of  the  plants  where  they 
are  found  and  probably  do  not  move  farther  than  is  necessary  to 
secure  their  food.  On  the  persimmon  the  larvae  were  found  on  the 
flowers,  but  chiefly  on  the  leaves,  especially  under  the  rolled  up 
edges,  where  the  Aleyrodid  nymphs  were  commonest.  On  Rumex 
they  were  to  be  found  mostly  in  the  spikelets  and  on  the  under  side 
of  the  leaves  where  the  plant  lice  occur. 

Whatever  the  host,  the  method  of  feeding  is  the  same.  The 
body-wall  of  the  aphid  is  pierced  by  the  mouth  parts  and  the  soft 
contents  picked  and  sucked  out  while  the  head  is  pushed  farther 
and  farther  inside  the  victim's  skin. 


*I  am  indebted  to  my  fellow-student,  Mr.  J.   Lyonel  King,  for  first 
calling  my  attention  to  these  specimens. 


536  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  8, 

The  larvse  have  no  defensive  structures  so  far  as  I  am  aware. 
Their  color  is  probably  of  a  great  deal  of  protective  value  to  them. 
On  cabbage  and  on  dock  they  very  closely  resemble  the  color  of 
the  leaves.  On  cabbage  they  are  frequently  in  a  position  among 
the  leaves  inaccessible  to  predaceous  enemies;  on  dock  the  under 
side  of  the  leaf  is  not  a  conspicuous  position;  and  on  persimmon 
they  are  most  commonly  closely  rolled  about  by  the  curling  leaf. 

Numerous  larvffi  of  the  autumn  generation  on  cabbage  are 
parasitized  by  the  small  Ichneumonid,  Bassus  Icetalorius  Fabr.f 

Pupa. 

Dimensions,  average  of  eight:  Length  about  5.25  mm.,  max- 
imtmi  breadth  2.5  mm.,  maximum  height  2.o  mm.  This  neglects 
the  breathing  tubes  at  the  posterior  end  of  the  body  which  may 
project  0.5  mm.  farther  posteriorly  or  be  directed  more  dorsally. 

The  puparimn  is  broadest  and  deepest  in  front  of  the  middle, 
the  anterior  end  bulbous ;  strongly  and  evenly  depressed  and  com- 
pressed to  the  posterior  end,  the  posterior  elevation  verv  gradual. 
(See  Figs.  69  and  70). 

The  color  in  this  stage  changes  very  decidedly  during  the  devel- 
opment of  the  nymph  within  the  translucent  puparium.  The 
color  is  not  resident  in  the  pupal  envelope  but  due  almost  entirely 
to  the  inclosed  matter.  Consequently  at  first  the  colors  are  those 
of  the  larva — light  pea-green  with  a  brownish  retnnant  of  the  dorsal 
blood  vessel  and,  at  the  sides  of  this,  the  two  whitish  lines.  The 
flattened  posterior  end  of  the  puparium,  including  the  breathing 
tubes,  however,  is  light  testaceous  brown,  the  tips  about  the  spira- 
cles black.  Midway  on  the  length  of  the  breathing  appendages  is 
a  dark  brown  ring. 

As  the  pupa  developes  within,  the  color  changes,  gradually 
losing  all  trace  of  the  green  and  assuming  more  and  more  the  colors 
of  the  adult.  The  first  thing  to  be  noticed  is  the  reddish  browm 
color  of  the  eyes  replacing  the  green  in  the  anterior  third  of  the 
pupa.  Later  the  black  and  yellow  abdominal  markings  become 
apparent. 

The  puparium  is  smooth,  bare;  the  segmental  spines  incon- 
spicuous. The  breathing  tubes  as  in  the  larva,  proininent  sub- 
cylindrical,  the  tips  around  the  spiracles  becoming  black.  The 
wrinkles  of  the  skin  often  remain  rather  prominent. 

Pupce  were  found  on  persimmon  June  1  to  5;  on  Rumcx  more  or 
less  continuou.sly  from  the  latter  part  of  June,  through  July  to 
August;  and  on  cabbage  from  September  15  to  October  15.  In 
captivity  a  number  of  pupa?  were  formed  between  September  21 
and  October  1. 


fwSee  The  Ohio  Natir.\list,  Vol.  XII,  No.  5,  pp.  483,  484,  Mar.,  1912. 


June,  191:^.]  Life- Histories  of  Syrphidae  IV.  537 

The  duration  in  the  pupal  stage  varied  in  captivity  from  3.5  to 
5.5  days  in  the  case  of  those  taken  from  persimmon  in  the  spring, 
while  in  Autumn  in  specimens  from  cabbage  the  duration  in  the 
pupal  stage  was  in  some  cases  as  much  as  10  days. 

These  pupa^  are  fastened  by  a  viscid  substance  secreted  by  the 
anal  glands  of  the  larva  which,  in  drying,  glues  them  to  various  parts 
of  the  host-plant  of  the  aphids  among  which  they  live.  They 
attach  to  the  flowers  and  in  the  curls  of  the  leaves  of  persimmon, 
in  leaf -axils,  or  flower  spikes  of  Rum  ex  and  on  cabbage  among  the 
outer  leaves.  In  jars  they  attach  to  the  cloth  cover,  the  glass,  or 
to  leaves  enclosed,  apparently  with  no  discretion. 

The  body  shortens  and  thickens  and  the  larval  skin  inflates 
and  hardens  in  the  usual  manner.  Within  this  puparium  profound 
changes  take  place  which  culminate  in  the  completely  formed 
nymph,  which  has  only  to  spread  its  wings  and  harden,  after 
bursting  out  of  the  pupa  case,  to  fonn  the  perfect  fly. 

Adult. 

Description  after  Williston,  Synop.  N.  A.  Syrph.,  9G,  1886. 
(See  Fig.  64.)  "  cf  9  .  Length,  6  to  7  mm.  Face  yellow,  often 
with  a  bluish  reflection,  slightly  brownish  on  the  tubercle.  Frontal 
triangle  yellow ;  front  in  the  female  shining  black  on  the  vertex,  con- 
tinued as  a  broad  stripe  (broadest  below)  to  the  antennae;  on  the 
sides  the  yellow  of  the  face  continues  up  along  the  eyes  nearly  to 
the  ocelli.  Antenna?  reddish-brown,  blackish  on  the  upper  part 
of  the  third  joint.  Thorax  deep  shining  green,  on  the  sides  with 
a  3'ellow  stripe,  reaching  from  the  humeri  to  the  suture,  where  it  is 
sharply  truncate ;  post-alar  callosity  also  yellow.  Scutellum  wholly 
light  yellow,  faintly  reddish  on  the  disk;  pile  black.  Abdomen 
black,  or  brown;  first  segment,  except  a  slender  transverse  spot  on 
each  side  behind,  yellow;  second  segment  with  a  slender  yellow 
anterior  fascia,  and  a  broader  one  in  the  middle,  about  a  third  of 
the  width  of  the  segment,  straight  and  but  slightly  widened  at  the 
sides ;  third  segment  with  a  broad  arcuate  band,  not  quite  touching 
the  posterior  angles  on  the  sides ;  fourth  segment  with  two  slender 
parallel  stripes,  leaving  a  slender  black  stripe  between  them,  on 
each  side  a  broader,  oblique,  oval  spot,  touching,  or  narrowly 
separated  fron  the  anterior  end  of  the  yellow  longitudinal  stripe, 
and  reaching  to  the  posterior  angles;  fifth  segment  similar,  but 
the  side  spots  less  oblique.  Legs  light  yellow;  last  three  joints  of 
all  the  tarsi,  the  hind  tibise,  except  the  base  and  a  middle  ring,  and 
a  ring  on  outer  part  of  hind  femora,  brownish.  Wings  hyaline, 
veins  black." 


538  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  8, 


Syphaerophoria  cylindrica  (Say). 

(Plate  XXX,   Figs.   71-7S). 

Egg. 

Length  ().!)  mm.,  diam.eter  0.3  mm.  Elongate  oval,  less 
pointed  anteriorly  than  that  of  AUograpta  ohliqua  but  scarcely 
discernible  from  the  latter,  or  from  egg  of  Syrphus  americaiius, 
except  possibly  by  microscopic  examination. 

Color  chalk- white,  sculpturing  very  similar  to  that  of  AUo- 
grapta ohliqua.  The  projecting  bodies  however,  appear,  on  the 
whole,  to  be  shorter  and  broader  than  in  that  species,  about  two 
or  three  times  as  long  as  broad;  distance  between  any  two  bodies 
about  one-half  the  width  of  the  body  itself ;  number  of  arms  around 
it  12  to  20,  rather  short,  not  much  branched.  Many  of  them 
ending  at  half  the  distance  across  the  intervening  space.  Numbers 
of  bodies  around  the  egg  at  the  middle  about  50 ;  number  the  length 
of  the  egg  from  pole  to  pole,  very  close  to  30. 

A  female  of  this  species  taken  on  May  8,  1911,  over  grass,  was 
confined  and  fed  sweetened  water.  Four  days  later,  May  12,  22 
eggs  were  laid,  and  two  the  following  day.  None  of  these  eggs 
hatched  up  to  May  22,  and  were  probably  infertile,  though  it  is 
possible  that  other  conditions  might  have  prevented  normal 
development.  Another  female  taken  on  May  13  laid  only  2  eggs 
May  14;  and  a  third,  after  being  enclosed  for  some  days,  oviposited 
several  dozen  eggs  on  May  31.     None  of  these  hatched. 

The  eggs  were  deposited  in  the  usual  manner,  the  posterior 
ventral  portion  being  glued  to  the  surface.  These  little  glistening 
w^hite  eggs  seem  to  have  no  method  of  natural  protection  except  the 
egg-shell  which  is  leathery  rather  than  fragile. 

Larva. 

Length  9  to  10  mm.,  height  1.25  mm.,  width  2.25  mm.  Elongate 
oval,  tapering  at  anterior  end,  somewhat  truncate  except  for 
respiratory  appendage  at  posterior  end,  depressed.  Outline  irreg- 
ular, dorsal  integument  much  wrinkled  transversely,  and  with 
lateral,  longitudinal  carinse.     (Fig.  7(5). 

Color  pea-green  with  two,  narrow,  longitudinal,  white  stripes, 
laterad  of  and  paralleling  the  rather  conspicuous  dark  heart  line. 
These  white  stripes  and  other  coloring  produced  as  in  AUograpta; 
the  stripes  attenuated  and  confluent  a  little  before  the  anterior  end, 
not  reaching  the  respiratory  appendage  posteriorly. 

Respiratory  appendage  brownish  black  at  the  tip.  The  skin 
is  papillose,  bare  except  for  the  visual  segmental  bristles  which  are 
here  short,  light-colored  and  inconspicuous.     There  are  a  number 


June,  1912.]  Life- Histories  of  Syrphidae  IV.  539 

of  poorly  defined  pro-leg-like  projections  of  the  body  on  the  ventral 
side.  The  mouth-parts  (Fig.  77)  consist  of  three  pairs  of  hooklets 
in  addition  to  the  pair  of  jaws.  One  i^air  of  hooklets  is  short  and 
heavy,  triangular,  lateral  in  position  (Fig.  77,  d),  the  other  two 
pairs,  situated  close  beside  the  jaws  (c),  are  slender,  elongate, 
slightly  curved.  The  jaws  (b)  are  of  the  usual  type  but  U-shaped 
rather  than  V-shaped,  the  shoulders  rather  prominent,  with  a 
median,  terminal,  pointed  projection. 

The  antennge  (Fig.  77,  a)  and  anterior  spiracles  are  rather  well 
elevated.  The  latter  on  a  fleshy  base  with  a  prominent  constric- 
tion beyond  the  middle  showing  at  the  apex  a  small  number  of 
rounded  teeth  or  lobes  about  three  larger  and  three  smaller  ones. 
(Figs.  74,  75).  .       ■        .    . 

The  shape,  color  and  general  appearance  is  very  similar  to  the 
larva  of  Allograpta  obliqua.  vSo  much  so  in  fact  that  I  was  unable 
for  a  long  time  to  distinguish  the  two  and  was  being  constantly 
bafBed  by  the  issuance  of  adult  Sphcerophoria  from  my  stock  of 
supposedly  AUograptid  larvae  and  pupae.  There  is  an  indefinable 
difference  in  the  naked  eye  appearance  as  near  as  I  can  express  it, 
due  to  the  more  finely  and  evenly  granular  appearance  of  the  fat 
bodies  visible  through  the  dorsal  wall  in  Sphcerophoria.  But  I  am 
not  sure  that  this  is  constant. 

The  two  species  can,  however,  be  very  certainly  and  definitely 
separated  on  the  basis  of  the  posterior  respiratory  appendages. 
These  are  about  the  same  length  and  other  dimensions;  the  differ- 
ence lies  in  the  distal  end.  As  described  in  Allograpta  obliqua  the 
two  tubes  are  slightly  divergent  at  the  tip  making  them  l3roader 
here  than  at  mid-length,  and  bear  between  each  two  spiracles  a 
short,  but  readily  visible,  spur-like  elevation  continued  as  a  slight 
ridge  down  the  side  of  the  tube.  Now  in  Sphcerophoria  cylindrica 
the  end  of  the  tube  is  very  nicely  and  evenly  rounded  off;  the 
spiracles  very  slightly  elevated;  the  two  tubes  slightly  emarginate 
but  not  at  all  divergent,  and  all  trace  of  inter-spiracular  spines  or 
projections  lacking.  With  the  aid  of  a  good  hand  lens  one  can 
always  separate  these  two  species  at  a  glance  when  the  characters 
have  once  been  fixed  in  mind.  (See  Figs.  72  and  73  and  compare 
Figs.  6Gand6S). 

On  June  4th  larvee  of  this  species  were  taken  from  among 
Aphis  brassiccB  in  a  greenhouse  on  the  University  Campus.  At 
Sandusky,  larvae  were  found  commonly  on  curled  dock  (Rumex 
crispus)  June  20th  and  later.  At  Lakeville,  larvee  w^ere  taken 
from  thistle  (Cardiius  sp.)  among  Aphis  sp.  ilugust  27,  1911.  In 
Autumn  they  are  rather  common  on  cabbage,  in  gardens  during 
September.  Aphis  brassicce  Linn,  seems  to  be  their  favorite  prey, 
though  they  are  not  restricted  to  this  species,  and  may  be  found  to 
be  rather  ubiquitious. 


540  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  8, 

As  in  Allograpta  obliqua  these  larvae  are  colored  like  the  leaves 
on  which  they  commonly  feed  and  this  is  probably  of  some  protec- 
tion to  them.     The}'  are  also  parasitized  by  Bassus  Icetatoriiis. 

Pupa. 

Dimensions,  average  of  six:  Length,  neglecting  the  posterior 
respiratory  appendage,  5.3  mm.,  height  2.05  mm.,  width  2.1  mm. 
In  general  shape,  color,  and  appearance  so  similar  to  Allograpta 
ohliqiia  as  scarcely  to  permit  of  separate  description.  The  pupa- 
rium  is  generally  less  strongly  elevated  posteriorly,  (See  Fig.  7Sc/, 
Fig.  70.)  The  characters  of  the  posterior  respiratory  appendages 
however  remain  as  in  the  larva  and  will  always  serve  to  distinguish 
the  species  from  A.  obliqua. 

Pupation  was  observed  to  occur  in  an  open  greenhouse  Colum- 
bus, Ohio,  June  5,  1911.  On  Rume.x  crispus,  vSandusky,  the  23rd 
of  June  and  later,  and  from  the  middle  of  September  to  the  middle 
of  October  on  cabbage.  The  pupae  were  glued  to  the  more  or  less 
exposed  surfaces  of  the  leaves  among  which  the  larvae  had  fed. 
The  duration  in  the  pupal  stage  (indoors)  was  5  to  7  days. 

Adult. 

The  following  description  modified  after  Williston,  Synop. 
N.  A.  Syrph.  applies  to  the  adults  reared  from  the  larvae  and  pupae 
described  above.     (wSee  Fig.  71). 

c^.  Length,  6  to  8  mm.  Face  and  front  light  yellow, 
shining;  tubercle  and  anterior  oral  margin  somewhat  fuscous. 
Antennre  reddish  yellow,  sometimes  brownish  above  on  third 
joint.  Dorsum  of  thorax  dark  greenish  olivaceous,  somewhat 
shining,  with  an  abbreviated  lateral  stripe  reaching  only  to  the 
suture,  or  very  indistinct  back  of  the  suture;  two  more  or  less 
prominent  grayish  pollinose  stripes  on  the  anterior  part  near  the 
middle  line;  pleura  deep  shining,  somewhat  bluish  black,  with 
light  yellow  spots  as  follows :  a  large  one  under  the  base  of  the  wing, 
irregular  in  shape,  imperfectly  divided,  covering  the  pteropleura 
and  parts  of  the  mesopleura  and  metapleura;  and  three  smaller 
ones,  one  above  the  base  of  each  coxa;  which,  except  the  front  one, 
may  be  continuous  with  the  larger  spot ;  scutellum  sulphur  yellow. 
Abdomen  slender;  first  segment  black  except  on  the  sides;  second 
segment  with  a  broad  yellow  cross-band  in  the  middle,  and  a  brown 
or  black  band  half  its  width  in  front  and  behind,  not  reaching  the 
lateral  margin.  Remaining  abdominal  segments  more  or  less 
variable;  third  seginent  narrowly  brown  or  blackish  in  front  and 
behind,  elsewhere  reddish  yellow;  fourth  segment  yellow  and  ob- 
sciu-ely  brownish;  fifth  segment  and  hypopygium  wholly  reddish 
yellow,  the  latter  globose  and  with  a  tuft  of  pile  below  in  front. 
Legs  yellow  including  the  coxae,  the  tarsi  more  or  less  infuscated. 
Wings  nearly  hyaline,  not  exceeding  the  abdomen. 


June,  1912.]  Life-Hutories  of  Syrphidar  IV.  541 

9  .  Front  shining  Ijlack,  yellow  on  the  sides  below; 
yellow  lateral  stripes  of  thorax  extending  only  to  the  suture. 
Abdomen  moderately  broad,  shining  black  with  the  extreme 
lateral  margins  continuously  yellow  and  a  moderately  arcuate, 
entire,  3'ellow  band,  reaching  the  yellow  on  the  sides,  on  each  of 
the  segments  from  two  to  four  inclusive.  These  bands  cover  about 
one-third  the  length  of  the  segment.  Fifth  segment  with  a  similar 
but  slenderer  yellow  band  interrupted  in  the  middle.  Sixth  seg- 
ment yellow  with  some  black  on  the  disk.  In  other  respects  as 
in  the  male. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXX. 

Figures  61-70  Allograpta  obliqua   (vSay). 

Fig.  6L     Egg  from  the  .side  x  20. 

Fig.  62.     Dorsal  view  of  egg  x  20. 

Fig.  63.  A  small  part  of  the  surface  of  egg-shell  showing  sculpturing, 
highly  magnified. 

Fig.  64.     Adult  9   about  7  times  natural  size. 

Fig.  65.  Larva,  12-24  hours  after  hatching  x  50;  a,  antenna;  b,  internal 
oesophageal  framework;  c,  posterior  respiratory  organs. 

Fig.  66.  Mature  larva  x9;  a,  antenna;  b,  position  of  anterior  spira- 
cles; c,  posterior  respiratory  appendages. 

Fig.  67.  Antero-ventral  view  of  the  head  of  the  larva,  much  enlarged; 
a,  antenna;  h,  upper  jaw;c,  outer  pair  of  mouth-hooks;  d,  the  two  pairs  of 
lateral  mouth  hooklets;  e,  chitinous  oesophageal  framework  (internal); 
/,  lower  jaw. 

Fig.  68.  End  view  of  posterior  respiratory  organ  x  200;  n,  one  of  the 
six  elongate  spiracles,  b,  the  dorsal,  circular  plate;  c,  c,  the  interspiracular 
spines. 

Fig.  69.  Dorsal  view  of  puparium  x  5;  a,  posterior  respiratory 
appendage. 

Fig.  70.  Outline  of  puparium  from  the  side  x  3.5;  o,  posterior 
respiratory  appendage. 

Figures  71-78  SphaeropJwria  cylindrica  (Say). 

Fig.  71.     Drawing  of  the  adult  male  from  the  side  x  7. 

Fig.  72.  Terminal  part  of  mature  larva  x  60,  showing  respiratory 
apparatus;  a,  slit-like  spiracles;  b,  dorsal  circular  plate. 

Fig.  73.  End-view  of  posterior  respiratory  appendage  x  120;  lettering 
as  in  Fig.  72. 

Fig.  74.     Side  view  of  anterior  respiratory  appendage,  highly  magnified. 

Fig.  75.     The  same  from  the  end,  showing  teeth-like  lobes. 

Fig.  76.  The  larva  from  the  side  .x  5;  a,  posterior  respiratory 
appendage. 

Fig.  77.  Antero-ventral  view  of  head  segments,  much  enlarged;  a,  the 
antenna;  b,  the  upper  jaw;  c,  the  two  pairs  of  mouth-hooks  close  beside  the 
jaws;  d,  the  outer  pair  of  mouth-hooks;  e,  chitinous  oesophageal  framework 
(internal);/,  lower  jaw. 

Fig.  78.  Outline  of  puparium  from  the  side  x  7.5;  the  dotted  lines 
indicate  several  variations  in  the  shape  of  puparia. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XXX. 


MetCAI^F  on  "  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  IV." 


June,  1912.] 


Lichens  of  Northern  Ohio. 


543 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  LICHENS  COLLECTED  IN 
SEVERAL  COUNTIES  OF  NORTHERN  OHIO. 

Edo  Claassex. 

Very  little  attention  appears  to  have  been  given  to  the  collec- 
tion of  Lichens  in  Ohio  since  E.  E.  Bogue  published  his  list  of 
Ohio  Lichens.  The  cause  of  this- may  be  to  some  extent  in  a  lack 
of  the  necessary  assistance  in  their  determination.  Since  the 
appearance  of  Tuckerman's  work,  the  most  important  is,  no  doubt, 
Finlc's  "The  Lichens  of  Minnesota."  As  nearly  all  Lichens  of 
Northern  Ohio  are  apparently  treated  in  this  work  it  is  of  great 
value  to  all  students  desiring  to  determine  the  Lichens  of  the 
northern  counties.  Together  with  Tuckennan's  "Synopsis," 
Sydow's  "Die  Flechten  Deutschlands, "  Boistel's  "Les  Lichens  de 
la  France,"  Hepp's  "Abbildungen  der  Flechtensporen, "  and 
several  other  works,  it  was  of  great  use  to  the  writer  in  his  deter- 
minations. 

The  names  of  the  counties,  where  each  lichen  was  collected, 
are  abbreviated  in  the  list:  C  stands  for  Cuyahoga,  E  for  Erie, 
G  for  Geauga,  L  for  Lake,  M  for  Medina,  O  for  Ottawa,  P  for 
Portage,  S  for  Simimit,  and  St  for  Stark.  The  numbers  following 
the  abbreviations  indicate  the  number  of  places  where  each 
species  was  found.  Most  of  the  Lichens  were  noted  to  occur  in 
Cuyahoga  county,  where  the  writer's  residence  is  located.  As 
much  as  possible  of  the  mode  of  occurrence  was  noted,  namely, 
on  bark,  on  rock,  etc.  Notwithstanding  careful  investigation  in 
the  course  of  about  10  years,  several  Lichens  were  found  in  but 
one  or  two  localities;  they  are  considered  to  be  rare  or  hard  to 
detect  on  account  of  their  small  size.  The  following  ones  may 
be  named  here : 


Acarospora  f uscata  (Schrad.)  Th.Fr. 

Arthopyrenia  conoidea    (Fr.)   Fink. 

Bacidia    umbrina     (Ach.)     Branth. 
&  Rostk. 

Bilimbia  naegelii    (Hepp)    Zwackh. 

Bilimbia  sphaeroides  (Dicks. )Koerb 

Cetraria  islandica  (L.)  Ach. 

(This  lichen  has  disappeared  from 
its  locality,  without  having 
been  found  somewhere  else.) 

Cladonia  coccifera  (L.)  Willd. 


Conotrenia  urceolatum  (Ach.)  Tuck. 
Lecanora   muralis    (Schreb.)    Tuck. 
Lecidea  uliginosa  (Schrad.)  Acli. 
Parmelia  conspersa  (Ehrh.)  Ach. 
Rhizocarpon    alboatrum    saxicolum 

(Fr.)  Fink. 
Sphinctrina  tubaeformis  Mass. 
Stereocaulon  coralloides  Fr. 
Teloscliistes   chrysophthahiius    (L.) 

Fr. 


More  species  undoubtedly  occur  in  these  counties  and  by  dili- 
gent work  all  may  be  found  sooner  or  later.  Specimens  of  those 
listed  above  and  from  all  the  localities  are  deposited  in  the  writer's 


544  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  8, 

herbarium.  It  is  to  be  hoped,  that  this  list  may  be  helpful  to 
students  of  lichenology  in  this  state  and  induce  other  botanical 
workers  to  commence  the  study  of  this  very  interesting  branch 
of  natural  science. 

List  of  Lichens : 

Acarospora  puscata  (Schrad.)  Th.  Fr.     On  sandstone:  C  2  G  1. 
Alectoria  jubata  chalvbeiformis  (L.)  Ach.     On  fencerails:  C  4  G  2 

P  4  S  1 ;  on  rock:  L  1. 
Arthonia    jjunctiformis    Ach.     On   bark    (Ash,   hickory,  ptelea): 

02  E  i. 
Arthonia  radiata  (Pers.)  Ach.     On  Ijark  (Alder,  ash,  basswood, 

hickory,  maple,  sycamore):  C  IG  L  3  O  1. 

A.  radiata  swartziana  (Ach.)  Willey.     On  bark:  C  1  E  1. 
Arthopyrcnia  conoidea  (Fr.)  Fink.     On  limestone:  O  1. 
Arthopyrenia     gemmata     (Ach.)     Mass.     On    bark     (Dogwood, 
sycamore) :    C  4  S  1 . 

Arthopvrcnia  punctiformis  (Pers.)  Mass.  On  bark  (Ash,  maple) : 
OS. 

Arthothelium  spcctabile  Mass.  On  bark  (Ash,  birch,  horse- 
chestnut,  maple):   C43L10  1S3. 

Bacidia  fuscorubclla  (Hoffm.)  Am.  On  bark  (Dogwood,  elm, 
maple):  C  S  L  1  S  1. 

B.  fuscombella  suffusa  (Fr.)  Fink.     On  limestone:    O  1. 
Bacidia    rubeUa    (Hoffm.)    Mass.     On    bark    (Ash,    elm,    maple, 

willow) :  C  12. 
Bacidia  Schweinitzii  (Tuck.)  Fink.     On  bark  (Ash,  birch,  maple) : 

C  16  G  2  L  1  M  1. 
Bacidia  umbrina  (Ach.)  Branth.  &  Rrostk.     On  argillaceous  slate 

and  sandstone:    C  4. 
Baeomyccs  byssoides  (L.)  Ach.     On  clayey  ground:  C  2. 
Bilimbia  hypnophila   (Ach.)   Fr.     On  bark   (Hickory,   sycamore, 

willow)  and  moss  covered  rock:   C18G202P2S2. 
Bilimbia  naegehi  (Hepp)  Zwackh.     On  bark  (Basswood) :  C  1. 
Bilimbia    sphacroides    (Dicks.)    Kocrb.     On    old    bark    (Witch- 
hazel):  C  1. 
BueUia  parasema   (Ach.)   Koerb.     On   bark   (Alder,   ash,   beech, 

chestnut,  hickory,  maple,  oak,  w.  cherry):     C  11  E  1  G  1 

L  1  P  2  S  3. 
Cahcium  parietinum  Ach.     On  bark  (Sycamore) :   C  3. 
Cetraria  ciliaris  Ach.     On  fence  rails  and  dead  Tamarack  1)ranches : 

C  2  G  2  L  1  P  3  S  2. 
Cetraria  islandica  (L.)  Ach.     On  earth:  C  1. 

Cetraria  lacunosa  Ach.     On  fence  rails  and  old  wood:  C  2  P  1  S  4. 
Cladonia  bacillaris  (Del.)  Nyl.     On  rotten  wood:  C  1. 
Cladonia  caespiticia  (Pers.)  Floerke.     On  old  wood:   C  4  L  1  M  1. 
Cladonia  coccifera  (L.)  Willd.     Over  moss  on  earth:  C  1. 


June,  1912.]  Lichens  of  Northern  Ohio.  545 

Cladonia  cristatclla  Tuck.     On  earth,  old  wood  and  over  moss 

on  rock:   C  30  E  1  L  1  S  2. 
Cladonia    fimbriata    (L.)    Fr.      In   its    varieties:    cornutoradiata 

Coem.,  simplex  (Weiss)  Wainio,  subulata  (L)  Wainio.      On 

decaying  wood :  C  3. 
Cladonia  furcata  (Huds.)   Schrad.     On  earth,  old  bark  and  old 

wood:  C20L  1  S  1. 
Cladonia  gracilis  (L.)  Willd.    On  old  bark  and  wood:  C  5  E  1  S  1  Stl 
Cladonia  mitrula  Tuck.     On  earth,  old  bark  and  wood:  C  19  G1S2 
Cladonia  pyxidata  (L.)  Hoffm.     On  earth,  old  bark,  old  wood  and 

over  moss  on  the  ground:  C  32  E  1  S  3. 
Cladonia  rangiferina  (L.)  Hoffm.     On  earth,  rock  and  old  wood: 

C  7  E  1  L  3. 
Cladonia  silvatica  (L.)  Hoffm.     On  earth:  C  3  E  1. 
Cladonia  squamosa  (Scop.)  Hoft'm.     On  rock,  old  bark  and  wood: 

C9  L2  S  1. 
Cladonia  subcariosa  (Nyl.)  Wainio.     On  earth:    C  4. 
Cladonia    verticillata    Hoffm.     On    earth,    old    bark    and    wood: 

C  32  L  2  S  1. 
Coniocybe  pallida  (Pers.)  Fr.     On  moss  and  old  bark:   C  2. 
Conotrema  urceolatum  (Ach.)  Tuck.     On  bark  (Chestnut) :  L  1. 
Dermatocarpon  miniatum    (L.)    Fr.     On  limestone:      0   3;      on 

sandstone:   S  1. 
Evernia  prunastri  (L.  )Ach.     On  fence  rails:    C  1  G  1. 
Graphis  scripta  L.     On  bark  (Alder,  ash,  beech,  chestnut,  elm, 

hickory,  ironwood,  sycamore,  whitewood) :   C36G3L201. 
G.  scripta  recta  Nyl.     On  bark  (Birch):   C  3. 
Gyalecta  cupularis  (Hdw.)  Schaer.     On  limestone:  O  3. 
Lecanora  hageni  Ach.     On  bark  (Dogwood):    S  1. 
Lecanora  muralis  (Schreb.)  Schaer.     On  sandstone:    C  1. 
Lecanora    pallida    (Schreb.)    Schaer.     On    bark    (Ash,    hickory, 

maple) :  C  IS  E  2  G  4  L  2  P  1  S  2. 
Lecanora  pallescans  (L.)  Schaer.     On  old  bark  and  bark  (Beech, 

maple,  oak) :  C  3  G  1. 
Lecanora  subfusca  (L.  )Ach.     On  bark  (Alder,  ash,  beech,  birch, 

hickory,  ironwood,  maple,  w.  cherry,  willow):    on  fence  rail; 

on  rock  (Amphibolite) ,  limestone  and  sandstone:    C  38  E  4 

G2L30  5P2S6. 
L.    subfusca   allophana  Ach.     On   Ijark    (Beech,    birch,    hickory, 

whitewood):  C3E  1. 
Lecanora  varia  (Hoffm.)  Ach.     On  bark  (Alder,  beech,  cherry, 

hemlock,  hickory,  sycamore,  tamarack,  wild  cherrv,  willow) 

and  dead  wood:  C  4  E  1  G  6  O  1  P  5  S  2. 
Lecidea  albocoerulescens  (Wulf.)  Schaer.     On  sandstone:     C  10 

G2L1  S  1. 
Lecidea    coarctata    (G.    E.    Smith)    Nyl.     On    argillaceous    slate 

.and  sandstone;   C  4. 


546  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  8, 


Lecidea  contigua  Fr.     On  sandstone:    C  2. 

Lecidea  cyrtidia  Tuck.     On  sandstone:  C  ()  S  1 . 

Lecidea  entcrolcuca  Ach.     On  bark  (Alder,  ash,  hickory,  willow) 

and  on  rock :   C3G102S1. 
Lecidea  platvcarpa  Ach.     On  argillaceous  slate  and  sandstone: 

C  28  S  L 
Lecidea  speirea  Ach.     On  sandstone:   C  4  S  1. 
Lecidea  uliginosa  (Schrad.)  Ach.     On  earth:    C  2. 
Lecidea  vemalis  (L.)  Ach.     On  decayed  wood:   C  L 
Lecidea  viridescens  (vSchrad.)  Ach.     On  decayed  roots  and  over 

moss:   L  1  S  L 
Leptogium  lacerum  (Retz.)  vS.  F.  Gray.      On  old  bark  and  over 

moss  on  rock:   C  2  O  2. 
Leptogium  pulchcllum  (Ach.)  Nyl.     On  old  bark  and  moss:  C  4  Ml 
Leptogium  tremelloides  (L.)  S.  F.  Gray.     On  moss  over  old  bark 

and  limestone  and  on  boulder :  C  (i  0  1  S  L 
Mycoporum  sparsellum  Nyl.     On  bark  (Iron wood):  S  L 
Nephroma  laevigatum  Ach.     On  old  bark:  C  2. 
Omphalaria  pulvinata  (Schaer.)  Nyl.     On  limestone:  O  L 
Opegrapha  varia  Pers.    inch  var.  notha,  (Ach.)  Nyl  and  pulicaris, 

(Ach.)    Nyl.     On    bark    (Basswood,    chestnut,    elm,    maple, 

sycamore,  willow) :    C14G1L102. 
Opegrapha  viridis  Ach.     On  bark  (Elm,  oak) :  C  3  0  1  vS  L 
Opegrapha  vulgata  Ach.     On  bark  (Ash,  maple,  sycamore) :  C  4. 
Pannaria  nigra  (Huds.)  Nyl.     On  limestone:  C  1  O  3. 
Parmelia  borreri  rudecta  (Ach.)  Tuck.      On  bark  (Hickorv,  maple, 

oak,  red  cedar)  and  old  bark:  C  6  E  9  O  3  P  1  St  L 
Parmelia   caperata    (L.)    Ach.     On   bark    (Beech,    hickory,    oak, 

svcamore,  willow);  over  moss;  on  fence  rails  and  on  rocks: 

C  IGGILI  M20  1  P4St  1. 
Parmelia  conspersa  (Ehrh.)  Ach.     On  sandstone:   C  1. 
Parmelia    olivacea    (L.)    Ach.     On    bark    (Birch,    oak,    willow): 

C  1  E  3. 
Pamiclia  perforata  (L.)  Ach.     On  bark  (Maple,  oak):  C  1  M  1. 
Parmcha  perlata  (L.)  Ach.       On  bark  (Maple);  on  rock:     C  4 

E  1  G  1  M  1. 
P.  perlata  ciliata  (Lam.  &    DC.)   Schaer.       On   bark  (Hickorv, 

maple) :   C  (3  G  1  O  2. 
Parmeha  physodes   (L.)   Ach.     On  bark   (Ash,  willow);  on  fence 

rails  and  dead  tamarack  branches:   C  2  G  1  P  3. 
Pamieha  saxatiHs  (L.)  Ach.     On  bark  (Hickory,  maple,  willow); 

on  old  bark,  on  rock  and  moss  over  rock:    C  12G1L1M2 

O  1  P2. 
Pannelia  tiliacea  (Hoffm.)  Ach.     On  bark  (Alder,  ash,  hickory, 

maple,  willow) :  C  9  G  3  L  1  M  3  P  4  S  2. 
Peltigera  aphthosa  (L.)  Willd.     On  rock  and  over  moss  on  rock: 

C5  L  1  S  L 


June,  1912.]  Lichens  of  Northern  Ohio.  547 

Peltigera  canina  (L.)  Hoffm.     On  earth,  rock  and  bark:     C  12 

G  1  P  1. 
P.  canina  spuria  (Ach.)  Tuck.     With  moss  on  old  wood  and  bark 

and  on  earth :  C  3  E  1 . 
Peltigera    horizontalis    (L.)    Hoffm.     Over    moss    and    decayed 

leaves ;  on  earth  and  on  rock :   C  6  L  1 . 
Peltigera  polydactyla  (Neck.)  Hoffm.     Over  moss  on  earth  and 

rock:   C  3. 
Pertusaria  communis  Lam.  &  DC.       On  bark  (Ash,  beech,  birch, 

hickory,  maple)  and  on  rock:  C  2G  G  2  L  4  M  1  O  1  S  2. 
Pertusaria  leioplaca  (Ach.)  Schaer.     On  bark  (Maple) :  C  3  E  1  L  1. 
Pertusaria     multipuncta     (Turn.)     Nyl.     On     bark     (Hickory) : 

C2E  1  02. 
Pertusaria  pustulata   (Ach.)   Nyl.     On  bark   (Alder,   apple,   ash, 

birch,  chestnut,  hickorv,  ironwood,  oak,  thorn,  wild  cherry) : 

C16  G  2  L  7  O  2  S  3. 
Pertusaria  velata  (Turn.)  Nvl.     On  bark  (Ash,  hickorv,  maple): 

012  G  3  S  3. 
Physcia  adglutinata  (Floerke)  Nyl.     On  bark  (Basswood,  hickory, 

maple,  oak,  willow) :   C  8  E  1  0  2. 
Phvscia  aguila  detonsa  (Fr.)  Tuck.     On  bark  (  Beech, birch,) :  on 

"  old  bark  and  moss  over  old  bark:  C18E2L1M3S2. 
Phvscia  hvpoleuca  (Ach.)  Tuck.     On  bark  (Maple,  willow)  and 

'  on  old  bark:  Cll  E  2  M  3. 
Physcia  obscura  (vSchaer.)  Nyl.     On  bark  (Ash,  basswood,  elm, 

hickorv,  maple,  poplar,  willow) ;  on  rock  and  over  moss  on 

bark  and  rock:  C12  E  2  O  2  St  1. 
P.  obscura  endochrysea  (Hampe)  Nyl.     On  bark  (Willow) :   C  1. 
Physcia  speciosa  (Wulf.)  Nyl.     On  bark  (Elm,  poplar) ;  on  fence 

rail;  on  boulder;  on  moss  over  old  bark  and  rock:    C  8  E  2 

G  1  M  2  O  2  St  1. 
Physcia  stellaris   (L.)    N}'!.     On  bark   (Apple,   ash,   elm,   maple, 

oak,  poplar,  red  cedar,  willow)  and  on  rock:    C  40  E  15  G  4 

M  1  06P3S2St  1. 
Physcia    tribacia    (Ach.)     Nyl.     On    bark     (Apple,    crab-apple, 

hickory,     maple,     sycamore,     thorn,     wild    cherrv,   willow) : 

C  9  E  4  G  1  O  2. 
Placodium  aurantiacum  (Lightf.)  Hepp.     On  limestone,  on  sand- 
stone and  on  dead  bark:  C  6  E  1  0  2. 
Placodium  cerinum   (Hoffm.)    Hepp.        On  bark   (Ash,   hickory, 

maple,  oak,  willow) :  C  5  E  1  M  1  0  2. 
Placodium  vitellinum  (Hoffm.)  Hepp.     On  sandstone:   C  2  G  1. 
Pvrenula  cinerella  (Plot.)  Fink.     On  bark  (Birch,  hemlock,  oak, 

wild  cherry):   C7L302S  1. 
Pyrenula  leucoplaca  (Wallr.)  Koerb.  inch  var.  pluriloculata,  Fink. 

On  bark  (Beech,  birch,  maple,  oak,  wild  cherry) :  C  (5  L  2. 


548  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  8, 

Pyrenula    nitida    (Weig.)    Ach.     On    bark    (Ash,    beech,    birch, 

ironwood,  oak,  poplar):   C  23  S  1. 
Ramalina  calicaris  (L.)  Fr.     On  bark  (Alder,  ash,  hickory,  oak, 

willow)  and  on  dead  wood:  C4G3M301P3 
R.  calicaris  farinacea  (L.)  -Fr.     On  sandstone:   C  1  L  1. 
R.  calicaris  fraxinea  (L.)  Fr.     On  bark  (Oak) :   C  2  E  1. 
Rhizocarpon  alboatrum  saxicohini  (Fr.)  Fink.     On  limestone:  0  1. 
Rhizocarpon  petraeum  (Wulf.)  Koerb.     On  sandstone:    C  5. 
Rinodina  sexigua  Ach.     On  bark  (Apple):   C  1. 
Rinodina    sophodes     (Ach.)     Koerb.     On    bark    (Ash,    hickory, 

ptelea) ;  on  limestone  and  sandstone :   C  3  E  3  G  1 . 
Sphinctrina  tubaeformis  Mass.     On  thallus  of  Pertusaria  ptistulata 

(Ach.)  Nyl.  occurring  on  hickory  bark:  O  1. 
Stereocaulon  coralloides  Fr.     On  sandstone:    C  2. 
Sticta  amplissima  (Scop.)   Mass.     On  bark  (Beech,  maple,  oak, 

sycamore)  and  over  moss  on  old  bark  and  rock :  C  17  G  1  P  1 . 
Sticta  pulmonaria  (L.)  Schaer.     Over  moss  on  bark  (Ash)  and  on 

old  bark  (vSycamore) :   C  2  M  1  O  1 . 
Synechoblastus  nigrescens   (Huds.)   Stitzenb.     On  bark   (Maple) 

and  on  old  bark :  0  3. 
Teloschistes  chrysophthalmus  (L.)  Fr.     On  bark  (Oak)  and  dead 

branches  (Red  cedar) :    El. 
Teloschistes  eoncolor  (Dicks.)  Tuck.     On  bark  (Apple,  hickory, 

maple,  oak,  poplar,  red  cedar,  willow) :  C7E203P3. 
Teloschistes  lychneus  (Ach.)  Fr.  [inch  var.  polycarpus,  (Hoftni.), 

Tuck.]     On  bark  (Apple,  oak,  poplar,  willow) :  C  4  E  6  M  1. 
Trypethelium  virens  Tuck.     On  bark  (Beech,  ironwood) :   C  6  L  1 

S  1. 
Usnea  barbata  Fr.     On  bark  (Alder) :  P  1 . 
U.  barbata  hirta  (L.)  Fr.      On  bark,  on  dead  branches  (Red  cedar) 

and  on  rock:  C3G1L2M1P3S1. 
Verrucaria  fuscella  (Turn.)  Ach.     On  sandstone:  C  1. 
Verrucaria  muralis  Pers.     On  limestone  and  sandstone:  C  3  O  4. 
Verrucaria  nigrescens  Pers.     On  sandstone:    C  1. 
V.  nigrescens  viridula  (Schrad.)  Nyl.     On  argillaceous  rock:    C  1. 


June,  1912.]  Meetings  of  Biological  Club.  549 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  February  12,  1912. 

The  Biological  Club  met  at  7:30  p.  m.  with  the  president, 
W.  M.  Barrows,  presiding.  The  program  of  the  evening  consisted 
of  an  interesting  and  instructive  lecture,  "Among  the  White 
Mountains"  by  J.  C.  Hambleton. 

For  several  years  Mr.  Hambleton  has  had  charge  of  a  boys' 
cam]3  located  in  southwestern  New  Hampshire  near  the  Connect- 
icut River.  During  the  course  of  his  lecture  a  goodly  number  of 
fine  lantern  slides  were  shown.  The  lecture  was  particularly 
valuable  in  showing  the  many  interesting  physiographic,  geological, 
floral  and  aesthetic  features  of  the  region  around  the  camp;  and 
particularly  those  incident  to  a  trip  in  the  White  Mountains  and 
the  climbing  of  Mt.  Washington. 

Professors  Schaffner  and  Osbom  gave  brief  reports  of  a  few  of 
the  more  interesting  papers  presented  at  the  Washington  meeting 
of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 

Dr.  R.  J.  vSeymour  and  Mr.  Charles  F.  Stiles  were  elected  to 
membership. 


Ortox  Hall,  March  4,  1912. 

The  Club  was  called  to  order  at  7:45  p.  m.  by  the  president. 
The  first  subject  of  the  evening  was  by  Prof.  C.  J.  West  on  "The 
Law  of  Probability. ' '  Prof.  West  spoke  of  the  necessity  of 
mathematical  knowledge  on  the  part  of  the  biologist  who  is  doing 
statistical  work.  While  this  w^ork  does  not  require  very  difficult 
matheinatics  it  does  require  great  care  to  avoid  errors. 

The  development  of  statistical  work  was  shown  from  its 
beginning  in  solving  the  problems  of  the  gambler  to  its  present 
status.  Since  a  finite  number  of  measurements  is  never  absolutely 
correct  this  science  is  now  used  in  all  the  more  delicate  experi- 
mental sciences  as  a  corrector  of  our  erroneous  senses.  By  this 
means  also  a  set  of  constants  may  be  made  to  stand  for  a  great 
series  of  unintelligible  data.  Prof.  West  explained  the  develop- 
ment of  a  number  of  the  formulae  as  those  for  the  law  of  mortality, 
the  law  of  probability  and  the  probable  error. 

J.  L.  King  read  an  interesting  paper  on  "The  Life  of  Galton. " 
Galton  was  one  of  the  earliest  scientists  to  use  the  statistical 
methods. 

R.  D.  Whitmarsh  was  elected  to  membership. 


55©  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XII,  No.  8, 

Orton  Hall,  April  1,  1912. 

After  reading  and  approval  of  the  minutes,  the  Club  listened 
to  an  informal  talk  by  Dr.  A.  M.  Bliele  on  a  recent  trip  to  Italy. 
Dr.  Bleile  told  in  a  delightful  manner  about  the  people  of  the 
different  places  visited,  their  characteristics  and  manners  of  life; 
of  visits  to  a  half-extinct  volcano  and  to  Pompeii;  of  the  monu- 
ments and  ruins,  the  art  palaces  and  cathedrals  at  Rome,  Florence 
and  Venice;  and  of  the  museum,  aquaria,  bacteriological  and 
zoological  institutes  and  other  educational  institutions  at  Naples, 
Pompeii  and  Vienna. 

Mr.  Forest  Brown  reviewed  a  series  of  papers  by  Raunkiaer  on 
"The  Statistics  of  Life-fonns  as  a  Basis  for  Biological  Plant 
Geography."  The  author  has  made  numerical  studies  of  the 
position  of  buds  in  plants  surviving  the  unfavorable  season.  He 
is  able  thus  to  classify  plants  into  some  thirty  types  the  distribu- 
tion of  which  he  has  traced  in  North  America,  Europe,  and  various 
other  portions  of  the  globe.  Five  of  these  are  as  follows:  (1) 
Phanerophytes  (trees)  with  surviving  buds  supported  above  the 
soil;  (2)  Geophytes  with  surviving  buds  at  the  earth's  siu-face; 
(3)  Hemicryptophytes  with  surviving  buds  just  beneath  the  sur- 
face; (4)  Cryptophytes  with  surviving  buds  deep  in  the  earth;  (5) 
Therophytes  which  survive  only  as  seed. 

With  such  data  Raunkiaer  has  been  successful  in  plotting 
biochores,  or  biological  boundary  lines,  and  in  defining  a  number 
of  life-zones  which  he  farther  shows  to  be  determined  by  climate. 

C.  L.  Metcalf,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  June  7,  1912. 


INDEX  TO  VOLUMES  X,  XI  AND  XII. 


Adiantum,   180. 

Agar,  13. 

Agarics,  177,  247,  349. 

Allograpta   obliqua,  533. 

Anatomy  of  Unionidae,  331. 

Ancient  vegetation,  Ohio,  312. 

Apocynum,  469. 

Apocynum  hypericifolium,  184. 

Apple  blotch,  334. 

Apples,  406. 

Arnheim  formation,  429. 

Asclepias  rubber,  271. 

Bacterial  flora,  137. 

Bembex,  163. 

Biological    club,    meetings,    15,    63, 

152,  192,  216,  248,  272,  287,  352, 

384,  458,  549. 
Biological  club,  organization,  190. 
Birds,  Darke  Co.,  Ohio,  420. 
Blister  rust  of  white  pine,  285. 
Bog,  Cedar,  Ohio,  193. 
Bog,  evaporation,  17. 
Boletaceae,  collecting,  267. 
Bolbodimyia,  150. 
Botrychium  habitat,  8. 
Buckeye  Lake,  physiography,  517. 
Buckeye  Lake,  plants,  305. 
Carrot,  wild,  474. 
•Cedar  bog,  Ohio,  193. 
Cedar  Point,  flora,  61,  473. 

Myxomycetae,  472. 

Naiades,  183. 

pollination  notes,  378. 

Stratiomyidae,  299. 
Celithemis,  1.53. 
Cerastium  arvense  webbii,  136. 
Chytridiales,  44. 
Cincinnati  geanticline,  429. 
Classification  of  plants,  289,  409. 
Cleveland  plants,  475. 
■Climatic    conditions,    southwestern 

Ohio,  385. 
Coleoptera,  1. 
CoUybia  tuberosa,  247. 
Coniferae,  10. 
Cranberry  Bog,  305. 
Cuyahoga  Co.  lichens,  543. 
Cuyahoga  Co.  plants,  471. 
Cystopteris,  181. 
Darke  Co.  birds,  420. 
Dictyoneuron,  224. 
Didea  fuscipes,  137. 
Diptera,  .307,  374,  513. 
Drosophila,  374. 


Ecological  conditions,  312. 

Economic  Monocotyls,  Ohio,  214. 

Endomychidae,  461. 

Erax,  307. 

Erysiphaceae,  166. 

Eupatorium,  287. 

Eupatorium  aromaticum,  304. 

Evaporation  gradient,   347. 

Evaporation  in  bog,  17. 

Ferns,  Mahoning  Co.,  86. 

Ferns,  new  varieties,  179. 

Film  test,  146. 

Flora,  Cedar  Point,  61,  473. 

Floristic  Survey,  200. 

Geology,   vS.  Amer.,  literature,  273. 

Girdler,  Twig,  1. 

Graminaceae,  490. 

Grasses,  taxonomy,  490. 

Gymnosperms,  Ohio,  9. 

Horseflies,  149. 

Insects  affecting  maple,  36. 

Jassidae,  261. 

Kelps,  self-dividing  laminae,  217. 

Laboratory  guide,  40. 

Labrador  tea,  13. 

Lake  Co.  plants,  471. 

Leaf  markings,  243. 

Ledum,  13. 

Lepidoptera,  233. 

Lepidoseloga,  149. 

Lessoniopsis,  221. 

Licking  Reservoir,  17. 

Lichens,  northern  Ohio,  543. 

Lichens,  Ohio,  41. 

Life-histories,  Syrphidae,  .397. 

Limestone,  Pennsvlvanian,  89. 

Macrocystis,  222." 

Macro-Lepidoptera,  233. 

Mahoning  Co.  ferns,  86. 

Mallows,  Ohio,  465. 

Maple  insects,  36. 

Medicinal  plants,  .55,  73. 

Merycomyia,  515. 

Mice,  Ohio,  65. 

Mitremyces  cinnabarinus,  .3.50. 

Mocking  bird,  14. 

Moles,  Ohio,  494. 

Monochytrium,  44. 

Monocotyls,  economic,  Ohio,  214. 

Mvxomycetae,  472. 

Naiades,  Ohio,  183. 

Natural  history  survey,  263. 

Nereocystis,  219. 

New  Ohio  plants,  39,  246,  457. 


-^/V<^^ 


Index  to  Volumes  X,  XI  and  XII. 


Nodding,  diurnal,  474. 
Nothomyia,  301. 
Odonata,  153. 
Ohio  agarics,  177,  247,  349. 

birds,  420. 

gymnosperms,  9. 

lichens,  41. 

mallows,  465. 

medicinal  plants,  55,  73. 

mice,  65. 

moles  and  shrews,  494. 

naiades,   183. 

orchids,  24. 

plants,  39,  160,  185,  246,  457. 

Polyporaceae,  353. 

powdery  mildews,  166. 

rubber,  469. 

Unc inula,  351. 
Oncideres,  1. 
Open  valley,  210. 
Ophioglossum,  8. 
Orchard  Island,  200. 
Orchids,  Ohio,  24. 
Paragus,  397. 

Pennsylvanian  limestones,  Ohio,  89. 
Peridermium,  285. 
Perilla,  427. 
Perisporiales,  166. 
Phacelia  dubia,  303. 
Phlox  stolonifera,  261. 
Phyllosticta  solitaria,  334. 
Physiography,  Buckeye  Lake,  517. 
Plants,  classification,  289,  409. 

Ohio,  Barnesville,  160. 

Ohio  list,  excluded,  185. 

on  dumping  ground,  475. 

New  Ohio,  39,  246,  457. 
Pleurotus,  247. 
Pollination  notes,  378. 
Polyporaceae,  Ohio,  353. 


Postelsia,  220. 
Potato  agar,  13. 
Powdery  mildews,  Ohio,  166. 
Rubber,  469. 
Rubber,  crude,  146. 
Rubber,  Ohio  grown,  271. 
Rust,  white  pine,  285. 
Scaphoideus,  249. 
Selasoma,  150. 
Self-dividing  laminae,  217. 
Seneca  Co.  Lepidoptera,  233. 
Shrews,  Ohio,  494. 
Snowiellus,  151. 
Soils,  improductive,  137. 
South  x'Vmer.  geology,  273. 
Southwestern    Ohio,    climatic    con- 
ditions, 385. 
Spirodela,  winter-buds,  181. 
Stibosoma,  516. 

Stratiomyidae,  Cedar  Point,  299. 
Symbiotes,  461. 

Syphaerophoria  cvlindrica,  538. 
Syrphidae,  337,  397,  477,  533. 
Syrphus,  477. 
Syrjshus  torvus,  341. 
Tabanidae,  new  species,  513. 
Tabanus,  513. 
Tallant  collection,  266. 
Taxonomy  of  grasses,  490. 
Tinobregmus,  261. 
Twig  girdler,  1. 
Uncinula,  Ohio,  351. 
Unionidae,  331. 
Valley,  open,  210. 
Viola  hirsutula,  232. 
Wasps,  103. 

Winter-buds,  vSpirodela,   181. 
Woodlot,  evaporation  gradient,  347. 
Xerophytic  adaptations,  184. 


.'3^ 


NOVEMBER. 

VOLUME  X.  1909.  NUMBER  I. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


^■f^ 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 
Especially  to  the  N&tural  ^^i»r, 

History  qf  Ohio.  X^^fi^^' 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  cf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
Cf  tfte  OHIO  STATE   UNIVERSITY,  and    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual   Subscription  Price,  $1.00. 
Single  Nuniber  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Port-Office  «t  Columbnt.  Ohio,  as  Secoad-cltss  Mattet 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  deTOled  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  ofBcial 
organ  of  Thb  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University,  and  of  Thk  Ohio 
ACADKMT  OP  Science.  Puolished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Ediior-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, Jamks  S.  Hine. 

Assistant  Biisiness  Manager, G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editors. 
EMII.Y  HOLLISTER,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mil,LS,  Archaeology, 

R.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambi,eton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board, 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Chari.es  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  hy  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University.  ,  ^^    t.t  mi  v 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  nine  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume.  -,  c,  t. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  HiNB. 

Addrc.  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  I'&l^^l^to^Vo 

OMo  Academy  of  Science  PubljLcatlons. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports  TPrice  25  cts.  each 

Third  and  Foiu-th  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  15  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPgRS, 

"  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.     E.  L.  MosEtEY 35  cts. 

"The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  KelwcoTT 35  cts. 

"The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."     pp.  75-     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H,  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 35  cts. 

"  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 35  cts. 

"  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.     James  S.  Hine 35  cts. 

"The  Birds  of  Ohio."     pp.241.     Lynds  JonES 50  cts. 

"Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."     pp.96- 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 35  cts. 

"The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."  pp.  66.  James  G.  Sanders.  . .  .35  cts. 
"Batrachians  and  B,eptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54-  Max  Morse.  .  .  35  cts. 
"Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyi.er..  .35  cts. 

"  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 35  cts. 

"Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 35  cts. 

"The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 35  cts. 

"  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54- 

Freda  M.  Bachman 35  cts. 

"Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner • 50  cts 

Address:    "W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


4 
5 
6 

7 

8 

9 
10 

II 
12 

S3 

14 

15 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot 
any,  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistr3^  Civil  Engineering,  Daif/ 
ing.  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims, to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  a,$  to  make  a  universit}':  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  allinquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Coiumbus,  Ohio. 

When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "Ohio  Naturalist." 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

f      OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
MECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 


Spencer = Lens  Co,, 


BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Our  New  No.  36  H. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co, 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  X  X  ^  \  X 


80^2  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &   GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertiBera,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


DECEMBER. 

VOLUME  X.  i  9  0  9 .  NUMBER  2. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especiaiiy  to  the  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  qf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
qf  the  OHIO   STATE  UNIVERSITY,  and    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual   Subscription  Price,  $1.00. 
Single  Nuniber  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Office  at  CohiinbuiE,  Oliio.  as  SecoBd'Cl««s  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  ofllcial 
organ  of  Thb  Biological  Cltib  of  the  Ohio  State  University,  and  of  The  Ohio 
ACADEMT  OF  SciBNCE.  PuDlished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries, -81.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief,          .         .         .         .         .         .  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager,         .         .         .         .       ' .  .         .     James  S.  Hine. 

Assistant  Business  Manager ^      .        .         .         .  G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Ediiofs. 

Emily  Hoxi,ister,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

R.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Admsbry  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  .,  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  wilFbe 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discoutimumce  is  received  by  the  management.  '  " 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  anniial  dues.     "         -     - 

The  first  nine  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volfaine. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  ttie  Business  Manager,  J^S.  Hine. 

Addre.,  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  '^^l^'^iStq^^ 

OMo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  15  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.     E.  L,.  Moseley 35  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.Kellicott 35  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio,"    pp.75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 35  eta. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 35  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 35  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.241.     Lynds  Jones 50  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.  96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 35  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders.  . .  .35  cts. 

9.  "  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  . .  35  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler. ..35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60,    Robert  F.  Griggs 35  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  MoUusca  of  Ohio,"    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterkx 35  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity," 

F.  L.  IvAndacre 35  cts. 

14.  < '  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,"    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 35  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.122. 

John  H.  Schaffner ..,,,..  50  cts 

Address :    W.   C.  MILLS,   Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
JVIECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 


Speiicer=Lens  Co., 


BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Our  New  No.  36  H. 


Bucket  Engzaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.   Sw  S*  S»  5^  Su 


80^4  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS, 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  ed'iication.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot 
any,  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dauj 
ing,  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  I^anguages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Eatin,  Eaw, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these « 
departments.     Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.     Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  universit)'^  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


JANUARY, 

VOLUME  X.  1910.  NUMBER  3- 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 
Especially  to  the  N&tural 

History  of  Ohio.  .   ^"-Cv 


^  »  h 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   gf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  Hit  OHIO   STATE   UNIVERSITY,  end    ef    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  «f  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price.  $1.00. 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  tlie  Post'Office  at  Cohimbat,  Ohio.  ••  Secoad'claii  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  Th»  Biological  Club  op  thk  Ohio  Statb  UNtvEMiTY,  and  of  Thb  Ohio 
XcADEMT  OF  SciSNCE.  PuDlished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
NoTember  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  $1.26.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, Jambs  S.  Hinb. 

Assistant  Business  Manager, G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editots. 
Emily  Hollister,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

R.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  HamblbTon,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  h.  Schaffnbr. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natukalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discoutinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Nattjralist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  memberi  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  uine  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hink. 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  ^^l^'^lSto^ns 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  15  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1 .  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167,     E.  L.  Moseley 35  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.    David  S.  Kellicott 35  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 35  cts. 

4.  *•  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 35  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 35  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.241.     Lynds  Jones 50  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser. 35  cts. 

8.  "The  Ooccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders 35  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  .35  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Liake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler.  .  .35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 35  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki _. 35  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L,.  Landacre 35  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman •  •  •  35  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 50  cts 

Address:    W.   0.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
MECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 


Spencer=Lens  Co., 


BUFFALO.  N.  Y. 


Our  New  No.  36H. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  \  \  ii.  K  \ 


SOVz  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist.' 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Boc 
any.  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dau^ 
ing,  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  foV  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The .  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


FEBRUARY. 

VOLUME  X.  I  9  I  0 .  NUMBER  4. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  ihe  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  md   ef    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ef  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00. 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Poet-Office  at  Coteoibusi,  Ohio,  it  Second-claii  MattcK 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  ofBcial 
organ  of  Thb  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  Statb  Univeebity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  PuDlished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
Noremher  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Singl*  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Busitiess  Manager, James  S.  Hinb, 

Assistant  Business  Manager, G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editots. 
Emily  HollistER,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

R.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  HamblsTon,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Nattjralist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
8tat«  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Omo 
Katubaust  Is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  member*  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  nine  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  HiM>. 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  gg£g^lu"s"B^1^ 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  15  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.    E.  I/.  Moseley 35  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.    David  S.  Kellicott 35  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 35  ct«. 

4.  *'  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 35  eta. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 35  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.241.    Lynds  Jones 50  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 35  cts. 

8.  "The  Coecidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders 35  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse 35  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler. ..35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 35  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  MoUusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 35  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  Iv.  Landacre 35  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 35  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 50  cts 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,   Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
'MECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 


Spencer = Lens  Co., 


Our  New  No.  36  H. 


BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Buchet  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  U  l^  K  K  \ 


dOyi  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAHIi  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


■J 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  NatvirsliBt.' 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot 
any.  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Daii/ 
ing,  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology, 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

—  I    ■       I         .1       I.  - ,       .        .    .         .  .■■-.,—   —  .—       . ,    ■    .  ,  .  ■     ■        -y— ^-     .     ..-■■ 

When  -writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  *'  Ohio  Naturalist." 


MARCH, 

VOLUME  X.  I  9  I  0 .  NUMBER  S. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  N&tural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  th*  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY.  mS    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual   Subscription  Price,  $1.00. 
Single  Number  IS  cents. 


Eotered  at  the  Post-Office  at  Columbus,  Ohio,  as  Second-class  Mstter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  <levoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biolosical  Clcb  of  the  Ohio  State  Unitersity,  and  o£  Thb  Ohio 
AcADEUY  or  SciBNCK.  Piiolished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
NoTember  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  fl.OO  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  $1.25.     Sinele  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chiefs John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hike. 

Assistant  Business  Manager,      .         .         .         .  G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editors. 

Emily  Hoi.i<ister,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

R.  F.  Griggs,  Botauy,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffnkr. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natcralist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
8tat«  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natdralist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  -antil  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By    a    special    arrangement  with    the    Ohio    Academy    of    Science,   the   Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  d'les. 
Si   The  first  nine  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  HiNi. 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  goTfM^I&^/B'if/S' 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports ^ Price  25  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  15  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.     E.  L.  Moseley 35  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kellicott 35  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 35  eta. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."     pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 35  eta. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 35  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.241.     Lynds  Jones 50  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 35  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders 35  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse 35  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler. ..35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 35  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 35  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 35  cts. 

14.  **  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 35  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 50  cts 

Address:    "W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
ECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
IrKprovements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 


Spencer=Lens  Co., 


BUFFALO.  N.  Y. 


Our  New  No.  36  H. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  5u  St.  S»  ft»  5; 


80y2  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  af  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot 
any,  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dair^ 
ing.  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

■When  writing  to  advertieere,  please  mention  the  "Ohio  Naturalist." 


APRIL, 

VOLUME  X.  I  9  I  0 .  NUMBER  6. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 
Especially  to  the  N&tural 


jf 


Hxstory  of  Ohio.  Mi.^^^ 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   qf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
qf  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  or?    cf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $f.OO. 
Single  Number  15  cent*. 


Batered  tt  the  Pott-Office  at  Cokinibni,  Ohio,  at  Secokd-claaa  Mtttei. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

K  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biologici.l  Club  of  the  Ohio  Statk  Univeesity,  and  of  Thk  Ohio 
AcADBMT  OF  SciEKCE.  Puolished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  $1.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hine. 

Assistant  Business  Manager,      .         .         .         .  G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editors. 
Emily  Hollister,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mir,i^,  Archaeology, 

R.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography, 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  h.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
Stat*  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natuealist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontiniiance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Nattjbalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  memberi  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  In  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  nine  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Him. 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  ?§l^^lSt&Sli 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  15  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.     E.  Iv.  Moseley 35  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  ri6.     David  S.  Kellicott.^ 35  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  Bov/NOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 35  ct«. 

4.  '*  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.    Raymond  C.  Osburn 35  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 35  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."     pp.  241.     Lynds  Jones 50  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser. 35  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders 35  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse 35  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyi^er..  .35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 35  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.35. 

V.  Sterki 35  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  ly.  Landacre 35  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 35  cts. 

15.  "  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,"    pp.122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 50  cts 

Address:    W.   C.  HILLS,   Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
ECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 


Spencer=Lens  Co., 


BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Our  New  No.  36  H. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  5*  5»  ft*  S»  S; 


80y2  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot 
any,  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Daiij 
ing,  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  universitj'  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON,      _ 
Columbus,  Ohio. 

Wben  writing  to  adveitiBers,  please  mention  the  "  Obio  Naturalist." 


MAY. 

VOLUME  X.  I  9  I  0 .  NUMBER  7. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  qf  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  tht  OHIO  STATE   UNIVERSITY,  and    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  «f  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00. 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  tht  Pott'Office  at  CohimbHt,  Ohio,  at  SecoBd-«laai  Mattec 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  Journal  devoted  more  especi&Ily  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  Th«  Biological  Clcb  of  the  Ohio  Statb  UNivEMrxY,  and  of  The  Ohio 
ACADKMT  OF  8ci«NCE.  PuDllshed  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
Norember  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  fl.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief,  .         .        .         .         .         .        John  H.  SCHAifpNER. 

Business  Manager, Jambs  S.  Hinb. 

Assistant  Business  Manager G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editots. 

Emily  Hollister,  Zoology,  W.  C.  MrcLS,  Archaeology, 

R.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Admsory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffnbr. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Omo  Naturaxist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
Stats  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  bo 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dnes. 

The  first  nine  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Him. 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  ggggJS^IJSr^ag^' 

Oblo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.     E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  ct«. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osbdrn 60  eta. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."     pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.241.    Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders 50  cts. 

9.  "  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  . .  .50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

j.  H.  ScHAFFNER,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler... 35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh- water  MoUusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  'Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.  41.  John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:    W.   0.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus.  Ohio. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
ECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 

Spencer = Lens  Co., 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 
Our  New  No.  36  H. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  i».  i»,  \  \  K 


80}4  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  east:broad  street. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  '  Ohio  Katuralist," 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot 
any,  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Daif/ 
ing.  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

'   When  writing  to  advertieere,  pleaie  mention  the  "Ohio  KaturaUst." 


7 .  '  ^ 


JUNE. 

VOLUMe  X.  1910.  NUMBER  8. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 
Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  cf  Ohio.  (^  A? 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
^  Iht  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  on?    ef    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ef  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  91.00. 
Single  Nun>ber  15  cents. 


Eatcred  at  the  Pott-Office  at  Cokimbat.  Ohio,  at  Secoad-cUat  MattM 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  deroted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  Statb  Ukivkhsity,  and  of  Thb  Ohio 
ACADEUT  OF  SciKNCE.  PuDlished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
NoYcmber  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  11.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents.  * 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager,         .         .         .         .         .  Jamks  S.  Hinb. 

Assistant  Business  Manager,      .         .         .         .         .         G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editots. 
Emily  Holwster,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mii^LS,  Archaeology, 

R.  F,  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  HambleTon,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natuealist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
Stattt  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natubaust  •will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  nine  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hinb. 

Addre»  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  8g£&*iu"s':"<5'i?^' 


FOR     SALE! 


A  COMPLETE  SET  OF 

Ohio  Geological  Survey,  and 
Duplicate  of  Volume  II  ^nd  Y. 

Two  Ancient  Indian  Pipes, 

From  Northeastern  Ohio. 

Mounted  Deer's  Mead. 


L.    B.    GARY, 

263  Moyt  Street,  BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
MECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 

Spencer=Lens  Co., 

BUFFALO.  N.  Y. 

Our  New  No.  36  H. 


Buchet  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  Sw  S^  5t»  Sw  5» 


80}4  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE.:STAMPING. 


PLATE  Ar>lD  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS, 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  -writing  to  adveitiaers,  please  mention.  tUe  "  Oliio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot 
any,  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dauj 
ing.  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying, 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  miting  to  adTertieers,  ple«ae  mention  the  "  Ohio  Katuraliit." 


NOVEMBER, 

VOLUME  XI.  I  9  I  0 .  NUMBER  I. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  N&tural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   cf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
gf  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  atiS    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  gf  SCIENCE. 


Wf^ 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus* 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00. 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post'Office  at  CoVumbuf.  Ohio,  as  Secoad-clais  Matter 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  eepecially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  Thb  Biologicax  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Scibnce.  PuDlished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
NoTember  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hinb. 

Assistant  Business  Manager,      .         .         .         .  G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editots. 

F.  L.  Landacre,  Zoology,  W.  C.  MiIvLS,  Archaeology, 

Freda  Detmers,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  h.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  vrithout  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues.- 

The  first  ten  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hinb. 

Addre.,  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  g^'Eg^1&"otl'/S 

OMo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual, Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1 .  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.     E.  L.  Mgseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."     pp.  1 16.     David  S.  Kelwcott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."     pp.75.     W.G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke. 50  cts. 

4.  '*  The  Fishes  of-  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  '*  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hike. 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.  241.     Lynds  Jones. 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders.  . .  50  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  .     50  cts. 
10.     "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."     pp.20.         " 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler.  .  .35  cts. 
n.    "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.35. 

V.  Sterki.. 50  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity," 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Terrjtoiy."    pp.122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.41.  John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address :    W.   0.  MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
MECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements. 


Spencer=Lens  Co,, 


BUFFALO.  N.  Y. 


Our  New  Ko.  36  H> 


Buchet  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  St.  S»  lu  5;  5; 


80y2   North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist," 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot 
any.  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dan^ 
ing.  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  I^anguages  and 
I^iteratures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "Ohio  Naturalist. 


DECEMBER. 

VOLUME  XI.  I  9  I  0 .  NUMBER  2. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
Cf  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  and   qf   THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ef  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00. 
Single  Number  IS  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Port-Office  »t  Cohtmbut,  Ohio,  as  Second'clast  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  oflaclal 
organ  of  Thb  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Univeesity,  and  of  Thk  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Puolished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
NoTember  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief,  .       - John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hike. 

Assistant  Business  Manager, G,  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editofs. 

F.  L.  LandacrE,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

Freda  Detmers,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffnkr. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natubaust  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  0hi« 
State  University.  ,  .^    ^^ 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  ten  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hihb. 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  8g£g]5,*|&".TH% 

Oblo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.    E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.    David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75-    W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.    Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.  241.    Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96- 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 5°  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders 50 cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse  —  50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler..  .35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  MoUusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

v.  Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  ' '  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 5°  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.  41-  John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address :    "W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
MECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
.  Improvements     which     mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 

Spencer=Lens  Co., 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 

Our  New  No.  36  H. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro-  [ 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  ^  U  l^  U  }l 


8OV2  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


die:stamping. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST^BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mentioa  the  "  Ohio  NatiiraliBt,' 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot 
any.  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dair^ 
ing,  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  I^anguages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmac5^,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunitj'^  is  offered  for 
tiie  stud)'^  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  writing  to  advertisers,  pleaie  mention  the  "  Ohio  KaturaliBt." 


JANUARY, 

VOLUME  XI.  I  9  1  I .  NUMBER  3. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  N&tural 

History  qf  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
af  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY.  anS    cf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ef  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual   Subscription  Price,  $1.00. 
Single  Nuraber  15  cents. 


Eatered  at  the  Po«t>Office  at  Cohtmbut,  Ohio,  at  Secomd-claii  Mattec 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Puolished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
NoTember  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager,         .......     James  S.  Hike. 

Assistant  Business  Ma^iager,      .         .         .         .  G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editors, 

F.  L.  Landacre,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mii^ls,  Archaeology, 

Freda  DETMERS,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaefner. 

Ch ARISES  S.   PROSSER. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Oblo 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natuealist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Natuealist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  ten  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hike. 

Addre,.  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  ^^l^^^Sto^ro 

Oblo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

"  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.     E.  L.  Moseley. .60  cts. 

"  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     Hawd  S.  Kei<i.icott 60  cts. 

"The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75-     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKKR,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

"  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn .60  cts. 

"  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

"The  Birds  of  Ohio."     pp.  241.     Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

"Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96- 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 5°  cts. 

"The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders 50  cts. 

"Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54-  Max  Morse 50  cts. 

"Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaefner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred., J.  Tyi,er..  .35  cts. 

"The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60,    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

"Land  and  Fresh-water  MoUusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts . 

•'The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

< '  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

"Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaefner 75  cts. 

"The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,"  pp.  41.  John  H.  Schaefner,  50  cts. 

Address:    W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


4 

5 
6 

'  7 

8 

9 
10 

II 
12, 

13 

14 

15 
16 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
MECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 

Spencer = Lens  Co,, 

^^^'^l^^^iWaB^W'*?'  BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 

Our  New  No.  36  H.  ' 

Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery,  3;  l;  s;  5;  3; 


80y2  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIEISTAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS, 


50  EAST;  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writlngr  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  NatnraUst." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot 
any.  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dair^ 
ing,  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociologj^,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
tiie  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  manj'^  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

'Wben  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Obio  Naturalist." 


FEBRUARY, 

VOLUME  XI.  I  9  I  I  ■  NUMBER  .4 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  gf  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
qf  tk«  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  ma   ^   THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ef  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  f  1.00. 
Single  Number  15  cent*. 


Batered  at  tb«  Pott-Office  at  Cokmbvi,  Ohio,  as  SecoBd-clcaa  MattM 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devot«d  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
orjran  of  Thb  Biological  Club  of  thb  Ohio  Statk  Univkeaity,  and  of  Thb  Ohio 
ACADKMT  OP  Science.  Puolished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
Norember  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chiefy John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, ,     James  S.  Hikb. 

Assistant  Business  Manager, G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editors. 

F.  L.  LandacrE,  Zoology,  W.  C.  MiLLS,  Archaeology, 

Freda  Detmers,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natxtralist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
Stat«  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  or  '  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

Th«  first  ten  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  HiMS . 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  ?Sl^^^St&^ 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annujil  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.    E.  I/.  M0SE1.EY 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.    David  S.  Kelwcott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.75.    W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105,    Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine .50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.241.    Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts, 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders — 50 cts. 

9.  *' Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse 50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyxer..  .35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh- water  MoUusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts . 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  *'  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.  41.  John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:    W.   0.  MILLS,   Librtuian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
MECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 


Spencer=Lens  Co., 


BUFFALO.  N.  Y. 


Our  New  No.  36  H. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  9;  9;  3;  a;  V 


80y2  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE^STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS, 


50  EASTfBROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


Wben  writing  to  advertiaers,  pleMO  mention  the  "Oliio  Katoraliat.' 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bet 
any.  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dair/ 
ing.  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  I^anguages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
tiie  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

V.    'When  writing  to  sdvertisera,  pleaa«  mention  the  "  Ohio  Katuralist." 


MARCH. 

VOLUME  XI.  I  9  J  I  •  NUMBER  S- 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  journai  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  qf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
fif  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY.  an3    cf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  gf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual   Subscription  Price.  $1.00. 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Office  at  Cotambos,  Ohio,  ai  Secosd-clasi  Matter 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
•rgan  of  Thb  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Ukiyersity,  and  of  Thk  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Puolished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
NoTcmber  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief,  .        .        .        .        .        .        John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager,         .         ,        ,         .         .         .         .     James  S.  Hike. 

Assistant  Business  Manager,      .         .         .         ,  G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editors. 

F.  Iv.  LandacrE,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mii,i<s,  Archaeology, 

Freda  Detmers,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  h.  Schaffnsr. 

Chari,es  S.  Prosser. 


(( 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  0hi« 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natoealist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  "  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  ten  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Kemittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hin«. 

Addr-.  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  ggEa^li^/oBfe 

OMo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

«*  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.    E.  I/.  Moseley 60  cts. 

The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.    David  S.  Kellicott.. 60  cts. 

"The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75-     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

"  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

"  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.     James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

"The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.241.    Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

"Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

"The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders 50  cts. 

"Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse  —  50  cts. 
"Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.  20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler... 35  cts. 

"  The  "Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

"Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

"The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L,.  IvANDacre 60  cts. 

* '  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

"Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,"    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

"The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."   pp.  41.   John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address :    W.   C.  MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


4 
5 
6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 
12 

13 
14 

15 
16 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
ECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 

Spencer=Lens  Co., 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 
Our  Neir  No.  36  H. 


Buchet  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  5»  S»  5;  J;  S» 


80}4  North  High  Street 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAHIi  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EASTfBROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OfflO. 


When  writing  to  advertiaera,  pleasa  mention  tho  "  Ohio  Naturalist. " 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot- 
any, Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairy 
ing,  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best .  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  ■writing  to  advertiserg,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Kataralist." 


VOLUME  XI. 


APRIL, 

I  9  I  I . 


NUMBER  6. 


THE 


OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  gf  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  qf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
qf  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  ata    qf   THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ef  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00. 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post'Office  at  Colvmbafi.  Ohio,  m  Secoad'ClMt  Matter 


The  Ohio  N'aturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  or  Scibnce.  Puolished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countriea,  81.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager,         .......     James  S.  Hine. 

Assistant  Business  Manager,      .         .         .         .         .         G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editors. 

F.  L.  I/ANDACRE,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mii,LS,  Archaeology, 

Freda  Detmers,  Botany,  J.  C.  HambleTon,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natukalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natubalist  will  be 
mailed  roeularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not.exci-eding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  "  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  fir.st  ten  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hine. 

Addre.,  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  2^SlS'^^^^toArd 

OMo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Amntal  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.     E.  h.  MosEtEY 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kei.i,icott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Draiiiage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  "  Tahanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."     pp.241.     Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders  —  50  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54,  Max  Morse.  . .  50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyi^er..  .35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  "  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."   pp.  41-   John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:    "W.   C.  MILLS,   Librarian,  Ohio:..^cademy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  t!ie  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
ECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 


We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 


Our  New  No.  36  H. 


Spencer=Lens  Co., 

BUFFALO.  N.  Y. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  5;.  5»  S*  5i  S; 


80y2  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisera,  please  mention  the  "Ohio  Natnralist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronoui)^,  American  History  and 
political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot 
any.  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dair> 
ing.  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geolog)^  Germanic  Languages  and 
Eiteratures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Eatin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmac}'',  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychologj'',  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration^  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomolog}'. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments,  ^hort  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

Wbcn  writing  to  advertiaers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


MAY. 

VOLUME  XI.  I  9  I  I .  NUMBER  7- 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  N&tura! 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   gf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
Sf  if'e  OHIO   STATE  UNIVERSITY.  an7>    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  gf  -SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus, 

Annual    Subscription  Price,  $t.OO. 
Single  Number  IS  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Office  at  Columbas.  Ohio,  a?  S?cOBd-cUs8  \Htttr 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  Thk  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  Statb  L'nivehsity,  and  of  Thk  Ohio 
ACADEMT  or  Science.  Puolished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  SI. 25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Ediior-in-Chief, John  H,  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager,         .         .         .         .       ' .  .         .     James  S.  Hink. 

Assistant  Business  Manager,      .         .         ,         .  .         G.  D.  Hubbarb 

Associate  Editors, 

F.  L.  Landacre,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mii<ls,  Archaeology, 

Freda  Detmers,  Botany,  J.  C.  HambleTon,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Chari,es  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Nattjealist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University.  -.^ 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  yrill  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  gpeciial  "  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  "  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  ten  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  31.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hine  . 

Address  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  g^'Egj^Ji^g^^-gif/^- 

Oblo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports ^ Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report. Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.167.    E.  I/.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116,     David  S.  Kei,i<icott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.75-     W,  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn .  .60  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.     James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.241.    L,ynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders 50  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse 50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."     pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E,  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler... 35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio. ">    PP- 35- 

V.  Stkrki 50  cts . 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity."  ^^ 

F.  L.  Landacre 5fe>  cts. 

14.  *'  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of, Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Fred.\  M.  Eachman 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."     pp.122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."   pp.41.   John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:    W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
MECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 

We  Lead  in  these  Improvement*, 


Spencer=Lens  Co,, 


s.-ijE3rg^-y^=;= 

Our  New  No.  36  H. 


BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  &.  5u  Sw  5i,  li» 


SOy^  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &   GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry', 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot 
any.  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Daii^ 
ing,  Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Militarj-  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims,  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  C.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  ■writing  to  advertisers,  please  meution  the  "  Cljio  I'aturalist." 


JUNE. 

VOLUME  XI.  I  9  I  I .  NUMBER  8. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  gf  Ohio*. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  qf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
Hf  tfte  OHIO   STATE   UNIVERSITY,  and    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual   Subscripiion  Price,  $1.00. 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


entered  at  the  Post^Office  at  Colnmbaii,  Ohio,  m  Secosd-class  Matter 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  higtory  of  Ohio.  The  officUl 
organ  of  Thk  Biological  Club  of  thk  Ohio  Statb  Univemity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
ACADKMT  OF  SCIENCE.  PuDlished  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
NoTember  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  Sl.OO  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Ediior-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager,         .         .        .         .         ,         .         ,     Jambs  S.  Hinb. 

Assistant  Business  Manager G.  D.  Hubbard 

Associate  Editots. 

F.  L.  Landacre,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Milw,  Archaeology, 

Frkda  Detmers,  Botany,  J.  C.  HambleTon,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  G.  D.  Hubbard,  Geography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaefner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  ia  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  OhI« 
BUtfl  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natxjbaubt  will  bo 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  or  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  ten  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  HiNi. 

Addr>«  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  g%ga&°"ak1?S 

Oblo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.167.     E.  I/.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kelucott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  ct«. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.63,    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."     pp.241.     Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders 50  cts. 

9.  "  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  ...  50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  ScHAFFNER,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyi,er...35  cts. 

11.  "  The  "Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts . 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 59  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."   pp.  41.   John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:    W.   0.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


THE  RAPIDLY  INCREASING  POPULARITY  OF 

SPENCER 
MICROSCOPES 

Is  but  the  natural 
result  of 

OPTICAL  SUPERIORITY 
MECHANICAL  PERFECTION 

and  the  embodiment  of  many 
Improvements  which  mark 
them  as  being  adapted  best  of 
all  to  their  purpose. 


We  Lead  in  these  Improvements, 


Spencer=Lens  Co., 


BUFFALO.  N.  Y. 


Our  New  No.  36  H. 


Bucket  Engta<^mg  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  S*  Sw  »»  ft*  &> 


80H  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS, 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot- 
any, Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairy- 
ing, Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociplogy,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  I^anguages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  I,atin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses,  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  man)''  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  universit)'  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  •writing  to  advertisers,  pleaee  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


NOVEMBER. 

VOLUME  XII.  I  9  I  I .  NUMBER  I. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  ihe  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  qf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  tin  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  aa   «f    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ef  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Offlice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Bioloqical  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Unxvkesity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  or  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
NoTember  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81-00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countrie.s,  81.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager,         .......     James  S.  Hinr. 

Assistant  Business  Manager,      .         .         .         .         .         G.  D,  Hubbard 

Associate  Editofs. 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mix.!^,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hii^ls,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board, 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natuealist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  foi*  aunual  dues. 

The  first  eleven  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hine. 

Addre.,  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  "i^l^^^Sto^^ 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.     E.  I,.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kei-WCOTT 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke.  . . .  .50  cts. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."     pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.     James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."     pp.241.     Lynds  JONES 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96.  : 

Thomas  A.-Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders.  . .  .50  cts. 
g.     "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  . .  .50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  ScHAFFNER,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler. ..35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts . 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  < '  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.122. 

John  H.  Schaffner ..... .7 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."   pp.  41.   John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:    W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian.  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


LABORATORY  WORKERS  APPRECIATE 

SPENCER  MICROSCOPES 


Our  New  No.  45 

Grasp  it  with  the 
whole  hand 


Special  booklet  ready 


BECAUSE 

I.     They   represent  the  best  optics  and 
stands  of  the  latest  types  of  design. 

II.      The}'  stand  the  rough  and  tumble  of 
laboratory  use. 

III.  There  are  incorporated  in  them  more 

features  of  practical  usability  and 
features  which  make  for  conven- 
ience, comfort  and  durability. 

IV.  They  are  designed  and  built  under  the 

direction  of  men  who  have  had 
man}'  years  of  practical  laboratory 
experience  as  well  as  experience  in 
manufacture,  men  who  understand 
and  are  in  sympathy  with  the  needs 
of  laboratory  workers. 

SPENCER  OPTICS  _ 

H4VE  STOOD  UNSURPASSED  FOR 
OVER  HALF  A  CENTURY 

SPENCER    LENS    COMPANY 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Bucket  Engzaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.   ^  X  \  ^  ^ 


80%  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &   GLENN, 

PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLURIBUS,  OHIO. 


When  WTiting  to  advertiBers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot- 
any, Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairy- 
ing, Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dair3'-ing. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  writing  to  advertiaera,  p)eaBe  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


DECEMBER. 

VOLUME  XII.  I  9  I  I .  NUMBER  2. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  N&tural 

History  gf  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  gf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  fA«  OHIO  STATE   UNIVERSITY,  anS    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Nun^ber  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Offiice  at  Coluiabs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  oflacial 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  51.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hins. 

Associate  Editots. 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C,  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

;In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  '  Science,  the  Ohio 
Natubaltlt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  In  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  eleven  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hine. 

Address  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  g^aife-Tilfe 

Olilo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

I.     "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.167.     E.  Iv.  Moseley 60  cts. 

a.    "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W,  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  •' Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.  241.     Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."     pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser. 50  eta. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders.  . .  .50 cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Keptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  .  .  50  eta. 
IQ.     "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler... 35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts . 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  *'  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."   pp.  41.   John  H.  Schaffner,  sects. 

Address:    W.   0.  MILLS,   Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus.  Ohio. 


LABORATORY  WORKERS  APPRECIATE 

SPENCER  MICROSCOPES 


Our  New  No.  45 

Grasp  it  with  the 
whole  hand 


Special  booklet  ready 


BECAUSE 

I.     They  represent  the  best  optics  and 
stands  of  the  latest  types  of  design. 

II.     They  stand  the  rough  and  tumble  of 
laboratory  use. 

III,  There  are  incorporated  in  them  more 

features  of  practical  usability  and 
features  which  make  for  conven- 
ience, comfort  and  durability. 

IV.  They  are  designed  and  built  under  the 

direction  of  men  who  have  had 
many  years  of  practical  laboratory 
experience  as  well  as  experience  in 
manufacture,  men  who  understand 
and  are  in  sympathy  with  the  needs 
of  laboratory  workers. 

SPENCER  OPTICS 

HAVE  STOOD  UNSURPASSED  FOR 
OVER  HALF  A  CENTURY 

SPENCER   LENS    COMPANY 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  3w  3i»  Su  Su  3u 


SOyi  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%&  GLENN, 

PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS, 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


Wbsn  writing  to  adTertlsers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Kstnraliat." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot- 
any, Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairy- 
ing, Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses,  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  6.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  writing  to  advertiBers,  pleoBe  mention  the  "Ohio  Naturalist." 


JANUARY. 

VOLUME  XII.  I  9  I  2 .  NUMBER  3- 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  gf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
2f  th«  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  ma   qf   THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ef  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  af  the  Post-Offiiee  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  Oevoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.    The  official 

.-<5Tgan  of  The  BiOLoaiCAL  Cluk  of  the  Ohio  State  Dniveesity,  and  of  The  Ohio 

Academy   of  Science.     Published   monthly  during  the  academic   year,  from 

November  to  June  (8  numbers.)     Price  Sl.OO  per  year,  payable  in  advance.       To 

foreign  countries,  81.2-5.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, Jambs  S.  Hinb. 

Associate  Ediiots. 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  MiLi<S,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffnkr. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

:  In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natuealist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special"  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Natuealilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

Th«  first  eleven  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  Sl.OO  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hine. 

Addr,..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  Itll'^l'Sto^Vo 

Oblo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  •'  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.     E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke.  ...  .50  cts. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn.  ....  .60  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine .50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.  241.     Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  <' Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders.  . .  .50  cts. 

9.  "  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse 50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J,  Tyler... 35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F,  Griggs .50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  MoUusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki. 50  cts . 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54- 

Breda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner = .  — 75  cts. 

16.  "ThePteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.41.  John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:    W.  C.   MILLS,   Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


LABORATORY  WORKERS  APPRECIATE 

SPENCER  MICROSCOPES 


Our  New  No.  45 

Grasp  it  with  the 
zvhole  hand 


Special  booklet  ready 


BECAUSE 

I.     They  represent  the  best  optics  and 
stands  of  the 'latest  types  of  design. 

II.      They  stand  the  rough  and  tumble  of 
laboratory  use. 

III.  There  are  incorporated  iu  them  more 

features  of  practical  usability  and 
features  which  make  for  conven- 
ience, comfort  and  durability. 

IV.  They  are  designed  and  built  under  the 

direction  of  men  who  have  had 
many  years  of  practical  laboratory 
experience  as  well  as  experience  in 
manufacture,  men  who  understand 
and  are  in  sympathy  with  the  needs 
of  laboratory  woi'kers. 

SPENCER  OPTICS 

HAVE  STOOD  UNSURPASSED  FOR 
OVER  HALF  A  CENTURY 

SPENCER   LENS    COMPANY 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Buchet  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  S.  Su  S*  &  ^ 


SOji  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 

PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS, 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


When  writing  to  advertiserB,  pleaee  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  ofiFered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot- 
any, Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairy- 
ing, Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  L,anguages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmac}'^,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term.  ^ 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  writing  to  advertisers,  pleaae  mention  the  "Ohio  Naturalist." 


FEBRUARY. 

VOLUME  XII.  I  9  I  2 .  NUMBER  4. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  gf  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   qf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
Cf  ttw  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  and    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ef  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual   Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Nuraber  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  PoBt-Offiice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  oflScial 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  op  the  Ohio  State  University,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  $I.CO  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  1-5  cents. 


Editor-in-Chief, 
Business  Manager, 


John  H.  Schaffner. 
James  S.  Hine. 


Associate  Editots. 


Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology, 
RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany, 
W.  C.  Morse,  Geology, 


W.  C.  MiLi^s,  Archaeology, 

J.  C.  Hambi,eton,  Ornithology, 

T.  M.  HiLXS,  Physiography. 


Herbert  Osborn. 


Advisory  Board. 


Chari,es  S.  Prosser. 


John  H.  Schaffnbr. 


The  Ohio  Natuealist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  page.?  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  "  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturaiilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  eleven  volumes  may  be  obtain^  at  Sl.OO  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  paj^able  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hine. 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  "^^l^^^^t^^lb 


Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Report:s , Price  30  cts,  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPeCiAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.167.     E.  L.  Mosei,ey 60  cts., 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kelwcott 60  cts. 

"The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  ct«. 

pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 


4 
5 
6 

7 

8 

9 

10, 

II 
12 

13 

14 

15 
16 


"  The  Fishes  of  Ohio." 
"  Tabanidae  of  Ohio." 


<( 


The  Birds  of  Ohio. 


n 


pp.  241.    Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 


"Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

"The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."  pp.  66.  Ja^es  G.  Sanders.  . .  .50  cts. 
"  Batrachians  and  Beptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  . .  .50  cts. 
"Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20.  • 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyi.er..  .35  cts. 

"  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs. 50  cts. 

"Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

"The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

"  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,"    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

"Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

"The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."   pp.  41.  John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address :    W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


LABORATORY  WORKERS  APPRECIATE 

SPENCER  MICROSCOPES 


Our  New  Nb.  45 

Grasp  it  with  the 
whole  hand 


Special  booklet  ready 


BECAUSE 

I.     The}'  represent  the  best  optics  and 
stands  of  the  latest  types  of  design. 

II.      They  stand  the  rough  and  tumble  of 
laboratory  use. 

III.  TherS'are  incorporated  in  them  more 

features  of  practical  usability  and 
features  which  make  for  conven- 
ience, comfort  and. durability. 

IV.  They  are  designed  and  built  under  the 

direction  of  men  who  have  had 
many  years  of  practical  laboratory 
experience  as  well  as  experience  in 
manufacture,  men  who  understand 
and  are  in  sympathy  with  the  needs 
of  laboratory  workers. 

SPENCER  OPTICS 

HAVE  STOOD  UNSURPASSED  FOR 

OVER  HALF  A  CENTURY 

SPENCER    LENS    COMPANY 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Buchet  Engtaving  Go. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  I*.  X  ^  i^  ^ 


80/2  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  ^LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 

PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS, 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


Wben  writing  to  advertiaers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot- 
any, Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairy- 
ing, Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  WTlting  to  advertisers,  please  mentioo  the  "Ohio  Katuralist." 


MARCH. 

VOLUME  XII.  I  9  I  2  ■  NUMBER  S. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   qf  THE   BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY.  m2   «f    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Number  15  cents. 

Entered  at  the  Post-Oflaice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  oflScial 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Univebbity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  11.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  $1.25.     Single  copies,  15  cent.s, 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hink. 

Associate  Editots. 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mii^ls,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C,  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hii,i,s,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board, 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffnkr. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

;.;In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natubaxist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  nntil  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturall-^t  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  "  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

Th«  first  eleven  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  SI. GO  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hine. 

Addre.s  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  gg£g^^g&".'^6Ste 

Oblo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

*'  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.     E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts.  . 

"  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

"The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio,"     pp.  75.     W,  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  eta. 

"  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

'*  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

"The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.  241.     Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

"Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."     pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

"The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."  pp.  66.  James  G.  Sanders.  . .  .50  cts. 
<*Batrachians  and  Keptiles  of  Obio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  .  50  ct«. 
"Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.  20. 

J.  H.  Schaefner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyi,er. ..35  cts. 

"  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

"  Land  and  Fresh-water  Moliusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts . 

"The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

'  •  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."     pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

"Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

"Th^  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.  41.  John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:    W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus.  Ohio. 


4 

5 
6 

7 

8 

9 
10 

II 
12, 

13 
14 

15 
16 


LABORATORY  WORKERS  APPRECIATE 

SPENCER  MICROSCOPES 


Our  New  No.  45 

Grasp  it  with  the 
whole  hand 


Special  booklet  ready 


BECAUSE 

I.     They  represent  the  best  optics  and 
stands  of  the  latest  types  of  design. 

II.      They  stand  the  rough  and  tumble  of 
laboratory  use. 

III,  There  are  incorporated  in  them  more 

features  of  practical  usability  and 
features  which  make  for  conven- 
ience, comfort  and  durability. 

IV.  They  are  designed  and  built  under  the 

direction  of  men  who  have  had 
many  years  of  practical  laboratory 
experience  as  well  as  experience  in 
manufacture,  men  who  understand 
and  are  in  sympathy  with  the  needs 
of  laboratory  workers. 

SPENCER  OPTICS 

HAVE  STOOD  UNSURPASSED  FOR 
OVER  HALF  A  CENTURY 

SPENCER    LENS    COMPANY 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Buchet  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  5.  &>  »»  5^  SU 


SOYz  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &   GLENN, 

PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS^ 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisere,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist. " 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot- 
any, Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairy- 
ing, Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Slimmer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

WheB  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mentioo  tbe  "Ohio  Naturalist." 


APRIL, 

VOLUME  XII.  I  9  I  2 .  NUMBER  6. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  journai  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  N&tural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   ^  THE   BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
«f  tht  OHIO  STATE   UNIVERSITY,  ma    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ^f  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual   Subscription  Price,  91.00 
Single  Nuraber  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Poet-OtBice  at  C'olumbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  offlcl*! 
ergaii  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Ukiveksity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  fl.OO  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  $1.26.     Single  copies,  15   cents. 


Editor-in-Chief, 
Business  Manager, 


John  H.  Schaffner, 
James  S.  Hike. 


Associate  Editors. 


Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology, 
ROBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany, 
W.  C.  Morse,  Geology, 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 

State  University.  • 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  disconti nuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  "  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

Th«  first  eleven  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager^^-JjS.  Hink. 

A4dr«.  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  i^l^'^^St&Alh 


Obio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

♦'  Sandusky  Flora."     pp.  167.     E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

"  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

" The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCitER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  GErard  Fowke 50  cts. 

"  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

"Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.63,     James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

"The  Birds  of  Ohio."     pp.  241.     L,ynds  Jones 75  cts. 

"Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts, 

*'The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."  pp.  66.  James  G.  Sanders  .- .  .50  cts. 
"Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  .50  cts. 
"Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."     pp.20. 

J.  H.  Sch.'^ffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler. ..35  cts. 

"  The  "Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts, 

"  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts . 

"The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  IvANDacre 60  cts. 

* '  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

"Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

"The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.  41.  John  H.  Schaffner,  sects. 


4 

5 
6 

7 

8 

9 
10 

II 
12 

13 
14 

15 
16 


Address:    W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


LABORATORY  WORKERS  APPRECIATE 

SPENCER  MICROSCOPES 


Our  New  No.  45 

Grasp  it  with  the 
ivhole  liand 


Special  booklet  ready 


BECAUSE 

I.     They   represent  the  best  optics  and 
stands  of  the  latest  types  of  design. 

II.      They  stand  the  rough  and  tumble  of 
laboratory  use. 

III.  There  are  incorporated  in  them  more 
~  features  of  practical   usability  and 

features  which  make  for  conven- 
ience, comfort  and  durability. 

IV.  They  are  designed  and  built  under  the 

direction  of  men  who  have  had 
many  years  of  practical  laboratory 
experience  as  well  as  experience  in 
manufacture,  men  who  understand 
and  are  in  sympathy  with  the  needs 
of  laboratory  workers. 

SPENCER  OPTICS 

HAVE  STOOD  UNSURPASSED  FOR 
OVER  HALF  A  CENTURY 

SVENCER   LENS    COMPANY 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.   a»  &  Sa  a.  3w 


80y2  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAHIj  &   GLENN, 

PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


Wben  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Natnralist.' 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot- 
any, Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairy- 
ing, Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurg}'  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
tibe  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  f6r  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Obio  Naturalist." 


VOLUME  XII. 


MAY, 

I  9  I  2. 


NUMBER  7. 


THE 


OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  the  OHIO  STATE   UNIVERSITY,  and    ff    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ef  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual   Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Offiice  Ht  Columbs,  Ohfo,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoied  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  offici»l 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  op  the  Ohio  State  University,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)     Price  Sl.OO  per  year,  pavablo  in  advance.      To 

foreign  countries,  SI. 25.     Single  copies.  \b  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hinb. 

Associate  Editors, 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W,  C.  Mii,i^,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambi,eton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Boatd. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffnkr, 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natuhai.ist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  untl!  ur.tice  of  u'scoiitinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  Tuit  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a    special  arrangement   with     the    Ohio    Academy    of  "  Science,   the   Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dt^ies. 
:  :\-'The  first  eleven  volursies  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  shonJd  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  HiN«. 

Address  THE   OHIO   NATURALIST,  gg£gi:^*gffs"oil?5 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports. Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "Sandusky  Flora."     pp.167.     E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kellicott f6o  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."     pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  eta. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.241.     Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."     pp.  96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonrkr 50  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders.  . .  .50  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  . .  50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler. ..35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F".  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner - 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.  41.  John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:     W.    C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


LABORATORY  WORKERS  APPRECIATE 

SPENCER  MICROSCOPES 


Our  New  No.  45 

Grasp  it  with  the 
ivhole  hand 


Special  booklet  ready 


BECAUSE 

I.     They  represent  the  best  optics  and 
stands  of  the  latest  types  of  design. 

II.      They  stand  the  rough  and  tumble  of 
laboratorj'  use. 

III,  There  are  incorporated  in  them  more 

features  of  practical  usability  and 
features  which  make  for  conven- 
ience, comfort  and  durability. 

IV.  They  are  designed  and  built  under  the 

direction  of  men  who  have  had 
many  years  of  practical  laboratory 
experience  as  well  as  experience  in 
manufacture,  men  who  understand 
and  are  in  sympathj'  with  the  needs 
of  laboratory  workers. 

SPENCER  OPTICS 

HAVE  STOOD  UNSURPASSED  FOR 
OVER  HALF  A  CENTURY 

SPENCER   LENS    COxMPANY 

BUFFALO^  N.  Y. 


Buchet  Engiaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.   It.  &.  S*  &.  5^ 


80y2  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  8   GLENN, 

PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


:OLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot- 
any, Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairy- 
ing, Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
tte  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term, 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  universit}^  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  aiiaple  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  nieution  the  "Ohio  Naturalist." 


JUNE. 

VOLUME  XII.  I  9  I  2 .  NUMBER  8. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  ihe  Natural 

History  qf  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
flf  tAt  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY.  onS    qf   THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  f  1.00 
Single  Nun^ber  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Offiice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  Statb  Uniteksity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numberN.)  Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  $1.26.     Single  copie,s,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief,  , John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Mafiager, James  S.  Hike. 

Associate  Editors, 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mii,i.s,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisoiy  Board, 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 
fit 

The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natuealist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special"  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  *  Science,  the  Ohio 
Natuealilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  eleven  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  HiNS. 

Addre.,  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  I'-dll'vl^^toiVo 

OliSo  Academy  oS  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS.  ^ 

1.  «'  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.    E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  it6.     David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  *'  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."     pp.241.     Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."     pp.96- 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 5°  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders  . .  .50  cts. 

9.  "  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse 50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schafener,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J,  Tyler. ..35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 56  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  MoUusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts . 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  * '  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."     pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  B.-vchman 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,"   pp.  41-   John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:     W.    C.   MILLS,    Librarian.  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio.  ^, 


LABORATORY  WORKERS  APPRECIATE 

SPENCER  MICROSCOPES 


Our  New  No.  45 

Grasp  it  with  the 
whole  hand 


Special  booklet  ready 


BECAUSE 

I.     They  represent  the  best  optics  and 
stands  of  the  latest  types  of  design. 

II.     They  stand  the  rough  and  tumble  of 
laboratory  use. 

III,  There  are  incorporated  in  them  more 

features  of  practical  usability  and 
features  which  make  for  conven- 
ience, comfort  and  durability. 

IV.  They  are  designed  and  built  under  the 

direction  of  men  who  have  had 
many  years  of  practical  laboratory 
experience  as  well  as  experience  in 
manufacture,  men  who  understand 
and  are  in  sympathy  with  the  needs 
of  laboratory  workers. 

SPENCER  OPTICS 

HAVE  STOOD  UNSURPASSED  FOR 
OVER  HALF  A  CENTURY 

SPENCER    LENS    COMPANY 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.  S*  5»  J.  J;  J* 


eOyi  North  High  Sired, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  -  GLENN, 

PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Kataraliat." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modem  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot- 
any, Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairy- 
ing, Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
tiie  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

Whan  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Natnrallat," 


WH    l^^x    T